Adding upstream version 4:24.2.0.upstream/4%24.2.0

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

42 files changed, 40274 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/vcl/source/control/ContextVBox.cxx b/vcl/source/control/ContextVBox.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..94090d5cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/ContextVBox.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <vcl/NotebookbarContextControl.hxx>
+#include <ContextVBox.hxx>
+
+ContextVBox::ContextVBox( vcl::Window *pParent )
+    : VclVBox( pParent )
+{
+}
+
+ContextVBox::~ContextVBox()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void ContextVBox::SetContext( vcl::EnumContext::Context eContext )
+{
+    for (int nChild = 0; nChild < GetChildCount(); ++nChild)
+    {
+        if ( GetChild( nChild )->GetType() == WindowType::CONTAINER )
+        {
+            VclContainer* pChild = static_cast<VclContainer*>( GetChild( nChild ) );
+
+            if ( pChild->HasContext( eContext ) || pChild->HasContext( vcl::EnumContext::Context::Any ) )
+            {
+                Size aSize( pChild->GetOptimalSize() );
+                aSize.AdjustHeight(6 );
+                pChild->Show();
+                pChild->SetSizePixel( aSize );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                pChild->Hide();
+                pChild->SetSizePixel( Size( 0, 0 ) );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    Size aSize( GetOptimalSize() );
+    aSize.AdjustWidth(6 );
+    SetSizePixel( aSize );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/DropdownBox.cxx b/vcl/source/control/DropdownBox.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6aaf2e553a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/DropdownBox.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/toolkit/button.hxx>
+#include <vcl/layout.hxx>
+#include <DropdownBox.hxx>
+
+#define NOTEBOOK_HEADER_HEIGHT 30
+
+/*
+ * DropdownBox - shows content or moves it to the popup
+ * which can be opened by clicking on a button
+ */
+
+DropdownBox::DropdownBox(vcl::Window* pParent)
+    : VclHBox(pParent)
+    , m_bInFullView(true)
+{
+    m_pButton = VclPtr<PushButton>::Create(this, WB_FLATBUTTON);
+    m_pButton->SetClickHdl(LINK(this, DropdownBox, PBClickHdl));
+    m_pButton->SetSymbol(SymbolType::MENU);
+    m_pButton->set_width_request(15);
+    m_pButton->SetQuickHelpText(GetQuickHelpText());
+    m_pButton->Resize();
+}
+
+DropdownBox::~DropdownBox() { disposeOnce(); }
+
+void DropdownBox::dispose()
+{
+    m_pButton.disposeAndClear();
+    if (m_pPopup)
+        m_pPopup.disposeAndClear();
+
+    VclHBox::dispose();
+}
+
+void DropdownBox::HideContent()
+{
+    if (m_bInFullView)
+    {
+        m_bInFullView = false;
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < GetChildCount(); i++)
+            GetChild(i)->Hide();
+
+        m_pButton->Show();
+        SetOutputSizePixel(Size(m_pButton->GetSizePixel().Width(), GetSizePixel().Height()));
+    }
+}
+
+bool DropdownBox::IsHidden() { return !m_bInFullView; }
+
+void DropdownBox::ShowContent()
+{
+    if (!m_bInFullView)
+    {
+        m_bInFullView = true;
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < GetChildCount(); i++)
+            GetChild(i)->Show();
+
+        m_pButton->Hide();
+    }
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK(DropdownBox, PBClickHdl, Button*, /*pButton*/, void)
+{
+    if (m_pPopup)
+        m_pPopup.disposeAndClear();
+
+    m_pPopup = VclPtr<NotebookbarPopup>::Create(this);
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < GetChildCount(); i++)
+    {
+        if (GetChild(i) != m_pButton)
+        {
+            Window* pChild = GetChild(i);
+            pChild->Show();
+
+            pChild->SetParent(m_pPopup->getBox());
+            // count is decreased because we moved child
+            i--;
+        }
+    }
+
+    m_pPopup->hideSeparators(true);
+
+    m_pPopup->getBox()->set_height_request(GetSizePixel().Height());
+
+    tools::Long x = GetPosPixel().getX();
+    tools::Long y = GetPosPixel().getY() + NOTEBOOK_HEADER_HEIGHT + GetSizePixel().Height();
+    tools::Rectangle aRect(x, y, x, y);
+
+    m_pPopup->StartPopupMode(aRect, FloatWinPopupFlags::Down | FloatWinPopupFlags::GrabFocus
+                                        | FloatWinPopupFlags::AllMouseButtonClose);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/InterimItemWindow.cxx b/vcl/source/control/InterimItemWindow.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0769245eb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/InterimItemWindow.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4; fill-column: 100 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/InterimItemWindow.hxx>
+#include <vcl/layout.hxx>
+#include <salobj.hxx>
+#include <window.h>
+
+InterimItemWindow::InterimItemWindow(vcl::Window* pParent, const OUString& rUIXMLDescription,
+                                     const OUString& rID, bool bAllowCycleFocusOut,
+                                     sal_uInt64 nLOKWindowId)
+    : Control(pParent, WB_TABSTOP)
+    , m_pWidget(nullptr) // inheritors are expected to call InitControlBase
+    , m_aLayoutIdle("InterimItemWindow m_aLayoutIdle")
+{
+    m_aLayoutIdle.SetPriority(TaskPriority::RESIZE);
+    m_aLayoutIdle.SetInvokeHandler(LINK(this, InterimItemWindow, DoLayout));
+
+    m_xVclContentArea = VclPtr<VclVBox>::Create(this);
+    m_xVclContentArea->Show();
+    m_xBuilder = Application::CreateInterimBuilder(m_xVclContentArea, rUIXMLDescription,
+                                                   bAllowCycleFocusOut, nLOKWindowId);
+    m_xContainer = m_xBuilder->weld_container(rID);
+
+    SetBackground();
+    SetPaintTransparent(true);
+}
+
+void InterimItemWindow::StateChanged(StateChangedType nStateChange)
+{
+    if (nStateChange == StateChangedType::Enable)
+        m_xContainer->set_sensitive(IsEnabled());
+    Control::StateChanged(nStateChange);
+}
+
+InterimItemWindow::~InterimItemWindow() { disposeOnce(); }
+
+void InterimItemWindow::dispose()
+{
+    m_pWidget = nullptr;
+
+    m_xContainer.reset();
+    m_xBuilder.reset();
+    m_xVclContentArea.disposeAndClear();
+
+    m_aLayoutIdle.Stop();
+
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+void InterimItemWindow::StartIdleLayout()
+{
+    if (!m_xVclContentArea)
+        return;
+    if (m_aLayoutIdle.IsActive())
+        return;
+    m_aLayoutIdle.Start();
+}
+
+void InterimItemWindow::queue_resize(StateChangedType eReason)
+{
+    Control::queue_resize(eReason);
+    StartIdleLayout();
+}
+
+void InterimItemWindow::Resize() { Layout(); }
+
+void InterimItemWindow::UnclipVisibleSysObj()
+{
+    if (!IsVisible())
+        return;
+    vcl::Window* pChild = m_xVclContentArea->GetWindow(GetWindowType::FirstChild);
+    if (!pChild)
+        return;
+    WindowImpl* pWindowImpl = pChild->ImplGetWindowImpl();
+    if (!pWindowImpl)
+        return;
+    if (!pWindowImpl->mpSysObj)
+        return;
+    pWindowImpl->mpSysObj->Show(true);
+    pWindowImpl->mpSysObj->ResetClipRegion();
+    // flag that sysobj clip is dirty and needs to be recalculated on next use
+    pWindowImpl->mbInitWinClipRegion = true;
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(InterimItemWindow, DoLayout, Timer*, void) { Layout(); }
+
+void InterimItemWindow::Layout()
+{
+    m_aLayoutIdle.Stop();
+    vcl::Window* pChild = GetWindow(GetWindowType::FirstChild);
+    assert(pChild);
+    VclContainer::setLayoutAllocation(*pChild, Point(0, 0), GetSizePixel());
+    Control::Resize();
+}
+
+Size InterimItemWindow::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return VclContainer::getLayoutRequisition(*GetWindow(GetWindowType::FirstChild));
+}
+
+void InterimItemWindow::InvalidateChildSizeCache()
+{
+    // find the bottom vcl::Window of the hierarchy and queue_resize on that
+    // one will invalidate all the size caches upwards
+    vcl::Window* pChild = GetWindow(GetWindowType::FirstChild);
+    while (true)
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pSubChild = pChild->GetWindow(GetWindowType::FirstChild);
+        if (!pSubChild)
+            break;
+        pChild = pSubChild;
+    }
+    pChild->queue_resize();
+}
+
+bool InterimItemWindow::ControlHasFocus() const
+{
+    if (!m_pWidget)
+        return false;
+    return m_pWidget->has_focus();
+}
+
+void InterimItemWindow::InitControlBase(weld::Widget* pWidget) { m_pWidget = pWidget; }
+
+void InterimItemWindow::GetFocus()
+{
+    if (m_pWidget)
+        m_pWidget->grab_focus();
+
+    /* let toolbox know this item window has focus so it updates its mnHighItemId to point
+       to this toolitem in case tab means to move to another toolitem within
+       the toolbox
+    */
+    vcl::Window* pToolBox = GetParent();
+    NotifyEvent aNEvt(NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS, this);
+    pToolBox->EventNotify(aNEvt);
+}
+
+bool InterimItemWindow::ChildKeyInput(const KeyEvent& rKEvt)
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode();
+    if (nCode != KEY_TAB)
+        return false;
+
+    /* if the native widget has focus, then no vcl window has focus.
+
+       We want to grab focus to this vcl widget so that pressing tab will traverse
+       to the next vcl widget.
+
+       But just using GrabFocus will, because no vcl widget has focus, trigger
+       bringing the toplevel to front with the expectation that a suitable widget
+       will be picked for focus when that happen, which is no use to us here.
+
+       SetFakeFocus avoids the problem, allowing GrabFocus to do the expected thing
+       then sending the Tab to our parent will do the right traversal
+    */
+    SetFakeFocus(true);
+    GrabFocus();
+
+    /* now give focus to our toolbox parent */
+    vcl::Window* pToolBox = GetParent();
+    pToolBox->GrabFocus();
+
+    /* let toolbox know this item window has focus so it updates its mnHighItemId to point
+       to this toolitem in case tab means to move to another toolitem within
+       the toolbox
+    */
+    NotifyEvent aNEvt(NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS, this);
+    pToolBox->EventNotify(aNEvt);
+
+    /* send parent the tab */
+    pToolBox->KeyInput(rKEvt);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void InterimItemWindow::Draw(OutputDevice* pDevice, const Point& rPos,
+                             SystemTextColorFlags /*nFlags*/)
+{
+    m_xContainer->draw(*pDevice, rPos, GetSizePixel());
+}
+
+void InterimItemWindow::SetPriority(TaskPriority nPriority)
+{
+    // Eliminate warning when changing timer's priority
+    // Task::SetPriority() expects the timer to be stopped while
+    // changing the timer's priority.
+    bool bActive = m_aLayoutIdle.IsActive();
+    if (bActive)
+        m_aLayoutIdle.Stop();
+    m_aLayoutIdle.SetPriority(nPriority);
+    if (bActive)
+        m_aLayoutIdle.Start();
+}
+
+void InterimItemWindow::ImplPaintToDevice(::OutputDevice* pTargetOutDev, const Point& rPos)
+{
+    Draw(pTargetOutDev, rPos, SystemTextColorFlags::NONE);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab cinoptions=b1,g0,N-s cinkeys+=0=break: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/NotebookbarPopup.cxx b/vcl/source/control/NotebookbarPopup.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3cc21815ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/NotebookbarPopup.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/bitmapex.hxx>
+#include <vcl/builder.hxx>
+#include <vcl/layout.hxx>
+#include <IPrioritable.hxx>
+#include <NotebookbarPopup.hxx>
+
+NotebookbarPopup::NotebookbarPopup(const VclPtr<VclHBox>& pParent)
+    : FloatingWindow(pParent, "Popup", "sfx/ui/notebookbarpopup.ui")
+    , m_pParent(pParent)
+{
+    m_pUIBuilder->get(m_pBox, "box");
+    m_pBox->SetSizePixel(Size(100, 75));
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    const BitmapEx& aPersona = rStyleSettings.GetPersonaHeader();
+
+    if (!aPersona.IsEmpty())
+        m_pBox->SetBackground(Wallpaper(aPersona));
+    else
+        m_pBox->SetBackground(rStyleSettings.GetDialogColor());
+}
+
+NotebookbarPopup::~NotebookbarPopup() { disposeOnce(); }
+
+VclHBox* NotebookbarPopup::getBox() { return m_pBox.get(); }
+
+void NotebookbarPopup::PopupModeEnd()
+{
+    hideSeparators(false);
+    while (m_pBox->GetChildCount())
+    {
+        vcl::IPrioritable* pChild = dynamic_cast<vcl::IPrioritable*>(GetChild(0));
+        if (pChild)
+            pChild->HideContent();
+
+        vcl::Window* pWindow = m_pBox->GetChild(0);
+        pWindow->SetParent(m_pParent);
+
+        // resize after all children of box are empty
+        if (m_pParent && !m_pBox->GetChildCount())
+            m_pParent->Resize();
+    }
+
+    FloatingWindow::PopupModeEnd();
+}
+
+void NotebookbarPopup::hideSeparators(bool bHide)
+{
+    // separator on the beginning
+    vcl::Window* pWindow = m_pBox->GetChild(0);
+    while (pWindow && pWindow->GetType() == WindowType::CONTAINER)
+    {
+        pWindow = pWindow->GetChild(0);
+    }
+    if (pWindow && pWindow->GetType() == WindowType::FIXEDLINE)
+    {
+        if (bHide)
+            pWindow->Hide();
+        else
+            pWindow->Show();
+    }
+
+    // separator on the end
+    pWindow = m_pBox->GetChild(m_pBox->GetChildCount() - 1);
+    while (pWindow && pWindow->GetType() == WindowType::CONTAINER)
+    {
+        pWindow = pWindow->GetChild(pWindow->GetChildCount() - 1);
+    }
+    if (pWindow && pWindow->GetType() == WindowType::FIXEDLINE)
+    {
+        if (bHide)
+            pWindow->Hide();
+        else
+            pWindow->Show();
+    }
+
+    if (bHide)
+    {
+        sal_Int32 BoxId = 0;
+        while (BoxId <= m_pBox->GetChildCount() - 1)
+        {
+            if (m_pBox->GetChild(BoxId))
+            {
+                pWindow = m_pBox->GetChild(BoxId);
+                ApplyBackground(pWindow);
+            }
+            BoxId++;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        sal_Int32 BoxId = m_pBox->GetChildCount() - 1;
+        while (BoxId >= 0)
+        {
+            if (m_pBox->GetChild(BoxId))
+            {
+                pWindow = m_pBox->GetChild(BoxId);
+                RemoveBackground(pWindow);
+            }
+            BoxId--;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void NotebookbarPopup::dispose()
+{
+    PopupModeEnd();
+    m_pBox.disposeAndClear();
+    m_pParent.clear();
+
+    FloatingWindow::dispose();
+}
+
+void NotebookbarPopup::ApplyBackground(vcl::Window* pWindow)
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    const BitmapEx& aPersona = rStyleSettings.GetPersonaHeader();
+
+    if (!aPersona.IsEmpty())
+        pWindow->SetBackground(Wallpaper(aPersona));
+    else
+        pWindow->SetBackground(rStyleSettings.GetDialogColor());
+
+    sal_Int32 nNext = 0;
+    VclPtr<vcl::Window> pChild = pWindow->GetChild(nNext);
+    while (pChild && pWindow->GetType() == WindowType::CONTAINER)
+    {
+        ApplyBackground(pChild);
+        nNext++;
+        if (pWindow->GetChild(nNext) && pWindow->GetType() == WindowType::CONTAINER)
+            pChild = pWindow->GetChild(nNext);
+        else
+            break;
+    }
+}
+
+void NotebookbarPopup::RemoveBackground(vcl::Window* pWindow)
+{
+    pWindow->SetBackground(Wallpaper(COL_TRANSPARENT));
+
+    sal_Int32 nNext = 0;
+    VclPtr<vcl::Window> pChild = pWindow->GetChild(nNext);
+    while (pChild && pWindow->GetType() == WindowType::CONTAINER)
+    {
+        RemoveBackground(pChild);
+        nNext++;
+        if (pWindow->GetChild(nNext) && pWindow->GetType() == WindowType::CONTAINER)
+            pChild = pWindow->GetChild(nNext);
+        else
+            break;
+    }
+}
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/PriorityHBox.cxx b/vcl/source/control/PriorityHBox.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c893cc8332
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/PriorityHBox.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/layout.hxx>
+#include <PriorityHBox.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/lok.hxx>
+
+namespace
+{
+bool lcl_comparePriority(const vcl::IPrioritable* a, const vcl::IPrioritable* b)
+{
+    return a->GetPriority() < b->GetPriority();
+}
+}
+
+PriorityHBox::PriorityHBox(vcl::Window* pParent)
+    : VclHBox(pParent)
+    , m_bInitialized(false)
+{
+}
+
+PriorityHBox::~PriorityHBox() { disposeOnce(); }
+
+void PriorityHBox::Initialize()
+{
+    m_bInitialized = true;
+
+    GetChildrenWithPriorities();
+    SetSizeFromParent();
+}
+
+int PriorityHBox::GetHiddenCount() const
+{
+    int nCount = 0;
+
+    for (auto pWindow : m_aSortedChildren)
+        if (pWindow->IsHidden())
+            nCount++;
+
+    return nCount;
+}
+
+void PriorityHBox::SetSizeFromParent()
+{
+    vcl::Window* pParent = GetParent();
+    if (pParent)
+    {
+        Size aParentSize = pParent->GetSizePixel();
+        SetSizePixel(Size(aParentSize.getWidth(), aParentSize.getHeight()));
+    }
+}
+
+Size PriorityHBox::calculateRequisition() const
+{
+    if (!m_bInitialized)
+    {
+        return VclHBox::calculateRequisition();
+    }
+
+    sal_uInt16 nVisibleChildren = 0;
+
+    Size aSize;
+    for (vcl::Window* pChild = GetWindow(GetWindowType::FirstChild); pChild;
+         pChild = pChild->GetWindow(GetWindowType::Next))
+    {
+        if (!pChild->IsVisible())
+            continue;
+        ++nVisibleChildren;
+        Size aChildSize = getLayoutRequisition(*pChild);
+
+        bool bAlwaysExpanded = true;
+
+        vcl::IPrioritable* pPrioritable = dynamic_cast<vcl::IPrioritable*>(pChild);
+        if (pPrioritable && pPrioritable->GetPriority() != VCL_PRIORITY_DEFAULT)
+            bAlwaysExpanded = false;
+
+        if (bAlwaysExpanded)
+        {
+            tools::Long nPrimaryDimension = getPrimaryDimension(aChildSize);
+            nPrimaryDimension += pChild->get_padding() * 2;
+            setPrimaryDimension(aChildSize, nPrimaryDimension);
+        }
+        else
+            setPrimaryDimension(aChildSize, 0);
+
+        accumulateMaxes(aChildSize, aSize);
+    }
+
+    return finalizeMaxes(aSize, nVisibleChildren);
+}
+
+void PriorityHBox::Resize()
+{
+    if (!m_bInitialized)
+        Initialize();
+
+    if (!m_bInitialized || comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive())
+    {
+        return VclHBox::Resize();
+    }
+
+    tools::Long nWidth = GetSizePixel().Width();
+    tools::Long nCurrentWidth = VclHBox::calculateRequisition().getWidth();
+
+    // Hide lower priority controls
+    for (vcl::IPrioritable* pPrioritable : m_aSortedChildren)
+    {
+        if (nCurrentWidth <= nWidth)
+            break;
+
+        vcl::Window* pWindow = dynamic_cast<vcl::Window*>(pPrioritable);
+
+        if (pWindow && pWindow->GetParent() == this)
+        {
+            nCurrentWidth -= pWindow->GetOutputSizePixel().Width() + get_spacing();
+            pWindow->Show();
+            pPrioritable->HideContent();
+            nCurrentWidth += pWindow->GetOutputSizePixel().Width() + get_spacing();
+        }
+    }
+
+    auto pChildR = m_aSortedChildren.rbegin();
+    // Show higher priority controls if we already have enough space
+    while (pChildR != m_aSortedChildren.rend())
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pWindow = dynamic_cast<vcl::Window*>(*pChildR);
+        vcl::IPrioritable* pPrioritable = *pChildR;
+
+        if (pWindow->GetParent() != this)
+        {
+            pChildR++;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        if (pWindow)
+        {
+            nCurrentWidth -= pWindow->GetOutputSizePixel().Width() + get_spacing();
+            pWindow->Show();
+            pPrioritable->ShowContent();
+            nCurrentWidth += getLayoutRequisition(*pWindow).Width() + get_spacing();
+
+            if (nCurrentWidth > nWidth)
+            {
+                pPrioritable->HideContent();
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        pChildR++;
+    }
+
+    VclHBox::Resize();
+}
+
+void PriorityHBox::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRect)
+{
+    if (!m_bInitialized)
+        Initialize();
+
+    VclHBox::Paint(rRenderContext, rRect);
+}
+
+void PriorityHBox::GetChildrenWithPriorities()
+{
+    for (sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < GetChildCount(); ++i)
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pChild = GetChild(i);
+
+        // Add only containers which have explicitly assigned priority.
+        vcl::IPrioritable* pPrioritable = dynamic_cast<vcl::IPrioritable*>(pChild);
+        if (pPrioritable && pPrioritable->GetPriority() != VCL_PRIORITY_DEFAULT)
+            m_aSortedChildren.push_back(pPrioritable);
+    }
+
+    if (m_aSortedChildren.empty())
+        m_bInitialized = false;
+
+    std::sort(m_aSortedChildren.begin(), m_aSortedChildren.end(), lcl_comparePriority);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/PriorityMergedHBox.cxx b/vcl/source/control/PriorityMergedHBox.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd5aa5814d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/PriorityMergedHBox.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+* This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+*
+* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+*
+* This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+*
+*   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+*   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+*   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+*   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+*   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+*   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+*   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+*/
+
+#include <vcl/toolkit/button.hxx>
+#include <vcl/layout.hxx>
+#include <bitmaps.hlst>
+#include <NotebookbarPopup.hxx>
+#include <PriorityHBox.hxx>
+#include <PriorityMergedHBox.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/lok.hxx>
+
+#define DUMMY_WIDTH 50
+#define BUTTON_WIDTH 30
+
+/*
+* PriorityMergedHBox is a VclHBox which hides its own children if there is no sufficient space.
+*/
+
+PriorityMergedHBox::PriorityMergedHBox(vcl::Window* pParent)
+    : PriorityHBox(pParent)
+{
+    m_pButton = VclPtr<PushButton>::Create(this, WB_FLATBUTTON);
+    m_pButton->SetClickHdl(LINK(this, PriorityMergedHBox, PBClickHdl));
+    m_pButton->SetModeImage(Image(StockImage::Yes, CHEVRON));
+    m_pButton->set_width_request(25);
+    m_pButton->set_pack_type(VclPackType::End);
+    m_pButton->Show();
+}
+
+void PriorityMergedHBox::Resize()
+{
+    if (comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive())
+        return VclHBox::Resize();
+
+    if (!m_bInitialized)
+        Initialize();
+
+    if (!m_bInitialized)
+    {
+        return VclHBox::Resize();
+    }
+
+    tools::Long nWidth = GetSizePixel().Width();
+    tools::Long nCurrentWidth = VclHBox::calculateRequisition().getWidth() + BUTTON_WIDTH;
+
+    // Hide lower priority controls
+    for (int i = GetChildCount() - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pWindow = GetChild(i);
+
+        if (nCurrentWidth <= nWidth)
+            break;
+
+        if (pWindow && pWindow->GetParent() == this && pWindow->IsVisible())
+        {
+            tools::Long nWindowWidth = pWindow->GetOutputSizePixel().Width();
+            if (!nWindowWidth)
+                nWindowWidth = getLayoutRequisition(*pWindow).Width() + get_spacing();
+
+            if (nWindowWidth)
+                nCurrentWidth -= nWindowWidth;
+            else
+                nCurrentWidth -= DUMMY_WIDTH;
+            pWindow->Hide();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Show higher priority controls if we already have enough space
+    for (int i = 0; i < GetChildCount(); i++)
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pWindow = GetChild(i);
+
+        if (pWindow->GetParent() != this)
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        if (pWindow && !pWindow->IsVisible())
+        {
+            pWindow->Show();
+            nCurrentWidth += getLayoutRequisition(*pWindow).Width() + get_spacing();
+
+            if (nCurrentWidth > nWidth)
+            {
+                pWindow->Hide();
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    VclHBox::Resize();
+
+    if (GetHiddenCount())
+        m_pButton->Show();
+    else
+        m_pButton->Hide();
+}
+
+void PriorityMergedHBox::dispose()
+{
+    m_pButton.disposeAndClear();
+    if (m_pPopup)
+        m_pPopup.disposeAndClear();
+    PriorityHBox::dispose();
+}
+
+int PriorityMergedHBox::GetHiddenCount() const
+{
+    int nCount = 0;
+
+    for (int i = GetChildCount() - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pWindow = GetChild(i);
+        if (pWindow && pWindow->GetParent() == this && !pWindow->IsVisible())
+            nCount++;
+    }
+
+    return nCount;
+}
+
+Size PriorityMergedHBox::calculateRequisition() const
+{
+    if (!m_bInitialized)
+    {
+        return VclHBox::calculateRequisition();
+    }
+
+    sal_uInt16 nVisibleChildren = 0;
+
+    Size aSize;
+    // find max height and total width
+    for (vcl::Window* pChild = GetWindow(GetWindowType::FirstChild); pChild;
+         pChild = pChild->GetWindow(GetWindowType::Next))
+    {
+        Size aChildSize = getLayoutRequisition(*pChild);
+        if (!pChild->IsVisible())
+            setPrimaryDimension(aChildSize, 0);
+        else
+        {
+            ++nVisibleChildren;
+            tools::Long nPrimaryDimension = getPrimaryDimension(aChildSize);
+            nPrimaryDimension += pChild->get_padding() * 2;
+            setPrimaryDimension(aChildSize, nPrimaryDimension);
+        }
+        accumulateMaxes(aChildSize, aSize);
+    }
+
+    return finalizeMaxes(aSize, nVisibleChildren);
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK(PriorityMergedHBox, PBClickHdl, Button*, /*pButton*/, void)
+{
+    if (m_pPopup)
+        m_pPopup.disposeAndClear();
+
+    m_pPopup = VclPtr<NotebookbarPopup>::Create(this);
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < GetChildCount(); i++)
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pWindow = GetChild(i);
+        if (pWindow != m_pButton)
+        {
+            if (!pWindow->IsVisible())
+            {
+                pWindow->Show();
+                pWindow->SetParent(m_pPopup->getBox());
+                // count is decreased because we moved child
+                i--;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    m_pPopup->hideSeparators(true);
+
+    tools::Long x = m_pButton->GetPosPixel().getX();
+    tools::Long y = m_pButton->GetPosPixel().getY() + GetSizePixel().Height();
+    tools::Rectangle aRect(x, y, x, y);
+
+    m_pPopup->StartPopupMode(aRect, FloatWinPopupFlags::Down | FloatWinPopupFlags::GrabFocus
+                                        | FloatWinPopupFlags::AllMouseButtonClose);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/WeldedTabbedNotebookbar.cxx b/vcl/source/control/WeldedTabbedNotebookbar.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a3311de9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/WeldedTabbedNotebookbar.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/WeldedTabbedNotebookbar.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <jsdialog/jsdialogbuilder.hxx>
+
+WeldedTabbedNotebookbar::WeldedTabbedNotebookbar(
+    const VclPtr<vcl::Window>& pContainerWindow, const OUString& rUIFilePath,
+    const css::uno::Reference<css::frame::XFrame>& rFrame, sal_uInt64 nWindowId)
+    : m_xBuilder(JSInstanceBuilder::CreateNotebookbarBuilder(
+          pContainerWindow, AllSettings::GetUIRootDir(), rUIFilePath, rFrame, nWindowId))
+{
+    m_xContainer = m_xBuilder->weld_container("NotebookBar");
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/button.cxx b/vcl/source/control/button.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac06f445e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/button.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,3842 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <tools/poly.hxx>
+
+#include <vcl/builder.hxx>
+#include <vcl/cvtgrf.hxx>
+#include <vcl/image.hxx>
+#include <vcl/bitmapex.hxx>
+#include <vcl/decoview.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/dialog.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/fixed.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/button.hxx>
+#include <vcl/salnativewidgets.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/edit.hxx>
+#include <vcl/layout.hxx>
+#include <vcl/stdtext.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/uiobject.hxx>
+
+#include <bitmaps.hlst>
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+#include <window.h>
+#include <vclstatuslistener.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+#include <comphelper/base64.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/dispatchcommand.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/lok.hxx>
+#include <officecfg/Office/Common.hxx>
+#include <boost/property_tree/ptree.hpp>
+#include <tools/json_writer.hxx>
+#include <tools/stream.hxx>
+
+
+using namespace css;
+
+constexpr auto PUSHBUTTON_VIEW_STYLE = WB_3DLOOK |
+                                     WB_LEFT | WB_CENTER | WB_RIGHT |
+                                     WB_TOP | WB_VCENTER | WB_BOTTOM |
+                                     WB_WORDBREAK | WB_NOLABEL |
+                                     WB_DEFBUTTON | WB_NOLIGHTBORDER |
+                                     WB_RECTSTYLE | WB_SMALLSTYLE |
+                                     WB_TOGGLE;
+constexpr auto RADIOBUTTON_VIEW_STYLE = WB_3DLOOK |
+                                     WB_LEFT | WB_CENTER | WB_RIGHT |
+                                     WB_TOP | WB_VCENTER | WB_BOTTOM |
+                                     WB_WORDBREAK | WB_NOLABEL;
+constexpr auto CHECKBOX_VIEW_STYLE = WB_3DLOOK |
+                                     WB_LEFT | WB_CENTER | WB_RIGHT |
+                                     WB_TOP | WB_VCENTER | WB_BOTTOM |
+                                     WB_WORDBREAK | WB_NOLABEL;
+
+#define STYLE_RADIOBUTTON_MONO      (sal_uInt16(0x0001)) // legacy
+#define STYLE_CHECKBOX_MONO         (sal_uInt16(0x0001)) // legacy
+
+class ImplCommonButtonData
+{
+public:
+    ImplCommonButtonData();
+
+    tools::Rectangle       maFocusRect;
+    tools::Long            mnSeparatorX;
+    DrawButtonFlags mnButtonState;
+    bool            mbSmallSymbol;
+    bool            mbGeneratedTooltip;
+
+    Image           maImage;
+    ImageAlign      meImageAlign;
+    SymbolAlign     meSymbolAlign;
+
+    Image           maCustomContentImage;
+
+    /** StatusListener. Updates the button as the slot state changes */
+    rtl::Reference<VclStatusListener<Button>> mpStatusListener;
+};
+
+ImplCommonButtonData::ImplCommonButtonData() :  mnSeparatorX(0), mnButtonState(DrawButtonFlags::NONE),
+mbSmallSymbol(false), mbGeneratedTooltip(false),  meImageAlign(ImageAlign::Top), meSymbolAlign(SymbolAlign::LEFT)
+{
+}
+
+Button::Button( WindowType nType ) :
+    Control( nType ),
+    mpButtonData( std::make_unique<ImplCommonButtonData>() )
+{
+}
+
+Button::~Button()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void Button::dispose()
+{
+    if (mpButtonData->mpStatusListener.is())
+        mpButtonData->mpStatusListener->dispose();
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+void Button::SetCommandHandler(const OUString& aCommand, const css::uno::Reference<css::frame::XFrame>& rFrame)
+{
+    maCommand = aCommand;
+    SetClickHdl( LINK( this, Button, dispatchCommandHandler) );
+
+    mpButtonData->mpStatusListener = new VclStatusListener<Button>(this, rFrame, aCommand);
+    mpButtonData->mpStatusListener->startListening();
+}
+
+void Button::Click()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::ButtonClick, [this] () { maClickHdl.Call(this); } );
+}
+
+void Button::SetModeImage( const Image& rImage )
+{
+    if ( rImage != mpButtonData->maImage )
+    {
+        mpButtonData->maImage = rImage;
+        StateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+}
+
+Image const & Button::GetModeImage( ) const
+{
+    return mpButtonData->maImage;
+}
+
+bool Button::HasImage() const
+{
+    return !!(mpButtonData->maImage);
+}
+
+void Button::SetImageAlign( ImageAlign eAlign )
+{
+    if ( mpButtonData->meImageAlign != eAlign )
+    {
+        mpButtonData->meImageAlign = eAlign;
+        StateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+ImageAlign Button::GetImageAlign() const
+{
+    return mpButtonData->meImageAlign;
+}
+
+void Button::SetCustomButtonImage(const Image& rImage)
+{
+    if (rImage != mpButtonData->maCustomContentImage)
+    {
+        mpButtonData->maCustomContentImage = rImage;
+        StateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+Image const & Button::GetCustomButtonImage() const
+{
+    return mpButtonData->maCustomContentImage;
+}
+
+tools::Long Button::ImplGetSeparatorX() const
+{
+    return mpButtonData->mnSeparatorX;
+}
+
+void Button::ImplSetSeparatorX( tools::Long nX )
+{
+    mpButtonData->mnSeparatorX = nX;
+}
+
+DrawTextFlags Button::ImplGetTextStyle( WinBits nWinStyle, SystemTextColorFlags nSystemTextColorFlags ) const
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = Application::GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = FixedText::ImplGetTextStyle(nWinStyle & ~WB_DEFBUTTON);
+
+    if (!IsEnabled())
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Disable;
+
+    if ((nSystemTextColorFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono) ||
+        (rStyleSettings.GetOptions() & StyleSettingsOptions::Mono))
+    {
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Mono;
+    }
+
+    return nTextStyle;
+}
+
+void Button::ImplDrawAlignedImage(OutputDevice* pDev, Point& rPos,
+                                  Size& rSize,
+                                  sal_Int32 nImageSep,
+                                  DrawTextFlags nTextStyle, tools::Rectangle *pSymbolRect,
+                                  bool bAddImageSep)
+{
+    OUString aText(GetText());
+    bool bDrawImage = HasImage();
+    bool bDrawText  = !aText.isEmpty();
+    bool bHasSymbol = pSymbolRect != nullptr;
+
+    // No text and no image => nothing to do => return
+    if (!bDrawImage && !bDrawText && !bHasSymbol)
+        return;
+
+    WinBits nWinStyle = GetStyle();
+    tools::Rectangle aOutRect( rPos, rSize );
+    ImageAlign eImageAlign = mpButtonData->meImageAlign;
+    Size aImageSize = mpButtonData->maImage.GetSizePixel();
+
+    aImageSize.setWidth( CalcZoom( aImageSize.Width() ) );
+    aImageSize.setHeight( CalcZoom( aImageSize.Height() ) );
+
+    // Drawing text or symbol only is simple, use style and output rectangle
+    if (bHasSymbol && !bDrawImage && !bDrawText)
+    {
+        *pSymbolRect = aOutRect;
+        return;
+    }
+    else if (bDrawText && !bDrawImage && !bHasSymbol)
+    {
+        aOutRect = DrawControlText(*pDev, aOutRect, aText, nTextStyle, nullptr, nullptr);
+        tools::Rectangle textRect = GetTextRect(
+            tools::Rectangle(Point(), Size(0x7fffffff, 0x7fffffff)), aText, nTextStyle);
+        // If the button text doesn't fit into it, put it into a tooltip (might happen in sidebar)
+        if (GetQuickHelpText()!= aText && mpButtonData->mbGeneratedTooltip)
+            SetQuickHelpText("");
+        if (GetQuickHelpText().isEmpty() && textRect.getOpenWidth() > rSize.getWidth())
+        {
+            SetQuickHelpText(aText);
+            mpButtonData->mbGeneratedTooltip = true;
+        }
+
+        ImplSetFocusRect(aOutRect);
+        rSize = aOutRect.GetSize();
+        rPos = aOutRect.TopLeft();
+
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // check for HC mode ( image only! )
+    Image* pImage = &(mpButtonData->maImage);
+
+    Size aTextSize;
+    Size aSymbolSize;
+    Size aDeviceTextSize;
+    Point aImagePos = rPos;
+    Point aTextPos = rPos;
+    tools::Rectangle aUnion(aImagePos, aImageSize);
+    tools::Long nSymbolHeight = 0;
+
+    if (bDrawText || bHasSymbol)
+    {
+        // Get the size of the text output area ( the symbol will be drawn in
+        // this area as well, so the symbol rectangle will be calculated here, too )
+
+        tools::Rectangle aRect(Point(), rSize);
+        Size aTSSize;
+
+        if (bHasSymbol)
+        {
+            tools::Rectangle aSymbol;
+            if (bDrawText)
+            {
+                nSymbolHeight = pDev->GetTextHeight();
+                if (mpButtonData->mbSmallSymbol)
+                    nSymbolHeight = nSymbolHeight * 3 / 4;
+
+                aSymbol = tools::Rectangle(Point(), Size(nSymbolHeight, nSymbolHeight));
+                ImplCalcSymbolRect(aSymbol);
+                aRect.AdjustLeft(3 * nSymbolHeight / 2 );
+                aTSSize.setWidth( 3 * nSymbolHeight / 2 );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                aSymbol = tools::Rectangle(Point(), rSize);
+                ImplCalcSymbolRect(aSymbol);
+                aTSSize.setWidth( aSymbol.GetWidth() );
+            }
+            aTSSize.setHeight( aSymbol.GetHeight() );
+            aSymbolSize = aSymbol.GetSize();
+        }
+
+        if (bDrawText)
+        {
+            if ((eImageAlign == ImageAlign::LeftTop)     ||
+                (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Left )        ||
+                (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::LeftBottom)  ||
+                (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::RightTop)    ||
+                (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Right)        ||
+                (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::RightBottom))
+            {
+                aRect.AdjustRight( -sal_Int32(aImageSize.Width() + nImageSep) );
+            }
+            else if ((eImageAlign == ImageAlign::TopLeft)    ||
+                     (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Top)         ||
+                     (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::TopRight)   ||
+                     (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::BottomLeft) ||
+                     (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Bottom)      ||
+                     (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::BottomRight))
+            {
+                aRect.AdjustBottom( -sal_Int32(aImageSize.Height() + nImageSep) );
+            }
+
+            aRect = GetControlTextRect(*pDev, aRect, aText, nTextStyle, &aDeviceTextSize);
+            aTextSize = aRect.GetSize();
+
+            aTSSize.AdjustWidth(aTextSize.Width() );
+
+            if (aTSSize.Height() < aTextSize.Height())
+                aTSSize.setHeight( aTextSize.Height() );
+
+            if (bAddImageSep && bDrawImage)
+            {
+                tools::Long nDiff = (aImageSize.Height() - aTextSize.Height()) / 3;
+                if (nDiff > 0)
+                    nImageSep += nDiff;
+            }
+        }
+
+        Size aMax;
+        aMax.setWidth( std::max(aTSSize.Width(), aImageSize.Width()) );
+        aMax.setHeight( std::max(aTSSize.Height(), aImageSize.Height()) );
+
+        // Now calculate the output area for the image and the text according to the image align flags
+
+        if ((eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Left) ||
+            (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Right))
+        {
+            aImagePos.setY( rPos.Y() + (aMax.Height() - aImageSize.Height()) / 2 );
+            aTextPos.setY( rPos.Y() + (aMax.Height() - aTSSize.Height()) / 2 );
+        }
+        else if ((eImageAlign == ImageAlign::LeftBottom) ||
+                 (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::RightBottom))
+        {
+            aImagePos.setY( rPos.Y() + aMax.Height() - aImageSize.Height() );
+            aTextPos.setY( rPos.Y() + aMax.Height() - aTSSize.Height() );
+        }
+        else if ((eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Top) ||
+                 (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Bottom))
+        {
+            aImagePos.setX( rPos.X() + (aMax.Width() - aImageSize.Width()) / 2 );
+            aTextPos.setX( rPos.X() + (aMax.Width() - aTSSize.Width()) / 2 );
+        }
+        else if ((eImageAlign == ImageAlign::TopRight) ||
+                 (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::BottomRight))
+        {
+            aImagePos.setX( rPos.X() + aMax.Width() - aImageSize.Width() );
+            aTextPos.setX( rPos.X() + aMax.Width() - aTSSize.Width() );
+        }
+
+        if ((eImageAlign == ImageAlign::LeftTop) ||
+            (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Left)     ||
+            (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::LeftBottom))
+        {
+            aTextPos.setX( rPos.X() + aImageSize.Width() + nImageSep );
+        }
+        else if ((eImageAlign == ImageAlign::RightTop) ||
+                 (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Right)     ||
+                 (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::RightBottom))
+        {
+            aImagePos.setX( rPos.X() + aTSSize.Width() + nImageSep );
+        }
+        else if ((eImageAlign == ImageAlign::TopLeft) ||
+                 (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Top)      ||
+                 (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::TopRight))
+        {
+            aTextPos.setY( rPos.Y() + aImageSize.Height() + nImageSep );
+        }
+        else if ((eImageAlign == ImageAlign::BottomLeft) ||
+                 (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Bottom)      ||
+                 (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::BottomRight))
+        {
+            aImagePos.setY( rPos.Y() + aTSSize.Height() + nImageSep );
+        }
+        else if (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Center)
+        {
+            aImagePos.setX( rPos.X() + (aMax.Width()  - aImageSize.Width()) / 2 );
+            aImagePos.setY( rPos.Y() + (aMax.Height() - aImageSize.Height()) / 2 );
+            aTextPos.setX( rPos.X() + (aMax.Width()  - aTSSize.Width()) / 2 );
+            aTextPos.setY( rPos.Y() + (aMax.Height() - aTSSize.Height()) / 2 );
+        }
+        aUnion = tools::Rectangle(aImagePos, aImageSize);
+        aUnion.Union(tools::Rectangle(aTextPos, aTSSize));
+    }
+
+    // Now place the combination of text and image in the output area of the button
+    // according to the window style (WinBits)
+    tools::Long nXOffset = 0;
+    tools::Long nYOffset = 0;
+
+    if (nWinStyle & WB_CENTER)
+    {
+        nXOffset = (rSize.Width() - aUnion.GetWidth()) / 2;
+    }
+    else if (nWinStyle & WB_RIGHT)
+    {
+        nXOffset = rSize.Width() - aUnion.GetWidth();
+    }
+
+    if (nWinStyle & WB_VCENTER)
+    {
+        nYOffset = (rSize.Height() - aUnion.GetHeight()) / 2;
+    }
+    else if (nWinStyle & WB_BOTTOM)
+    {
+        nYOffset = rSize.Height() - aUnion.GetHeight();
+    }
+
+    // the top left corner should always be visible, so we don't allow negative offsets
+    if (nXOffset < 0) nXOffset = 0;
+    if (nYOffset < 0) nYOffset = 0;
+
+    aImagePos.AdjustX(nXOffset );
+    aImagePos.AdjustY(nYOffset );
+    aTextPos.AdjustX(nXOffset );
+    aTextPos.AdjustY(nYOffset );
+
+    // set rPos and rSize to the union
+    rSize = aUnion.GetSize();
+    rPos.AdjustX(nXOffset );
+    rPos.AdjustY(nYOffset );
+
+    if (bHasSymbol)
+    {
+        if (mpButtonData->meSymbolAlign == SymbolAlign::RIGHT)
+        {
+            Point aRightPos(aTextPos.X() + aTextSize.Width() + aSymbolSize.Width() / 2, aTextPos.Y());
+            *pSymbolRect = tools::Rectangle(aRightPos, aSymbolSize);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            *pSymbolRect = tools::Rectangle(aTextPos, aSymbolSize);
+            aTextPos.AdjustX(3 * nSymbolHeight / 2 );
+        }
+        if (mpButtonData->mbSmallSymbol)
+        {
+            nYOffset = (aUnion.GetHeight() - aSymbolSize.Height()) / 2;
+            pSymbolRect->SetPosY(aTextPos.Y() + nYOffset);
+        }
+    }
+
+    DrawImageFlags nStyle = DrawImageFlags::NONE;
+
+    if (!IsEnabled())
+    {
+        nStyle |= DrawImageFlags::Disable;
+    }
+
+    if (IsZoom())
+        pDev->DrawImage(aImagePos, aImageSize, *pImage, nStyle);
+    else
+        pDev->DrawImage(aImagePos, *pImage, nStyle);
+
+    if (bDrawText)
+    {
+        const tools::Rectangle aTOutRect(aTextPos, aTextSize);
+        ImplSetFocusRect(aTOutRect);
+        DrawControlText(*pDev, aTOutRect, aText, nTextStyle, nullptr, nullptr, &aDeviceTextSize);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ImplSetFocusRect(tools::Rectangle(aImagePos, aImageSize));
+    }
+}
+
+void Button::ImplSetFocusRect(const tools::Rectangle &rFocusRect)
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aFocusRect = rFocusRect;
+    tools::Rectangle aOutputRect(Point(), GetOutputSizePixel());
+
+    if (!aFocusRect.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        aFocusRect.AdjustLeft( -1 );
+        aFocusRect.AdjustTop( -1 );
+        aFocusRect.AdjustRight( 1 );
+        aFocusRect.AdjustBottom( 1 );
+    }
+
+    if (aFocusRect.Left()   < aOutputRect.Left())
+        aFocusRect.SetLeft( aOutputRect.Left() );
+    if (aFocusRect.Top()    < aOutputRect.Top())
+        aFocusRect.SetTop( aOutputRect.Top() );
+    if (aFocusRect.Right()  > aOutputRect.Right())
+        aFocusRect.SetRight( aOutputRect.Right() );
+    if (aFocusRect.Bottom() > aOutputRect.Bottom())
+        aFocusRect.SetBottom( aOutputRect.Bottom() );
+
+    mpButtonData->maFocusRect = aFocusRect;
+}
+
+const tools::Rectangle& Button::ImplGetFocusRect() const
+{
+    return mpButtonData->maFocusRect;
+}
+
+DrawButtonFlags& Button::GetButtonState()
+{
+    return mpButtonData->mnButtonState;
+}
+
+DrawButtonFlags Button::GetButtonState() const
+{
+    return mpButtonData->mnButtonState;
+}
+
+void Button::ImplSetSymbolAlign( SymbolAlign eAlign )
+{
+    if ( mpButtonData->meSymbolAlign != eAlign )
+    {
+        mpButtonData->meSymbolAlign = eAlign;
+        StateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+void Button::SetSmallSymbol()
+{
+    mpButtonData->mbSmallSymbol = true;
+}
+
+bool Button::IsSmallSymbol () const
+{
+    return mpButtonData->mbSmallSymbol;
+}
+
+bool Button::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "image-position")
+    {
+        ImageAlign eAlign = ImageAlign::Left;
+        if (rValue == "left")
+            eAlign = ImageAlign::Left;
+        else if (rValue == "right")
+            eAlign = ImageAlign::Right;
+        else if (rValue == "top")
+            eAlign = ImageAlign::Top;
+        else if (rValue == "bottom")
+            eAlign = ImageAlign::Bottom;
+        SetImageAlign(eAlign);
+    }
+    else if (rKey == "focus-on-click")
+    {
+        WinBits nBits = GetStyle();
+        nBits &= ~WB_NOPOINTERFOCUS;
+        if (!toBool(rValue))
+            nBits |= WB_NOPOINTERFOCUS;
+        SetStyle(nBits);
+    }
+    else
+        return Control::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void Button::statusChanged(const css::frame::FeatureStateEvent& rEvent)
+{
+    Enable(rEvent.IsEnabled);
+}
+
+FactoryFunction Button::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return ButtonUIObject::create;
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+
+std::string_view symbolTypeName(SymbolType eSymbolType)
+{
+    switch (eSymbolType)
+    {
+        case SymbolType::DONTKNOW:         return "DONTKNOW";
+        case SymbolType::IMAGE:            return "IMAGE";
+        case SymbolType::ARROW_UP:         return "ARROW_UP";
+        case SymbolType::ARROW_DOWN:       return "ARROW_DOWN";
+        case SymbolType::ARROW_LEFT:       return "ARROW_LEFT";
+        case SymbolType::ARROW_RIGHT:      return "ARROW_RIGHT";
+        case SymbolType::SPIN_UP:          return "SPIN_UP";
+        case SymbolType::SPIN_DOWN:        return "SPIN_DOWN";
+        case SymbolType::SPIN_LEFT:        return "SPIN_LEFT";
+        case SymbolType::SPIN_RIGHT:       return "SPIN_RIGHT";
+        case SymbolType::FIRST:            return "FIRST";
+        case SymbolType::LAST:             return "LAST";
+        case SymbolType::PREV:             return "PREV";
+        case SymbolType::NEXT:             return "NEXT";
+        case SymbolType::PAGEUP:           return "PAGEUP";
+        case SymbolType::PAGEDOWN:         return "PAGEDOWN";
+        case SymbolType::PLAY:             return "PLAY";
+        case SymbolType::STOP:             return "STOP";
+        case SymbolType::CLOSE:            return "CLOSE";
+        case SymbolType::CHECKMARK:        return "CHECKMARK";
+        case SymbolType::RADIOCHECKMARK:   return "RADIOCHECKMARK";
+        case SymbolType::FLOAT:            return "FLOAT";
+        case SymbolType::DOCK:             return "DOCK";
+        case SymbolType::HIDE:             return "HIDE";
+        case SymbolType::HELP:             return "HELP";
+        case SymbolType::PLUS:             return "PLUS";
+    }
+
+    return "UNKNOWN";
+}
+
+}
+
+void Button::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    Control::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+    rJsonWriter.put("text", GetText());
+    if (HasImage())
+    {
+        SvMemoryStream aOStm(6535, 6535);
+        if(GraphicConverter::Export(aOStm, GetModeImage().GetBitmapEx(), ConvertDataFormat::PNG) == ERRCODE_NONE)
+        {
+            css::uno::Sequence<sal_Int8> aSeq( static_cast<sal_Int8 const *>(aOStm.GetData()), aOStm.Tell());
+            OStringBuffer aBuffer("data:image/png;base64,");
+            ::comphelper::Base64::encode(aBuffer, aSeq);
+            rJsonWriter.put("image", aBuffer);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_DEFBUTTON)
+        rJsonWriter.put("has_default", true);
+}
+
+void PushButton::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    Button::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+    if (GetSymbol() != SymbolType::DONTKNOW)
+        rJsonWriter.put("symbol", symbolTypeName(GetSymbol()));
+    if (isToggleButton())
+        rJsonWriter.put("isToggle", true);
+}
+
+IMPL_STATIC_LINK( Button, dispatchCommandHandler, Button*, pButton, void )
+{
+    if (pButton == nullptr)
+        return;
+
+    comphelper::dispatchCommand(pButton->maCommand, uno::Sequence<beans::PropertyValue>());
+}
+
+void PushButton::ImplInitPushButtonData()
+{
+    mpWindowImpl->mbPushButton    = true;
+
+    meSymbol        = SymbolType::DONTKNOW;
+    meState         = TRISTATE_FALSE;
+    mnDDStyle       = PushButtonDropdownStyle::NONE;
+    mbIsActive    = false;
+    mbPressed       = false;
+    mbIsAction      = false;
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    vcl::Window* getPreviousSibling(vcl::Window const *pParent)
+    {
+        return pParent ? pParent->GetWindow(GetWindowType::LastChild) : nullptr;
+    }
+}
+
+void PushButton::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    nStyle = ImplInitStyle(getPreviousSibling(pParent), nStyle);
+    Button::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+
+    if ( nStyle & WB_NOLIGHTBORDER )
+        GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::NoLightBorder;
+
+    ImplInitSettings( true );
+}
+
+WinBits PushButton::ImplInitStyle( const vcl::Window* pPrevWindow, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOTABSTOP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+
+    // if no alignment is given, default to "vertically centered". This is because since
+    // #i26046#, we respect the vertical alignment flags (previously we didn't completely),
+    // but we of course want to look as before when no vertical alignment is specified
+    if ( ( nStyle & ( WB_TOP | WB_VCENTER | WB_BOTTOM ) ) == 0 )
+        nStyle |= WB_VCENTER;
+
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOGROUP) &&
+         (!pPrevWindow ||
+          ((pPrevWindow->GetType() != WindowType::PUSHBUTTON  ) &&
+           (pPrevWindow->GetType() != WindowType::OKBUTTON    ) &&
+           (pPrevWindow->GetType() != WindowType::CANCELBUTTON) &&
+           (pPrevWindow->GetType() != WindowType::HELPBUTTON  )) ) )
+        nStyle |= WB_GROUP;
+    return nStyle;
+}
+
+const vcl::Font& PushButton::GetCanonicalFont( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetPushButtonFont();
+}
+
+const Color& PushButton::GetCanonicalTextColor( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetButtonTextColor();
+}
+
+void PushButton::ImplInitSettings( bool bBackground )
+{
+    Button::ImplInitSettings();
+
+    if ( !bBackground )
+        return;
+
+    SetBackground();
+    // #i38498#: do not check for GetParent()->IsChildTransparentModeEnabled()
+    // otherwise the formcontrol button will be overdrawn due to ParentClipMode::NoClip
+    // for radio and checkbox this is ok as they should appear transparent in documents
+    if ( IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Pushbutton, ControlPart::Entire ) ||
+         (GetStyle() & WB_FLATBUTTON) != 0 )
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode();
+        SetParentClipMode( ParentClipMode::NoClip );
+        SetPaintTransparent( true );
+
+        if ((GetStyle() & WB_FLATBUTTON) == 0)
+            mpWindowImpl->mbUseNativeFocus = ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoFocusRects;
+        else
+            mpWindowImpl->mbUseNativeFocus = ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoFocusRectsForFlatButtons;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode( false );
+        SetParentClipMode();
+        SetPaintTransparent( false );
+    }
+}
+
+void PushButton::ImplDrawPushButtonFrame(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext,
+                                         tools::Rectangle& rRect, DrawButtonFlags nStyle)
+{
+    if (!(GetStyle() & (WB_RECTSTYLE | WB_SMALLSTYLE)))
+    {
+        StyleSettings aStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+        if (IsControlBackground())
+            aStyleSettings.Set3DColors(GetControlBackground());
+    }
+
+    DecorationView aDecoView(&rRenderContext);
+    if (IsControlBackground())
+    {
+        AllSettings aSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings();
+        AllSettings aOldSettings = aSettings;
+        StyleSettings aStyleSettings = aSettings.GetStyleSettings();
+        if (nStyle & DrawButtonFlags::Highlight)
+        {
+            // with the custom background, native highlight do nothing, so code below mimic
+            // native highlight by changing luminance
+            Color controlBackgroundColorHighlighted = GetControlBackground();
+            sal_uInt8 colorLuminance = controlBackgroundColorHighlighted.GetLuminance();
+            if (colorLuminance < 205)
+                controlBackgroundColorHighlighted.IncreaseLuminance(50);
+            else
+                controlBackgroundColorHighlighted.DecreaseLuminance(50);
+            aStyleSettings.Set3DColors(controlBackgroundColorHighlighted);
+        }
+        else
+            aStyleSettings.Set3DColors(GetControlBackground());
+        aSettings.SetStyleSettings(aStyleSettings);
+
+        // Call OutputDevice::SetSettings() explicitly, as rRenderContext may
+        // be a vcl::Window in fact, and vcl::Window::SetSettings() will call
+        // Invalidate(), which is a problem, since we're in Paint().
+        rRenderContext.OutputDevice::SetSettings(aSettings);
+        rRect = aDecoView.DrawButton(rRect, nStyle);
+        rRenderContext.OutputDevice::SetSettings(aOldSettings);
+    }
+    else
+        rRect = aDecoView.DrawButton(rRect, nStyle);
+}
+
+bool PushButton::ImplHitTestPushButton( vcl::Window const * pDev,
+                                        const Point& rPos )
+{
+    tools::Rectangle   aTestRect( Point(), pDev->GetOutputSizePixel() );
+
+    return aTestRect.Contains( rPos );
+}
+
+DrawTextFlags PushButton::ImplGetTextStyle( SystemTextColorFlags nSystemTextColorFlags ) const
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+    DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = DrawTextFlags::Mnemonic | DrawTextFlags::MultiLine | DrawTextFlags::EndEllipsis;
+
+    if ( ( rStyleSettings.GetOptions() & StyleSettingsOptions::Mono ) ||
+         ( nSystemTextColorFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono ) )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Mono;
+
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_WORDBREAK )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::WordBreak;
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_NOLABEL )
+        nTextStyle &= ~DrawTextFlags::Mnemonic;
+
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_LEFT )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Left;
+    else if ( GetStyle() & WB_RIGHT )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Right;
+    else
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Center;
+
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_TOP )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Top;
+    else if ( GetStyle() & WB_BOTTOM )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Bottom;
+    else
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::VCenter;
+
+    if ( !IsEnabled() )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Disable;
+
+    return nTextStyle;
+}
+
+void PushButton::ImplDrawPushButtonContent(OutputDevice *pDev, SystemTextColorFlags nSystemTextColorFlags,
+                                           const tools::Rectangle &rRect, bool bMenuBtnSep,
+                                           DrawButtonFlags nButtonFlags)
+{
+    const StyleSettings &rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    tools::Rectangle aInRect = rRect;
+    Color aColor;
+    DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = ImplGetTextStyle(nSystemTextColorFlags);
+    DrawSymbolFlags nStyle;
+
+    if (aInRect.Right() < aInRect.Left() || aInRect.Bottom() < aInRect.Top())
+        return;
+
+    pDev->Push(vcl::PushFlags::CLIPREGION);
+    pDev->IntersectClipRegion(aInRect);
+
+    if (nSystemTextColorFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono)
+        aColor = COL_BLACK;
+
+    else if (IsControlForeground())
+        aColor = GetControlForeground();
+
+    // Button types with possibly different text coloring are flat buttons and regular buttons. Regular buttons may be action
+    // buttons and may have an additional default status. Moreover all buttons may have an additional pressed and rollover
+    // (highlight) status. Pressed buttons are always in rollover status.
+
+    else if (GetStyle() & WB_FLATBUTTON)
+        if (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed)
+            aColor = rStyleSettings.GetFlatButtonPressedRolloverTextColor();
+        else if (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Highlight)
+            aColor = rStyleSettings.GetFlatButtonRolloverTextColor();
+        else
+            aColor = rStyleSettings.GetFlatButtonTextColor();
+    else
+        if (isAction() && (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Default))
+            if (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed)
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetDefaultActionButtonPressedRolloverTextColor();
+            else if (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Highlight)
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetDefaultActionButtonRolloverTextColor();
+            else
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetDefaultActionButtonTextColor();
+        else if (isAction())
+            if (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed)
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetActionButtonPressedRolloverTextColor();
+            else if (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Highlight)
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetActionButtonRolloverTextColor();
+            else
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetActionButtonTextColor();
+        else if (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Default)
+            if (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed)
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetDefaultButtonPressedRolloverTextColor();
+            else if (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Highlight)
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetDefaultButtonRolloverTextColor();
+            else
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetDefaultButtonTextColor();
+        else
+            if (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed)
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetButtonPressedRolloverTextColor();
+            else if (nButtonFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Highlight)
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetButtonRolloverTextColor();
+            else
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetButtonTextColor();
+
+#if defined(MACOSX) || defined(IOS)
+    // tdf#152486 These are the buttons in infobars where the infobar has a custom
+    // background color and on these platforms the buttons blend with
+    // their background.
+    vcl::Window* pParent = GetParent();
+    if (pParent->get_id() == "ExtraButton")
+    {
+        while (pParent && !pParent->IsControlBackground())
+            pParent = pParent->GetParent();
+        if (pParent)
+        {
+            if (aColor.IsBright() && !pParent->GetControlBackground().IsDark())
+                aColor = COL_BLACK;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    pDev->SetTextColor(aColor);
+
+    if ( IsEnabled() )
+        nStyle = DrawSymbolFlags::NONE;
+    else
+        nStyle = DrawSymbolFlags::Disable;
+
+    Size aSize = rRect.GetSize();
+    Point aPos = rRect.TopLeft();
+
+    sal_Int32 nImageSep = 1 + (pDev->GetTextHeight()-10)/2;
+    if( nImageSep < 1 )
+        nImageSep = 1;
+    if ( mnDDStyle == PushButtonDropdownStyle::MenuButton ||
+         mnDDStyle == PushButtonDropdownStyle::SplitMenuButton )
+    {
+        tools::Long nSeparatorX = 0;
+        tools::Rectangle aSymbolRect = aInRect;
+
+        // calculate symbol size
+        tools::Long nSymbolSize    = pDev->GetTextHeight() / 2 + 1;
+        if (nSymbolSize > aSize.Width() / 2)
+            nSymbolSize = aSize.Width() / 2;
+
+        nSeparatorX = aInRect.Right() - 2*nSymbolSize;
+
+        // tdf#141761 Minimum width should be (1) Pixel, see comment
+        // with same task number above for more info
+        const tools::Long nWidthAdjust(2*nSymbolSize);
+        aSize.setWidth(std::max(static_cast<tools::Long>(1), aSize.getWidth() - nWidthAdjust));
+
+        // center symbol rectangle in the separated area
+        aSymbolRect.AdjustRight( -(nSymbolSize/2) );
+        aSymbolRect.SetLeft( aSymbolRect.Right() - nSymbolSize );
+
+        ImplDrawAlignedImage( pDev, aPos, aSize, nImageSep,
+                              nTextStyle, nullptr, true );
+
+        tools::Long nDistance = (aSymbolRect.GetHeight() > 10) ? 2 : 1;
+        DecorationView aDecoView( pDev );
+        if( bMenuBtnSep && nSeparatorX > 0 )
+        {
+            Point aStartPt( nSeparatorX, aSymbolRect.Top()+nDistance );
+            Point aEndPt( nSeparatorX, aSymbolRect.Bottom()-nDistance );
+            aDecoView.DrawSeparator( aStartPt, aEndPt );
+        }
+        ImplSetSeparatorX( nSeparatorX );
+
+        aDecoView.DrawSymbol( aSymbolRect, SymbolType::SPIN_DOWN, aColor, nStyle );
+
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aSymbolRect;
+        ImplDrawAlignedImage( pDev, aPos, aSize, nImageSep,
+                              nTextStyle, IsSymbol() ? &aSymbolRect : nullptr, true );
+
+        if ( IsSymbol() )
+        {
+            DecorationView aDecoView( pDev );
+            aDecoView.DrawSymbol( aSymbolRect, meSymbol, aColor, nStyle );
+        }
+    }
+
+    pDev->Pop();  // restore clipregion
+}
+
+void PushButton::ImplDrawPushButton(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    HideFocus();
+
+    DrawButtonFlags nButtonStyle = GetButtonState();
+    Size aOutSz(GetOutputSizePixel());
+    tools::Rectangle aRect(Point(), aOutSz);
+    tools::Rectangle aInRect = aRect;
+    bool bNativeOK = false;
+
+    // adjust style if button should be rendered 'pressed'
+    if (mbPressed || mbIsActive)
+        nButtonStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_FLATBUTTON)
+        nButtonStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Flat;
+
+    // TODO: move this to Window class or make it a member !!!
+    ControlType aCtrlType = ControlType::Generic;
+    switch(GetParent()->GetType())
+    {
+        case WindowType::LISTBOX:
+        case WindowType::MULTILISTBOX:
+        case WindowType::TREELISTBOX:
+            aCtrlType = ControlType::Listbox;
+            break;
+
+        case WindowType::COMBOBOX:
+        case WindowType::PATTERNBOX:
+        case WindowType::NUMERICBOX:
+        case WindowType::METRICBOX:
+        case WindowType::CURRENCYBOX:
+        case WindowType::DATEBOX:
+        case WindowType::TIMEBOX:
+        case WindowType::LONGCURRENCYBOX:
+            aCtrlType = ControlType::Combobox;
+            break;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+
+    bool bDropDown = (IsSymbol() && (GetSymbol() == SymbolType::SPIN_DOWN) && GetText().isEmpty());
+
+    if( bDropDown && (aCtrlType == ControlType::Combobox || aCtrlType == ControlType::Listbox))
+    {
+        if (GetParent()->IsNativeControlSupported(aCtrlType, ControlPart::Entire))
+        {
+            // skip painting if the button was already drawn by the theme
+            if (aCtrlType == ControlType::Combobox)
+            {
+                Edit* pEdit = static_cast<Edit*>(GetParent());
+                if (pEdit->ImplUseNativeBorder(rRenderContext, pEdit->GetStyle()))
+                    bNativeOK = true;
+            }
+            else if (GetParent()->IsNativeControlSupported(aCtrlType, ControlPart::HasBackgroundTexture))
+            {
+                bNativeOK = true;
+            }
+
+            if (!bNativeOK && GetParent()->IsNativeControlSupported(aCtrlType, ControlPart::ButtonDown))
+            {
+                // let the theme draw it, note we then need support
+                // for ControlType::Listbox/ControlPart::ButtonDown and ControlType::Combobox/ControlPart::ButtonDown
+
+                ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+                ControlState nState = ControlState::NONE;
+
+                if (mbPressed || mbIsActive)
+                    nState |= ControlState::PRESSED;
+                if (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed)
+                    nState |= ControlState::PRESSED;
+                if (HasFocus())
+                    nState |= ControlState::FOCUSED;
+                if (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Default)
+                    nState |= ControlState::DEFAULT;
+                if (Window::IsEnabled())
+                    nState |= ControlState::ENABLED;
+
+                if (IsMouseOver() && aInRect.Contains(GetPointerPosPixel()))
+                    nState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+
+                if ( IsMouseOver() && aInRect.Contains(GetPointerPosPixel()) && mbIsActive)
+                {
+                    nState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+                    nButtonStyle &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+                }
+
+                bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(aCtrlType, ControlPart::ButtonDown, aInRect, nState,
+                                                             aControlValue, OUString());
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (bNativeOK)
+        return;
+
+    bool bRollOver = (IsMouseOver() && aInRect.Contains(GetPointerPosPixel()));
+    if (bRollOver)
+        nButtonStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Highlight;
+    bool bDrawMenuSep = mnDDStyle == PushButtonDropdownStyle::SplitMenuButton;
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_FLATBUTTON)
+    {
+        if (!bRollOver && !HasFocus())
+            bDrawMenuSep = false;
+    }
+    // tdf#123175 if there is a custom control bg set, draw the button without outsourcing to the NWF
+    bNativeOK = !IsControlBackground() && rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Pushbutton, ControlPart::Entire);
+    if (bNativeOK)
+    {
+        PushButtonValue aControlValue;
+        aControlValue.mbIsAction = isAction();
+
+        tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion(aInRect);
+        ControlState nState = ControlState::NONE;
+
+        if (mbPressed || IsChecked() || mbIsActive)
+        {
+            nState |= ControlState::PRESSED;
+            nButtonStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        }
+        if (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed)
+            nState |= ControlState::PRESSED;
+        if (HasFocus())
+            nState |= ControlState::FOCUSED;
+        if (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Default)
+            nState |= ControlState::DEFAULT;
+        if (Window::IsEnabled())
+            nState |= ControlState::ENABLED;
+
+        if (bRollOver || mbIsActive)
+        {
+            nButtonStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Highlight;
+            nState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+        }
+
+        if (mbIsActive && bRollOver)
+        {
+            nState &= ~ControlState::PRESSED;
+            nButtonStyle &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        }
+
+        if (GetStyle() & WB_FLATBUTTON)
+            aControlValue.m_bFlatButton = true;
+
+        // draw frame into invisible window to have aInRect modified correctly
+        // but do not shift the inner rect for pressed buttons (ie remove DrawButtonFlags::Pressed)
+        // this assumes the theme has enough visual cues to signalize the button was pressed
+        //Window aWin( this );
+        //ImplDrawPushButtonFrame( &aWin, aInRect, nButtonStyle & ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed );
+
+        // looks better this way as symbols were displaced slightly using the above approach
+        aInRect.AdjustTop(4 );
+        aInRect.AdjustBottom( -4 );
+        aInRect.AdjustLeft(4 );
+        aInRect.AdjustRight( -4 );
+
+        // prepare single line hint (needed on mac to decide between normal push button and
+        // rectangular bevel button look)
+        Size aFontSize(Application::GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetPushButtonFont().GetFontSize());
+        aFontSize = rRenderContext.LogicToPixel(aFontSize, MapMode(MapUnit::MapPoint));
+        Size aInRectSize(rRenderContext.LogicToPixel(Size(aInRect.GetWidth(), aInRect.GetHeight())));
+        aControlValue.mbSingleLine = (aInRectSize.Height() < 2 * aFontSize.Height());
+
+        if (!aControlValue.m_bFlatButton || (nState & ControlState::ROLLOVER) || (nState & ControlState::PRESSED)
+            || (HasFocus() && mpWindowImpl->mbUseNativeFocus
+                && !IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Pushbutton, ControlPart::Focus)))
+        {
+            bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Pushbutton, ControlPart::Entire, aCtrlRegion, nState,
+                                                         aControlValue, OUString() /*PushButton::GetText()*/);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bNativeOK = true;
+        }
+
+        // draw content using the same aInRect as non-native VCL would do
+        ImplDrawPushButtonContent(&rRenderContext, SystemTextColorFlags::NONE,
+                                  aInRect, bDrawMenuSep, nButtonStyle);
+
+        if (HasFocus())
+            ShowFocus(ImplGetFocusRect());
+    }
+
+    if (bNativeOK)
+        return;
+
+    // draw PushButtonFrame, aInRect has content size afterwards
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_FLATBUTTON)
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aTempRect(aInRect);
+        ImplDrawPushButtonFrame(rRenderContext, aTempRect, nButtonStyle);
+        aInRect.AdjustLeft(2 );
+        aInRect.AdjustTop(2 );
+        aInRect.AdjustRight( -2 );
+        aInRect.AdjustBottom( -2 );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ImplDrawPushButtonFrame(rRenderContext, aInRect, nButtonStyle);
+    }
+
+    // draw content
+    ImplDrawPushButtonContent(&rRenderContext, SystemTextColorFlags::NONE, aInRect, bDrawMenuSep, nButtonStyle);
+
+    if (HasFocus())
+    {
+        ShowFocus(ImplGetFocusRect());
+    }
+}
+
+void PushButton::ImplSetDefButton( bool bSet )
+{
+    Size aSize( GetSizePixel() );
+    Point aPos( GetPosPixel() );
+    int dLeft(0), dRight(0), dTop(0), dBottom(0);
+    bool bSetPos = false;
+
+    if ( IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Pushbutton, ControlPart::Entire) )
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aBound, aCont;
+        tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion( 0, 0, 80, 20 ); // use a constant size to avoid accumulating
+                                             // will not work if the theme has dynamic adornment sizes
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+
+        // get native size of a 'default' button
+        // and adjust the VCL button if more space for adornment is required
+        if( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Pushbutton, ControlPart::Entire, aCtrlRegion,
+                                    ControlState::DEFAULT|ControlState::ENABLED,
+                                    aControlValue,
+                                    aBound, aCont ) )
+        {
+            dLeft = aCont.Left() - aBound.Left();
+            dTop = aCont.Top() - aBound.Top();
+            dRight = aBound.Right() - aCont.Right();
+            dBottom = aBound.Bottom() - aCont.Bottom();
+            bSetPos = dLeft || dTop || dRight || dBottom;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( bSet )
+    {
+        if( !(GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Default) && bSetPos )
+        {
+            // adjust pos/size when toggling from non-default to default
+            aPos.Move(-dLeft, -dTop);
+            aSize.AdjustWidth(dLeft + dRight );
+            aSize.AdjustHeight(dTop + dBottom );
+        }
+        GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::Default;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if( (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Default) && bSetPos )
+        {
+            // adjust pos/size when toggling from default to non-default
+            aPos.Move(dLeft, dTop);
+            aSize.AdjustWidth( -(dLeft + dRight) );
+            aSize.AdjustHeight( -(dTop + dBottom) );
+        }
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Default;
+    }
+    if( bSetPos )
+        setPosSizePixel( aPos.X(), aPos.Y(), aSize.Width(), aSize.Height() );
+
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+bool PushButton::ImplIsDefButton() const
+{
+    return bool(GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Default);
+}
+
+PushButton::PushButton( WindowType nType ) :
+    Button( nType )
+{
+    ImplInitPushButtonData();
+}
+
+PushButton::PushButton( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    Button( WindowType::PUSHBUTTON )
+{
+    ImplInitPushButtonData();
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+void PushButton::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if ( !(rMEvt.IsLeft() &&
+         ImplHitTestPushButton( this, rMEvt.GetPosPixel() )) )
+        return;
+
+    StartTrackingFlags nTrackFlags = StartTrackingFlags::NONE;
+
+    if ( ( GetStyle() & WB_REPEAT ) &&
+         ! ( GetStyle() & WB_TOGGLE ) )
+        nTrackFlags |= StartTrackingFlags::ButtonRepeat;
+
+    GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+    Invalidate();
+    StartTracking( nTrackFlags );
+
+    if ( nTrackFlags & StartTrackingFlags::ButtonRepeat )
+        Click();
+}
+
+void PushButton::Tracking( const TrackingEvent& rTEvt )
+{
+    if ( rTEvt.IsTrackingEnded() )
+    {
+        if ( GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+        {
+            if ( !(GetStyle() & WB_NOPOINTERFOCUS) && !rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() )
+                GrabFocus();
+
+            if ( GetStyle() & WB_TOGGLE )
+            {
+                // Don't toggle, when aborted
+                if ( !rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() )
+                {
+                    if ( IsChecked() )
+                    {
+                        Check( false );
+                        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+                    }
+                    else
+                        Check();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+                GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+
+            Invalidate();
+
+            // do not call Click handler if aborted
+            if ( !rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() )
+            {
+                if ( ! ( GetStyle() & WB_REPEAT ) || ( GetStyle() & WB_TOGGLE ) )
+                    Click();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( ImplHitTestPushButton( this, rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().GetPosPixel() ) )
+        {
+            if ( GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+            {
+                if ( rTEvt.IsTrackingRepeat() && (GetStyle() & WB_REPEAT) &&
+                     ! ( GetStyle() & WB_TOGGLE ) )
+                    Click();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+            {
+                GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void PushButton::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    vcl::KeyCode aKeyCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode();
+
+    if ( !aKeyCode.GetModifier() &&
+         ((aKeyCode.GetCode() == KEY_RETURN) || (aKeyCode.GetCode() == KEY_SPACE)) )
+    {
+        if ( !(GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) )
+        {
+            GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+
+        if ( ( GetStyle() & WB_REPEAT ) &&
+             ! ( GetStyle() & WB_TOGGLE ) )
+            Click();
+    }
+    else if ( (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) && (aKeyCode.GetCode() == KEY_ESCAPE) )
+    {
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else
+        Button::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+}
+
+void PushButton::KeyUp( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    vcl::KeyCode aKeyCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode();
+
+    if ( (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) &&
+         ((aKeyCode.GetCode() == KEY_RETURN) || (aKeyCode.GetCode() == KEY_SPACE)) )
+    {
+        if ( GetStyle() & WB_TOGGLE )
+        {
+            if ( IsChecked() )
+            {
+                Check( false );
+                GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+            }
+            else
+                Check();
+
+            Toggle();
+        }
+        else
+            GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+
+        Invalidate();
+
+        if ( !( GetStyle() & WB_REPEAT ) || ( GetStyle() & WB_TOGGLE ) )
+            Click();
+    }
+    else
+        Button::KeyUp( rKEvt );
+}
+
+void PushButton::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    mxLayoutData.emplace();
+    const_cast<PushButton*>(this)->Invalidate();
+}
+
+void PushButton::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle&)
+{
+    const Image& rCustomButtonImage = GetCustomButtonImage();
+    if (!!rCustomButtonImage)
+    {
+        rRenderContext.DrawImage(Point(0, 0), rCustomButtonImage);
+        return;
+    }
+    ImplDrawPushButton(rRenderContext);
+}
+
+void PushButton::Draw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos,
+                       SystemTextColorFlags nFlags )
+{
+    Point       aPos  = pDev->LogicToPixel( rPos );
+    Size        aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    tools::Rectangle   aRect( aPos, aSize );
+    vcl::Font   aFont = GetDrawPixelFont( pDev );
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+    pDev->SetFont( aFont );
+
+    std::optional<StyleSettings> oOrigDevStyleSettings;
+
+    if ( nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono )
+    {
+        pDev->SetTextColor( COL_BLACK );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pDev->SetTextColor( GetTextColor() );
+        // DecoView uses the FaceColor...
+        AllSettings aSettings = pDev->GetSettings();
+        StyleSettings aStyleSettings = aSettings.GetStyleSettings();
+        oOrigDevStyleSettings = aStyleSettings;
+        if ( IsControlBackground() )
+            aStyleSettings.SetFaceColor( GetControlBackground() );
+        else
+            aStyleSettings.SetFaceColor( GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetFaceColor() );
+        aSettings.SetStyleSettings( aStyleSettings );
+        pDev->OutputDevice::SetSettings( aSettings );
+    }
+    pDev->SetTextFillColor();
+
+    DecorationView aDecoView( pDev );
+    DrawButtonFlags nButtonStyle = DrawButtonFlags::NONE;
+    if ( nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono )
+        nButtonStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Mono;
+    if ( IsChecked() )
+        nButtonStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Checked;
+    aRect = aDecoView.DrawButton( aRect, nButtonStyle );
+
+    ImplDrawPushButtonContent( pDev, nFlags, aRect, true, nButtonStyle );
+
+    // restore original settings (which are not affected by Push/Pop) after
+    // finished drawing
+    if (oOrigDevStyleSettings)
+    {
+        AllSettings aSettings = pDev->GetSettings();
+        aSettings.SetStyleSettings(*oOrigDevStyleSettings);
+        pDev->OutputDevice::SetSettings( aSettings );
+    }
+
+    pDev->Pop();
+}
+
+void PushButton::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void PushButton::GetFocus()
+{
+    ShowFocus( ImplGetFocusRect() );
+    SetInputContext( InputContext( GetFont() ) );
+    Button::GetFocus();
+}
+
+void PushButton::LoseFocus()
+{
+    EndSelection();
+    HideFocus();
+    Button::LoseFocus();
+}
+
+void PushButton::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Button::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Enable) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::Text) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::Data) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::State) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode) )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Style )
+    {
+        SetStyle( ImplInitStyle( GetWindow( GetWindowType::Prev ), GetStyle() ) );
+
+        bool bIsDefButton = ( GetStyle() & WB_DEFBUTTON ) != 0;
+        bool bWasDefButton = ( GetPrevStyle() & WB_DEFBUTTON ) != 0;
+        if ( bIsDefButton != bWasDefButton )
+            ImplSetDefButton( bIsDefButton );
+
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+        {
+            if ( (GetPrevStyle() & PUSHBUTTON_VIEW_STYLE) !=
+                 (GetStyle() & PUSHBUTTON_VIEW_STYLE) )
+                Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Zoom) ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( true );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void PushButton::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Button::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+          (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE)) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( true );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+bool PushButton::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::MOUSEMOVE )
+    {
+        const MouseEvent* pMouseEvt = rNEvt.GetMouseEvent();
+        if( pMouseEvt && (pMouseEvt->IsEnterWindow() || pMouseEvt->IsLeaveWindow()) )
+        {
+            // trigger redraw as mouse over state has changed
+
+            // TODO: move this to Window class or make it a member !!!
+            ControlType aCtrlType = ControlType::Generic;
+            switch( GetParent()->GetType() )
+            {
+                case WindowType::LISTBOX:
+                case WindowType::MULTILISTBOX:
+                case WindowType::TREELISTBOX:
+                    aCtrlType = ControlType::Listbox;
+                    break;
+
+                case WindowType::COMBOBOX:
+                case WindowType::PATTERNBOX:
+                case WindowType::NUMERICBOX:
+                case WindowType::METRICBOX:
+                case WindowType::CURRENCYBOX:
+                case WindowType::DATEBOX:
+                case WindowType::TIMEBOX:
+                case WindowType::LONGCURRENCYBOX:
+                    aCtrlType = ControlType::Combobox;
+                    break;
+                default:
+                    break;
+            }
+
+            bool bDropDown = ( IsSymbol() && (GetSymbol()==SymbolType::SPIN_DOWN) && GetText().isEmpty() );
+
+            if( bDropDown && GetParent()->IsNativeControlSupported( aCtrlType, ControlPart::Entire) &&
+                   !GetParent()->IsNativeControlSupported( aCtrlType, ControlPart::ButtonDown) )
+            {
+                vcl::Window *pBorder = GetParent()->GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border );
+                if(aCtrlType == ControlType::Combobox)
+                {
+                    // only paint the button part to avoid flickering of the combobox text
+                    tools::Rectangle aClipRect( Point(), GetOutputSizePixel() );
+                    aClipRect.SetPos(pBorder->ScreenToOutputPixel(OutputToScreenPixel(aClipRect.TopLeft())));
+                    pBorder->Invalidate( aClipRect );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    pBorder->Invalidate( InvalidateFlags::NoErase );
+                }
+            }
+            else if( (GetStyle() & WB_FLATBUTTON) ||
+                     IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Pushbutton, ControlPart::Entire) )
+            {
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Button::PreNotify(rNEvt);
+}
+
+void PushButton::Toggle()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::PushbuttonToggle, nullptr );
+}
+
+void PushButton::SetSymbol( SymbolType eSymbol )
+{
+    if ( meSymbol != eSymbol )
+    {
+        meSymbol = eSymbol;
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+void PushButton::SetSymbolAlign( SymbolAlign eAlign )
+{
+    ImplSetSymbolAlign( eAlign );
+}
+
+void PushButton::SetDropDown( PushButtonDropdownStyle nStyle )
+{
+    if ( mnDDStyle != nStyle )
+    {
+        mnDDStyle = nStyle;
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+void PushButton::SetState( TriState eState )
+{
+    if ( meState == eState )
+        return;
+
+    meState = eState;
+    if ( meState == TRISTATE_FALSE )
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags(DrawButtonFlags::Checked | DrawButtonFlags::DontKnow);
+    else if ( meState == TRISTATE_TRUE )
+    {
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::DontKnow;
+        GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::Checked;
+    }
+    else // TRISTATE_INDET
+    {
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Checked;
+        GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::DontKnow;
+    }
+
+    CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::State );
+    Toggle();
+}
+
+void PushButton::statusChanged(const css::frame::FeatureStateEvent& rEvent)
+{
+    Button::statusChanged(rEvent);
+    if (rEvent.State.has<bool>())
+        SetPressed(rEvent.State.get<bool>());
+}
+
+void PushButton::SetPressed( bool bPressed )
+{
+    if ( mbPressed != bPressed )
+    {
+        mbPressed = bPressed;
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+void PushButton::EndSelection()
+{
+    EndTracking( TrackingEventFlags::Cancel );
+    if ( !isDisposed() &&
+         GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+    {
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        if ( !mbPressed )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+Size PushButton::CalcMinimumSize() const
+{
+    Size aSize;
+
+    if ( IsSymbol() )
+    {
+        if ( IsSmallSymbol ())
+            aSize = Size( 16, 12 );
+        else
+            aSize = Size( 26, 24 );
+    }
+    else if ( Button::HasImage() )
+        aSize = GetModeImage().GetSizePixel();
+    if( mnDDStyle == PushButtonDropdownStyle::MenuButton ||
+        mnDDStyle == PushButtonDropdownStyle::SplitMenuButton )
+    {
+        tools::Long nSymbolSize = GetTextHeight() / 2 + 1;
+        aSize.AdjustWidth(2*nSymbolSize );
+    }
+    if (!PushButton::GetText().isEmpty())
+    {
+        Size textSize = GetTextRect( tools::Rectangle( Point(), Size( 0x7fffffff, 0x7fffffff ) ),
+                                     PushButton::GetText(), ImplGetTextStyle( SystemTextColorFlags::NONE ) ).GetSize();
+
+        tools::Long nTextHeight = textSize.Height() * 1.15;
+
+        ImageAlign eImageAlign = GetImageAlign();
+        // tdf#142337 only considering the simple top/bottom/left/right possibilities
+        if (eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Top || eImageAlign == ImageAlign::Bottom)
+        {
+            aSize.AdjustHeight(nTextHeight);
+            aSize.setWidth(std::max(aSize.Width(), textSize.Width()));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aSize.AdjustWidth(textSize.Width());
+            aSize.setHeight(std::max(aSize.Height(), nTextHeight));
+        }
+    }
+
+    // cf. ImplDrawPushButton ...
+    if( (GetStyle() & WB_SMALLSTYLE) == 0 )
+    {
+        aSize.AdjustWidth(24 );
+        aSize.AdjustHeight(12 );
+    }
+
+    return CalcWindowSize( aSize );
+}
+
+Size PushButton::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return CalcMinimumSize();
+}
+
+bool PushButton::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "has-default")
+    {
+        WinBits nBits = GetStyle();
+        nBits &= ~WB_DEFBUTTON;
+        if (toBool(rValue))
+            nBits |= WB_DEFBUTTON;
+        SetStyle(nBits);
+    }
+    else
+        return Button::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void PushButton::ShowFocus(const tools::Rectangle& rRect)
+{
+    if (IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Pushbutton, ControlPart::Focus))
+    {
+        PushButtonValue aControlValue;
+        aControlValue.mbIsAction = isAction();
+        tools::Rectangle aInRect(Point(), GetOutputSizePixel());
+        GetOutDev()->DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Pushbutton, ControlPart::Focus, aInRect,
+                                       ControlState::FOCUSED, aControlValue, OUString());
+    }
+    Button::ShowFocus(rRect);
+}
+
+void OKButton::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    set_id("ok");
+    PushButton::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+
+    SetText( GetStandardText( StandardButtonType::OK ) );
+}
+
+OKButton::OKButton( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    PushButton( WindowType::OKBUTTON )
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+void OKButton::Click()
+{
+    // close parent if no link set
+    if ( !GetClickHdl() )
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pParent = getNonLayoutParent(this);
+        if ( pParent->IsSystemWindow() )
+        {
+            if ( pParent->IsDialog() )
+            {
+                VclPtr<Dialog> xParent( static_cast<Dialog*>(pParent) );
+                if ( xParent->IsInExecute() )
+                    xParent->EndDialog( RET_OK );
+                // prevent recursive calls
+                else if ( !xParent->IsInClose() )
+                {
+                    if ( pParent->GetStyle() & WB_CLOSEABLE )
+                        xParent->Close();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if ( pParent->GetStyle() & WB_CLOSEABLE )
+                    static_cast<SystemWindow*>(pParent)->Close();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PushButton::Click();
+    }
+}
+
+void CancelButton::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    set_id("cancel");
+    PushButton::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+
+    SetText( GetStandardText( StandardButtonType::Cancel ) );
+}
+
+CancelButton::CancelButton( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    PushButton( WindowType::CANCELBUTTON )
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+void CancelButton::Click()
+{
+    // close parent if link not set
+    if ( !GetClickHdl() )
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pParent = getNonLayoutParent(this);
+        if ( pParent->IsSystemWindow() )
+        {
+            if ( pParent->IsDialog() )
+            {
+                if ( static_cast<Dialog*>(pParent)->IsInExecute() )
+                    static_cast<Dialog*>(pParent)->EndDialog();
+                // prevent recursive calls
+                else if ( !static_cast<Dialog*>(pParent)->IsInClose() )
+                {
+                    if ( pParent->GetStyle() & WB_CLOSEABLE )
+                        static_cast<Dialog*>(pParent)->Close();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if ( pParent->GetStyle() & WB_CLOSEABLE )
+                    static_cast<SystemWindow*>(pParent)->Close();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PushButton::Click();
+    }
+}
+
+CloseButton::CloseButton( vcl::Window* pParent )
+    : CancelButton(pParent, 0)
+{
+    SetText( GetStandardText( StandardButtonType::Close ) );
+}
+
+void HelpButton::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    set_id("help");
+    PushButton::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle | WB_NOPOINTERFOCUS );
+
+    SetText( GetStandardText( StandardButtonType::Help ) );
+}
+
+HelpButton::HelpButton( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    PushButton( WindowType::HELPBUTTON )
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+void HelpButton::Click()
+{
+    // trigger help if no link set
+    if ( !GetClickHdl() )
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pFocusWin = Application::GetFocusWindow();
+        if ( !pFocusWin || comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive() )
+            pFocusWin = this;
+
+        HelpEvent aEvt( pFocusWin->GetPointerPosPixel(), HelpEventMode::CONTEXT );
+        pFocusWin->RequestHelp( aEvt );
+    }
+    PushButton::Click();
+}
+
+void HelpButton::StateChanged( StateChangedType nStateChange )
+{
+    // Hide when we have no help URL.
+    if (comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive() &&
+        officecfg::Office::Common::Help::HelpRootURL::get().isEmpty())
+        Hide();
+    else
+        PushButton::StateChanged(nStateChange);
+}
+
+void RadioButton::ImplInitRadioButtonData()
+{
+    mbChecked       = false;
+    mbRadioCheck    = true;
+    mbStateChanged  = false;
+}
+
+void RadioButton::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    nStyle = ImplInitStyle(getPreviousSibling(pParent), nStyle);
+    Button::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+
+    ImplInitSettings( true );
+}
+
+WinBits RadioButton::ImplInitStyle( const vcl::Window* pPrevWindow, WinBits nStyle ) const
+{
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOGROUP) &&
+         (!pPrevWindow || (pPrevWindow->GetType() != WindowType::RADIOBUTTON)) )
+        nStyle |= WB_GROUP;
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOTABSTOP) )
+    {
+        if ( IsChecked() )
+            nStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+        else
+            nStyle &= ~WB_TABSTOP;
+    }
+
+    return nStyle;
+}
+
+const vcl::Font& RadioButton::GetCanonicalFont( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetRadioCheckFont();
+}
+
+const Color& RadioButton::GetCanonicalTextColor( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetRadioCheckTextColor();
+}
+
+void RadioButton::ImplInitSettings( bool bBackground )
+{
+    Button::ImplInitSettings();
+
+    if ( !bBackground )
+        return;
+
+    vcl::Window* pParent = GetParent();
+    if ( !IsControlBackground() &&
+        (pParent->IsChildTransparentModeEnabled() || IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Radiobutton, ControlPart::Entire ) ) )
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode();
+        SetParentClipMode( ParentClipMode::NoClip );
+        SetPaintTransparent( true );
+        SetBackground();
+        if( IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Radiobutton, ControlPart::Entire ) )
+            mpWindowImpl->mbUseNativeFocus = ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoFocusRects;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode( false );
+        SetParentClipMode();
+        SetPaintTransparent( false );
+
+        if ( IsControlBackground() )
+            SetBackground( GetControlBackground() );
+        else
+            SetBackground( pParent->GetBackground() );
+    }
+}
+
+void RadioButton::ImplDrawRadioButtonState(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    bool bNativeOK = false;
+
+    // no native drawing for image radio buttons
+    if (!maImage && rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Radiobutton, ControlPart::Entire))
+    {
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue( mbChecked ? ButtonValue::On : ButtonValue::Off );
+        tools::Rectangle aCtrlRect(maStateRect.TopLeft(), maStateRect.GetSize());
+        ControlState nState = ControlState::NONE;
+
+        if (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed)
+            nState |= ControlState::PRESSED;
+        if (HasFocus())
+            nState |= ControlState::FOCUSED;
+        if (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Default)
+            nState |= ControlState::DEFAULT;
+        if (IsEnabled())
+            nState |= ControlState::ENABLED;
+
+        if (IsMouseOver() && maMouseRect.Contains(GetPointerPosPixel()))
+            nState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+
+        bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Radiobutton, ControlPart::Entire, aCtrlRect,
+                                                     nState, aControlValue, OUString());
+    }
+
+    if (bNativeOK)
+        return;
+
+    if (!maImage)
+    {
+        DrawButtonFlags nStyle = GetButtonState();
+        if (!IsEnabled())
+            nStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Disabled;
+        if (mbChecked)
+            nStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Checked;
+        Image aImage = GetRadioImage(rRenderContext.GetSettings(), nStyle);
+        if (IsZoom())
+            rRenderContext.DrawImage(maStateRect.TopLeft(), maStateRect.GetSize(), aImage);
+        else
+            rRenderContext.DrawImage(maStateRect.TopLeft(), aImage);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        HideFocus();
+
+        DecorationView aDecoView(&rRenderContext);
+        const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+        tools::Rectangle aImageRect  = maStateRect;
+        Size aImageSize = maImage.GetSizePixel();
+        bool bEnabled = IsEnabled();
+
+        aImageSize.setWidth( CalcZoom(aImageSize.Width()) );
+        aImageSize.setHeight( CalcZoom(aImageSize.Height()) );
+
+        aImageRect.AdjustLeft( 1 );
+        aImageRect.AdjustTop( 1 );
+        aImageRect.AdjustRight( -1 );
+        aImageRect.AdjustBottom( -1 );
+
+        // display border and selection status
+        aImageRect = aDecoView.DrawFrame(aImageRect, DrawFrameStyle::DoubleIn);
+        if ((GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) || !bEnabled)
+            rRenderContext.SetFillColor( rStyleSettings.GetFaceColor());
+        else
+            rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor());
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor();
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(aImageRect);
+
+        // display image
+        DrawImageFlags nImageStyle = DrawImageFlags::NONE;
+        if (!bEnabled)
+            nImageStyle |= DrawImageFlags::Disable;
+
+        Image* pImage = &maImage;
+
+        Point aImagePos(aImageRect.TopLeft());
+        aImagePos.AdjustX((aImageRect.GetWidth() - aImageSize.Width()) / 2 );
+        aImagePos.AdjustY((aImageRect.GetHeight() - aImageSize.Height()) / 2 );
+        if (IsZoom())
+            rRenderContext.DrawImage(aImagePos, aImageSize, *pImage, nImageStyle);
+        else
+            rRenderContext.DrawImage(aImagePos, *pImage, nImageStyle);
+
+        aImageRect.AdjustLeft( 1 );
+        aImageRect.AdjustTop( 1 );
+        aImageRect.AdjustRight( -1 );
+        aImageRect.AdjustBottom( -1 );
+
+        ImplSetFocusRect(aImageRect);
+
+        if (mbChecked)
+        {
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor());
+            rRenderContext.SetFillColor();
+            if ((aImageSize.Width() >= 20) || (aImageSize.Height() >= 20))
+            {
+                aImageRect.AdjustLeft( 1 );
+                aImageRect.AdjustTop( 1 );
+                aImageRect.AdjustRight( -1 );
+                aImageRect.AdjustBottom( -1 );
+            }
+            rRenderContext.DrawRect(aImageRect);
+            aImageRect.AdjustLeft( 1 );
+            aImageRect.AdjustTop( 1 );
+            aImageRect.AdjustRight( -1 );
+            aImageRect.AdjustBottom( -1 );
+            rRenderContext.DrawRect(aImageRect);
+        }
+
+        if (HasFocus())
+            ShowFocus(ImplGetFocusRect());
+    }
+}
+
+// for drawing RadioButton or CheckButton that has Text and/or Image
+void Button::ImplDrawRadioCheck(OutputDevice* pDev, WinBits nWinStyle, SystemTextColorFlags nSystemTextColorFlags,
+                                const Point& rPos, const Size& rSize,
+                                const Size& rImageSize, tools::Rectangle& rStateRect,
+                                tools::Rectangle& rMouseRect)
+{
+    DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = Button::ImplGetTextStyle( nWinStyle, nSystemTextColorFlags );
+
+    const tools::Long nImageSep = GetDrawPixel( pDev, ImplGetImageToTextDistance() );
+    Size aSize( rSize );
+    Point aPos( rPos );
+    aPos.AdjustX(rImageSize.Width() + nImageSep );
+
+    // tdf#141761 Old (convenience?) adjustment of width may lead to empty
+    // or negative(!) Size, that needs to be avoided. The coordinate context
+    // is pixel-oriented (all Paints of Controls are, historically), so
+    // the minimum width should be '1' Pixel.
+    // Hint: nImageSep is based on Zoom (using Window::CalcZoom) and
+    // MapModes (using Window::GetDrawPixel) - so potentially a wide range
+    // of unpredictable values is possible
+    const tools::Long nWidthAdjust(rImageSize.Width() + nImageSep);
+    aSize.setWidth(std::max(static_cast<tools::Long>(1), aSize.getWidth() - nWidthAdjust));
+
+    // if the text rect height is smaller than the height of the image
+    // then for single lines the default should be centered text
+    if( (nWinStyle & (WB_TOP|WB_VCENTER|WB_BOTTOM)) == 0 &&
+        (rImageSize.Height() > rSize.Height() || ! (nWinStyle & WB_WORDBREAK) ) )
+    {
+        nTextStyle &= ~DrawTextFlags(DrawTextFlags::Top|DrawTextFlags::Bottom);
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::VCenter;
+        aSize.setHeight( rImageSize.Height() );
+    }
+
+    ImplDrawAlignedImage( pDev, aPos, aSize, 1, nTextStyle );
+
+    rMouseRect = tools::Rectangle( aPos, aSize );
+    rMouseRect.SetLeft( rPos.X() );
+
+    rStateRect.SetLeft( rPos.X() );
+    rStateRect.SetTop( rMouseRect.Top() );
+
+    if ( aSize.Height() > rImageSize.Height() )
+        rStateRect.AdjustTop(( aSize.Height() - rImageSize.Height() ) / 2 );
+    else
+    {
+        rStateRect.AdjustTop( -(( rImageSize.Height() - aSize.Height() ) / 2) );
+        if( rStateRect.Top() < 0 )
+            rStateRect.SetTop( 0 );
+    }
+
+    rStateRect.SetRight( rStateRect.Left()+rImageSize.Width()-1 );
+    rStateRect.SetBottom( rStateRect.Top()+rImageSize.Height()-1 );
+
+    if ( rStateRect.Bottom() > rMouseRect.Bottom() )
+        rMouseRect.SetBottom( rStateRect.Bottom() );
+}
+
+void RadioButton::ImplDraw( OutputDevice* pDev, SystemTextColorFlags nSystemTextColorFlags,
+                            const Point& rPos, const Size& rSize,
+                            const Size& rImageSize, tools::Rectangle& rStateRect,
+                            tools::Rectangle& rMouseRect )
+{
+    WinBits                 nWinStyle = GetStyle();
+    OUString                aText( GetText() );
+
+    pDev->Push( vcl::PushFlags::CLIPREGION );
+    pDev->IntersectClipRegion( tools::Rectangle( rPos, rSize ) );
+
+    // no image radio button
+    if ( !maImage )
+    {
+        if (!aText.isEmpty() || HasImage())
+        {
+            Button::ImplDrawRadioCheck(pDev, nWinStyle, nSystemTextColorFlags,
+                                       rPos, rSize, rImageSize,
+                                       rStateRect, rMouseRect);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            rStateRect.SetLeft( rPos.X() );
+            if ( nWinStyle & WB_VCENTER )
+                rStateRect.SetTop( rPos.Y()+((rSize.Height()-rImageSize.Height())/2) );
+            else if ( nWinStyle & WB_BOTTOM )
+                rStateRect.SetTop( rPos.Y()+rSize.Height()-rImageSize.Height() ); //-1;
+            else
+                rStateRect.SetTop( rPos.Y() );
+            rStateRect.SetRight( rStateRect.Left()+rImageSize.Width()-1 );
+            rStateRect.SetBottom( rStateRect.Top()+rImageSize.Height()-1 );
+            rMouseRect          = rStateRect;
+
+            ImplSetFocusRect( rStateRect );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bool        bTopImage   = (nWinStyle & WB_TOP) != 0;
+        Size        aImageSize  = maImage.GetSizePixel();
+        tools::Rectangle   aImageRect( rPos, rSize );
+        tools::Long        nTextHeight = pDev->GetTextHeight();
+        tools::Long        nTextWidth  = pDev->GetCtrlTextWidth( aText );
+
+        // calculate position and sizes
+        if (!aText.isEmpty())
+        {
+            Size aTmpSize( (aImageSize.Width()+8), (aImageSize.Height()+8) );
+            if ( bTopImage )
+            {
+                aImageRect.SetLeft( (rSize.Width()-aTmpSize.Width())/2 );
+                aImageRect.SetTop( (rSize.Height()-(aTmpSize.Height()+nTextHeight+6))/2 );
+            }
+            else
+                aImageRect.SetTop( (rSize.Height()-aTmpSize.Height())/2 );
+
+            aImageRect.SetRight( aImageRect.Left()+aTmpSize.Width() );
+            aImageRect.SetBottom( aImageRect.Top()+aTmpSize.Height() );
+
+            // display text
+            Point aTxtPos = rPos;
+            if ( bTopImage )
+            {
+                aTxtPos.AdjustX((rSize.Width()-nTextWidth)/2 );
+                aTxtPos.AdjustY(aImageRect.Bottom()+6 );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                aTxtPos.AdjustX(aImageRect.Right()+8 );
+                aTxtPos.AdjustY((rSize.Height()-nTextHeight)/2 );
+            }
+            pDev->DrawCtrlText( aTxtPos, aText, 0, aText.getLength() );
+        }
+
+        rMouseRect = aImageRect;
+        rStateRect = aImageRect;
+    }
+
+    pDev->Pop();
+}
+
+void RadioButton::ImplDrawRadioButton(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    HideFocus();
+
+    Size aImageSize;
+    if (!maImage)
+        aImageSize = ImplGetRadioImageSize();
+    else
+        aImageSize  = maImage.GetSizePixel();
+
+    aImageSize.setWidth( CalcZoom(aImageSize.Width()) );
+    aImageSize.setHeight( CalcZoom(aImageSize.Height()) );
+
+    // Draw control text
+    ImplDraw(&rRenderContext, SystemTextColorFlags::NONE, Point(), GetOutputSizePixel(),
+             aImageSize, maStateRect, maMouseRect);
+
+    if (!maImage && HasFocus())
+        ShowFocus(ImplGetFocusRect());
+
+    ImplDrawRadioButtonState(rRenderContext);
+}
+
+void RadioButton::group(RadioButton &rOther)
+{
+    if (&rOther == this)
+        return;
+
+    if (!m_xGroup)
+    {
+        m_xGroup = std::make_shared<std::vector<VclPtr<RadioButton> >>();
+        m_xGroup->push_back(this);
+    }
+
+    auto aFind = std::find(m_xGroup->begin(), m_xGroup->end(), VclPtr<RadioButton>(&rOther));
+    if (aFind == m_xGroup->end())
+    {
+        m_xGroup->push_back(&rOther);
+
+        if (rOther.m_xGroup)
+        {
+            std::vector< VclPtr<RadioButton> > aOthers(rOther.GetRadioButtonGroup(false));
+            //make all members of the group share the same button group
+            for (auto const& elem : aOthers)
+            {
+                aFind = std::find(m_xGroup->begin(), m_xGroup->end(), elem);
+                if (aFind == m_xGroup->end())
+                    m_xGroup->push_back(elem);
+            }
+        }
+
+        //make all members of the group share the same button group
+        for (VclPtr<RadioButton> const & pButton : *m_xGroup)
+        {
+            pButton->m_xGroup = m_xGroup;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //if this one is checked, uncheck all the others
+    if (mbChecked)
+        ImplUncheckAllOther();
+}
+
+std::vector< VclPtr<RadioButton> > RadioButton::GetRadioButtonGroup(bool bIncludeThis) const
+{
+    if (m_xGroup)
+    {
+        if (bIncludeThis)
+            return *m_xGroup;
+        std::vector< VclPtr<RadioButton> > aGroup;
+        for (VclPtr<RadioButton> const & pRadioButton : *m_xGroup)
+        {
+            if (pRadioButton == this)
+                continue;
+            aGroup.push_back(pRadioButton);
+        }
+        return aGroup;
+    }
+
+    std::vector<VclPtr<RadioButton>> aGroup;
+    if (mbUsesExplicitGroup)
+        return aGroup;
+
+    //old-school
+
+    // go back to first in group;
+    vcl::Window* pFirst = const_cast<RadioButton*>(this);
+    while( ( pFirst->GetStyle() & WB_GROUP ) == 0 )
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pWindow = pFirst->GetWindow( GetWindowType::Prev );
+        if( pWindow )
+            pFirst = pWindow;
+        else
+            break;
+    }
+    // insert radiobuttons up to next group
+    do
+    {
+        if( pFirst->GetType() == WindowType::RADIOBUTTON )
+        {
+            if( pFirst != this || bIncludeThis )
+                aGroup.emplace_back(static_cast<RadioButton*>(pFirst) );
+        }
+        pFirst = pFirst->GetWindow( GetWindowType::Next );
+    } while( pFirst && ( ( pFirst->GetStyle() & WB_GROUP ) == 0 ) );
+
+    return aGroup;
+}
+
+void RadioButton::ImplUncheckAllOther()
+{
+    mpWindowImpl->mnStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+
+    std::vector<VclPtr<RadioButton> > aGroup(GetRadioButtonGroup(false));
+    // iterate over radio button group and checked buttons
+    for (VclPtr<RadioButton>& pWindow : aGroup)
+    {
+        if ( pWindow->IsChecked() )
+        {
+            pWindow->SetState( false );
+            if ( pWindow->isDisposed() )
+                return;
+        }
+
+        // not inside if clause to always remove wrongly set WB_TABSTOPS
+        pWindow->mpWindowImpl->mnStyle &= ~WB_TABSTOP;
+    }
+}
+
+void RadioButton::ImplCallClick( bool bGrabFocus, GetFocusFlags nFocusFlags )
+{
+    mbStateChanged = !mbChecked;
+    mbChecked = true;
+    mpWindowImpl->mnStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+    Invalidate();
+    VclPtr<vcl::Window> xWindow = this;
+    if ( mbRadioCheck )
+        ImplUncheckAllOther();
+    if ( xWindow->isDisposed() )
+        return;
+    if ( bGrabFocus )
+        ImplGrabFocus( nFocusFlags );
+    if ( xWindow->isDisposed() )
+        return;
+    if ( mbStateChanged )
+        Toggle();
+    if ( xWindow->isDisposed() )
+        return;
+    Click();
+    if ( xWindow->isDisposed() )
+        return;
+    mbStateChanged = false;
+}
+
+RadioButton::RadioButton(vcl::Window* pParent, bool bUsesExplicitGroup, WinBits nStyle)
+    : Button(WindowType::RADIOBUTTON)
+    , mbUsesExplicitGroup(bUsesExplicitGroup)
+{
+    ImplInitRadioButtonData();
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+RadioButton::~RadioButton()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void RadioButton::dispose()
+{
+    if (m_xGroup)
+    {
+        std::erase(*m_xGroup, VclPtr<RadioButton>(this));
+        m_xGroup.reset();
+    }
+    Button::dispose();
+}
+
+void RadioButton::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if ( rMEvt.IsLeft() && maMouseRect.Contains( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() ) )
+    {
+        GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        Invalidate();
+        StartTracking();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Button::MouseButtonDown( rMEvt );
+}
+
+void RadioButton::Tracking( const TrackingEvent& rTEvt )
+{
+    if ( rTEvt.IsTrackingEnded() )
+    {
+        if ( GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+        {
+            if ( !(GetStyle() & WB_NOPOINTERFOCUS) && !rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() )
+                GrabFocus();
+
+            GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+
+            // do not call click handler if aborted
+            if ( !rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() )
+                ImplCallClick();
+            else
+            {
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( maMouseRect.Contains( rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().GetPosPixel() ) )
+        {
+            if ( !(GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) )
+            {
+                GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+            {
+                GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void RadioButton::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    vcl::KeyCode aKeyCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode();
+
+    if ( !aKeyCode.GetModifier() && (aKeyCode.GetCode() == KEY_SPACE) )
+    {
+        if ( !(GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) )
+        {
+            GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) && (aKeyCode.GetCode() == KEY_ESCAPE) )
+    {
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else
+        Button::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+}
+
+void RadioButton::KeyUp( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    vcl::KeyCode aKeyCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode();
+
+    if ( (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) && (aKeyCode.GetCode() == KEY_SPACE) )
+    {
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        ImplCallClick();
+    }
+    else
+        Button::KeyUp( rKEvt );
+}
+
+void RadioButton::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    mxLayoutData.emplace();
+    const_cast<RadioButton*>(this)->Invalidate();
+}
+
+void RadioButton::Paint( vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& )
+{
+    ImplDrawRadioButton(rRenderContext);
+}
+
+void RadioButton::Draw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos,
+                        SystemTextColorFlags nFlags )
+{
+    if ( !maImage )
+    {
+        MapMode     aResMapMode( MapUnit::Map100thMM );
+        Size        aSize = GetSizePixel();
+        Size        aImageSize = pDev->LogicToPixel( Size( 300, 300 ), aResMapMode );
+        Size        aBrd1Size = pDev->LogicToPixel( Size( 20, 20 ), aResMapMode );
+        Size        aBrd2Size = pDev->LogicToPixel( Size( 60, 60 ), aResMapMode );
+        vcl::Font   aFont = GetDrawPixelFont( pDev );
+        tools::Rectangle   aStateRect;
+        tools::Rectangle   aMouseRect;
+
+        aImageSize.setWidth( CalcZoom( aImageSize.Width() ) );
+        aImageSize.setHeight( CalcZoom( aImageSize.Height() ) );
+        aBrd1Size.setWidth( CalcZoom( aBrd1Size.Width() ) );
+        aBrd1Size.setHeight( CalcZoom( aBrd1Size.Height() ) );
+        aBrd2Size.setWidth( CalcZoom( aBrd2Size.Width() ) );
+        aBrd2Size.setHeight( CalcZoom( aBrd2Size.Height() ) );
+
+        if ( !aBrd1Size.Width() )
+            aBrd1Size.setWidth( 1 );
+        if ( !aBrd1Size.Height() )
+            aBrd1Size.setHeight( 1 );
+        if ( !aBrd2Size.Width() )
+            aBrd2Size.setWidth( 1 );
+        if ( !aBrd2Size.Height() )
+            aBrd2Size.setHeight( 1 );
+
+        pDev->Push();
+        pDev->SetMapMode();
+        pDev->SetFont( aFont );
+        if ( nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono )
+            pDev->SetTextColor( COL_BLACK );
+        else
+            pDev->SetTextColor( GetTextColor() );
+        pDev->SetTextFillColor();
+
+        ImplDraw( pDev, nFlags, rPos, aSize,
+                  aImageSize, aStateRect, aMouseRect );
+
+        Point   aCenterPos = aStateRect.Center();
+        tools::Long    nRadX = aImageSize.Width()/2;
+        tools::Long    nRadY = aImageSize.Height()/2;
+
+        pDev->SetLineColor();
+        pDev->SetFillColor( COL_BLACK );
+        pDev->DrawPolygon( tools::Polygon( aCenterPos, nRadX, nRadY ) );
+        nRadX -= aBrd1Size.Width();
+        nRadY -= aBrd1Size.Height();
+        pDev->SetFillColor( COL_WHITE );
+        pDev->DrawPolygon( tools::Polygon( aCenterPos, nRadX, nRadY ) );
+        if ( mbChecked )
+        {
+            nRadX -= aBrd1Size.Width();
+            nRadY -= aBrd1Size.Height();
+            if ( !nRadX )
+                nRadX = 1;
+            if ( !nRadY )
+                nRadY = 1;
+            pDev->SetFillColor( COL_BLACK );
+            pDev->DrawPolygon( tools::Polygon( aCenterPos, nRadX, nRadY ) );
+        }
+
+        pDev->Pop();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        OSL_FAIL( "RadioButton::Draw() - not implemented for RadioButton with Image" );
+    }
+}
+
+void RadioButton::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void RadioButton::GetFocus()
+{
+    ShowFocus( ImplGetFocusRect() );
+    SetInputContext( InputContext( GetFont() ) );
+    Button::GetFocus();
+}
+
+void RadioButton::LoseFocus()
+{
+    if ( GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+    {
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+
+    HideFocus();
+    Button::LoseFocus();
+}
+
+void RadioButton::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Button::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( nType == StateChangedType::State )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate( maStateRect );
+    }
+    else if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Enable) ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::Text) ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::Data) ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode) )
+    {
+        if ( IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Style )
+    {
+        SetStyle( ImplInitStyle( GetWindow( GetWindowType::Prev ), GetStyle() ) );
+
+        if ( (GetPrevStyle() & RADIOBUTTON_VIEW_STYLE) !=
+             (GetStyle() & RADIOBUTTON_VIEW_STYLE) )
+        {
+            if ( IsUpdateMode() )
+                Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Zoom) ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( true );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void RadioButton::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Button::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+          (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE)) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( true );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+bool RadioButton::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::MOUSEMOVE )
+    {
+        const MouseEvent* pMouseEvt = rNEvt.GetMouseEvent();
+        if( pMouseEvt && !pMouseEvt->GetButtons() && !pMouseEvt->IsSynthetic() && !pMouseEvt->IsModifierChanged() )
+        {
+            // trigger redraw if mouse over state has changed
+            if( IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Radiobutton, ControlPart::Entire) )
+            {
+                if (maMouseRect.Contains(GetPointerPosPixel()) != maMouseRect.Contains(GetLastPointerPosPixel()) ||
+                    pMouseEvt->IsLeaveWindow() || pMouseEvt->IsEnterWindow())
+                {
+                    Invalidate( maStateRect );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Button::PreNotify(rNEvt);
+}
+
+void RadioButton::Toggle()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::RadiobuttonToggle, [this] () { maToggleHdl.Call(*this); } );
+}
+
+void RadioButton::SetModeRadioImage( const Image& rImage )
+{
+    if ( rImage != maImage )
+    {
+        maImage = rImage;
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+}
+
+
+void RadioButton::SetState( bool bCheck )
+{
+    // carry the TabStop flag along correctly
+    if ( bCheck )
+        mpWindowImpl->mnStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+    else
+        mpWindowImpl->mnStyle &= ~WB_TABSTOP;
+
+    if ( mbChecked != bCheck )
+    {
+        mbChecked = bCheck;
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::State );
+        Toggle();
+    }
+}
+
+bool RadioButton::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "active")
+        SetState(toBool(rValue));
+    else if (rKey == "image-position")
+    {
+        WinBits nBits = GetStyle();
+        if (rValue == "left")
+        {
+            nBits &= ~(WB_CENTER | WB_RIGHT);
+            nBits |= WB_LEFT;
+        }
+        else if (rValue == "right")
+        {
+            nBits &= ~(WB_CENTER | WB_LEFT);
+            nBits |= WB_RIGHT;
+        }
+        else if (rValue == "top")
+        {
+            nBits &= ~(WB_VCENTER | WB_BOTTOM);
+            nBits |= WB_TOP;
+        }
+        else if (rValue == "bottom")
+        {
+            nBits &= ~(WB_VCENTER | WB_TOP);
+            nBits |= WB_BOTTOM;
+        }
+        //It's rather mad to have to set these bits when there is the other
+        //image align. Looks like e.g. the radiobuttons etc weren't converted
+        //over to image align fully.
+        SetStyle(nBits);
+        //Deliberate to set the sane ImageAlign property
+        return Button::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    }
+    else
+        return Button::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void RadioButton::Check( bool bCheck )
+{
+    // TabStop-Flag richtig mitfuehren
+    if ( bCheck )
+        mpWindowImpl->mnStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+    else
+        mpWindowImpl->mnStyle &= ~WB_TABSTOP;
+
+    if ( mbChecked == bCheck )
+        return;
+
+    mbChecked = bCheck;
+    VclPtr<vcl::Window> xWindow = this;
+    CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::State );
+    if ( xWindow->isDisposed() )
+        return;
+    if ( bCheck && mbRadioCheck )
+        ImplUncheckAllOther();
+    if ( xWindow->isDisposed() )
+        return;
+    Toggle();
+}
+
+tools::Long Button::ImplGetImageToTextDistance() const
+{
+    // 4 pixels, but take zoom into account, so the text doesn't "jump" relative to surrounding elements,
+    // which might have been aligned with the text of the check box
+    return CalcZoom( 4 );
+}
+
+Size RadioButton::ImplGetRadioImageSize() const
+{
+    Size aSize;
+    bool bDefaultSize = true;
+    if( IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Radiobutton, ControlPart::Entire ) )
+    {
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+        tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion( Point( 0, 0 ), GetSizePixel() );
+        tools::Rectangle aBoundingRgn, aContentRgn;
+
+        // get native size of a radio button
+        if( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Radiobutton, ControlPart::Entire, aCtrlRegion,
+                                    ControlState::DEFAULT|ControlState::ENABLED,
+                                    aControlValue,
+                                    aBoundingRgn, aContentRgn ) )
+        {
+            aSize = aContentRgn.GetSize();
+            bDefaultSize = false;
+        }
+    }
+    if( bDefaultSize )
+        aSize = GetRadioImage( GetSettings(), DrawButtonFlags::NONE ).GetSizePixel();
+    return aSize;
+}
+
+static void LoadThemedImageList(const StyleSettings &rStyleSettings,
+                                std::vector<Image>& rList, const std::vector<OUString> &rResources)
+{
+    Color aColorAry1[6];
+    Color aColorAry2[6];
+    aColorAry1[0] = Color( 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0 );
+    aColorAry1[1] = Color( 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00 );
+    aColorAry1[2] = Color( 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF );
+    aColorAry1[3] = Color( 0x80, 0x80, 0x80 );
+    aColorAry1[4] = Color( 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 );
+    aColorAry1[5] = Color( 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00 );
+    aColorAry2[0] = rStyleSettings.GetFaceColor();
+    aColorAry2[1] = rStyleSettings.GetWindowColor();
+    aColorAry2[2] = rStyleSettings.GetLightColor();
+    aColorAry2[3] = rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor();
+    aColorAry2[4] = rStyleSettings.GetDarkShadowColor();
+    aColorAry2[5] = rStyleSettings.GetWindowTextColor();
+
+    static_assert( sizeof(aColorAry1) == sizeof(aColorAry2), "aColorAry1 must match aColorAry2" );
+
+    for (const auto &a : rResources)
+    {
+        BitmapEx aBmpEx(a);
+        aBmpEx.Replace(aColorAry1, aColorAry2, SAL_N_ELEMENTS(aColorAry1));
+        rList.emplace_back(aBmpEx);
+    }
+}
+
+Image RadioButton::GetRadioImage( const AllSettings& rSettings, DrawButtonFlags nFlags )
+{
+    ImplSVData*             pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
+    const StyleSettings&    rStyleSettings = rSettings.GetStyleSettings();
+    sal_uInt16              nStyle = 0;
+
+    if ( rStyleSettings.GetOptions() & StyleSettingsOptions::Mono )
+        nStyle = STYLE_RADIOBUTTON_MONO;
+
+    if ( pSVData->maCtrlData.maRadioImgList.empty() ||
+         (pSVData->maCtrlData.mnRadioStyle != nStyle) ||
+         (pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastRadioFColor != rStyleSettings.GetFaceColor()) ||
+         (pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastRadioWColor != rStyleSettings.GetWindowColor()) ||
+         (pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastRadioLColor != rStyleSettings.GetLightColor()) )
+    {
+        pSVData->maCtrlData.maRadioImgList.clear();
+
+        pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastRadioFColor = rStyleSettings.GetFaceColor();
+        pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastRadioWColor = rStyleSettings.GetWindowColor();
+        pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastRadioLColor = rStyleSettings.GetLightColor();
+
+        std::vector<OUString> aResources;
+        if (nStyle)
+        {
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIOMONO1);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIOMONO2);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIOMONO3);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIOMONO4);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIOMONO5);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIOMONO6);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIO1);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIO2);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIO3);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIO4);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIO5);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_RADIO6);
+        }
+        LoadThemedImageList( rStyleSettings, pSVData->maCtrlData.maRadioImgList, aResources);
+        pSVData->maCtrlData.mnRadioStyle = nStyle;
+    }
+
+    sal_uInt16 nIndex;
+    if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Disabled )
+    {
+        if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Checked )
+            nIndex = 5;
+        else
+            nIndex = 4;
+    }
+    else if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+    {
+        if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Checked )
+            nIndex = 3;
+        else
+            nIndex = 2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Checked )
+            nIndex = 1;
+        else
+            nIndex = 0;
+    }
+    return pSVData->maCtrlData.maRadioImgList[nIndex];
+}
+
+void RadioButton::ImplAdjustNWFSizes()
+{
+    GetOutDev()->Push( vcl::PushFlags::MAPMODE );
+    SetMapMode(MapMode(MapUnit::MapPixel));
+
+    ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+    Size aCurSize( GetSizePixel() );
+    tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion( Point( 0, 0 ), aCurSize );
+    tools::Rectangle aBoundingRgn, aContentRgn;
+
+    // get native size of a radiobutton
+    if( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Radiobutton, ControlPart::Entire, aCtrlRegion,
+                                ControlState::DEFAULT|ControlState::ENABLED, aControlValue,
+                                aBoundingRgn, aContentRgn ) )
+    {
+        Size aSize = aContentRgn.GetSize();
+
+        if( aSize.Height() > aCurSize.Height() )
+        {
+            aCurSize.setHeight( aSize.Height() );
+            SetSizePixel( aCurSize );
+        }
+    }
+
+    GetOutDev()->Pop();
+}
+
+Size RadioButton::CalcMinimumSize(tools::Long nMaxWidth) const
+{
+    Size aSize;
+    if ( !maImage )
+        aSize = ImplGetRadioImageSize();
+    else
+    {
+        aSize = maImage.GetSizePixel();
+        aSize.AdjustWidth(8);
+        aSize.AdjustHeight(8);
+    }
+
+    if (Button::HasImage())
+    {
+        Size aImgSize = GetModeImage().GetSizePixel();
+        aSize = Size(std::max(aImgSize.Width(), aSize.Width()),
+                     std::max(aImgSize.Height(), aSize.Height()));
+    }
+
+    OUString aText = GetText();
+    if (!aText.isEmpty())
+    {
+        bool bTopImage = (GetStyle() & WB_TOP) != 0;
+
+        Size aTextSize = GetTextRect( tools::Rectangle( Point(), Size( nMaxWidth > 0 ? nMaxWidth : 0x7fffffff, 0x7fffffff ) ),
+                                      aText, FixedText::ImplGetTextStyle( GetStyle() ) ).GetSize();
+
+        aSize.AdjustWidth(2 );   // for focus rect
+
+        if (!bTopImage)
+        {
+            aSize.AdjustWidth(ImplGetImageToTextDistance() );
+            aSize.AdjustWidth(aTextSize.Width() );
+            if ( aSize.Height() < aTextSize.Height() )
+                aSize.setHeight( aTextSize.Height() );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aSize.AdjustHeight(6 );
+            aSize.AdjustHeight(GetTextHeight() );
+            if ( aSize.Width() < aTextSize.Width() )
+                aSize.setWidth( aTextSize.Width() );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return CalcWindowSize( aSize );
+}
+
+Size RadioButton::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return CalcMinimumSize();
+}
+
+void RadioButton::ShowFocus(const tools::Rectangle& rRect)
+{
+    if (IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Radiobutton, ControlPart::Focus))
+    {
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+        tools::Rectangle aInRect(Point(0, 0), GetSizePixel());
+
+        aInRect.SetLeft( rRect.Left() );  // exclude the radio element itself from the focusrect
+
+        GetOutDev()->DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Radiobutton, ControlPart::Focus, aInRect,
+                          ControlState::FOCUSED, aControlValue, OUString());
+    }
+    Button::ShowFocus(rRect);
+}
+
+void RadioButton::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    Button::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+    rJsonWriter.put("checked", IsChecked());
+
+    OUString sGroupId;
+    std::vector<VclPtr<RadioButton>> aGroup = GetRadioButtonGroup();
+    for(const auto& pButton : aGroup)
+        sGroupId += pButton->get_id();
+
+    if (!sGroupId.isEmpty())
+        rJsonWriter.put("group", sGroupId);
+
+    if (!!maImage)
+    {
+        SvMemoryStream aOStm(6535, 6535);
+        if(GraphicConverter::Export(aOStm, maImage.GetBitmapEx(), ConvertDataFormat::PNG) == ERRCODE_NONE)
+        {
+            css::uno::Sequence<sal_Int8> aSeq( static_cast<sal_Int8 const *>(aOStm.GetData()), aOStm.Tell());
+            OStringBuffer aBuffer("data:image/png;base64,");
+            ::comphelper::Base64::encode(aBuffer, aSeq);
+            rJsonWriter.put("image", aBuffer);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+FactoryFunction RadioButton::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return RadioButtonUIObject::create;
+}
+
+void CheckBox::ImplInitCheckBoxData()
+{
+    meState         = TRISTATE_FALSE;
+    mbTriState      = false;
+}
+
+void CheckBox::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    nStyle = ImplInitStyle(getPreviousSibling(pParent), nStyle);
+    Button::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+
+    ImplInitSettings( true );
+}
+
+WinBits CheckBox::ImplInitStyle( const vcl::Window* pPrevWindow, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOTABSTOP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOGROUP) &&
+         (!pPrevWindow || (pPrevWindow->GetType() != WindowType::CHECKBOX)) )
+        nStyle |= WB_GROUP;
+    return nStyle;
+}
+
+const vcl::Font& CheckBox::GetCanonicalFont( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetRadioCheckFont();
+}
+
+const Color& CheckBox::GetCanonicalTextColor( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetRadioCheckTextColor();
+}
+
+void CheckBox::ImplInitSettings( bool bBackground )
+{
+    Button::ImplInitSettings();
+
+    if ( !bBackground )
+        return;
+
+    vcl::Window* pParent = GetParent();
+    if ( !IsControlBackground() &&
+        (pParent->IsChildTransparentModeEnabled() || IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Checkbox, ControlPart::Entire ) ) )
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode();
+        SetParentClipMode( ParentClipMode::NoClip );
+        SetPaintTransparent( true );
+        SetBackground();
+        if( IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Checkbox, ControlPart::Entire ) )
+            ImplGetWindowImpl()->mbUseNativeFocus = ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoFocusRects;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode( false );
+        SetParentClipMode();
+        SetPaintTransparent( false );
+
+        if ( IsControlBackground() )
+            SetBackground( GetControlBackground() );
+        else
+            SetBackground( pParent->GetBackground() );
+    }
+}
+
+void CheckBox::ImplDrawCheckBoxState(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    bool bNativeOK = rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Checkbox, ControlPart::Entire);
+    if (bNativeOK)
+    {
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue(meState == TRISTATE_TRUE ? ButtonValue::On : ButtonValue::Off);
+        tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion(maStateRect);
+        ControlState nState = ControlState::NONE;
+
+        if (HasFocus())
+            nState |= ControlState::FOCUSED;
+        if (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Default)
+            nState |= ControlState::DEFAULT;
+        if (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed)
+            nState |= ControlState::PRESSED;
+        if (IsEnabled())
+            nState |= ControlState::ENABLED;
+
+        if (meState == TRISTATE_TRUE)
+            aControlValue.setTristateVal(ButtonValue::On);
+        else if (meState == TRISTATE_INDET)
+            aControlValue.setTristateVal(ButtonValue::Mixed);
+
+        if (IsMouseOver() && maMouseRect.Contains(GetPointerPosPixel()))
+            nState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+
+        bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Checkbox, ControlPart::Entire, aCtrlRegion,
+                                                     nState, aControlValue, OUString());
+    }
+
+    if (bNativeOK)
+        return;
+
+    DrawButtonFlags nStyle = GetButtonState();
+    if (!IsEnabled())
+        nStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Disabled;
+    if (meState == TRISTATE_INDET)
+        nStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::DontKnow;
+    else if (meState == TRISTATE_TRUE)
+        nStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Checked;
+    Image aImage = GetCheckImage(GetSettings(), nStyle);
+    if (IsZoom())
+        rRenderContext.DrawImage(maStateRect.TopLeft(), maStateRect.GetSize(), aImage);
+    else
+        rRenderContext.DrawImage(maStateRect.TopLeft(), aImage);
+}
+
+void CheckBox::ImplDraw( OutputDevice* pDev, SystemTextColorFlags nSystemTextColorFlags,
+                         const Point& rPos, const Size& rSize,
+                         const Size& rImageSize, tools::Rectangle& rStateRect,
+                         tools::Rectangle& rMouseRect )
+{
+    WinBits                 nWinStyle = GetStyle();
+    OUString                aText( GetText() );
+
+    pDev->Push( vcl::PushFlags::CLIPREGION | vcl::PushFlags::LINECOLOR );
+    pDev->IntersectClipRegion( tools::Rectangle( rPos, rSize ) );
+
+    if (!aText.isEmpty() || HasImage())
+    {
+        Button::ImplDrawRadioCheck(pDev, nWinStyle, nSystemTextColorFlags,
+                                   rPos, rSize, rImageSize,
+                                   rStateRect, rMouseRect);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        rStateRect.SetLeft( rPos.X() );
+        if ( nWinStyle & WB_VCENTER )
+            rStateRect.SetTop( rPos.Y()+((rSize.Height()-rImageSize.Height())/2) );
+        else if ( nWinStyle & WB_BOTTOM )
+            rStateRect.SetTop( rPos.Y()+rSize.Height()-rImageSize.Height() );
+        else
+            rStateRect.SetTop( rPos.Y() );
+        rStateRect.SetRight( rStateRect.Left()+rImageSize.Width()-1 );
+        rStateRect.SetBottom( rStateRect.Top()+rImageSize.Height()-1 );
+        // provide space for focusrect
+        // note: this assumes that the control's size was adjusted
+        // accordingly in Get/LoseFocus, so the onscreen position won't change
+        if( HasFocus() )
+            rStateRect.Move( 1, 1 );
+        rMouseRect          = rStateRect;
+
+        ImplSetFocusRect( rStateRect );
+    }
+
+    pDev->Pop();
+}
+
+void CheckBox::ImplDrawCheckBox(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    Size aImageSize = ImplGetCheckImageSize();
+    aImageSize.setWidth( CalcZoom( aImageSize.Width() ) );
+    aImageSize.setHeight( CalcZoom( aImageSize.Height() ) );
+
+    HideFocus();
+
+    ImplDraw(&rRenderContext, SystemTextColorFlags::NONE, Point(), GetOutputSizePixel(),
+             aImageSize, maStateRect, maMouseRect);
+
+    ImplDrawCheckBoxState(rRenderContext);
+    if (HasFocus())
+        ShowFocus(ImplGetFocusRect());
+}
+
+void CheckBox::ImplCheck()
+{
+    TriState eNewState;
+    if ( meState == TRISTATE_FALSE )
+        eNewState = TRISTATE_TRUE;
+    else if ( !mbTriState )
+        eNewState = TRISTATE_FALSE;
+    else if ( meState == TRISTATE_TRUE )
+        eNewState = TRISTATE_INDET;
+    else
+        eNewState = TRISTATE_FALSE;
+    meState = eNewState;
+
+    VclPtr<vcl::Window> xWindow = this;
+    Invalidate();
+    Toggle();
+    if ( xWindow->isDisposed() )
+        return;
+    Click();
+}
+
+CheckBox::CheckBox( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    Button( WindowType::CHECKBOX )
+{
+    ImplInitCheckBoxData();
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+void CheckBox::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if ( rMEvt.IsLeft() && maMouseRect.Contains( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() ) )
+    {
+        GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        Invalidate();
+        StartTracking();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Button::MouseButtonDown( rMEvt );
+}
+
+void CheckBox::Tracking( const TrackingEvent& rTEvt )
+{
+    if ( rTEvt.IsTrackingEnded() )
+    {
+        if ( GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+        {
+            if ( !(GetStyle() & WB_NOPOINTERFOCUS) && !rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() )
+                GrabFocus();
+
+            GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+
+            // do not call click handler if aborted
+            if ( !rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() )
+                ImplCheck();
+            else
+            {
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( maMouseRect.Contains( rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().GetPosPixel() ) )
+        {
+            if ( !(GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) )
+            {
+                GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+            {
+                GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void CheckBox::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    vcl::KeyCode aKeyCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode();
+
+    if ( !aKeyCode.GetModifier() && (aKeyCode.GetCode() == KEY_SPACE) )
+    {
+        if ( !(GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) )
+        {
+            GetButtonState() |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) && (aKeyCode.GetCode() == KEY_ESCAPE) )
+    {
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else
+        Button::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+}
+
+void CheckBox::KeyUp( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    vcl::KeyCode aKeyCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode();
+
+    if ( (GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed) && (aKeyCode.GetCode() == KEY_SPACE) )
+    {
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        ImplCheck();
+    }
+    else
+        Button::KeyUp( rKEvt );
+}
+
+void CheckBox::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    mxLayoutData.emplace();
+    const_cast<CheckBox*>(this)->Invalidate();
+}
+
+void CheckBox::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle&)
+{
+    ImplDrawCheckBox(rRenderContext);
+}
+
+void CheckBox::Draw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos,
+                     SystemTextColorFlags nFlags )
+{
+    MapMode     aResMapMode( MapUnit::Map100thMM );
+    Size        aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    Size        aImageSize = pDev->LogicToPixel( Size( 300, 300 ), aResMapMode );
+    Size        aBrd1Size = pDev->LogicToPixel( Size( 20, 20 ), aResMapMode );
+    Size        aBrd2Size = pDev->LogicToPixel( Size( 30, 30 ), aResMapMode );
+    tools::Long        nCheckWidth = pDev->LogicToPixel( Size( 20, 20 ), aResMapMode ).Width();
+    vcl::Font   aFont = GetDrawPixelFont( pDev );
+    tools::Rectangle   aStateRect;
+    tools::Rectangle   aMouseRect;
+
+    aImageSize.setWidth( CalcZoom( aImageSize.Width() ) );
+    aImageSize.setHeight( CalcZoom( aImageSize.Height() ) );
+    aBrd1Size.setWidth( CalcZoom( aBrd1Size.Width() ) );
+    aBrd1Size.setHeight( CalcZoom( aBrd1Size.Height() ) );
+    aBrd2Size.setWidth( CalcZoom( aBrd2Size.Width() ) );
+    aBrd2Size.setHeight( CalcZoom( aBrd2Size.Height() ) );
+
+    if ( !aBrd1Size.Width() )
+        aBrd1Size.setWidth( 1 );
+    if ( !aBrd1Size.Height() )
+        aBrd1Size.setHeight( 1 );
+    if ( !aBrd2Size.Width() )
+        aBrd2Size.setWidth( 1 );
+    if ( !aBrd2Size.Height() )
+        aBrd2Size.setHeight( 1 );
+    if ( !nCheckWidth )
+        nCheckWidth = 1;
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+    pDev->SetFont( aFont );
+    if ( nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono )
+        pDev->SetTextColor( COL_BLACK );
+    else
+        pDev->SetTextColor( GetTextColor() );
+    pDev->SetTextFillColor();
+
+    ImplDraw( pDev, nFlags, rPos, aSize,
+              aImageSize, aStateRect, aMouseRect );
+
+    pDev->SetLineColor();
+    pDev->SetFillColor( COL_BLACK );
+    pDev->DrawRect( aStateRect );
+    aStateRect.AdjustLeft(aBrd1Size.Width() );
+    aStateRect.AdjustTop(aBrd1Size.Height() );
+    aStateRect.AdjustRight( -(aBrd1Size.Width()) );
+    aStateRect.AdjustBottom( -(aBrd1Size.Height()) );
+    if ( meState == TRISTATE_INDET )
+        pDev->SetFillColor( COL_LIGHTGRAY );
+    else
+        pDev->SetFillColor( COL_WHITE );
+    pDev->DrawRect( aStateRect );
+
+    if ( meState == TRISTATE_TRUE )
+    {
+        aStateRect.AdjustLeft(aBrd2Size.Width() );
+        aStateRect.AdjustTop(aBrd2Size.Height() );
+        aStateRect.AdjustRight( -(aBrd2Size.Width()) );
+        aStateRect.AdjustBottom( -(aBrd2Size.Height()) );
+        Point   aPos11( aStateRect.TopLeft() );
+        Point   aPos12( aStateRect.BottomRight() );
+        Point   aPos21( aStateRect.TopRight() );
+        Point   aPos22( aStateRect.BottomLeft() );
+        Point   aTempPos11( aPos11 );
+        Point   aTempPos12( aPos12 );
+        Point   aTempPos21( aPos21 );
+        Point   aTempPos22( aPos22 );
+        pDev->SetLineColor( COL_BLACK );
+        tools::Long nDX = 0;
+        for ( tools::Long i = 0; i < nCheckWidth; i++ )
+        {
+            if ( !(i % 2) )
+            {
+                aTempPos11.setX( aPos11.X()+nDX );
+                aTempPos12.setX( aPos12.X()+nDX );
+                aTempPos21.setX( aPos21.X()+nDX );
+                aTempPos22.setX( aPos22.X()+nDX );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                nDX++;
+                aTempPos11.setX( aPos11.X()-nDX );
+                aTempPos12.setX( aPos12.X()-nDX );
+                aTempPos21.setX( aPos21.X()-nDX );
+                aTempPos22.setX( aPos22.X()-nDX );
+            }
+            pDev->DrawLine( aTempPos11, aTempPos12 );
+            pDev->DrawLine( aTempPos21, aTempPos22 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    pDev->Pop();
+}
+
+void CheckBox::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void CheckBox::GetFocus()
+{
+    if (GetText().isEmpty())
+    {
+        // increase button size to have space for focus rect
+        // checkboxes without text will draw focusrect around the check
+        // See CheckBox::ImplDraw()
+        Point aPos( GetPosPixel() );
+        Size aSize( GetSizePixel() );
+        aPos.Move(-1,-1);
+        aSize.AdjustHeight(2 );
+        aSize.AdjustWidth(2 );
+        setPosSizePixel( aPos.X(), aPos.Y(), aSize.Width(), aSize.Height() );
+        Invalidate();
+        // Trigger drawing to initialize the mouse rectangle, otherwise the mouse button down
+        // handler would ignore the mouse event.
+        PaintImmediately();
+    }
+    else
+        ShowFocus( ImplGetFocusRect() );
+
+    SetInputContext( InputContext( GetFont() ) );
+    Button::GetFocus();
+}
+
+void CheckBox::LoseFocus()
+{
+    if ( GetButtonState() & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+    {
+        GetButtonState() &= ~DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+
+    HideFocus();
+    Button::LoseFocus();
+
+    if (GetText().isEmpty())
+    {
+        // decrease button size again (see GetFocus())
+        // checkboxes without text will draw focusrect around the check
+        Point aPos( GetPosPixel() );
+        Size aSize( GetSizePixel() );
+        aPos.Move(1,1);
+        aSize.AdjustHeight( -2 );
+        aSize.AdjustWidth( -2 );
+        setPosSizePixel( aPos.X(), aPos.Y(), aSize.Width(), aSize.Height() );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void CheckBox::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Button::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( nType == StateChangedType::State )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate( maStateRect );
+    }
+    else if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Enable) ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::Text) ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::Data) ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode) )
+    {
+        if ( IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Style )
+    {
+        SetStyle( ImplInitStyle( GetWindow( GetWindowType::Prev ), GetStyle() ) );
+
+        if ( (GetPrevStyle() & CHECKBOX_VIEW_STYLE) !=
+             (GetStyle() & CHECKBOX_VIEW_STYLE) )
+        {
+            if ( IsUpdateMode() )
+                Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Zoom) ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( true );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void CheckBox::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Button::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+          (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE)) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( true );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+bool CheckBox::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::MOUSEMOVE )
+    {
+        const MouseEvent* pMouseEvt = rNEvt.GetMouseEvent();
+        if( pMouseEvt && !pMouseEvt->GetButtons() && !pMouseEvt->IsSynthetic() && !pMouseEvt->IsModifierChanged() )
+        {
+            // trigger redraw if mouse over state has changed
+            if( IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Checkbox, ControlPart::Entire) )
+            {
+                if (maMouseRect.Contains(GetPointerPosPixel()) != maMouseRect.Contains(GetLastPointerPosPixel()) ||
+                    pMouseEvt->IsLeaveWindow() || pMouseEvt->IsEnterWindow())
+                {
+                    Invalidate( maStateRect );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Button::PreNotify(rNEvt);
+}
+
+void CheckBox::Toggle()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::CheckboxToggle, [this] () { maToggleHdl.Call(*this); } );
+}
+
+void CheckBox::SetState( TriState eState )
+{
+    if ( !mbTriState && (eState == TRISTATE_INDET) )
+        eState = TRISTATE_FALSE;
+
+    if ( meState != eState )
+    {
+        meState = eState;
+        StateChanged( StateChangedType::State );
+        Toggle();
+    }
+}
+
+bool CheckBox::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "active")
+        SetState(toBool(rValue) ? TRISTATE_TRUE : TRISTATE_FALSE);
+    else
+        return Button::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void CheckBox::EnableTriState( bool bTriState )
+{
+    if ( mbTriState != bTriState )
+    {
+        mbTriState = bTriState;
+
+        if ( !bTriState && (meState == TRISTATE_INDET) )
+            SetState( TRISTATE_FALSE );
+    }
+}
+
+Size CheckBox::ImplGetCheckImageSize() const
+{
+    Size aSize;
+    bool bDefaultSize = true;
+    if( IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Checkbox, ControlPart::Entire ) )
+    {
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+        tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion( Point( 0, 0 ), GetSizePixel() );
+        tools::Rectangle aBoundingRgn, aContentRgn;
+
+        // get native size of a check box
+        if( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Checkbox, ControlPart::Entire, aCtrlRegion,
+                                    ControlState::DEFAULT|ControlState::ENABLED,
+                                    aControlValue,
+                                    aBoundingRgn, aContentRgn ) )
+        {
+            aSize = aContentRgn.GetSize();
+            bDefaultSize = false;
+        }
+    }
+    if( bDefaultSize )
+        aSize = GetCheckImage( GetSettings(), DrawButtonFlags::NONE ).GetSizePixel();
+    return aSize;
+}
+
+Image CheckBox::GetCheckImage( const AllSettings& rSettings, DrawButtonFlags nFlags )
+{
+    ImplSVData*             pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
+    const StyleSettings&    rStyleSettings = rSettings.GetStyleSettings();
+    sal_uInt16              nStyle = 0;
+
+    if ( rStyleSettings.GetOptions() & StyleSettingsOptions::Mono )
+        nStyle = STYLE_CHECKBOX_MONO;
+
+    if ( pSVData->maCtrlData.maCheckImgList.empty() ||
+         (pSVData->maCtrlData.mnCheckStyle != nStyle) ||
+         (pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastCheckFColor != rStyleSettings.GetFaceColor()) ||
+         (pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastCheckWColor != rStyleSettings.GetWindowColor()) ||
+         (pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastCheckLColor != rStyleSettings.GetLightColor()) )
+    {
+        pSVData->maCtrlData.maCheckImgList.clear();
+
+        pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastCheckFColor = rStyleSettings.GetFaceColor();
+        pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastCheckWColor = rStyleSettings.GetWindowColor();
+        pSVData->maCtrlData.mnLastCheckLColor = rStyleSettings.GetLightColor();
+
+        std::vector<OUString> aResources;
+        if (nStyle)
+        {
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECKMONO1);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECKMONO2);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECKMONO3);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECKMONO4);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECKMONO5);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECKMONO6);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECKMONO7);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECKMONO8);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECKMONO9);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECK1);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECK2);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECK3);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECK4);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECK5);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECK6);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECK7);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECK8);
+            aResources.emplace_back(SV_RESID_BITMAP_CHECK9);
+        }
+        LoadThemedImageList(rStyleSettings, pSVData->maCtrlData.maCheckImgList, aResources);
+        pSVData->maCtrlData.mnCheckStyle = nStyle;
+    }
+
+    sal_uInt16 nIndex;
+    if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Disabled )
+    {
+        if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::DontKnow )
+            nIndex = 8;
+        else if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Checked )
+            nIndex = 5;
+        else
+            nIndex = 4;
+    }
+    else if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Pressed )
+    {
+        if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::DontKnow )
+            nIndex = 7;
+        else if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Checked )
+            nIndex = 3;
+        else
+            nIndex = 2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::DontKnow )
+            nIndex = 6;
+        else if ( nFlags & DrawButtonFlags::Checked )
+            nIndex = 1;
+        else
+            nIndex = 0;
+    }
+    return pSVData->maCtrlData.maCheckImgList[nIndex];
+}
+
+void CheckBox::ImplAdjustNWFSizes()
+{
+    GetOutDev()->Push( vcl::PushFlags::MAPMODE );
+    SetMapMode(MapMode(MapUnit::MapPixel));
+
+    ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+    Size aCurSize( GetSizePixel() );
+    tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion( Point( 0, 0 ), aCurSize );
+    tools::Rectangle aBoundingRgn, aContentRgn;
+
+    // get native size of a radiobutton
+    if( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Checkbox, ControlPart::Entire, aCtrlRegion,
+                                ControlState::DEFAULT|ControlState::ENABLED, aControlValue,
+                                aBoundingRgn, aContentRgn ) )
+    {
+        Size aSize = aContentRgn.GetSize();
+
+        if( aSize.Height() > aCurSize.Height() )
+        {
+            aCurSize.setHeight( aSize.Height() );
+            SetSizePixel( aCurSize );
+        }
+    }
+
+    GetOutDev()->Pop();
+}
+
+Size CheckBox::CalcMinimumSize( tools::Long nMaxWidth ) const
+{
+    Size aSize = ImplGetCheckImageSize();
+    nMaxWidth -= aSize.Width();
+
+    OUString aText = GetText();
+    if (!aText.isEmpty())
+    {
+        // subtract what will be added later
+        nMaxWidth-=2;
+        nMaxWidth -= ImplGetImageToTextDistance();
+
+        Size aTextSize = GetTextRect( tools::Rectangle( Point(), Size( nMaxWidth > 0 ? nMaxWidth : 0x7fffffff, 0x7fffffff ) ),
+                                      aText, FixedText::ImplGetTextStyle( GetStyle() ) ).GetSize();
+        aSize.AdjustWidth(2 );    // for focus rect
+        aSize.AdjustWidth(ImplGetImageToTextDistance() );
+        aSize.AdjustWidth(aTextSize.Width() );
+        if ( aSize.Height() < aTextSize.Height() )
+            aSize.setHeight( aTextSize.Height() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // is this still correct ? since the checkbox now
+        // shows a focus rect it should be 2 pixels wider and longer
+/* since otherwise the controls in the Writer hang too far up
+        aSize.Width() += 2;
+        aSize.Height() += 2;
+*/
+    }
+
+    return CalcWindowSize( aSize );
+}
+
+Size CheckBox::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    int nWidthRequest(get_width_request());
+    return CalcMinimumSize(nWidthRequest != -1 ? nWidthRequest : 0);
+}
+
+void CheckBox::ShowFocus(const tools::Rectangle& rRect)
+{
+    if (IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Checkbox, ControlPart::Focus))
+    {
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+        tools::Rectangle aInRect(Point(0, 0), GetSizePixel());
+
+        aInRect.SetLeft( rRect.Left() );  // exclude the checkbox itself from the focusrect
+
+        GetOutDev()->DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Checkbox, ControlPart::Focus, aInRect,
+                          ControlState::FOCUSED, aControlValue, OUString());
+    }
+    Button::ShowFocus(rRect);
+}
+
+void CheckBox::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    Button::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+    rJsonWriter.put("checked", IsChecked());
+}
+
+FactoryFunction CheckBox::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return CheckBoxUIObject::create;
+}
+
+ImageButton::ImageButton( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    PushButton( pParent, nStyle )
+{
+    ImplInitStyle();
+}
+
+void ImageButton::ImplInitStyle()
+{
+    WinBits nStyle = GetStyle();
+
+    if ( ! ( nStyle & ( WB_RIGHT | WB_LEFT ) ) )
+        nStyle |= WB_CENTER;
+
+    if ( ! ( nStyle & ( WB_TOP | WB_BOTTOM ) ) )
+        nStyle |= WB_VCENTER;
+
+    SetStyle( nStyle );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/calendar.cxx b/vcl/source/control/calendar.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cce0bce63a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/calendar.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1747 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/builder.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/help.hxx>
+#include <vcl/kernarray.hxx>
+#include <vcl/menu.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/calendar.hxx>
+#include <vcl/commandevent.hxx>
+#include <vcl/dockwin.hxx>
+#include <unotools/calendarwrapper.hxx>
+#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx>
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/Weekdays.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/CalendarDisplayIndex.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/CalendarFieldIndex.hpp>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+#include <tools/json_writer.hxx>
+
+#include <calendar.hxx>
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+#include <strings.hrc>
+#include <memory>
+
+#define DAY_OFFX                        4
+#define DAY_OFFY                        2
+#define MONTH_BORDERX                   4
+#define MONTH_OFFY                      3
+#define WEEKDAY_OFFY                    3
+#define TITLE_OFFY                      3
+#define TITLE_BORDERY                   2
+#define SPIN_OFFX                       4
+#define SPIN_OFFY                       TITLE_BORDERY
+
+#define CALENDAR_HITTEST_DAY            (sal_uInt16(0x0001))
+#define CALENDAR_HITTEST_MONTHTITLE     (sal_uInt16(0x0004))
+#define CALENDAR_HITTEST_PREV           (sal_uInt16(0x0008))
+#define CALENDAR_HITTEST_NEXT           (sal_uInt16(0x0010))
+
+#define MENU_YEAR_COUNT                 3
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+
+static void ImplCalendarSelectDate( IntDateSet* pTable, const Date& rDate, bool bSelect )
+{
+    if ( bSelect )
+        pTable->insert( rDate.GetDate() );
+    else
+        pTable->erase( rDate.GetDate() );
+}
+
+
+
+void Calendar::ImplInit( WinBits nWinStyle )
+{
+    mpSelectTable.reset(new IntDateSet);
+    mnDayCount              = 0;
+    mnWinStyle              = nWinStyle;
+    mnFirstYear             = 0;
+    mnLastYear              = 0;
+    mbCalc                  = true;
+    mbFormat                = true;
+    mbDrag                  = false;
+    mbMenuDown              = false;
+    mbSpinDown              = false;
+    mbPrevIn                = false;
+    mbNextIn                = false;
+
+    OUString aGregorian( "gregorian");
+    maCalendarWrapper.loadCalendar( aGregorian,
+            Application::GetAppLocaleDataWrapper().getLanguageTag().getLocale());
+    if (maCalendarWrapper.getUniqueID() != aGregorian)
+    {
+        SAL_WARN( "vcl.control", "Calendar::ImplInit: No ``gregorian'' calendar available for locale ``"
+            << Application::GetAppLocaleDataWrapper().getLanguageTag().getBcp47()
+            << "'' and other calendars aren't supported. Using en-US fallback." );
+
+        /* If we ever wanted to support other calendars than Gregorian a lot of
+         * rewrite would be necessary to internally replace use of class Date
+         * with proper class CalendarWrapper methods, get rid of fixed 12
+         * months, fixed 7 days, ... */
+        maCalendarWrapper.loadCalendar( aGregorian, lang::Locale( "en", "US", ""));
+    }
+
+    SetFirstDate( maCurDate );
+    ImplCalendarSelectDate( mpSelectTable.get(), maCurDate, true );
+
+    // Sonstige Strings erzeugen
+    maDayText = VclResId(STR_SVT_CALENDAR_DAY);
+    maWeekText = VclResId(STR_SVT_CALENDAR_WEEK);
+
+    // Tagestexte anlegen
+    for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < 31; ++i)
+        maDayTexts[i] = OUString::number(i+1);
+
+    ImplInitSettings();
+}
+
+void Calendar::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    maSelColor = rStyleSettings.GetHighlightTextColor();
+    SetPointFont(rRenderContext, rStyleSettings.GetToolFont());
+    rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor());
+    rRenderContext.SetBackground(Wallpaper(rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor()));
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplInitSettings()
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    maSelColor = rStyleSettings.GetHighlightTextColor();
+    SetPointFont(*GetOutDev(), rStyleSettings.GetToolFont());
+    SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor());
+    SetBackground(Wallpaper(rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor()));
+}
+
+Calendar::Calendar( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle ) :
+    Control( pParent, nWinStyle & (WB_TABSTOP | WB_GROUP | WB_BORDER | WB_3DLOOK) ),
+    maCalendarWrapper( Application::GetAppLocaleDataWrapper().getComponentContext() ),
+    maOldFormatFirstDate( 0, 0, 1900 ),
+    maOldFormatLastDate( 0, 0, 1900 ),
+    maFirstDate( 0, 0, 1900 ),
+    maOldFirstDate( 0, 0, 1900 ),
+    maCurDate( Date::SYSTEM ),
+    maOldCurDate( 0, 0, 1900 )
+{
+    ImplInit( nWinStyle );
+}
+
+Calendar::~Calendar()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void Calendar::dispose()
+{
+    mpSelectTable.reset();
+    mpOldSelectTable.reset();
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+DayOfWeek Calendar::ImplGetWeekStart() const
+{
+    // Map i18n::Weekdays to Date DayOfWeek
+    DayOfWeek eDay;
+    sal_Int16 nDay = maCalendarWrapper.getFirstDayOfWeek();
+    switch (nDay)
+    {
+        case i18n::Weekdays::SUNDAY :
+            eDay = SUNDAY;
+            break;
+        case i18n::Weekdays::MONDAY :
+            eDay = MONDAY;
+            break;
+        case i18n::Weekdays::TUESDAY :
+            eDay = TUESDAY;
+            break;
+        case i18n::Weekdays::WEDNESDAY :
+            eDay = WEDNESDAY;
+            break;
+        case i18n::Weekdays::THURSDAY :
+            eDay = THURSDAY;
+            break;
+        case i18n::Weekdays::FRIDAY :
+            eDay = FRIDAY;
+            break;
+        case i18n::Weekdays::SATURDAY :
+            eDay = SATURDAY;
+            break;
+        default:
+            SAL_WARN( "vcl.control", "Calendar::ImplGetWeekStart: broken i18n Gregorian calendar (getFirstDayOfWeek())");
+            eDay = SUNDAY;
+    }
+    return eDay;
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplFormat()
+{
+    if ( !mbFormat )
+        return;
+
+    if ( mbCalc )
+    {
+        Size aOutSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+
+        if ( (aOutSize.Width() <= 1) || (aOutSize.Height() <= 1) )
+            return;
+
+        tools::Long n99TextWidth = GetTextWidth( "99" );
+        tools::Long nTextHeight = GetTextHeight();
+
+        // calculate width and x-position
+        mnDayWidth      = n99TextWidth+DAY_OFFX;
+        mnMonthWidth    = mnDayWidth*7;
+        mnMonthWidth   += MONTH_BORDERX*2;
+        mnMonthPerLine  = aOutSize.Width() / mnMonthWidth;
+        if ( !mnMonthPerLine )
+            mnMonthPerLine = 1;
+        tools::Long nOver      = (aOutSize.Width()-(mnMonthPerLine*mnMonthWidth)) / mnMonthPerLine;
+        mnMonthWidth   += nOver;
+        mnDaysOffX      = MONTH_BORDERX;
+        mnDaysOffX     += nOver/2;
+
+        // calculate height and y-position
+        mnDayHeight     = nTextHeight + DAY_OFFY;
+        mnWeekDayOffY   = nTextHeight + TITLE_OFFY + (TITLE_BORDERY*2);
+        mnDaysOffY      = mnWeekDayOffY + nTextHeight + WEEKDAY_OFFY;
+        mnMonthHeight   = (mnDayHeight*6) + mnDaysOffY;
+        mnMonthHeight  += MONTH_OFFY;
+        mnLines         = aOutSize.Height() / mnMonthHeight;
+        if ( !mnLines )
+            mnLines = 1;
+        mnMonthHeight  += (aOutSize.Height()-(mnLines*mnMonthHeight)) / mnLines;
+
+        // calculate spinfields
+        tools::Long nSpinSize      = nTextHeight+TITLE_BORDERY-SPIN_OFFY;
+        maPrevRect.SetLeft( SPIN_OFFX );
+        maPrevRect.SetTop( SPIN_OFFY );
+        maPrevRect.SetRight( maPrevRect.Left()+nSpinSize );
+        maPrevRect.SetBottom( maPrevRect.Top()+nSpinSize );
+        maNextRect.SetLeft( aOutSize.Width()-SPIN_OFFX-nSpinSize-1 );
+        maNextRect.SetTop( SPIN_OFFY );
+        maNextRect.SetRight( maNextRect.Left()+nSpinSize );
+        maNextRect.SetBottom( maNextRect.Top()+nSpinSize );
+
+        // Calculate DayOfWeekText (gets displayed in a narrow font)
+        maDayOfWeekText.clear();
+        tools::Long nStartOffX = 0;
+        sal_Int16 nDay = maCalendarWrapper.getFirstDayOfWeek();
+        for ( sal_Int16 nDayOfWeek = 0; nDayOfWeek < 7; nDayOfWeek++ )
+        {
+            // Use narrow name.
+            OUString aDayOfWeek( maCalendarWrapper.getDisplayName(
+                        i18n::CalendarDisplayIndex::DAY, nDay, 2));
+            tools::Long nOffX = (mnDayWidth-GetTextWidth( aDayOfWeek ))/2;
+            if ( !nDayOfWeek )
+                nStartOffX = nOffX;
+            else
+                nOffX -= nStartOffX;
+            nOffX += nDayOfWeek * mnDayWidth;
+            mnDayOfWeekAry[nDayOfWeek] = nOffX;
+            maDayOfWeekText += aDayOfWeek;
+            nDay++;
+            nDay %= 7;
+        }
+
+        // header position for the last day of week
+        mnDayOfWeekAry[7] = mnMonthWidth;
+
+        mbCalc = false;
+    }
+
+    // calculate number of days
+
+    DayOfWeek eStartDay = ImplGetWeekStart();
+
+    sal_uInt16 nWeekDay;
+    Date aTempDate = GetFirstMonth();
+    maFirstDate = aTempDate;
+    nWeekDay = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aTempDate.GetDayOfWeek());
+    nWeekDay = (nWeekDay+(7-static_cast<sal_uInt16>(eStartDay))) % 7;
+    maFirstDate.AddDays( -nWeekDay );
+    mnDayCount = nWeekDay;
+    sal_uInt16 nDaysInMonth;
+    sal_uInt16 nMonthCount = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(mnMonthPerLine*mnLines);
+    for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nMonthCount; i++ )
+    {
+        nDaysInMonth = aTempDate.GetDaysInMonth();
+        mnDayCount += nDaysInMonth;
+        aTempDate.AddDays( nDaysInMonth );
+    }
+    Date aTempDate2 = aTempDate;
+    --aTempDate2;
+    nDaysInMonth = aTempDate2.GetDaysInMonth();
+    aTempDate2.AddDays( -(nDaysInMonth-1) );
+    nWeekDay = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aTempDate2.GetDayOfWeek());
+    nWeekDay = (nWeekDay+(7-static_cast<sal_uInt16>(eStartDay))) % 7;
+    mnDayCount += 42-nDaysInMonth-nWeekDay;
+
+    // determine colours
+    maOtherColor = COL_LIGHTGRAY;
+    if ( maOtherColor.IsRGBEqual( GetBackground().GetColor() ) )
+        maOtherColor = COL_GRAY;
+
+    Date aLastDate = GetLastDate();
+    if ( (maOldFormatLastDate != aLastDate) ||
+         (maOldFormatFirstDate != maFirstDate) )
+    {
+        maOldFormatFirstDate = maFirstDate;
+        maOldFormatLastDate  = aLastDate;
+    }
+
+    // get DateInfo
+    sal_Int16 nNewFirstYear = maFirstDate.GetYear();
+    sal_Int16 nNewLastYear = GetLastDate().GetYear();
+    if ( mnFirstYear )
+    {
+        if ( nNewFirstYear < mnFirstYear )
+        {
+            mnFirstYear = nNewFirstYear;
+        }
+        if ( nNewLastYear > mnLastYear )
+        {
+            mnLastYear = nNewLastYear;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mnFirstYear = nNewFirstYear;
+        mnLastYear = nNewLastYear;
+    }
+
+    mbFormat = false;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 Calendar::ImplDoHitTest( const Point& rPos, Date& rDate ) const
+{
+    if ( mbFormat )
+        return 0;
+
+    if ( maPrevRect.Contains( rPos ) )
+        return CALENDAR_HITTEST_PREV;
+    else if ( maNextRect.Contains( rPos ) )
+        return CALENDAR_HITTEST_NEXT;
+
+    tools::Long        nY;
+    tools::Long        nOffX;
+    sal_Int32   nDay;
+    DayOfWeek   eStartDay = ImplGetWeekStart();
+
+    rDate = GetFirstMonth();
+    nY = 0;
+    for ( tools::Long i = 0; i < mnLines; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( rPos.Y() < nY )
+            return 0;
+
+        tools::Long nX = 0;
+        tools::Long nYMonth = nY+mnMonthHeight;
+        for ( tools::Long j = 0; j < mnMonthPerLine; j++ )
+        {
+            if ( (rPos.X() < nX) && (rPos.Y() < nYMonth) )
+                return 0;
+
+            sal_uInt16 nDaysInMonth = rDate.GetDaysInMonth();
+
+            // matching month was found
+            if ( (rPos.X() > nX) && (rPos.Y() < nYMonth) &&
+                 (rPos.X() < nX+mnMonthWidth) )
+            {
+                if ( rPos.Y() < (nY+(TITLE_BORDERY*2)+mnDayHeight))
+                    return CALENDAR_HITTEST_MONTHTITLE;
+                else
+                {
+                    tools::Long nDayX = nX+mnDaysOffX;
+                    tools::Long nDayY = nY+mnDaysOffY;
+                    if ( rPos.Y() < nDayY )
+                        return 0;
+                    sal_Int32 nDayIndex = static_cast<sal_Int32>(rDate.GetDayOfWeek());
+                    nDayIndex = (nDayIndex+(7-static_cast<sal_Int32>(eStartDay))) % 7;
+                    if ( (i == 0) && (j == 0) )
+                    {
+                        Date aTempDate = rDate;
+                        aTempDate.AddDays( -nDayIndex );
+                        for ( nDay = 0; nDay < nDayIndex; nDay++ )
+                        {
+                            nOffX = nDayX + (nDay*mnDayWidth);
+                            if ( (rPos.Y() >= nDayY) && (rPos.Y() < nDayY+mnDayHeight) &&
+                                 (rPos.X() >= nOffX) && (rPos.X() < nOffX+mnDayWidth) )
+                            {
+                                rDate = aTempDate;
+                                rDate.AddDays( nDay );
+                                return CALENDAR_HITTEST_DAY;
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                    for ( nDay = 1; nDay <= nDaysInMonth; nDay++ )
+                    {
+                        if ( rPos.Y() < nDayY )
+                        {
+                            rDate.AddDays( nDayIndex );
+                            return 0;
+                        }
+                        nOffX = nDayX + (nDayIndex*mnDayWidth);
+                        if ( (rPos.Y() >= nDayY) && (rPos.Y() < nDayY+mnDayHeight) &&
+                             (rPos.X() >= nOffX) && (rPos.X() < nOffX+mnDayWidth) )
+                        {
+                            rDate.AddDays( nDay-1 );
+                            return CALENDAR_HITTEST_DAY;
+                        }
+                        if ( nDayIndex == 6 )
+                        {
+                            nDayIndex = 0;
+                            nDayY += mnDayHeight;
+                        }
+                        else
+                            nDayIndex++;
+                    }
+                    if ( (i == mnLines-1) && (j == mnMonthPerLine-1) )
+                    {
+                        sal_uInt16 nWeekDay = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(rDate.GetDayOfWeek());
+                        nWeekDay = (nWeekDay+(7-static_cast<sal_uInt16>(eStartDay))) % 7;
+                        sal_Int32 nDayCount = 42-nDaysInMonth-nWeekDay;
+                        Date aTempDate = rDate;
+                        aTempDate.AddDays( nDaysInMonth );
+                        for ( nDay = 1; nDay <= nDayCount; nDay++ )
+                        {
+                            if ( rPos.Y() < nDayY )
+                            {
+                                rDate.AddDays( nDayIndex );
+                                return 0;
+                            }
+                            nOffX = nDayX + (nDayIndex*mnDayWidth);
+                            if ( (rPos.Y() >= nDayY) && (rPos.Y() < nDayY+mnDayHeight) &&
+                                 (rPos.X() >= nOffX) && (rPos.X() < nOffX+mnDayWidth) )
+                            {
+                                rDate = aTempDate;
+                                rDate.AddDays( nDay-1 );
+                                return CALENDAR_HITTEST_DAY;
+                            }
+                            if ( nDayIndex == 6 )
+                            {
+                                nDayIndex = 0;
+                                nDayY += mnDayHeight;
+                            }
+                            else
+                                nDayIndex++;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            rDate.AddDays( nDaysInMonth );
+            nX += mnMonthWidth;
+        }
+
+        nY += mnMonthHeight;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+
+void ImplDrawSpinArrow(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRect, bool bPrev)
+{
+    tools::Long i;
+    tools::Long n;
+    tools::Long nLines;
+    tools::Long nHeight = rRect.GetHeight();
+    tools::Long nWidth = rRect.GetWidth();
+    if (nWidth < nHeight)
+        n = nWidth;
+    else
+        n = nHeight;
+    if (!(n & 0x01))
+        n--;
+    nLines = n/2;
+
+    tools::Rectangle aRect(Point( rRect.Left() + (nWidth / 2) - (nLines / 2),
+                            rRect.Top() + (nHeight / 2) ),
+                     Size(1, 1));
+    if (!bPrev)
+    {
+        aRect.AdjustLeft(nLines );
+        aRect.AdjustRight(nLines );
+    }
+
+    rRenderContext.DrawRect(aRect);
+    for (i = 0; i < nLines; i++)
+    {
+        if (bPrev)
+        {
+            aRect.AdjustLeft( 1 );
+            aRect.AdjustRight( 1 );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aRect.AdjustLeft( -1 );
+            aRect.AdjustRight( -1 );
+        }
+        aRect.AdjustTop( -1 );
+        aRect.AdjustBottom( 1 );
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(aRect);
+    }
+}
+
+} //end anonymous namespace
+
+void Calendar::ImplDrawSpin(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext )
+{
+    rRenderContext.SetLineColor();
+    rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetButtonTextColor());
+    tools::Rectangle aOutRect = maPrevRect;
+    aOutRect.AdjustLeft(3 );
+    aOutRect.AdjustTop(3 );
+    aOutRect.AdjustRight( -3 );
+    aOutRect.AdjustBottom( -3 );
+    ImplDrawSpinArrow(rRenderContext, aOutRect, true);
+    aOutRect = maNextRect;
+    aOutRect.AdjustLeft(3 );
+    aOutRect.AdjustTop(3 );
+    aOutRect.AdjustRight( -3 );
+    aOutRect.AdjustBottom( -3 );
+    ImplDrawSpinArrow(rRenderContext, aOutRect, false);
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplDrawDate(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext,
+                            tools::Long nX, tools::Long nY,
+                            sal_uInt16 nDay, sal_uInt16 nMonth, sal_Int16 nYear,
+                            bool bOther, sal_Int32 nToday )
+{
+    Color const * pTextColor = nullptr;
+    const OUString& rDay = maDayTexts[(nDay - 1) % std::size(maDayTexts)];
+    tools::Rectangle aDateRect(nX, nY, nX + mnDayWidth - 1, nY + mnDayHeight - 1);
+
+    bool bSel = false;
+    bool bFocus = false;
+    // actual day
+    if ((nDay   == maCurDate.GetDay()) &&
+        (nMonth == maCurDate.GetMonth()) &&
+        (nYear  == maCurDate.GetYear()))
+    {
+        bFocus = true;
+    }
+    if (mpSelectTable)
+    {
+        if (mpSelectTable->find(Date(nDay, nMonth, nYear).GetDate()) != mpSelectTable->end())
+            bSel = true;
+    }
+
+    // get textcolour
+    if (bSel)
+        pTextColor = &maSelColor;
+    else if (bOther)
+        pTextColor = &maOtherColor;
+
+    if (bFocus)
+        HideFocus();
+
+    // display background
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    if (bSel)
+    {
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor();
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor());
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(aDateRect);
+    }
+
+    // display text
+    tools::Long nTextX = nX + (mnDayWidth - GetTextWidth(rDay)) - (DAY_OFFX / 2);
+    tools::Long nTextY = nY + (mnDayHeight - GetTextHeight()) / 2;
+    if (pTextColor)
+    {
+        Color aOldColor = rRenderContext.GetTextColor();
+        rRenderContext.SetTextColor(*pTextColor);
+        rRenderContext.DrawText(Point(nTextX, nTextY), rDay);
+        rRenderContext.SetTextColor(aOldColor);
+    }
+    else
+        rRenderContext.DrawText(Point(nTextX, nTextY), rDay);
+
+    // today
+    Date aTodayDate(maCurDate);
+    if (nToday)
+        aTodayDate.SetDate(nToday);
+    else
+        aTodayDate = Date(Date::SYSTEM);
+    if ((nDay   == aTodayDate.GetDay()) &&
+        (nMonth == aTodayDate.GetMonth()) &&
+        (nYear  == aTodayDate.GetYear()))
+    {
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetWindowTextColor());
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor();
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(aDateRect);
+    }
+
+    // if needed do FocusRect
+    if (bFocus && HasFocus())
+        ShowFocus(aDateRect);
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplDraw(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    ImplFormat();
+
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    Size aOutSize(GetOutputSizePixel());
+    tools::Long i;
+    tools::Long j;
+    tools::Long nY;
+    tools::Long nDeltaX;
+    tools::Long nDeltaY;
+    tools::Long nDayX;
+    tools::Long nDayY;
+    sal_Int32 nToday = Date(Date::SYSTEM).GetDate();
+    sal_uInt16 nDay;
+    sal_uInt16 nMonth;
+    sal_Int16 nYear;
+    Date aDate = GetFirstMonth();
+    DayOfWeek eStartDay = ImplGetWeekStart();
+
+    HideFocus();
+
+    nY = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < mnLines; i++)
+    {
+        // display title bar
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor();
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetFaceColor());
+        tools::Rectangle aTitleRect(0, nY, aOutSize.Width() - 1, nY + mnDayHeight - DAY_OFFY + TITLE_BORDERY * 2);
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(aTitleRect);
+        Point aTopLeft1(aTitleRect.Left(), aTitleRect.Top());
+        Point aTopLeft2(aTitleRect.Left(), aTitleRect.Top() + 1);
+        Point aBottomRight1(aTitleRect.Right(), aTitleRect.Bottom());
+        Point aBottomRight2(aTitleRect.Right(), aTitleRect.Bottom() - 1);
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetDarkShadowColor());
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(aTopLeft1, Point(aBottomRight1.X(), aTopLeft1.Y()));
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetLightColor() );
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(aTopLeft2, Point(aBottomRight2.X(), aTopLeft2.Y()));
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(aTopLeft2, Point(aTopLeft2.X(), aBottomRight2.Y()));
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor() );
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aTopLeft2.X(), aBottomRight2.Y()), aBottomRight2);
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aBottomRight2.X(), aTopLeft2.Y()), aBottomRight2);
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetDarkShadowColor());
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aTopLeft1.X(), aBottomRight1.Y()), aBottomRight1);
+        Point aSepPos1(0, aTitleRect.Top() + TITLE_BORDERY);
+        Point aSepPos2(0, aTitleRect.Bottom() - TITLE_BORDERY);
+        for (j = 0; j < mnMonthPerLine-1; j++)
+        {
+            aSepPos1.AdjustX(mnMonthWidth-1 );
+            aSepPos2.setX( aSepPos1.X() );
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor());
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aSepPos1, aSepPos2);
+            aSepPos1.AdjustX( 1 );
+            aSepPos2.setX( aSepPos1.X() );
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetLightColor());
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aSepPos1, aSepPos2);
+        }
+
+        tools::Long nX = 0;
+        for (j = 0; j < mnMonthPerLine; j++)
+        {
+            nMonth  = aDate.GetMonth();
+            nYear   = aDate.GetYear();
+
+            // display month in title bar
+            nDeltaX = nX;
+            nDeltaY = nY + TITLE_BORDERY;
+            OUString aMonthText = maCalendarWrapper.getDisplayName(i18n::CalendarDisplayIndex::MONTH, nMonth - 1, 1)
+                    + " "
+                    + OUString::number(nYear);
+            tools::Long nMonthTextWidth = rRenderContext.GetTextWidth(aMonthText);
+            tools::Long nMonthOffX1 = 0;
+            tools::Long nMonthOffX2 = 0;
+            if (i == 0)
+            {
+                if (j == 0)
+                    nMonthOffX1 = maPrevRect.Right() + 1;
+                if (j == mnMonthPerLine - 1)
+                    nMonthOffX2 = aOutSize.Width() - maNextRect.Left() + 1;
+            }
+            tools::Long nMaxMonthWidth = mnMonthWidth - nMonthOffX1 - nMonthOffX2 - 4;
+            if (nMonthTextWidth > nMaxMonthWidth)
+            {
+                // Abbreviated month name.
+                aMonthText  = maCalendarWrapper.getDisplayName(i18n::CalendarDisplayIndex::MONTH, nMonth - 1, 0)
+                            + " "
+                            + OUString::number(nYear);
+                nMonthTextWidth = rRenderContext.GetTextWidth(aMonthText);
+            }
+            tools::Long nTempOff = (mnMonthWidth - nMonthTextWidth + 1) / 2;
+            if (nTempOff < nMonthOffX1)
+                nDeltaX += nMonthOffX1 + 1;
+            else
+            {
+                if (nTempOff + nMonthTextWidth > mnMonthWidth - nMonthOffX2)
+                    nDeltaX += mnMonthWidth - nMonthOffX2 - nMonthTextWidth;
+                else
+                    nDeltaX += nTempOff;
+            }
+            rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetButtonTextColor());
+            rRenderContext.DrawText(Point(nDeltaX, nDeltaY), aMonthText);
+            rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetWindowTextColor());
+
+            // display week bar
+            nDayX = nX + mnDaysOffX;
+            nDayY = nY + mnWeekDayOffY;
+            nDeltaY = nDayY + mnDayHeight;
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetWindowTextColor());
+            Point aStartPos(nDayX, nDeltaY);
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aStartPos, Point(nDayX + (7 * mnDayWidth), nDeltaY));
+            KernArray aTmp;
+            for (int k=0; k<7; ++k)
+                aTmp.push_back(mnDayOfWeekAry[k+1]);
+            rRenderContext.DrawTextArray(Point(nDayX + mnDayOfWeekAry[0], nDayY), maDayOfWeekText, aTmp, {}, 0, aTmp.size());
+
+            // display days
+            sal_uInt16 nDaysInMonth = aDate.GetDaysInMonth();
+            nDayX = nX + mnDaysOffX;
+            nDayY = nY + mnDaysOffY;
+            sal_uInt16 nDayIndex = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aDate.GetDayOfWeek());
+            nDayIndex = (nDayIndex + (7 - static_cast<sal_uInt16>(eStartDay))) % 7;
+            if (i == 0 && j == 0)
+            {
+                Date aTempDate = aDate;
+                aTempDate.AddDays( -nDayIndex );
+                for (nDay = 0; nDay < nDayIndex; ++nDay)
+                {
+                    nDeltaX = nDayX + (nDay * mnDayWidth);
+                    ImplDrawDate(rRenderContext, nDeltaX, nDayY, nDay + aTempDate.GetDay(),
+                                 aTempDate.GetMonth(), aTempDate.GetYear(),
+                                 true, nToday);
+                }
+            }
+            for (nDay = 1; nDay <= nDaysInMonth; nDay++)
+            {
+                nDeltaX = nDayX + (nDayIndex * mnDayWidth);
+                ImplDrawDate(rRenderContext, nDeltaX, nDayY, nDay, nMonth, nYear,
+                             false, nToday);
+                if (nDayIndex == 6)
+                {
+                    nDayIndex = 0;
+                    nDayY += mnDayHeight;
+                }
+                else
+                    nDayIndex++;
+            }
+            if ((i == mnLines - 1) && (j == mnMonthPerLine - 1))
+            {
+                sal_uInt16 nWeekDay = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aDate.GetDayOfWeek());
+                nWeekDay = (nWeekDay + (7 - static_cast<sal_uInt16>(eStartDay))) % 7;
+                sal_uInt16 nDayCount = 42 - nDaysInMonth - nWeekDay;
+                Date aTempDate = aDate;
+                aTempDate.AddDays( nDaysInMonth );
+                for (nDay = 1; nDay <= nDayCount; ++nDay)
+                {
+                    nDeltaX = nDayX + (nDayIndex * mnDayWidth);
+                    ImplDrawDate(rRenderContext, nDeltaX, nDayY, nDay,
+                                 aTempDate.GetMonth(), aTempDate.GetYear(),
+                                 true, nToday);
+                    if (nDayIndex == 6)
+                    {
+                        nDayIndex = 0;
+                        nDayY += mnDayHeight;
+                    }
+                    else
+                        nDayIndex++;
+                }
+            }
+
+            aDate.AddDays( nDaysInMonth );
+            nX += mnMonthWidth;
+        }
+
+        nY += mnMonthHeight;
+    }
+
+    // draw spin buttons
+    ImplDrawSpin(rRenderContext);
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplUpdateDate( const Date& rDate )
+{
+    if (IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode())
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aDateRect(GetDateRect(rDate));
+        if (!aDateRect.IsEmpty())
+        {
+            Invalidate(aDateRect);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplUpdateSelection( IntDateSet* pOld )
+{
+    IntDateSet*  pNew = mpSelectTable.get();
+
+    for (auto const& nKey : *pOld)
+    {
+        if ( pNew->find(nKey) == pNew->end() )
+        {
+            Date aTempDate(nKey);
+            ImplUpdateDate(aTempDate);
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (auto const& nKey : *pNew)
+    {
+        if ( pOld->find(nKey) == pOld->end() )
+        {
+            Date aTempDate(nKey);
+            ImplUpdateDate(aTempDate);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplMouseSelect( const Date& rDate, sal_uInt16 nHitTest )
+{
+    IntDateSet aOldSel( *mpSelectTable );
+    Date    aOldDate = maCurDate;
+    Date    aTempDate = rDate;
+
+    if ( !(nHitTest & CALENDAR_HITTEST_DAY) )
+        --aTempDate;
+
+    if ( !(nHitTest & CALENDAR_HITTEST_DAY) )
+        aTempDate = maOldCurDate;
+    if ( aTempDate != maCurDate )
+    {
+        maCurDate = aTempDate;
+        ImplCalendarSelectDate( mpSelectTable.get(), aOldDate, false );
+        ImplCalendarSelectDate( mpSelectTable.get(), maCurDate, true );
+    }
+
+    bool bNewSel = aOldSel != *mpSelectTable;
+    if ( (maCurDate != aOldDate) || bNewSel )
+    {
+        HideFocus();
+        if ( bNewSel )
+            ImplUpdateSelection( &aOldSel );
+        if ( !bNewSel || aOldSel.find( aOldDate.GetDate() ) == aOldSel.end() )
+            ImplUpdateDate( aOldDate );
+        // assure focus rectangle is displayed again
+        if ( HasFocus() || !bNewSel
+             || mpSelectTable->find( maCurDate.GetDate() ) == mpSelectTable->end() )
+            ImplUpdateDate( maCurDate );
+    }
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplUpdate( bool bCalcNew )
+{
+    if (IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode())
+    {
+        if (bCalcNew && !mbCalc)
+        {
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+        else if (!mbFormat && !mbCalc)
+        {
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (bCalcNew)
+        mbCalc = true;
+    mbFormat = true;
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplScrollCalendar( bool bPrev )
+{
+    Date aNewFirstMonth = GetFirstMonth();
+    if ( bPrev )
+    {
+        --aNewFirstMonth;
+        aNewFirstMonth.AddDays( -(aNewFirstMonth.GetDaysInMonth()-1));
+    }
+    else
+        aNewFirstMonth.AddDays( aNewFirstMonth.GetDaysInMonth());
+    SetFirstDate( aNewFirstMonth );
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplShowMenu( const Point& rPos, const Date& rDate )
+{
+    EndSelection();
+
+    Date        aOldFirstDate = GetFirstMonth();
+    ScopedVclPtrInstance<PopupMenu> aPopupMenu;
+    sal_uInt16      nMonthOff;
+    sal_uInt16      nCurItemId;
+    sal_uInt16      nYear = rDate.GetYear()-1;
+    sal_uInt16      i;
+    sal_uInt16      j;
+    sal_uInt16      nYearIdCount = 1000;
+
+    nMonthOff = (rDate.GetYear()-aOldFirstDate.GetYear())*12;
+    if ( aOldFirstDate.GetMonth() < rDate.GetMonth() )
+        nMonthOff += rDate.GetMonth()-aOldFirstDate.GetMonth();
+    else
+        nMonthOff -= aOldFirstDate.GetMonth()-rDate.GetMonth();
+
+    // construct menu (include years with different months)
+    for ( i = 0; i < MENU_YEAR_COUNT; i++ )
+    {
+        VclPtrInstance<PopupMenu> pYearPopupMenu;
+        for ( j = 1; j <= 12; j++ )
+            pYearPopupMenu->InsertItem( nYearIdCount+j,
+                    maCalendarWrapper.getDisplayName(
+                        i18n::CalendarDisplayIndex::MONTH, j-1, 1));
+        aPopupMenu->InsertItem( 10+i, OUString::number( nYear+i ) );
+        aPopupMenu->SetPopupMenu( 10+i, pYearPopupMenu );
+        nYearIdCount += 1000;
+    }
+
+    mbMenuDown = true;
+    nCurItemId = aPopupMenu->Execute( this, rPos );
+    mbMenuDown = false;
+
+    if ( !nCurItemId )
+        return;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nTempMonthOff = nMonthOff % 12;
+    sal_uInt16 nTempYearOff = nMonthOff / 12;
+    sal_uInt16 nNewMonth = nCurItemId % 1000;
+    sal_uInt16 nNewYear = nYear+((nCurItemId-1000)/1000);
+    if ( nTempMonthOff < nNewMonth )
+        nNewMonth = nNewMonth - nTempMonthOff;
+    else
+    {
+        nNewYear--;
+        nNewMonth = 12-(nTempMonthOff-nNewMonth);
+    }
+    nNewYear = nNewYear - nTempYearOff;
+    SetFirstDate( Date( 1, nNewMonth, nNewYear ) );
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplTracking( const Point& rPos, bool bRepeat )
+{
+    Date    aTempDate = maCurDate;
+    sal_uInt16  nHitTest = ImplDoHitTest( rPos, aTempDate );
+
+    if ( mbSpinDown )
+    {
+        mbPrevIn = (nHitTest & CALENDAR_HITTEST_PREV) != 0;
+        mbNextIn = (nHitTest & CALENDAR_HITTEST_NEXT) != 0;
+
+        if ( bRepeat && (mbPrevIn || mbNextIn) )
+        {
+            ImplScrollCalendar( mbPrevIn );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        ImplMouseSelect( aTempDate, nHitTest );
+}
+
+void Calendar::ImplEndTracking( bool bCancel )
+{
+    bool bSelection = false;
+    bool bSpinDown = mbSpinDown;
+
+    mbDrag              = false;
+    mbSpinDown          = false;
+    mbPrevIn            = false;
+    mbNextIn            = false;
+
+    if ( bCancel )
+    {
+        if ( maOldFirstDate != maFirstDate )
+            SetFirstDate( maOldFirstDate );
+
+        if ( !bSpinDown )
+        {
+            IntDateSet aOldSel( *mpSelectTable );
+            Date    aOldDate = maCurDate;
+            maCurDate       = maOldCurDate;
+            *mpSelectTable  = *mpOldSelectTable;
+            HideFocus();
+            ImplUpdateSelection( &aOldSel );
+            if ( aOldSel.find( aOldDate.GetDate() ) == aOldSel.end() )
+                ImplUpdateDate( aOldDate );
+            //  assure focus rectangle is displayed again
+            if ( HasFocus() || mpSelectTable->find( maCurDate.GetDate() ) == mpSelectTable->end() )
+                ImplUpdateDate( maCurDate );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( bSpinDown )
+        return;
+
+    if ( !bCancel )
+    {
+        // determine if we should scroll the visible area
+        if ( !mpSelectTable->empty() )
+        {
+            Date aFirstSelDate( *mpSelectTable->begin() );
+            Date aLastSelDate( *mpSelectTable->rbegin() );
+            if ( aLastSelDate < GetFirstMonth() )
+                ImplScrollCalendar( true );
+            else if ( GetLastMonth() < aFirstSelDate )
+                ImplScrollCalendar( false );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( !bCancel && ((maCurDate != maOldCurDate) || (*mpOldSelectTable != *mpSelectTable)) )
+        Select();
+
+    if ( !bSelection && (mnWinStyle & WB_TABSTOP) && !bCancel )
+        GrabFocus();
+
+    mpOldSelectTable.reset();
+}
+
+void Calendar::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if ( rMEvt.IsLeft() && !mbMenuDown )
+    {
+        Date    aTempDate = maCurDate;
+        sal_uInt16  nHitTest = ImplDoHitTest( rMEvt.GetPosPixel(), aTempDate );
+        if ( nHitTest )
+        {
+            if ( nHitTest & CALENDAR_HITTEST_MONTHTITLE )
+                ImplShowMenu( rMEvt.GetPosPixel(), aTempDate );
+            else
+            {
+                maOldFirstDate = maFirstDate;
+
+                mbPrevIn = (nHitTest & CALENDAR_HITTEST_PREV) != 0;
+                mbNextIn = (nHitTest & CALENDAR_HITTEST_NEXT) != 0;
+                if ( mbPrevIn || mbNextIn )
+                {
+                    mbSpinDown = true;
+                    ImplScrollCalendar( mbPrevIn );
+                    // it should really read BUTTONREPEAT, therefore do not
+                    // change it to SCROLLREPEAT, check with TH,
+                    // why it could be different (71775)
+                    StartTracking( StartTrackingFlags::ButtonRepeat );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if ( (rMEvt.GetClicks() != 2) || !(nHitTest & CALENDAR_HITTEST_DAY) )
+                    {
+                        maOldCurDate = maCurDate;
+                        mpOldSelectTable.reset(new IntDateSet( *mpSelectTable ));
+
+                        mbDrag = true;
+                        StartTracking();
+
+                        ImplMouseSelect( aTempDate, nHitTest );
+                    }
+                    if (rMEvt.GetClicks() == 2)
+                        maActivateHdl.Call(this);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Control::MouseButtonDown( rMEvt );
+}
+
+void Calendar::Tracking( const TrackingEvent& rTEvt )
+{
+    Point aMousePos = rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().GetPosPixel();
+
+    if ( rTEvt.IsTrackingEnded() )
+        ImplEndTracking( rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() );
+    else
+        ImplTracking( aMousePos, rTEvt.IsTrackingRepeat() );
+}
+
+void Calendar::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    Date    aNewDate = maCurDate;
+
+    switch ( rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode() )
+    {
+        case KEY_HOME:
+            aNewDate.SetDay( 1 );
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_END:
+            aNewDate.SetDay( aNewDate.GetDaysInMonth() );
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_LEFT:
+            --aNewDate;
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_RIGHT:
+            ++aNewDate;
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_UP:
+            aNewDate.AddDays( -7 );
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_DOWN:
+            aNewDate.AddDays( 7 );
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_PAGEUP:
+            {
+            Date aTempDate = aNewDate;
+            aTempDate.AddDays( -(aNewDate.GetDay()+1) );
+            aNewDate.AddDays( -aTempDate.GetDaysInMonth() );
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_PAGEDOWN:
+            aNewDate.AddDays( aNewDate.GetDaysInMonth() );
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_RETURN:
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            Control::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if ( aNewDate != maCurDate )
+    {
+        SetCurDate( aNewDate );
+        Select();
+    }
+
+    if (rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode() == KEY_RETURN)
+    {
+        if (maActivateHdl.IsSet())
+            maActivateHdl.Call(this);
+        else
+            Control::KeyInput(rKEvt);
+    }
+}
+
+void Calendar::Paint( vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& )
+{
+    ImplDraw(rRenderContext);
+}
+
+void Calendar::GetFocus()
+{
+    ImplUpdateDate( maCurDate );
+    Control::GetFocus();
+}
+
+void Calendar::LoseFocus()
+{
+    HideFocus();
+    Control::LoseFocus();
+}
+
+void Calendar::Resize()
+{
+    ImplUpdate( true );
+    Control::Resize();
+}
+
+void Calendar::RequestHelp( const HelpEvent& rHEvt )
+{
+    if ( rHEvt.GetMode() & (HelpEventMode::QUICK | HelpEventMode::BALLOON) )
+    {
+        Date aDate = maCurDate;
+        if ( GetDate( ScreenToOutputPixel( rHEvt.GetMousePosPixel() ), aDate ) )
+        {
+            tools::Rectangle aDateRect = GetDateRect( aDate );
+            Point aPt = OutputToScreenPixel( aDateRect.TopLeft() );
+            aDateRect.SetLeft( aPt.X() );
+            aDateRect.SetTop( aPt.Y() );
+            aPt = OutputToScreenPixel( aDateRect.BottomRight() );
+            aDateRect.SetRight( aPt.X() );
+            aDateRect.SetBottom( aPt.Y() );
+
+            if ( rHEvt.GetMode() & HelpEventMode::QUICK )
+            {
+                maCalendarWrapper.setGregorianDateTime( aDate);
+                sal_uInt16      nWeek = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(maCalendarWrapper.getValue( i18n::CalendarFieldIndex::WEEK_OF_YEAR));
+                sal_uInt16      nMonth = aDate.GetMonth();
+                OUString   aStr = maDayText
+                                + ": "
+                                + OUString::number(aDate.GetDayOfYear())
+                                + " / "
+                                + maWeekText
+                                + ": "
+                                + OUString::number(nWeek);
+        // if year is not the same, add it
+                if ( (nMonth == 12) && (nWeek == 1) )
+                {
+                    aStr += ",  " + OUString::number(aDate.GetNextYear());
+                }
+                else if ( (nMonth == 1) && (nWeek > 50) )
+                {
+                    aStr += ", " + OUString::number(aDate.GetYear()-1);
+                }
+                Help::ShowQuickHelp( this, aDateRect, aStr );
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    Control::RequestHelp( rHEvt );
+}
+
+void Calendar::Command( const CommandEvent& rCEvt )
+{
+    if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::ContextMenu )
+    {
+        if ( rCEvt.IsMouseEvent() )
+        {
+            Date    aTempDate = maCurDate;
+            sal_uInt16  nHitTest = ImplDoHitTest( rCEvt.GetMousePosPixel(), aTempDate );
+            if ( nHitTest & CALENDAR_HITTEST_MONTHTITLE )
+            {
+                ImplShowMenu( rCEvt.GetMousePosPixel(), aTempDate );
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::Wheel )
+    {
+        const CommandWheelData* pData = rCEvt.GetWheelData();
+        if ( pData->GetMode() == CommandWheelMode::SCROLL )
+        {
+            tools::Long nNotchDelta = pData->GetNotchDelta();
+            if ( nNotchDelta < 0 )
+            {
+                while ( nNotchDelta < 0 )
+                {
+                    ImplScrollCalendar( true );
+                    nNotchDelta++;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                while ( nNotchDelta > 0 )
+                {
+                    ImplScrollCalendar( false );
+                    nNotchDelta--;
+                }
+            }
+
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
+    Control::Command( rCEvt );
+}
+
+void Calendar::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( nType == StateChangedType::InitShow )
+        ImplFormat();
+}
+
+void Calendar::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+          (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE)) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings();
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void Calendar::Select()
+{
+    maSelectHdl.Call( this );
+}
+
+Date Calendar::GetFirstSelectedDate() const
+{
+    if ( !mpSelectTable->empty() )
+        return Date( *mpSelectTable->begin() );
+    else
+    {
+        Date aDate( 0, 0, 0 );
+        return aDate;
+    }
+}
+
+void Calendar::SetCurDate( const Date& rNewDate )
+{
+    if ( !rNewDate.IsValidAndGregorian() )
+        return;
+
+    if ( maCurDate == rNewDate )
+        return;
+
+    bool bUpdate    = IsVisible() && IsUpdateMode();
+    Date aOldDate   = maCurDate;
+    maCurDate       = rNewDate;
+
+    ImplCalendarSelectDate( mpSelectTable.get(), aOldDate, false );
+    ImplCalendarSelectDate( mpSelectTable.get(), maCurDate, true );
+
+    // shift actual date in the visible area
+    if ( mbFormat || (maCurDate < GetFirstMonth()) )
+        SetFirstDate( maCurDate );
+    else if ( maCurDate > GetLastMonth() )
+    {
+        Date aTempDate = GetLastMonth();
+        tools::Long nDateOff = maCurDate-aTempDate;
+        if ( nDateOff < 365 )
+        {
+            Date aFirstDate = GetFirstMonth();
+            aFirstDate.AddDays( aFirstDate.GetDaysInMonth() );
+            ++aTempDate;
+            while ( nDateOff > aTempDate.GetDaysInMonth() )
+            {
+                aFirstDate.AddDays( aFirstDate.GetDaysInMonth() );
+                sal_Int32 nDaysInMonth = aTempDate.GetDaysInMonth();
+                aTempDate.AddDays( nDaysInMonth );
+                nDateOff -= nDaysInMonth;
+            }
+            SetFirstDate( aFirstDate );
+        }
+        else
+            SetFirstDate( maCurDate );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( bUpdate )
+        {
+            HideFocus();
+            ImplUpdateDate( aOldDate );
+            ImplUpdateDate( maCurDate );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void Calendar::SetFirstDate( const Date& rNewFirstDate )
+{
+    if ( maFirstDate != rNewFirstDate )
+    {
+        maFirstDate = Date( 1, rNewFirstDate.GetMonth(), rNewFirstDate.GetYear() );
+        ImplUpdate();
+    }
+}
+
+Date Calendar::GetFirstMonth() const
+{
+    if ( maFirstDate.GetDay() > 1 )
+    {
+        if ( maFirstDate.GetMonth() == 12 )
+            return Date( 1, 1, maFirstDate.GetNextYear() );
+        else
+            return Date( 1, maFirstDate.GetMonth()+1, maFirstDate.GetYear() );
+    }
+    else
+        return maFirstDate;
+}
+
+Date Calendar::GetLastMonth() const
+{
+    Date aDate = GetFirstMonth();
+    sal_uInt16 nMonthCount = GetMonthCount();
+    for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nMonthCount; i++ )
+        aDate.AddDays( aDate.GetDaysInMonth() );
+    --aDate;
+    return aDate;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 Calendar::GetMonthCount() const
+{
+    if ( mbFormat )
+        return 1;
+    else
+        return static_cast<sal_uInt16>(mnMonthPerLine*mnLines);
+}
+
+bool Calendar::GetDate( const Point& rPos, Date& rDate ) const
+{
+    Date    aDate = maCurDate;
+    sal_uInt16  nHitTest = ImplDoHitTest( rPos, aDate );
+    if ( nHitTest & CALENDAR_HITTEST_DAY )
+    {
+        rDate = aDate;
+        return true;
+    }
+    else
+        return false;
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle Calendar::GetDateRect( const Date& rDate ) const
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aRect;
+
+    if ( mbFormat || (rDate < maFirstDate) || (rDate > (maFirstDate+mnDayCount)) )
+        return aRect;
+
+    tools::Long    nX;
+    tools::Long    nY;
+    sal_Int32   nDaysOff;
+    sal_uInt16  nDayIndex;
+    Date    aDate = GetFirstMonth();
+
+    if ( rDate < aDate )
+    {
+        aRect = GetDateRect( aDate );
+        nDaysOff = aDate-rDate;
+        nX = nDaysOff*mnDayWidth;
+        aRect.AdjustLeft( -nX );
+        aRect.AdjustRight( -nX );
+        return aRect;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Date aLastDate = GetLastMonth();
+        if ( rDate > aLastDate )
+        {
+            sal_Int32 nWeekDay = static_cast<sal_Int32>(aLastDate.GetDayOfWeek());
+            nWeekDay = (nWeekDay+(7-ImplGetWeekStart())) % 7;
+            aLastDate.AddDays( -nWeekDay );
+            aRect = GetDateRect( aLastDate );
+            nDaysOff = rDate-aLastDate;
+            nDayIndex = 0;
+            for ( sal_Int32 i = 0; i <= nDaysOff; i++ )
+            {
+                if ( aLastDate == rDate )
+                {
+                    aRect.AdjustLeft(nDayIndex*mnDayWidth );
+                    aRect.SetRight( aRect.Left()+mnDayWidth );
+                    return aRect;
+                }
+                if ( nDayIndex == 6 )
+                {
+                    nDayIndex = 0;
+                    aRect.AdjustTop(mnDayHeight );
+                    aRect.AdjustBottom(mnDayHeight );
+                }
+                else
+                    nDayIndex++;
+                ++aLastDate;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    nY = 0;
+    for ( tools::Long i = 0; i < mnLines; i++ )
+    {
+        nX = 0;
+        for ( tools::Long j = 0; j < mnMonthPerLine; j++ )
+        {
+            sal_uInt16 nDaysInMonth = aDate.GetDaysInMonth();
+
+            // month is called
+            if ( (aDate.GetMonth() == rDate.GetMonth()) &&
+                 (aDate.GetYear() == rDate.GetYear()) )
+            {
+                tools::Long nDayX = nX+mnDaysOffX;
+                tools::Long nDayY = nY+mnDaysOffY;
+                nDayIndex = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aDate.GetDayOfWeek());
+                nDayIndex = (nDayIndex+(7-static_cast<sal_uInt16>(ImplGetWeekStart()))) % 7;
+                for ( sal_uInt16 nDay = 1; nDay <= nDaysInMonth; nDay++ )
+                {
+                    if ( nDay == rDate.GetDay() )
+                    {
+                        aRect.SetLeft( nDayX + (nDayIndex*mnDayWidth) );
+                        aRect.SetTop( nDayY );
+                        aRect.SetRight( aRect.Left()+mnDayWidth );
+                        aRect.SetBottom( aRect.Top()+mnDayHeight );
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    if ( nDayIndex == 6 )
+                    {
+                        nDayIndex = 0;
+                        nDayY += mnDayHeight;
+                    }
+                    else
+                        nDayIndex++;
+                }
+            }
+
+            aDate.AddDays( nDaysInMonth );
+            nX += mnMonthWidth;
+        }
+
+        nY += mnMonthHeight;
+    }
+
+    return aRect;
+}
+
+void Calendar::EndSelection()
+{
+    if ( mbDrag || mbSpinDown )
+    {
+        ReleaseMouse();
+
+        mbDrag              = false;
+        mbSpinDown          = false;
+        mbPrevIn            = false;
+        mbNextIn            = false;
+    }
+}
+
+Size Calendar::CalcWindowSizePixel() const
+{
+    Size    aSize;
+    tools::Long    n99TextWidth = GetTextWidth( "99" );
+    tools::Long    nTextHeight = GetTextHeight();
+
+    aSize.AdjustWidth((n99TextWidth+DAY_OFFX)*7);
+    aSize.AdjustWidth(MONTH_BORDERX*2 );
+
+    aSize.setHeight( nTextHeight + TITLE_OFFY + (TITLE_BORDERY*2) );
+    aSize.AdjustHeight(nTextHeight + WEEKDAY_OFFY );
+    aSize.AdjustHeight((nTextHeight+DAY_OFFY)*6);
+    aSize.AdjustHeight(MONTH_OFFY );
+
+    return aSize;
+}
+
+Size Calendar::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return CalcWindowSizePixel();
+}
+
+void Calendar::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    Control::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+
+    auto aDate = GetFirstSelectedDate();
+
+    rJsonWriter.put("type", "calendar");
+    rJsonWriter.put("day", aDate.GetDay());
+    rJsonWriter.put("month", aDate.GetMonth());
+    rJsonWriter.put("year", aDate.GetYear());
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    class ImplCFieldFloat final
+    {
+    private:
+        std::unique_ptr<weld::Builder> mxBuilder;
+        std::unique_ptr<weld::Container> mxContainer;
+        std::unique_ptr<weld::Calendar> mxCalendar;
+        std::unique_ptr<weld::Button> mxTodayBtn;
+        std::unique_ptr<weld::Button> mxNoneBtn;
+
+    public:
+        ImplCFieldFloat(vcl::Window* pContainer)
+            : mxBuilder(Application::CreateInterimBuilder(pContainer, "svt/ui/calendar.ui", false))
+            , mxContainer(mxBuilder->weld_container("Calendar"))
+            , mxCalendar(mxBuilder->weld_calendar("date"))
+            , mxTodayBtn(mxBuilder->weld_button("today"))
+            , mxNoneBtn(mxBuilder->weld_button("none"))
+        {
+        }
+
+        weld::Calendar* GetCalendar() { return mxCalendar.get(); }
+        weld::Button*   EnableTodayBtn(bool bEnable);
+        weld::Button*   EnableNoneBtn(bool bEnable);
+
+        void GrabFocus()
+        {
+            mxCalendar->grab_focus();
+        }
+    };
+}
+
+struct ImplCFieldFloatWin : public DropdownDockingWindow
+{
+    explicit ImplCFieldFloatWin(vcl::Window* pParent);
+    virtual void dispose() override;
+    virtual ~ImplCFieldFloatWin() override;
+    virtual void GetFocus() override;
+
+    std::unique_ptr<ImplCFieldFloat> mxWidget;
+};
+
+ImplCFieldFloatWin::ImplCFieldFloatWin(vcl::Window* pParent)
+    : DropdownDockingWindow(pParent)
+{
+    setDeferredProperties();
+    mxWidget.reset(new ImplCFieldFloat(m_xBox.get()));
+}
+
+ImplCFieldFloatWin::~ImplCFieldFloatWin()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void ImplCFieldFloatWin::dispose()
+{
+    mxWidget.reset();
+    DropdownDockingWindow::dispose();
+}
+
+void ImplCFieldFloatWin::GetFocus()
+{
+    DropdownDockingWindow::GetFocus();
+    if (!mxWidget)
+        return;
+    mxWidget->GrabFocus();
+}
+
+weld::Button* ImplCFieldFloat::EnableTodayBtn(bool bEnable)
+{
+    mxTodayBtn->set_visible(bEnable);
+    return bEnable ? mxTodayBtn.get() : nullptr;
+}
+
+weld::Button* ImplCFieldFloat::EnableNoneBtn(bool bEnable)
+{
+    mxNoneBtn->set_visible(bEnable);
+    return bEnable ? mxNoneBtn.get() : nullptr;
+}
+
+CalendarField::CalendarField(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : DateField(pParent, nWinStyle)
+    , mpFloatWin(nullptr)
+    , mpTodayBtn(nullptr)
+    , mpNoneBtn(nullptr)
+    , mbToday(false)
+    , mbNone(false)
+{
+}
+
+CalendarField::~CalendarField()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void CalendarField::dispose()
+{
+    mpTodayBtn = nullptr;
+    mpNoneBtn = nullptr;
+    mpFloatWin.disposeAndClear();
+    DateField::dispose();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK(CalendarField, ImplSelectHdl, weld::Calendar&, rCalendar, void)
+{
+    Date aNewDate = rCalendar.get_date();
+
+    vcl::Window::GetDockingManager()->EndPopupMode(mpFloatWin);
+    mpFloatWin->EnableDocking(false);
+    EndDropDown();
+    GrabFocus();
+    if ( IsEmptyDate() || ( aNewDate != GetDate() ) )
+    {
+        SetDate( aNewDate );
+        SetModifyFlag();
+        Modify();
+    }
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK(CalendarField, ImplClickHdl, weld::Button&, rBtn, void)
+{
+    vcl::Window::GetDockingManager()->EndPopupMode(mpFloatWin);
+    mpFloatWin->EnableDocking(false);
+    EndDropDown();
+    GrabFocus();
+
+    if (&rBtn == mpTodayBtn)
+    {
+        Date aToday( Date::SYSTEM );
+        if ( (aToday != GetDate()) || IsEmptyDate() )
+        {
+            SetDate( aToday );
+            SetModifyFlag();
+            Modify();
+        }
+    }
+    else if (&rBtn == mpNoneBtn)
+    {
+        if ( !IsEmptyDate() )
+        {
+            SetEmptyDate();
+            SetModifyFlag();
+            Modify();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(CalendarField, ImplPopupModeEndHdl, FloatingWindow*, void)
+{
+    EndDropDown();
+    GrabFocus();
+}
+
+bool CalendarField::ShowDropDown( bool bShow )
+{
+    if ( bShow )
+    {
+        if ( !mpFloatWin )
+            mpFloatWin = VclPtr<ImplCFieldFloatWin>::Create( this );
+
+        Date aDate = GetDate();
+        if ( IsEmptyDate() || !aDate.IsValidAndGregorian() )
+        {
+            aDate = Date( Date::SYSTEM );
+        }
+        weld::Calendar* pCalendar = mpFloatWin->mxWidget->GetCalendar();
+        pCalendar->set_date( aDate );
+        pCalendar->connect_activated(LINK(this, CalendarField, ImplSelectHdl));
+        mpTodayBtn = mpFloatWin->mxWidget->EnableTodayBtn(mbToday);
+        mpNoneBtn = mpFloatWin->mxWidget->EnableNoneBtn(mbNone);
+        if (mpTodayBtn)
+            mpTodayBtn->connect_clicked( LINK( this, CalendarField, ImplClickHdl ) );
+        if (mpNoneBtn)
+            mpNoneBtn->connect_clicked( LINK( this, CalendarField, ImplClickHdl ) );
+        Point aPos(GetParent()->OutputToScreenPixel(GetPosPixel()));
+        tools::Rectangle aRect(aPos, GetSizePixel());
+        aRect.AdjustBottom( -1 );
+        DockingManager* pDockingManager = vcl::Window::GetDockingManager();
+        mpFloatWin->EnableDocking(true);
+        pDockingManager->SetPopupModeEndHdl(mpFloatWin, LINK(this, CalendarField, ImplPopupModeEndHdl));
+        pDockingManager->StartPopupMode(mpFloatWin, aRect, FloatWinPopupFlags::Down | FloatWinPopupFlags::GrabFocus);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        vcl::Window::GetDockingManager()->EndPopupMode(mpFloatWin);
+        mpFloatWin->EnableDocking(false);
+        EndDropDown();
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void CalendarField::StateChanged( StateChangedType nStateChange )
+{
+    DateField::StateChanged( nStateChange );
+
+    if ( ( nStateChange == StateChangedType::Style ) && GetSubEdit() )
+    {
+        WinBits nAllAlignmentBits = ( WB_LEFT | WB_CENTER | WB_RIGHT | WB_TOP | WB_VCENTER | WB_BOTTOM );
+        WinBits nMyAlignment = GetStyle() & nAllAlignmentBits;
+        GetSubEdit()->SetStyle( ( GetSubEdit()->GetStyle() & ~nAllAlignmentBits ) | nMyAlignment );
+    }
+}
+
+// tdf#142783 consider the Edit and its DropDown as one compound control for the purpose of
+// notification of loss of focus from the control
+bool CalendarField::FocusWindowBelongsToControl(const vcl::Window* pFocusWin) const
+{
+    return DateField::FocusWindowBelongsToControl(pFocusWin) || (mpFloatWin && mpFloatWin->ImplIsWindowOrChild(pFocusWin));
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/combobox.cxx b/vcl/source/control/combobox.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a979b70b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/combobox.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1608 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/toolkit/combobox.hxx>
+
+#include <set>
+
+#include <comphelper/string.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/lstbox.hxx>
+#include <vcl/builder.hxx>
+#include <vcl/commandevent.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/vclevent.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/uiobject.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+
+#include <listbox.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/lok.hxx>
+#include <tools/json_writer.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/string_view.hxx>
+
+namespace {
+
+struct ComboBoxBounds
+{
+    Point aSubEditPos;
+    Size aSubEditSize;
+
+    Point aButtonPos;
+    Size aButtonSize;
+};
+
+}
+
+struct ComboBox::Impl
+{
+    ComboBox &          m_rThis;
+    VclPtr<Edit>        m_pSubEdit;
+    VclPtr<ImplListBox> m_pImplLB;
+    VclPtr<ImplBtn>     m_pBtn;
+    VclPtr<ImplListBoxFloatingWindow>  m_pFloatWin;
+    sal_uInt16          m_nDDHeight;
+    sal_Unicode         m_cMultiSep;
+    bool                m_isDDAutoSize        : 1;
+    bool                m_isSyntheticModify   : 1;
+    bool                m_isKeyBoardModify    : 1;
+    bool                m_isMatchCase         : 1;
+    sal_Int32           m_nMaxWidthChars;
+    sal_Int32           m_nWidthInChars;
+    Link<ComboBox&,void>               m_SelectHdl;
+
+    explicit Impl(ComboBox & rThis)
+        : m_rThis(rThis)
+        , m_nDDHeight(0)
+        , m_cMultiSep(0)
+        , m_isDDAutoSize(false)
+        , m_isSyntheticModify(false)
+        , m_isKeyBoardModify(false)
+        , m_isMatchCase(false)
+        , m_nMaxWidthChars(0)
+        , m_nWidthInChars(-1)
+    {
+    }
+
+    void ImplInitComboBoxData();
+    void ImplUpdateFloatSelection();
+    ComboBoxBounds calcComboBoxDropDownComponentBounds(
+        const Size &rOutSize, const Size &rBorderOutSize) const;
+
+    DECL_LINK( ImplSelectHdl, LinkParamNone*, void );
+    DECL_LINK( ImplCancelHdl, LinkParamNone*, void );
+    DECL_LINK( ImplDoubleClickHdl, ImplListBoxWindow*, void );
+    DECL_LINK( ImplClickBtnHdl, void*, void );
+    DECL_LINK( ImplPopupModeEndHdl, FloatingWindow*, void );
+    DECL_LINK( ImplSelectionChangedHdl, sal_Int32, void );
+    DECL_LINK( ImplAutocompleteHdl, Edit&, void );
+    DECL_LINK( ImplListItemSelectHdl , LinkParamNone*, void );
+};
+
+
+static void lcl_GetSelectedEntries( ::std::set< sal_Int32 >& rSelectedPos, std::u16string_view rText, sal_Unicode cTokenSep, const ImplEntryList& rEntryList )
+{
+    if (rText.empty())
+        return;
+
+    sal_Int32 nIdx{0};
+    do {
+        const sal_Int32 nPos = rEntryList.FindEntry(comphelper::string::strip(o3tl::getToken(rText, 0, cTokenSep, nIdx), ' '));
+        if ( nPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+            rSelectedPos.insert( nPos );
+    } while (nIdx>=0);
+}
+
+ComboBox::ComboBox(vcl::Window *const pParent, WinBits const nStyle)
+    : Edit( WindowType::COMBOBOX )
+    , m_pImpl(new Impl(*this))
+{
+    m_pImpl->ImplInitComboBoxData();
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+    SetWidthInChars(-1);
+}
+
+ComboBox::~ComboBox()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void ComboBox::dispose()
+{
+    m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit.disposeAndClear();
+
+    VclPtr< ImplListBox > pImplLB = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB;
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB.clear();
+    pImplLB.disposeAndClear();
+
+    m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin.disposeAndClear();
+    m_pImpl->m_pBtn.disposeAndClear();
+    Edit::dispose();
+}
+
+void ComboBox::Impl::ImplInitComboBoxData()
+{
+    m_pSubEdit.disposeAndClear();
+    m_pBtn              = nullptr;
+    m_pImplLB           = nullptr;
+    m_pFloatWin         = nullptr;
+
+    m_nDDHeight         = 0;
+    m_isDDAutoSize      = true;
+    m_isSyntheticModify = false;
+    m_isKeyBoardModify  = false;
+    m_isMatchCase       = false;
+    m_cMultiSep         = ';';
+    m_nMaxWidthChars    = -1;
+    m_nWidthInChars     = -1;
+}
+
+void ComboBox::ImplCalcEditHeight()
+{
+    sal_Int32 nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom;
+    GetBorder( nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom );
+    m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->GetTextHeight() + nTop + nBottom + 4);
+    if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+        m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight += 4;
+
+    tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion( Point( 0, 0 ), Size( 10, 10 ) );
+    tools::Rectangle aBoundRegion, aContentRegion;
+    ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+    ControlType aType = IsDropDownBox() ? ControlType::Combobox : ControlType::Editbox;
+    if( GetNativeControlRegion( aType, ControlPart::Entire,
+                                aCtrlRegion,
+                                ControlState::ENABLED,
+                                aControlValue,
+                                aBoundRegion, aContentRegion ) )
+    {
+        const tools::Long nNCHeight = aBoundRegion.GetHeight();
+        if (m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight < nNCHeight)
+            m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight = sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(nNCHeight);
+    }
+}
+
+void ComboBox::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    bool bNoBorder = ( nStyle & WB_NOBORDER ) != 0;
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_DROPDOWN) )
+    {
+        nStyle &= ~WB_BORDER;
+        nStyle |= WB_NOBORDER;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( !bNoBorder )
+            nStyle |= WB_BORDER;
+    }
+
+    Edit::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+    SetBackground();
+
+    // DropDown ?
+    WinBits nEditStyle = nStyle & ( WB_LEFT | WB_RIGHT | WB_CENTER );
+    WinBits nListStyle = nStyle;
+    if( nStyle & WB_DROPDOWN )
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin = VclPtr<ImplListBoxFloatingWindow>::Create( this );
+        if (!IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Pushbutton, ControlPart::Focus))
+            m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->RequestDoubleBuffering(true);
+        m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->SetAutoWidth( true );
+        m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->SetPopupModeEndHdl( LINK(m_pImpl.get(), ComboBox::Impl, ImplPopupModeEndHdl) );
+
+        m_pImpl->m_pBtn = VclPtr<ImplBtn>::Create( this, WB_NOLIGHTBORDER | WB_RECTSTYLE );
+        ImplInitDropDownButton( m_pImpl->m_pBtn );
+        m_pImpl->m_pBtn->SetMBDownHdl( LINK( m_pImpl.get(), ComboBox::Impl, ImplClickBtnHdl ) );
+        m_pImpl->m_pBtn->Show();
+
+        nEditStyle |= WB_NOBORDER;
+        nListStyle &= ~WB_BORDER;
+        nListStyle |= WB_NOBORDER;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( !bNoBorder )
+        {
+            nEditStyle |= WB_BORDER;
+            nListStyle &= ~WB_NOBORDER;
+            nListStyle |= WB_BORDER;
+        }
+    }
+
+    m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit.set( VclPtr<Edit>::Create( this, nEditStyle ) );
+    m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->EnableRTL( false );
+    SetSubEdit( m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit );
+    m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetPosPixel( Point() );
+    EnableAutocomplete( true );
+    m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->Show();
+
+    vcl::Window* pLBParent = this;
+    if (m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin)
+        pLBParent = m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin;
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB = VclPtr<ImplListBox>::Create( pLBParent, nListStyle|WB_SIMPLEMODE|WB_AUTOHSCROLL );
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetPosPixel( Point() );
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetSelectHdl( LINK(m_pImpl.get(), ComboBox::Impl, ImplSelectHdl) );
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetCancelHdl( LINK(m_pImpl.get(), ComboBox::Impl, ImplCancelHdl) );
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetDoubleClickHdl( LINK(m_pImpl.get(), ComboBox::Impl, ImplDoubleClickHdl) );
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetSelectionChangedHdl( LINK(m_pImpl.get(), ComboBox::Impl, ImplSelectionChangedHdl) );
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetListItemSelectHdl( LINK(m_pImpl.get(), ComboBox::Impl, ImplListItemSelectHdl) );
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->Show();
+
+    if (m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin)
+        m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->SetImplListBox( m_pImpl->m_pImplLB );
+    else
+        GetMainWindow()->AllowGrabFocus( true );
+
+    ImplCalcEditHeight();
+
+    SetCompoundControl( true );
+}
+
+WinBits ComboBox::ImplInitStyle( WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOTABSTOP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOGROUP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_GROUP;
+    return nStyle;
+}
+
+void ComboBox::EnableAutocomplete( bool bEnable, bool bMatchCase )
+{
+    m_pImpl->m_isMatchCase = bMatchCase;
+
+    if ( bEnable )
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetAutocompleteHdl( LINK(m_pImpl.get(), ComboBox::Impl, ImplAutocompleteHdl) );
+    else
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetAutocompleteHdl( Link<Edit&,void>() );
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::IsAutocompleteEnabled() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->GetAutocompleteHdl().IsSet();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ComboBox::Impl, ImplClickBtnHdl, void*, void)
+{
+    m_rThis.CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownPreOpen );
+    m_pSubEdit->GrabFocus();
+    if (!m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount())
+        ImplUpdateFloatSelection();
+    else
+        m_pImplLB->SelectEntry( 0 , true );
+    m_pBtn->SetPressed( true );
+    m_rThis.SetSelection( Selection( 0, SELECTION_MAX ) );
+    m_pFloatWin->StartFloat( true );
+    m_rThis.CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownOpen );
+
+    m_rThis.ImplClearLayoutData();
+    if (m_pImplLB)
+        m_pImplLB->GetMainWindow()->ImplClearLayoutData();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ComboBox::Impl, ImplPopupModeEndHdl, FloatingWindow*, void)
+{
+    if (m_pFloatWin->IsPopupModeCanceled())
+    {
+        if (!m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().IsEntryPosSelected(
+                    m_pFloatWin->GetPopupModeStartSaveSelection()))
+        {
+            m_pImplLB->SelectEntry(m_pFloatWin->GetPopupModeStartSaveSelection(), true);
+            bool bTravelSelect = m_pImplLB->IsTravelSelect();
+            m_pImplLB->SetTravelSelect( true );
+            m_rThis.Select();
+            m_pImplLB->SetTravelSelect( bTravelSelect );
+        }
+    }
+
+    m_rThis.ImplClearLayoutData();
+    if (m_pImplLB)
+        m_pImplLB->GetMainWindow()->ImplClearLayoutData();
+
+    m_pBtn->SetPressed( false );
+    m_rThis.CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownClose );
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK(ComboBox::Impl, ImplAutocompleteHdl, Edit&, rEdit, void)
+{
+    Selection           aSel = rEdit.GetSelection();
+
+    {
+        OUString    aFullText = rEdit.GetText();
+        OUString    aStartText = aFullText.copy( 0, static_cast<sal_Int32>(aSel.Max()) );
+        sal_Int32   nStart = m_pImplLB->GetCurrentPos();
+
+        if ( nStart == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+            nStart = 0;
+
+        sal_Int32 nPos = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+        if (!m_isMatchCase)
+        {
+            // Try match case insensitive from current position
+            nPos = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().FindMatchingEntry(aStartText, nStart, true);
+            if ( nPos == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                // Try match case insensitive, but from start
+                nPos = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().FindMatchingEntry(aStartText, 0, true);
+        }
+
+        if ( nPos == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+            // Try match full from current position
+            nPos = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().FindMatchingEntry(aStartText, nStart, false);
+        if ( nPos == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+            //  Match full, but from start
+            nPos = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().FindMatchingEntry(aStartText, 0, false);
+
+        if ( nPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+        {
+            OUString aText = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryText( nPos );
+            Selection aSelection( aText.getLength(), aStartText.getLength() );
+            rEdit.SetText( aText, aSelection );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ComboBox::Impl, ImplSelectHdl, LinkParamNone*, void)
+{
+    bool bPopup = m_rThis.IsInDropDown();
+    bool bCallSelect = false;
+    if (m_pImplLB->IsSelectionChanged() || bPopup)
+    {
+        OUString aText;
+        if (m_rThis.IsMultiSelectionEnabled())
+        {
+            aText = m_pSubEdit->GetText();
+
+            // remove all entries to which there is an entry, but which is not selected
+            sal_Int32 nIndex = 0;
+            while ( nIndex >= 0 )
+            {
+                sal_Int32  nPrevIndex = nIndex;
+                std::u16string_view aToken = o3tl::getToken(aText, 0, m_cMultiSep, nIndex );
+                sal_Int32  nTokenLen = aToken.size();
+                aToken = comphelper::string::strip(aToken, ' ');
+                sal_Int32 nP = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().FindEntry( aToken );
+                if ((nP != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND) && (!m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().IsEntryPosSelected(nP)))
+                {
+                    aText = aText.replaceAt( nPrevIndex, nTokenLen, u"" );
+                    nIndex = nIndex - nTokenLen;
+                    sal_Int32 nSepCount=0;
+                    if ((nPrevIndex+nSepCount < aText.getLength()) && (aText[nPrevIndex+nSepCount] == m_cMultiSep))
+                    {
+                        nIndex--;
+                        ++nSepCount;
+                    }
+                    aText = aText.replaceAt( nPrevIndex, nSepCount, u"" );
+                }
+                aText = comphelper::string::strip(aText, ' ');
+            }
+
+            // attach missing entries
+            ::std::set< sal_Int32 > aSelInText;
+            lcl_GetSelectedEntries( aSelInText, aText, m_cMultiSep, m_pImplLB->GetEntryList() );
+            sal_Int32 nSelectedEntries = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryCount();
+            for ( sal_Int32 n = 0; n < nSelectedEntries; n++ )
+            {
+                sal_Int32 nP = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( n );
+                if ( !aSelInText.count( nP ) )
+                {
+                    if (!aText.isEmpty() && (aText[aText.getLength()-1] != m_cMultiSep))
+                        aText += OUStringChar(m_cMultiSep);
+                    if ( !aText.isEmpty() )
+                        aText += " ";   // slightly loosen
+                    aText += m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryText( nP ) +
+                        OUStringChar(m_cMultiSep);
+                }
+            }
+            aText = comphelper::string::stripEnd( aText, m_cMultiSep );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aText = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntry( 0 );
+        }
+
+        m_pSubEdit->SetText( aText );
+
+        Selection aNewSelection( 0, aText.getLength() );
+        if (m_rThis.IsMultiSelectionEnabled())
+            aNewSelection.Min() = aText.getLength();
+        m_pSubEdit->SetSelection( aNewSelection );
+
+        bCallSelect = true;
+    }
+
+    // #84652# Call GrabFocus and EndPopupMode before calling Select/Modify, but after changing the text
+    bool bMenuSelect = bPopup && !m_pImplLB->IsTravelSelect() && (!m_rThis.IsMultiSelectionEnabled() || !m_pImplLB->GetSelectModifier());
+    if (bMenuSelect)
+    {
+        m_pFloatWin->EndPopupMode();
+        m_rThis.GrabFocus();
+    }
+
+    if ( bCallSelect )
+    {
+        m_isKeyBoardModify = !bMenuSelect;
+        m_pSubEdit->SetModifyFlag();
+        m_isSyntheticModify = true;
+        m_rThis.Modify();
+        m_isSyntheticModify = false;
+        m_rThis.Select();
+        m_isKeyBoardModify = false;
+    }
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::IsSyntheticModify() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_isSyntheticModify;
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::IsModifyByKeyboard() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_isKeyBoardModify;
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG( ComboBox::Impl, ImplListItemSelectHdl, LinkParamNone*, void )
+{
+    m_rThis.CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownSelect );
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ComboBox::Impl, ImplCancelHdl, LinkParamNone*, void)
+{
+    if (m_rThis.IsInDropDown())
+        m_pFloatWin->EndPopupMode();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK( ComboBox::Impl, ImplSelectionChangedHdl, sal_Int32, nChanged, void )
+{
+    if (!m_pImplLB->IsTrackingSelect())
+    {
+        if (!m_pSubEdit->IsReadOnly() && m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().IsEntryPosSelected(nChanged))
+            m_pSubEdit->SetText(m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryText(nChanged));
+    }
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ComboBox::Impl, ImplDoubleClickHdl, ImplListBoxWindow*, void)
+{
+    m_rThis.DoubleClick();
+}
+
+void ComboBox::ToggleDropDown()
+{
+    if( !IsDropDownBox() )
+        return;
+
+    if (m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->IsInPopupMode())
+        m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->EndPopupMode();
+    else
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->GrabFocus();
+        if (!m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount())
+            m_pImpl->ImplUpdateFloatSelection();
+        else
+            m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SelectEntry( 0 , true );
+        CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownPreOpen );
+        m_pImpl->m_pBtn->SetPressed( true );
+        SetSelection( Selection( 0, SELECTION_MAX ) );
+        m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->StartFloat( true );
+        CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownOpen );
+    }
+}
+
+void ComboBox::Select()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::ComboboxSelect, [this] () { m_pImpl->m_SelectHdl.Call(*this); } );
+}
+
+void ComboBox::DoubleClick()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::ComboboxDoubleClick, [] () {} );
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::IsAutoSizeEnabled() const { return m_pImpl->m_isDDAutoSize; }
+
+void ComboBox::EnableAutoSize( bool bAuto )
+{
+    m_pImpl->m_isDDAutoSize = bAuto;
+    if (m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin)
+    {
+        if (bAuto && !m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->GetDropDownLineCount())
+        {
+            // Adapt to GetListBoxMaximumLineCount here; was on fixed number of five before
+            AdaptDropDownLineCountToMaximum();
+        }
+        else if ( !bAuto )
+        {
+            m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->SetDropDownLineCount( 0 );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetDropDownLineCount( sal_uInt16 nLines )
+{
+    if (m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin)
+        m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->SetDropDownLineCount( nLines );
+}
+
+void ComboBox::AdaptDropDownLineCountToMaximum()
+{
+    // Adapt to maximum allowed number.
+    // Limit for LOK as we can't render outside of the dialog canvas.
+    if (comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive())
+        SetDropDownLineCount(11);
+    else
+        SetDropDownLineCount(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetListBoxMaximumLineCount());
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 ComboBox::GetDropDownLineCount() const
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nLines = 0;
+    if (m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin)
+        nLines = m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->GetDropDownLineCount();
+    return nLines;
+}
+
+void ComboBox::setPosSizePixel( tools::Long nX, tools::Long nY, tools::Long nWidth, tools::Long nHeight,
+                                PosSizeFlags nFlags )
+{
+    if( IsDropDownBox() && ( nFlags & PosSizeFlags::Size ) )
+    {
+        Size aPrefSz = m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->GetPrefSize();
+        if ((nFlags & PosSizeFlags::Height) && (nHeight >= 2*m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight))
+            aPrefSz.setHeight( nHeight-m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight );
+        if ( nFlags & PosSizeFlags::Width )
+            aPrefSz.setWidth( nWidth );
+        m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->SetPrefSize( aPrefSz );
+
+        if (IsAutoSizeEnabled())
+            nHeight = m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight;
+    }
+
+    Edit::setPosSizePixel( nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight, nFlags );
+}
+
+void ComboBox::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+
+    if (m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit)
+    {
+        Size aOutSz = GetOutputSizePixel();
+        if( IsDropDownBox() )
+        {
+            ComboBoxBounds aBounds(m_pImpl->calcComboBoxDropDownComponentBounds(aOutSz,
+                GetWindow(GetWindowType::Border)->GetOutputSizePixel()));
+            m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetPosSizePixel(aBounds.aSubEditPos, aBounds.aSubEditSize);
+            m_pImpl->m_pBtn->SetPosSizePixel(aBounds.aButtonPos, aBounds.aButtonSize);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetSizePixel(Size(aOutSz.Width(), m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight));
+            m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->setPosSizePixel(0, m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight,
+                    aOutSz.Width(), aOutSz.Height() - m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight);
+            if ( !GetText().isEmpty() )
+                m_pImpl->ImplUpdateFloatSelection();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // adjust the size of the FloatingWindow even when invisible
+    // as KEY_PGUP/DOWN is being processed...
+    if (m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin)
+        m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->SetSizePixel(m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->CalcFloatSize());
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::IsDropDownBox() const { return m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin != nullptr; }
+
+void ComboBox::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    mxLayoutData.emplace();
+    AppendLayoutData( *m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit );
+    m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetLayoutDataParent( this );
+    ImplListBoxWindow* rMainWindow = GetMainWindow();
+    if (m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin)
+    {
+        // dropdown mode
+        if (m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->IsReallyVisible())
+        {
+            AppendLayoutData( *rMainWindow );
+            rMainWindow->SetLayoutDataParent( this );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        AppendLayoutData( *rMainWindow );
+        rMainWindow->SetLayoutDataParent( this );
+    }
+}
+
+void ComboBox::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Edit::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( nType == StateChangedType::ReadOnly )
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetReadOnly( IsReadOnly() );
+        if (m_pImpl->m_pBtn)
+            m_pImpl->m_pBtn->Enable( IsEnabled() && !IsReadOnly() );
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Enable )
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->Enable( IsEnabled() );
+        m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->Enable( IsEnabled() && !IsReadOnly() );
+        if (m_pImpl->m_pBtn)
+            m_pImpl->m_pBtn->Enable( IsEnabled() && !IsReadOnly() );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if( nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode )
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetUpdateMode( IsUpdateMode() );
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Zoom )
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetZoom( GetZoom() );
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetZoom( GetZoom() );
+        ImplCalcEditHeight();
+        Resize();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont )
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetControlFont( GetControlFont() );
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetControlFont( GetControlFont() );
+        ImplCalcEditHeight();
+        Resize();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground )
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetControlForeground( GetControlForeground() );
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetControlForeground( GetControlForeground() );
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetControlBackground( GetControlBackground() );
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetControlBackground( GetControlBackground() );
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Style )
+    {
+        SetStyle( ImplInitStyle( GetStyle() ) );
+        GetMainWindow()->EnableSort( ( GetStyle() & WB_SORT ) != 0 );
+    }
+    else if( nType == StateChangedType::Mirroring )
+    {
+        if (m_pImpl->m_pBtn)
+        {
+            m_pImpl->m_pBtn->EnableRTL( IsRTLEnabled() );
+            ImplInitDropDownButton( m_pImpl->m_pBtn );
+        }
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Mirroring );
+        m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->EnableRTL( IsRTLEnabled() );
+        Resize();
+    }
+}
+
+void ComboBox::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( !((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+          (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE))) )
+        return;
+
+    if (m_pImpl->m_pBtn)
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pBtn->GetOutDev()->SetSettings( GetSettings() );
+        ImplInitDropDownButton( m_pImpl->m_pBtn );
+    }
+    Resize();
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->Resize(); // not called by ComboBox::Resize() if ImplLB is unchanged
+
+    SetBackground();    // due to a hack in Window::UpdateSettings the background must be reset
+                        // otherwise it will overpaint NWF drawn comboboxes
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    bool bDone = false;
+    if ((rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT)
+        && (rNEvt.GetWindow() == m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit)
+        && !IsReadOnly())
+    {
+        KeyEvent aKeyEvt = *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent();
+        sal_uInt16   nKeyCode = aKeyEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode();
+        switch( nKeyCode )
+        {
+            case KEY_UP:
+            case KEY_DOWN:
+            case KEY_PAGEUP:
+            case KEY_PAGEDOWN:
+            {
+                m_pImpl->ImplUpdateFloatSelection();
+                if ((nKeyCode == KEY_DOWN) && m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin
+                    && !m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->IsInPopupMode()
+                    && aKeyEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod2())
+                {
+                    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownPreOpen );
+                    m_pImpl->m_pBtn->SetPressed( true );
+                    if (m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount())
+                        m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SelectEntry( 0 , true );
+                    SetSelection( Selection( 0, SELECTION_MAX ) );
+                    m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->StartFloat( false );
+                    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownOpen );
+                    bDone = true;
+                }
+                else if ((nKeyCode == KEY_UP) && m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin
+                        && m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->IsInPopupMode()
+                        && aKeyEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod2())
+                {
+                    m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->EndPopupMode();
+                    bDone = true;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    bDone = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->ProcessKeyInput( aKeyEvt );
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+            case KEY_RETURN:
+            {
+                if ((rNEvt.GetWindow() == m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit) && IsInDropDown())
+                {
+                    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->ProcessKeyInput( aKeyEvt );
+                    bDone = true;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    else if ((rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS) && m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin)
+    {
+        if (m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->HasChildPathFocus())
+            m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->GrabFocus();
+        else if (m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->IsInPopupMode() && !HasChildPathFocus(true))
+            m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->EndPopupMode();
+    }
+    else if( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::COMMAND) &&
+             (rNEvt.GetCommandEvent()->GetCommand() == CommandEventId::Wheel) &&
+             (rNEvt.GetWindow() == m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit) )
+    {
+        MouseWheelBehaviour nWheelBehavior( GetSettings().GetMouseSettings().GetWheelBehavior() );
+        if  (   ( nWheelBehavior == MouseWheelBehaviour::ALWAYS )
+            ||  (   ( nWheelBehavior == MouseWheelBehaviour::FocusOnly )
+                &&  HasChildPathFocus()
+                )
+            )
+        {
+            bDone = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->HandleWheelAsCursorTravel(*rNEvt.GetCommandEvent(), *this);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bDone = false;  // don't eat this event, let the default handling happen (i.e. scroll the context)
+        }
+    }
+    else if ((rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::MOUSEBUTTONDOWN)
+            && (rNEvt.GetWindow() == GetMainWindow()))
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->GrabFocus();
+    }
+
+    return bDone || Edit::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetText( const OUString& rStr )
+{
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ComboboxSetText );
+
+    Edit::SetText( rStr );
+    m_pImpl->ImplUpdateFloatSelection();
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetText( const OUString& rStr, const Selection& rNewSelection )
+{
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ComboboxSetText );
+
+    Edit::SetText( rStr, rNewSelection );
+    m_pImpl->ImplUpdateFloatSelection();
+}
+
+void ComboBox::Modify()
+{
+    if (!m_pImpl->m_isSyntheticModify)
+        m_pImpl->ImplUpdateFloatSelection();
+
+    Edit::Modify();
+}
+
+void ComboBox::Impl::ImplUpdateFloatSelection()
+{
+    if (!m_pImplLB || !m_pSubEdit)
+        return;
+
+    // move text in the ListBox into the visible region
+    m_pImplLB->SetCallSelectionChangedHdl( false );
+    if (!m_rThis.IsMultiSelectionEnabled())
+    {
+        OUString        aSearchStr( m_pSubEdit->GetText() );
+        sal_Int32       nSelect = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+        bool        bSelect = true;
+
+        if (m_pImplLB->GetCurrentPos() != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND)
+        {
+            OUString aCurrent = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryText(
+                                    m_pImplLB->GetCurrentPos());
+            if ( aCurrent == aSearchStr )
+                nSelect = m_pImplLB->GetCurrentPos();
+        }
+
+        if ( nSelect == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+            nSelect = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().FindEntry( aSearchStr );
+        if ( nSelect == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+        {
+            nSelect = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().FindMatchingEntry( aSearchStr, 0, true );
+            bSelect = false;
+        }
+
+        if( nSelect != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+        {
+            if (!m_pImplLB->IsVisible(nSelect))
+                m_pImplLB->ShowProminentEntry( nSelect );
+            m_pImplLB->SelectEntry( nSelect, bSelect );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            nSelect = m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 );
+            if( nSelect != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                m_pImplLB->SelectEntry( nSelect, false );
+            m_pImplLB->ResetCurrentPos();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ::std::set< sal_Int32 > aSelInText;
+        lcl_GetSelectedEntries(aSelInText, m_pSubEdit->GetText(), m_cMultiSep, m_pImplLB->GetEntryList());
+        for (sal_Int32 n = 0; n < m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount(); n++)
+            m_pImplLB->SelectEntry( n, aSelInText.count( n ) != 0 );
+    }
+    m_pImplLB->SetCallSelectionChangedHdl( true );
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ComboBox::InsertEntry(const OUString& rStr, sal_Int32 const nPos)
+{
+    assert(nPos >= 0 && COMBOBOX_MAX_ENTRIES > m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount());
+
+    sal_Int32 nRealPos;
+    if (nPos == COMBOBOX_APPEND)
+        nRealPos = nPos;
+    else
+    {
+        const sal_Int32 nMRUCount = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+        assert(nPos <= COMBOBOX_MAX_ENTRIES - nMRUCount);
+        nRealPos = nPos + nMRUCount;
+    }
+
+    nRealPos = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->InsertEntry( nRealPos, rStr );
+    nRealPos -= m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ComboboxItemAdded, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nRealPos) );
+    return nRealPos;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ComboBox::InsertEntryWithImage(
+        const OUString& rStr, const Image& rImage, sal_Int32 const nPos)
+{
+    assert(nPos >= 0 && COMBOBOX_MAX_ENTRIES > m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount());
+
+    sal_Int32 nRealPos;
+    if (nPos == COMBOBOX_APPEND)
+        nRealPos = nPos;
+    else
+    {
+        const sal_Int32 nMRUCount = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+        assert(nPos <= COMBOBOX_MAX_ENTRIES - nMRUCount);
+        nRealPos = nPos + nMRUCount;
+    }
+
+    nRealPos = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->InsertEntry( nRealPos, rStr, rImage );
+    nRealPos -= m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ComboboxItemAdded, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nRealPos) );
+    return nRealPos;
+}
+
+void ComboBox::RemoveEntryAt(sal_Int32 const nPos)
+{
+    const sal_Int32 nMRUCount = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+    assert(nPos >= 0 && nPos <= COMBOBOX_MAX_ENTRIES - nMRUCount);
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->RemoveEntry( nPos + nMRUCount );
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ComboboxItemRemoved, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nPos) );
+}
+
+void ComboBox::Clear()
+{
+    if (!m_pImpl->m_pImplLB)
+        return;
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->Clear();
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ComboboxItemRemoved, reinterpret_cast<void*>(-1) );
+}
+
+Image ComboBox::GetEntryImage( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    if (m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().HasEntryImage(nPos))
+        return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryImage( nPos );
+    return Image();
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ComboBox::GetEntryPos( std::u16string_view rStr ) const
+{
+    sal_Int32 nPos = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().FindEntry( rStr );
+    if ( nPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+        nPos -= m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+    return nPos;
+}
+
+OUString ComboBox::GetEntry( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    const sal_Int32 nMRUCount = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+    if (nPos < 0 || nPos > COMBOBOX_MAX_ENTRIES - nMRUCount)
+        return OUString();
+
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryText( nPos + nMRUCount );
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ComboBox::GetEntryCount() const
+{
+    if (!m_pImpl->m_pImplLB)
+        return 0;
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount() - m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::IsTravelSelect() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->IsTravelSelect();
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::IsInDropDown() const
+{
+    // when the dropdown is dismissed, first mbInPopupMode is set to false, and on the next event iteration then
+    // mbPopupMode is set to false
+    return m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin && m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->IsInPopupMode() && m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->ImplIsInPrivatePopupMode();
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::IsMultiSelectionEnabled() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->IsMultiSelectionEnabled();
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetSelectHdl(const Link<ComboBox&,void>& rLink) { m_pImpl->m_SelectHdl = rLink; }
+
+void ComboBox::SetEntryActivateHdl(const Link<Edit&,bool>& rLink)
+{
+    if (!m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit)
+        return;
+    m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetActivateHdl(rLink);
+}
+
+Size ComboBox::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return CalcMinimumSize();
+}
+
+tools::Long ComboBox::getMaxWidthScrollBarAndDownButton() const
+{
+    tools::Long nButtonDownWidth = 0;
+
+    vcl::Window *pBorder = GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border );
+    ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+    tools::Rectangle aContent, aBound;
+
+    // use the full extent of the control
+    tools::Rectangle aArea( Point(), pBorder->GetOutputSizePixel() );
+
+    if ( GetNativeControlRegion(ControlType::Combobox, ControlPart::ButtonDown,
+        aArea, ControlState::NONE, aControlValue, aBound, aContent) )
+    {
+        nButtonDownWidth = aContent.getOpenWidth();
+    }
+
+    tools::Long nScrollBarWidth = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize();
+
+    return std::max(nScrollBarWidth, nButtonDownWidth);
+}
+
+Size ComboBox::CalcMinimumSize() const
+{
+    Size aSz;
+
+    if (!m_pImpl->m_pImplLB)
+        return aSz;
+
+    if (!IsDropDownBox())
+    {
+        aSz = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->CalcSize( m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount() );
+        aSz.AdjustHeight(m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aSz.setHeight( Edit::CalcMinimumSizeForText(GetText()).Height() );
+
+        if (m_pImpl->m_nWidthInChars!= -1)
+            aSz.setWidth(m_pImpl->m_nWidthInChars * approximate_digit_width());
+        else
+            aSz.setWidth(m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetMaxEntryWidth());
+    }
+
+    if (m_pImpl->m_nMaxWidthChars != -1)
+    {
+        tools::Long nMaxWidth = m_pImpl->m_nMaxWidthChars * approximate_char_width();
+        aSz.setWidth( std::min(aSz.Width(), nMaxWidth) );
+    }
+
+    if (IsDropDownBox())
+        aSz.AdjustWidth(getMaxWidthScrollBarAndDownButton() );
+
+    ComboBoxBounds aBounds(m_pImpl->calcComboBoxDropDownComponentBounds(
+        Size(0xFFFF, 0xFFFF), Size(0xFFFF, 0xFFFF)));
+    aSz.AdjustWidth(aBounds.aSubEditPos.X()*2 );
+
+    aSz.AdjustWidth(ImplGetExtraXOffset() * 2 );
+
+    aSz = CalcWindowSize( aSz );
+    return aSz;
+}
+
+Size ComboBox::CalcAdjustedSize( const Size& rPrefSize ) const
+{
+    Size aSz = rPrefSize;
+    sal_Int32 nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom;
+    static_cast<vcl::Window*>(const_cast<ComboBox *>(this))->GetBorder( nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom );
+    aSz.AdjustHeight( -(nTop+nBottom) );
+    if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        tools::Long nEntryHeight = CalcBlockSize( 1, 1 ).Height();
+        tools::Long nLines = aSz.Height() / nEntryHeight;
+        if ( nLines < 1 )
+            nLines = 1;
+        aSz.setHeight( nLines * nEntryHeight );
+        aSz.AdjustHeight(m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aSz.setHeight( m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight );
+    }
+    aSz.AdjustHeight(nTop+nBottom );
+
+    aSz = CalcWindowSize( aSz );
+    return aSz;
+}
+
+Size ComboBox::CalcBlockSize( sal_uInt16 nColumns, sal_uInt16 nLines ) const
+{
+    // show ScrollBars where appropriate
+    Size aMinSz = CalcMinimumSize();
+    Size aSz;
+
+    // height
+    if ( nLines )
+    {
+        if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+            aSz.setHeight( m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->CalcSize( nLines ).Height() + m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight );
+        else
+            aSz.setHeight( m_pImpl->m_nDDHeight );
+    }
+    else
+        aSz.setHeight( aMinSz.Height() );
+
+    // width
+    if ( nColumns )
+        aSz.setWidth( nColumns * approximate_char_width() );
+    else
+        aSz.setWidth( aMinSz.Width() );
+
+    if ( IsDropDownBox() )
+        aSz.AdjustWidth(getMaxWidthScrollBarAndDownButton() );
+
+    if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        if ( aSz.Width() < aMinSz.Width() )
+            aSz.AdjustHeight(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize() );
+        if ( aSz.Height() < aMinSz.Height() )
+            aSz.AdjustWidth(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize() );
+    }
+
+    aSz.AdjustWidth(ImplGetExtraXOffset() * 2 );
+
+    aSz = CalcWindowSize( aSz );
+    return aSz;
+}
+
+tools::Long ComboBox::GetDropDownEntryHeight() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryHeight();
+}
+
+void ComboBox::GetMaxVisColumnsAndLines( sal_uInt16& rnCols, sal_uInt16& rnLines ) const
+{
+    tools::Long nCharWidth = GetTextWidth(OUString(u'x'));
+    if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        Size aOutSz = GetMainWindow()->GetOutputSizePixel();
+        rnCols = (nCharWidth > 0) ? static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aOutSz.Width()/nCharWidth) : 1;
+        rnLines = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aOutSz.Height()/GetDropDownEntryHeight());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Size aOutSz = m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->GetOutputSizePixel();
+        rnCols = (nCharWidth > 0) ? static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aOutSz.Width()/nCharWidth) : 1;
+        rnLines = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+void ComboBox::Draw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos, SystemTextColorFlags nFlags )
+{
+    GetMainWindow()->ApplySettings(*pDev);
+
+    Size aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    vcl::Font aFont = GetMainWindow()->GetDrawPixelFont( pDev );
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+    pDev->SetFont( aFont );
+    pDev->SetTextFillColor();
+
+    // Border/Background
+    pDev->SetLineColor();
+    pDev->SetFillColor();
+    bool bBorder = (GetStyle() & WB_BORDER);
+    bool bBackground = IsControlBackground();
+    if ( bBorder || bBackground )
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aRect( rPos, aSize );
+        // aRect.Top() += nEditHeight;
+        if ( bBorder )
+        {
+            ImplDrawFrame( pDev, aRect );
+        }
+        if ( bBackground )
+        {
+            pDev->SetFillColor( GetControlBackground() );
+            pDev->DrawRect( aRect );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // contents
+    if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        tools::Long        nOnePixel = GetDrawPixel( pDev, 1 );
+        tools::Long        nTextHeight = pDev->GetTextHeight();
+        tools::Long        nEditHeight = nTextHeight + 6*nOnePixel;
+        DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = DrawTextFlags::VCenter;
+
+        // First, draw the edit part
+        Size aOrigSize(m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->GetSizePixel());
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetSizePixel(Size(aSize.Width(), nEditHeight));
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->Draw( pDev, rPos, nFlags );
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetSizePixel(aOrigSize);
+
+        // Second, draw the listbox
+        if ( GetStyle() & WB_CENTER )
+            nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Center;
+        else if ( GetStyle() & WB_RIGHT )
+            nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Right;
+        else
+            nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Left;
+
+        if ( nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono )
+        {
+            pDev->SetTextColor( COL_BLACK );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( !IsEnabled() )
+            {
+                const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+                pDev->SetTextColor( rStyleSettings.GetDisableColor() );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                pDev->SetTextColor( GetTextColor() );
+            }
+        }
+
+        tools::Rectangle aClip( rPos, aSize );
+        pDev->IntersectClipRegion( aClip );
+        sal_Int32 nLines = static_cast<sal_Int32>( nTextHeight > 0 ? (aSize.Height()-nEditHeight)/nTextHeight : 1 );
+        if ( !nLines )
+            nLines = 1;
+        const sal_Int32 nTEntry = IsReallyVisible() ? m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetTopEntry() : 0;
+
+        tools::Rectangle aTextRect( rPos, aSize );
+
+        aTextRect.AdjustLeft(3*nOnePixel );
+        aTextRect.AdjustRight( -(3*nOnePixel) );
+        aTextRect.AdjustTop(nEditHeight + nOnePixel );
+        aTextRect.SetBottom( aTextRect.Top() + nTextHeight );
+
+        // the drawing starts here
+        for ( sal_Int32 n = 0; n < nLines; ++n )
+        {
+            pDev->DrawText( aTextRect, m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryText( n+nTEntry ), nTextStyle );
+            aTextRect.AdjustTop(nTextHeight );
+            aTextRect.AdjustBottom(nTextHeight );
+        }
+    }
+
+    pDev->Pop();
+
+    // Call Edit::Draw after restoring the MapMode...
+    if ( IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        Size aOrigSize(m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->GetSizePixel());
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetSizePixel(GetSizePixel());
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->Draw( pDev, rPos, nFlags );
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetSizePixel(aOrigSize);
+        // DD-Button ?
+    }
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetUserDrawHdl(const Link<UserDrawEvent*, void>& rLink)
+{
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetUserDrawHdl(rLink);
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetUserItemSize( const Size& rSz )
+{
+    GetMainWindow()->SetUserItemSize( rSz );
+}
+
+void ComboBox::EnableUserDraw( bool bUserDraw )
+{
+    GetMainWindow()->EnableUserDraw( bUserDraw );
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::IsUserDrawEnabled() const
+{
+    return GetMainWindow()->IsUserDrawEnabled();
+}
+
+void ComboBox::DrawEntry(const UserDrawEvent& rEvt)
+{
+    GetMainWindow()->DrawEntry(*rEvt.GetRenderContext(), rEvt.GetItemId(), /*bDrawImage*/false, /*bDrawText*/false);
+}
+
+void ComboBox::AddSeparator( sal_Int32 n )
+{
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->AddSeparator( n );
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetMRUEntries( std::u16string_view rEntries )
+{
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetMRUEntries( rEntries, ';' );
+}
+
+OUString ComboBox::GetMRUEntries() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB ? m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetMRUEntries( ';' ) : OUString();
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetMaxMRUCount( sal_Int32 n )
+{
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetMaxMRUCount( n );
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ComboBox::GetMaxMRUCount() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB ? m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetMaxMRUCount() : 0;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 ComboBox::GetDisplayLineCount() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB ? m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetDisplayLineCount() : 0;
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetEntryData( sal_Int32 nPos, void* pNewData )
+{
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetEntryData( nPos + m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount(), pNewData );
+}
+
+void* ComboBox::GetEntryData( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryData(
+            nPos + m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() );
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ComboBox::GetTopEntry() const
+{
+    sal_Int32 nPos = GetEntryCount() ? m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetTopEntry() : LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    if (nPos < m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount())
+        nPos = 0;
+    return nPos;
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle ComboBox::GetDropDownPosSizePixel() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin
+        ? m_pImpl->m_pFloatWin->GetWindowExtentsRelative(*this)
+        : tools::Rectangle();
+}
+
+const Wallpaper& ComboBox::GetDisplayBackground() const
+{
+    if (!m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->IsBackground())
+        return Control::GetDisplayBackground();
+
+    const Wallpaper& rBack = m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->GetBackground();
+    if( ! rBack.IsBitmap() &&
+        ! rBack.IsGradient() &&
+        rBack == Wallpaper(COL_TRANSPARENT)
+        )
+        return Control::GetDisplayBackground();
+    return rBack;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ComboBox::GetSelectedEntryCount() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryCount();
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ComboBox::GetSelectedEntryPos( sal_Int32 nIndex ) const
+{
+    sal_Int32 nPos = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( nIndex );
+    if ( nPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+    {
+        if (nPos < m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount())
+            nPos = m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().FindEntry(m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryText(nPos));
+        nPos = sal::static_int_cast<sal_Int32>(nPos - m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount());
+    }
+    return nPos;
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::IsEntryPosSelected( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().IsEntryPosSelected(
+            nPos + m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() );
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SelectEntryPos( sal_Int32 nPos, bool bSelect)
+{
+    if (nPos < m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount())
+        m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SelectEntry(
+            nPos + m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount(), bSelect);
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetNoSelection()
+{
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetNoSelection();
+    m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetText( OUString() );
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle ComboBox::GetBoundingRectangle( sal_Int32 nItem ) const
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aRect = GetMainWindow()->GetBoundingRectangle( nItem );
+    tools::Rectangle aOffset = GetMainWindow()->GetWindowExtentsRelative( *static_cast<vcl::Window*>(const_cast<ComboBox *>(this)) );
+    aRect.Move( aOffset.Left(), aOffset.Top() );
+    return aRect;
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetBorderStyle( WindowBorderStyle nBorderStyle )
+{
+    Window::SetBorderStyle( nBorderStyle );
+    if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetBorderStyle( nBorderStyle );
+        m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetBorderStyle( nBorderStyle );
+    }
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetHighlightColor( const Color& rColor )
+{
+    AllSettings aSettings(GetSettings());
+    StyleSettings aStyle(aSettings.GetStyleSettings());
+    aStyle.SetHighlightColor(rColor);
+    aSettings.SetStyleSettings(aStyle);
+    SetSettings(aSettings);
+
+    AllSettings aSettingsSubEdit(m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->GetSettings());
+    StyleSettings aStyleSubEdit(aSettingsSubEdit.GetStyleSettings());
+    aStyleSubEdit.SetHighlightColor(rColor);
+    aSettingsSubEdit.SetStyleSettings(aStyleSubEdit);
+    m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetSettings(aSettings);
+
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetHighlightColor(rColor);
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetHighlightTextColor( const Color& rColor )
+{
+    AllSettings aSettings(GetSettings());
+    StyleSettings aStyle(aSettings.GetStyleSettings());
+    aStyle.SetHighlightTextColor(rColor);
+    aSettings.SetStyleSettings(aStyle);
+    SetSettings(aSettings);
+
+    AllSettings aSettingsSubEdit(m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->GetSettings());
+    StyleSettings aStyleSubEdit(aSettingsSubEdit.GetStyleSettings());
+    aStyleSubEdit.SetHighlightTextColor(rColor);
+    aSettingsSubEdit.SetStyleSettings(aStyleSubEdit);
+    m_pImpl->m_pSubEdit->SetSettings(aSettings);
+
+    m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->SetHighlightTextColor(rColor);
+}
+
+ImplListBoxWindow* ComboBox::GetMainWindow() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->m_pImplLB->GetMainWindow();
+}
+
+tools::Long ComboBox::GetIndexForPoint( const Point& rPoint, sal_Int32& rPos ) const
+{
+    if( !HasLayoutData() )
+        FillLayoutData();
+
+    // check whether rPoint fits at all
+    tools::Long nIndex = Control::GetIndexForPoint( rPoint );
+    if( nIndex != -1 )
+    {
+        // point must be either in main list window
+        // or in impl window (dropdown case)
+        ImplListBoxWindow* rMain = GetMainWindow();
+
+        // convert coordinates to ImplListBoxWindow pixel coordinate space
+        Point aConvPoint = LogicToPixel( rPoint );
+        AbsoluteScreenPixelPoint aConvPointAbs = OutputToAbsoluteScreenPixel( aConvPoint );
+        aConvPoint = rMain->AbsoluteScreenToOutputPixel( aConvPointAbs );
+        aConvPoint = rMain->PixelToLogic( aConvPoint );
+
+        // try to find entry
+        sal_Int32 nEntry = rMain->GetEntryPosForPoint( aConvPoint );
+        if( nEntry == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+            nIndex = -1;
+        else
+            rPos = nEntry;
+    }
+
+    // get line relative index
+    if( nIndex != -1 )
+        nIndex = ToRelativeLineIndex( nIndex );
+
+    return nIndex;
+}
+
+ComboBoxBounds ComboBox::Impl::calcComboBoxDropDownComponentBounds(
+    const Size &rOutSz, const Size &rBorderOutSz) const
+{
+    ComboBoxBounds aBounds;
+
+    tools::Long    nTop = 0;
+    tools::Long    nBottom = rOutSz.Height();
+
+    vcl::Window *pBorder = m_rThis.GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border );
+    ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+    Point aPoint;
+    tools::Rectangle aContent, aBound;
+
+    // use the full extent of the control
+    tools::Rectangle aArea( aPoint, rBorderOutSz );
+
+    if (m_rThis.GetNativeControlRegion(ControlType::Combobox, ControlPart::ButtonDown,
+            aArea, ControlState::NONE, aControlValue, aBound, aContent) )
+    {
+        // convert back from border space to local coordinates
+        aPoint = pBorder->ScreenToOutputPixel(m_rThis.OutputToScreenPixel(aPoint));
+        aContent.Move(-aPoint.X(), -aPoint.Y());
+
+        aBounds.aButtonPos = Point(aContent.Left(), nTop);
+        aBounds.aButtonSize = Size(aContent.getOpenWidth(), (nBottom-nTop));
+
+        // adjust the size of the edit field
+        if (m_rThis.GetNativeControlRegion(ControlType::Combobox, ControlPart::SubEdit,
+                    aArea, ControlState::NONE, aControlValue, aBound, aContent) )
+        {
+            // convert back from border space to local coordinates
+            aContent.Move(-aPoint.X(), -aPoint.Y());
+
+            // use the themes drop down size
+            aBounds.aSubEditPos = aContent.TopLeft();
+            aBounds.aSubEditSize = aContent.GetSize();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // use the themes drop down size for the button
+            aBounds.aSubEditSize = Size(rOutSz.Width() - aContent.getOpenWidth(), rOutSz.Height());
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tools::Long nSBWidth = m_rThis.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize();
+        nSBWidth = m_rThis.CalcZoom( nSBWidth );
+        aBounds.aSubEditSize = Size(rOutSz.Width() - nSBWidth, rOutSz.Height());
+        aBounds.aButtonPos = Point(rOutSz.Width() - nSBWidth, nTop);
+        aBounds.aButtonSize = Size(nSBWidth, (nBottom-nTop));
+    }
+    return aBounds;
+}
+
+void ComboBox::SetWidthInChars(sal_Int32 nWidthInChars)
+{
+    if (nWidthInChars != m_pImpl->m_nWidthInChars)
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_nWidthInChars = nWidthInChars;
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+}
+
+void ComboBox::setMaxWidthChars(sal_Int32 nWidth)
+{
+    if (nWidth != m_pImpl->m_nMaxWidthChars)
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_nMaxWidthChars = nWidth;
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+}
+
+bool ComboBox::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "width-chars")
+        SetWidthInChars(rValue.toInt32());
+    else if (rKey == "max-width-chars")
+        setMaxWidthChars(rValue.toInt32());
+    else if (rKey == "can-focus")
+    {
+        // as far as I can see in Gtk, setting a ComboBox as can.focus means
+        // the focus gets stuck in it, so try here to behave like gtk does
+        // with the settings that work, i.e. can.focus of false doesn't
+        // set the hard WB_NOTABSTOP
+        WinBits nBits = GetStyle();
+        nBits &= ~(WB_TABSTOP|WB_NOTABSTOP);
+        if (toBool(rValue))
+            nBits |= WB_TABSTOP;
+        SetStyle(nBits);
+    }
+    else if (rKey == "placeholder-text")
+        SetPlaceholderText(rValue);
+    else
+        return Control::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+FactoryFunction ComboBox::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return ComboBoxUIObject::create;
+}
+
+void ComboBox::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    Control::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+
+    {
+        auto entriesNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("entries");
+        for (int i = 0; i < GetEntryCount(); ++i)
+        {
+            rJsonWriter.putSimpleValue(GetEntry(i));
+        }
+    }
+
+    {
+        auto selectedNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("selectedEntries");
+        for (int i = 0; i < GetSelectedEntryCount(); ++i)
+        {
+            rJsonWriter.putSimpleValue(OUString::number(GetSelectedEntryPos(i)));
+        }
+    }
+
+    rJsonWriter.put("selectedCount", GetSelectedEntryCount());
+
+    if (IsUserDrawEnabled())
+        rJsonWriter.put("customEntryRenderer", true);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/ctrl.cxx b/vcl/source/control/ctrl.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f7a42badf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/ctrl.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <comphelper/lok.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/safeint.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/ctrl.hxx>
+#include <vcl/decoview.hxx>
+#include <vcl/mnemonic.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/logger.hxx>
+#include <vcl/DocWindow.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+
+#include <textlayout.hxx>
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+
+using namespace vcl;
+
+void Control::ImplInitControlData()
+{
+    mbHasControlFocus       = false;
+    mbShowAccelerator       = false;
+}
+
+Control::Control( WindowType nType ) :
+    Window( nType )
+{
+    ImplInitControlData();
+}
+
+Control::Control( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    Window( WindowType::CONTROL )
+{
+    ImplInitControlData();
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+}
+
+Control::~Control()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void Control::dispose()
+{
+    mxLayoutData.reset();
+    mpReferenceDevice.clear();
+    Window::dispose();
+}
+
+void Control::EnableRTL( bool bEnable )
+{
+    // convenience: for controls also switch layout mode
+    GetOutDev()->SetLayoutMode( bEnable ? vcl::text::ComplexTextLayoutFlags::BiDiRtl | vcl::text::ComplexTextLayoutFlags::TextOriginLeft :
+                                vcl::text::ComplexTextLayoutFlags::TextOriginLeft );
+    CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Mirroring );
+    Window::EnableRTL(bEnable);
+}
+
+void Control::Resize()
+{
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+    Window::Resize();
+}
+
+void Control::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+}
+
+void Control::CreateLayoutData() const
+{
+    SAL_WARN_IF( mxLayoutData, "vcl", "Control::CreateLayoutData: should be called with non-existent layout data only!" );
+    mxLayoutData.emplace();
+}
+
+bool Control::HasLayoutData() const
+{
+    return bool(mxLayoutData);
+}
+
+void Control::SetText( const OUString& rStr )
+{
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+    Window::SetText( rStr );
+}
+
+ControlLayoutData::ControlLayoutData() : m_pParent( nullptr )
+{
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle ControlLayoutData::GetCharacterBounds( tools::Long nIndex ) const
+{
+    return (nIndex >= 0 && o3tl::make_unsigned(nIndex) < m_aUnicodeBoundRects.size()) ? m_aUnicodeBoundRects[ nIndex ] : tools::Rectangle();
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle Control::GetCharacterBounds( tools::Long nIndex ) const
+{
+    if( !HasLayoutData() )
+        FillLayoutData();
+    return mxLayoutData ? mxLayoutData->GetCharacterBounds( nIndex ) : tools::Rectangle();
+}
+
+tools::Long ControlLayoutData::GetIndexForPoint( const Point& rPoint ) const
+{
+    tools::Long nIndex = -1;
+    for( tools::Long i = m_aUnicodeBoundRects.size()-1; i >= 0; i-- )
+    {
+        Point aTopLeft = m_aUnicodeBoundRects[i].TopLeft();
+        Point aBottomRight = m_aUnicodeBoundRects[i].BottomRight();
+        if (rPoint.X() >= aTopLeft.X() && rPoint.Y() >= aTopLeft.Y() &&
+            rPoint.X() <= aBottomRight.X() && rPoint.Y() <= aBottomRight.Y())
+        {
+            nIndex = i;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return nIndex;
+}
+
+tools::Long Control::GetIndexForPoint( const Point& rPoint ) const
+{
+    if( ! HasLayoutData() )
+        FillLayoutData();
+    return mxLayoutData ? mxLayoutData->GetIndexForPoint( rPoint ) : -1;
+}
+
+Pair ControlLayoutData::GetLineStartEnd( tools::Long nLine ) const
+{
+    Pair aPair( -1, -1 );
+
+    int nDisplayLines = m_aLineIndices.size();
+    if( nLine >= 0 && nLine < nDisplayLines )
+    {
+        aPair.A() = m_aLineIndices[nLine];
+        if( nLine+1 < nDisplayLines )
+            aPair.B() = m_aLineIndices[nLine+1]-1;
+        else
+            aPair.B() = m_aDisplayText.getLength()-1;
+    }
+    else if( nLine == 0 && nDisplayLines == 0 && !m_aDisplayText.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        // special case for single line controls so the implementations
+        // in that case do not have to fill in the line indices
+        aPair.A() = 0;
+        aPair.B() = m_aDisplayText.getLength()-1;
+    }
+    return aPair;
+}
+
+Pair Control::GetLineStartEnd( tools::Long nLine ) const
+{
+    if( !HasLayoutData() )
+        FillLayoutData();
+    return mxLayoutData ? mxLayoutData->GetLineStartEnd( nLine ) : Pair( -1, -1 );
+}
+
+tools::Long ControlLayoutData::ToRelativeLineIndex( tools::Long nIndex ) const
+{
+    // is the index sensible at all ?
+    if( nIndex >= 0 && nIndex < m_aDisplayText.getLength() )
+    {
+        int nDisplayLines = m_aLineIndices.size();
+        // if only 1 line exists, then absolute and relative index are
+        // identical -> do nothing
+        if( nDisplayLines > 1 )
+        {
+            int nLine;
+            for( nLine = nDisplayLines-1; nLine >= 0; nLine-- )
+            {
+                if( m_aLineIndices[nLine] <= nIndex )
+                {
+                    nIndex -= m_aLineIndices[nLine];
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            if( nLine < 0 )
+            {
+                SAL_WARN_IF( nLine < 0, "vcl", "ToRelativeLineIndex failed" );
+                nIndex = -1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        nIndex = -1;
+
+    return nIndex;
+}
+
+tools::Long Control::ToRelativeLineIndex( tools::Long nIndex ) const
+{
+    if( !HasLayoutData() )
+        FillLayoutData();
+    return mxLayoutData ? mxLayoutData->ToRelativeLineIndex( nIndex ) : -1;
+}
+
+OUString Control::GetDisplayText() const
+{
+    if( !HasLayoutData() )
+        FillLayoutData();
+    return mxLayoutData ? mxLayoutData->m_aDisplayText : GetText();
+}
+
+bool Control::FocusWindowBelongsToControl(const vcl::Window* pFocusWin) const
+{
+    return ImplIsWindowOrChild(pFocusWin);
+}
+
+bool Control::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( !mbHasControlFocus )
+        {
+            mbHasControlFocus = true;
+            CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::ControlFocus );
+            if ( ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::ControlGetFocus, {} ) )
+                // been destroyed within the handler
+                return true;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+        {
+            vcl::Window* pFocusWin = Application::GetFocusWindow();
+            if ( !pFocusWin || !FocusWindowBelongsToControl(pFocusWin) )
+            {
+                mbHasControlFocus = false;
+                CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::ControlFocus );
+                if ( ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::ControlLoseFocus, [this] () { maLoseFocusHdl.Call(*this); } ) )
+                    // been destroyed within the handler
+                    return true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return Window::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void Control::StateChanged( StateChangedType nStateChange )
+{
+    if( nStateChange == StateChangedType::InitShow   ||
+        nStateChange == StateChangedType::Visible    ||
+        nStateChange == StateChangedType::Zoom       ||
+        nStateChange == StateChangedType::ControlFont
+        )
+    {
+        ImplClearLayoutData();
+    }
+    Window::StateChanged( nStateChange );
+}
+
+void Control::AppendLayoutData( const Control& rSubControl ) const
+{
+    if( !rSubControl.HasLayoutData() )
+        rSubControl.FillLayoutData();
+    if( !rSubControl.HasLayoutData() || rSubControl.mxLayoutData->m_aDisplayText.isEmpty() )
+        return;
+
+    tools::Long nCurrentIndex = mxLayoutData->m_aDisplayText.getLength();
+    mxLayoutData->m_aDisplayText += rSubControl.mxLayoutData->m_aDisplayText;
+    int nLines = rSubControl.mxLayoutData->m_aLineIndices.size();
+    int n;
+    mxLayoutData->m_aLineIndices.push_back( nCurrentIndex );
+    for( n = 1; n < nLines; n++ )
+        mxLayoutData->m_aLineIndices.push_back( rSubControl.mxLayoutData->m_aLineIndices[n] + nCurrentIndex );
+    int nRectangles = rSubControl.mxLayoutData->m_aUnicodeBoundRects.size();
+    tools::Rectangle aRel = rSubControl.GetWindowExtentsRelative(*this);
+    for( n = 0; n < nRectangles; n++ )
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aRect = rSubControl.mxLayoutData->m_aUnicodeBoundRects[n];
+        aRect.Move( aRel.Left(), aRel.Top() );
+        mxLayoutData->m_aUnicodeBoundRects.push_back( aRect );
+    }
+}
+
+void Control::CallEventListeners( VclEventId nEvent, void* pData)
+{
+    VclPtr<Control> xThis(this);
+    UITestLogger::getInstance().logAction(xThis, nEvent);
+
+    vcl::Window::CallEventListeners(nEvent, pData);
+}
+
+bool Control::ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId nEvent, std::function<void()> const & callHandler )
+{
+    VclPtr<Control> xThis(this);
+
+    Control::CallEventListeners( nEvent );
+
+    if ( !xThis->isDisposed() )
+    {
+        if (callHandler)
+        {
+            callHandler();
+        }
+
+        if ( !xThis->isDisposed() )
+            return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void Control::SetLayoutDataParent( const Control* pParent ) const
+{
+    if( HasLayoutData() )
+        mxLayoutData->m_pParent = pParent;
+}
+
+void Control::ImplClearLayoutData() const
+{
+    mxLayoutData.reset();
+}
+
+void Control::ImplDrawFrame( OutputDevice* pDev, tools::Rectangle& rRect )
+{
+    // use a deco view to draw the frame
+    // However, since there happens a lot of magic there, we need to fake some (style) settings
+    // on the device
+    AllSettings aOriginalSettings( pDev->GetSettings() );
+
+    AllSettings aNewSettings( aOriginalSettings );
+    StyleSettings aStyle( aNewSettings.GetStyleSettings() );
+
+    // The *only known* clients of the Draw methods of the various VCL-controls are form controls:
+    // During print preview, and during printing, Draw is called. Thus, drawing always happens with a
+    // mono (colored) border
+    aStyle.SetOptions( aStyle.GetOptions() | StyleSettingsOptions::Mono );
+    aStyle.SetMonoColor( GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetMonoColor() );
+
+    aNewSettings.SetStyleSettings( aStyle );
+    // #i67023# do not call data changed listeners for this fake
+    // since they may understandably invalidate on settings changed
+    pDev->OutputDevice::SetSettings( aNewSettings );
+
+    DecorationView aDecoView( pDev );
+    rRect = aDecoView.DrawFrame( rRect, DrawFrameStyle::Out, DrawFrameFlags::WindowBorder );
+
+    pDev->OutputDevice::SetSettings( aOriginalSettings );
+}
+
+void Control::SetShowAccelerator(bool bVal)
+{
+    mbShowAccelerator = bVal;
+};
+
+ControlLayoutData::~ControlLayoutData()
+{
+    if( m_pParent )
+        m_pParent->ImplClearLayoutData();
+}
+
+Size Control::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return Size( GetTextWidth( GetText() ) + 2 * 12,
+                 GetTextHeight() + 2 * 6 );
+}
+
+void Control::SetReferenceDevice( OutputDevice* _referenceDevice )
+{
+    if ( mpReferenceDevice == _referenceDevice )
+        return;
+
+    mpReferenceDevice = _referenceDevice;
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+OutputDevice* Control::GetReferenceDevice() const
+{
+    // tdf#118377 It can happen that mpReferenceDevice is already disposed and
+    // stays disposed (see task, even when Dialog is closed). I have no idea if
+    // this may be very bad - someone who knows more about lifetime of OutputDevice's
+    // will have to decide.
+    // To secure this, I changed all accesses to mpControlData->mpReferenceDevice to
+    // use Control::GetReferenceDevice() - only use mpControlData->mpReferenceDevice
+    // inside Control::SetReferenceDevice and Control::GetReferenceDevice().
+    // Control::GetReferenceDevice() will now reset mpReferenceDevice if it is already
+    // disposed. This way all usages will do a kind of 'test-and-get' call.
+    if(nullptr != mpReferenceDevice && mpReferenceDevice->isDisposed())
+    {
+        const_cast<Control*>(this)->SetReferenceDevice(nullptr);
+    }
+
+    return mpReferenceDevice;
+}
+
+const vcl::Font& Control::GetCanonicalFont( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetLabelFont();
+}
+
+const Color& Control::GetCanonicalTextColor( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetLabelTextColor();
+}
+
+void Control::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+    ApplyControlFont(rRenderContext, GetCanonicalFont(rStyleSettings));
+
+    ApplyControlForeground(rRenderContext, GetCanonicalTextColor(rStyleSettings));
+    rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor();
+}
+
+void Control::ImplInitSettings()
+{
+    ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle Control::DrawControlText( OutputDevice& _rTargetDevice, const tools::Rectangle& rRect, const OUString& _rStr,
+    DrawTextFlags _nStyle, std::vector< tools::Rectangle >* _pVector, OUString* _pDisplayText, const Size* i_pDeviceSize ) const
+{
+    OUString rPStr = _rStr;
+    DrawTextFlags nPStyle = _nStyle;
+
+    bool autoacc = ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbAutoAccel;
+
+    if (autoacc && !mbShowAccelerator)
+        rPStr = removeMnemonicFromString( _rStr );
+
+    if( !GetReferenceDevice() || ( GetReferenceDevice() == &_rTargetDevice ) )
+    {
+        const tools::Rectangle aRet = _rTargetDevice.GetTextRect(rRect, rPStr, nPStyle);
+        _rTargetDevice.DrawText(aRet, rPStr, nPStyle, _pVector, _pDisplayText);
+        return aRet;
+    }
+
+    ControlTextRenderer aRenderer( *this, _rTargetDevice, *GetReferenceDevice() );
+    return aRenderer.DrawText(rRect, rPStr, nPStyle, _pVector, _pDisplayText, i_pDeviceSize);
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle Control::GetControlTextRect( OutputDevice& _rTargetDevice, const tools::Rectangle & rRect,
+                                       const OUString& _rStr, DrawTextFlags _nStyle, Size* o_pDeviceSize ) const
+{
+    OUString rPStr = _rStr;
+    DrawTextFlags nPStyle = _nStyle;
+
+    bool autoacc = ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbAutoAccel;
+
+    if (autoacc && !mbShowAccelerator)
+        rPStr = removeMnemonicFromString( _rStr );
+
+    if ( !GetReferenceDevice() || ( GetReferenceDevice() == &_rTargetDevice ) )
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aRet = _rTargetDevice.GetTextRect( rRect, rPStr, nPStyle );
+        if (o_pDeviceSize)
+        {
+            *o_pDeviceSize = aRet.GetSize();
+        }
+        return aRet;
+    }
+
+    ControlTextRenderer aRenderer( *this, _rTargetDevice, *GetReferenceDevice() );
+    return aRenderer.GetTextRect(rRect, rPStr, nPStyle, o_pDeviceSize);
+}
+
+Font
+Control::GetUnzoomedControlPointFont() const
+{
+    Font aFont(GetCanonicalFont(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings()));
+    if (IsControlFont())
+        aFont.Merge(GetControlFont());
+    return aFont;
+}
+
+void Control::LogicInvalidate(const tools::Rectangle* pRectangle)
+{
+    VclPtr<vcl::Window> pParent = GetParentWithLOKNotifier();
+    if (!pParent || !dynamic_cast<vcl::DocWindow*>(GetParent()))
+    {
+        // if control doesn't belong to a DocWindow, the overridden base class
+        // method has to be invoked
+        Window::LogicInvalidate(pRectangle);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // avoid endless paint/invalidate loop in Impress
+    if (comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isTiledPainting())
+        return;
+
+    tools::Rectangle aResultRectangle;
+    if (!pRectangle)
+    {
+        // we have to invalidate the whole control area not the whole document
+        aResultRectangle = PixelToLogic(tools::Rectangle(GetPosPixel(), GetSizePixel()), MapMode(MapUnit::MapTwip));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aResultRectangle = OutputDevice::LogicToLogic(*pRectangle, GetMapMode(), MapMode(MapUnit::MapTwip));
+    }
+
+    pParent->GetLOKNotifier()->notifyInvalidation(&aResultRectangle);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/edit.cxx b/vcl/source/control/edit.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e75dc36b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/edit.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,2937 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <utility>
+#include <vcl/builder.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/cursor.hxx>
+#include <vcl/menu.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/edit.hxx>
+#include <vcl/weld.hxx>
+#include <vcl/specialchars.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/transfer.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/uiobject.hxx>
+#include <vcl/ptrstyle.hxx>
+
+#include <window.h>
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+#include <strings.hrc>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/BreakIterator.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/CharacterIteratorMode.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/WordType.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/XTransferable.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/clipboard/XClipboard.hpp>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/DNDConstants.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/XDragGestureRecognizer.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/XDropTarget.hpp>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/InputSequenceChecker.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/InputSequenceCheckMode.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/ScriptType.hpp>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Any.hxx>
+
+#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/string.hxx>
+
+#include <sot/exchange.hxx>
+#include <sot/formats.hxx>
+#include <sal/macros.h>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+
+#include <i18nlangtag/languagetag.hxx>
+#include <vcl/unohelp2.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/safeint.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/string_view.hxx>
+#include <officecfg/Office/Common.hxx>
+#include <tools/json_writer.hxx>
+
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <memory>
+#include <string_view>
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno;
+using namespace ::com::sun::star::lang;
+
+// - Redo
+// - if Tracking-Cancel recreate DefaultSelection
+
+static FncGetSpecialChars pImplFncGetSpecialChars = nullptr;
+
+#define EDIT_ALIGN_LEFT             1
+#define EDIT_ALIGN_CENTER           2
+#define EDIT_ALIGN_RIGHT            3
+
+#define EDIT_DEL_LEFT               1
+#define EDIT_DEL_RIGHT              2
+
+#define EDIT_DELMODE_SIMPLE         11
+#define EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFWORD     12
+#define EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT  13
+
+struct DDInfo
+{
+    vcl::Cursor     aCursor;
+    Selection       aDndStartSel;
+    sal_Int32       nDropPos;
+    bool            bStarterOfDD;
+    bool            bDroppedInMe;
+    bool            bVisCursor;
+    bool            bIsStringSupported;
+
+    DDInfo()
+    {
+        aCursor.SetStyle( CURSOR_SHADOW );
+        nDropPos = 0;
+        bStarterOfDD = false;
+        bDroppedInMe = false;
+        bVisCursor = false;
+        bIsStringSupported = false;
+    }
+};
+
+struct Impl_IMEInfos
+{
+    OUString      aOldTextAfterStartPos;
+    std::unique_ptr<ExtTextInputAttr[]>
+                  pAttribs;
+    sal_Int32     nPos;
+    sal_Int32     nLen;
+    bool          bCursor;
+    bool          bWasCursorOverwrite;
+
+    Impl_IMEInfos(sal_Int32 nPos, OUString aOldTextAfterStartPos);
+
+    void        CopyAttribs(const ExtTextInputAttr* pA, sal_Int32 nL);
+    void        DestroyAttribs();
+};
+
+Impl_IMEInfos::Impl_IMEInfos(sal_Int32 nP, OUString _aOldTextAfterStartPos)
+    : aOldTextAfterStartPos(std::move(_aOldTextAfterStartPos)),
+    nPos(nP),
+    nLen(0),
+    bCursor(true),
+    bWasCursorOverwrite(false)
+{
+}
+
+void Impl_IMEInfos::CopyAttribs(const ExtTextInputAttr* pA, sal_Int32 nL)
+{
+    nLen = nL;
+    pAttribs.reset(new ExtTextInputAttr[ nL ]);
+    memcpy( pAttribs.get(), pA, nL*sizeof(ExtTextInputAttr) );
+}
+
+void Impl_IMEInfos::DestroyAttribs()
+{
+    pAttribs.reset();
+    nLen = 0;
+}
+
+Edit::Edit( WindowType nType )
+    : Control( nType )
+{
+    ImplInitEditData();
+}
+
+Edit::Edit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+    : Control( WindowType::EDIT )
+{
+    ImplInitEditData();
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+void Edit::SetWidthInChars(sal_Int32 nWidthInChars)
+{
+    if (mnWidthInChars != nWidthInChars)
+    {
+        mnWidthInChars = nWidthInChars;
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::setMaxWidthChars(sal_Int32 nWidth)
+{
+    if (nWidth != mnMaxWidthChars)
+    {
+        mnMaxWidthChars = nWidth;
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+}
+
+bool Edit::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "width-chars")
+        SetWidthInChars(rValue.toInt32());
+    else if (rKey == "max-width-chars")
+        setMaxWidthChars(rValue.toInt32());
+    else if (rKey == "max-length")
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nTextLen = rValue.toInt32();
+        SetMaxTextLen(nTextLen == 0 ? EDIT_NOLIMIT : nTextLen);
+    }
+    else if (rKey == "editable")
+    {
+        SetReadOnly(!toBool(rValue));
+    }
+    else if (rKey == "overwrite-mode")
+    {
+        SetInsertMode(!toBool(rValue));
+    }
+    else if (rKey == "visibility")
+    {
+        mbPassword = false;
+        if (!toBool(rValue))
+            mbPassword = true;
+    }
+    else if (rKey == "placeholder-text")
+        SetPlaceholderText(rValue);
+    else if (rKey == "shadow-type")
+    {
+        if (GetStyle() & WB_BORDER)
+            SetBorderStyle(rValue == "none" ? WindowBorderStyle::MONO : WindowBorderStyle::NORMAL);
+    }
+    else
+        return Control::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+Edit::~Edit()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void Edit::dispose()
+{
+    mpUIBuilder.reset();
+    mpDDInfo.reset();
+
+    vcl::Cursor* pCursor = GetCursor();
+    if ( pCursor )
+    {
+        SetCursor( nullptr );
+        delete pCursor;
+    }
+
+    mpIMEInfos.reset();
+
+    if ( mxDnDListener.is() )
+    {
+        if ( GetDragGestureRecognizer().is() )
+        {
+            uno::Reference< datatransfer::dnd::XDragGestureListener> xDGL( mxDnDListener, uno::UNO_QUERY );
+            GetDragGestureRecognizer()->removeDragGestureListener( xDGL );
+        }
+        if ( GetDropTarget().is() )
+        {
+            uno::Reference< datatransfer::dnd::XDropTargetListener> xDTL( mxDnDListener, uno::UNO_QUERY );
+            GetDropTarget()->removeDropTargetListener( xDTL );
+        }
+
+        mxDnDListener->disposing( lang::EventObject() );  // #95154# #96585# Empty Source means it's the Client
+        mxDnDListener.clear();
+    }
+
+    SetType(WindowType::WINDOW);
+
+    mpSubEdit.disposeAndClear();
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplInitEditData()
+{
+    mpSubEdit               = VclPtr<Edit>();
+    mpFilterText            = nullptr;
+    mnXOffset               = 0;
+    mnAlign                 = EDIT_ALIGN_LEFT;
+    mnMaxTextLen            = EDIT_NOLIMIT;
+    mnWidthInChars          = -1;
+    mnMaxWidthChars         = -1;
+    mbInternModified        = false;
+    mbReadOnly              = false;
+    mbInsertMode            = true;
+    mbClickedInSelection    = false;
+    mbActivePopup           = false;
+    mbIsSubEdit             = false;
+    mbForceControlBackground = false;
+    mbPassword              = false;
+    mpDDInfo                = nullptr;
+    mpIMEInfos              = nullptr;
+    mcEchoChar              = 0;
+
+    // no default mirroring for Edit controls
+    // note: controls that use a subedit will revert this (SpinField, ComboBox)
+    EnableRTL( false );
+
+    mxDnDListener = new vcl::unohelper::DragAndDropWrapper( this );
+}
+
+bool Edit::ImplUseNativeBorder(vcl::RenderContext const & rRenderContext, WinBits nStyle) const
+{
+    bool bRet = rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ImplGetNativeControlType(),
+                                                        ControlPart::HasBackgroundTexture)
+                                 && ((nStyle & WB_BORDER) && !(nStyle & WB_NOBORDER));
+    if (!bRet && mbIsSubEdit)
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pWindow = GetParent();
+        nStyle = pWindow->GetStyle();
+        bRet = pWindow->IsNativeControlSupported(ImplGetNativeControlType(),
+                                                 ControlPart::HasBackgroundTexture)
+               && ((nStyle & WB_BORDER) && !(nStyle & WB_NOBORDER));
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplInit(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle)
+{
+    nStyle = ImplInitStyle(nStyle);
+
+    if (!(nStyle & (WB_CENTER | WB_RIGHT)))
+        nStyle |= WB_LEFT;
+
+    Control::ImplInit(pParent, nStyle, nullptr);
+
+    mbReadOnly = (nStyle & WB_READONLY) != 0;
+
+    mnAlign = EDIT_ALIGN_LEFT;
+
+    // hack: right align until keyinput and cursor travelling works
+    if( IsRTLEnabled() )
+        mnAlign = EDIT_ALIGN_RIGHT;
+
+    if ( nStyle & WB_RIGHT )
+        mnAlign = EDIT_ALIGN_RIGHT;
+    else if ( nStyle & WB_CENTER )
+        mnAlign = EDIT_ALIGN_CENTER;
+
+    SetCursor( new vcl::Cursor );
+
+    SetPointer( PointerStyle::Text );
+    ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+
+    uno::Reference< datatransfer::dnd::XDragGestureListener> xDGL( mxDnDListener, uno::UNO_QUERY );
+    uno::Reference< datatransfer::dnd::XDragGestureRecognizer > xDGR = GetDragGestureRecognizer();
+    if ( xDGR.is() )
+    {
+        xDGR->addDragGestureListener( xDGL );
+        uno::Reference< datatransfer::dnd::XDropTargetListener> xDTL( mxDnDListener, uno::UNO_QUERY );
+        GetDropTarget()->addDropTargetListener( xDTL );
+        GetDropTarget()->setActive( true );
+        GetDropTarget()->setDefaultActions( datatransfer::dnd::DNDConstants::ACTION_COPY_OR_MOVE );
+    }
+}
+
+WinBits Edit::ImplInitStyle( WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOTABSTOP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOGROUP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_GROUP;
+
+    return nStyle;
+}
+
+bool Edit::IsCharInput( const KeyEvent& rKeyEvent )
+{
+    // In the future we must use new Unicode functions for this
+    sal_Unicode cCharCode = rKeyEvent.GetCharCode();
+    return ((cCharCode >= 32) && (cCharCode != 127) &&
+            !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod3() &&
+            !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() &&
+            !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() );
+}
+
+void Edit::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    Control::ApplySettings(rRenderContext);
+
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+    const vcl::Font& aFont = rStyleSettings.GetFieldFont();
+    ApplyControlFont(rRenderContext, aFont);
+
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+
+    Color aTextColor = rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor();
+    ApplyControlForeground(rRenderContext, aTextColor);
+
+    if (IsControlBackground())
+    {
+        rRenderContext.SetBackground(GetControlBackground());
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor(GetControlBackground());
+
+        if (ImplUseNativeBorder(rRenderContext, GetStyle()))
+        {
+            // indicates that no non-native drawing of background should take place
+            mpWindowImpl->mnNativeBackground = ControlPart::Entire;
+        }
+    }
+    else if (ImplUseNativeBorder(rRenderContext, GetStyle()))
+    {
+        // Transparent background
+        rRenderContext.SetBackground();
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        rRenderContext.SetBackground(rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor());
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor());
+    }
+}
+
+tools::Long Edit::ImplGetExtraXOffset() const
+{
+    // MT 09/2002: nExtraOffsetX should become a member, instead of checking every time,
+    // but I need an incompatible update for this...
+    // #94095# Use extra offset only when edit has a border
+    tools::Long nExtraOffset = 0;
+    if( ( GetStyle() & WB_BORDER ) || ( mbIsSubEdit && ( GetParent()->GetStyle() & WB_BORDER ) ) )
+        nExtraOffset = 2;
+
+    return nExtraOffset;
+}
+
+tools::Long Edit::ImplGetExtraYOffset() const
+{
+    tools::Long nExtraOffset = 0;
+    ControlType eCtrlType = ImplGetNativeControlType();
+    if (eCtrlType != ControlType::EditboxNoBorder)
+    {
+        // add some space between text entry and border
+        nExtraOffset = 2;
+    }
+    return nExtraOffset;
+}
+
+OUString Edit::ImplGetText() const
+{
+    if ( mcEchoChar || mbPassword )
+    {
+        sal_Unicode cEchoChar;
+        if ( mcEchoChar )
+            cEchoChar = mcEchoChar;
+        else
+            cEchoChar = u'\x2022';
+        OUStringBuffer aText(maText.getLength());
+        comphelper::string::padToLength(aText, maText.getLength(), cEchoChar);
+        return aText.makeStringAndClear();
+    }
+    else
+        return maText.toString();
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplInvalidateOrRepaint()
+{
+    if( IsPaintTransparent() )
+    {
+        Invalidate();
+        // FIXME: this is currently only on macOS
+        if( ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoFocusRects )
+            PaintImmediately();
+    }
+    else
+        Invalidate();
+}
+
+tools::Long Edit::ImplGetTextYPosition() const
+{
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_TOP )
+        return ImplGetExtraXOffset();
+    else if ( GetStyle() & WB_BOTTOM )
+        return GetOutputSizePixel().Height() - GetTextHeight() - ImplGetExtraXOffset();
+    return ( GetOutputSizePixel().Height() - GetTextHeight() ) / 2;
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplRepaint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRectangle)
+{
+    if (!IsReallyVisible())
+        return;
+
+    ApplySettings(rRenderContext);
+
+    const OUString aText = ImplGetText();
+    const sal_Int32 nLen = aText.getLength();
+
+    KernArray aDX;
+    if (nLen)
+        GetOutDev()->GetCaretPositions(aText, aDX, 0, nLen);
+
+    tools::Long nTH = GetTextHeight();
+    Point aPos(mnXOffset, ImplGetTextYPosition());
+
+    vcl::Cursor* pCursor = GetCursor();
+    bool bVisCursor = pCursor && pCursor->IsVisible();
+    if (pCursor)
+        pCursor->Hide();
+
+    ImplClearBackground(rRenderContext, rRectangle, 0, GetOutputSizePixel().Width()-1);
+
+    bool bPaintPlaceholderText = aText.isEmpty() && !maPlaceholderText.isEmpty();
+
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+    if (!IsEnabled() || bPaintPlaceholderText)
+        rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetDisableColor());
+
+    // Set background color of the normal text
+    if (mbForceControlBackground && IsControlBackground())
+    {
+        // check if we need to set ControlBackground even in NWF case
+        rRenderContext.Push(vcl::PushFlags::FILLCOLOR | vcl::PushFlags::LINECOLOR);
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor();
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor(GetControlBackground());
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(tools::Rectangle(aPos, Size(GetOutputSizePixel().Width() - 2 * mnXOffset, GetOutputSizePixel().Height())));
+        rRenderContext.Pop();
+
+        rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor(GetControlBackground());
+    }
+    else if (IsPaintTransparent() || ImplUseNativeBorder(rRenderContext, GetStyle()))
+        rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor();
+    else
+        rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor(IsControlBackground() ? GetControlBackground() : rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor());
+
+    ImplPaintBorder(rRenderContext);
+
+    bool bDrawSelection = maSelection.Len() && (HasFocus() || (GetStyle() & WB_NOHIDESELECTION) || mbActivePopup);
+
+    aPos.setX( mnXOffset + ImplGetExtraXOffset() );
+    if (bPaintPlaceholderText)
+    {
+        rRenderContext.DrawText(aPos, maPlaceholderText);
+    }
+    else if (!bDrawSelection && !mpIMEInfos)
+    {
+        rRenderContext.DrawText(aPos, aText, 0, nLen);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // save graphics state
+        rRenderContext.Push();
+        // first calculate highlighted and non highlighted clip regions
+        vcl::Region aHighlightClipRegion;
+        vcl::Region aNormalClipRegion;
+        Selection aTmpSel(maSelection);
+        aTmpSel.Normalize();
+        // selection is highlighted
+        for(sal_Int32 i = 0; i < nLen; ++i)
+        {
+            tools::Rectangle aRect(aPos, Size(10, nTH));
+            aRect.SetLeft( aDX[2 * i] + mnXOffset + ImplGetExtraXOffset() );
+            aRect.SetRight( aDX[2 * i + 1] + mnXOffset + ImplGetExtraXOffset() );
+            aRect.Normalize();
+            bool bHighlight = false;
+            if (i >= aTmpSel.Min() && i < aTmpSel.Max())
+                bHighlight = true;
+
+            if (mpIMEInfos && mpIMEInfos->pAttribs &&
+                i >= mpIMEInfos->nPos && i < (mpIMEInfos->nPos+mpIMEInfos->nLen) &&
+                (mpIMEInfos->pAttribs[i - mpIMEInfos->nPos] & ExtTextInputAttr::Highlight))
+            {
+                bHighlight = true;
+            }
+
+            if (bHighlight)
+                aHighlightClipRegion.Union(aRect);
+            else
+                aNormalClipRegion.Union(aRect);
+        }
+        // draw normal text
+        Color aNormalTextColor = rRenderContext.GetTextColor();
+        rRenderContext.SetClipRegion(aNormalClipRegion);
+
+        if (IsPaintTransparent())
+            rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor();
+        else
+        {
+            // Set background color when part of the text is selected
+            if (ImplUseNativeBorder(rRenderContext, GetStyle()))
+            {
+                if( mbForceControlBackground && IsControlBackground() )
+                    rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor(GetControlBackground());
+                else
+                    rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor(IsControlBackground() ? GetControlBackground() : rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor());
+            }
+        }
+        rRenderContext.DrawText(aPos, aText, 0, nLen);
+
+        // draw highlighted text
+        rRenderContext.SetClipRegion(aHighlightClipRegion);
+        rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetHighlightTextColor());
+        rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor());
+        rRenderContext.DrawText(aPos, aText, 0, nLen);
+
+        // if IME info exists loop over portions and output different font attributes
+        if (mpIMEInfos && mpIMEInfos->pAttribs)
+        {
+            for(int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
+            {
+                vcl::Region aRegion;
+                if (n == 0)
+                {
+                    rRenderContext.SetTextColor(aNormalTextColor);
+                    if (IsPaintTransparent())
+                        rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor();
+                    else
+                        rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor(IsControlBackground() ? GetControlBackground() : rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor());
+                    aRegion = aNormalClipRegion;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetHighlightTextColor());
+                    rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor());
+                    aRegion = aHighlightClipRegion;
+                }
+
+                for(int i = 0; i < mpIMEInfos->nLen; )
+                {
+                    ExtTextInputAttr nAttr = mpIMEInfos->pAttribs[i];
+                    vcl::Region aClip;
+                    int nIndex = i;
+                    while (nIndex < mpIMEInfos->nLen && mpIMEInfos->pAttribs[nIndex] == nAttr)  // #112631# check nIndex before using it
+                    {
+                        tools::Rectangle aRect( aPos, Size( 10, nTH ) );
+                        aRect.SetLeft( aDX[2 * (nIndex + mpIMEInfos->nPos)] + mnXOffset + ImplGetExtraXOffset() );
+                        aRect.SetRight( aDX[2 * (nIndex + mpIMEInfos->nPos) + 1] + mnXOffset + ImplGetExtraXOffset() );
+                        aRect.Normalize();
+                        aClip.Union(aRect);
+                        nIndex++;
+                    }
+                    i = nIndex;
+                    aClip.Intersect(aRegion);
+                    if (!aClip.IsEmpty() && nAttr != ExtTextInputAttr::NONE)
+                    {
+                        vcl::Font aFont = rRenderContext.GetFont();
+                        if (nAttr & ExtTextInputAttr::Underline)
+                            aFont.SetUnderline(LINESTYLE_SINGLE);
+                        else if (nAttr & ExtTextInputAttr::DoubleUnderline)
+                            aFont.SetUnderline(LINESTYLE_DOUBLE);
+                        else if (nAttr & ExtTextInputAttr::BoldUnderline)
+                            aFont.SetUnderline( LINESTYLE_BOLD);
+                        else if (nAttr & ExtTextInputAttr::DottedUnderline)
+                            aFont.SetUnderline( LINESTYLE_DOTTED);
+                        else if (nAttr & ExtTextInputAttr::DashDotUnderline)
+                            aFont.SetUnderline( LINESTYLE_DASHDOT);
+                        else if (nAttr & ExtTextInputAttr::GrayWaveline)
+                        {
+                            aFont.SetUnderline(LINESTYLE_WAVE);
+                            rRenderContext.SetTextLineColor(COL_LIGHTGRAY);
+                        }
+                        rRenderContext.SetFont(aFont);
+
+                        if (nAttr & ExtTextInputAttr::RedText)
+                            rRenderContext.SetTextColor(COL_RED);
+                        else if (nAttr & ExtTextInputAttr::HalfToneText)
+                            rRenderContext.SetTextColor(COL_LIGHTGRAY);
+
+                        rRenderContext.SetClipRegion(aClip);
+                        rRenderContext.DrawText(aPos, aText, 0, nLen);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // restore graphics state
+        rRenderContext.Pop();
+    }
+
+    if (bVisCursor && (!mpIMEInfos || mpIMEInfos->bCursor))
+        pCursor->Show();
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplDelete( const Selection& rSelection, sal_uInt8 nDirection, sal_uInt8 nMode )
+{
+    const sal_Int32 nTextLen = ImplGetText().getLength();
+
+    // deleting possible?
+    if ( !rSelection.Len() &&
+         (((rSelection.Min() == 0) && (nDirection == EDIT_DEL_LEFT)) ||
+          ((rSelection.Max() == nTextLen) && (nDirection == EDIT_DEL_RIGHT))) )
+        return;
+
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+
+    Selection aSelection( rSelection );
+    aSelection.Normalize();
+
+    if ( !aSelection.Len() )
+    {
+        uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > xBI = ImplGetBreakIterator();
+        if ( nDirection == EDIT_DEL_LEFT )
+        {
+            if ( nMode == EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFWORD )
+            {
+                const OUString sText = maText.toString();
+                i18n::Boundary aBoundary = xBI->getWordBoundary( sText, aSelection.Min(),
+                        GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES, true );
+                auto startPos = aBoundary.startPos;
+                if ( startPos == aSelection.Min() )
+                {
+                    aBoundary = xBI->previousWord( sText, aSelection.Min(),
+                            GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES );
+                    startPos = std::max(aBoundary.startPos, sal_Int32(0));
+                }
+                aSelection.Min() = startPos;
+            }
+            else if ( nMode == EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT )
+               {
+                aSelection.Min() = 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                sal_Int32 nCount = 1;
+                aSelection.Min() = xBI->previousCharacters( maText.toString(), aSelection.Min(),
+                        GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCHARACTER, nCount, nCount );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( nMode == EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFWORD )
+            {
+                i18n::Boundary aBoundary = xBI->nextWord( maText.toString(), aSelection.Max(),
+                        GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES );
+                aSelection.Max() = aBoundary.startPos;
+            }
+            else if ( nMode == EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT )
+            {
+                aSelection.Max() = nTextLen;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                sal_Int32 nCount = 1;
+                aSelection.Max() = xBI->nextCharacters( maText.toString(), aSelection.Max(),
+                        GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCHARACTER, nCount, nCount );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    const auto nSelectionMin = aSelection.Min();
+    maText.remove( nSelectionMin, aSelection.Len() );
+    maSelection.Min() = nSelectionMin;
+    maSelection.Max() = nSelectionMin;
+    ImplAlignAndPaint();
+    mbInternModified = true;
+}
+
+OUString Edit::ImplGetValidString( const OUString& rString )
+{
+    OUString aValidString = rString.replaceAll("\n", "").replaceAll("\r", "");
+    aValidString = aValidString.replace('\t', ' ');
+    return aValidString;
+}
+
+uno::Reference <i18n::XBreakIterator> const& Edit::ImplGetBreakIterator()
+{
+    if (!mxBreakIterator)
+        mxBreakIterator = i18n::BreakIterator::create(::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext());
+    return mxBreakIterator;
+}
+
+uno::Reference <i18n::XExtendedInputSequenceChecker> const& Edit::ImplGetInputSequenceChecker()
+{
+    if (!mxISC.is())
+        mxISC = i18n::InputSequenceChecker::create(::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext());
+    return mxISC;
+}
+
+void Edit::ShowTruncationWarning(weld::Widget* pParent)
+{
+    std::unique_ptr<weld::MessageDialog> xBox(Application::CreateMessageDialog(pParent, VclMessageType::Warning,
+                                              VclButtonsType::Ok, VclResId(SV_EDIT_WARNING_STR)));
+    xBox->run();
+}
+
+bool Edit::ImplTruncateToMaxLen( OUString& rStr, sal_Int32 nSelectionLen ) const
+{
+    bool bWasTruncated = false;
+    if (maText.getLength() - nSelectionLen > mnMaxTextLen - rStr.getLength())
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nErasePos = mnMaxTextLen - maText.getLength() + nSelectionLen;
+        rStr = rStr.copy( 0, nErasePos );
+        bWasTruncated = true;
+    }
+    return bWasTruncated;
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplInsertText( const OUString& rStr, const Selection* pNewSel, bool bIsUserInput )
+{
+    Selection aSelection( maSelection );
+    aSelection.Normalize();
+
+    OUString aNewText( ImplGetValidString( rStr ) );
+
+    // as below, if there's no selection, but we're in overwrite mode and not beyond
+    // the end of the existing text then that's like a selection of 1
+    auto nSelectionLen = aSelection.Len();
+    if (!nSelectionLen && !mbInsertMode && aSelection.Max() < maText.getLength())
+        nSelectionLen = 1;
+    ImplTruncateToMaxLen( aNewText, nSelectionLen );
+
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+
+    if ( aSelection.Len() )
+        maText.remove( aSelection.Min(), aSelection.Len() );
+    else if (!mbInsertMode && aSelection.Max() < maText.getLength())
+        maText.remove( aSelection.Max(), 1 );
+
+    // take care of input-sequence-checking now
+    if (bIsUserInput && !rStr.isEmpty())
+    {
+        SAL_WARN_IF( rStr.getLength() != 1, "vcl", "unexpected string length. User input is expected to provide 1 char only!" );
+
+        // determine if input-sequence-checking should be applied or not
+
+        uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > xBI = ImplGetBreakIterator();
+        bool bIsInputSequenceChecking = rStr.getLength() == 1 &&
+                officecfg::Office::Common::I18N::CTL::CTLFont::get() &&
+                officecfg::Office::Common::I18N::CTL::CTLSequenceChecking::get() &&
+                aSelection.Min() > 0 && /* first char needs not to be checked */
+                xBI.is() && i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX == xBI->getScriptType( rStr, 0 );
+
+        if (bIsInputSequenceChecking)
+        {
+            uno::Reference < i18n::XExtendedInputSequenceChecker > xISC = ImplGetInputSequenceChecker();
+            if (xISC.is())
+            {
+                sal_Unicode cChar = rStr[0];
+                sal_Int32 nTmpPos = aSelection.Min();
+                sal_Int16 nCheckMode = officecfg::Office::Common::I18N::CTL::CTLSequenceCheckingRestricted::get()?
+                        i18n::InputSequenceCheckMode::STRICT : i18n::InputSequenceCheckMode::BASIC;
+
+                // the text that needs to be checked is only the one
+                // before the current cursor position
+                const OUString aOldText( maText.subView(0, nTmpPos) );
+                OUString aTmpText( aOldText );
+                if (officecfg::Office::Common::I18N::CTL::CTLSequenceCheckingTypeAndReplace::get())
+                {
+                    xISC->correctInputSequence( aTmpText, nTmpPos - 1, cChar, nCheckMode );
+
+                    // find position of first character that has changed
+                    sal_Int32 nOldLen = aOldText.getLength();
+                    sal_Int32 nTmpLen = aTmpText.getLength();
+                    const sal_Unicode *pOldTxt = aOldText.getStr();
+                    const sal_Unicode *pTmpTxt = aTmpText.getStr();
+                    sal_Int32 nChgPos = 0;
+                    while ( nChgPos < nOldLen && nChgPos < nTmpLen &&
+                            pOldTxt[nChgPos] == pTmpTxt[nChgPos] )
+                        ++nChgPos;
+
+                    const OUString aChgText( aTmpText.copy( nChgPos ) );
+
+                    // remove text from first pos to be changed to current pos
+                    maText.remove( nChgPos, nTmpPos - nChgPos );
+
+                    if (!aChgText.isEmpty())
+                    {
+                        aNewText = aChgText;
+                        aSelection.Min() = nChgPos; // position for new text to be inserted
+                    }
+                    else
+                        aNewText.clear();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // should the character be ignored (i.e. not get inserted) ?
+                    if (!xISC->checkInputSequence( aOldText, nTmpPos - 1, cChar, nCheckMode ))
+                        aNewText.clear();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // at this point now we will insert the non-empty text 'normally' some lines below...
+    }
+
+    if ( !aNewText.isEmpty() )
+        maText.insert( aSelection.Min(), aNewText );
+
+    if ( !pNewSel )
+    {
+        maSelection.Min() = aSelection.Min() + aNewText.getLength();
+        maSelection.Max() = maSelection.Min();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        maSelection = *pNewSel;
+        if ( maSelection.Min() > maText.getLength() )
+            maSelection.Min() = maText.getLength();
+        if ( maSelection.Max() > maText.getLength() )
+            maSelection.Max() = maText.getLength();
+    }
+
+    ImplAlignAndPaint();
+    mbInternModified = true;
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplSetText( const OUString& rText, const Selection* pNewSelection )
+{
+    // we delete text by "selecting" the old text completely then calling InsertText; this is flicker free
+    if ( ( rText.getLength() > mnMaxTextLen ) ||
+         ( std::u16string_view(rText) == std::u16string_view(maText)
+           && (!pNewSelection || (*pNewSelection == maSelection)) ) )
+        return;
+
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+    maSelection.Min() = 0;
+    maSelection.Max() = maText.getLength();
+    if ( mnXOffset || HasPaintEvent() )
+    {
+        mnXOffset = 0;
+        maText = ImplGetValidString( rText );
+
+        // #i54929# recalculate mnXOffset before ImplSetSelection,
+        // else cursor ends up in wrong position
+        ImplAlign();
+
+        if ( pNewSelection )
+            ImplSetSelection( *pNewSelection, false );
+
+        if ( mnXOffset && !pNewSelection )
+            maSelection.Max() = 0;
+
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else
+        ImplInsertText( rText, pNewSelection );
+
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::EditModify );
+}
+
+ControlType Edit::ImplGetNativeControlType() const
+{
+    ControlType nCtrl = ControlType::Generic;
+    const vcl::Window* pControl = mbIsSubEdit ? GetParent() : this;
+
+    switch (pControl->GetType())
+    {
+        case WindowType::COMBOBOX:
+        case WindowType::PATTERNBOX:
+        case WindowType::NUMERICBOX:
+        case WindowType::METRICBOX:
+        case WindowType::CURRENCYBOX:
+        case WindowType::DATEBOX:
+        case WindowType::TIMEBOX:
+        case WindowType::LONGCURRENCYBOX:
+            nCtrl = ControlType::Combobox;
+            break;
+
+        case WindowType::MULTILINEEDIT:
+            if ( GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border ) != this )
+                nCtrl = ControlType::MultilineEditbox;
+            else
+                nCtrl = ControlType::EditboxNoBorder;
+            break;
+
+        case WindowType::EDIT:
+        case WindowType::PATTERNFIELD:
+        case WindowType::METRICFIELD:
+        case WindowType::CURRENCYFIELD:
+        case WindowType::DATEFIELD:
+        case WindowType::TIMEFIELD:
+        case WindowType::SPINFIELD:
+        case WindowType::FORMATTEDFIELD:
+            if (pControl->GetStyle() & WB_SPIN)
+                nCtrl = ControlType::Spinbox;
+            else
+            {
+                if (GetWindow(GetWindowType::Border) != this)
+                    nCtrl = ControlType::Editbox;
+                else
+                    nCtrl = ControlType::EditboxNoBorder;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            nCtrl = ControlType::Editbox;
+    }
+    return nCtrl;
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplClearBackground(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRectangle, tools::Long nXStart, tools::Long nXEnd )
+{
+    /*
+    * note: at this point the cursor must be switched off already
+    */
+    tools::Rectangle aRect(Point(), GetOutputSizePixel());
+    aRect.SetLeft( nXStart );
+    aRect.SetRight( nXEnd );
+
+    if( !(ImplUseNativeBorder(rRenderContext, GetStyle()) || IsPaintTransparent()))
+        rRenderContext.Erase(aRect);
+    else if (SupportsDoubleBuffering() && mbIsSubEdit)
+    {
+        // ImplPaintBorder() is a NOP, we have a native border, and this is a sub-edit of a control.
+        // That means we have to draw the parent native widget to paint the edit area to clear our background.
+        vcl::PaintBufferGuard g(ImplGetWindowImpl()->mpFrameData, GetParent());
+        GetParent()->Paint(rRenderContext, rRectangle);
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplPaintBorder(vcl::RenderContext const & rRenderContext)
+{
+    // this is not needed when double-buffering
+    if (SupportsDoubleBuffering())
+        return;
+
+    if (!(ImplUseNativeBorder(rRenderContext, GetStyle()) || IsPaintTransparent()))
+        return;
+
+    // draw the inner part by painting the whole control using its border window
+    vcl::Window* pBorder = GetWindow(GetWindowType::Border);
+    if (pBorder == this)
+    {
+        // we have no border, use parent
+        vcl::Window* pControl = mbIsSubEdit ? GetParent() : this;
+        pBorder = pControl->GetWindow(GetWindowType::Border);
+        if (pBorder == this)
+            pBorder = GetParent();
+    }
+
+    if (!pBorder)
+        return;
+
+    // set proper clipping region to not overdraw the whole control
+    vcl::Region aClipRgn = GetPaintRegion();
+    if (!aClipRgn.IsNull())
+    {
+        // transform clipping region to border window's coordinate system
+        if (IsRTLEnabled() != pBorder->IsRTLEnabled() && AllSettings::GetLayoutRTL())
+        {
+            // need to mirror in case border is not RTL but edit is (or vice versa)
+
+            // mirror
+            tools::Rectangle aBounds(aClipRgn.GetBoundRect());
+            int xNew = GetOutputSizePixel().Width() - aBounds.GetWidth() - aBounds.Left();
+            aClipRgn.Move(xNew - aBounds.Left(), 0);
+
+            // move offset of border window
+            Point aBorderOffs = pBorder->ScreenToOutputPixel(OutputToScreenPixel(Point()));
+            aClipRgn.Move(aBorderOffs.X(), aBorderOffs.Y());
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // normal case
+            Point aBorderOffs = pBorder->ScreenToOutputPixel(OutputToScreenPixel(Point()));
+            aClipRgn.Move(aBorderOffs.X(), aBorderOffs.Y());
+        }
+
+        vcl::Region oldRgn(pBorder->GetOutDev()->GetClipRegion());
+        pBorder->GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion(aClipRgn);
+
+        pBorder->Paint(*pBorder->GetOutDev(), tools::Rectangle());
+
+        pBorder->GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion(oldRgn);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pBorder->Paint(*pBorder->GetOutDev(), tools::Rectangle());
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplShowCursor( bool bOnlyIfVisible )
+{
+    if ( !IsUpdateMode() || ( bOnlyIfVisible && !IsReallyVisible() ) )
+        return;
+
+    vcl::Cursor* pCursor = GetCursor();
+    OUString aText = ImplGetText();
+
+    tools::Long nTextPos = 0;
+
+    if( !aText.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        KernArray aDX;
+        GetOutDev()->GetCaretPositions(aText, aDX, 0, aText.getLength());
+
+        if( maSelection.Max() < aText.getLength() )
+            nTextPos = aDX[ 2*maSelection.Max() ];
+        else
+            nTextPos = aDX[ 2*aText.getLength()-1 ];
+    }
+
+    tools::Long nCursorWidth = 0;
+    if ( !mbInsertMode && !maSelection.Len() && (maSelection.Max() < aText.getLength()) )
+        nCursorWidth = GetTextWidth(aText, maSelection.Max(), 1);
+    tools::Long nCursorPosX = nTextPos + mnXOffset + ImplGetExtraXOffset();
+
+    // cursor should land in visible area
+    const Size aOutSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+    if ( (nCursorPosX < 0) || (nCursorPosX >= aOutSize.Width()) )
+    {
+        tools::Long nOldXOffset = mnXOffset;
+
+        if ( nCursorPosX < 0 )
+        {
+            mnXOffset = - nTextPos;
+            tools::Long nMaxX = 0;
+            mnXOffset += aOutSize.Width() / 5;
+            if ( mnXOffset > nMaxX )
+                mnXOffset = nMaxX;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mnXOffset = (aOutSize.Width()-ImplGetExtraXOffset()) - nTextPos;
+            // Something more?
+            if ( (aOutSize.Width()-ImplGetExtraXOffset()) < nTextPos )
+            {
+                tools::Long nMaxNegX = (aOutSize.Width()-ImplGetExtraXOffset()) - GetTextWidth( aText );
+                mnXOffset -= aOutSize.Width() / 5;
+                if ( mnXOffset < nMaxNegX )  // both negative...
+                    mnXOffset = nMaxNegX;
+            }
+        }
+
+        nCursorPosX = nTextPos + mnXOffset + ImplGetExtraXOffset();
+        if ( nCursorPosX == aOutSize.Width() )  // then invisible...
+            nCursorPosX--;
+
+        if ( mnXOffset != nOldXOffset )
+            ImplInvalidateOrRepaint();
+    }
+
+    const tools::Long nTextHeight = GetTextHeight();
+    const tools::Long nCursorPosY = ImplGetTextYPosition();
+    if (pCursor)
+    {
+        pCursor->SetPos( Point( nCursorPosX, nCursorPosY ) );
+        pCursor->SetSize( Size( nCursorWidth, nTextHeight ) );
+        pCursor->Show();
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplAlign()
+{
+    if (mnAlign == EDIT_ALIGN_LEFT && !mnXOffset)
+    {
+        // short circuit common case and avoid slow GetTextWidth() calc
+        return;
+    }
+
+    tools::Long nTextWidth = GetTextWidth( ImplGetText() );
+    tools::Long nOutWidth = GetOutputSizePixel().Width();
+
+    if ( mnAlign == EDIT_ALIGN_LEFT )
+    {
+        if (nTextWidth < nOutWidth)
+            mnXOffset = 0;
+    }
+    else if ( mnAlign == EDIT_ALIGN_RIGHT )
+    {
+        tools::Long nMinXOffset = nOutWidth - nTextWidth - 1 - ImplGetExtraXOffset();
+        bool bRTL = IsRTLEnabled();
+        if( mbIsSubEdit && GetParent() )
+            bRTL = GetParent()->IsRTLEnabled();
+        if( bRTL )
+        {
+            if( nTextWidth < nOutWidth )
+                mnXOffset = nMinXOffset;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( nTextWidth < nOutWidth )
+                mnXOffset = nMinXOffset;
+            else if ( mnXOffset < nMinXOffset )
+                mnXOffset = nMinXOffset;
+        }
+    }
+    else if( mnAlign == EDIT_ALIGN_CENTER )
+    {
+        // would be nicer with check while scrolling but then it's not centred in scrolled state
+        mnXOffset = (nOutWidth - nTextWidth) / 2;
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplAlignAndPaint()
+{
+    ImplAlign();
+    ImplInvalidateOrRepaint();
+    ImplShowCursor();
+}
+
+sal_Int32 Edit::ImplGetCharPos( const Point& rWindowPos ) const
+{
+    sal_Int32 nIndex = EDIT_NOLIMIT;
+    OUString aText = ImplGetText();
+
+    if (aText.isEmpty())
+        return nIndex;
+
+    KernArray aDX;
+    GetOutDev()->GetCaretPositions(aText, aDX, 0, aText.getLength());
+    tools::Long nX = rWindowPos.X() - mnXOffset - ImplGetExtraXOffset();
+    for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < aText.getLength(); aText.iterateCodePoints(&i))
+    {
+        if( (aDX[2*i] >= nX && aDX[2*i+1] <= nX) ||
+            (aDX[2*i+1] >= nX && aDX[2*i] <= nX))
+        {
+            nIndex = i;
+            if( aDX[2*i] < aDX[2*i+1] )
+            {
+                if( nX > (aDX[2*i]+aDX[2*i+1])/2 )
+                    aText.iterateCodePoints(&nIndex);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if( nX < (aDX[2*i]+aDX[2*i+1])/2 )
+                    aText.iterateCodePoints(&nIndex);
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    if( nIndex == EDIT_NOLIMIT )
+    {
+        nIndex = 0;
+        sal_Int32 nFinalIndex = 0;
+        tools::Long nDiff = std::abs( aDX[0]-nX );
+        sal_Int32 i = 0;
+        if (!aText.isEmpty())
+        {
+            aText.iterateCodePoints(&i);    //skip the first character
+        }
+        while (i < aText.getLength())
+        {
+            tools::Long nNewDiff = std::abs( aDX[2*i]-nX );
+
+            if( nNewDiff < nDiff )
+            {
+                nIndex = i;
+                nDiff = nNewDiff;
+            }
+
+            nFinalIndex = i;
+
+            aText.iterateCodePoints(&i);
+        }
+        if (nIndex == nFinalIndex && std::abs( aDX[2*nIndex+1] - nX ) < nDiff)
+            nIndex = EDIT_NOLIMIT;
+    }
+
+    return nIndex;
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplSetCursorPos( sal_Int32 nChar, bool bSelect )
+{
+    Selection aSelection( maSelection );
+    aSelection.Max() = nChar;
+    if ( !bSelect )
+        aSelection.Min() = aSelection.Max();
+    ImplSetSelection( aSelection );
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplCopyToSelectionClipboard()
+{
+    if ( GetSelection().Len() )
+    {
+        css::uno::Reference<css::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aSelection(GetSystemPrimarySelection());
+        ImplCopy( aSelection );
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplCopy( uno::Reference< datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard > const & rxClipboard )
+{
+    vcl::unohelper::TextDataObject::CopyStringTo( GetSelected(), rxClipboard );
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplPaste( uno::Reference< datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard > const & rxClipboard )
+{
+    if ( !rxClipboard.is() )
+        return;
+
+    uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable > xDataObj;
+
+    try
+        {
+            SolarMutexReleaser aReleaser;
+            xDataObj = rxClipboard->getContents();
+        }
+    catch( const css::uno::Exception& )
+        {
+        }
+
+    if ( !xDataObj.is() )
+        return;
+
+    datatransfer::DataFlavor aFlavor;
+    SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SotClipboardFormatId::STRING, aFlavor );
+    try
+    {
+        uno::Any aData = xDataObj->getTransferData( aFlavor );
+        OUString aText;
+        aData >>= aText;
+
+        // tdf#127588 - extend selection to the entire field or paste the text
+        // from the clipboard to the current position if there is no selection
+        if (mnMaxTextLen < EDIT_NOLIMIT && maSelection.Len() == 0)
+        {
+            const sal_Int32 aTextLen = aText.getLength();
+            if (aTextLen == mnMaxTextLen)
+            {
+                maSelection.Min() = 0;
+                maSelection.Max() = mnMaxTextLen;
+            } else
+                maSelection.Max() = std::min<sal_Int32>(maSelection.Min() + aTextLen, mnMaxTextLen);
+        }
+
+        Selection aSelection(maSelection);
+        aSelection.Normalize();
+        if (ImplTruncateToMaxLen(aText, aSelection.Len()))
+            ShowTruncationWarning(GetFrameWeld());
+
+        ReplaceSelected( aText );
+    }
+    catch( const css::uno::Exception& )
+    {
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+    {
+        Control::MouseButtonDown( rMEvt );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    sal_Int32 nCharPos = ImplGetCharPos( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() );
+    Selection aSelection( maSelection );
+    aSelection.Normalize();
+
+    if ( rMEvt.GetClicks() < 4 )
+    {
+        mbClickedInSelection = false;
+        if ( rMEvt.GetClicks() == 3 )
+        {
+            ImplSetSelection( Selection( 0, EDIT_NOLIMIT) );
+            ImplCopyToSelectionClipboard();
+
+        }
+        else if ( rMEvt.GetClicks() == 2 )
+        {
+            uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > xBI = ImplGetBreakIterator();
+            i18n::Boundary aBoundary = xBI->getWordBoundary( maText.toString(), aSelection.Max(),
+                     GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES, true );
+            ImplSetSelection( Selection( aBoundary.startPos, aBoundary.endPos ) );
+            ImplCopyToSelectionClipboard();
+        }
+        else if ( !rMEvt.IsShift() && HasFocus() && aSelection.Contains( nCharPos ) )
+            mbClickedInSelection = true;
+        else if ( rMEvt.IsLeft() )
+            ImplSetCursorPos( nCharPos, rMEvt.IsShift() );
+
+        if ( !mbClickedInSelection && rMEvt.IsLeft() && ( rMEvt.GetClicks() == 1 ) )
+            StartTracking( StartTrackingFlags::ScrollRepeat );
+    }
+
+    GrabFocus();
+}
+
+void Edit::MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if ( mbClickedInSelection && rMEvt.IsLeft() )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nCharPos = ImplGetCharPos( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() );
+        ImplSetCursorPos( nCharPos, false );
+        mbClickedInSelection = false;
+    }
+    else if ( rMEvt.IsMiddle() && !mbReadOnly &&
+              ( GetSettings().GetMouseSettings().GetMiddleButtonAction() == MouseMiddleButtonAction::PasteSelection ) )
+    {
+        css::uno::Reference<css::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aSelection(GetSystemPrimarySelection());
+        ImplPaste( aSelection );
+        Modify();
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::Tracking( const TrackingEvent& rTEvt )
+{
+    if ( rTEvt.IsTrackingEnded() )
+    {
+        if ( mbClickedInSelection )
+        {
+            sal_Int32 nCharPos = ImplGetCharPos( rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().GetPosPixel() );
+            ImplSetCursorPos( nCharPos, false );
+            mbClickedInSelection = false;
+        }
+        else if ( rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().IsLeft() )
+        {
+            ImplCopyToSelectionClipboard();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if( !mbClickedInSelection )
+        {
+            sal_Int32 nCharPos = ImplGetCharPos( rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().GetPosPixel() );
+            ImplSetCursorPos( nCharPos, true );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool Edit::ImplHandleKeyEvent( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    bool        bDone = false;
+    sal_uInt16      nCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode();
+    KeyFuncType eFunc = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetFunction();
+
+    mbInternModified = false;
+
+    if ( eFunc != KeyFuncType::DONTKNOW )
+    {
+        switch ( eFunc )
+        {
+            case KeyFuncType::CUT:
+            {
+                if ( !mbReadOnly && maSelection.Len() && !mbPassword )
+                {
+                    Cut();
+                    Modify();
+                    bDone = true;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+            case KeyFuncType::COPY:
+            {
+                if ( !mbPassword )
+                {
+                    Copy();
+                    bDone = true;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+            case KeyFuncType::PASTE:
+            {
+                if ( !mbReadOnly )
+                {
+                    Paste();
+                    bDone = true;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+            case KeyFuncType::UNDO:
+            {
+                if ( !mbReadOnly )
+                {
+                    Undo();
+                    bDone = true;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+            default:
+                eFunc = KeyFuncType::DONTKNOW;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( !bDone && rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() && !rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+    {
+        if ( nCode == KEY_A )
+        {
+            ImplSetSelection( Selection( 0, maText.getLength() ) );
+            bDone = true;
+        }
+        else if ( rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsShift() && (nCode == KEY_S) )
+        {
+            if ( pImplFncGetSpecialChars )
+            {
+                Selection aSaveSel = GetSelection(); // if someone changes the selection in Get/LoseFocus, e.g. URL bar
+                OUString aChars = pImplFncGetSpecialChars( GetFrameWeld(), GetFont() );
+                SetSelection( aSaveSel );
+                if ( !aChars.isEmpty() )
+                {
+                    ImplInsertText( aChars );
+                    Modify();
+                }
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( eFunc == KeyFuncType::DONTKNOW && ! bDone )
+    {
+        switch ( nCode )
+        {
+            case css::awt::Key::SELECT_ALL:
+            {
+                ImplSetSelection( Selection( 0, maText.getLength() ) );
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+            break;
+
+            case KEY_LEFT:
+            case KEY_RIGHT:
+            case KEY_HOME:
+            case KEY_END:
+            case css::awt::Key::MOVE_WORD_FORWARD:
+            case css::awt::Key::SELECT_WORD_FORWARD:
+            case css::awt::Key::MOVE_WORD_BACKWARD:
+            case css::awt::Key::SELECT_WORD_BACKWARD:
+            case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_LINE:
+            case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_LINE:
+            case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_LINE:
+            case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_LINE:
+            case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_PARAGRAPH:
+            case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_PARAGRAPH:
+            case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_PARAGRAPH:
+            case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_PARAGRAPH:
+            case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_DOCUMENT:
+            case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_DOCUMENT:
+            case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_DOCUMENT:
+            case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_DOCUMENT:
+            {
+                if ( !rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+                {
+                    ImplClearLayoutData();
+                    uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > xBI = ImplGetBreakIterator();
+
+                    Selection aSel( maSelection );
+                    bool bWord = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod1();
+                    bool bSelect = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsShift();
+                    bool bGoLeft = (nCode == KEY_LEFT);
+                    bool bGoRight = (nCode == KEY_RIGHT);
+                    bool bGoHome = (nCode == KEY_HOME);
+                    bool bGoEnd = (nCode == KEY_END);
+
+                    switch( nCode )
+                    {
+                    case css::awt::Key::MOVE_WORD_FORWARD:
+                        bGoRight = bWord = true;break;
+                    case css::awt::Key::SELECT_WORD_FORWARD:
+                        bGoRight = bSelect = bWord = true;break;
+                    case css::awt::Key::MOVE_WORD_BACKWARD:
+                        bGoLeft = bWord = true;break;
+                    case css::awt::Key::SELECT_WORD_BACKWARD:
+                        bGoLeft = bSelect = bWord = true;break;
+                    case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_LINE:
+                    case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_PARAGRAPH:
+                    case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_DOCUMENT:
+                        bSelect = true;
+                        [[fallthrough]];
+                    case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_LINE:
+                    case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_PARAGRAPH:
+                    case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_DOCUMENT:
+                        bGoHome = true;break;
+                    case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_LINE:
+                    case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_PARAGRAPH:
+                    case css::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_DOCUMENT:
+                        bSelect = true;
+                        [[fallthrough]];
+                    case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_LINE:
+                    case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_PARAGRAPH:
+                    case css::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_DOCUMENT:
+                        bGoEnd = true;break;
+                    default:
+                        break;
+                    }
+
+                    // range is checked in ImplSetSelection ...
+                    if ( bGoLeft && aSel.Max() )
+                    {
+                        if ( bWord )
+                        {
+                            const OUString sText = maText.toString();
+                            i18n::Boundary aBoundary = xBI->getWordBoundary( sText, aSel.Max(),
+                                    GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES, true );
+                            if ( aBoundary.startPos == aSel.Max() )
+                                aBoundary = xBI->previousWord( sText, aSel.Max(),
+                                        GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES );
+                            aSel.Max() = aBoundary.startPos;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            sal_Int32 nCount = 1;
+                            aSel.Max() = xBI->previousCharacters( maText.toString(), aSel.Max(),
+                                    GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCHARACTER, nCount, nCount );
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else if ( bGoRight && ( aSel.Max() < maText.getLength() ) )
+                    {
+                        if ( bWord )
+                        {
+                            i18n::Boundary aBoundary = xBI->nextWord( maText.toString(), aSel.Max(),
+                                    GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES );
+                            aSel.Max() = aBoundary.startPos;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            sal_Int32 nCount = 1;
+                            aSel.Max() = xBI->nextCharacters( maText.toString(), aSel.Max(),
+                                    GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCHARACTER, nCount, nCount );
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else if ( bGoHome )
+                    {
+                        aSel.Max() = 0;
+                    }
+                    else if ( bGoEnd )
+                    {
+                        aSel.Max() = EDIT_NOLIMIT;
+                    }
+
+                    if ( !bSelect )
+                        aSel.Min() = aSel.Max();
+
+                    if ( aSel != GetSelection() )
+                    {
+                        ImplSetSelection( aSel );
+                        ImplCopyToSelectionClipboard();
+                    }
+
+                    if (bGoEnd && maAutocompleteHdl.IsSet() && !rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetModifier())
+                    {
+                        if ( (maSelection.Min() == maSelection.Max()) && (maSelection.Min() == maText.getLength()) )
+                        {
+                            maAutocompleteHdl.Call(*this);
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    bDone = true;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+            case css::awt::Key::DELETE_WORD_BACKWARD:
+            case css::awt::Key::DELETE_WORD_FORWARD:
+            case css::awt::Key::DELETE_TO_BEGIN_OF_LINE:
+            case css::awt::Key::DELETE_TO_END_OF_LINE:
+            case KEY_BACKSPACE:
+            case KEY_DELETE:
+            {
+                if ( !mbReadOnly && !rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+                {
+                    sal_uInt8 nDel = (nCode == KEY_DELETE) ? EDIT_DEL_RIGHT : EDIT_DEL_LEFT;
+                    sal_uInt8 nMode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() ? EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFWORD : EDIT_DELMODE_SIMPLE;
+                    if ( (nMode == EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFWORD) && rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsShift() )
+                        nMode = EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT;
+                    switch( nCode )
+                    {
+                    case css::awt::Key::DELETE_WORD_BACKWARD:
+                        nDel = EDIT_DEL_LEFT;
+                        nMode = EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFWORD;
+                        break;
+                    case css::awt::Key::DELETE_WORD_FORWARD:
+                        nDel = EDIT_DEL_RIGHT;
+                        nMode = EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFWORD;
+                        break;
+                    case css::awt::Key::DELETE_TO_BEGIN_OF_LINE:
+                        nDel = EDIT_DEL_LEFT;
+                        nMode = EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT;
+                        break;
+                    case css::awt::Key::DELETE_TO_END_OF_LINE:
+                        nDel = EDIT_DEL_RIGHT;
+                        nMode = EDIT_DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT;
+                        break;
+                    default: break;
+                    }
+                    sal_Int32 nOldLen = maText.getLength();
+                    ImplDelete( maSelection, nDel, nMode );
+                    if ( maText.getLength() != nOldLen )
+                        Modify();
+                    bDone = true;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+            case KEY_INSERT:
+            {
+                if ( !mpIMEInfos && !mbReadOnly && !rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+                {
+                    SetInsertMode( !mbInsertMode );
+                    bDone = true;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+            case KEY_RETURN:
+                if (maActivateHdl.IsSet() && !rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetModifier())
+                    bDone = maActivateHdl.Call(*this);
+            break;
+
+            default:
+            {
+                if ( IsCharInput( rKEvt ) )
+                {
+                    bDone = true;   // read characters also when in ReadOnly
+                    if ( !mbReadOnly )
+                    {
+                        ImplInsertText(OUString(rKEvt.GetCharCode()), nullptr, true);
+                        if (maAutocompleteHdl.IsSet())
+                        {
+                            if ( (maSelection.Min() == maSelection.Max()) && (maSelection.Min() == maText.getLength()) )
+                            {
+                                maAutocompleteHdl.Call(*this);
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( mbInternModified )
+        Modify();
+
+    return bDone;
+}
+
+void Edit::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit || !ImplHandleKeyEvent( rKEvt ) )
+        Control::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+}
+
+void Edit::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    mxLayoutData.emplace();
+    const_cast<Edit*>(this)->Invalidate();
+}
+
+void Edit::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRectangle)
+{
+    if (!mpSubEdit)
+        ImplRepaint(rRenderContext, rRectangle);
+}
+
+void Edit::Resize()
+{
+    if ( !mpSubEdit && IsReallyVisible() )
+    {
+        Control::Resize();
+        // because of vertical centering...
+        mnXOffset = 0;
+        ImplAlign();
+        Invalidate();
+        ImplShowCursor();
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::Draw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos, SystemTextColorFlags nFlags )
+{
+    ApplySettings(*pDev);
+
+    Point aPos = pDev->LogicToPixel( rPos );
+    Size aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    vcl::Font aFont = GetDrawPixelFont( pDev );
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+    pDev->SetFont( aFont );
+    pDev->SetTextFillColor();
+
+    // Border/Background
+    pDev->SetLineColor();
+    pDev->SetFillColor();
+    bool bBorder = (GetStyle() & WB_BORDER);
+    bool bBackground = IsControlBackground();
+    if ( bBorder || bBackground )
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aRect( aPos, aSize );
+        if ( bBorder )
+        {
+            ImplDrawFrame( pDev, aRect );
+        }
+        if ( bBackground )
+        {
+            pDev->SetFillColor( GetControlBackground() );
+            pDev->DrawRect( aRect );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Content
+    if ( nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono )
+        pDev->SetTextColor( COL_BLACK );
+    else
+    {
+        if ( !IsEnabled() )
+        {
+            const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+            pDev->SetTextColor( rStyleSettings.GetDisableColor() );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pDev->SetTextColor( GetTextColor() );
+        }
+    }
+
+    const tools::Long nOnePixel = GetDrawPixel( pDev, 1 );
+    const tools::Long nOffX = 3*nOnePixel;
+    DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = DrawTextFlags::VCenter;
+    tools::Rectangle aTextRect( aPos, aSize );
+
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_CENTER )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Center;
+    else if ( GetStyle() & WB_RIGHT )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Right;
+    else
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Left;
+
+    aTextRect.AdjustLeft(nOffX );
+    aTextRect.AdjustRight( -nOffX );
+
+    OUString    aText = ImplGetText();
+    tools::Long        nTextHeight = pDev->GetTextHeight();
+    tools::Long        nTextWidth = pDev->GetTextWidth( aText );
+    tools::Long        nOffY = (aSize.Height() - nTextHeight) / 2;
+
+    // Clipping?
+    if ( (nOffY < 0) ||
+         ((nOffY+nTextHeight) > aSize.Height()) ||
+         ((nOffX+nTextWidth) > aSize.Width()) )
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aClip( aPos, aSize );
+        if ( nTextHeight > aSize.Height() )
+            aClip.AdjustBottom(nTextHeight-aSize.Height()+1 );  // prevent HP printers from 'optimizing'
+        pDev->IntersectClipRegion( aClip );
+    }
+
+    pDev->DrawText( aTextRect, aText, nTextStyle );
+    pDev->Pop();
+
+    if ( GetSubEdit() )
+    {
+        Size aOrigSize(GetSubEdit()->GetSizePixel());
+        GetSubEdit()->SetSizePixel(GetSizePixel());
+        GetSubEdit()->Draw(pDev, rPos, nFlags);
+        GetSubEdit()->SetSizePixel(aOrigSize);
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplInvalidateOutermostBorder( vcl::Window* pWin )
+{
+    // allow control to show focused state
+    vcl::Window *pInvalWin = pWin;
+    for (;;)
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pBorder = pInvalWin->GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border );
+        if (pBorder == pInvalWin || !pBorder ||
+           pInvalWin->ImplGetFrame() != pBorder->ImplGetFrame() )
+           break;
+        pInvalWin = pBorder;
+    }
+
+    pInvalWin->Invalidate( InvalidateFlags::Children | InvalidateFlags::Update );
+}
+
+void Edit::GetFocus()
+{
+    Control::GetFocus();
+
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        mpSubEdit->ImplGrabFocus( GetGetFocusFlags() );
+    else if ( !mbActivePopup )
+    {
+        maUndoText = maText.toString();
+        SelectionOptions nSelOptions = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetSelectionOptions();
+        if ( !( GetStyle() & (WB_NOHIDESELECTION|WB_READONLY) )
+                && ( GetGetFocusFlags() & (GetFocusFlags::Init|GetFocusFlags::Tab|GetFocusFlags::CURSOR|GetFocusFlags::Mnemonic) ) )
+        {
+            if ( nSelOptions & SelectionOptions::ShowFirst )
+            {
+                maSelection.Min() = maText.getLength();
+                maSelection.Max() = 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                maSelection.Min() = 0;
+                maSelection.Max() = maText.getLength();
+            }
+            if ( mbIsSubEdit )
+                static_cast<Edit*>(GetParent())->CallEventListeners( VclEventId::EditSelectionChanged );
+            else
+                CallEventListeners( VclEventId::EditSelectionChanged );
+        }
+
+        ImplShowCursor();
+
+        if (IsNativeWidgetEnabled() &&
+            IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Editbox, ControlPart::Entire ))
+        {
+            ImplInvalidateOutermostBorder( mbIsSubEdit ? GetParent() : this );
+        }
+        else if ( maSelection.Len() )
+        {
+            // paint the selection
+            if ( !HasPaintEvent() )
+                ImplInvalidateOrRepaint();
+            else
+                Invalidate();
+        }
+
+        SetInputContext( InputContext( GetFont(), !IsReadOnly() ? InputContextFlags::Text|InputContextFlags::ExtText : InputContextFlags::NONE ) );
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::LoseFocus()
+{
+    if ( !mpSubEdit )
+    {
+        if (IsNativeWidgetEnabled() &&
+            IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Editbox, ControlPart::Entire))
+        {
+            ImplInvalidateOutermostBorder( mbIsSubEdit ? GetParent() : this );
+        }
+
+        if ( !mbActivePopup && !( GetStyle() & WB_NOHIDESELECTION ) && maSelection.Len() )
+            ImplInvalidateOrRepaint();    // paint the selection
+    }
+
+    Control::LoseFocus();
+}
+
+bool Edit::PreNotify(NotifyEvent& rNEvt)
+{
+    if (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::MOUSEMOVE)
+    {
+        const MouseEvent* pMouseEvt = rNEvt.GetMouseEvent();
+        if (pMouseEvt && !pMouseEvt->GetButtons() && !pMouseEvt->IsSynthetic() && !pMouseEvt->IsModifierChanged())
+        {
+            // trigger redraw if mouse over state has changed
+            if (pMouseEvt->IsLeaveWindow() || pMouseEvt->IsEnterWindow())
+            {
+                if (IsNativeWidgetEnabled() &&
+                    IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Editbox, ControlPart::Entire))
+                {
+                    ImplInvalidateOutermostBorder(this);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Control::PreNotify(rNEvt);
+}
+
+void Edit::Command( const CommandEvent& rCEvt )
+{
+    if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::ContextMenu )
+    {
+        VclPtr<PopupMenu> pPopup = Edit::CreatePopupMenu();
+
+        bool bEnableCut = true;
+        bool bEnableCopy = true;
+        bool bEnableDelete = true;
+        bool bEnablePaste = true;
+        bool bEnableSpecialChar = true;
+
+        if ( !maSelection.Len() )
+        {
+            bEnableCut = false;
+            bEnableCopy = false;
+            bEnableDelete = false;
+        }
+
+        if ( IsReadOnly() )
+        {
+            bEnableCut = false;
+            bEnablePaste = false;
+            bEnableDelete = false;
+            bEnableSpecialChar = false;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // only paste if text available in clipboard
+            bool bData = false;
+            uno::Reference< datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard > xClipboard = GetClipboard();
+
+            if ( xClipboard.is() )
+            {
+                uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable > xDataObj;
+                {
+                    SolarMutexReleaser aReleaser;
+                    xDataObj = xClipboard->getContents();
+                }
+                if ( xDataObj.is() )
+                {
+                    datatransfer::DataFlavor aFlavor;
+                    SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SotClipboardFormatId::STRING, aFlavor );
+                    bData = xDataObj->isDataFlavorSupported( aFlavor );
+                }
+            }
+            bEnablePaste = bData;
+        }
+
+        pPopup->EnableItem(pPopup->GetItemId(u"cut"), bEnableCut);
+        pPopup->EnableItem(pPopup->GetItemId(u"copy"), bEnableCopy);
+        pPopup->EnableItem(pPopup->GetItemId(u"delete"), bEnableDelete);
+        pPopup->EnableItem(pPopup->GetItemId(u"paste"), bEnablePaste);
+        pPopup->SetItemText(pPopup->GetItemId(u"specialchar"),
+            BuilderUtils::convertMnemonicMarkup(VclResId(STR_SPECIAL_CHARACTER_MENU_ENTRY)));
+        pPopup->EnableItem(pPopup->GetItemId(u"specialchar"), bEnableSpecialChar);
+        pPopup->EnableItem(
+            pPopup->GetItemId(u"undo"),
+            std::u16string_view(maUndoText) != std::u16string_view(maText));
+        bool bAllSelected = maSelection.Min() == 0 && maSelection.Max() == maText.getLength();
+        pPopup->EnableItem(pPopup->GetItemId(u"selectall"), !bAllSelected);
+        pPopup->ShowItem(pPopup->GetItemId(u"specialchar"), pImplFncGetSpecialChars != nullptr);
+
+        mbActivePopup = true;
+        Selection aSaveSel = GetSelection(); // if someone changes selection in Get/LoseFocus, e.g. URL bar
+        Point aPos = rCEvt.GetMousePosPixel();
+        if ( !rCEvt.IsMouseEvent() )
+        {
+            // Show menu eventually centered in selection
+            Size aSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+            aPos = Point( aSize.Width()/2, aSize.Height()/2 );
+        }
+        sal_uInt16 n = pPopup->Execute( this, aPos );
+        SetSelection( aSaveSel );
+        OUString sCommand = pPopup->GetItemIdent(n);
+        if (sCommand == "undo")
+        {
+            Undo();
+            Modify();
+        }
+        else if (sCommand == "cut")
+        {
+            Cut();
+            Modify();
+        }
+        else if (sCommand == "copy")
+        {
+            Copy();
+        }
+        else if (sCommand == "paste")
+        {
+            Paste();
+            Modify();
+        }
+        else if (sCommand == "delete")
+        {
+            DeleteSelected();
+            Modify();
+        }
+        else if (sCommand == "selectall")
+        {
+            ImplSetSelection( Selection( 0, maText.getLength() ) );
+        }
+        else if (sCommand == "specialchar" && pImplFncGetSpecialChars)
+        {
+            OUString aChars = pImplFncGetSpecialChars(GetFrameWeld(), GetFont());
+            if (!isDisposed()) // destroyed while the insert special character dialog was still open
+            {
+                SetSelection( aSaveSel );
+                if (!aChars.isEmpty())
+                {
+                    ImplInsertText( aChars );
+                    Modify();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        pPopup.clear();
+        mbActivePopup = false;
+    }
+    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::StartExtTextInput )
+    {
+        DeleteSelected();
+        sal_Int32 nPos = maSelection.Max();
+        mpIMEInfos.reset(new Impl_IMEInfos( nPos, maText.copy(nPos).makeStringAndClear() ));
+        mpIMEInfos->bWasCursorOverwrite = !IsInsertMode();
+    }
+    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::EndExtTextInput )
+    {
+        bool bInsertMode = !mpIMEInfos->bWasCursorOverwrite;
+        mpIMEInfos.reset();
+
+        SetInsertMode(bInsertMode);
+        Modify();
+
+        Invalidate();
+
+        // #i25161# call auto complete handler for ext text commit also
+        if (maAutocompleteHdl.IsSet())
+        {
+            if ( (maSelection.Min() == maSelection.Max()) && (maSelection.Min() == maText.getLength()) )
+            {
+                maAutocompleteHdl.Call(*this);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::ExtTextInput )
+    {
+        const CommandExtTextInputData* pData = rCEvt.GetExtTextInputData();
+
+        maText.remove( mpIMEInfos->nPos, mpIMEInfos->nLen );
+        maText.insert( mpIMEInfos->nPos, pData->GetText() );
+        if ( mpIMEInfos->bWasCursorOverwrite )
+        {
+            const sal_Int32 nOldIMETextLen = mpIMEInfos->nLen;
+            const sal_Int32 nNewIMETextLen = pData->GetText().getLength();
+            if ( ( nOldIMETextLen > nNewIMETextLen ) &&
+                 ( nNewIMETextLen < mpIMEInfos->aOldTextAfterStartPos.getLength() ) )
+            {
+                // restore old characters
+                const sal_Int32 nRestore = nOldIMETextLen - nNewIMETextLen;
+                maText.insert( mpIMEInfos->nPos + nNewIMETextLen, mpIMEInfos->aOldTextAfterStartPos.subView( nNewIMETextLen, nRestore ) );
+            }
+            else if ( ( nOldIMETextLen < nNewIMETextLen ) &&
+                      ( nOldIMETextLen < mpIMEInfos->aOldTextAfterStartPos.getLength() ) )
+            {
+                const sal_Int32 nOverwrite = ( nNewIMETextLen > mpIMEInfos->aOldTextAfterStartPos.getLength()
+                    ? mpIMEInfos->aOldTextAfterStartPos.getLength() : nNewIMETextLen ) - nOldIMETextLen;
+                maText.remove( mpIMEInfos->nPos + nNewIMETextLen, nOverwrite );
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( pData->GetTextAttr() )
+        {
+            mpIMEInfos->CopyAttribs( pData->GetTextAttr(), pData->GetText().getLength() );
+            mpIMEInfos->bCursor = pData->IsCursorVisible();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mpIMEInfos->DestroyAttribs();
+        }
+
+        ImplAlignAndPaint();
+        sal_Int32 nCursorPos = mpIMEInfos->nPos + pData->GetCursorPos();
+        SetSelection( Selection( nCursorPos, nCursorPos ) );
+        SetInsertMode( !pData->IsCursorOverwrite() );
+
+        if ( pData->IsCursorVisible() )
+            GetCursor()->Show();
+        else
+            GetCursor()->Hide();
+    }
+    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::CursorPos )
+    {
+        if ( mpIMEInfos )
+        {
+            sal_Int32 nCursorPos = GetSelection().Max();
+            SetCursorRect( nullptr, GetTextWidth( maText.toString(), nCursorPos, mpIMEInfos->nPos+mpIMEInfos->nLen-nCursorPos ) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SetCursorRect();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::SelectionChange )
+    {
+        const CommandSelectionChangeData *pData = rCEvt.GetSelectionChangeData();
+        Selection aSelection( pData->GetStart(), pData->GetEnd() );
+        SetSelection(aSelection);
+    }
+    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::QueryCharPosition )
+    {
+        if (mpIMEInfos && mpIMEInfos->nLen > 0)
+        {
+            OUString aText = ImplGetText();
+            KernArray aDX;
+            GetOutDev()->GetCaretPositions(aText, aDX, 0, aText.getLength());
+
+            tools::Long    nTH = GetTextHeight();
+            Point   aPos( mnXOffset, ImplGetTextYPosition() );
+
+            std::vector<tools::Rectangle> aRects(mpIMEInfos->nLen);
+            for ( int nIndex = 0; nIndex < mpIMEInfos->nLen; ++nIndex )
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle aRect( aPos, Size( 10, nTH ) );
+                aRect.SetLeft( aDX[2*(nIndex+mpIMEInfos->nPos)] + mnXOffset + ImplGetExtraXOffset() );
+                aRects[ nIndex ] = aRect;
+            }
+            SetCompositionCharRect(aRects.data(), mpIMEInfos->nLen);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        Control::Command( rCEvt );
+}
+
+void Edit::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    if (nType == StateChangedType::InitShow)
+    {
+        if (!mpSubEdit)
+        {
+            mnXOffset = 0;  // if GrabFocus before while size was still wrong
+            ImplAlign();
+            if (!mpSubEdit)
+                ImplShowCursor(false);
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if (nType == StateChangedType::Enable)
+    {
+        if (!mpSubEdit)
+        {
+            // change text color only
+            ImplInvalidateOrRepaint();
+        }
+    }
+    else if (nType == StateChangedType::Style || nType == StateChangedType::Mirroring)
+    {
+        WinBits nStyle = GetStyle();
+        if (nType == StateChangedType::Style)
+        {
+            nStyle = ImplInitStyle(GetStyle());
+            SetStyle(nStyle);
+        }
+
+        sal_uInt16 nOldAlign = mnAlign;
+        mnAlign = EDIT_ALIGN_LEFT;
+
+        // hack: right align until keyinput and cursor travelling works
+        // edits are always RTL disabled
+        // however the parent edits contain the correct setting
+        if (mbIsSubEdit && GetParent()->IsRTLEnabled())
+        {
+            if (GetParent()->GetStyle() & WB_LEFT)
+                mnAlign = EDIT_ALIGN_RIGHT;
+            if (nType == StateChangedType::Mirroring)
+                GetOutDev()->SetLayoutMode(vcl::text::ComplexTextLayoutFlags::BiDiRtl | vcl::text::ComplexTextLayoutFlags::TextOriginLeft);
+        }
+        else if (mbIsSubEdit && !GetParent()->IsRTLEnabled())
+        {
+            if (nType == StateChangedType::Mirroring)
+                GetOutDev()->SetLayoutMode(vcl::text::ComplexTextLayoutFlags::TextOriginLeft);
+        }
+
+        if (nStyle & WB_RIGHT)
+            mnAlign = EDIT_ALIGN_RIGHT;
+        else if (nStyle & WB_CENTER)
+            mnAlign = EDIT_ALIGN_CENTER;
+        if (!maText.isEmpty() && (mnAlign != nOldAlign))
+        {
+            ImplAlign();
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+
+    }
+    else if ((nType == StateChangedType::Zoom) || (nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont))
+    {
+        if (!mpSubEdit)
+        {
+            ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+            ImplShowCursor();
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ((nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground) || (nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground))
+    {
+        if (!mpSubEdit)
+        {
+            ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+
+    Control::StateChanged(nType);
+}
+
+void Edit::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+          (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE)) )
+    {
+        if ( !mpSubEdit )
+        {
+            ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+            ImplShowCursor();
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplShowDDCursor()
+{
+    if (!mpDDInfo->bVisCursor)
+    {
+        tools::Long nTextWidth = GetTextWidth( maText.toString(), 0, mpDDInfo->nDropPos );
+        tools::Long nTextHeight = GetTextHeight();
+        tools::Rectangle aCursorRect( Point( nTextWidth + mnXOffset, (GetOutDev()->GetOutputSize().Height()-nTextHeight)/2 ), Size( 2, nTextHeight ) );
+        mpDDInfo->aCursor.SetWindow( this );
+        mpDDInfo->aCursor.SetPos( aCursorRect.TopLeft() );
+        mpDDInfo->aCursor.SetSize( aCursorRect.GetSize() );
+        mpDDInfo->aCursor.Show();
+        mpDDInfo->bVisCursor = true;
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplHideDDCursor()
+{
+    if ( mpDDInfo && mpDDInfo->bVisCursor )
+    {
+        mpDDInfo->aCursor.Hide();
+        mpDDInfo->bVisCursor = false;
+    }
+}
+
+TextFilter::TextFilter(OUString _aForbiddenChars)
+    : sForbiddenChars(std::move(_aForbiddenChars))
+{
+}
+
+TextFilter::~TextFilter()
+{
+}
+
+OUString TextFilter::filter(const OUString &rText)
+{
+    OUString sTemp(rText);
+    for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < sForbiddenChars.getLength(); ++i)
+    {
+        sTemp = sTemp.replaceAll(OUStringChar(sForbiddenChars[i]), "");
+    }
+    return sTemp;
+}
+
+void Edit::filterText()
+{
+    Selection aSel = GetSelection();
+    const OUString sOrig = GetText();
+    const OUString sNew = mpFilterText->filter(GetText());
+    if (sOrig != sNew)
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nDiff = sOrig.getLength() - sNew.getLength();
+        if (nDiff)
+        {
+            aSel.setMin(aSel.getMin() - nDiff);
+            aSel.setMax(aSel.getMin());
+        }
+        SetText(sNew);
+        SetSelection(aSel);
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::Modify()
+{
+    if (mpFilterText)
+        filterText();
+
+    if ( mbIsSubEdit )
+    {
+        static_cast<Edit*>(GetParent())->Modify();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::EditModify, [this] () { maModifyHdl.Call(*this); } ) )
+            // have been destroyed while calling into the handlers
+            return;
+
+        // #i13677# notify edit listeners about caret position change
+        CallEventListeners( VclEventId::EditCaretChanged );
+        // FIXME: this is currently only on macOS
+        // check for other platforms that need similar handling
+        if( ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoFocusRects &&
+            IsNativeWidgetEnabled() &&
+            IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Editbox, ControlPart::Entire ) )
+        {
+            ImplInvalidateOutermostBorder( this );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::SetEchoChar( sal_Unicode c )
+{
+    mcEchoChar = c;
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        mpSubEdit->SetEchoChar( c );
+}
+
+void Edit::SetReadOnly( bool bReadOnly )
+{
+    if ( mbReadOnly != bReadOnly )
+    {
+        mbReadOnly = bReadOnly;
+        if ( mpSubEdit )
+            mpSubEdit->SetReadOnly( bReadOnly );
+
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::ReadOnly );
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::SetInsertMode( bool bInsert )
+{
+    if ( bInsert != mbInsertMode )
+    {
+        mbInsertMode = bInsert;
+        if ( mpSubEdit )
+            mpSubEdit->SetInsertMode( bInsert );
+        else
+            ImplShowCursor();
+    }
+}
+
+bool Edit::IsInsertMode() const
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        return mpSubEdit->IsInsertMode();
+    else
+        return mbInsertMode;
+}
+
+void Edit::SetMaxTextLen(sal_Int32 nMaxLen)
+{
+    mnMaxTextLen = nMaxLen > 0 ? nMaxLen : EDIT_NOLIMIT;
+
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        mpSubEdit->SetMaxTextLen( mnMaxTextLen );
+    else
+    {
+        if ( maText.getLength() > mnMaxTextLen )
+            ImplDelete( Selection( mnMaxTextLen, maText.getLength() ), EDIT_DEL_RIGHT, EDIT_DELMODE_SIMPLE );
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::SetSelection( const Selection& rSelection )
+{
+    // If the selection was changed from outside, e.g. by MouseButtonDown, don't call Tracking()
+    // directly afterwards which would change the selection again
+    if ( IsTracking() )
+        EndTracking();
+    else if ( mpSubEdit && mpSubEdit->IsTracking() )
+        mpSubEdit->EndTracking();
+
+    ImplSetSelection( rSelection );
+}
+
+void Edit::ImplSetSelection( const Selection& rSelection, bool bPaint )
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        mpSubEdit->ImplSetSelection( rSelection );
+    else
+    {
+        if ( rSelection != maSelection )
+        {
+            Selection aOld( maSelection );
+            Selection aNew( rSelection );
+
+            if ( aNew.Min() > maText.getLength() )
+                aNew.Min() = maText.getLength();
+            if ( aNew.Max() > maText.getLength() )
+                aNew.Max() = maText.getLength();
+            if ( aNew.Min() < 0 )
+                aNew.Min() = 0;
+            if ( aNew.Max() < 0 )
+                aNew.Max() = 0;
+
+            if ( aNew != maSelection )
+            {
+                ImplClearLayoutData();
+                Selection aTemp = maSelection;
+                maSelection = aNew;
+
+                if ( bPaint && ( aOld.Len() || aNew.Len() || IsPaintTransparent() ) )
+                    ImplInvalidateOrRepaint();
+                ImplShowCursor();
+
+                bool bCaret = false, bSelection = false;
+                tools::Long nB=aNew.Max(), nA=aNew.Min(),oB=aTemp.Max(), oA=aTemp.Min();
+                tools::Long nGap = nB-nA, oGap = oB-oA;
+                if (nB != oB)
+                    bCaret = true;
+                if (nGap != 0 || oGap != 0)
+                    bSelection = true;
+
+                if (bSelection)
+                {
+                    if ( mbIsSubEdit )
+                        static_cast<Edit*>(GetParent())->CallEventListeners( VclEventId::EditSelectionChanged );
+                    else
+                        CallEventListeners( VclEventId::EditSelectionChanged );
+                }
+
+                if (bCaret)
+                {
+                    if ( mbIsSubEdit )
+                        static_cast<Edit*>(GetParent())->CallEventListeners( VclEventId::EditCaretChanged );
+                    else
+                        CallEventListeners( VclEventId::EditCaretChanged );
+                }
+
+                // #103511# notify combobox listeners of deselection
+                if( !maSelection && GetParent() && GetParent()->GetType() == WindowType::COMBOBOX )
+                    static_cast<Edit*>(GetParent())->CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ComboboxDeselect );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+const Selection& Edit::GetSelection() const
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        return mpSubEdit->GetSelection();
+    else
+        return maSelection;
+}
+
+void Edit::ReplaceSelected( const OUString& rStr )
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        mpSubEdit->ReplaceSelected( rStr );
+    else
+        ImplInsertText( rStr );
+}
+
+void Edit::DeleteSelected()
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        mpSubEdit->DeleteSelected();
+    else
+    {
+        if ( maSelection.Len() )
+            ImplDelete( maSelection, EDIT_DEL_RIGHT, EDIT_DELMODE_SIMPLE );
+    }
+}
+
+OUString Edit::GetSelected() const
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        return mpSubEdit->GetSelected();
+    else
+    {
+        Selection aSelection( maSelection );
+        aSelection.Normalize();
+        return OUString( maText.getStr() + aSelection.Min(), aSelection.Len() );
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::Cut()
+{
+    if ( !mbPassword )
+    {
+        Copy();
+        ReplaceSelected( OUString() );
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::Copy()
+{
+    if ( !mbPassword )
+    {
+        css::uno::Reference<css::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aClipboard(GetClipboard());
+        ImplCopy( aClipboard );
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::Paste()
+{
+    css::uno::Reference<css::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aClipboard(GetClipboard());
+    ImplPaste( aClipboard );
+}
+
+void Edit::Undo()
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        mpSubEdit->Undo();
+    else
+    {
+        const OUString aText( maText.toString() );
+        ImplDelete( Selection( 0, aText.getLength() ), EDIT_DEL_RIGHT, EDIT_DELMODE_SIMPLE );
+        ImplInsertText( maUndoText );
+        ImplSetSelection( Selection( 0, maUndoText.getLength() ) );
+        maUndoText = aText;
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::SetText( const OUString& rStr )
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        mpSubEdit->SetText( rStr ); // not directly ImplSetText if SetText overridden
+    else
+    {
+        Selection aNewSel( 0, 0 );  // prevent scrolling
+        ImplSetText( rStr, &aNewSel );
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::SetText( const OUString& rStr, const Selection& rSelection )
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        mpSubEdit->SetText( rStr, rSelection );
+    else
+        ImplSetText( rStr, &rSelection );
+}
+
+OUString Edit::GetText() const
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        return mpSubEdit->GetText();
+    else
+        return maText.toString();
+}
+
+void Edit::SetCursorAtLast(){
+    ImplSetCursorPos( GetText().getLength(), false );
+}
+
+void Edit::SetPlaceholderText( const OUString& rStr )
+{
+    if ( mpSubEdit )
+        mpSubEdit->SetPlaceholderText( rStr );
+    else if ( maPlaceholderText != rStr )
+    {
+        maPlaceholderText = rStr;
+        if ( GetText().isEmpty() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void Edit::SetModifyFlag()
+{
+}
+
+void Edit::SetSubEdit(Edit* pEdit)
+{
+    mpSubEdit.disposeAndClear();
+    mpSubEdit.set(pEdit);
+
+    if (mpSubEdit)
+    {
+        SetPointer(PointerStyle::Arrow);    // Only SubEdit has the BEAM...
+        mpSubEdit->mbIsSubEdit = true;
+
+        mpSubEdit->SetReadOnly(mbReadOnly);
+        mpSubEdit->maAutocompleteHdl = maAutocompleteHdl;
+    }
+}
+
+Size Edit::CalcMinimumSizeForText(const OUString &rString) const
+{
+    ControlType eCtrlType = ImplGetNativeControlType();
+
+    Size aSize;
+    if (mnWidthInChars != -1)
+    {
+        //CalcSize calls CalcWindowSize, but we will call that also in this
+        //function, so undo the first one with CalcOutputSize
+        aSize = CalcOutputSize(CalcSize(mnWidthInChars));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        OUString aString;
+        if (mnMaxWidthChars != -1 && mnMaxWidthChars < rString.getLength())
+            aString = rString.copy(0, mnMaxWidthChars);
+        else
+            aString = rString;
+
+        aSize.setHeight( GetTextHeight() );
+        aSize.setWidth( GetTextWidth(aString) );
+        aSize.AdjustWidth(ImplGetExtraXOffset() * 2 );
+
+        // do not create edit fields in which one cannot enter anything
+        // a default minimum width should exist for at least 3 characters
+
+        //CalcSize calls CalcWindowSize, but we will call that also in this
+        //function, so undo the first one with CalcOutputSize
+        Size aMinSize(CalcOutputSize(CalcSize(3)));
+        if (aSize.Width() < aMinSize.Width())
+            aSize.setWidth( aMinSize.Width() );
+    }
+
+    aSize.AdjustHeight(ImplGetExtraYOffset() * 2 );
+
+    aSize = CalcWindowSize( aSize );
+
+    // ask NWF what if it has an opinion, too
+    ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+    tools::Rectangle aRect( Point( 0, 0 ), aSize );
+    tools::Rectangle aContent, aBound;
+    if (GetNativeControlRegion(eCtrlType, ControlPart::Entire, aRect, ControlState::NONE,
+                               aControlValue, aBound, aContent))
+    {
+        if (aBound.GetHeight() > aSize.Height())
+            aSize.setHeight( aBound.GetHeight() );
+    }
+    return aSize;
+}
+
+Size Edit::CalcMinimumSize() const
+{
+    return CalcMinimumSizeForText(GetText());
+}
+
+Size Edit::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return CalcMinimumSize();
+}
+
+Size Edit::CalcSize(sal_Int32 nChars) const
+{
+    // width for N characters, independent from content.
+    // works only correct for fixed fonts, average otherwise
+    float fUnitWidth = std::max(approximate_char_width(), approximate_digit_width());
+    Size aSz(fUnitWidth * nChars, GetTextHeight());
+    aSz.AdjustWidth(ImplGetExtraXOffset() * 2 );
+    aSz = CalcWindowSize( aSz );
+    return aSz;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 Edit::GetMaxVisChars() const
+{
+    const vcl::Window* pW = mpSubEdit ? mpSubEdit : this;
+    sal_Int32 nOutWidth = pW->GetOutputSizePixel().Width();
+    float fUnitWidth = std::max(approximate_char_width(), approximate_digit_width());
+    return nOutWidth / fUnitWidth;
+}
+
+namespace vcl
+{
+    void SetGetSpecialCharsFunction( FncGetSpecialChars fn )
+    {
+        pImplFncGetSpecialChars = fn;
+    }
+
+    FncGetSpecialChars GetGetSpecialCharsFunction()
+    {
+        return pImplFncGetSpecialChars;
+    }
+}
+
+VclPtr<PopupMenu> Edit::CreatePopupMenu()
+{
+    if (!mpUIBuilder)
+        mpUIBuilder.reset(new VclBuilder(nullptr, AllSettings::GetUIRootDir(), "vcl/ui/editmenu.ui", ""));
+    VclPtr<PopupMenu> pPopup = mpUIBuilder->get_menu(u"menu");
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = Application::GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    if (rStyleSettings.GetHideDisabledMenuItems())
+        pPopup->SetMenuFlags( MenuFlags::HideDisabledEntries );
+    else
+        pPopup->SetMenuFlags ( MenuFlags::AlwaysShowDisabledEntries );
+    if (rStyleSettings.GetContextMenuShortcuts())
+    {
+        pPopup->SetAccelKey(pPopup->GetItemId(u"undo"), vcl::KeyCode( KeyFuncType::UNDO));
+        pPopup->SetAccelKey(pPopup->GetItemId(u"cut"), vcl::KeyCode( KeyFuncType::CUT));
+        pPopup->SetAccelKey(pPopup->GetItemId(u"copy"), vcl::KeyCode( KeyFuncType::COPY));
+        pPopup->SetAccelKey(pPopup->GetItemId(u"paste"), vcl::KeyCode( KeyFuncType::PASTE));
+        pPopup->SetAccelKey(pPopup->GetItemId(u"delete"), vcl::KeyCode( KeyFuncType::DELETE));
+        pPopup->SetAccelKey(pPopup->GetItemId(u"selectall"), vcl::KeyCode( KEY_A, false, true, false, false));
+        pPopup->SetAccelKey(pPopup->GetItemId(u"specialchar"), vcl::KeyCode( KEY_S, true, true, false, false));
+    }
+    return pPopup;
+}
+
+// css::datatransfer::dnd::XDragGestureListener
+void Edit::dragGestureRecognized( const css::datatransfer::dnd::DragGestureEvent& rDGE )
+{
+    SolarMutexGuard aVclGuard;
+
+    if ( !(!IsTracking() && maSelection.Len() &&
+         !mbPassword && (!mpDDInfo || !mpDDInfo->bStarterOfDD)) ) // no repeated D&D
+        return;
+
+    Selection aSel( maSelection );
+    aSel.Normalize();
+
+    // only if mouse in the selection...
+    Point aMousePos( rDGE.DragOriginX, rDGE.DragOriginY );
+    sal_Int32 nCharPos = ImplGetCharPos( aMousePos );
+    if ( (nCharPos < aSel.Min()) || (nCharPos >= aSel.Max()) )
+        return;
+
+    if ( !mpDDInfo )
+        mpDDInfo.reset(new DDInfo);
+
+    mpDDInfo->bStarterOfDD = true;
+    mpDDInfo->aDndStartSel = aSel;
+
+    if ( IsTracking() )
+        EndTracking();  // before D&D disable tracking
+
+    rtl::Reference<vcl::unohelper::TextDataObject> pDataObj = new vcl::unohelper::TextDataObject( GetSelected() );
+    sal_Int8 nActions = datatransfer::dnd::DNDConstants::ACTION_COPY;
+    if ( !IsReadOnly() )
+        nActions |= datatransfer::dnd::DNDConstants::ACTION_MOVE;
+    rDGE.DragSource->startDrag( rDGE, nActions, 0 /*cursor*/, 0 /*image*/, pDataObj, mxDnDListener );
+    if ( GetCursor() )
+        GetCursor()->Hide();
+}
+
+// css::datatransfer::dnd::XDragSourceListener
+void Edit::dragDropEnd( const css::datatransfer::dnd::DragSourceDropEvent& rDSDE )
+{
+    SolarMutexGuard aVclGuard;
+
+    if (rDSDE.DropSuccess && (rDSDE.DropAction & datatransfer::dnd::DNDConstants::ACTION_MOVE) && mpDDInfo)
+    {
+        Selection aSel( mpDDInfo->aDndStartSel );
+        if ( mpDDInfo->bDroppedInMe )
+        {
+            if ( aSel.Max() > mpDDInfo->nDropPos )
+            {
+                tools::Long nLen = aSel.Len();
+                aSel.Min() += nLen;
+                aSel.Max() += nLen;
+            }
+        }
+        ImplDelete( aSel, EDIT_DEL_RIGHT, EDIT_DELMODE_SIMPLE );
+        Modify();
+    }
+
+    ImplHideDDCursor();
+    mpDDInfo.reset();
+}
+
+// css::datatransfer::dnd::XDropTargetListener
+void Edit::drop( const css::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetDropEvent& rDTDE )
+{
+    SolarMutexGuard aVclGuard;
+
+    bool bChanges = false;
+    if ( !mbReadOnly && mpDDInfo )
+    {
+        ImplHideDDCursor();
+
+        Selection aSel( maSelection );
+        aSel.Normalize();
+
+        if ( aSel.Len() && !mpDDInfo->bStarterOfDD )
+            ImplDelete( aSel, EDIT_DEL_RIGHT, EDIT_DELMODE_SIMPLE );
+
+        mpDDInfo->bDroppedInMe = true;
+
+        aSel.Min() = mpDDInfo->nDropPos;
+        aSel.Max() = mpDDInfo->nDropPos;
+        ImplSetSelection( aSel );
+
+        uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable > xDataObj = rDTDE.Transferable;
+        if ( xDataObj.is() )
+        {
+            datatransfer::DataFlavor aFlavor;
+            SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SotClipboardFormatId::STRING, aFlavor );
+            if ( xDataObj->isDataFlavorSupported( aFlavor ) )
+            {
+                uno::Any aData = xDataObj->getTransferData( aFlavor );
+                OUString aText;
+                aData >>= aText;
+                ImplInsertText( aText );
+                bChanges = true;
+                Modify();
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( !mpDDInfo->bStarterOfDD )
+        {
+            mpDDInfo.reset();
+        }
+    }
+
+    rDTDE.Context->dropComplete( bChanges );
+}
+
+void Edit::dragEnter( const css::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetDragEnterEvent& rDTDE )
+{
+    if ( !mpDDInfo )
+    {
+        mpDDInfo.reset(new DDInfo);
+    }
+    // search for string data type
+    const Sequence< css::datatransfer::DataFlavor >& rFlavors( rDTDE.SupportedDataFlavors );
+    mpDDInfo->bIsStringSupported = std::any_of(rFlavors.begin(), rFlavors.end(),
+        [](const css::datatransfer::DataFlavor& rFlavor) {
+            sal_Int32 nIndex = 0;
+            const std::u16string_view aMimetype = o3tl::getToken(rFlavor.MimeType, 0, ';', nIndex );
+            return aMimetype == u"text/plain";
+        });
+}
+
+void Edit::dragExit( const css::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetEvent& )
+{
+    SolarMutexGuard aVclGuard;
+
+    ImplHideDDCursor();
+}
+
+void Edit::dragOver( const css::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetDragEvent& rDTDE )
+{
+    SolarMutexGuard aVclGuard;
+
+    Point aMousePos( rDTDE.LocationX, rDTDE.LocationY );
+
+    sal_Int32 nPrevDropPos = mpDDInfo->nDropPos;
+    mpDDInfo->nDropPos = ImplGetCharPos( aMousePos );
+
+    /*
+    Size aOutSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+    if ( ( aMousePos.X() < 0 ) || ( aMousePos.X() > aOutSize.Width() ) )
+    {
+        // Scroll?
+        // No, I will not receive events in this case...
+    }
+    */
+
+    Selection aSel( maSelection );
+    aSel.Normalize();
+
+    // Don't accept drop in selection or read-only field...
+    if ( IsReadOnly() || aSel.Contains( mpDDInfo->nDropPos ) || ! mpDDInfo->bIsStringSupported )
+    {
+        ImplHideDDCursor();
+        rDTDE.Context->rejectDrag();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // draw the old cursor away...
+        if ( !mpDDInfo->bVisCursor || ( nPrevDropPos != mpDDInfo->nDropPos ) )
+        {
+            ImplHideDDCursor();
+            ImplShowDDCursor();
+        }
+        rDTDE.Context->acceptDrag( rDTDE.DropAction );
+    }
+}
+
+OUString Edit::GetSurroundingText() const
+{
+    if (mpSubEdit)
+        return mpSubEdit->GetSurroundingText();
+    return maText.toString();
+}
+
+Selection Edit::GetSurroundingTextSelection() const
+{
+    return GetSelection();
+}
+
+bool Edit::DeleteSurroundingText(const Selection& rSelection)
+{
+    SetSelection(rSelection);
+    DeleteSelected();
+    // maybe we should update mpIMEInfos here
+    return true;
+}
+
+FactoryFunction Edit::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return EditUIObject::create;
+}
+
+
+void Edit::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    Control::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+
+    if (!maPlaceholderText.isEmpty())
+        rJsonWriter.put("placeholder", maPlaceholderText);
+
+    if (IsPassword())
+        rJsonWriter.put("password", true);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/field.cxx b/vcl/source/control/field.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d85b235b0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/field.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1882 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <cmath>
+#include <string_view>
+
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/string_view.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+#include <comphelper/string.hxx>
+#include <tools/UnitConversion.hxx>
+
+#include <vcl/builder.hxx>
+#include <vcl/fieldvalues.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/field.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/uiobject.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/metricfielduiobject.hxx>
+
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+
+#include <i18nutil/unicode.hxx>
+
+#include <rtl/math.hxx>
+
+#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx>
+#include <boost/property_tree/ptree.hpp>
+#include <tools/json_writer.hxx>
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+using namespace ::comphelper;
+
+namespace
+{
+
+std::string FieldUnitToString(FieldUnit unit)
+{
+    switch(unit)
+    {
+        case FieldUnit::NONE:
+            return "";
+
+        case FieldUnit::MM:
+            return "mm";
+
+        case FieldUnit::CM:
+            return "cm";
+
+        case FieldUnit::M:
+            return "m";
+
+        case FieldUnit::KM:
+            return "km";
+
+        case FieldUnit::TWIP:
+            return "twip";
+
+        case FieldUnit::POINT:
+            return "point";
+
+        case FieldUnit::PICA:
+            return "pica";
+
+        case FieldUnit::INCH:
+            return "inch";
+
+        case FieldUnit::FOOT:
+            return "foot";
+
+        case FieldUnit::MILE:
+            return "mile";
+
+        case FieldUnit::CHAR:
+            return "char";
+
+        case FieldUnit::LINE:
+            return "line";
+
+        case FieldUnit::CUSTOM:
+            return "custom";
+
+        case FieldUnit::PERCENT:
+            return "percent";
+
+        case FieldUnit::MM_100TH:
+            return "mm100th";
+
+        case FieldUnit::PIXEL:
+            return "pixel";
+
+        case FieldUnit::DEGREE:
+            return "degree";
+
+        case FieldUnit::SECOND:
+            return "second";
+
+        case FieldUnit::MILLISECOND:
+            return "millisecond";
+    }
+
+    return "";
+}
+
+sal_Int64 ImplPower10( sal_uInt16 n )
+{
+    sal_uInt16  i;
+    sal_Int64   nValue = 1;
+
+    for ( i=0; i < n; i++ )
+        nValue *= 10;
+
+    return nValue;
+}
+
+bool ImplNumericProcessKeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt,
+                                 bool bStrictFormat, bool bThousandSep,
+                                 const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper )
+{
+    if ( !bStrictFormat )
+        return false;
+    else
+    {
+        sal_Unicode cChar = rKEvt.GetCharCode();
+        sal_uInt16      nGroup = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetGroup();
+
+        return !((nGroup == KEYGROUP_FKEYS) ||
+                 (nGroup == KEYGROUP_CURSOR) ||
+                 (nGroup == KEYGROUP_MISC) ||
+                 ((cChar >= '0') && (cChar <= '9')) ||
+                 rLocaleDataWrapper.getNumDecimalSep() == OUStringChar(cChar) ||
+                 (bThousandSep && rLocaleDataWrapper.getNumThousandSep() == OUStringChar(cChar)) ||
+                 rLocaleDataWrapper.getNumDecimalSepAlt() == OUStringChar(cChar) ||
+                 (cChar == '-'));
+    }
+}
+
+bool ImplNumericGetValue( const OUString& rStr, sal_Int64& rValue,
+                                 sal_uInt16 nDecDigits, const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper,
+                                 bool bCurrency = false )
+{
+    OUString            aStr = rStr;
+    OUStringBuffer      aStr1, aStr2, aStrNum, aStrDenom;
+    bool                bNegative = false;
+    bool                bFrac = false;
+    sal_Int32           nDecPos, nFracDivPos;
+    sal_Int64           nValue;
+
+    // react on empty string
+    if ( rStr.isEmpty() )
+        return false;
+
+    // remove leading and trailing spaces
+    aStr = aStr.trim();
+
+
+    // find position of decimal point
+    nDecPos = aStr.indexOf( rLocaleDataWrapper.getNumDecimalSep() );
+    if (nDecPos < 0 && !rLocaleDataWrapper.getNumDecimalSepAlt().isEmpty())
+        nDecPos = aStr.indexOf( rLocaleDataWrapper.getNumDecimalSepAlt() );
+    // find position of fraction
+    nFracDivPos = aStr.indexOf( '/' );
+
+    // parse fractional strings
+    if (nFracDivPos > 0)
+    {
+        bFrac = true;
+        sal_Int32 nFracNumPos = aStr.lastIndexOf(' ', nFracDivPos);
+
+        // If in "a b/c" format.
+        if(nFracNumPos != -1 )
+        {
+            aStr1.append(aStr.subView(0, nFracNumPos));
+            aStrNum.append(aStr.subView(nFracNumPos+1, nFracDivPos-nFracNumPos-1));
+            aStrDenom.append(aStr.subView(nFracDivPos+1));
+        }
+        // "a/b" format, or not a fraction at all
+        else
+        {
+            aStrNum.append(aStr.subView(0, nFracDivPos));
+            aStrDenom.append(aStr.subView(nFracDivPos+1));
+        }
+
+    }
+    // parse decimal strings
+    else if ( nDecPos >= 0)
+    {
+        aStr1.append(aStr.subView(0, nDecPos));
+        aStr2.append(aStr.subView(nDecPos+1));
+    }
+    else
+        aStr1 = aStr;
+
+    // negative?
+    if ( bCurrency )
+    {
+        if ( aStr.startsWith("(") && aStr.endsWith(")") )
+            bNegative = true;
+        if ( !bNegative )
+        {
+            for (sal_Int32 i=0; i < aStr.getLength(); i++ )
+            {
+                if ( (aStr[i] >= '0') && (aStr[i] <= '9') )
+                    break;
+                else if ( aStr[i] == '-' )
+                {
+                    bNegative = true;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        if (!bNegative && !aStr.isEmpty())
+        {
+            sal_uInt16 nFormat = rLocaleDataWrapper.getCurrNegativeFormat();
+            if ( (nFormat == 3) || (nFormat == 6)  || // $1- || 1-$
+                 (nFormat == 7) || (nFormat == 10) )  // 1$- || 1 $-
+            {
+                for (sal_Int32 i = aStr.getLength()-1; i > 0; --i )
+                {
+                    if ( (aStr[i] >= '0') && (aStr[i] <= '9') )
+                        break;
+                    else if ( aStr[i] == '-' )
+                    {
+                        bNegative = true;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( !aStr1.isEmpty() && aStr1[0] == '-')
+            bNegative = true;
+        if ( !aStrNum.isEmpty() && aStrNum[0] == '-') // For non-mixed fractions
+            bNegative = true;
+    }
+
+    // remove all unwanted characters
+    // For whole number
+    for (sal_Int32 i=0; i < aStr1.getLength(); )
+    {
+        if ( (aStr1[i] >= '0') && (aStr1[i] <= '9') )
+            i++;
+        else
+            aStr1.remove( i, 1 );
+    }
+    // For decimal
+    if (!bFrac) {
+        for (sal_Int32 i=0; i < aStr2.getLength(); )
+        {
+            if ((aStr2[i] >= '0') && (aStr2[i] <= '9'))
+                ++i;
+            else
+                aStr2.remove(i, 1);
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        // for numerator
+        for (sal_Int32 i=0; i < aStrNum.getLength(); )
+        {
+            if ((aStrNum[i] >= '0') && (aStrNum[i] <= '9'))
+                ++i;
+            else
+                aStrNum.remove(i, 1);
+        }
+        // for denominator
+        for (sal_Int32 i=0; i < aStrDenom.getLength(); )
+        {
+            if ((aStrDenom[i] >= '0') && (aStrDenom[i] <= '9'))
+                ++i;
+            else
+                aStrDenom.remove(i, 1);
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    if ( !bFrac && aStr1.isEmpty() && aStr2.isEmpty() )
+        return false;
+    else if ( bFrac && aStr1.isEmpty() && (aStrNum.isEmpty() || aStrDenom.isEmpty()) )
+        return false;
+
+    if ( aStr1.isEmpty() )
+        aStr1 = "0";
+    if ( bNegative )
+        aStr1.insert(0, "-");
+
+    // Convert fractional strings
+    if (bFrac) {
+        // Convert to fraction
+        sal_Int64 nWholeNum = o3tl::toInt64(aStr1);
+        aStr1.setLength(0);
+        sal_Int64 nNum = o3tl::toInt64(aStrNum);
+        sal_Int64 nDenom = o3tl::toInt64(aStrDenom);
+        if (nDenom == 0) return false; // Division by zero
+        double nFrac2Dec = nWholeNum + static_cast<double>(nNum)/nDenom; // Convert to double for floating point precision
+        OUStringBuffer aStrFrac(OUString::number(nFrac2Dec));
+        // Reconvert division result to string and parse
+        nDecPos = aStrFrac.indexOf('.');
+        if ( nDecPos >= 0)
+        {
+            aStr1.append(aStrFrac.getStr(), nDecPos);
+            aStr2.append(aStrFrac.getStr()+nDecPos+1);
+        }
+        else
+            aStr1 = aStrFrac;
+    }
+
+    // prune and round fraction
+    bool bRound = false;
+    if (aStr2.getLength() > nDecDigits)
+    {
+        if (aStr2[nDecDigits] >= '5')
+            bRound = true;
+        string::truncateToLength(aStr2, nDecDigits);
+    }
+    if (aStr2.getLength() < nDecDigits)
+        string::padToLength(aStr2, nDecDigits, '0');
+
+    aStr = aStr1 + aStr2;
+
+    // check range
+    nValue = aStr.toInt64();
+    if( nValue == 0 )
+    {
+        // check if string is equivalent to zero
+        sal_Int32 nIndex = bNegative ? 1 : 0;
+        while (nIndex < aStr.getLength() && aStr[nIndex] == '0')
+            ++nIndex;
+        if( nIndex < aStr.getLength() )
+        {
+            rValue = bNegative ? SAL_MIN_INT64 : SAL_MAX_INT64;
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    if (bRound)
+    {
+        if ( !bNegative )
+            nValue++;
+        else
+            nValue--;
+    }
+
+    rValue = nValue;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImplUpdateSeparatorString( OUString& io_rText,
+                                       std::u16string_view rOldDecSep, std::u16string_view rNewDecSep,
+                                       std::u16string_view rOldThSep, std::u16string_view rNewThSep )
+{
+    OUStringBuffer aBuf( io_rText.getLength() );
+    sal_Int32 nIndexDec = 0, nIndexTh = 0, nIndex = 0;
+
+    const sal_Unicode* pBuffer = io_rText.getStr();
+    while( nIndex != -1 )
+    {
+        nIndexDec = io_rText.indexOf( rOldDecSep, nIndex );
+        nIndexTh = io_rText.indexOf( rOldThSep, nIndex );
+        if(   (nIndexTh != -1 && nIndexDec != -1 && nIndexTh < nIndexDec )
+           || (nIndexTh != -1 && nIndexDec == -1)
+           )
+        {
+            aBuf.append( OUString::Concat(std::u16string_view(pBuffer + nIndex, nIndexTh - nIndex )) + rNewThSep );
+            nIndex = nIndexTh + rOldThSep.size();
+        }
+        else if( nIndexDec != -1 )
+        {
+            aBuf.append( OUString::Concat(std::u16string_view(pBuffer + nIndex, nIndexDec - nIndex )) + rNewDecSep );
+            nIndex = nIndexDec + rOldDecSep.size();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aBuf.append( pBuffer + nIndex );
+            nIndex = -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    io_rText = aBuf.makeStringAndClear();
+}
+
+void ImplUpdateSeparators( std::u16string_view rOldDecSep, std::u16string_view rNewDecSep,
+                                  std::u16string_view rOldThSep, std::u16string_view rNewThSep,
+                                  Edit* pEdit )
+{
+    bool bChangeDec = (rOldDecSep != rNewDecSep);
+    bool bChangeTh = (rOldThSep != rNewThSep );
+
+    if( !(bChangeDec || bChangeTh) )
+        return;
+
+    bool bUpdateMode = pEdit->IsUpdateMode();
+    pEdit->SetUpdateMode( false );
+    OUString aText = pEdit->GetText();
+    ImplUpdateSeparatorString( aText, rOldDecSep, rNewDecSep, rOldThSep, rNewThSep );
+    pEdit->SetText( aText );
+
+    ComboBox* pCombo = dynamic_cast<ComboBox*>(pEdit);
+    if( pCombo )
+    {
+        // update box entries
+        sal_Int32 nEntryCount = pCombo->GetEntryCount();
+        for ( sal_Int32 i=0; i < nEntryCount; i++ )
+        {
+            aText = pCombo->GetEntry( i );
+            void* pEntryData = pCombo->GetEntryData( i );
+            ImplUpdateSeparatorString( aText, rOldDecSep, rNewDecSep, rOldThSep, rNewThSep );
+            pCombo->RemoveEntryAt(i);
+            pCombo->InsertEntry( aText, i );
+            pCombo->SetEntryData( i, pEntryData );
+        }
+    }
+    if( bUpdateMode )
+        pEdit->SetUpdateMode( bUpdateMode );
+}
+
+} // namespace
+
+FormatterBase::FormatterBase(Edit* pField)
+{
+    mpField                     = pField;
+    mpLocaleDataWrapper         = nullptr;
+    mbReformat                  = false;
+    mbStrictFormat              = false;
+    mbEmptyFieldValue           = false;
+    mbEmptyFieldValueEnabled    = false;
+}
+
+FormatterBase::~FormatterBase()
+{
+}
+
+LocaleDataWrapper& FormatterBase::ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() const
+{
+    if ( !mpLocaleDataWrapper )
+    {
+        mpLocaleDataWrapper.reset( new LocaleDataWrapper( GetLanguageTag() ) );
+    }
+    return *mpLocaleDataWrapper;
+}
+
+/** reset the LocaleDataWrapper when the language tag changes */
+void FormatterBase::ImplResetLocaleDataWrapper() const
+{
+    // just get rid of, the next time it is requested, it will get loaded with the right
+    // language tag
+    mpLocaleDataWrapper.reset();
+}
+
+const LocaleDataWrapper& FormatterBase::GetLocaleDataWrapper() const
+{
+    return ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper();
+}
+
+void FormatterBase::Reformat()
+{
+}
+
+void FormatterBase::ReformatAll()
+{
+    Reformat();
+};
+
+void FormatterBase::SetStrictFormat( bool bStrict )
+{
+    if ( bStrict != mbStrictFormat )
+    {
+        mbStrictFormat = bStrict;
+        if ( mbStrictFormat )
+            ReformatAll();
+    }
+}
+
+const lang::Locale& FormatterBase::GetLocale() const
+{
+    if ( mpField )
+        return mpField->GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale();
+    else
+        return Application::GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale();
+}
+
+const LanguageTag& FormatterBase::GetLanguageTag() const
+{
+    if ( mpField )
+        return mpField->GetSettings().GetLanguageTag();
+    else
+        return Application::GetSettings().GetLanguageTag();
+}
+
+void FormatterBase::ImplSetText( const OUString& rText, Selection const * pNewSelection )
+{
+    if ( mpField )
+    {
+        if (pNewSelection)
+            mpField->SetText(rText, *pNewSelection);
+        else
+        {
+            Selection aSel = mpField->GetSelection();
+            aSel.Min() = aSel.Max();
+            mpField->SetText(rText, aSel);
+        }
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    }
+}
+
+void FormatterBase::SetEmptyFieldValue()
+{
+    if ( mpField )
+        mpField->SetText( OUString() );
+    mbEmptyFieldValue = true;
+}
+
+bool FormatterBase::IsEmptyFieldValue() const
+{
+    return (!mpField || mpField->GetText().isEmpty());
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::FormatValue(Selection const * pNewSelection)
+{
+    mbFormatting = true;
+    ImplSetText(CreateFieldText(mnLastValue), pNewSelection);
+    mbFormatting = false;
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::ImplNumericReformat()
+{
+    mnLastValue = GetValue();
+    FormatValue();
+}
+
+NumericFormatter::NumericFormatter(Edit* pEdit)
+    : FormatterBase(pEdit)
+    , mnLastValue(0)
+    , mnMin(0)
+    // a "large" value substantially smaller than SAL_MAX_INT64, to avoid
+    // overflow in computations using this "dummy" value
+    , mnMax(SAL_MAX_INT32)
+    , mbFormatting(false)
+    , mnSpinSize(1)
+    // for fields
+    , mnFirst(mnMin)
+    , mnLast(mnMax)
+    , mnDecimalDigits(0)
+    , mbThousandSep(true)
+{
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+NumericFormatter::~NumericFormatter()
+{
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::SetMin( sal_Int64 nNewMin )
+{
+    mnMin = nNewMin;
+    if ( !IsEmptyFieldValue() )
+        ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::SetMax( sal_Int64 nNewMax )
+{
+    mnMax = nNewMax;
+    if ( !IsEmptyFieldValue() )
+        ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::SetUseThousandSep( bool bValue )
+{
+    mbThousandSep = bValue;
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::SetDecimalDigits( sal_uInt16 nDigits )
+{
+    mnDecimalDigits = nDigits;
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::SetValue( sal_Int64 nNewValue )
+{
+    SetUserValue( nNewValue );
+    SetEmptyFieldValueData( false );
+}
+
+OUString NumericFormatter::CreateFieldText( sal_Int64 nValue ) const
+{
+    return ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNum( nValue, GetDecimalDigits(), IsUseThousandSep(), /*ShowTrailingZeros*/true );
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::ImplSetUserValue( sal_Int64 nNewValue, Selection const * pNewSelection )
+{
+    nNewValue = ClipAgainstMinMax(nNewValue);
+    mnLastValue = nNewValue;
+
+    if ( GetField() )
+        FormatValue(pNewSelection);
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::SetUserValue( sal_Int64 nNewValue )
+{
+    ImplSetUserValue( nNewValue );
+}
+
+sal_Int64 NumericFormatter::GetValueFromString(const OUString& rStr) const
+{
+    sal_Int64 nTempValue;
+
+    if (ImplNumericGetValue(rStr, nTempValue,
+        GetDecimalDigits(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper()))
+    {
+        return ClipAgainstMinMax(nTempValue);
+    }
+    else
+        return mnLastValue;
+}
+
+OUString NumericFormatter::GetValueString() const
+{
+    return Application::GetSettings().GetNeutralLocaleDataWrapper().
+        getNum(GetValue(), GetDecimalDigits(), false, false);
+}
+
+// currently used by online
+void NumericFormatter::SetValueFromString(const OUString& rStr)
+{
+    sal_Int64 nValue;
+
+    if (ImplNumericGetValue(rStr, nValue, GetDecimalDigits(),
+        Application::GetSettings().GetNeutralLocaleDataWrapper()))
+    {
+        ImplNewFieldValue(nValue);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SAL_WARN("vcl", "fail to convert the value: " << rStr );
+    }
+}
+
+sal_Int64 NumericFormatter::GetValue() const
+{
+    if (mbFormatting) //don't parse the entry if we're currently formatting what to put in it
+        return mnLastValue;
+
+    return GetField() ? GetValueFromString(GetField()->GetText()) : 0;
+}
+
+sal_Int64 NumericFormatter::Normalize( sal_Int64 nValue ) const
+{
+    return (nValue * ImplPower10( GetDecimalDigits() ) );
+}
+
+sal_Int64 NumericFormatter::Denormalize( sal_Int64 nValue ) const
+{
+    sal_Int64 nFactor = ImplPower10( GetDecimalDigits() );
+
+    if ((nValue < ( SAL_MIN_INT64 + nFactor )) ||
+        (nValue > ( SAL_MAX_INT64 - nFactor )))
+    {
+        return ( nValue / nFactor );
+    }
+
+    if( nValue < 0 )
+    {
+        sal_Int64 nHalf = nFactor / 2;
+        return ((nValue - nHalf) / nFactor );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        sal_Int64 nHalf = nFactor / 2;
+        return ((nValue + nHalf) / nFactor );
+    }
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::Reformat()
+{
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return;
+
+    if ( GetField()->GetText().isEmpty() && ImplGetEmptyFieldValue() )
+        return;
+
+    ImplNumericReformat();
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::FieldUp()
+{
+    sal_Int64 nValue = GetValue();
+    sal_Int64 nRemainder = nValue % mnSpinSize;
+    if (nValue >= 0)
+        nValue = (nRemainder == 0) ? nValue + mnSpinSize : nValue + mnSpinSize - nRemainder;
+    else
+        nValue = (nRemainder == 0) ? nValue + mnSpinSize : nValue - nRemainder;
+
+    nValue = ClipAgainstMinMax(nValue);
+
+    ImplNewFieldValue( nValue );
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::FieldDown()
+{
+    sal_Int64 nValue = GetValue();
+    sal_Int64 nRemainder = nValue % mnSpinSize;
+    if (nValue >= 0)
+        nValue = (nRemainder == 0) ? nValue - mnSpinSize : nValue - nRemainder;
+    else
+        nValue = (nRemainder == 0) ? nValue - mnSpinSize : nValue - mnSpinSize - nRemainder;
+
+    nValue = ClipAgainstMinMax(nValue);
+
+    ImplNewFieldValue( nValue );
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::FieldFirst()
+{
+    ImplNewFieldValue( mnFirst );
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::FieldLast()
+{
+    ImplNewFieldValue( mnLast );
+}
+
+void NumericFormatter::ImplNewFieldValue( sal_Int64 nNewValue )
+{
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return;
+
+    // !!! We should check why we do not validate in ImplSetUserValue() if the value was
+    // changed. This should be done there as well since otherwise the call to Modify would not
+    // be allowed. Anyway, the paths from ImplNewFieldValue, ImplSetUserValue, and ImplSetText
+    // should be checked and clearly traced (with comment) in order to find out what happens.
+
+    Selection aSelection = GetField()->GetSelection();
+    aSelection.Normalize();
+    OUString aText = GetField()->GetText();
+    // leave it as is if selected until end
+    if ( static_cast<sal_Int32>(aSelection.Max()) == aText.getLength() )
+    {
+        if ( !aSelection.Len() )
+            aSelection.Min() = SELECTION_MAX;
+        aSelection.Max() = SELECTION_MAX;
+    }
+
+    sal_Int64 nOldLastValue  = mnLastValue;
+    ImplSetUserValue( nNewValue, &aSelection );
+    mnLastValue = nOldLastValue;
+
+    // Modify during Edit is only set during KeyInput
+    if ( GetField()->GetText() != aText )
+    {
+        GetField()->SetModifyFlag();
+        GetField()->Modify();
+    }
+}
+
+sal_Int64 NumericFormatter::ClipAgainstMinMax(sal_Int64 nValue) const
+{
+    if (nValue > mnMax)
+        nValue = mnMax;
+    else if (nValue < mnMin)
+        nValue = mnMin;
+    return nValue;
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    Size calcMinimumSize(const Edit &rSpinField, const NumericFormatter &rFormatter)
+    {
+        OUStringBuffer aBuf;
+        sal_Int32 nTextLen;
+
+        nTextLen = std::u16string_view(OUString::number(rFormatter.GetMin())).size();
+        string::padToLength(aBuf, nTextLen, '9');
+        Size aMinTextSize = rSpinField.CalcMinimumSizeForText(
+            rFormatter.CreateFieldText(OUString::unacquired(aBuf).toInt64()));
+        aBuf.setLength(0);
+
+        nTextLen = std::u16string_view(OUString::number(rFormatter.GetMax())).size();
+        string::padToLength(aBuf, nTextLen, '9');
+        Size aMaxTextSize = rSpinField.CalcMinimumSizeForText(
+            rFormatter.CreateFieldText(OUString::unacquired(aBuf).toInt64()));
+        aBuf.setLength(0);
+
+        Size aRet(std::max(aMinTextSize.Width(), aMaxTextSize.Width()),
+                  std::max(aMinTextSize.Height(), aMaxTextSize.Height()));
+
+        OUStringBuffer sBuf("999999999");
+        sal_uInt16 nDigits = rFormatter.GetDecimalDigits();
+        if (nDigits)
+        {
+            sBuf.append('.');
+            string::padToLength(aBuf, aBuf.getLength() + nDigits, '9');
+        }
+        aMaxTextSize = rSpinField.CalcMinimumSizeForText(sBuf.makeStringAndClear());
+        aRet.setWidth( std::min(aRet.Width(), aMaxTextSize.Width()) );
+
+        return aRet;
+    }
+}
+
+NumericBox::NumericBox(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : ComboBox(pParent, nWinStyle)
+    , NumericFormatter(this)
+{
+    Reformat();
+    if ( !(nWinStyle & WB_HIDE ) )
+        Show();
+}
+
+void NumericBox::dispose()
+{
+    ClearField();
+    ComboBox::dispose();
+}
+
+Size NumericBox::CalcMinimumSize() const
+{
+    Size aRet(calcMinimumSize(*this, *this));
+
+    if (IsDropDownBox())
+    {
+        Size aComboSugg(ComboBox::CalcMinimumSize());
+        aRet.setWidth( std::max(aRet.Width(), aComboSugg.Width()) );
+        aRet.setHeight( std::max(aRet.Height(), aComboSugg.Height()) );
+    }
+
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+bool NumericBox::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && !rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+    {
+        if ( ImplNumericProcessKeyInput( *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), IsStrictFormat(), IsUseThousandSep(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+bool NumericBox::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() && (!GetText().isEmpty() || !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled()) )
+            Reformat();
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void NumericBox::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    ComboBox::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) && (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::LOCALE) )
+    {
+        OUString sOldDecSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumDecimalSep();
+        OUString sOldThSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumThousandSep();
+        ImplResetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        OUString sNewDecSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumDecimalSep();
+        OUString sNewThSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumThousandSep();
+        ImplUpdateSeparators( sOldDecSep, sNewDecSep, sOldThSep, sNewThSep, this );
+        ReformatAll();
+    }
+}
+
+void NumericBox::Modify()
+{
+    MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    ComboBox::Modify();
+}
+
+void NumericBox::ImplNumericReformat( const OUString& rStr, sal_Int64& rValue,
+                                                OUString& rOutStr )
+{
+    if (ImplNumericGetValue(rStr, rValue, GetDecimalDigits(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper()))
+    {
+        sal_Int64 nTempVal = ClipAgainstMinMax(rValue);
+        rOutStr = CreateFieldText( nTempVal );
+    }
+}
+
+void NumericBox::ReformatAll()
+{
+    sal_Int64 nValue;
+    OUString aStr;
+    SetUpdateMode( false );
+    sal_Int32 nEntryCount = GetEntryCount();
+    for ( sal_Int32 i=0; i < nEntryCount; i++ )
+    {
+        ImplNumericReformat( GetEntry( i ), nValue, aStr );
+        RemoveEntryAt(i);
+        InsertEntry( aStr, i );
+    }
+    NumericFormatter::Reformat();
+    SetUpdateMode( true );
+}
+
+static bool ImplMetricProcessKeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt,
+                                       bool bUseThousandSep, const LocaleDataWrapper& rWrapper )
+{
+    // no meaningful strict format; therefore allow all characters
+    return ImplNumericProcessKeyInput( rKEvt, false, bUseThousandSep, rWrapper );
+}
+
+static OUString ImplMetricGetUnitText(std::u16string_view rStr)
+{
+    // fetch unit text
+    OUStringBuffer aStr;
+    for (sal_Int32 i = static_cast<sal_Int32>(rStr.size())-1; i >= 0; --i)
+    {
+        sal_Unicode c = rStr[i];
+        if ( (c == '\'') || (c == '\"') || (c == '%') || (c == 0x2032) || (c == 0x2033) || unicode::isAlpha(c) || unicode::isControl(c) )
+            aStr.insert(0, c);
+        else
+        {
+            if (!aStr.isEmpty())
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    return aStr.makeStringAndClear();
+}
+
+// #104355# support localized measurements
+
+static OUString ImplMetricToString( FieldUnit rUnit )
+{
+    // return unit's default string (ie, the first one )
+    for (auto const& elem : ImplGetFieldUnits())
+    {
+        if (elem.second == rUnit)
+            return elem.first;
+    }
+
+    return OUString();
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    FieldUnit StringToMetric(const OUString &rMetricString)
+    {
+        // return FieldUnit
+        OUString aStr = rMetricString.toAsciiLowerCase().replaceAll(" ", "");
+        for (auto const& elem : ImplGetCleanedFieldUnits())
+        {
+            if ( elem.first == aStr )
+                return elem.second;
+        }
+
+        return FieldUnit::NONE;
+    }
+}
+
+static FieldUnit ImplMetricGetUnit(std::u16string_view rStr)
+{
+    OUString aStr = ImplMetricGetUnitText(rStr);
+    return StringToMetric(aStr);
+}
+
+static FieldUnit ImplMap2FieldUnit( MapUnit meUnit, tools::Long& nDecDigits )
+{
+    switch( meUnit )
+    {
+        case MapUnit::Map100thMM :
+            nDecDigits -= 2;
+            return FieldUnit::MM;
+        case MapUnit::Map10thMM :
+            nDecDigits -= 1;
+            return FieldUnit::MM;
+        case MapUnit::MapMM :
+            return FieldUnit::MM;
+        case MapUnit::MapCM :
+            return FieldUnit::CM;
+        case MapUnit::Map1000thInch :
+            nDecDigits -= 3;
+            return FieldUnit::INCH;
+        case MapUnit::Map100thInch :
+            nDecDigits -= 2;
+            return FieldUnit::INCH;
+        case MapUnit::Map10thInch :
+            nDecDigits -= 1;
+            return FieldUnit::INCH;
+        case MapUnit::MapInch :
+            return FieldUnit::INCH;
+        case MapUnit::MapPoint :
+            return FieldUnit::POINT;
+        case MapUnit::MapTwip :
+            return FieldUnit::TWIP;
+        default:
+            OSL_FAIL( "default eInUnit" );
+            break;
+    }
+    return FieldUnit::NONE;
+}
+
+static double nonValueDoubleToValueDouble( double nValue )
+{
+    return std::isfinite( nValue ) ? nValue : 0.0;
+}
+
+namespace vcl
+{
+    sal_Int64 ConvertValue(sal_Int64 nValue, sal_Int64 mnBaseValue, sal_uInt16 nDecDigits,
+                           FieldUnit eInUnit, FieldUnit eOutUnit)
+    {
+        double nDouble = nonValueDoubleToValueDouble(vcl::ConvertDoubleValue(
+                    static_cast<double>(nValue), mnBaseValue, nDecDigits, eInUnit, eOutUnit));
+        sal_Int64 nLong ;
+
+        // caution: precision loss in double cast
+        if ( nDouble <= double(SAL_MIN_INT64) )
+            nLong = SAL_MIN_INT64;
+        else if ( nDouble >= double(SAL_MAX_INT64) )
+            nLong = SAL_MAX_INT64;
+        else
+            nLong = static_cast<sal_Int64>( std::round(nDouble) );
+
+        return nLong;
+    }
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+bool checkConversionUnits(MapUnit eInUnit, FieldUnit eOutUnit)
+{
+    return eOutUnit != FieldUnit::PERCENT
+        && eOutUnit != FieldUnit::CUSTOM
+        && eOutUnit != FieldUnit::NONE
+        && eInUnit != MapUnit::MapPixel
+        && eInUnit != MapUnit::MapSysFont
+        && eInUnit != MapUnit::MapAppFont
+        && eInUnit != MapUnit::MapRelative;
+}
+
+double convertValue( double nValue, tools::Long nDigits, FieldUnit eInUnit, FieldUnit eOutUnit )
+{
+    if ( nDigits < 0 )
+    {
+        while ( nDigits )
+        {
+            nValue += 5;
+            nValue /= 10;
+            nDigits++;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        nValue *= ImplPower10(nDigits);
+    }
+
+    if ( eInUnit != eOutUnit )
+    {
+        const o3tl::Length eFrom = FieldToO3tlLength(eInUnit), eTo = FieldToO3tlLength(eOutUnit);
+        if (eFrom != o3tl::Length::invalid && eTo != o3tl::Length::invalid)
+            nValue = o3tl::convert(nValue, eFrom, eTo);
+    }
+
+    return nValue;
+}
+
+}
+
+namespace vcl
+{
+    sal_Int64 ConvertValue( sal_Int64 nValue, sal_uInt16 nDigits,
+                                         MapUnit eInUnit, FieldUnit eOutUnit )
+    {
+        if ( !checkConversionUnits(eInUnit, eOutUnit) )
+        {
+            OSL_FAIL( "invalid parameters" );
+            return nValue;
+        }
+
+        tools::Long nDecDigits = nDigits;
+        FieldUnit eFieldUnit = ImplMap2FieldUnit( eInUnit, nDecDigits );
+
+        // Avoid sal_Int64 <-> double conversion issues if possible:
+        if (eFieldUnit == eOutUnit && nDigits == 0)
+        {
+            return nValue;
+        }
+
+        return static_cast<sal_Int64>(
+            nonValueDoubleToValueDouble(
+                convertValue( nValue, nDecDigits, eFieldUnit, eOutUnit ) ) );
+    }
+
+    double ConvertDoubleValue(double nValue, sal_Int64 mnBaseValue, sal_uInt16 nDecDigits,
+                              FieldUnit eInUnit, FieldUnit eOutUnit)
+    {
+        if ( eInUnit != eOutUnit )
+        {
+            if (eInUnit == FieldUnit::PERCENT && mnBaseValue > 0 && nValue > 0)
+            {
+                sal_Int64 nDiv = 100 * ImplPower10(nDecDigits);
+
+                if (mnBaseValue != 1)
+                    nValue *= mnBaseValue;
+
+                nValue += nDiv / 2;
+                nValue /= nDiv;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                const o3tl::Length eFrom = FieldToO3tlLength(eInUnit, o3tl::Length::invalid);
+                const o3tl::Length eTo = FieldToO3tlLength(eOutUnit, o3tl::Length::invalid);
+                if (eFrom != o3tl::Length::invalid && eTo != o3tl::Length::invalid)
+                    nValue = o3tl::convert(nValue, eFrom, eTo);
+            }
+        }
+
+        return nValue;
+    }
+
+    double ConvertDoubleValue(double nValue, sal_uInt16 nDigits,
+                              MapUnit eInUnit, FieldUnit eOutUnit)
+    {
+        if ( !checkConversionUnits(eInUnit, eOutUnit) )
+        {
+            OSL_FAIL( "invalid parameters" );
+            return nValue;
+        }
+
+        tools::Long nDecDigits = nDigits;
+        FieldUnit eFieldUnit = ImplMap2FieldUnit( eInUnit, nDecDigits );
+
+        return convertValue(nValue, nDecDigits, eFieldUnit, eOutUnit);
+    }
+
+    double ConvertDoubleValue(double nValue, sal_uInt16 nDigits,
+                              FieldUnit eInUnit, MapUnit eOutUnit)
+    {
+        if ( eInUnit == FieldUnit::PERCENT ||
+             eInUnit == FieldUnit::CUSTOM ||
+             eInUnit == FieldUnit::NONE ||
+             eInUnit == FieldUnit::DEGREE ||
+             eInUnit == FieldUnit::SECOND ||
+             eInUnit == FieldUnit::MILLISECOND ||
+             eInUnit == FieldUnit::PIXEL ||
+             eOutUnit == MapUnit::MapPixel ||
+             eOutUnit == MapUnit::MapSysFont ||
+             eOutUnit == MapUnit::MapAppFont ||
+             eOutUnit == MapUnit::MapRelative )
+        {
+            OSL_FAIL( "invalid parameters" );
+            return nValue;
+        }
+
+        tools::Long nDecDigits = nDigits;
+        FieldUnit eFieldUnit = ImplMap2FieldUnit( eOutUnit, nDecDigits );
+
+        if ( nDecDigits < 0 )
+        {
+            nValue *= ImplPower10(-nDecDigits);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            nValue /= ImplPower10(nDecDigits);
+        }
+
+        if ( eFieldUnit != eInUnit )
+        {
+            const o3tl::Length eFrom = FieldToO3tlLength(eInUnit, o3tl::Length::invalid);
+            const o3tl::Length eTo = FieldToO3tlLength(eFieldUnit, o3tl::Length::invalid);
+            if (eFrom != o3tl::Length::invalid && eTo != o3tl::Length::invalid)
+                nValue = o3tl::convert(nValue, eFrom, eTo);
+        }
+        return nValue;
+    }
+}
+
+namespace vcl
+{
+    bool TextToValue(const OUString& rStr, double& rValue, sal_Int64 nBaseValue,
+                     sal_uInt16 nDecDigits, const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper, FieldUnit eUnit)
+    {
+        // Get value
+        sal_Int64 nValue;
+        if ( !ImplNumericGetValue( rStr, nValue, nDecDigits, rLocaleDataWrapper ) )
+            return false;
+
+        // Determine unit
+        FieldUnit eEntryUnit = ImplMetricGetUnit( rStr );
+
+        // Recalculate unit
+        // caution: conversion to double loses precision
+        rValue = vcl::ConvertDoubleValue(static_cast<double>(nValue), nBaseValue, nDecDigits, eEntryUnit, eUnit);
+
+        return true;
+    }
+}
+
+void MetricFormatter::ImplMetricReformat( const OUString& rStr, double& rValue, OUString& rOutStr )
+{
+    if (!vcl::TextToValue(rStr, rValue, 0, GetDecimalDigits(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper(), meUnit))
+        return;
+
+    double nTempVal = rValue;
+    // caution: precision loss in double cast
+    if ( nTempVal > GetMax() )
+        nTempVal = static_cast<double>(GetMax());
+    else if ( nTempVal < GetMin())
+        nTempVal = static_cast<double>(GetMin());
+    rOutStr = CreateFieldText( static_cast<sal_Int64>(nTempVal) );
+}
+
+MetricFormatter::MetricFormatter(Edit* pEdit)
+    : NumericFormatter(pEdit)
+    , meUnit(FieldUnit::NONE)
+{
+}
+
+MetricFormatter::~MetricFormatter()
+{
+}
+
+void MetricFormatter::SetUnit( FieldUnit eNewUnit )
+{
+    if (eNewUnit == FieldUnit::MM_100TH)
+    {
+        SetDecimalDigits( GetDecimalDigits() + 2 );
+        meUnit = FieldUnit::MM;
+    }
+    else
+        meUnit = eNewUnit;
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void MetricFormatter::SetCustomUnitText( const OUString& rStr )
+{
+    maCustomUnitText = rStr;
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void MetricFormatter::SetValue( sal_Int64 nNewValue, FieldUnit eInUnit )
+{
+    SetUserValue( nNewValue, eInUnit );
+}
+
+OUString MetricFormatter::CreateFieldText( sal_Int64 nValue ) const
+{
+    //whether percent is separated from its number is locale
+    //specific, pawn it off to icu to decide
+    if (meUnit == FieldUnit::PERCENT)
+    {
+        double dValue = nValue;
+        dValue /= ImplPower10(GetDecimalDigits());
+        return unicode::formatPercent(dValue, GetLanguageTag());
+    }
+
+    OUString aStr = NumericFormatter::CreateFieldText( nValue );
+
+    if( meUnit == FieldUnit::CUSTOM )
+        aStr += maCustomUnitText;
+    else
+    {
+        OUString aSuffix = ImplMetricToString( meUnit );
+        if (meUnit != FieldUnit::NONE && meUnit != FieldUnit::DEGREE && meUnit != FieldUnit::INCH && meUnit != FieldUnit::FOOT)
+            aStr += " ";
+        if (meUnit == FieldUnit::INCH)
+        {
+            OUString sDoublePrime = u"\u2033"_ustr;
+            if (aSuffix != "\"" && aSuffix != sDoublePrime)
+                aStr += " ";
+            else
+                aSuffix = sDoublePrime;
+        }
+        else if (meUnit == FieldUnit::FOOT)
+        {
+            OUString sPrime = u"\u2032"_ustr;
+            if (aSuffix != "'" && aSuffix != sPrime)
+                aStr += " ";
+            else
+                aSuffix = sPrime;
+        }
+
+        assert(meUnit != FieldUnit::PERCENT);
+        aStr += aSuffix;
+    }
+    return aStr;
+}
+
+void MetricFormatter::SetUserValue( sal_Int64 nNewValue, FieldUnit eInUnit )
+{
+    // convert to previously configured units
+    nNewValue = vcl::ConvertValue( nNewValue, 0, GetDecimalDigits(), eInUnit, meUnit );
+    NumericFormatter::SetUserValue( nNewValue );
+}
+
+sal_Int64 MetricFormatter::GetValueFromStringUnit(const OUString& rStr, FieldUnit eOutUnit) const
+{
+    double nTempValue;
+    // caution: precision loss in double cast
+    if (!vcl::TextToValue(rStr, nTempValue, 0, GetDecimalDigits(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper(), meUnit))
+        nTempValue = static_cast<double>(mnLastValue);
+
+    // caution: precision loss in double cast
+    if (nTempValue > mnMax)
+        nTempValue = static_cast<double>(mnMax);
+    else if (nTempValue < mnMin)
+        nTempValue = static_cast<double>(mnMin);
+
+    // convert to requested units
+    return vcl::ConvertValue(static_cast<sal_Int64>(nTempValue), 0, GetDecimalDigits(), meUnit, eOutUnit);
+}
+
+sal_Int64 MetricFormatter::GetValueFromString(const OUString& rStr) const
+{
+    return GetValueFromStringUnit(rStr, FieldUnit::NONE);
+}
+
+sal_Int64 MetricFormatter::GetValue( FieldUnit eOutUnit ) const
+{
+    return GetField() ? GetValueFromStringUnit(GetField()->GetText(), eOutUnit) : 0;
+}
+
+void MetricFormatter::SetValue( sal_Int64 nValue )
+{
+    // Implementation not inline, because it is a virtual Function
+    SetValue( nValue, FieldUnit::NONE );
+}
+
+void MetricFormatter::SetMin( sal_Int64 nNewMin, FieldUnit eInUnit )
+{
+    // convert to requested units
+    NumericFormatter::SetMin(vcl::ConvertValue(nNewMin, 0, GetDecimalDigits(), eInUnit, meUnit));
+}
+
+sal_Int64 MetricFormatter::GetMin( FieldUnit eOutUnit ) const
+{
+    // convert to requested units
+    return vcl::ConvertValue(NumericFormatter::GetMin(), 0, GetDecimalDigits(), meUnit, eOutUnit);
+}
+
+void MetricFormatter::SetMax( sal_Int64 nNewMax, FieldUnit eInUnit )
+{
+    // convert to requested units
+    NumericFormatter::SetMax(vcl::ConvertValue(nNewMax, 0, GetDecimalDigits(), eInUnit, meUnit));
+}
+
+sal_Int64 MetricFormatter::GetMax( FieldUnit eOutUnit ) const
+{
+    // convert to requested units
+    return vcl::ConvertValue(NumericFormatter::GetMax(), 0, GetDecimalDigits(), meUnit, eOutUnit);
+}
+
+void MetricFormatter::Reformat()
+{
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return;
+
+    OUString aText = GetField()->GetText();
+
+    OUString aStr;
+    // caution: precision loss in double cast
+    double nTemp = static_cast<double>(mnLastValue);
+    ImplMetricReformat( aText, nTemp, aStr );
+    mnLastValue = static_cast<sal_Int64>(nTemp);
+
+    if ( !aStr.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        ImplSetText( aStr );
+    }
+    else
+        SetValue( mnLastValue );
+}
+
+sal_Int64 MetricFormatter::GetCorrectedValue( FieldUnit eOutUnit ) const
+{
+    // convert to requested units
+    return vcl::ConvertValue(0/*nCorrectedValue*/, 0, GetDecimalDigits(),
+                             meUnit, eOutUnit);
+}
+
+MetricField::MetricField(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : SpinField(pParent, nWinStyle, WindowType::METRICFIELD)
+    , MetricFormatter(this)
+{
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void MetricField::dispose()
+{
+    ClearField();
+    SpinField::dispose();
+}
+
+Size MetricField::CalcMinimumSize() const
+{
+    return calcMinimumSize(*this, *this);
+}
+
+bool MetricField::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "digits")
+        SetDecimalDigits(rValue.toInt32());
+    else if (rKey == "spin-size")
+        SetSpinSize(rValue.toInt32());
+    else
+        return SpinField::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void MetricField::SetUnit( FieldUnit nNewUnit )
+{
+    sal_Int64 nRawMax = GetMax( nNewUnit );
+    sal_Int64 nMax = Denormalize( nRawMax );
+    sal_Int64 nMin = Denormalize( GetMin( nNewUnit ) );
+    sal_Int64 nFirst = Denormalize( GetFirst( nNewUnit ) );
+    sal_Int64 nLast = Denormalize( GetLast( nNewUnit ) );
+
+    MetricFormatter::SetUnit( nNewUnit );
+
+    SetMax( Normalize( nMax ), nNewUnit );
+    SetMin( Normalize( nMin ), nNewUnit );
+    SetFirst( Normalize( nFirst ), nNewUnit );
+    SetLast( Normalize( nLast ), nNewUnit );
+}
+
+void MetricField::SetFirst( sal_Int64 nNewFirst, FieldUnit eInUnit )
+{
+    // convert
+    nNewFirst = vcl::ConvertValue(nNewFirst, 0, GetDecimalDigits(), eInUnit, meUnit);
+    mnFirst = nNewFirst;
+}
+
+sal_Int64 MetricField::GetFirst( FieldUnit eOutUnit ) const
+{
+    // convert
+    return vcl::ConvertValue(mnFirst, 0, GetDecimalDigits(), meUnit, eOutUnit);
+}
+
+void MetricField::SetLast( sal_Int64 nNewLast, FieldUnit eInUnit )
+{
+    // convert
+    nNewLast = vcl::ConvertValue(nNewLast, 0, GetDecimalDigits(), eInUnit, meUnit);
+    mnLast = nNewLast;
+}
+
+sal_Int64 MetricField::GetLast( FieldUnit eOutUnit ) const
+{
+    // convert
+    return vcl::ConvertValue(mnLast, 0, GetDecimalDigits(), meUnit, eOutUnit);
+}
+
+bool MetricField::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && !rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+    {
+        if ( ImplMetricProcessKeyInput( *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), IsUseThousandSep(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return SpinField::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+bool MetricField::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() && (!GetText().isEmpty() || !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled()) )
+            Reformat();
+    }
+
+    return SpinField::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void MetricField::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    SpinField::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) && (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::LOCALE) )
+    {
+        OUString sOldDecSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumDecimalSep();
+        OUString sOldThSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumThousandSep();
+        ImplResetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        OUString sNewDecSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumDecimalSep();
+        OUString sNewThSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumThousandSep();
+        ImplUpdateSeparators( sOldDecSep, sNewDecSep, sOldThSep, sNewThSep, this );
+        ReformatAll();
+    }
+}
+
+void MetricField::Modify()
+{
+    MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    SpinField::Modify();
+}
+
+void MetricField::Up()
+{
+    FieldUp();
+    SpinField::Up();
+}
+
+void MetricField::Down()
+{
+    FieldDown();
+    SpinField::Down();
+}
+
+void MetricField::First()
+{
+    FieldFirst();
+    SpinField::First();
+}
+
+void MetricField::Last()
+{
+    FieldLast();
+    SpinField::Last();
+}
+
+void MetricField::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    SpinField::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+    rJsonWriter.put("min", GetMin());
+    rJsonWriter.put("max", GetMax());
+    rJsonWriter.put("unit", FieldUnitToString(GetUnit()));
+    OUString sValue = Application::GetSettings().GetNeutralLocaleDataWrapper().
+        getNum(GetValue(), GetDecimalDigits(), false, false);
+    rJsonWriter.put("value", sValue);
+}
+
+FactoryFunction MetricField::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return MetricFieldUIObject::create;
+}
+
+MetricBox::MetricBox(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : ComboBox(pParent, nWinStyle)
+    , MetricFormatter(this)
+{
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void MetricBox::dispose()
+{
+    ClearField();
+    ComboBox::dispose();
+}
+
+Size MetricBox::CalcMinimumSize() const
+{
+    Size aRet(calcMinimumSize(*this, *this));
+
+    if (IsDropDownBox())
+    {
+        Size aComboSugg(ComboBox::CalcMinimumSize());
+        aRet.setWidth( std::max(aRet.Width(), aComboSugg.Width()) );
+        aRet.setHeight( std::max(aRet.Height(), aComboSugg.Height()) );
+    }
+
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+bool MetricBox::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && !rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().IsMod2()  )
+    {
+        if ( ImplMetricProcessKeyInput( *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), IsUseThousandSep(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+bool MetricBox::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() && (!GetText().isEmpty() || !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled()) )
+            Reformat();
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void MetricBox::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    ComboBox::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) && (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::LOCALE) )
+    {
+        OUString sOldDecSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumDecimalSep();
+        OUString sOldThSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumThousandSep();
+        ImplResetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        OUString sNewDecSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumDecimalSep();
+        OUString sNewThSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumThousandSep();
+        ImplUpdateSeparators( sOldDecSep, sNewDecSep, sOldThSep, sNewThSep, this );
+        ReformatAll();
+    }
+}
+
+void MetricBox::Modify()
+{
+    MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    ComboBox::Modify();
+}
+
+void MetricBox::ReformatAll()
+{
+    double nValue;
+    OUString aStr;
+    SetUpdateMode( false );
+    sal_Int32 nEntryCount = GetEntryCount();
+    for ( sal_Int32 i=0; i < nEntryCount; i++ )
+    {
+        ImplMetricReformat( GetEntry( i ), nValue, aStr );
+        RemoveEntryAt(i);
+        InsertEntry( aStr, i );
+    }
+    MetricFormatter::Reformat();
+    SetUpdateMode( true );
+}
+
+static bool ImplCurrencyProcessKeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt,
+                                         bool bUseThousandSep, const LocaleDataWrapper& rWrapper )
+{
+    // no strict format set; therefore allow all characters
+    return ImplNumericProcessKeyInput( rKEvt, false, bUseThousandSep, rWrapper );
+}
+
+static bool ImplCurrencyGetValue( const OUString& rStr, sal_Int64& rValue,
+                                  sal_uInt16 nDecDigits, const LocaleDataWrapper& rWrapper )
+{
+    // fetch number
+    return ImplNumericGetValue( rStr, rValue, nDecDigits, rWrapper, true );
+}
+
+void CurrencyFormatter::ImplCurrencyReformat( const OUString& rStr, OUString& rOutStr )
+{
+    sal_Int64 nValue;
+    if ( !ImplNumericGetValue( rStr, nValue, GetDecimalDigits(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper(), true ) )
+        return;
+
+    sal_Int64 nTempVal = nValue;
+    if ( nTempVal > GetMax() )
+        nTempVal = GetMax();
+    else if ( nTempVal < GetMin())
+        nTempVal = GetMin();
+    rOutStr = CreateFieldText( nTempVal );
+}
+
+CurrencyFormatter::CurrencyFormatter(Edit* pField)
+    : NumericFormatter(pField)
+{
+}
+
+CurrencyFormatter::~CurrencyFormatter()
+{
+}
+
+void CurrencyFormatter::SetValue( sal_Int64 nNewValue )
+{
+    SetUserValue( nNewValue );
+    SetEmptyFieldValueData( false );
+}
+
+OUString CurrencyFormatter::CreateFieldText( sal_Int64 nValue ) const
+{
+    return ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getCurr( nValue, GetDecimalDigits(),
+                                               ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getCurrSymbol(),
+                                               IsUseThousandSep() );
+}
+
+sal_Int64 CurrencyFormatter::GetValueFromString(const OUString& rStr) const
+{
+    sal_Int64 nTempValue;
+    if ( ImplCurrencyGetValue( rStr, nTempValue, GetDecimalDigits(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+    {
+        return ClipAgainstMinMax(nTempValue);
+    }
+    else
+        return mnLastValue;
+}
+
+void CurrencyFormatter::Reformat()
+{
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return;
+
+    OUString aStr;
+    ImplCurrencyReformat( GetField()->GetText(), aStr );
+
+    if ( !aStr.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        ImplSetText( aStr  );
+        sal_Int64 nTemp = mnLastValue;
+        ImplCurrencyGetValue( aStr, nTemp, GetDecimalDigits(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() );
+        mnLastValue = nTemp;
+    }
+    else
+        SetValue( mnLastValue );
+}
+
+CurrencyField::CurrencyField(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : SpinField(pParent, nWinStyle)
+    , CurrencyFormatter(this)
+{
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void CurrencyField::dispose()
+{
+    ClearField();
+    SpinField::dispose();
+}
+
+bool CurrencyField::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && !rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+    {
+        if ( ImplCurrencyProcessKeyInput( *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), IsUseThousandSep(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return SpinField::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+bool CurrencyField::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() && (!GetText().isEmpty() || !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled()) )
+            Reformat();
+    }
+
+    return SpinField::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void CurrencyField::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    SpinField::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) && (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::LOCALE) )
+    {
+        OUString sOldDecSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumDecimalSep();
+        OUString sOldThSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumThousandSep();
+        ImplResetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        OUString sNewDecSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumDecimalSep();
+        OUString sNewThSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumThousandSep();
+        ImplUpdateSeparators( sOldDecSep, sNewDecSep, sOldThSep, sNewThSep, this );
+        ReformatAll();
+    }
+}
+
+void CurrencyField::Modify()
+{
+    MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    SpinField::Modify();
+}
+
+void CurrencyField::Up()
+{
+    FieldUp();
+    SpinField::Up();
+}
+
+void CurrencyField::Down()
+{
+    FieldDown();
+    SpinField::Down();
+}
+
+void CurrencyField::First()
+{
+    FieldFirst();
+    SpinField::First();
+}
+
+void CurrencyField::Last()
+{
+    FieldLast();
+    SpinField::Last();
+}
+
+CurrencyBox::CurrencyBox(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : ComboBox(pParent, nWinStyle)
+    , CurrencyFormatter(this)
+{
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void CurrencyBox::dispose()
+{
+    ClearField();
+    ComboBox::dispose();
+}
+
+bool CurrencyBox::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && !rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+    {
+        if ( ImplCurrencyProcessKeyInput( *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), IsUseThousandSep(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+bool CurrencyBox::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() && (!GetText().isEmpty() || !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled()) )
+            Reformat();
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void CurrencyBox::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    ComboBox::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) && (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::LOCALE) )
+    {
+        OUString sOldDecSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumDecimalSep();
+        OUString sOldThSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumThousandSep();
+        ImplResetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        OUString sNewDecSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumDecimalSep();
+        OUString sNewThSep = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getNumThousandSep();
+        ImplUpdateSeparators( sOldDecSep, sNewDecSep, sOldThSep, sNewThSep, this );
+        ReformatAll();
+    }
+}
+
+void CurrencyBox::Modify()
+{
+    MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    ComboBox::Modify();
+}
+
+void CurrencyBox::ReformatAll()
+{
+    OUString aStr;
+    SetUpdateMode( false );
+    sal_Int32 nEntryCount = GetEntryCount();
+    for ( sal_Int32 i=0; i < nEntryCount; i++ )
+    {
+        ImplCurrencyReformat( GetEntry( i ), aStr );
+        RemoveEntryAt(i);
+        InsertEntry( aStr, i );
+    }
+    CurrencyFormatter::Reformat();
+    SetUpdateMode( true );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/field2.cxx b/vcl/source/control/field2.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8552d2510d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/field2.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,3188 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <string_view>
+
+#include <comphelper/diagnose_ex.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/string.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/string_view.hxx>
+#include <officecfg/Office/Common.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/field.hxx>
+#include <vcl/unohelp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/weldutils.hxx>
+
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/XCharacterClassification.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/CalendarFieldIndex.hdl>
+
+#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx>
+#include <unotools/calendarwrapper.hxx>
+#include <unotools/charclass.hxx>
+#include <svl/numformat.hxx>
+#include <svl/zforlist.hxx>
+#include <tools/duration.hxx>
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+using namespace ::comphelper;
+
+#define EDITMASK_LITERAL       'L'
+#define EDITMASK_ALPHA         'a'
+#define EDITMASK_UPPERALPHA    'A'
+#define EDITMASK_ALPHANUM      'c'
+#define EDITMASK_UPPERALPHANUM 'C'
+#define EDITMASK_NUM           'N'
+#define EDITMASK_NUMSPACE      'n'
+#define EDITMASK_ALLCHAR       'x'
+#define EDITMASK_UPPERALLCHAR  'X'
+
+uno::Reference< i18n::XCharacterClassification > const & ImplGetCharClass()
+{
+    ImplSVData *const pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
+    assert(pSVData);
+
+    if (!pSVData->m_xCharClass.is())
+    {
+        pSVData->m_xCharClass = vcl::unohelper::CreateCharacterClassification();
+    }
+
+    return pSVData->m_xCharClass;
+}
+
+static sal_Unicode* ImplAddString( sal_Unicode* pBuf, const OUString& rStr )
+{
+    memcpy( pBuf, rStr.getStr(), rStr.getLength() * sizeof(sal_Unicode) );
+    pBuf += rStr.getLength();
+    return pBuf;
+}
+
+static sal_Unicode* ImplAddNum( sal_Unicode* pBuf, sal_uLong nNumber, int nMinLen )
+{
+    // fill temp buffer with digits
+    sal_Unicode aTempBuf[30];
+    sal_Unicode* pTempBuf = aTempBuf;
+    do
+    {
+        *pTempBuf = static_cast<sal_Unicode>(nNumber % 10) + '0';
+        pTempBuf++;
+        nNumber /= 10;
+        if ( nMinLen )
+            nMinLen--;
+    }
+    while ( nNumber );
+
+    // fill with zeros up to the minimal length
+    while ( nMinLen > 0 )
+    {
+        *pBuf = '0';
+        pBuf++;
+        nMinLen--;
+    }
+
+    // copy temp buffer to real buffer
+    do
+    {
+        pTempBuf--;
+        *pBuf = *pTempBuf;
+        pBuf++;
+    }
+    while ( pTempBuf != aTempBuf );
+
+    return pBuf;
+}
+
+static sal_Unicode* ImplAddSNum( sal_Unicode* pBuf, sal_Int32 nNumber, int nMinLen )
+{
+    if (nNumber < 0)
+    {
+        *pBuf++ = '-';
+        nNumber = -nNumber;
+    }
+    return ImplAddNum( pBuf, nNumber, nMinLen);
+}
+
+static sal_uInt16 ImplGetNum( const sal_Unicode*& rpBuf, bool& rbError )
+{
+    if ( !*rpBuf )
+    {
+        rbError = true;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    sal_uInt16 nNumber = 0;
+    while( ( *rpBuf >= '0' ) && ( *rpBuf <= '9' ) )
+    {
+        nNumber *= 10;
+        nNumber += *rpBuf - '0';
+        rpBuf++;
+    }
+
+    return nNumber;
+}
+
+static void ImplSkipDelimiters( const sal_Unicode*& rpBuf )
+{
+    while( ( *rpBuf == ',' ) || ( *rpBuf == '.' ) || ( *rpBuf == ';' ) ||
+           ( *rpBuf == ':' ) || ( *rpBuf == '-' ) || ( *rpBuf == '/' ) )
+    {
+        rpBuf++;
+    }
+}
+
+static bool ImplIsPatternChar( sal_Unicode cChar, char cEditMask )
+{
+    sal_Int32 nType = 0;
+
+    try
+    {
+        OUString aCharStr(cChar);
+        nType = ImplGetCharClass()->getCharacterType( aCharStr, 0,
+                Application::GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale() );
+    }
+    catch (const css::uno::Exception&)
+    {
+        DBG_UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION("vcl.control");
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if ( (cEditMask == EDITMASK_ALPHA) || (cEditMask == EDITMASK_UPPERALPHA) )
+    {
+        if( !CharClass::isLetterType( nType ) )
+            return false;
+    }
+    else if ( cEditMask == EDITMASK_NUM )
+    {
+        if( !CharClass::isNumericType( nType ) )
+            return false;
+    }
+    else if ( (cEditMask == EDITMASK_ALPHANUM) || (cEditMask == EDITMASK_UPPERALPHANUM) )
+    {
+        if( !CharClass::isLetterNumericType( nType ) )
+            return false;
+    }
+    else if ( (cEditMask == EDITMASK_ALLCHAR) || (cEditMask == EDITMASK_UPPERALLCHAR) )
+    {
+        if ( cChar < 32 )
+            return false;
+    }
+    else if ( cEditMask == EDITMASK_NUMSPACE )
+    {
+        if ( !CharClass::isNumericType( nType ) && ( cChar != ' ' ) )
+            return false;
+    }
+    else
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+static sal_Unicode ImplPatternChar( sal_Unicode cChar, char cEditMask )
+{
+    if ( ImplIsPatternChar( cChar, cEditMask ) )
+    {
+        if ( (cEditMask == EDITMASK_UPPERALPHA) ||
+             (cEditMask == EDITMASK_UPPERALPHANUM) ||
+             ( cEditMask == EDITMASK_UPPERALLCHAR ) )
+        {
+            cChar = ImplGetCharClass()->toUpper(OUString(cChar), 0, 1,
+                    Application::GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale())[0];
+        }
+        return cChar;
+    }
+    else
+        return 0;
+}
+
+static bool ImplCommaPointCharEqual( sal_Unicode c1, sal_Unicode c2 )
+{
+    if ( c1 == c2 )
+        return true;
+    else if ( ((c1 == '.') || (c1 == ',')) &&
+              ((c2 == '.') || (c2 == ',')) )
+        return true;
+    else
+        return false;
+}
+
+static OUString ImplPatternReformat( const OUString& rStr,
+                                     const OString& rEditMask,
+                                     std::u16string_view rLiteralMask,
+                                     sal_uInt16 nFormatFlags )
+{
+    if (rEditMask.isEmpty())
+        return rStr;
+
+    OUStringBuffer    aOutStr(rLiteralMask);
+    sal_Unicode cTempChar;
+    sal_Unicode cChar;
+    sal_Unicode cLiteral;
+    char    cMask;
+    sal_Int32   nStrIndex = 0;
+    sal_Int32   i = 0;
+    sal_Int32   n;
+
+    while ( i < rEditMask.getLength() )
+    {
+        if ( nStrIndex >= rStr.getLength() )
+            break;
+
+        cChar = rStr[nStrIndex];
+        cLiteral = rLiteralMask[i];
+        cMask = rEditMask[i];
+
+        // current position is a literal
+        if ( cMask == EDITMASK_LITERAL )
+        {
+            // if it is a literal copy otherwise ignore because it might be the next valid
+            // character of the string
+            if ( ImplCommaPointCharEqual( cChar, cLiteral ) )
+                nStrIndex++;
+            else
+            {
+                // Otherwise we check if it is an invalid character. This is the case if it does not
+                // fit in the pattern of the next non-literal character.
+                n = i+1;
+                while ( n < rEditMask.getLength() )
+                {
+                    if ( rEditMask[n] != EDITMASK_LITERAL )
+                    {
+                        if ( !ImplIsPatternChar( cChar, rEditMask[n] ) )
+                            nStrIndex++;
+                        break;
+                    }
+
+                    n++;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // valid character at this position
+            cTempChar = ImplPatternChar( cChar, cMask );
+            if ( cTempChar )
+            {
+                // use this character
+                aOutStr[i] = cTempChar;
+                nStrIndex++;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // copy if it is a literal character
+                if ( cLiteral == cChar )
+                    nStrIndex++;
+                else
+                {
+                    // If the invalid character might be the next literal character then we jump
+                    // ahead to it, otherwise we ignore it. Do only if empty literals are allowed.
+                    if ( nFormatFlags & PATTERN_FORMAT_EMPTYLITERALS )
+                    {
+                        n = i;
+                        while ( n < rEditMask.getLength() )
+                        {
+                            if ( rEditMask[n] == EDITMASK_LITERAL )
+                            {
+                                if ( ImplCommaPointCharEqual( cChar, rLiteralMask[n] ) )
+                                    i = n+1;
+
+                                break;
+                            }
+
+                            n++;
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    nStrIndex++;
+                    continue;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        i++;
+    }
+
+    return aOutStr.makeStringAndClear();
+}
+
+static void ImplPatternMaxPos( std::u16string_view rStr, const OString& rEditMask,
+                               sal_uInt16 nFormatFlags, bool bSameMask,
+                               sal_Int32 nCursorPos, sal_Int32& rPos )
+{
+
+    // last position must not be longer than the contained string
+    sal_Int32 nMaxPos = rStr.size();
+
+    // if non empty literals are allowed ignore blanks at the end as well
+    if ( bSameMask && !(nFormatFlags & PATTERN_FORMAT_EMPTYLITERALS) )
+    {
+        while ( nMaxPos )
+        {
+            if ( (rEditMask[nMaxPos-1] != EDITMASK_LITERAL) &&
+                 (rStr[nMaxPos-1] != ' ') )
+                break;
+            nMaxPos--;
+        }
+
+        // if we are in front of a literal, continue search until first character after the literal
+        sal_Int32 nTempPos = nMaxPos;
+        while ( nTempPos < rEditMask.getLength() )
+        {
+            if ( rEditMask[nTempPos] != EDITMASK_LITERAL )
+            {
+                nMaxPos = nTempPos;
+                break;
+            }
+            nTempPos++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( rPos > nMaxPos )
+        rPos = nMaxPos;
+
+    // character should not move left
+    if ( rPos < nCursorPos )
+        rPos = nCursorPos;
+}
+
+static OUString ImplPatternProcessStrictModify(const OUString& rText,
+                                               const OString& rEditMask,
+                                               std::u16string_view rLiteralMask,
+                                               bool bSameMask)
+{
+    OUString aText(rText);
+
+    // remove leading blanks
+    if (bSameMask && !rEditMask.isEmpty())
+    {
+        sal_Int32 i = 0;
+        sal_Int32 nMaxLen = aText.getLength();
+        while ( i < nMaxLen )
+        {
+            if ( (rEditMask[i] != EDITMASK_LITERAL) &&
+                 (aText[i] != ' ') )
+                break;
+
+            i++;
+        }
+        // keep all literal characters
+        while ( i && (rEditMask[i] == EDITMASK_LITERAL) )
+            i--;
+        aText = aText.copy( i );
+    }
+
+    return ImplPatternReformat(aText, rEditMask, rLiteralMask, 0);
+}
+
+static void ImplPatternProcessStrictModify( Edit* pEdit,
+                                            const OString& rEditMask,
+                                            std::u16string_view rLiteralMask,
+                                            bool bSameMask )
+{
+    OUString aText = pEdit->GetText();
+    OUString aNewText = ImplPatternProcessStrictModify(aText,
+                                                       rEditMask,
+                                                       rLiteralMask,
+                                                       bSameMask);
+
+    if ( aNewText == aText )
+        return;
+
+    // adjust selection such that it remains at the end if it was there before
+    Selection aSel = pEdit->GetSelection();
+    sal_Int64 nMaxSel = std::max( aSel.Min(), aSel.Max() );
+    if ( nMaxSel >= aText.getLength() )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nMaxPos = aNewText.getLength();
+        ImplPatternMaxPos(aNewText, rEditMask, 0, bSameMask, nMaxSel, nMaxPos);
+        if ( aSel.Min() == aSel.Max() )
+        {
+            aSel.Min() = nMaxPos;
+            aSel.Max() = aSel.Min();
+        }
+        else if ( aSel.Min() > aSel.Max() )
+            aSel.Min() = nMaxPos;
+        else
+            aSel.Max() = nMaxPos;
+    }
+    pEdit->SetText( aNewText, aSel );
+}
+
+static void ImplPatternProcessStrictModify( weld::Entry& rEntry,
+                                            const OString& rEditMask,
+                                            std::u16string_view rLiteralMask,
+                                            bool bSameMask )
+{
+    OUString aText = rEntry.get_text();
+    OUString aNewText = ImplPatternProcessStrictModify(aText,
+                                                       rEditMask,
+                                                       rLiteralMask,
+                                                       bSameMask);
+
+    if (aNewText == aText)
+        return;
+
+    // adjust selection such that it remains at the end if it was there before
+    int nStartPos, nEndPos;
+    rEntry.get_selection_bounds(nStartPos, nEndPos);
+
+    int nMaxSel = std::max(nStartPos, nEndPos);
+    if (nMaxSel >= aText.getLength())
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nMaxPos = aNewText.getLength();
+        ImplPatternMaxPos(aNewText, rEditMask, 0, bSameMask, nMaxSel, nMaxPos);
+        if (nStartPos == nEndPos)
+        {
+            nStartPos = nMaxPos;
+            nEndPos = nMaxPos;
+        }
+        else if (nStartPos > nMaxPos)
+            nStartPos = nMaxPos;
+        else
+            nEndPos = nMaxPos;
+    }
+    rEntry.set_text(aNewText);
+    rEntry.select_region(nStartPos, nEndPos);
+}
+
+static sal_Int32 ImplPatternLeftPos(std::string_view rEditMask, sal_Int32 nCursorPos)
+{
+    // search non-literal predecessor
+    sal_Int32 nNewPos = nCursorPos;
+    sal_Int32 nTempPos = nNewPos;
+    while ( nTempPos )
+    {
+        if ( rEditMask[nTempPos-1] != EDITMASK_LITERAL )
+        {
+            nNewPos = nTempPos-1;
+            break;
+        }
+        nTempPos--;
+    }
+    return nNewPos;
+}
+
+static sal_Int32 ImplPatternRightPos( std::u16string_view rStr, const OString& rEditMask,
+                                       sal_uInt16 nFormatFlags, bool bSameMask,
+                                       sal_Int32 nCursorPos )
+{
+    // search non-literal successor
+    sal_Int32 nNewPos = nCursorPos;
+    ;
+    for(sal_Int32 nTempPos = nNewPos+1; nTempPos < rEditMask.getLength(); ++nTempPos )
+    {
+        if ( rEditMask[nTempPos] != EDITMASK_LITERAL )
+        {
+            nNewPos = nTempPos;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    ImplPatternMaxPos( rStr, rEditMask, nFormatFlags, bSameMask, nCursorPos, nNewPos );
+    return nNewPos;
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    class IEditImplementation
+    {
+    public:
+        virtual ~IEditImplementation() {}
+
+        virtual OUString GetText() const = 0;
+        virtual void SetText(const OUString& rStr, const Selection& rSelection) = 0;
+
+        virtual Selection GetSelection() const = 0;
+        virtual void SetSelection(const Selection& rSelection) = 0;
+
+        virtual bool IsInsertMode() const = 0;
+
+        virtual void SetModified() = 0;
+    };
+}
+
+static bool ImplPatternProcessKeyInput( IEditImplementation& rEdit, const KeyEvent& rKEvt,
+                                        const OString& rEditMask,
+                                        std::u16string_view rLiteralMask,
+                                        bool bStrictFormat,
+                                        bool bSameMask,
+                                        bool& rbInKeyInput )
+{
+    if ( rEditMask.isEmpty() || !bStrictFormat )
+        return false;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nFormatFlags = 0;
+    Selection   aOldSel     = rEdit.GetSelection();
+    vcl::KeyCode aCode      = rKEvt.GetKeyCode();
+    sal_Unicode cChar       = rKEvt.GetCharCode();
+    sal_uInt16      nKeyCode    = aCode.GetCode();
+    bool        bShift      = aCode.IsShift();
+    sal_Int32  nCursorPos = static_cast<sal_Int32>(aOldSel.Max());
+    sal_Int32  nNewPos;
+    sal_Int32  nTempPos;
+
+    if ( nKeyCode && !aCode.IsMod1() && !aCode.IsMod2() )
+    {
+        if ( nKeyCode == KEY_LEFT )
+        {
+            Selection aSel( ImplPatternLeftPos( rEditMask, nCursorPos ) );
+            if ( bShift )
+                aSel.Min() = aOldSel.Min();
+            rEdit.SetSelection( aSel );
+            return true;
+        }
+        else if ( nKeyCode == KEY_RIGHT )
+        {
+            // Use the start of selection as minimum; even a small position is allowed in case that
+            // all was selected by the focus
+            Selection aSel( aOldSel );
+            aSel.Normalize();
+            nCursorPos = aSel.Min();
+            aSel.Max() = ImplPatternRightPos( rEdit.GetText(), rEditMask, nFormatFlags, bSameMask, nCursorPos );
+            if ( bShift )
+                aSel.Min() = aOldSel.Min();
+            else
+                aSel.Min() = aSel.Max();
+            rEdit.SetSelection( aSel );
+            return true;
+        }
+        else if ( nKeyCode == KEY_HOME )
+        {
+            // Home is the position of the first non-literal character
+            nNewPos = 0;
+            while ( (nNewPos < rEditMask.getLength()) &&
+                    (rEditMask[nNewPos] == EDITMASK_LITERAL) )
+                nNewPos++;
+
+            // Home should not move to the right
+            if ( nCursorPos < nNewPos )
+                nNewPos = nCursorPos;
+            Selection aSel( nNewPos );
+            if ( bShift )
+                aSel.Min() = aOldSel.Min();
+            rEdit.SetSelection( aSel );
+            return true;
+        }
+        else if ( nKeyCode == KEY_END )
+        {
+            // End is position of last non-literal character
+            nNewPos = rEditMask.getLength();
+            while ( nNewPos &&
+                    (rEditMask[nNewPos-1] == EDITMASK_LITERAL) )
+                nNewPos--;
+            // Use the start of selection as minimum; even a small position is allowed in case that
+            // all was selected by the focus
+            Selection aSel( aOldSel );
+            aSel.Normalize();
+            nCursorPos = static_cast<sal_Int32>(aSel.Min());
+            ImplPatternMaxPos( rEdit.GetText(), rEditMask, nFormatFlags, bSameMask, nCursorPos, nNewPos );
+            aSel.Max() = nNewPos;
+            if ( bShift )
+                aSel.Min() = aOldSel.Min();
+            else
+                aSel.Min() = aSel.Max();
+            rEdit.SetSelection( aSel );
+            return true;
+        }
+        else if ( (nKeyCode == KEY_BACKSPACE) || (nKeyCode == KEY_DELETE) )
+        {
+            OUString          aOldStr( rEdit.GetText() );
+            OUStringBuffer    aStr( aOldStr );
+            Selection   aSel = aOldSel;
+
+            aSel.Normalize();
+            nNewPos = static_cast<sal_Int32>(aSel.Min());
+
+             // if selection then delete it
+            if ( aSel.Len() )
+            {
+                if ( bSameMask )
+                    aStr.remove( static_cast<sal_Int32>(aSel.Min()), static_cast<sal_Int32>(aSel.Len()) );
+                else
+                {
+                    std::u16string_view aRep = rLiteralMask.substr( static_cast<sal_Int32>(aSel.Min()), static_cast<sal_Int32>(aSel.Len()) );
+                    aStr.remove( aSel.Min(), aRep.size() );
+                    aStr.insert( aSel.Min(), aRep );
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if ( nKeyCode == KEY_BACKSPACE )
+                {
+                    nTempPos = nNewPos;
+                    nNewPos = ImplPatternLeftPos( rEditMask, nTempPos );
+                }
+                else
+                    nTempPos = ImplPatternRightPos( aStr, rEditMask, nFormatFlags, bSameMask, nNewPos );
+
+                if ( nNewPos != nTempPos )
+                {
+                    if ( bSameMask )
+                    {
+                        if ( rEditMask[nNewPos] != EDITMASK_LITERAL )
+                            aStr.remove( nNewPos, 1 );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        aStr[nNewPos] = rLiteralMask[nNewPos];
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            OUString sStr = aStr.makeStringAndClear();
+            if ( aOldStr != sStr )
+            {
+                if ( bSameMask )
+                    sStr = ImplPatternReformat( sStr, rEditMask, rLiteralMask, nFormatFlags );
+                rbInKeyInput = true;
+                rEdit.SetText( sStr, Selection( nNewPos ) );
+                rEdit.SetModified();
+                rbInKeyInput = false;
+            }
+            else
+                rEdit.SetSelection( Selection( nNewPos ) );
+
+            return true;
+        }
+        else if ( nKeyCode == KEY_INSERT )
+        {
+            // you can only set InsertMode for a PatternField if the
+            // mask is equal at all input positions
+            if ( !bSameMask )
+            {
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() || (cChar < 32) || (cChar == 127) )
+        return false;
+
+    Selection aSel = aOldSel;
+    aSel.Normalize();
+    nNewPos = aSel.Min();
+
+    if ( nNewPos < rEditMask.getLength() )
+    {
+        sal_Unicode cPattChar = ImplPatternChar( cChar, rEditMask[nNewPos] );
+        if ( cPattChar )
+            cChar = cPattChar;
+        else
+        {
+            // If no valid character, check if the user wanted to jump to next literal. We do this
+            // only if we're after a character, so that literals that were skipped automatically
+            // do not influence the position anymore.
+            if ( nNewPos &&
+                 (rEditMask[nNewPos-1] != EDITMASK_LITERAL) &&
+                 !aSel.Len() )
+            {
+                // search for next character not being a literal
+                nTempPos = nNewPos;
+                while ( nTempPos < rEditMask.getLength() )
+                {
+                    if ( rEditMask[nTempPos] == EDITMASK_LITERAL )
+                    {
+                        // only valid if no literal present
+                        if ( (rEditMask[nTempPos+1] != EDITMASK_LITERAL ) &&
+                             ImplCommaPointCharEqual( cChar, rLiteralMask[nTempPos] ) )
+                        {
+                            nTempPos++;
+                            ImplPatternMaxPos( rEdit.GetText(), rEditMask, nFormatFlags, bSameMask, nNewPos, nTempPos );
+                            if ( nTempPos > nNewPos )
+                            {
+                                rEdit.SetSelection( Selection( nTempPos ) );
+                                return true;
+                            }
+                        }
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    nTempPos++;
+                }
+            }
+
+            cChar = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        cChar = 0;
+    if ( cChar )
+    {
+        OUStringBuffer  aStr(rEdit.GetText());
+        bool        bError = false;
+        if ( bSameMask && rEdit.IsInsertMode() )
+        {
+            // crop spaces and literals at the end until current position
+            sal_Int32 n = aStr.getLength();
+            while ( n && (n > nNewPos) )
+            {
+                if ( (aStr[n-1] != ' ') &&
+                     ((n > rEditMask.getLength()) || (rEditMask[n-1] != EDITMASK_LITERAL)) )
+                    break;
+
+                n--;
+            }
+            aStr.truncate( n );
+
+            if ( aSel.Len() )
+                aStr.remove( aSel.Min(), aSel.Len() );
+
+            if ( aStr.getLength() < rEditMask.getLength() )
+            {
+                // possibly extend string until cursor position
+                if ( aStr.getLength() < nNewPos )
+                    aStr.append( rLiteralMask.substr(aStr.getLength(), nNewPos-aStr.getLength()) );
+                if ( nNewPos < aStr.getLength() )
+                    aStr.insert( cChar, nNewPos );
+                else if ( nNewPos < rEditMask.getLength() )
+                    aStr.append(cChar);
+                aStr = ImplPatternReformat( aStr.toString(), rEditMask, rLiteralMask, nFormatFlags );
+            }
+            else
+                bError = true;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( aSel.Len() )
+            {
+                // delete selection
+                std::u16string_view aRep = rLiteralMask.substr( aSel.Min(), aSel.Len() );
+                aStr.remove( aSel.Min(), aRep.size() );
+                aStr.insert( aSel.Min(), aRep );
+            }
+
+            if ( nNewPos < aStr.getLength() )
+                aStr[nNewPos] = cChar;
+            else if ( nNewPos < rEditMask.getLength() )
+                aStr.append(cChar);
+        }
+
+        if ( !bError )
+        {
+            rbInKeyInput = true;
+            const OUString sStr = aStr.makeStringAndClear();
+            Selection aNewSel( ImplPatternRightPos( sStr, rEditMask, nFormatFlags, bSameMask, nNewPos ) );
+            rEdit.SetText( sStr, aNewSel );
+            rEdit.SetModified();
+            rbInKeyInput = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    bool ImplSetMask(const OString& rEditMask, OUString& rLiteralMask)
+    {
+        bool bSameMask      = true;
+
+        if (rEditMask.getLength() != rLiteralMask.getLength())
+        {
+            OUStringBuffer aBuf(rLiteralMask);
+            if (rEditMask.getLength() < aBuf.getLength())
+                aBuf.setLength(rEditMask.getLength());
+            else
+                comphelper::string::padToLength(aBuf, rEditMask.getLength(), ' ');
+            rLiteralMask = aBuf.makeStringAndClear();
+        }
+
+        // Strict mode allows only the input mode if only equal characters are allowed as mask and if
+        // only spaces are specified which are not allowed by the mask
+        sal_Int32   i = 0;
+        char    c = 0;
+        while ( i < rEditMask.getLength() )
+        {
+            char cTemp = rEditMask[i];
+            if ( cTemp != EDITMASK_LITERAL )
+            {
+                if ( (cTemp == EDITMASK_ALLCHAR) ||
+                     (cTemp == EDITMASK_UPPERALLCHAR) ||
+                     (cTemp == EDITMASK_NUMSPACE) )
+                {
+                    bSameMask = false;
+                    break;
+                }
+                if ( i < rLiteralMask.getLength() )
+                {
+                    if ( rLiteralMask[i] != ' ' )
+                    {
+                        bSameMask = false;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+                if ( !c )
+                    c = cTemp;
+                if ( cTemp != c )
+                {
+                    bSameMask = false;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            i++;
+        }
+
+        return bSameMask;
+    }
+}
+
+PatternFormatter::PatternFormatter(Edit* pEdit)
+    : FormatterBase(pEdit)
+{
+    mbSameMask          = true;
+    mbInPattKeyInput    = false;
+}
+
+PatternFormatter::~PatternFormatter()
+{
+}
+
+void PatternFormatter::SetMask( const OString& rEditMask,
+                                const OUString& rLiteralMask )
+{
+    m_aEditMask = rEditMask;
+    maLiteralMask = rLiteralMask;
+    mbSameMask = ImplSetMask(m_aEditMask, maLiteralMask);
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    class EntryImplementation : public IEditImplementation
+    {
+    public:
+        EntryImplementation(weld::PatternFormatter& rFormatter)
+            : m_rFormatter(rFormatter)
+            , m_rEntry(rFormatter.get_widget())
+        {
+        }
+
+        virtual OUString GetText() const override
+        {
+            return m_rEntry.get_text();
+        }
+
+        virtual void SetText(const OUString& rStr, const Selection& rSelection) override
+        {
+            m_rEntry.set_text(rStr);
+            SetSelection(rSelection);
+        }
+
+        virtual Selection GetSelection() const override
+        {
+            int nStartPos, nEndPos;
+            m_rEntry.get_selection_bounds(nStartPos, nEndPos);
+            return Selection(nStartPos, nEndPos);
+        }
+
+        virtual void SetSelection(const Selection& rSelection) override
+        {
+            auto nMin = rSelection.Min();
+            auto nMax = rSelection.Max();
+            m_rEntry.select_region(nMin < 0 ? 0 : nMin, nMax == SELECTION_MAX ? -1 : nMax);
+        }
+
+        virtual bool IsInsertMode() const override
+        {
+            return !m_rEntry.get_overwrite_mode();
+        }
+
+        virtual void SetModified() override
+        {
+            m_rFormatter.Modify();
+        }
+
+    private:
+        weld::PatternFormatter& m_rFormatter;
+        weld::Entry& m_rEntry;
+    };
+}
+
+namespace weld
+{
+    void PatternFormatter::SetStrictFormat(bool bStrict)
+    {
+        if (bStrict != m_bStrictFormat)
+        {
+            m_bStrictFormat = bStrict;
+            if (m_bStrictFormat)
+                ReformatAll();
+        }
+    }
+
+    void PatternFormatter::SetMask(const OString& rEditMask,
+                                   const OUString& rLiteralMask)
+    {
+        m_aEditMask = rEditMask;
+        m_aLiteralMask = rLiteralMask;
+        m_bSameMask = ImplSetMask(m_aEditMask, m_aLiteralMask);
+        ReformatAll();
+    }
+
+    void PatternFormatter::ReformatAll()
+    {
+        m_rEntry.set_text(ImplPatternReformat(m_rEntry.get_text(), m_aEditMask, m_aLiteralMask, 0/*nFormatFlags*/));
+        if (!m_bSameMask && m_bStrictFormat && m_rEntry.get_editable())
+            m_rEntry.set_overwrite_mode(true);
+    }
+
+    void PatternFormatter::EntryGainFocus()
+    {
+        m_bReformat = false;
+    }
+
+    void PatternFormatter::EntryLostFocus()
+    {
+        if (m_bReformat)
+            ReformatAll();
+    }
+
+    void PatternFormatter::Modify()
+    {
+        if (!m_bInPattKeyInput)
+        {
+            if (m_bStrictFormat)
+                ImplPatternProcessStrictModify(m_rEntry, m_aEditMask, m_aLiteralMask, m_bSameMask);
+            else
+                m_bReformat = true;
+        }
+        m_aModifyHdl.Call(m_rEntry);
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK(PatternFormatter, KeyInputHdl, const KeyEvent&, rKEvt, bool)
+    {
+        if (m_aKeyPressHdl.Call(rKEvt))
+            return true;
+        if (rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod2())
+            return false;
+        EntryImplementation aAdapt(*this);
+        return ImplPatternProcessKeyInput(aAdapt, rKEvt, m_aEditMask, m_aLiteralMask,
+                                          m_bStrictFormat,
+                                          m_bSameMask, m_bInPattKeyInput);
+    }
+}
+
+void PatternFormatter::SetString( const OUString& rStr )
+{
+    if ( GetField() )
+    {
+        GetField()->SetText( rStr );
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    }
+}
+
+OUString PatternFormatter::GetString() const
+{
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return OUString();
+    else
+        return ImplPatternReformat( GetField()->GetText(), m_aEditMask, maLiteralMask, 0/*nFormatFlags*/ );
+}
+
+void PatternFormatter::Reformat()
+{
+    if ( GetField() )
+    {
+        ImplSetText( ImplPatternReformat( GetField()->GetText(), m_aEditMask, maLiteralMask, 0/*nFormatFlags*/ ) );
+        if ( !mbSameMask && IsStrictFormat() && !GetField()->IsReadOnly() )
+            GetField()->SetInsertMode( false );
+    }
+}
+
+PatternField::PatternField(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : SpinField(pParent, nWinStyle)
+    , PatternFormatter(this)
+{
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void PatternField::dispose()
+{
+    ClearField();
+    SpinField::dispose();
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    class EditImplementation : public IEditImplementation
+    {
+    public:
+        EditImplementation(Edit& rEdit)
+            : m_rEdit(rEdit)
+        {
+        }
+
+        virtual OUString GetText() const override
+        {
+            return m_rEdit.GetText();
+        }
+
+        virtual void SetText(const OUString& rStr, const Selection& rSelection) override
+        {
+            m_rEdit.SetText(rStr, rSelection);
+        }
+
+        virtual Selection GetSelection() const override
+        {
+            return m_rEdit.GetSelection();
+        }
+
+        virtual void SetSelection(const Selection& rSelection) override
+        {
+            m_rEdit.SetSelection(rSelection);
+        }
+
+        virtual bool IsInsertMode() const override
+        {
+            return m_rEdit.IsInsertMode();
+        }
+
+        virtual void SetModified() override
+        {
+            m_rEdit.SetModifyFlag();
+            m_rEdit.Modify();
+        }
+
+    private:
+        Edit& m_rEdit;
+    };
+}
+
+bool PatternField::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && !rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+    {
+        EditImplementation aAdapt(*GetField());
+        if ( ImplPatternProcessKeyInput( aAdapt, *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), GetEditMask(), GetLiteralMask(),
+                                         IsStrictFormat(),
+                                         ImplIsSameMask(), ImplGetInPattKeyInput() ) )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return SpinField::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+bool PatternField::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() && (!GetText().isEmpty() || !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled()) )
+            Reformat();
+    }
+
+    return SpinField::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void PatternField::Modify()
+{
+    if ( !ImplGetInPattKeyInput() )
+    {
+        if ( IsStrictFormat() )
+            ImplPatternProcessStrictModify( GetField(), GetEditMask(), GetLiteralMask(), ImplIsSameMask() );
+        else
+            MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    }
+
+    SpinField::Modify();
+}
+
+PatternBox::PatternBox(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : ComboBox( pParent, nWinStyle )
+    , PatternFormatter(this)
+{
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void PatternBox::dispose()
+{
+    ClearField();
+    ComboBox::dispose();
+}
+
+bool PatternBox::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && !rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+    {
+        EditImplementation aAdapt(*GetField());
+        if ( ImplPatternProcessKeyInput( aAdapt, *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), GetEditMask(), GetLiteralMask(),
+                                         IsStrictFormat(),
+                                         ImplIsSameMask(), ImplGetInPattKeyInput() ) )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+bool PatternBox::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() && (!GetText().isEmpty() || !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled()) )
+            Reformat();
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void PatternBox::Modify()
+{
+    if ( !ImplGetInPattKeyInput() )
+    {
+        if ( IsStrictFormat() )
+            ImplPatternProcessStrictModify( GetField(), GetEditMask(), GetLiteralMask(), ImplIsSameMask() );
+        else
+            MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    }
+
+    ComboBox::Modify();
+}
+
+void PatternBox::ReformatAll()
+{
+    OUString aStr;
+    SetUpdateMode( false );
+    const sal_Int32 nEntryCount = GetEntryCount();
+    for ( sal_Int32 i=0; i < nEntryCount; ++i )
+    {
+        aStr = ImplPatternReformat( GetEntry( i ), GetEditMask(), GetLiteralMask(), 0/*nFormatFlags*/ );
+        RemoveEntryAt(i);
+        InsertEntry( aStr, i );
+    }
+    PatternFormatter::Reformat();
+    SetUpdateMode( true );
+}
+
+static ExtDateFieldFormat ImplGetExtFormat( LongDateOrder eOld )
+{
+    switch( eOld )
+    {
+        case LongDateOrder::YDM:
+        case LongDateOrder::DMY:    return ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYY;
+        case LongDateOrder::MDY:    return ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYY;
+        case LongDateOrder::YMD:
+        default:                    return ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD;
+    }
+}
+
+static sal_uInt16 ImplCutNumberFromString( OUString& rStr )
+{
+    sal_Int32 i1 = 0;
+    while (i1 != rStr.getLength() && (rStr[i1] < '0' || rStr[i1] > '9')) {
+        ++i1;
+    }
+    sal_Int32 i2 = i1;
+    while (i2 != rStr.getLength() && rStr[i2] >= '0' && rStr[i2] <= '9') {
+        ++i2;
+    }
+    sal_Int32 nValue = o3tl::toInt32(rStr.subView(i1, i2-i1));
+    rStr = rStr.copy(std::min(i2+1, rStr.getLength()));
+    return nValue;
+}
+
+static bool ImplCutMonthName( OUString& rStr, std::u16string_view _rLookupMonthName )
+{
+    sal_Int32 index = 0;
+    rStr = rStr.replaceFirst(_rLookupMonthName, "", &index);
+    return index >= 0;
+}
+
+static sal_uInt16 ImplGetMonthFromCalendarItem( OUString& rStr, const uno::Sequence< i18n::CalendarItem2 >& rMonths )
+{
+    const sal_uInt16 nMonths = rMonths.getLength();
+    for (sal_uInt16 i=0; i < nMonths; ++i)
+    {
+        // long month name?
+        if ( ImplCutMonthName( rStr, rMonths[i].FullName ) )
+            return i+1;
+
+        // short month name?
+        if ( ImplCutMonthName( rStr, rMonths[i].AbbrevName ) )
+            return i+1;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static sal_uInt16 ImplCutMonthFromString( OUString& rStr, OUString& rCalendarName,
+        const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleData, const CalendarWrapper& rCalendarWrapper )
+{
+    const OUString aDefaultCalendarName( rCalendarWrapper.getUniqueID());
+    rCalendarName = aDefaultCalendarName;
+
+    // Search for a month name of the loaded default calendar.
+    const uno::Sequence< i18n::CalendarItem2 > aMonths = rCalendarWrapper.getMonths();
+    sal_uInt16 nMonth = ImplGetMonthFromCalendarItem( rStr, aMonths);
+    if (nMonth > 0)
+        return nMonth;
+
+    // And also possessive genitive and partitive month names.
+    const uno::Sequence< i18n::CalendarItem2 > aGenitiveMonths = rCalendarWrapper.getGenitiveMonths();
+    if (aGenitiveMonths != aMonths)
+    {
+        nMonth = ImplGetMonthFromCalendarItem( rStr, aGenitiveMonths);
+        if (nMonth > 0)
+            return nMonth;
+    }
+    const uno::Sequence< i18n::CalendarItem2 > aPartitiveMonths = rCalendarWrapper.getPartitiveMonths();
+    if (aPartitiveMonths != aMonths)
+    {
+        nMonth = ImplGetMonthFromCalendarItem( rStr, aPartitiveMonths);
+        if (nMonth > 0)
+            return nMonth;
+    }
+
+    // Check if there are more calendars and try them if so, as the long date
+    // format is obtained from the number formatter this is possible (e.g.
+    // ar_DZ "[~hijri] ...")
+    const uno::Sequence< i18n::Calendar2 > aCalendars =  rLocaleData.getAllCalendars();
+    if (aCalendars.getLength() > 1)
+    {
+        for (const auto& rCalendar : aCalendars)
+        {
+            if (rCalendar.Name != aDefaultCalendarName)
+            {
+                rCalendarName = rCalendar.Name;
+
+                nMonth = ImplGetMonthFromCalendarItem( rStr, rCalendar.Months);
+                if (nMonth > 0)
+                    return nMonth;
+
+                if (rCalendar.Months != rCalendar.GenitiveMonths)
+                {
+                    nMonth = ImplGetMonthFromCalendarItem( rStr, rCalendar.GenitiveMonths);
+                    if (nMonth > 0)
+                        return nMonth;
+                }
+
+                if (rCalendar.Months != rCalendar.PartitiveMonths)
+                {
+                    nMonth = ImplGetMonthFromCalendarItem( rStr, rCalendar.PartitiveMonths);
+                    if (nMonth > 0)
+                        return nMonth;
+                }
+
+                rCalendarName = aDefaultCalendarName;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return ImplCutNumberFromString( rStr );
+}
+
+static OUString ImplGetDateSep( const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper, ExtDateFieldFormat eFormat )
+{
+    if ( ( eFormat == ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD_DIN5008 ) || ( eFormat == ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD_DIN5008 ) )
+        return "-";
+    else
+        return rLocaleDataWrapper.getDateSep();
+}
+
+static bool ImplDateProcessKeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt, ExtDateFieldFormat eFormat,
+                                     const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper  )
+{
+    sal_Unicode cChar = rKEvt.GetCharCode();
+    sal_uInt16 nGroup = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetGroup();
+    return !((nGroup == KEYGROUP_FKEYS) ||
+             (nGroup == KEYGROUP_CURSOR) ||
+             (nGroup == KEYGROUP_MISC)||
+             ((cChar >= '0') && (cChar <= '9')) ||
+             (cChar == ImplGetDateSep( rLocaleDataWrapper, eFormat )[0]));
+}
+
+bool DateFormatter::TextToDate(const OUString& rStr, Date& rDate, ExtDateFieldFormat eDateOrder,
+                               const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper, const CalendarWrapper& rCalendarWrapper)
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nDay = 0;
+    sal_uInt16 nMonth = 0;
+    sal_uInt16 nYear = 0;
+    bool bError = false;
+    OUString aStr( rStr );
+
+    if ( eDateOrder == ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemLong )
+    {
+        OUString aCalendarName;
+        LongDateOrder eFormat = rLocaleDataWrapper.getLongDateOrder();
+        switch( eFormat )
+        {
+            case LongDateOrder::MDY:
+                nMonth = ImplCutMonthFromString( aStr, aCalendarName, rLocaleDataWrapper, rCalendarWrapper );
+                nDay = ImplCutNumberFromString( aStr );
+                nYear  = ImplCutNumberFromString( aStr );
+                break;
+            case LongDateOrder::DMY:
+                nDay = ImplCutNumberFromString( aStr );
+                nMonth = ImplCutMonthFromString( aStr, aCalendarName, rLocaleDataWrapper, rCalendarWrapper );
+                nYear  = ImplCutNumberFromString( aStr );
+                break;
+            case LongDateOrder::YDM:
+                nYear  = ImplCutNumberFromString( aStr );
+                nDay = ImplCutNumberFromString( aStr );
+                nMonth = ImplCutMonthFromString( aStr, aCalendarName, rLocaleDataWrapper, rCalendarWrapper );
+                break;
+            case LongDateOrder::YMD:
+            default:
+                nYear = ImplCutNumberFromString( aStr );
+                nMonth = ImplCutMonthFromString( aStr, aCalendarName, rLocaleDataWrapper, rCalendarWrapper );
+                nDay  = ImplCutNumberFromString( aStr );
+                break;
+        }
+        if (aCalendarName != "gregorian")
+        {
+            // Calendar widget is Gregorian, convert date.
+            // Need full date.
+            bError = !nDay || !nMonth || !nYear;
+            if (!bError)
+            {
+                CalendarWrapper aCW( rLocaleDataWrapper.getComponentContext());
+                aCW.loadCalendar( aCalendarName, rLocaleDataWrapper.getLoadedLanguageTag().getLocale());
+                aCW.setDateTime(0.5);   // get rid of current time, set some day noon
+                aCW.setValue( i18n::CalendarFieldIndex::DAY_OF_MONTH, nDay);
+                aCW.setValue( i18n::CalendarFieldIndex::MONTH, nMonth - 1);
+                aCW.setValue( i18n::CalendarFieldIndex::YEAR, nYear);
+                bError = !aCW.isValid();
+                if (!bError)
+                {
+                    Date aDate = aCW.getEpochStart() + aCW.getDateTime();
+                    nYear = aDate.GetYear();
+                    nMonth = aDate.GetMonth();
+                    nDay = aDate.GetDay();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bool bYear = true;
+
+        // Check if year is present:
+        OUString aDateSep = ImplGetDateSep( rLocaleDataWrapper, eDateOrder );
+        sal_Int32 nSepPos = aStr.indexOf( aDateSep );
+        if ( nSepPos < 0 )
+            return false;
+        nSepPos = aStr.indexOf( aDateSep, nSepPos+1 );
+        if ( ( nSepPos < 0 ) || ( nSepPos == (aStr.getLength()-1) ) )
+        {
+            bYear = false;
+            nYear = Date( Date::SYSTEM ).GetYearUnsigned();
+        }
+
+        const sal_Unicode* pBuf = aStr.getStr();
+        ImplSkipDelimiters( pBuf );
+
+        switch ( eDateOrder )
+        {
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYY:
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYYYY:
+            {
+                nDay = ImplGetNum( pBuf, bError );
+                ImplSkipDelimiters( pBuf );
+                nMonth = ImplGetNum( pBuf, bError );
+                ImplSkipDelimiters( pBuf );
+                if ( bYear )
+                    nYear = ImplGetNum( pBuf, bError );
+            }
+            break;
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYY:
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYYYY:
+            {
+                nMonth = ImplGetNum( pBuf, bError );
+                ImplSkipDelimiters( pBuf );
+                nDay = ImplGetNum( pBuf, bError );
+                ImplSkipDelimiters( pBuf );
+                if ( bYear )
+                    nYear = ImplGetNum( pBuf, bError );
+            }
+            break;
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD:
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD:
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD_DIN5008:
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD_DIN5008:
+            {
+                if ( bYear )
+                    nYear = ImplGetNum( pBuf, bError );
+                ImplSkipDelimiters( pBuf );
+                nMonth = ImplGetNum( pBuf, bError );
+                ImplSkipDelimiters( pBuf );
+                nDay = ImplGetNum( pBuf, bError );
+            }
+            break;
+
+            default:
+            {
+                OSL_FAIL( "DateOrder???" );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( bError || !nDay || !nMonth )
+        return false;
+
+    Date aNewDate( nDay, nMonth, nYear );
+    DateFormatter::ExpandCentury( aNewDate, officecfg::Office::Common::DateFormat::TwoDigitYear::get() );
+    if ( aNewDate.IsValidDate() )
+    {
+        rDate = aNewDate;
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::ImplDateReformat( const OUString& rStr, OUString& rOutStr )
+{
+    Date aDate( Date::EMPTY );
+    if (!TextToDate(rStr, aDate, GetExtDateFormat(true), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper(), GetCalendarWrapper()))
+        return;
+
+    Date aTempDate = aDate;
+    if ( aTempDate > GetMax() )
+        aTempDate = GetMax();
+    else if ( aTempDate < GetMin() )
+        aTempDate = GetMin();
+
+    rOutStr = ImplGetDateAsText( aTempDate );
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    ExtDateFieldFormat ResolveSystemFormat(ExtDateFieldFormat eDateFormat, const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleData)
+    {
+        if (eDateFormat <= ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemShortYYYY)
+        {
+            bool bShowCentury = (eDateFormat == ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemShortYYYY);
+            switch (rLocaleData.getDateOrder())
+            {
+                case DateOrder::DMY:
+                    eDateFormat = bShowCentury ? ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYYYY : ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYY;
+                    break;
+                case DateOrder::MDY:
+                    eDateFormat = bShowCentury ? ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYYYY : ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYY;
+                    break;
+                default:
+                    eDateFormat = bShowCentury ? ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD : ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD;
+            }
+        }
+        return eDateFormat;
+    }
+}
+
+OUString DateFormatter::FormatDate(const Date& rDate, ExtDateFieldFormat eExtFormat,
+                                   const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleData,
+                                   const Formatter::StaticFormatter& rStaticFormatter)
+{
+    bool bShowCentury = false;
+    switch (eExtFormat)
+    {
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemShortYYYY:
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemLong:
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYYYY:
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYYYY:
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD:
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD_DIN5008:
+        {
+            bShowCentury = true;
+        }
+        break;
+        default:
+        {
+            bShowCentury = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( !bShowCentury )
+    {
+        // Check if I have to use force showing the century
+        sal_uInt16 nTwoDigitYearStart = officecfg::Office::Common::DateFormat::TwoDigitYear::get();
+        sal_uInt16 nYear = rDate.GetYearUnsigned();
+
+        // If year is not in double digit range
+        if ( (nYear < nTwoDigitYearStart) || (nYear >= nTwoDigitYearStart+100) )
+            bShowCentury = true;
+    }
+
+    sal_Unicode aBuf[128];
+    sal_Unicode* pBuf = aBuf;
+
+    eExtFormat = ResolveSystemFormat(eExtFormat, rLocaleData);
+
+    OUString aDateSep = ImplGetDateSep( rLocaleData, eExtFormat );
+    sal_uInt16 nDay = rDate.GetDay();
+    sal_uInt16 nMonth = rDate.GetMonth();
+    sal_Int16 nYear = rDate.GetYear();
+    sal_uInt16 nYearLen = bShowCentury ? 4 : 2;
+
+    if ( !bShowCentury )
+        nYear %= 100;
+
+    switch (eExtFormat)
+    {
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemLong:
+        {
+            SvNumberFormatter* pFormatter = rStaticFormatter;
+            const LanguageTag aFormatterLang( pFormatter->GetLanguageTag());
+            const sal_uInt32 nIndex = pFormatter->GetFormatIndex( NF_DATE_SYSTEM_LONG,
+                    rLocaleData.getLanguageTag().getLanguageType(false));
+            OUString aStr;
+            const Color* pCol;
+            pFormatter->GetOutputString( rDate - pFormatter->GetNullDate(), nIndex, aStr, &pCol);
+            // Reset to what other uses may expect.
+            pFormatter->ChangeIntl( aFormatterLang.getLanguageType(false));
+            return aStr;
+        }
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYY:
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYYYY:
+        {
+            pBuf = ImplAddNum( pBuf, nDay, 2 );
+            pBuf = ImplAddString( pBuf, aDateSep );
+            pBuf = ImplAddNum( pBuf, nMonth, 2 );
+            pBuf = ImplAddString( pBuf, aDateSep );
+            pBuf = ImplAddSNum( pBuf, nYear, nYearLen );
+        }
+        break;
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYY:
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYYYY:
+        {
+            pBuf = ImplAddNum( pBuf, nMonth, 2 );
+            pBuf = ImplAddString( pBuf, aDateSep );
+            pBuf = ImplAddNum( pBuf, nDay, 2 );
+            pBuf = ImplAddString( pBuf, aDateSep );
+            pBuf = ImplAddSNum( pBuf, nYear, nYearLen );
+        }
+        break;
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD:
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD:
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD_DIN5008:
+        case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD_DIN5008:
+        {
+            pBuf = ImplAddSNum( pBuf, nYear, nYearLen );
+            pBuf = ImplAddString( pBuf, aDateSep );
+            pBuf = ImplAddNum( pBuf, nMonth, 2 );
+            pBuf = ImplAddString( pBuf, aDateSep );
+            pBuf = ImplAddNum( pBuf, nDay, 2 );
+        }
+        break;
+        default:
+        {
+            OSL_FAIL( "DateOrder???" );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return OUString(aBuf, pBuf-aBuf);
+}
+
+OUString DateFormatter::ImplGetDateAsText( const Date& rDate ) const
+{
+    return DateFormatter::FormatDate(rDate, GetExtDateFormat(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper(), maStaticFormatter);
+}
+
+static void ImplDateIncrementDay( Date& rDate, bool bUp )
+{
+    DateFormatter::ExpandCentury( rDate );
+    rDate.AddDays( bUp ? 1 : -1 );
+}
+
+static void ImplDateIncrementMonth( Date& rDate, bool bUp )
+{
+    DateFormatter::ExpandCentury( rDate );
+    rDate.AddMonths( bUp ? 1 : -1 );
+}
+
+static void ImplDateIncrementYear( Date& rDate, bool bUp )
+{
+    DateFormatter::ExpandCentury( rDate );
+    rDate.AddYears( bUp ? 1 : -1 );
+}
+
+bool DateFormatter::ImplAllowMalformedInput() const
+{
+    return !IsEnforceValidValue();
+}
+
+int DateFormatter::GetDateArea(ExtDateFieldFormat& eFormat, std::u16string_view rText, int nCursor, const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper)
+{
+    sal_Int8 nDateArea = 0;
+
+    if ( eFormat == ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemLong )
+    {
+        eFormat = ImplGetExtFormat(rLocaleDataWrapper.getLongDateOrder());
+        nDateArea = 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // search area
+        size_t nPos = 0;
+        OUString aDateSep = ImplGetDateSep(rLocaleDataWrapper, eFormat);
+        for ( sal_Int8 i = 1; i <= 3; i++ )
+        {
+            nPos = rText.find( aDateSep, nPos );
+            if (nPos == std::u16string_view::npos || static_cast<sal_Int32>(nPos) >= nCursor)
+            {
+                nDateArea = i;
+                break;
+            }
+            else
+                nPos++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return nDateArea;
+}
+
+void DateField::ImplDateSpinArea( bool bUp )
+{
+    // increment days if all is selected
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return;
+
+    Date aDate( GetDate() );
+    Selection aSelection = GetField()->GetSelection();
+    aSelection.Normalize();
+    OUString aText( GetText() );
+    if ( static_cast<sal_Int32>(aSelection.Len()) == aText.getLength() )
+        ImplDateIncrementDay( aDate, bUp );
+    else
+    {
+        ExtDateFieldFormat eFormat = GetExtDateFormat( true );
+        sal_Int8 nDateArea = GetDateArea(eFormat, aText, aSelection.Max(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper());
+
+        switch( eFormat )
+        {
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYY:
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYYYY:
+            switch( nDateArea )
+            {
+                case 1: ImplDateIncrementMonth( aDate, bUp );
+                        break;
+                case 2: ImplDateIncrementDay( aDate, bUp );
+                        break;
+                case 3: ImplDateIncrementYear( aDate, bUp );
+                        break;
+            }
+            break;
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYY:
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYYYY:
+            switch( nDateArea )
+            {
+                case 1: ImplDateIncrementDay( aDate, bUp );
+                        break;
+                case 2: ImplDateIncrementMonth( aDate, bUp );
+                        break;
+                case 3: ImplDateIncrementYear( aDate, bUp );
+                        break;
+            }
+            break;
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD:
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD:
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD_DIN5008:
+            case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD_DIN5008:
+            switch( nDateArea )
+            {
+                case 1: ImplDateIncrementYear( aDate, bUp );
+                        break;
+                case 2: ImplDateIncrementMonth( aDate, bUp );
+                        break;
+                case 3: ImplDateIncrementDay( aDate, bUp );
+                        break;
+            }
+            break;
+            default:
+                OSL_FAIL( "invalid conversion" );
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    ImplNewFieldValue( aDate );
+}
+
+DateFormatter::DateFormatter(Edit* pEdit)
+    : FormatterBase(pEdit)
+    , maFieldDate(0)
+    , maLastDate(0)
+    , maMin(1, 1, 1900)
+    , maMax(31, 12, 2200)
+    , mbLongFormat(false)
+    , mbShowDateCentury(true)
+    , mnExtDateFormat(ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemShort)
+    , mbEnforceValidValue(true)
+{
+}
+
+DateFormatter::~DateFormatter()
+{
+}
+
+CalendarWrapper& DateFormatter::GetCalendarWrapper() const
+{
+    if (!mxCalendarWrapper)
+    {
+        const_cast<DateFormatter*>(this)->mxCalendarWrapper.reset( new CalendarWrapper( comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() ) );
+        mxCalendarWrapper->loadDefaultCalendar( GetLocale() );
+    }
+
+    return *mxCalendarWrapper;
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::SetExtDateFormat( ExtDateFieldFormat eFormat )
+{
+    mnExtDateFormat = eFormat;
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+ExtDateFieldFormat DateFormatter::GetExtDateFormat( bool bResolveSystemFormat ) const
+{
+    ExtDateFieldFormat eDateFormat = mnExtDateFormat;
+
+    if (bResolveSystemFormat)
+        eDateFormat = ResolveSystemFormat(eDateFormat, ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper());
+
+    return eDateFormat;
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::ReformatAll()
+{
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::SetMin( const Date& rNewMin )
+{
+    maMin = rNewMin;
+    if ( !IsEmptyFieldValue() )
+        ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::SetMax( const Date& rNewMax )
+{
+    maMax = rNewMax;
+    if ( !IsEmptyFieldValue() )
+        ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::SetLongFormat( bool bLong )
+{
+    mbLongFormat = bLong;
+
+    // #91913# Remove LongFormat and DateShowCentury - redundant
+    if ( bLong )
+    {
+        SetExtDateFormat( ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemLong );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if( mnExtDateFormat == ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemLong )
+            SetExtDateFormat( ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemShort );
+    }
+
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    ExtDateFieldFormat ChangeDateCentury(ExtDateFieldFormat eExtDateFormat, bool bShowDateCentury)
+    {
+        // #91913# Remove LongFormat and DateShowCentury - redundant
+        if (bShowDateCentury)
+        {
+            switch (eExtDateFormat)
+            {
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemShort:
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemShortYY:
+                    eExtDateFormat = ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemShortYYYY;  break;
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYY:
+                    eExtDateFormat = ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYYYY;     break;
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYY:
+                    eExtDateFormat = ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYYYY;     break;
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD:
+                    eExtDateFormat = ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD;     break;
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD_DIN5008:
+                    eExtDateFormat = ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD_DIN5008; break;
+                default:
+                    ;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            switch (eExtDateFormat)
+            {
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemShort:
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemShortYYYY:
+                    eExtDateFormat = ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemShortYY;    break;
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYYYY:
+                    eExtDateFormat = ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortDDMMYY;       break;
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYYYY:
+                    eExtDateFormat = ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortMMDDYY;       break;
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD:
+                    eExtDateFormat = ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD;       break;
+                case ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYYYMMDD_DIN5008:
+                    eExtDateFormat = ExtDateFieldFormat::ShortYYMMDD_DIN5008;  break;
+                default:
+                    ;
+            }
+        }
+
+        return eExtDateFormat;
+    }
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::SetShowDateCentury( bool bShowDateCentury )
+{
+    mbShowDateCentury = bShowDateCentury;
+
+    SetExtDateFormat(ChangeDateCentury(GetExtDateFormat(), bShowDateCentury));
+
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::SetDate( const Date& rNewDate )
+{
+    ImplSetUserDate( rNewDate );
+    maFieldDate = maLastDate;
+    maLastDate = GetDate();
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::ImplSetUserDate( const Date& rNewDate, Selection const * pNewSelection )
+{
+    Date aNewDate = rNewDate;
+    if ( aNewDate > maMax )
+        aNewDate = maMax;
+    else if ( aNewDate < maMin )
+        aNewDate = maMin;
+    maLastDate = aNewDate;
+
+    if ( GetField() )
+        ImplSetText( ImplGetDateAsText( aNewDate ), pNewSelection );
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::ImplNewFieldValue( const Date& rDate )
+{
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return;
+
+    Selection aSelection = GetField()->GetSelection();
+    aSelection.Normalize();
+    OUString aText = GetField()->GetText();
+
+    // If selected until the end then keep it that way
+    if ( static_cast<sal_Int32>(aSelection.Max()) == aText.getLength() )
+    {
+        if ( !aSelection.Len() )
+            aSelection.Min() = SELECTION_MAX;
+        aSelection.Max() = SELECTION_MAX;
+    }
+
+    Date aOldLastDate  = maLastDate;
+    ImplSetUserDate( rDate, &aSelection );
+    maLastDate = aOldLastDate;
+
+    // Modify at Edit is only set at KeyInput
+    if ( GetField()->GetText() != aText )
+    {
+        GetField()->SetModifyFlag();
+        GetField()->Modify();
+    }
+}
+
+Date DateFormatter::GetDate() const
+{
+    Date aDate( Date::EMPTY );
+
+    if ( GetField() )
+    {
+        if (TextToDate(GetField()->GetText(), aDate, GetExtDateFormat(true), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper(), GetCalendarWrapper()))
+        {
+            if ( aDate > maMax )
+                aDate = maMax;
+            else if ( aDate < maMin )
+                aDate = maMin;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // !!! We should find out why dates are treated differently than other fields (see
+            // also bug: 52384)
+
+            if ( !ImplAllowMalformedInput() )
+            {
+                if ( maLastDate.GetDate() )
+                    aDate = maLastDate;
+                else if ( !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled() )
+                    aDate = Date( Date::SYSTEM );
+            }
+            else
+                aDate = Date( Date::EMPTY ); // set invalid date
+        }
+    }
+
+    return aDate;
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::SetEmptyDate()
+{
+    FormatterBase::SetEmptyFieldValue();
+}
+
+bool DateFormatter::IsEmptyDate() const
+{
+    bool bEmpty = FormatterBase::IsEmptyFieldValue();
+
+    if ( GetField() && MustBeReformatted() && IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled() )
+    {
+        if ( GetField()->GetText().isEmpty() )
+        {
+            bEmpty = true;
+        }
+        else if ( !maLastDate.GetDate() )
+        {
+            Date aDate( Date::EMPTY );
+            bEmpty = !TextToDate(GetField()->GetText(), aDate, GetExtDateFormat(true), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper(), GetCalendarWrapper());
+        }
+    }
+    return bEmpty;
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::Reformat()
+{
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return;
+
+    if ( GetField()->GetText().isEmpty() && ImplGetEmptyFieldValue() )
+        return;
+
+    OUString aStr;
+    ImplDateReformat( GetField()->GetText(), aStr );
+
+    if ( !aStr.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        ImplSetText( aStr );
+        (void)TextToDate(aStr, maLastDate, GetExtDateFormat(true), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper(), GetCalendarWrapper());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( maLastDate.GetDate() )
+            SetDate( maLastDate );
+        else if ( !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled() )
+            SetDate( Date( Date::SYSTEM ) );
+        else
+        {
+            ImplSetText( OUString() );
+            SetEmptyFieldValueData( true );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::ExpandCentury( Date& rDate )
+{
+    ExpandCentury(rDate, officecfg::Office::Common::DateFormat::TwoDigitYear::get());
+}
+
+void DateFormatter::ExpandCentury( Date& rDate, sal_uInt16 nTwoDigitYearStart )
+{
+    sal_Int16 nDateYear = rDate.GetYear();
+    if ( 0 <= nDateYear && nDateYear < 100 )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nCentury = nTwoDigitYearStart / 100;
+        if ( nDateYear < (nTwoDigitYearStart % 100) )
+            nCentury++;
+        rDate.SetYear( nDateYear + (nCentury*100) );
+    }
+}
+
+DateField::DateField( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle ) :
+    SpinField( pParent, nWinStyle ),
+    DateFormatter(this),
+    maFirst( GetMin() ),
+    maLast( GetMax() )
+{
+    SetText( ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getDate( ImplGetFieldDate() ) );
+    Reformat();
+    ResetLastDate();
+}
+
+void DateField::dispose()
+{
+    ClearField();
+    SpinField::dispose();
+}
+
+bool DateField::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && IsStrictFormat() &&
+         ( GetExtDateFormat() != ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemLong ) &&
+         !rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+    {
+        if ( ImplDateProcessKeyInput( *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), GetExtDateFormat( true ), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return SpinField::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+bool DateField::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() )
+        {
+            // !!! We should find out why dates are treated differently than other fields (see
+            // also bug: 52384)
+
+            bool bTextLen = !GetText().isEmpty();
+            if ( bTextLen || !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled() )
+            {
+                if ( !ImplAllowMalformedInput() )
+                    Reformat();
+                else
+                {
+                    Date aDate( 0, 0, 0 );
+                    if (TextToDate(GetText(), aDate, GetExtDateFormat(true), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper(), GetCalendarWrapper()))
+                        // even with strict text analysis, our text is a valid date -> do a complete
+                        // reformat
+                        Reformat();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                ResetLastDate();
+                SetEmptyFieldValueData( true );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return SpinField::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void DateField::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    SpinField::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) && (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & (AllSettingsFlags::LOCALE|AllSettingsFlags::MISC)) )
+    {
+        if (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::LOCALE)
+            ImplResetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        ReformatAll();
+    }
+}
+
+void DateField::Modify()
+{
+    MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    SpinField::Modify();
+}
+
+void DateField::Up()
+{
+    ImplDateSpinArea( true );
+    SpinField::Up();
+}
+
+void DateField::Down()
+{
+    ImplDateSpinArea( false );
+    SpinField::Down();
+}
+
+void DateField::First()
+{
+    ImplNewFieldValue( maFirst );
+    SpinField::First();
+}
+
+void DateField::Last()
+{
+    ImplNewFieldValue( maLast );
+    SpinField::Last();
+}
+
+DateBox::DateBox(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : ComboBox( pParent, nWinStyle )
+    , DateFormatter(this)
+{
+    SetText( ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getDate( ImplGetFieldDate() ) );
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void DateBox::dispose()
+{
+    ClearField();
+    ComboBox::dispose();
+}
+
+bool DateBox::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && IsStrictFormat() &&
+         ( GetExtDateFormat() != ExtDateFieldFormat::SystemLong ) &&
+         !rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+    {
+        if ( ImplDateProcessKeyInput( *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), GetExtDateFormat( true ), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void DateBox::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    ComboBox::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) && (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::LOCALE) )
+    {
+        ImplResetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        ReformatAll();
+    }
+}
+
+bool DateBox::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() )
+        {
+            bool bTextLen = !GetText().isEmpty();
+            if ( bTextLen || !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled() )
+                Reformat();
+            else
+            {
+                ResetLastDate();
+                SetEmptyFieldValueData( true );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void DateBox::Modify()
+{
+    MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    ComboBox::Modify();
+}
+
+void DateBox::ReformatAll()
+{
+    OUString aStr;
+    SetUpdateMode( false );
+    const sal_Int32 nEntryCount = GetEntryCount();
+    for ( sal_Int32 i=0; i < nEntryCount; ++i )
+    {
+        ImplDateReformat( GetEntry( i ), aStr );
+        RemoveEntryAt(i);
+        InsertEntry( aStr, i );
+    }
+    DateFormatter::Reformat();
+    SetUpdateMode( true );
+}
+
+namespace weld
+{
+    CalendarWrapper& DateFormatter::GetCalendarWrapper() const
+    {
+        if (!m_xCalendarWrapper)
+        {
+            m_xCalendarWrapper.reset(new CalendarWrapper(comphelper::getProcessComponentContext()));
+            m_xCalendarWrapper->loadDefaultCalendar(Application::GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale());
+        }
+        return *m_xCalendarWrapper;
+    }
+
+    void DateFormatter::SetShowDateCentury(bool bShowDateCentury)
+    {
+        m_eFormat = ChangeDateCentury(m_eFormat, bShowDateCentury);
+
+        ReFormat();
+    }
+
+    void DateFormatter::SetDate(const Date& rDate)
+    {
+        auto nDate = rDate.GetDate();
+        bool bForceOutput = GetEntryText().isEmpty() && rDate == GetDate();
+        if (bForceOutput)
+        {
+            ImplSetValue(nDate, true);
+            return;
+        }
+        SetValue(nDate);
+    }
+
+    Date DateFormatter::GetDate()
+    {
+        return Date(GetValue());
+    }
+
+    void DateFormatter::SetMin(const Date& rNewMin)
+    {
+        SetMinValue(rNewMin.GetDate());
+    }
+
+    void DateFormatter::SetMax(const Date& rNewMax)
+    {
+        SetMaxValue(rNewMax.GetDate());
+    }
+
+    OUString DateFormatter::FormatNumber(int nValue) const
+    {
+        const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleData = Application::GetSettings().GetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        return ::DateFormatter::FormatDate(Date(nValue), m_eFormat, rLocaleData, m_aStaticFormatter);
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(DateFormatter, FormatOutputHdl, LinkParamNone*, bool)
+    {
+        OUString sText = FormatNumber(GetValue());
+        ImplSetTextImpl(sText, nullptr);
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK(DateFormatter, ParseInputHdl, sal_Int64*, result, TriState)
+    {
+        const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper = Application::GetSettings().GetLocaleDataWrapper();
+
+        Date aResult(Date::EMPTY);
+        bool bRet = ::DateFormatter::TextToDate(GetEntryText(), aResult, ResolveSystemFormat(m_eFormat, rLocaleDataWrapper),
+                                                rLocaleDataWrapper, GetCalendarWrapper());
+        if (bRet)
+            *result = aResult.GetDate();
+
+        return bRet ? TRISTATE_TRUE : TRISTATE_FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+static bool ImplTimeProcessKeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt,
+                                     bool bStrictFormat, bool bDuration,
+                                     TimeFieldFormat eFormat,
+                                     const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper  )
+{
+    sal_Unicode cChar = rKEvt.GetCharCode();
+
+    if ( !bStrictFormat )
+        return false;
+    else
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nGroup = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetGroup();
+        if ( (nGroup == KEYGROUP_FKEYS) || (nGroup == KEYGROUP_CURSOR) ||
+             (nGroup == KEYGROUP_MISC)   ||
+             ((cChar >= '0') && (cChar <= '9')) ||
+             rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeSep() == OUStringChar(cChar) ||
+             (rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeAM().indexOf(cChar) != -1) ||
+             (rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimePM().indexOf(cChar) != -1) ||
+             // Accept AM/PM:
+             (cChar == 'a') || (cChar == 'A') || (cChar == 'm') || (cChar == 'M') || (cChar == 'p') || (cChar == 'P') ||
+             ((eFormat == TimeFieldFormat::F_SEC_CS) && rLocaleDataWrapper.getTime100SecSep() == OUStringChar(cChar)) ||
+             (bDuration && (cChar == '-')) )
+            return false;
+        else
+            return true;
+    }
+}
+
+static bool ImplIsOnlyDigits( const OUString& _rStr )
+{
+    const sal_Unicode* _pChr = _rStr.getStr();
+    for ( sal_Int32 i = 0; i < _rStr.getLength(); ++i, ++_pChr )
+    {
+        if ( *_pChr < '0' || *_pChr > '9' )
+            return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+static bool ImplIsValidTimePortion( bool _bSkipInvalidCharacters, const OUString& _rStr )
+{
+    if ( !_bSkipInvalidCharacters )
+    {
+        if ( ( _rStr.getLength() > 2 ) || _rStr.isEmpty() || !ImplIsOnlyDigits( _rStr ) )
+            return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+static bool ImplCutTimePortion( OUStringBuffer& _rStr, sal_Int32 _nSepPos, bool _bSkipInvalidCharacters, short* _pPortion )
+{
+    OUString sPortion(_rStr.subView(0, _nSepPos));
+
+    if (_nSepPos < _rStr.getLength())
+        _rStr.remove(0, _nSepPos + 1);
+    else
+        _rStr.truncate();
+
+    if ( !ImplIsValidTimePortion( _bSkipInvalidCharacters, sPortion ) )
+        return false;
+    *_pPortion = static_cast<short>(sPortion.toInt32());
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool TimeFormatter::TextToTime(std::u16string_view rStr, tools::Time& rTime,
+    TimeFieldFormat eFormat,
+    bool bDuration, const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper, bool _bSkipInvalidCharacters)
+{
+    OUStringBuffer    aStr(rStr);
+    short       nHour   = 0;
+    short       nMinute = 0;
+    short       nSecond = 0;
+    sal_Int64   nNanoSec = 0;
+    tools::Time        aTime( 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    if ( rStr.empty() )
+        return false;
+
+    // Search for separators
+    if (!rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeSep().isEmpty())
+    {
+        OUStringBuffer aSepStr(",.;:/");
+        if ( !bDuration )
+            aSepStr.append('-');
+
+        // Replace characters above by the separator character
+        for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < aSepStr.getLength(); ++i)
+        {
+            if (rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeSep() == OUStringChar(aSepStr[i]))
+                continue;
+            for ( sal_Int32 j = 0; j < aStr.getLength(); j++ )
+            {
+                if (aStr[j] == aSepStr[i])
+                    aStr[j] = rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeSep()[0];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool bNegative = false;
+    sal_Int32 nSepPos = aStr.indexOf( rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeSep() );
+    if ( aStr[0] == '-' )
+        bNegative = true;
+    if ( eFormat != TimeFieldFormat::F_SEC_CS )
+    {
+        if ( nSepPos < 0 )
+            nSepPos = aStr.getLength();
+        if ( !ImplCutTimePortion( aStr, nSepPos, _bSkipInvalidCharacters, &nHour ) )
+            return false;
+
+        nSepPos = aStr.indexOf( rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeSep() );
+        if ( !aStr.isEmpty() && aStr[0] == '-' )
+            bNegative = true;
+        if ( nSepPos >= 0 )
+        {
+            if ( !ImplCutTimePortion( aStr, nSepPos, _bSkipInvalidCharacters, &nMinute ) )
+                return false;
+
+            nSepPos = aStr.indexOf( rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeSep() );
+            if ( !aStr.isEmpty() && aStr[0] == '-' )
+                bNegative = true;
+            if ( nSepPos >= 0 )
+            {
+                if ( !ImplCutTimePortion( aStr, nSepPos, _bSkipInvalidCharacters, &nSecond ) )
+                    return false;
+                if ( !aStr.isEmpty() && aStr[0] == '-' )
+                    bNegative = true;
+                nNanoSec = o3tl::toInt64(aStr);
+            }
+            else
+                nSecond = static_cast<short>(o3tl::toInt32(aStr));
+        }
+        else
+            nMinute = static_cast<short>(o3tl::toInt32(aStr));
+    }
+    else if ( nSepPos < 0 )
+    {
+        nSecond = static_cast<short>(o3tl::toInt32(aStr));
+        nMinute += nSecond / 60;
+        nSecond %= 60;
+        nHour += nMinute / 60;
+        nMinute %= 60;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        nSecond = static_cast<short>(o3tl::toInt32(aStr.subView( 0, nSepPos )));
+        aStr.remove( 0, nSepPos+1 );
+
+        nSepPos = aStr.indexOf( rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeSep() );
+        if ( !aStr.isEmpty() && aStr[0] == '-' )
+            bNegative = true;
+        if ( nSepPos >= 0 )
+        {
+            nMinute = nSecond;
+            nSecond = static_cast<short>(o3tl::toInt32(aStr.subView( 0, nSepPos )));
+            aStr.remove( 0, nSepPos+1 );
+
+            nSepPos = aStr.indexOf( rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeSep() );
+            if ( !aStr.isEmpty() && aStr[0] == '-' )
+                bNegative = true;
+            if ( nSepPos >= 0 )
+            {
+                nHour   = nMinute;
+                nMinute = nSecond;
+                nSecond = static_cast<short>(o3tl::toInt32(aStr.subView( 0, nSepPos )));
+                aStr.remove( 0, nSepPos+1 );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                nHour += nMinute / 60;
+                nMinute %= 60;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            nMinute += nSecond / 60;
+            nSecond %= 60;
+            nHour += nMinute / 60;
+            nMinute %= 60;
+        }
+        nNanoSec = o3tl::toInt64(aStr);
+    }
+
+    if ( nNanoSec )
+    {
+        assert(aStr.getLength() >= 1);
+
+        sal_Int32 nLen = 1; // at least one digit, otherwise nNanoSec==0
+
+        while ( aStr.getLength() > nLen && aStr[nLen] >= '0' && aStr[nLen] <= '9' )
+            nLen++;
+
+        while ( nLen < 9)
+        {
+            nNanoSec *= 10;
+            ++nLen;
+        }
+        while ( nLen > 9 )
+        {
+            // round if negative?
+            nNanoSec = (nNanoSec + 5) / 10;
+            --nLen;
+        }
+    }
+
+    assert(nNanoSec > -1000000000 && nNanoSec < 1000000000);
+    if ( (nMinute > 59) || (nSecond > 59) || (nNanoSec > 1000000000) )
+        return false;
+
+    if ( eFormat == TimeFieldFormat::F_NONE )
+        nSecond = nNanoSec = 0;
+    else if ( eFormat == TimeFieldFormat::F_SEC )
+        nNanoSec = 0;
+
+    if ( !bDuration )
+    {
+        if ( bNegative || (nHour < 0) || (nMinute < 0) ||
+             (nSecond < 0) || (nNanoSec < 0) )
+            return false;
+
+        OUString aUpperCaseStr = aStr.toString().toAsciiUpperCase();
+        OUString aAMlocalised(rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeAM().toAsciiUpperCase());
+        OUString aPMlocalised(rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimePM().toAsciiUpperCase());
+
+        if ( (nHour < 12) && ( ( aUpperCaseStr.indexOf( "PM" ) >= 0 ) || ( aUpperCaseStr.indexOf( aPMlocalised ) >= 0 ) ) )
+            nHour += 12;
+
+        if ( (nHour == 12) && ( ( aUpperCaseStr.indexOf( "AM" ) >= 0 ) || ( aUpperCaseStr.indexOf( aAMlocalised ) >= 0 ) ) )
+            nHour = 0;
+
+        aTime = tools::Time( static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nHour), static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nMinute), static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nSecond),
+                      static_cast<sal_uInt32>(nNanoSec) );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        assert( !bNegative || (nHour < 0) || (nMinute < 0) ||
+             (nSecond < 0) || (nNanoSec < 0) );
+        if ( bNegative || (nHour < 0) || (nMinute < 0) ||
+             (nSecond < 0) || (nNanoSec < 0) )
+        {
+            // LEM TODO: this looks weird... I think buggy when parsing "05:-02:18"
+            bNegative   = true;
+            nHour       = nHour < 0 ? -nHour : nHour;
+            nMinute     = nMinute < 0 ? -nMinute : nMinute;
+            nSecond     = nSecond < 0 ? -nSecond : nSecond;
+            nNanoSec    = nNanoSec < 0 ? -nNanoSec : nNanoSec;
+        }
+
+        aTime = tools::Time( static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nHour), static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nMinute), static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nSecond),
+                      static_cast<sal_uInt32>(nNanoSec) );
+        if ( bNegative )
+            aTime = -aTime;
+    }
+
+    rTime = aTime;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void TimeFormatter::ImplTimeReformat( std::u16string_view rStr, OUString& rOutStr )
+{
+    tools::Time aTime( 0, 0, 0 );
+    if ( !TextToTime( rStr, aTime, GetFormat(), IsDuration(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+        return;
+
+    tools::Time aTempTime = aTime;
+    if ( aTempTime > GetMax() )
+        aTempTime = GetMax() ;
+    else if ( aTempTime < GetMin() )
+        aTempTime = GetMin();
+
+    bool bSecond = false;
+    bool b100Sec = false;
+    if ( meFormat != TimeFieldFormat::F_NONE )
+        bSecond = true;
+
+    if ( meFormat == TimeFieldFormat::F_SEC_CS )
+    {
+        sal_uLong n  = aTempTime.GetHour() * 3600L;
+        n       += aTempTime.GetMin()  * 60L;
+        n       += aTempTime.GetSec();
+        rOutStr  = OUString::number( n );
+        rOutStr += ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getTime100SecSep();
+        std::ostringstream ostr;
+        ostr.fill('0');
+        ostr.width(9);
+        ostr << aTempTime.GetNanoSec();
+        rOutStr += OUString::createFromAscii(ostr.str());
+    }
+    else if ( mbDuration )
+    {
+        tools::Duration aDuration( 0, aTempTime);
+        rOutStr = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getDuration( aDuration, bSecond, b100Sec );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        rOutStr = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getTime( aTempTime, bSecond, b100Sec );
+        if ( GetTimeFormat() == TimeFormat::Hour12 )
+        {
+            if ( aTempTime.GetHour() > 12 )
+            {
+                tools::Time aT( aTempTime );
+                aT.SetHour( aT.GetHour() % 12 );
+                rOutStr = ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getTime( aT, bSecond, b100Sec );
+            }
+            // Don't use LocaleDataWrapper, we want AM/PM
+            if ( aTempTime.GetHour() < 12 )
+                rOutStr += "AM"; // ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getTimeAM();
+            else
+                rOutStr += "PM"; // ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getTimePM();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool TimeFormatter::ImplAllowMalformedInput() const
+{
+    return !IsEnforceValidValue();
+}
+
+int TimeFormatter::GetTimeArea(TimeFieldFormat eFormat, std::u16string_view rText, int nCursor,
+                                     const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper)
+{
+    int nTimeArea = 0;
+
+    // Area search
+    if (eFormat != TimeFieldFormat::F_SEC_CS)
+    {
+        //Which area is the cursor in of HH:MM:SS.TT
+        for ( size_t i = 1, nPos = 0; i <= 4; i++ )
+        {
+            size_t nPos1 = rText.find(rLocaleDataWrapper.getTimeSep(), nPos);
+            size_t nPos2 = rText.find(rLocaleDataWrapper.getTime100SecSep(), nPos);
+            //which ever comes first, bearing in mind that one might not be there
+            if (nPos1 != std::u16string_view::npos && nPos2 != std::u16string_view::npos)
+                nPos = std::min(nPos1, nPos2);
+            else if (nPos1 != std::u16string_view::npos)
+                nPos = nPos1;
+            else
+                nPos = nPos2;
+            if (nPos == std::u16string_view::npos || static_cast<sal_Int32>(nPos) >= nCursor)
+            {
+                nTimeArea = i;
+                break;
+            }
+            else
+                nPos++;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        size_t nPos = rText.find(rLocaleDataWrapper.getTime100SecSep());
+        if (nPos == std::u16string_view::npos || static_cast<sal_Int32>(nPos) >= nCursor)
+            nTimeArea = 3;
+        else
+            nTimeArea = 4;
+    }
+
+    return nTimeArea;
+}
+
+tools::Time TimeFormatter::SpinTime(bool bUp, const tools::Time& rTime, TimeFieldFormat eFormat,
+                                    bool bDuration, std::u16string_view rText, int nCursor,
+                                    const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper)
+{
+    tools::Time aTime(rTime);
+
+    int nTimeArea = GetTimeArea(eFormat, rText, nCursor, rLocaleDataWrapper);
+
+    if ( nTimeArea )
+    {
+        tools::Time aAddTime( 0, 0, 0 );
+        if ( nTimeArea == 1 )
+            aAddTime = tools::Time( 1, 0 );
+        else if ( nTimeArea == 2 )
+            aAddTime = tools::Time( 0, 1 );
+        else if ( nTimeArea == 3 )
+            aAddTime = tools::Time( 0, 0, 1 );
+        else if ( nTimeArea == 4 )
+            aAddTime = tools::Time( 0, 0, 0, 1 );
+
+        if ( !bUp )
+            aAddTime = -aAddTime;
+
+        aTime += aAddTime;
+        if (!bDuration)
+        {
+            tools::Time aAbsMaxTime( 23, 59, 59, 999999999 );
+            if ( aTime > aAbsMaxTime )
+                aTime = aAbsMaxTime;
+            tools::Time aAbsMinTime( 0, 0 );
+            if ( aTime < aAbsMinTime )
+                aTime = aAbsMinTime;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return aTime;
+}
+
+void TimeField::ImplTimeSpinArea( bool bUp )
+{
+    if ( GetField() )
+    {
+        tools::Time aTime( GetTime() );
+        OUString aText( GetText() );
+        Selection aSelection( GetField()->GetSelection() );
+
+        aTime = TimeFormatter::SpinTime(bUp, aTime, GetFormat(), IsDuration(), aText, aSelection.Max(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper());
+
+        ImplNewFieldValue( aTime );
+    }
+}
+
+TimeFormatter::TimeFormatter(Edit* pEdit)
+    : FormatterBase(pEdit)
+    , maLastTime(0, 0)
+    , maMin(0, 0)
+    , maMax(23, 59, 59, 999999999)
+    , meFormat(TimeFieldFormat::F_NONE)
+    , mnTimeFormat(TimeFormat::Hour24)  // Should become an ExtTimeFieldFormat in next implementation, merge with mbDuration and meFormat
+    , mbDuration(false)
+    , mbEnforceValidValue(true)
+    , maFieldTime(0, 0)
+{
+}
+
+TimeFormatter::~TimeFormatter()
+{
+}
+
+void TimeFormatter::ReformatAll()
+{
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void TimeFormatter::SetMin( const tools::Time& rNewMin )
+{
+    maMin = rNewMin;
+    if ( !IsEmptyFieldValue() )
+        ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void TimeFormatter::SetMax( const tools::Time& rNewMax )
+{
+    maMax = rNewMax;
+    if ( !IsEmptyFieldValue() )
+        ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void TimeFormatter::SetTimeFormat( TimeFormat eNewFormat )
+{
+    mnTimeFormat = eNewFormat;
+}
+
+
+void TimeFormatter::SetFormat( TimeFieldFormat eNewFormat )
+{
+    meFormat = eNewFormat;
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void TimeFormatter::SetDuration( bool bNewDuration )
+{
+    mbDuration = bNewDuration;
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+void TimeFormatter::SetTime( const tools::Time& rNewTime )
+{
+    SetUserTime( rNewTime );
+    maFieldTime = maLastTime;
+    SetEmptyFieldValueData( false );
+}
+
+void TimeFormatter::ImplNewFieldValue( const tools::Time& rTime )
+{
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return;
+
+    Selection aSelection = GetField()->GetSelection();
+    aSelection.Normalize();
+    OUString aText = GetField()->GetText();
+
+    // If selected until the end then keep it that way
+    if ( static_cast<sal_Int32>(aSelection.Max()) == aText.getLength() )
+    {
+        if ( !aSelection.Len() )
+            aSelection.Min() = SELECTION_MAX;
+        aSelection.Max() = SELECTION_MAX;
+    }
+
+    tools::Time aOldLastTime = maLastTime;
+    ImplSetUserTime( rTime, &aSelection );
+    maLastTime = aOldLastTime;
+
+    // Modify at Edit is only set at KeyInput
+    if ( GetField()->GetText() != aText )
+    {
+        GetField()->SetModifyFlag();
+        GetField()->Modify();
+    }
+}
+
+OUString TimeFormatter::FormatTime(const tools::Time& rNewTime, TimeFieldFormat eFormat, TimeFormat eHourFormat, bool bDuration, const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleData)
+{
+    OUString aStr;
+    bool bSec    = false;
+    bool b100Sec = false;
+    if ( eFormat != TimeFieldFormat::F_NONE )
+        bSec = true;
+    if ( eFormat == TimeFieldFormat::F_SEC_CS )
+        b100Sec = true;
+    if ( eFormat == TimeFieldFormat::F_SEC_CS )
+    {
+        sal_uLong n  = rNewTime.GetHour() * 3600L;
+        n       += rNewTime.GetMin()  * 60L;
+        n       += rNewTime.GetSec();
+        aStr     = OUString::number( n ) + rLocaleData.getTime100SecSep();
+        std::ostringstream ostr;
+        ostr.fill('0');
+        ostr.width(9);
+        ostr << rNewTime.GetNanoSec();
+        aStr += OUString::createFromAscii(ostr.str());
+    }
+    else if ( bDuration )
+    {
+        tools::Duration aDuration( 0, rNewTime);
+        aStr = rLocaleData.getDuration( aDuration, bSec, b100Sec );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aStr = rLocaleData.getTime( rNewTime, bSec, b100Sec );
+        if ( eHourFormat == TimeFormat::Hour12 )
+        {
+            if ( rNewTime.GetHour() > 12 )
+            {
+                tools::Time aT( rNewTime );
+                aT.SetHour( aT.GetHour() % 12 );
+                aStr = rLocaleData.getTime( aT, bSec, b100Sec );
+            }
+            // Don't use LocaleDataWrapper, we want AM/PM
+            if ( rNewTime.GetHour() < 12 )
+                aStr += "AM"; // rLocaleData.getTimeAM();
+            else
+                aStr += "PM"; // rLocaleData.getTimePM();
+        }
+    }
+
+    return aStr;
+}
+
+void TimeFormatter::ImplSetUserTime( const tools::Time& rNewTime, Selection const * pNewSelection )
+{
+    tools::Time aNewTime = rNewTime;
+    if ( aNewTime > GetMax() )
+        aNewTime = GetMax();
+    else if ( aNewTime < GetMin() )
+        aNewTime = GetMin();
+    maLastTime = aNewTime;
+
+    if ( GetField() )
+    {
+        OUString aStr = TimeFormatter::FormatTime(aNewTime, meFormat, GetTimeFormat(), mbDuration, ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper());
+        ImplSetText( aStr, pNewSelection );
+    }
+}
+
+void TimeFormatter::SetUserTime( const tools::Time& rNewTime )
+{
+    ImplSetUserTime( rNewTime );
+}
+
+tools::Time TimeFormatter::GetTime() const
+{
+    tools::Time aTime( 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    if ( GetField() )
+    {
+        bool bAllowMalformed = ImplAllowMalformedInput();
+        if ( TextToTime( GetField()->GetText(), aTime, GetFormat(), IsDuration(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper(), !bAllowMalformed ) )
+        {
+            if ( aTime > GetMax() )
+                aTime = GetMax();
+            else if ( aTime < GetMin() )
+                aTime = GetMin();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( bAllowMalformed )
+                aTime = tools::Time( 99, 99, 99 ); // set invalid time
+            else
+                aTime = maLastTime;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return aTime;
+}
+
+void TimeFormatter::Reformat()
+{
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return;
+
+    if ( GetField()->GetText().isEmpty() && ImplGetEmptyFieldValue() )
+        return;
+
+    OUString aStr;
+    ImplTimeReformat( GetField()->GetText(), aStr );
+
+    if ( !aStr.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        ImplSetText( aStr );
+        (void)TextToTime(aStr, maLastTime, GetFormat(), IsDuration(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper());
+    }
+    else
+        SetTime( maLastTime );
+}
+
+TimeField::TimeField( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle ) :
+    SpinField( pParent, nWinStyle ),
+    TimeFormatter(this),
+    maFirst( GetMin() ),
+    maLast( GetMax() )
+{
+    SetText( ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getTime( maFieldTime, false ) );
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void TimeField::dispose()
+{
+    ClearField();
+    SpinField::dispose();
+}
+
+bool TimeField::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && !rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+    {
+        if ( ImplTimeProcessKeyInput( *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), IsStrictFormat(), IsDuration(), GetFormat(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return SpinField::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+bool TimeField::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() && (!GetText().isEmpty() || !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled()) )
+        {
+            if ( !ImplAllowMalformedInput() )
+                Reformat();
+            else
+            {
+                tools::Time aTime( 0, 0, 0 );
+                if ( TextToTime( GetText(), aTime, GetFormat(), IsDuration(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper(), false ) )
+                    // even with strict text analysis, our text is a valid time -> do a complete
+                    // reformat
+                    Reformat();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return SpinField::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void TimeField::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    SpinField::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) && (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::LOCALE) )
+    {
+        ImplResetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        ReformatAll();
+    }
+}
+
+void TimeField::Modify()
+{
+    MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    SpinField::Modify();
+}
+
+void TimeField::Up()
+{
+    ImplTimeSpinArea( true );
+    SpinField::Up();
+}
+
+void TimeField::Down()
+{
+    ImplTimeSpinArea( false );
+    SpinField::Down();
+}
+
+void TimeField::First()
+{
+    ImplNewFieldValue( maFirst );
+    SpinField::First();
+}
+
+void TimeField::Last()
+{
+    ImplNewFieldValue( maLast );
+    SpinField::Last();
+}
+
+void TimeField::SetExtFormat( ExtTimeFieldFormat eFormat )
+{
+    switch ( eFormat )
+    {
+        case ExtTimeFieldFormat::Short24H:
+        {
+            SetTimeFormat( TimeFormat::Hour24 );
+            SetDuration( false );
+            SetFormat( TimeFieldFormat::F_NONE );
+        }
+        break;
+        case ExtTimeFieldFormat::Long24H:
+        {
+            SetTimeFormat( TimeFormat::Hour24 );
+            SetDuration( false );
+            SetFormat( TimeFieldFormat::F_SEC );
+        }
+        break;
+        case ExtTimeFieldFormat::Short12H:
+        {
+            SetTimeFormat( TimeFormat::Hour12 );
+            SetDuration( false );
+            SetFormat( TimeFieldFormat::F_NONE );
+        }
+        break;
+        case ExtTimeFieldFormat::Long12H:
+        {
+            SetTimeFormat( TimeFormat::Hour12 );
+            SetDuration( false );
+            SetFormat( TimeFieldFormat::F_SEC );
+        }
+        break;
+        case ExtTimeFieldFormat::ShortDuration:
+        {
+            SetDuration( true );
+            SetFormat( TimeFieldFormat::F_NONE );
+        }
+        break;
+        case ExtTimeFieldFormat::LongDuration:
+        {
+            SetDuration( true );
+            SetFormat( TimeFieldFormat::F_SEC );
+        }
+        break;
+        default:    OSL_FAIL( "ExtTimeFieldFormat unknown!" );
+    }
+
+    if ( GetField() && !GetField()->GetText().isEmpty() )
+        SetUserTime( GetTime() );
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+TimeBox::TimeBox(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : ComboBox(pParent, nWinStyle)
+    , TimeFormatter(this)
+{
+    SetText( ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper().getTime( maFieldTime, false ) );
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void TimeBox::dispose()
+{
+    ClearField();
+    ComboBox::dispose();
+}
+
+bool TimeBox::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && !rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+    {
+        if ( ImplTimeProcessKeyInput( *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), IsStrictFormat(), IsDuration(), GetFormat(), ImplGetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+bool TimeBox::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() && (!GetText().isEmpty() || !IsEmptyFieldValueEnabled()) )
+            Reformat();
+    }
+
+    return ComboBox::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void TimeBox::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    ComboBox::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) && (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::LOCALE) )
+    {
+        ImplResetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        ReformatAll();
+    }
+}
+
+void TimeBox::Modify()
+{
+    MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    ComboBox::Modify();
+}
+
+void TimeBox::ReformatAll()
+{
+    OUString aStr;
+    SetUpdateMode( false );
+    const sal_Int32 nEntryCount = GetEntryCount();
+    for ( sal_Int32 i=0; i < nEntryCount; ++i )
+    {
+        ImplTimeReformat( GetEntry( i ), aStr );
+        RemoveEntryAt(i);
+        InsertEntry( aStr, i );
+    }
+    TimeFormatter::Reformat();
+    SetUpdateMode( true );
+}
+
+namespace weld
+{
+    tools::Time TimeFormatter::ConvertValue(int nValue)
+    {
+        tools::Time aTime(0);
+        aTime.MakeTimeFromMS(nValue);
+        return aTime;
+    }
+
+    int TimeFormatter::ConvertValue(const tools::Time& rTime)
+    {
+        return rTime.GetMSFromTime();
+    }
+
+    void TimeFormatter::SetTime(const tools::Time& rTime)
+    {
+        auto nTime = ConvertValue(rTime);
+        bool bForceOutput = GetEntryText().isEmpty() && rTime == GetTime();
+        if (bForceOutput)
+        {
+            ImplSetValue(nTime, true);
+            return;
+        }
+        SetValue(nTime);
+    }
+
+    tools::Time TimeFormatter::GetTime()
+    {
+        return ConvertValue(GetValue());
+    }
+
+    void TimeFormatter::SetMin(const tools::Time& rNewMin)
+    {
+        SetMinValue(ConvertValue(rNewMin));
+    }
+
+    void TimeFormatter::SetMax(const tools::Time& rNewMax)
+    {
+        SetMaxValue(ConvertValue(rNewMax));
+    }
+
+    OUString TimeFormatter::FormatNumber(int nValue) const
+    {
+        const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleData = Application::GetSettings().GetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        return ::TimeFormatter::FormatTime(ConvertValue(nValue), m_eFormat, m_eTimeFormat, m_bDuration, rLocaleData);
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(TimeFormatter, FormatOutputHdl, LinkParamNone*, bool)
+    {
+        OUString sText = FormatNumber(GetValue());
+        ImplSetTextImpl(sText, nullptr);
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK(TimeFormatter, ParseInputHdl, sal_Int64*, result, TriState)
+    {
+        const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper = Application::GetSettings().GetLocaleDataWrapper();
+
+        tools::Time aResult(0);
+        bool bRet = ::TimeFormatter::TextToTime(GetEntryText(), aResult, m_eFormat, m_bDuration, rLocaleDataWrapper);
+        if (bRet)
+            *result = ConvertValue(aResult);
+
+        return bRet ? TRISTATE_TRUE : TRISTATE_FALSE;
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK(TimeFormatter, CursorChangedHdl, weld::Entry&, rEntry, void)
+    {
+        int nStartPos, nEndPos;
+        rEntry.get_selection_bounds(nStartPos, nEndPos);
+
+        const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleData = Application::GetSettings().GetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        const int nTimeArea = ::TimeFormatter::GetTimeArea(m_eFormat, GetEntryText(), nEndPos, rLocaleData);
+
+        int nIncrements = 1;
+
+        if (nTimeArea == 1)
+            nIncrements = 1000 * 60 * 60;
+        else if (nTimeArea == 2)
+            nIncrements = 1000 * 60;
+        else if (nTimeArea == 3)
+            nIncrements = 1000;
+
+        SetSpinSize(nIncrements);
+    }
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/fixed.cxx b/vcl/source/control/fixed.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..068332e5b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/fixed.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,995 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/cvtgrf.hxx>
+#include <vcl/decoview.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/fixed.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+
+#include <comphelper/base64.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/string.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+#include <tools/json_writer.hxx>
+#include <tools/stream.hxx>
+
+#define FIXEDLINE_TEXT_BORDER    4
+
+constexpr auto FIXEDTEXT_VIEW_STYLE = WB_3DLOOK |
+                                 WB_LEFT | WB_CENTER | WB_RIGHT |
+                                 WB_TOP | WB_VCENTER | WB_BOTTOM |
+                                 WB_WORDBREAK | WB_NOLABEL |
+                                 WB_PATHELLIPSIS;
+constexpr auto FIXEDLINE_VIEW_STYLE = WB_3DLOOK | WB_NOLABEL;
+constexpr auto FIXEDBITMAP_VIEW_STYLE = WB_3DLOOK |
+                                 WB_LEFT | WB_CENTER | WB_RIGHT |
+                                 WB_TOP | WB_VCENTER | WB_BOTTOM |
+                                 WB_SCALE;
+constexpr auto FIXEDIMAGE_VIEW_STYLE = WB_3DLOOK |
+                                 WB_LEFT | WB_CENTER | WB_RIGHT |
+                                 WB_TOP | WB_VCENTER | WB_BOTTOM |
+                                 WB_SCALE;
+
+static Point ImplCalcPos( WinBits nStyle, const Point& rPos,
+                          const Size& rObjSize, const Size& rWinSize )
+{
+    tools::Long    nX;
+    tools::Long    nY;
+
+    if ( nStyle & WB_LEFT )
+        nX = 0;
+    else if ( nStyle & WB_RIGHT )
+        nX = rWinSize.Width()-rObjSize.Width();
+    else
+        nX = (rWinSize.Width()-rObjSize.Width())/2;
+
+    if ( nStyle & WB_TOP )
+        nY = 0;
+    else if ( nStyle & WB_BOTTOM )
+        nY = rWinSize.Height()-rObjSize.Height();
+    else
+        nY = (rWinSize.Height()-rObjSize.Height())/2;
+
+    Point aPos( nX+rPos.X(), nY+rPos.Y() );
+    return aPos;
+}
+
+void FixedText::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    nStyle = ImplInitStyle( nStyle );
+    Control::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+    ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+}
+
+WinBits FixedText::ImplInitStyle( WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOGROUP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_GROUP;
+    return nStyle;
+}
+
+const vcl::Font& FixedText::GetCanonicalFont( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetLabelFont();
+}
+
+const Color& FixedText::GetCanonicalTextColor( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetLabelTextColor();
+}
+
+FixedText::FixedText( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+    : Control(WindowType::FIXEDTEXT)
+    , m_nMaxWidthChars(-1)
+    , m_nMinWidthChars(-1)
+    , m_pMnemonicWindow(nullptr)
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+DrawTextFlags FixedText::ImplGetTextStyle( WinBits nWinStyle )
+{
+    DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = DrawTextFlags::Mnemonic | DrawTextFlags::EndEllipsis;
+
+    if( ! (nWinStyle & WB_NOMULTILINE) )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::MultiLine;
+
+    if ( nWinStyle & WB_RIGHT )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Right;
+    else if ( nWinStyle & WB_CENTER )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Center;
+    else
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Left;
+    if ( nWinStyle & WB_BOTTOM )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Bottom;
+    else if ( nWinStyle & WB_VCENTER )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::VCenter;
+    else
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Top;
+    if ( nWinStyle & WB_WORDBREAK )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::WordBreak;
+    if ( nWinStyle & WB_NOLABEL )
+        nTextStyle &= ~DrawTextFlags::Mnemonic;
+
+    return nTextStyle;
+}
+
+void FixedText::ImplDraw(OutputDevice* pDev, SystemTextColorFlags nSystemTextColorFlags,
+                         const Point& rPos, const Size& rSize,
+                         bool bFillLayout) const
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = pDev->GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    WinBits nWinStyle = GetStyle();
+    OUString aText(GetText());
+    DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = FixedText::ImplGetTextStyle( nWinStyle );
+    Point aPos = rPos;
+
+    if ( nWinStyle & WB_EXTRAOFFSET )
+        aPos.AdjustX(2 );
+
+    if ( nWinStyle & WB_PATHELLIPSIS )
+    {
+        nTextStyle &= ~DrawTextFlags(DrawTextFlags::EndEllipsis | DrawTextFlags::MultiLine | DrawTextFlags::WordBreak);
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::PathEllipsis;
+    }
+    if ( !IsEnabled() )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Disable;
+    if ( (nSystemTextColorFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono) ||
+         (rStyleSettings.GetOptions() & StyleSettingsOptions::Mono) )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Mono;
+
+    if( bFillLayout )
+        mxLayoutData->m_aDisplayText.clear();
+
+    const tools::Rectangle aRect(aPos, rSize);
+    DrawControlText(*pDev, aRect, aText, nTextStyle,
+        bFillLayout ? &mxLayoutData->m_aUnicodeBoundRects : nullptr,
+        bFillLayout ? &mxLayoutData->m_aDisplayText : nullptr);
+}
+
+void FixedText::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    Control::ApplySettings(rRenderContext);
+
+    vcl::Window* pParent = GetParent();
+    bool bEnableTransparent = true;
+    if (!pParent->IsChildTransparentModeEnabled() || IsControlBackground())
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode(false);
+        SetParentClipMode();
+        SetPaintTransparent(false);
+
+        if (IsControlBackground())
+            rRenderContext.SetBackground(GetControlBackground());
+        else
+            rRenderContext.SetBackground(pParent->GetBackground());
+
+        if (rRenderContext.IsBackground())
+            bEnableTransparent = false;
+    }
+
+    if (bEnableTransparent)
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode();
+        SetParentClipMode(ParentClipMode::NoClip);
+        SetPaintTransparent(true);
+        rRenderContext.SetBackground();
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedText::Paint( vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& )
+{
+    ImplDraw(&rRenderContext, SystemTextColorFlags::NONE, Point(), GetOutputSizePixel());
+}
+
+void FixedText::Draw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos,
+                      SystemTextColorFlags nFlags )
+{
+    ApplySettings(*pDev);
+
+    Point       aPos  = pDev->LogicToPixel( rPos );
+    Size        aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    vcl::Font   aFont = GetDrawPixelFont( pDev );
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+    pDev->SetFont( aFont );
+    if ( nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono )
+        pDev->SetTextColor( COL_BLACK );
+    else
+        pDev->SetTextColor( GetTextColor() );
+    pDev->SetTextFillColor();
+
+    bool bBorder = (GetStyle() & WB_BORDER);
+    bool bBackground = IsControlBackground();
+    if ( bBorder || bBackground )
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aRect( aPos, aSize );
+        if ( bBorder )
+        {
+            ImplDrawFrame( pDev, aRect );
+        }
+        if ( bBackground )
+        {
+            pDev->SetFillColor( GetControlBackground() );
+            pDev->DrawRect( aRect );
+        }
+    }
+
+    ImplDraw( pDev, nFlags, aPos, aSize );
+    pDev->Pop();
+}
+
+void FixedText::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void FixedText::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Enable) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::Text) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode) )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Style )
+    {
+        SetStyle( ImplInitStyle( GetStyle() ) );
+        if ( (GetPrevStyle() & FIXEDTEXT_VIEW_STYLE) !=
+             (GetStyle() & FIXEDTEXT_VIEW_STYLE) )
+        {
+            ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Zoom)  ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont) )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedText::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+          (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE)) )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+Size FixedText::getTextDimensions(Control const *pControl, const OUString &rTxt, tools::Long nMaxWidth)
+{
+    DrawTextFlags nStyle = ImplGetTextStyle( pControl->GetStyle() );
+    if ( !( pControl->GetStyle() & WB_NOLABEL ) )
+        nStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Mnemonic;
+
+    return pControl->GetTextRect(tools::Rectangle( Point(), Size(nMaxWidth, 0x7fffffff)),
+                                       rTxt, nStyle).GetSize();
+}
+
+Size FixedText::CalcMinimumTextSize( Control const *pControl, tools::Long nMaxWidth )
+{
+    Size aSize = getTextDimensions(pControl, pControl->GetText(), nMaxWidth);
+
+    if ( pControl->GetStyle() & WB_EXTRAOFFSET )
+        aSize.AdjustWidth(2 );
+
+    // GetTextRect cannot take an empty string
+    if ( aSize.Width() < 0 )
+        aSize.setWidth( 0 );
+    if ( aSize.Height() <= 0 )
+        aSize.setHeight( pControl->GetTextHeight() );
+
+    return aSize;
+}
+
+Size FixedText::CalcMinimumSize( tools::Long nMaxWidth ) const
+{
+    return CalcWindowSize( CalcMinimumTextSize ( this, nMaxWidth ) );
+}
+
+Size FixedText::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    sal_Int32 nMaxAvailWidth = 0x7fffffff;
+    if (m_nMaxWidthChars != -1)
+    {
+        OUStringBuffer aBuf(m_nMaxWidthChars);
+        comphelper::string::padToLength(aBuf, m_nMaxWidthChars, 'x');
+        nMaxAvailWidth = getTextDimensions(this,
+            aBuf.makeStringAndClear(), 0x7fffffff).Width();
+    }
+    Size aRet = CalcMinimumSize(nMaxAvailWidth);
+    if (m_nMinWidthChars != -1)
+    {
+        OUStringBuffer aBuf(m_nMinWidthChars);
+        comphelper::string::padToLength(aBuf, m_nMinWidthChars, 'x');
+        Size aMinAllowed = getTextDimensions(this,
+            aBuf.makeStringAndClear(), 0x7fffffff);
+        aRet.setWidth(std::max(aMinAllowed.Width(), aRet.Width()));
+    }
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+void FixedText::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    mxLayoutData.emplace();
+    ImplDraw(const_cast<FixedText*>(this)->GetOutDev(), SystemTextColorFlags::NONE, Point(), GetOutputSizePixel(), true);
+    //const_cast<FixedText*>(this)->Invalidate();
+}
+
+void FixedText::setMaxWidthChars(sal_Int32 nWidth)
+{
+    if (nWidth != m_nMaxWidthChars)
+    {
+        m_nMaxWidthChars = nWidth;
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedText::setMinWidthChars(sal_Int32 nWidth)
+{
+    if (nWidth != m_nMinWidthChars)
+    {
+        m_nMinWidthChars = nWidth;
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+}
+
+bool FixedText::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "max-width-chars")
+        setMaxWidthChars(rValue.toInt32());
+    else if (rKey == "width-chars")
+        setMinWidthChars(rValue.toInt32());
+    else if (rKey == "ellipsize")
+    {
+        WinBits nBits = GetStyle();
+        nBits &= ~WB_PATHELLIPSIS;
+        if (rValue != "none")
+        {
+            SAL_WARN_IF(rValue != "end", "vcl.layout", "Only endellipsis support for now");
+            nBits |= WB_PATHELLIPSIS;
+        }
+        SetStyle(nBits);
+    }
+    else
+        return Control::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+vcl::Window* FixedText::getAccessibleRelationLabelFor() const
+{
+    vcl::Window *pWindow = Control::getAccessibleRelationLabelFor();
+    if (pWindow)
+        return pWindow;
+    return get_mnemonic_widget();
+}
+
+void FixedText::set_mnemonic_widget(vcl::Window *pWindow)
+{
+    if (pWindow == m_pMnemonicWindow)
+        return;
+    if (m_pMnemonicWindow)
+    {
+        vcl::Window *pTempReEntryGuard = m_pMnemonicWindow;
+        m_pMnemonicWindow = nullptr;
+        pTempReEntryGuard->remove_mnemonic_label(this);
+    }
+    m_pMnemonicWindow = pWindow;
+    if (m_pMnemonicWindow)
+        m_pMnemonicWindow->add_mnemonic_label(this);
+}
+
+FixedText::~FixedText()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void FixedText::dispose()
+{
+    set_mnemonic_widget(nullptr);
+    m_pMnemonicWindow.clear();
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+SelectableFixedText::SelectableFixedText(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle)
+    : Edit(pParent, nStyle)
+{
+    // no border
+    SetBorderStyle( WindowBorderStyle::NOBORDER );
+    // read-only
+    SetReadOnly();
+    // make it transparent
+    SetPaintTransparent(true);
+    SetControlBackground();
+}
+
+void SelectableFixedText::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    rRenderContext.SetBackground();
+}
+
+void SelectableFixedText::LoseFocus()
+{
+    Edit::LoseFocus();
+    // clear cursor
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void SelectableFixedText::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    Edit::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+    rJsonWriter.put("type", "fixedtext");
+    rJsonWriter.put("selectable", true);
+}
+
+void FixedLine::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    nStyle = ImplInitStyle( nStyle );
+    Control::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+    ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+}
+
+WinBits FixedLine::ImplInitStyle( WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOGROUP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_GROUP;
+    return nStyle;
+}
+
+const vcl::Font& FixedLine::GetCanonicalFont( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetGroupFont();
+}
+
+const Color& FixedLine::GetCanonicalTextColor( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetGroupTextColor();
+}
+
+void FixedLine::ImplDraw(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    // we need to measure according to the window, not according to the
+    // RenderContext we paint to
+    Size aOutSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+
+    OUString aText = GetText();
+    WinBits nWinStyle = GetStyle();
+
+    DecorationView aDecoView(&rRenderContext);
+    if (aText.isEmpty())
+    {
+        if (nWinStyle & WB_VERT)
+        {
+            tools::Long nX = (aOutSize.Width() - 1) / 2;
+            aDecoView.DrawSeparator(Point(nX, 0), Point(nX, aOutSize.Height() - 1));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            tools::Long nY = (aOutSize.Height() - 1) / 2;
+            aDecoView.DrawSeparator(Point(0, nY), Point(aOutSize.Width() - 1, nY), false);
+        }
+    }
+    else if (nWinStyle & WB_VERT)
+    {
+        tools::Long nWidth = rRenderContext.GetTextWidth(aText);
+        rRenderContext.Push(vcl::PushFlags::FONT);
+        vcl::Font aFont(rRenderContext.GetFont());
+        aFont.SetOrientation(900_deg10);
+        SetFont(aFont);
+        Point aStartPt(aOutSize.Width() / 2, aOutSize.Height() - 1);
+        if (nWinStyle & WB_VCENTER)
+            aStartPt.AdjustY( -((aOutSize.Height() - nWidth) / 2) );
+        Point aTextPt(aStartPt);
+        aTextPt.AdjustX( -(GetTextHeight() / 2) );
+        rRenderContext.DrawText(aTextPt, aText, 0, aText.getLength());
+        rRenderContext.Pop();
+        if (aOutSize.Height() - aStartPt.Y() > FIXEDLINE_TEXT_BORDER)
+            aDecoView.DrawSeparator(Point(aStartPt.X(), aStartPt.Y() + FIXEDLINE_TEXT_BORDER),
+                                    Point(aStartPt.X(), aOutSize.Height() - 1));
+        if (aStartPt.Y() - nWidth - FIXEDLINE_TEXT_BORDER > 0)
+            aDecoView.DrawSeparator(Point(aStartPt.X(), 0),
+                                    Point(aStartPt.X(), aStartPt.Y() - nWidth - FIXEDLINE_TEXT_BORDER));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        DrawTextFlags nStyle = DrawTextFlags::Mnemonic | DrawTextFlags::Left | DrawTextFlags::VCenter | DrawTextFlags::EndEllipsis;
+        tools::Rectangle aRect(0, 0, aOutSize.Width(), aOutSize.Height());
+        const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+        if (nWinStyle & WB_CENTER)
+            nStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Center;
+
+        if (!IsEnabled())
+            nStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Disable;
+        if (GetStyle() & WB_NOLABEL)
+            nStyle &= ~DrawTextFlags::Mnemonic;
+        if (rStyleSettings.GetOptions() & StyleSettingsOptions::Mono)
+            nStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Mono;
+
+        aRect = DrawControlText(*GetOutDev(), aRect, aText, nStyle, nullptr, nullptr);
+
+        tools::Long nTop = aRect.Top() + ((aRect.GetHeight() - 1) / 2);
+        aDecoView.DrawSeparator(Point(aRect.Right() + FIXEDLINE_TEXT_BORDER, nTop), Point(aOutSize.Width() - 1, nTop), false);
+        if (aRect.Left() > FIXEDLINE_TEXT_BORDER)
+            aDecoView.DrawSeparator(Point(0, nTop), Point(aRect.Left() - FIXEDLINE_TEXT_BORDER, nTop), false);
+    }
+}
+
+FixedLine::FixedLine( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    Control( WindowType::FIXEDLINE )
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+    SetSizePixel( Size( 2, 2 ) );
+}
+
+void FixedLine::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    mxLayoutData.emplace();
+    const_cast<FixedLine*>(this)->Invalidate();
+}
+
+void FixedLine::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    Control::ApplySettings(rRenderContext);
+
+    vcl::Window* pParent = GetParent();
+    if (pParent->IsChildTransparentModeEnabled() && !IsControlBackground())
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode();
+        SetParentClipMode(ParentClipMode::NoClip);
+        SetPaintTransparent(true);
+        rRenderContext.SetBackground();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode(false);
+        SetParentClipMode();
+        SetPaintTransparent(false);
+
+        if (IsControlBackground())
+            rRenderContext.SetBackground(GetControlBackground());
+        else
+            rRenderContext.SetBackground(pParent->GetBackground());
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedLine::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle&)
+{
+    ImplDraw(rRenderContext);
+}
+
+void FixedLine::Draw( OutputDevice*, const Point&, SystemTextColorFlags )
+{
+}
+
+void FixedLine::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void FixedLine::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Enable) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::Text) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode) )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Style )
+    {
+        SetStyle( ImplInitStyle( GetStyle() ) );
+        if ( (GetPrevStyle() & FIXEDLINE_VIEW_STYLE) !=
+             (GetStyle() & FIXEDLINE_VIEW_STYLE) )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Zoom)  ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::Style) ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont) )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedLine::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+          (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE)) )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+Size FixedLine::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return CalcWindowSize( FixedText::CalcMinimumTextSize ( this ) );
+}
+
+void FixedLine::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    Control::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+    rJsonWriter.put("type", "separator");
+    rJsonWriter.put("orientation", (GetStyle() & WB_VERT) ? "vertical" : "horizontal");
+}
+
+void FixedBitmap::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    nStyle = ImplInitStyle( nStyle );
+    Control::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+    ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+}
+
+WinBits FixedBitmap::ImplInitStyle( WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOGROUP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_GROUP;
+    return nStyle;
+}
+
+FixedBitmap::FixedBitmap( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    Control( WindowType::FIXEDBITMAP )
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+void FixedBitmap::ImplDraw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos, const Size& rSize )
+{
+    // do we have a Bitmap?
+    if ( !maBitmap.IsEmpty() )
+    {
+        if ( GetStyle() & WB_SCALE )
+            pDev->DrawBitmapEx( rPos, rSize, maBitmap );
+        else
+        {
+            Point aPos = ImplCalcPos( GetStyle(), rPos, maBitmap.GetSizePixel(), rSize );
+            pDev->DrawBitmapEx( aPos, maBitmap );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedBitmap::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    vcl::Window* pParent = GetParent();
+    if (pParent->IsChildTransparentModeEnabled() && !IsControlBackground())
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode();
+        SetParentClipMode(ParentClipMode::NoClip);
+        SetPaintTransparent(true);
+        rRenderContext.SetBackground();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode(false);
+        SetParentClipMode();
+        SetPaintTransparent(false);
+
+        if (IsControlBackground())
+            rRenderContext.SetBackground(GetControlBackground());
+        else
+            rRenderContext.SetBackground(pParent->GetBackground());
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedBitmap::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle&)
+{
+    ImplDraw(&rRenderContext, Point(), GetOutputSizePixel());
+}
+
+void FixedBitmap::Draw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos,
+                        SystemTextColorFlags )
+{
+    Point       aPos  = pDev->LogicToPixel( rPos );
+    Size        aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    tools::Rectangle   aRect( aPos, aSize );
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+
+    // Border
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_BORDER )
+    {
+        DecorationView aDecoView( pDev );
+        aRect = aDecoView.DrawFrame( aRect, DrawFrameStyle::DoubleIn );
+    }
+    pDev->IntersectClipRegion( aRect );
+    ImplDraw( pDev, aRect.TopLeft(), aRect.GetSize() );
+
+    pDev->Pop();
+}
+
+void FixedBitmap::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void FixedBitmap::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Data) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode) )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Style )
+    {
+        SetStyle( ImplInitStyle( GetStyle() ) );
+        if ( (GetPrevStyle() & FIXEDBITMAP_VIEW_STYLE) !=
+             (GetStyle() & FIXEDBITMAP_VIEW_STYLE) )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedBitmap::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+         (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE) )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedBitmap::SetBitmap( const BitmapEx& rBitmap )
+{
+    maBitmap = rBitmap;
+    CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    queue_resize();
+}
+
+void FixedImage::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    nStyle = ImplInitStyle( nStyle );
+    Control::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+    ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+}
+
+WinBits FixedImage::ImplInitStyle( WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOGROUP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_GROUP;
+    return nStyle;
+}
+
+FixedImage::FixedImage( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    Control( WindowType::FIXEDIMAGE )
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+void FixedImage::ImplDraw( OutputDevice* pDev,
+                           const Point& rPos, const Size& rSize )
+{
+    DrawImageFlags nStyle = DrawImageFlags::NONE;
+    if ( !IsEnabled() )
+        nStyle |= DrawImageFlags::Disable;
+
+    Image *pImage = &maImage;
+
+    // do we have an image?
+    if ( !(!(*pImage)) )
+    {
+        if ( GetStyle() & WB_SCALE )
+            pDev->DrawImage( rPos, rSize, *pImage, nStyle );
+        else
+        {
+            Point aPos = ImplCalcPos( GetStyle(), rPos, pImage->GetSizePixel(), rSize );
+            pDev->DrawImage( aPos, *pImage, nStyle );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedImage::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    vcl::Window* pParent = GetParent();
+    if (pParent && pParent->IsChildTransparentModeEnabled() && !IsControlBackground())
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode();
+        SetParentClipMode(ParentClipMode::NoClip);
+        SetPaintTransparent(true);
+        rRenderContext.SetBackground();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode(false);
+        SetParentClipMode();
+        SetPaintTransparent(false);
+
+        if (IsControlBackground())
+            rRenderContext.SetBackground(GetControlBackground());
+        else if (pParent)
+            rRenderContext.SetBackground(pParent->GetBackground());
+    }
+}
+
+
+void FixedImage::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle&)
+{
+    ImplDraw(&rRenderContext, Point(), GetOutputSizePixel());
+}
+
+Size FixedImage::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return maImage.GetSizePixel();
+}
+
+void FixedImage::Draw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos,
+                       SystemTextColorFlags )
+{
+    Point       aPos  = pDev->LogicToPixel( rPos );
+    Size        aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    tools::Rectangle   aRect( aPos, aSize );
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+
+    // Border
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_BORDER )
+    {
+        ImplDrawFrame( pDev, aRect );
+    }
+    pDev->IntersectClipRegion( aRect );
+    ImplDraw( pDev, aRect.TopLeft(), aRect.GetSize() );
+
+    pDev->Pop();
+}
+
+void FixedImage::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void FixedImage::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Enable) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::Data) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode) )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Style )
+    {
+        SetStyle( ImplInitStyle( GetStyle() ) );
+        if ( (GetPrevStyle() & FIXEDIMAGE_VIEW_STYLE) !=
+             (GetStyle() & FIXEDIMAGE_VIEW_STYLE) )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedImage::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+         (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE) )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedImage::SetImage( const Image& rImage )
+{
+    if ( rImage != maImage )
+    {
+        maImage = rImage;
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+}
+
+Image FixedImage::loadThemeImage(const OUString &rFileName)
+{
+    return Image(StockImage::Yes, rFileName);
+}
+
+bool FixedImage::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "icon-size")
+    {
+        WinBits nBits = GetStyle();
+        nBits &= ~WB_SMALLSTYLE;
+        if (rValue == "2")
+            nBits |= WB_SMALLSTYLE;
+        SetStyle(nBits);
+    }
+    else
+        return Control::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void FixedImage::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    Control::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+    rJsonWriter.put("id", get_id());
+    rJsonWriter.put("type", "image");
+    if (!!maImage)
+    {
+        SvMemoryStream aOStm(6535, 6535);
+        if(GraphicConverter::Export(aOStm, maImage.GetBitmapEx(), ConvertDataFormat::PNG) == ERRCODE_NONE)
+        {
+            css::uno::Sequence<sal_Int8> aSeq( static_cast<sal_Int8 const *>(aOStm.GetData()), aOStm.Tell());
+            OStringBuffer aBuffer("data:image/png;base64,");
+            ::comphelper::Base64::encode(aBuffer, aSeq);
+            rJsonWriter.put("image", aBuffer);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/fixedhyper.cxx b/vcl/source/control/fixedhyper.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b4960d92f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/fixedhyper.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/fixedhyper.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/weld.hxx>
+#include <vcl/ptrstyle.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/anytostring.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
+#include <cppuhelper/exc_hlp.hxx>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/system/XSystemShellExecute.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/system/SystemShellExecuteFlags.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/system/SystemShellExecute.hpp>
+
+using namespace css;
+
+FixedHyperlink::FixedHyperlink(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : FixedText(pParent, nWinStyle)
+    , m_nTextLen(0)
+    , m_aOldPointer(PointerStyle::Arrow)
+{
+    Initialize();
+}
+
+void FixedHyperlink::Initialize()
+{
+    // saves the old pointer
+    m_aOldPointer = GetPointer();
+    // changes the font
+    vcl::Font aFont = GetControlFont( );
+    // to underline
+    aFont.SetUnderline( LINESTYLE_SINGLE );
+    SetControlFont( aFont );
+    // changes the color to link color
+    SetControlForeground( Application::GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetLinkColor() );
+    // calculates text len
+    m_nTextLen = GetOutDev()->GetCtrlTextWidth( GetText() );
+
+    SetClickHdl(LINK(this, FixedHyperlink, HandleClick));
+}
+
+bool FixedHyperlink::ImplIsOverText(Point aPosition) const
+{
+    Size aSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+
+    bool bIsOver = false;
+
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_RIGHT)
+    {
+        return aPosition.X() > (aSize.Width() - m_nTextLen);
+    }
+    else if (GetStyle() & WB_CENTER)
+    {
+        bIsOver = aPosition.X() > (aSize.Width() / 2 - m_nTextLen / 2) &&
+                  aPosition.X() < (aSize.Width() / 2 + m_nTextLen / 2);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bIsOver = aPosition.X() < m_nTextLen;
+    }
+
+    return bIsOver;
+}
+
+void FixedHyperlink::MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    // changes the pointer if the control is enabled and the mouse is over the text.
+    if ( !rMEvt.IsLeaveWindow() && IsEnabled() && ImplIsOverText(GetPointerPosPixel()) )
+        SetPointer( PointerStyle::RefHand );
+    else
+        SetPointer( m_aOldPointer );
+}
+
+void FixedHyperlink::MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& )
+{
+    // calls the link if the control is enabled and the mouse is over the text.
+    if ( IsEnabled() && ImplIsOverText(GetPointerPosPixel()) )
+        ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::ButtonClick, [this] () { m_aClickHdl.Call(*this); } );
+}
+
+void FixedHyperlink::RequestHelp( const HelpEvent& rHEvt )
+{
+    if ( IsEnabled() && ImplIsOverText(GetPointerPosPixel()) )
+        FixedText::RequestHelp( rHEvt );
+}
+
+void FixedHyperlink::GetFocus()
+{
+    Size aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    tools::Rectangle aFocusRect(Point(1, 1), Size(m_nTextLen + 4, aSize.Height() - 2));
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_RIGHT)
+        aFocusRect.Move(aSize.Width() - aFocusRect.getOpenWidth(), 0);
+    else if (GetStyle() & WB_CENTER)
+        aFocusRect.Move((aSize.Width() - aFocusRect.getOpenWidth()) / 2, 0);
+
+    Invalidate(aFocusRect);
+    ShowFocus(aFocusRect);
+}
+
+void FixedHyperlink::LoseFocus()
+{
+    SetTextColor( GetControlForeground() );
+    Invalidate(tools::Rectangle(Point(), GetSizePixel()));
+    HideFocus();
+}
+
+void FixedHyperlink::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    switch ( rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode() )
+    {
+        case KEY_SPACE:
+        case KEY_RETURN:
+            m_aClickHdl.Call( *this );
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            FixedText::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+    }
+}
+
+void FixedHyperlink::SetURL( const OUString& rNewURL )
+{
+    m_sURL = rNewURL;
+    SetQuickHelpText( m_sURL );
+}
+
+
+void FixedHyperlink::SetText(const OUString& rNewDescription)
+{
+    FixedText::SetText(rNewDescription);
+    m_nTextLen = GetOutDev()->GetCtrlTextWidth(GetText());
+}
+
+bool FixedHyperlink::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "uri")
+        SetURL(rValue);
+    else
+        return FixedText::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK(FixedHyperlink, HandleClick, FixedHyperlink&, rHyperlink, void)
+{
+    if ( rHyperlink.m_sURL.isEmpty() ) // Nothing to do, when the URL is empty
+        return;
+
+    try
+    {
+        uno::Reference< system::XSystemShellExecute > xSystemShellExecute(
+            system::SystemShellExecute::create(comphelper::getProcessComponentContext()));
+        //throws css::lang::IllegalArgumentException, css::system::SystemShellExecuteException
+        xSystemShellExecute->execute( rHyperlink.m_sURL, OUString(), system::SystemShellExecuteFlags::URIS_ONLY );
+    }
+    catch ( const uno::Exception& )
+    {
+        uno::Any exc(cppu::getCaughtException());
+        OUString msg(comphelper::anyToString(exc));
+        SolarMutexGuard g;
+        std::shared_ptr<weld::MessageDialog> xErrorBox(
+            Application::CreateMessageDialog(GetFrameWeld(), VclMessageType::Error, VclButtonsType::Ok, msg));
+        xErrorBox->set_title(rHyperlink.GetText());
+        xErrorBox->runAsync(xErrorBox, [](sal_Int32){});
+    }
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/fmtfield.cxx b/vcl/source/control/fmtfield.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc7bdfee6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/fmtfield.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1366 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <tools/debug.hxx>
+#include <boost/property_tree/json_parser.hpp>
+#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/string.hxx>
+#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx>
+#include <vcl/builder.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/commandevent.hxx>
+#include <svl/zformat.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/fmtfield.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/uiobject.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/formattedfielduiobject.hxx>
+#include <vcl/weld.hxx>
+#include <i18nlangtag/languagetag.hxx>
+#include <unotools/syslocale.hxx>
+#include <limits>
+#include <map>
+#include <rtl/math.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustrbuf.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+#include <svl/numformat.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <tools/json_writer.hxx>
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star::lang;
+using namespace ::com::sun::star::util;
+
+// hmm. No support for regular expression. Well, I always (not really :) wanted to write a finite automat
+// so here comes a finite automat ...
+
+namespace validation
+{
+    static void lcl_insertStopTransition( StateTransitions& _rRow )
+    {
+        _rRow.insert( Transition( '_', END ) );
+    }
+
+    static void lcl_insertStartExponentTransition( StateTransitions& _rRow )
+    {
+        _rRow.insert( Transition( 'e', EXPONENT_START ) );
+    }
+
+    static void lcl_insertSignTransitions( StateTransitions& _rRow, const State eNextState )
+    {
+        _rRow.insert( Transition( '-', eNextState ) );
+        _rRow.insert( Transition( '+', eNextState ) );
+    }
+
+    static void lcl_insertDigitTransitions( StateTransitions& _rRow, const State eNextState )
+    {
+        for ( sal_Unicode aChar = '0'; aChar <= '9'; ++aChar )
+            _rRow.insert( Transition( aChar, eNextState ) );
+    }
+
+    static void lcl_insertCommonPreCommaTransitions( StateTransitions& _rRow, const sal_Unicode _cThSep, const sal_Unicode _cDecSep )
+    {
+        // digits are allowed
+        lcl_insertDigitTransitions( _rRow, DIGIT_PRE_COMMA );
+
+        // the thousand separator is allowed
+        _rRow.insert( Transition( _cThSep, DIGIT_PRE_COMMA ) );
+
+        // a comma is allowed
+        _rRow.insert( Transition( _cDecSep, DIGIT_POST_COMMA ) );
+    }
+
+    NumberValidator::NumberValidator( const sal_Unicode _cThSep, const sal_Unicode _cDecSep )
+    {
+        // build up our transition table
+
+        // how to proceed from START
+        {
+            StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ START ];
+            rRow.insert( Transition( '_', NUM_START ) );
+                // if we encounter the normalizing character, we want to proceed with the number
+        }
+
+        // how to proceed from NUM_START
+        {
+            StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ NUM_START ];
+
+            // a sign is allowed
+            lcl_insertSignTransitions( rRow, DIGIT_PRE_COMMA );
+
+            // common transitions for the two pre-comma states
+            lcl_insertCommonPreCommaTransitions( rRow, _cThSep, _cDecSep );
+
+            // the exponent may start here
+            // (this would mean string like "_+e10_", but this is a valid fragment, though no valid number)
+            lcl_insertStartExponentTransition( rRow );
+        }
+
+        // how to proceed from DIGIT_PRE_COMMA
+        {
+            StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ DIGIT_PRE_COMMA ];
+
+            // common transitions for the two pre-comma states
+            lcl_insertCommonPreCommaTransitions( rRow, _cThSep, _cDecSep );
+
+            // the exponent may start here
+            lcl_insertStartExponentTransition( rRow );
+
+            // the final transition indicating the end of the string
+            // (if there is no comma and no post-comma, then the string may end here)
+            lcl_insertStopTransition( rRow );
+        }
+
+        // how to proceed from DIGIT_POST_COMMA
+        {
+            StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ DIGIT_POST_COMMA ];
+
+            // there might be digits, which would keep the state at DIGIT_POST_COMMA
+            lcl_insertDigitTransitions( rRow, DIGIT_POST_COMMA );
+
+            // the exponent may start here
+            lcl_insertStartExponentTransition( rRow );
+
+            // the string may end here
+            lcl_insertStopTransition( rRow );
+        }
+
+        // how to proceed from EXPONENT_START
+        {
+            StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ EXPONENT_START ];
+
+            // there may be a sign
+            lcl_insertSignTransitions( rRow, EXPONENT_DIGIT );
+
+            // there may be digits
+            lcl_insertDigitTransitions( rRow, EXPONENT_DIGIT );
+
+            // the string may end here
+            lcl_insertStopTransition( rRow );
+        }
+
+        // how to proceed from EXPONENT_DIGIT
+        {
+            StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ EXPONENT_DIGIT ];
+
+            // there may be digits
+            lcl_insertDigitTransitions( rRow, EXPONENT_DIGIT );
+
+            // the string may end here
+            lcl_insertStopTransition( rRow );
+        }
+
+        // how to proceed from END
+        {
+            /*StateTransitions& rRow =*/ m_aTransitions[ EXPONENT_DIGIT ];
+            // no valid transition to leave this state
+            // (note that we, for consistency, nevertheless want to have a row in the table)
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool NumberValidator::implValidateNormalized( const OUString& _rText )
+    {
+        const sal_Unicode* pCheckPos = _rText.getStr();
+        State eCurrentState = START;
+
+        while ( END != eCurrentState )
+        {
+            // look up the transition row for the current state
+            TransitionTable::const_iterator aRow = m_aTransitions.find( eCurrentState );
+            DBG_ASSERT( m_aTransitions.end() != aRow,
+                "NumberValidator::implValidateNormalized: invalid transition table (row not found)!" );
+
+            if ( m_aTransitions.end() != aRow )
+            {
+                // look up the current character in this row
+                StateTransitions::const_iterator aTransition = aRow->second.find( *pCheckPos );
+                if ( aRow->second.end() != aTransition )
+                {
+                    // there is a valid transition for this character
+                    eCurrentState = aTransition->second;
+                    ++pCheckPos;
+                    continue;
+                }
+            }
+
+            // if we're here, there is no valid transition
+            break;
+        }
+
+        DBG_ASSERT( ( END != eCurrentState ) || ( 0 == *pCheckPos ),
+            "NumberValidator::implValidateNormalized: inconsistency!" );
+            // if we're at END, then the string should be done, too - the string should be normalized, means ending
+            // a "_" and not containing any other "_" (except at the start), and "_" is the only possibility
+            // to reach the END state
+
+        // the string is valid if and only if we reached the final state
+        return ( END == eCurrentState );
+    }
+
+    bool NumberValidator::isValidNumericFragment( std::u16string_view _rText )
+    {
+        if ( _rText.empty() )
+            // empty strings are always allowed
+            return true;
+
+        // normalize the string
+        OUString sNormalized = OUString::Concat("_") + _rText + "_";
+
+        return implValidateNormalized( sNormalized );
+    }
+}
+
+SvNumberFormatter* Formatter::StaticFormatter::s_cFormatter = nullptr;
+sal_uLong Formatter::StaticFormatter::s_nReferences = 0;
+
+SvNumberFormatter* Formatter::StaticFormatter::GetFormatter()
+{
+    if (!s_cFormatter)
+    {
+        // get the Office's locale and translate
+        LanguageType eSysLanguage = SvtSysLocale().GetLanguageTag().getLanguageType( false);
+        s_cFormatter = new SvNumberFormatter(
+            ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext(),
+            eSysLanguage);
+    }
+    return s_cFormatter;
+}
+
+Formatter::StaticFormatter::StaticFormatter()
+{
+    ++s_nReferences;
+}
+
+Formatter::StaticFormatter::~StaticFormatter()
+{
+    if (--s_nReferences == 0)
+    {
+        delete s_cFormatter;
+        s_cFormatter = nullptr;
+    }
+}
+
+Formatter::Formatter()
+    :m_aLastSelection(0,0)
+    ,m_dMinValue(0)
+    ,m_dMaxValue(0)
+    ,m_bHasMin(false)
+    ,m_bHasMax(false)
+    ,m_bWrapOnLimits(false)
+    ,m_bStrictFormat(true)
+    ,m_bEnableEmptyField(true)
+    ,m_bAutoColor(false)
+    ,m_bEnableNaN(false)
+    ,m_bDisableRemainderFactor(false)
+    ,m_bDefaultValueSet(false)
+    ,m_ValueState(valueDirty)
+    ,m_dCurrentValue(0)
+    ,m_dDefaultValue(0)
+    ,m_nFormatKey(0)
+    ,m_pFormatter(nullptr)
+    ,m_dSpinSize(1)
+    ,m_dSpinFirst(-1000000)
+    ,m_dSpinLast(1000000)
+    ,m_bTreatAsNumber(true)
+    ,m_pLastOutputColor(nullptr)
+    ,m_bUseInputStringForFormatting(false)
+{
+}
+
+Formatter::~Formatter()
+{
+}
+
+void Formatter::SetFieldText(const OUString& rStr, const Selection& rNewSelection)
+{
+    SetEntryText(rStr, rNewSelection);
+    m_ValueState = valueDirty;
+}
+
+void Formatter::SetTextFormatted(const OUString& rStr)
+{
+    SAL_INFO_IF(GetOrCreateFormatter()->IsTextFormat(m_nFormatKey), "svtools",
+        "FormattedField::SetTextFormatted : valid only with text formats !");
+
+    m_sCurrentTextValue = rStr;
+
+    OUString sFormatted;
+    double dNumber = 0.0;
+    // IsNumberFormat changes the format key parameter
+    sal_uInt32 nTempFormatKey = static_cast< sal_uInt32 >( m_nFormatKey );
+    if( IsUsingInputStringForFormatting() &&
+        GetOrCreateFormatter()->IsNumberFormat(m_sCurrentTextValue, nTempFormatKey, dNumber) )
+    {
+        GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetInputLineString(dNumber, m_nFormatKey, sFormatted);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetOutputString(m_sCurrentTextValue,
+                                            m_nFormatKey,
+                                            sFormatted,
+                                            &m_pLastOutputColor);
+    }
+
+    // calculate the new selection
+    Selection aSel(GetEntrySelection());
+    Selection aNewSel(aSel);
+    aNewSel.Normalize();
+    sal_Int32 nNewLen = sFormatted.getLength();
+    sal_Int32 nCurrentLen = GetEntryText().getLength();
+    if ((nNewLen > nCurrentLen) && (aNewSel.Max() == nCurrentLen))
+    {   // the new text is longer and the cursor was behind the last char (of the old text)
+        if (aNewSel.Min() == 0)
+        {   // the whole text was selected -> select the new text on the whole, too
+            aNewSel.Max() = nNewLen;
+            if (!nCurrentLen)
+            {   // there wasn't really a previous selection (as there was no previous text), we're setting a new one -> check the selection options
+                SelectionOptions nSelOptions = GetEntrySelectionOptions();
+                if (nSelOptions & SelectionOptions::ShowFirst)
+                {   // selection should be from right to left -> swap min and max
+                    aNewSel.Min() = aNewSel.Max();
+                    aNewSel.Max() = 0;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else if (aNewSel.Max() == aNewSel.Min())
+        {   // there was no selection -> set the cursor behind the new last char
+            aNewSel.Max() = nNewLen;
+            aNewSel.Min() = nNewLen;
+        }
+    }
+    else if (aNewSel.Max() > nNewLen)
+        aNewSel.Max() = nNewLen;
+    else
+        aNewSel = aSel; // don't use the justified version
+    SetEntryText(sFormatted, aNewSel);
+    m_ValueState = valueString;
+}
+
+OUString const & Formatter::GetTextValue() const
+{
+    if (m_ValueState != valueString )
+    {
+        const_cast<Formatter*>(this)->m_sCurrentTextValue = GetEntryText();
+        const_cast<Formatter*>(this)->m_ValueState = valueString;
+    }
+    return m_sCurrentTextValue;
+}
+
+void Formatter::EnableNotANumber(bool _bEnable)
+{
+    if ( m_bEnableNaN == _bEnable )
+        return;
+
+    m_bEnableNaN = _bEnable;
+}
+
+void Formatter::SetAutoColor(bool _bAutomatic)
+{
+    if (_bAutomatic == m_bAutoColor)
+        return;
+
+    m_bAutoColor = _bAutomatic;
+    if (m_bAutoColor)
+    {
+        // if auto color is switched on, adjust the current text color, too
+        SetEntryTextColor(m_pLastOutputColor);
+    }
+}
+
+void Formatter::Modify(bool makeValueDirty)
+{
+    if (!IsStrictFormat())
+    {
+        if(makeValueDirty)
+            m_ValueState = valueDirty;
+        FieldModified();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    OUString sCheck = GetEntryText();
+    if (CheckText(sCheck))
+    {
+        m_sLastValidText = sCheck;
+        m_aLastSelection = GetEntrySelection();
+        if(makeValueDirty)
+            m_ValueState = valueDirty;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ImplSetTextImpl(m_sLastValidText, &m_aLastSelection);
+    }
+
+    FieldModified();
+}
+
+void Formatter::ImplSetTextImpl(const OUString& rNew, Selection const * pNewSel)
+{
+    if (m_bAutoColor)
+        SetEntryTextColor(m_pLastOutputColor);
+
+    if (pNewSel)
+        SetEntryText(rNew, *pNewSel);
+    else
+    {
+        Selection aSel(GetEntrySelection());
+        aSel.Normalize();
+
+        sal_Int32 nNewLen = rNew.getLength();
+        sal_Int32 nCurrentLen = GetEntryText().getLength();
+
+        if ((nNewLen > nCurrentLen) && (aSel.Max() == nCurrentLen))
+        {   // new text is longer and the cursor is behind the last char
+            if (aSel.Min() == 0)
+            {
+                if (!nCurrentLen)
+                {   // there wasn't really a previous selection (as there was no previous text)
+                    aSel.Max() = 0;
+                }
+                else
+                {   // the whole text was selected -> select the new text on the whole, too
+                    aSel.Max() = nNewLen;
+                }
+            }
+            else if (aSel.Max() == aSel.Min())
+            {   // there was no selection -> set the cursor behind the new last char
+                aSel.Max() = nNewLen;
+                aSel.Min() = nNewLen;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (aSel.Max() > nNewLen)
+            aSel.Max() = nNewLen;
+        SetEntryText(rNew, aSel);
+    }
+
+    m_ValueState = valueDirty; // not always necessary, but better re-evaluate for safety reasons
+}
+
+void Formatter::ImplSetFormatKey(sal_uLong nFormatKey)
+{
+    m_nFormatKey = nFormatKey;
+    bool bNeedFormatter = (m_pFormatter == nullptr) && (nFormatKey != 0);
+    if (bNeedFormatter)
+    {
+        GetOrCreateFormatter(); // this creates a standard formatter
+
+        // It might happen that the standard formatter makes no sense here, but it takes a default
+        // format. Thus, it is possible to set one of the other standard keys (which are spanning
+        // across multiple formatters).
+        m_nFormatKey = nFormatKey;
+        // When calling SetFormatKey without a formatter, the key must be one of the standard values
+        // that is available for all formatters (and, thus, also in this new one).
+        DBG_ASSERT(m_pFormatter->GetEntry(nFormatKey) != nullptr, "FormattedField::ImplSetFormatKey : invalid format key !");
+    }
+}
+
+void Formatter::SetFormatKey(sal_uLong nFormatKey)
+{
+    bool bNoFormatter = (m_pFormatter == nullptr);
+    ImplSetFormatKey(nFormatKey);
+    FormatChanged((bNoFormatter && (m_pFormatter != nullptr)) ? FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::FORMATTER : FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::KEYONLY);
+}
+
+void Formatter::SetFormatter(SvNumberFormatter* pFormatter, bool bResetFormat)
+{
+
+    if (bResetFormat)
+    {
+        m_pFormatter = pFormatter;
+
+        // calc the default format key from the Office's UI locale
+        if ( m_pFormatter )
+        {
+            // get the Office's locale and translate
+            LanguageType eSysLanguage = SvtSysLocale().GetLanguageTag().getLanguageType( false);
+            // get the standard numeric format for this language
+            m_nFormatKey = m_pFormatter->GetStandardFormat( SvNumFormatType::NUMBER, eSysLanguage );
+        }
+        else
+            m_nFormatKey = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        LanguageType aOldLang;
+        OUString sOldFormat = GetFormat(aOldLang);
+
+        sal_uInt32 nDestKey = pFormatter->TestNewString(sOldFormat);
+        if (nDestKey == NUMBERFORMAT_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND)
+        {
+            // language of the new formatter
+            const SvNumberformat* pDefaultEntry = pFormatter->GetEntry(0);
+            LanguageType aNewLang = pDefaultEntry ? pDefaultEntry->GetLanguage() : LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW;
+
+            // convert the old format string into the new language
+            sal_Int32 nCheckPos;
+            SvNumFormatType nType;
+            pFormatter->PutandConvertEntry(sOldFormat, nCheckPos, nType, nDestKey, aOldLang, aNewLang, true);
+            m_nFormatKey = nDestKey;
+        }
+        m_pFormatter = pFormatter;
+    }
+
+    FormatChanged(FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::FORMATTER);
+}
+
+OUString Formatter::GetFormat(LanguageType& eLang) const
+{
+    const SvNumberformat* pFormatEntry = GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetEntry(m_nFormatKey);
+    DBG_ASSERT(pFormatEntry != nullptr, "FormattedField::GetFormat: no number format for the given format key.");
+    OUString sFormatString = pFormatEntry ? pFormatEntry->GetFormatstring() : OUString();
+    eLang = pFormatEntry ? pFormatEntry->GetLanguage() : LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW;
+
+    return sFormatString;
+}
+
+bool Formatter::SetFormat(const OUString& rFormatString, LanguageType eLang)
+{
+    sal_uInt32 nNewKey = GetOrCreateFormatter()->TestNewString(rFormatString, eLang);
+    if (nNewKey == NUMBERFORMAT_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND)
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nCheckPos;
+        SvNumFormatType nType;
+        OUString rFormat(rFormatString);
+        if (!GetOrCreateFormatter()->PutEntry(rFormat, nCheckPos, nType, nNewKey, eLang))
+            return false;
+        DBG_ASSERT(nNewKey != NUMBERFORMAT_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND, "FormattedField::SetFormatString : PutEntry returned an invalid key !");
+    }
+
+    if (nNewKey != m_nFormatKey)
+        SetFormatKey(nNewKey);
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool Formatter::GetThousandsSep() const
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(!GetOrCreateFormatter()->IsTextFormat(m_nFormatKey),
+        "FormattedField::GetThousandsSep : Are you sure what you are doing when setting the precision of a text format?");
+
+    bool bThousand, IsRed;
+    sal_uInt16 nPrecision, nLeadingCnt;
+    GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetFormatSpecialInfo(m_nFormatKey, bThousand, IsRed, nPrecision, nLeadingCnt);
+
+    return bThousand;
+}
+
+void Formatter::SetThousandsSep(bool _bUseSeparator)
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(!GetOrCreateFormatter()->IsTextFormat(m_nFormatKey),
+        "FormattedField::SetThousandsSep : Are you sure what you are doing when setting the precision of a text format?");
+
+    // get the current settings
+    bool bThousand, IsRed;
+    sal_uInt16 nPrecision, nLeadingCnt;
+    GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetFormatSpecialInfo(m_nFormatKey, bThousand, IsRed, nPrecision, nLeadingCnt);
+    if (bThousand == _bUseSeparator)
+        return;
+
+    // we need the language for the following
+    LanguageType eLang;
+    GetFormat(eLang);
+
+    // generate a new format ...
+    OUString sFmtDescription = GetOrCreateFormatter()->GenerateFormat(m_nFormatKey, eLang, _bUseSeparator, IsRed, nPrecision, nLeadingCnt);
+    // ... and introduce it to the formatter
+    sal_Int32 nCheckPos = 0;
+    sal_uInt32 nNewKey;
+    SvNumFormatType nType;
+    GetOrCreateFormatter()->PutEntry(sFmtDescription, nCheckPos, nType, nNewKey, eLang);
+
+    // set the new key
+    ImplSetFormatKey(nNewKey);
+    FormatChanged(FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::THOUSANDSSEP);
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 Formatter::GetDecimalDigits() const
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(!GetOrCreateFormatter()->IsTextFormat(m_nFormatKey),
+        "FormattedField::GetDecimalDigits : Are you sure what you are doing when setting the precision of a text format?");
+
+    bool bThousand, IsRed;
+    sal_uInt16 nPrecision, nLeadingCnt;
+    GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetFormatSpecialInfo(m_nFormatKey, bThousand, IsRed, nPrecision, nLeadingCnt);
+
+    return nPrecision;
+}
+
+void Formatter::SetDecimalDigits(sal_uInt16 _nPrecision)
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(!GetOrCreateFormatter()->IsTextFormat(m_nFormatKey),
+        "FormattedField::SetDecimalDigits : Are you sure what you are doing when setting the precision of a text format?");
+
+    // get the current settings
+    bool bThousand, IsRed;
+    sal_uInt16 nPrecision, nLeadingCnt;
+    GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetFormatSpecialInfo(m_nFormatKey, bThousand, IsRed, nPrecision, nLeadingCnt);
+    if (nPrecision == _nPrecision)
+        return;
+
+    // we need the language for the following
+    LanguageType eLang;
+    GetFormat(eLang);
+
+    // generate a new format ...
+    OUString sFmtDescription = GetOrCreateFormatter()->GenerateFormat(m_nFormatKey, eLang, bThousand, IsRed, _nPrecision, nLeadingCnt);
+    // ... and introduce it to the formatter
+    sal_Int32 nCheckPos = 0;
+    sal_uInt32 nNewKey;
+    SvNumFormatType nType;
+    GetOrCreateFormatter()->PutEntry(sFmtDescription, nCheckPos, nType, nNewKey, eLang);
+
+    // set the new key
+    ImplSetFormatKey(nNewKey);
+    FormatChanged(FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::PRECISION);
+}
+
+void Formatter::FormatChanged(FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE _nWhat)
+{
+    m_pLastOutputColor = nullptr;
+
+    if ( (_nWhat == FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::FORMATTER) && m_pFormatter )
+        m_pFormatter->SetEvalDateFormat( NF_EVALDATEFORMAT_FORMAT_INTL );
+
+    ReFormat();
+}
+
+void Formatter::EntryLostFocus()
+{
+    // special treatment for empty texts
+    if (GetEntryText().isEmpty())
+    {
+        if (!IsEmptyFieldEnabled())
+        {
+            if (TreatingAsNumber())
+            {
+                ImplSetValue(m_dCurrentValue, true);
+                Modify();
+                m_ValueState = valueDouble;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                OUString sNew = GetTextValue();
+                if (!sNew.isEmpty())
+                    SetTextFormatted(sNew);
+                else
+                    SetTextFormatted(m_sDefaultText);
+                m_ValueState = valueString;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Commit();
+    }
+}
+
+void Formatter::Commit()
+{
+    // remember the old text
+    OUString sOld(GetEntryText());
+
+    // do the reformat
+    ReFormat();
+
+    // did the text change?
+    if (GetEntryText() != sOld)
+    {   // consider the field as modified,
+        // but we already have the most recent value;
+        // don't reparse it from the text
+        // (can lead to data loss when the format is lossy,
+        //  as is e.g. our default date format: 2-digit year!)
+        Modify(false);
+    }
+}
+
+void Formatter::ReFormat()
+{
+    if (!IsEmptyFieldEnabled() || !GetEntryText().isEmpty())
+    {
+        if (TreatingAsNumber())
+        {
+            double dValue = GetValue();
+            if ( m_bEnableNaN && std::isnan( dValue ) )
+                return;
+            ImplSetValue( dValue, true );
+        }
+        else
+            SetTextFormatted(GetTextValue());
+    }
+}
+
+void Formatter::SetMinValue(double dMin)
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(m_bTreatAsNumber, "FormattedField::SetMinValue : only to be used in numeric mode !");
+
+    m_dMinValue = dMin;
+    m_bHasMin = true;
+    // for checking the current value at the new border -> ImplSetValue
+    ReFormat();
+}
+
+void Formatter::SetMaxValue(double dMax)
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(m_bTreatAsNumber, "FormattedField::SetMaxValue : only to be used in numeric mode !");
+
+    m_dMaxValue = dMax;
+    m_bHasMax = true;
+    // for checking the current value at the new border -> ImplSetValue
+    ReFormat();
+}
+
+void Formatter::SetTextValue(const OUString& rText)
+{
+    SetFieldText(rText, Selection(0, 0));
+    ReFormat();
+}
+
+void Formatter::EnableEmptyField(bool bEnable)
+{
+    if (bEnable == m_bEnableEmptyField)
+        return;
+
+    m_bEnableEmptyField = bEnable;
+    if (!m_bEnableEmptyField && GetEntryText().isEmpty())
+        ImplSetValue(m_dCurrentValue, true);
+}
+
+void Formatter::ImplSetValue(double dVal, bool bForce)
+{
+    if (m_bHasMin && (dVal<m_dMinValue))
+    {
+        dVal = m_bWrapOnLimits ? fmod(dVal + m_dMaxValue + 1 - m_dMinValue, m_dMaxValue + 1) + m_dMinValue
+                               : m_dMinValue;
+    }
+    if (m_bHasMax && (dVal>m_dMaxValue))
+    {
+        dVal = m_bWrapOnLimits ? fmod(dVal - m_dMinValue, m_dMaxValue + 1) + m_dMinValue
+                               : m_dMaxValue;
+    }
+    if (!bForce && (dVal == GetValue()))
+        return;
+
+    DBG_ASSERT(GetOrCreateFormatter() != nullptr, "FormattedField::ImplSetValue : can't set a value without a formatter !");
+
+    m_ValueState = valueDouble;
+    UpdateCurrentValue(dVal);
+
+    if (!m_aOutputHdl.IsSet() || !m_aOutputHdl.Call(nullptr))
+    {
+        OUString sNewText;
+        if (GetOrCreateFormatter()->IsTextFormat(m_nFormatKey))
+        {
+            // first convert the number as string in standard format
+            OUString sTemp;
+            GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetOutputString(dVal, 0, sTemp, &m_pLastOutputColor);
+            // then encode the string in the corresponding text format
+            GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetOutputString(sTemp, m_nFormatKey, sNewText, &m_pLastOutputColor);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( IsUsingInputStringForFormatting())
+            {
+                GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetInputLineString(dVal, m_nFormatKey, sNewText);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetOutputString(dVal, m_nFormatKey, sNewText, &m_pLastOutputColor);
+            }
+        }
+        ImplSetTextImpl(sNewText, nullptr);
+        DBG_ASSERT(CheckText(sNewText), "FormattedField::ImplSetValue : formatted string doesn't match the criteria !");
+    }
+
+    m_ValueState = valueDouble;
+}
+
+bool Formatter::ImplGetValue(double& dNewVal)
+{
+    dNewVal = m_dCurrentValue;
+    if (m_ValueState == valueDouble)
+        return true;
+
+    // tdf#155241 default to m_dDefaultValue only if explicitly set
+    // otherwise default to m_dCurrentValue
+    if (m_bDefaultValueSet)
+        dNewVal = m_dDefaultValue;
+
+    OUString sText(GetEntryText());
+    if (sText.isEmpty())
+        return true;
+
+    bool bUseExternalFormatterValue = false;
+    if (m_aInputHdl.IsSet())
+    {
+        sal_Int64 nResult;
+        auto eState = m_aInputHdl.Call(&nResult);
+        bUseExternalFormatterValue = eState != TRISTATE_INDET;
+        if (bUseExternalFormatterValue)
+        {
+            if (eState == TRISTATE_TRUE)
+            {
+                dNewVal = nResult;
+                dNewVal /= weld::SpinButton::Power10(GetDecimalDigits());
+            }
+            else
+                dNewVal = m_dCurrentValue;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!bUseExternalFormatterValue)
+    {
+        DBG_ASSERT(GetOrCreateFormatter() != nullptr, "FormattedField::ImplGetValue : can't give you a current value without a formatter !");
+
+        sal_uInt32 nFormatKey = m_nFormatKey; // IsNumberFormat changes the FormatKey!
+
+        if (GetOrCreateFormatter()->IsTextFormat(nFormatKey) && m_bTreatAsNumber)
+            // for detection of values like "1,1" in fields that are formatted as text
+            nFormatKey = 0;
+
+        // special treatment for percentage formatting
+        if (GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetType(m_nFormatKey) == SvNumFormatType::PERCENT)
+        {
+            // the language of our format
+            LanguageType eLanguage = m_pFormatter->GetEntry(m_nFormatKey)->GetLanguage();
+            // the default number format for this language
+            sal_uLong nStandardNumericFormat = m_pFormatter->GetStandardFormat(SvNumFormatType::NUMBER, eLanguage);
+
+            sal_uInt32 nTempFormat = nStandardNumericFormat;
+            double dTemp;
+            if (m_pFormatter->IsNumberFormat(sText, nTempFormat, dTemp) &&
+                SvNumFormatType::NUMBER == m_pFormatter->GetType(nTempFormat))
+                // the string is equivalent to a number formatted one (has no % sign) -> append it
+                sText += "%";
+            // (with this, an input of '3' becomes '3%', which then by the formatter is translated
+            // into 0.03. Without this, the formatter would give us the double 3 for an input '3',
+            // which equals 300 percent.
+        }
+        if (!GetOrCreateFormatter()->IsNumberFormat(sText, nFormatKey, dNewVal))
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    if (m_bHasMin && (dNewVal<m_dMinValue))
+        dNewVal = m_dMinValue;
+    if (m_bHasMax && (dNewVal>m_dMaxValue))
+        dNewVal = m_dMaxValue;
+    return true;
+}
+
+void Formatter::SetValue(double dVal)
+{
+    ImplSetValue(dVal, m_ValueState != valueDouble);
+}
+
+double Formatter::GetValue()
+{
+    if ( !ImplGetValue( m_dCurrentValue ) )
+        UpdateCurrentValue(m_bEnableNaN ? std::numeric_limits<double>::quiet_NaN() : m_dDefaultValue);
+
+    m_ValueState = valueDouble;
+    return m_dCurrentValue;
+}
+
+void Formatter::DisableRemainderFactor()
+{
+    m_bDisableRemainderFactor = true;
+}
+
+void Formatter::UseInputStringForFormatting()
+{
+    m_bUseInputStringForFormatting = true;
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    class FieldFormatter : public Formatter
+    {
+    private:
+        FormattedField& m_rSpinButton;
+    public:
+        FieldFormatter(FormattedField& rSpinButton)
+            : m_rSpinButton(rSpinButton)
+        {
+        }
+
+        // Formatter overrides
+        virtual Selection GetEntrySelection() const override
+        {
+            return m_rSpinButton.GetSelection();
+        }
+
+        virtual OUString GetEntryText() const override
+        {
+            return m_rSpinButton.GetText();
+        }
+
+        void SetEntryText(const OUString& rText, const Selection& rSel) override
+        {
+            m_rSpinButton.SpinField::SetText(rText, rSel);
+        }
+
+        virtual void SetEntryTextColor(const ::Color* pColor) override
+        {
+            if (pColor)
+                m_rSpinButton.SetControlForeground(*pColor);
+            else
+                m_rSpinButton.SetControlForeground();
+        }
+
+        virtual SelectionOptions GetEntrySelectionOptions() const override
+        {
+            return m_rSpinButton.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetSelectionOptions();
+        }
+
+        virtual void FieldModified() override
+        {
+            m_rSpinButton.SpinField::Modify();
+        }
+
+        virtual void UpdateCurrentValue(double dCurrentValue) override
+        {
+            Formatter::UpdateCurrentValue(dCurrentValue);
+            m_rSpinButton.SetUpperEnabled(!m_bHasMax || dCurrentValue < m_dMaxValue);
+            m_rSpinButton.SetLowerEnabled(!m_bHasMin || dCurrentValue > m_dMinValue);
+        }
+    };
+
+    class DoubleNumericFormatter : public FieldFormatter
+    {
+    private:
+        DoubleNumericField& m_rNumericSpinButton;
+    public:
+        DoubleNumericFormatter(DoubleNumericField& rNumericSpinButton)
+            : FieldFormatter(rNumericSpinButton)
+            , m_rNumericSpinButton(rNumericSpinButton)
+        {
+        }
+
+        virtual bool CheckText(const OUString& sText) const override
+        {
+            // We'd like to implement this using the NumberFormatter::IsNumberFormat, but unfortunately, this doesn't
+            // recognize fragments of numbers (like, for instance "1e", which happens during entering e.g. "1e10")
+            // Thus, the roundabout way via a regular expression
+            return m_rNumericSpinButton.GetNumberValidator().isValidNumericFragment(sText);
+        }
+
+        virtual void FormatChanged(FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE nWhat) override
+        {
+            m_rNumericSpinButton.ResetConformanceTester();
+            FieldFormatter::FormatChanged(nWhat);
+        }
+    };
+
+    class DoubleCurrencyFormatter : public FieldFormatter
+    {
+    private:
+        DoubleCurrencyField& m_rCurrencySpinButton;
+        bool m_bChangingFormat;
+    public:
+        DoubleCurrencyFormatter(DoubleCurrencyField& rNumericSpinButton)
+            : FieldFormatter(rNumericSpinButton)
+            , m_rCurrencySpinButton(rNumericSpinButton)
+            , m_bChangingFormat(false)
+        {
+        }
+
+        virtual void FormatChanged(FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE nWhat) override
+        {
+            if (m_bChangingFormat)
+            {
+                FieldFormatter::FormatChanged(nWhat);
+                return;
+            }
+
+            switch (nWhat)
+            {
+                case FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::FORMATTER:
+                case FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::PRECISION:
+                case FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::THOUSANDSSEP:
+                    // the aspects which changed don't take our currency settings into account (in fact, they most probably
+                    // destroyed them)
+                    m_rCurrencySpinButton.UpdateCurrencyFormat();
+                    break;
+                case FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::KEYONLY:
+                    OSL_FAIL("DoubleCurrencyField::FormatChanged : somebody modified my key !");
+                    // We always build our own format from the settings we get via special methods (setCurrencySymbol etc.).
+                    // Nobody but ourself should modify the format key directly!
+                    break;
+                default: break;
+            }
+
+            FieldFormatter::FormatChanged(nWhat);
+        }
+
+        void GuardSetFormat(const OUString& rString, LanguageType eLanguage)
+        {
+            // set this new basic format
+            m_bChangingFormat = true;
+            SetFormat(rString, eLanguage);
+            m_bChangingFormat = false;
+        }
+
+    };
+}
+
+DoubleNumericField::DoubleNumericField(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle)
+    : FormattedField(pParent, nStyle)
+{
+    m_xOwnFormatter.reset(new DoubleNumericFormatter(*this));
+    m_pFormatter = m_xOwnFormatter.get();
+    ResetConformanceTester();
+}
+
+DoubleNumericField::~DoubleNumericField() = default;
+
+void DoubleNumericField::ResetConformanceTester()
+{
+    // the thousands and the decimal separator are language dependent
+    Formatter& rFormatter = GetFormatter();
+    const SvNumberformat* pFormatEntry = rFormatter.GetOrCreateFormatter()->GetEntry(rFormatter.GetFormatKey());
+
+    sal_Unicode cSeparatorThousand = ',';
+    sal_Unicode cSeparatorDecimal = '.';
+    if (pFormatEntry)
+    {
+        LocaleDataWrapper aLocaleInfo( LanguageTag( pFormatEntry->GetLanguage()) );
+
+        OUString sSeparator = aLocaleInfo.getNumThousandSep();
+        if (!sSeparator.isEmpty())
+            cSeparatorThousand = sSeparator[0];
+
+        sSeparator = aLocaleInfo.getNumDecimalSep();
+        if (!sSeparator.isEmpty())
+            cSeparatorDecimal = sSeparator[0];
+    }
+
+    m_pNumberValidator.reset(new validation::NumberValidator( cSeparatorThousand, cSeparatorDecimal ));
+}
+
+
+DoubleCurrencyField::DoubleCurrencyField(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle)
+    :FormattedField(pParent, nStyle)
+{
+    m_xOwnFormatter.reset(new DoubleCurrencyFormatter(*this));
+    m_pFormatter = m_xOwnFormatter.get();
+
+    m_bPrependCurrSym = false;
+
+    // initialize with a system currency format
+    m_sCurrencySymbol = SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getCurrSymbol();
+    UpdateCurrencyFormat();
+}
+
+void DoubleCurrencyField::setCurrencySymbol(const OUString& rSymbol)
+{
+    if (m_sCurrencySymbol == rSymbol)
+        return;
+
+    m_sCurrencySymbol = rSymbol;
+    UpdateCurrencyFormat();
+    m_pFormatter->FormatChanged(FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::CURRENCY_SYMBOL);
+}
+
+void DoubleCurrencyField::setPrependCurrSym(bool _bPrepend)
+{
+    if (m_bPrependCurrSym == _bPrepend)
+         return;
+
+    m_bPrependCurrSym = _bPrepend;
+    UpdateCurrencyFormat();
+    m_pFormatter->FormatChanged(FORMAT_CHANGE_TYPE::CURRSYM_POSITION);
+}
+
+void DoubleCurrencyField::UpdateCurrencyFormat()
+{
+    // the old settings
+    LanguageType eLanguage;
+    m_pFormatter->GetFormat(eLanguage);
+    bool bThSep = m_pFormatter->GetThousandsSep();
+    sal_uInt16 nDigits = m_pFormatter->GetDecimalDigits();
+
+    // build a new format string with the base class' and my own settings
+
+    /* Strangely with gcc 4.6.3 this needs a temporary LanguageTag, otherwise
+     * there's
+     * error: request for member 'getNumThousandSep' in 'aLocaleInfo', which is
+     * of non-class type 'LocaleDataWrapper(LanguageTag)' */
+    LocaleDataWrapper aLocaleInfo(( LanguageTag(eLanguage) ));
+
+    OUStringBuffer sNewFormat;
+    if (bThSep)
+    {
+        sNewFormat.append("#" + aLocaleInfo.getNumThousandSep() + "##0");
+    }
+    else
+        sNewFormat.append('0');
+
+    if (nDigits)
+    {
+        sNewFormat.append(aLocaleInfo.getNumDecimalSep());
+        comphelper::string::padToLength(sNewFormat, sNewFormat.getLength() + nDigits, '0');
+    }
+
+    if (getPrependCurrSym())
+    {
+        OUString sSymbol = getCurrencySymbol();
+        sSymbol = comphelper::string::strip(sSymbol, ' ');
+
+        OUString sTemp =
+            "[$" + sSymbol + "] "
+            + sNewFormat
+        // for negative values : $ -0.00, not -$ 0.00...
+        // (the real solution would be a possibility to choose a "positive currency format" and a "negative currency format"...
+        // But not now... (and hey, you could take a formatted field for this...))
+        // FS - 31.03.00 74642
+            + ";[$"
+            + sSymbol
+            + "] -"
+            + sNewFormat;
+
+        sNewFormat = sTemp;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        OUString sTemp = getCurrencySymbol();
+        sTemp = comphelper::string::strip(sTemp, ' ');
+
+        sNewFormat.append(" [$" + sTemp + "]");
+    }
+
+    // set this new basic format
+    static_cast<DoubleCurrencyFormatter*>(m_pFormatter)->GuardSetFormat(sNewFormat.makeStringAndClear(), eLanguage);
+}
+
+FormattedField::FormattedField(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle)
+    : SpinField(pParent, nStyle, WindowType::FORMATTEDFIELD)
+    , m_pFormatter(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+void FormattedField::dispose()
+{
+    m_pFormatter = nullptr;
+    m_xOwnFormatter.reset();
+    SpinField::dispose();
+}
+
+void FormattedField::SetText(const OUString& rStr)
+{
+    GetFormatter().SetFieldText(rStr, Selection(0, 0));
+}
+
+void FormattedField::SetText(const OUString& rStr, const Selection& rNewSelection)
+{
+    GetFormatter().SetFieldText(rStr, rNewSelection);
+    SetSelection(rNewSelection);
+}
+
+bool FormattedField::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "digits")
+        GetFormatter().SetDecimalDigits(rValue.toInt32());
+    else if (rKey == "wrap")
+        GetFormatter().SetWrapOnLimits(toBool(rValue));
+    else
+        return SpinField::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void FormattedField::Up()
+{
+    Formatter& rFormatter = GetFormatter();
+    auto nScale = weld::SpinButton::Power10(rFormatter.GetDecimalDigits());
+
+    sal_Int64 nValue = std::round(rFormatter.GetValue() * nScale);
+    sal_Int64 nSpinSize = std::round(rFormatter.GetSpinSize() * nScale);
+    assert(nSpinSize != 0);
+    sal_Int64 nRemainder = rFormatter.GetDisableRemainderFactor() || nSpinSize == 0 ? 0 : nValue % nSpinSize;
+    if (nValue >= 0)
+        nValue = (nRemainder == 0) ? nValue + nSpinSize : nValue + nSpinSize - nRemainder;
+    else
+        nValue = (nRemainder == 0) ? nValue + nSpinSize : nValue - nRemainder;
+
+    // setValue handles under- and overflows (min/max) automatically
+    rFormatter.SetValue(static_cast<double>(nValue) / nScale);
+    SetModifyFlag();
+    Modify();
+
+    SpinField::Up();
+}
+
+void FormattedField::Down()
+{
+    Formatter& rFormatter = GetFormatter();
+    auto nScale = weld::SpinButton::Power10(rFormatter.GetDecimalDigits());
+
+    sal_Int64 nValue = std::round(rFormatter.GetValue() * nScale);
+    sal_Int64 nSpinSize = std::round(rFormatter.GetSpinSize() * nScale);
+    assert(nSpinSize != 0);
+    sal_Int64 nRemainder = rFormatter.GetDisableRemainderFactor() || nSpinSize == 0 ? 0 : nValue % nSpinSize;
+    if (nValue >= 0)
+        nValue = (nRemainder == 0) ? nValue - nSpinSize : nValue - nRemainder;
+    else
+        nValue = (nRemainder == 0) ? nValue - nSpinSize : nValue - nSpinSize - nRemainder;
+
+    // setValue handles under- and overflows (min/max) automatically
+    rFormatter.SetValue(static_cast<double>(nValue) / nScale);
+    SetModifyFlag();
+    Modify();
+
+    SpinField::Down();
+}
+
+void FormattedField::First()
+{
+    Formatter& rFormatter = GetFormatter();
+    if (rFormatter.HasMinValue())
+    {
+        rFormatter.SetValue(rFormatter.GetMinValue());
+        SetModifyFlag();
+        Modify();
+    }
+
+    SpinField::First();
+}
+
+void FormattedField::Last()
+{
+    Formatter& rFormatter = GetFormatter();
+    if (rFormatter.HasMaxValue())
+    {
+        rFormatter.SetValue(rFormatter.GetMaxValue());
+        SetModifyFlag();
+        Modify();
+    }
+
+    SpinField::Last();
+}
+
+void FormattedField::Modify()
+{
+    GetFormatter().Modify();
+}
+
+bool FormattedField::PreNotify(NotifyEvent& rNEvt)
+{
+    if (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT)
+        GetFormatter().SetLastSelection(GetSelection());
+    return SpinField::PreNotify(rNEvt);
+}
+
+bool FormattedField::EventNotify(NotifyEvent& rNEvt)
+{
+    if ((rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && !IsReadOnly())
+    {
+        const KeyEvent& rKEvt = *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent();
+        sal_uInt16 nMod = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetModifier();
+        switch ( rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode() )
+        {
+            case KEY_UP:
+            case KEY_DOWN:
+            case KEY_PAGEUP:
+            case KEY_PAGEDOWN:
+            {
+                Formatter& rFormatter = GetFormatter();
+                if (!nMod && rFormatter.GetOrCreateFormatter()->IsTextFormat(rFormatter.GetFormatKey()))
+                {
+                    // the base class would translate this into calls to Up/Down/First/Last,
+                    // but we don't want this if we are text-formatted
+                    return true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ((rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::COMMAND) && !IsReadOnly())
+    {
+        const CommandEvent* pCommand = rNEvt.GetCommandEvent();
+        if (pCommand->GetCommand() == CommandEventId::Wheel)
+        {
+            const CommandWheelData* pData = rNEvt.GetCommandEvent()->GetWheelData();
+            Formatter& rFormatter = GetFormatter();
+            if ((pData->GetMode() == CommandWheelMode::SCROLL) &&
+                rFormatter.GetOrCreateFormatter()->IsTextFormat(rFormatter.GetFormatKey()))
+            {
+                // same as above : prevent the base class from doing Up/Down-calls
+                // (normally I should put this test into the Up/Down methods itself, shouldn't I ?)
+                // FS - 71553 - 19.01.00
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS && m_pFormatter)
+        m_pFormatter->EntryLostFocus();
+
+    return SpinField::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+Formatter& FormattedField::GetFormatter()
+{
+    if (!m_pFormatter)
+    {
+        m_xOwnFormatter.reset(new FieldFormatter(*this));
+        m_pFormatter = m_xOwnFormatter.get();
+    }
+    return *m_pFormatter;
+}
+
+void FormattedField::SetFormatter(Formatter* pFormatter)
+{
+    m_xOwnFormatter.reset();
+    m_pFormatter = pFormatter;
+}
+
+// currently used by online
+void FormattedField::SetValueFromString(const OUString& rStr)
+{
+    sal_Int32 nEnd;
+    rtl_math_ConversionStatus eStatus;
+    Formatter& rFormatter = GetFormatter();
+    double fValue = ::rtl::math::stringToDouble(rStr, '.', rFormatter.GetDecimalDigits(), &eStatus, &nEnd );
+
+    if (eStatus == rtl_math_ConversionStatus_Ok &&
+        nEnd == rStr.getLength())
+    {
+        rFormatter.SetValue(fValue);
+        SetModifyFlag();
+        Modify();
+
+        // Notify the value has changed
+        SpinField::Up();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SAL_WARN("vcl", "fail to convert the value: " << rStr);
+    }
+}
+
+void FormattedField::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    SpinField::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+    Formatter& rFormatter = GetFormatter();
+    rJsonWriter.put("min", rFormatter.GetMinValue());
+    rJsonWriter.put("max", rFormatter.GetMaxValue());
+    rJsonWriter.put("value", rFormatter.GetValue());
+    rJsonWriter.put("step", rFormatter.GetSpinSize());
+}
+
+FactoryFunction FormattedField::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return FormattedFieldUIObject::create;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/hyperlabel.cxx b/vcl/source/control/hyperlabel.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..34f10750ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/hyperlabel.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <tools/color.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/ptrstyle.hxx>
+#include <hyperlabel.hxx>
+
+namespace vcl
+{
+    HyperLabel::HyperLabel( vcl::Window* _pParent, WinBits _nWinStyle )
+        :FixedText( _pParent, _nWinStyle )
+        , ID(0)
+        , Index(0)
+        , bInteractive(false)
+        , m_bHyperMode(false)
+    {
+        implInit();
+    }
+
+    Size const & HyperLabel::CalcMinimumSize( tools::Long nMaxWidth )
+    {
+        m_aMinSize = FixedText::CalcMinimumSize( nMaxWidth );
+        // the MinimumSize is used to size the FocusRectangle
+        // and for the MouseMove method
+        m_aMinSize.AdjustHeight(2 );
+        m_aMinSize.AdjustWidth(1 );
+        return m_aMinSize;
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::implInit()
+    {
+        ToggleBackgroundColor( COL_TRANSPARENT );
+
+        WinBits nWinStyle = GetStyle();
+        nWinStyle |= WB_EXTRAOFFSET;
+        SetStyle( nWinStyle );
+
+        Show();
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::ToggleBackgroundColor( const Color& _rGBColor )
+    {
+        SetControlBackground( _rGBColor );
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+    {
+        vcl::Font aFont = GetControlFont( );
+
+        bool bHyperMode = false;
+        if (!rMEvt.IsLeaveWindow() && IsEnabled() && bInteractive)
+        {
+            Point aPoint = GetPointerPosPixel();
+            if (aPoint.X() < m_aMinSize.Width())
+                bHyperMode = true;
+        }
+
+        m_bHyperMode = bHyperMode;
+        if (bHyperMode)
+        {
+            aFont.SetUnderline(LINESTYLE_SINGLE);
+            SetPointer(PointerStyle::RefHand);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aFont.SetUnderline(LINESTYLE_NONE);
+            SetPointer(PointerStyle::Arrow);
+        }
+        SetControlFont(aFont);
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& )
+    {
+        if ( m_bHyperMode && bInteractive )
+        {
+            maClickHdl.Call( this );
+        }
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::GetFocus()
+    {
+        if ( IsEnabled() && bInteractive )
+        {
+            Point aPoint(0,0);
+            tools::Rectangle rRect(aPoint, Size( m_aMinSize.Width(), GetSizePixel().Height() ) );
+            ShowFocus( rRect );
+        }
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::LoseFocus()
+    {
+        HideFocus();
+    }
+
+    HyperLabel::~HyperLabel( )
+    {
+        disposeOnce();
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::SetInteractive( bool _bInteractive )
+    {
+        bInteractive = ( _bInteractive && IsEnabled() );
+    }
+
+    sal_Int16 HyperLabel::GetID() const
+    {
+        return ID;
+    }
+
+    sal_Int32 HyperLabel::GetIndex() const
+    {
+        return Index;
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::SetID( sal_Int16 newID )
+    {
+        this->ID = newID;
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::SetIndex( sal_Int32 newIndex )
+    {
+        Index = newIndex;
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::SetLabel( const OUString& _rText )
+    {
+        SetText(_rText);
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+    {
+        FixedText::ApplySettings(rRenderContext);
+
+        const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+        if (GetControlBackground() == COL_TRANSPARENT)
+            rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor());
+        else
+            rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetHighlightTextColor());
+    }
+
+    void HyperLabel::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+    {
+        FixedText::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+        if ((( rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS )   ||
+            ( rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::DISPLAY   ))  &&
+            ( rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE        ))
+        {
+            const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+            if (GetControlBackground() != COL_TRANSPARENT)
+                SetControlBackground(rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor());
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+
+}   // namespace vcl
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/imgctrl.cxx b/vcl/source/control/imgctrl.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..414824b29d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/imgctrl.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/toolkit/imgctrl.hxx>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/awt/ImageScaleMode.hpp>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+namespace ImageScaleMode = css::awt::ImageScaleMode;
+
+ImageControl::ImageControl( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+    :FixedImage( pParent, nStyle )
+    ,mnScaleMode( ImageScaleMode::ANISOTROPIC )
+{
+}
+
+void ImageControl::SetScaleMode( const ::sal_Int16 _nMode )
+{
+    if ( _nMode != mnScaleMode )
+    {
+        mnScaleMode = _nMode;
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void ImageControl::Resize()
+{
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    Size lcl_calcPaintSize( const tools::Rectangle& _rPaintRect, const Size& _rBitmapSize )
+    {
+        const Size aPaintSize = _rPaintRect.GetSize();
+
+        const double nRatioX = 1.0 * aPaintSize.Width() / _rBitmapSize.Width();
+        const double nRatioY = 1.0 * aPaintSize.Height() / _rBitmapSize.Height();
+        const double nRatioMin = ::std::min( nRatioX, nRatioY );
+
+        return Size( tools::Long( _rBitmapSize.Width() * nRatioMin ), tools::Long( _rBitmapSize.Height() * nRatioMin ) );
+    }
+
+    Point lcl_centerWithin( const tools::Rectangle& _rArea, const Size& _rObjectSize )
+    {
+        Point aPos( _rArea.TopLeft() );
+        aPos.AdjustX(( _rArea.GetWidth() - _rObjectSize.Width() ) / 2 );
+        aPos.AdjustY(( _rArea.GetHeight() - _rObjectSize.Height() ) / 2 );
+        return aPos;
+    }
+}
+
+void ImageControl::ImplDraw(OutputDevice& rDev, const Point& rPos, const Size& rSize) const
+{
+    DrawImageFlags nStyle = DrawImageFlags::NONE;
+    if ( !IsEnabled() )
+        nStyle |= DrawImageFlags::Disable;
+
+    const Image& rImage( GetModeImage() );
+    const tools::Rectangle aDrawRect( rPos, rSize );
+    if (!rImage)
+    {
+        OUString  sText( GetText() );
+        if ( sText.isEmpty() )
+            return;
+
+        WinBits nWinStyle = GetStyle();
+        DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = FixedText::ImplGetTextStyle( nWinStyle );
+        if ( !IsEnabled() )
+            nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Disable;
+
+        rDev.DrawText( aDrawRect, sText, nTextStyle );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    const Size& rBitmapSize = rImage.GetSizePixel();
+
+    switch ( mnScaleMode )
+    {
+    case ImageScaleMode::NONE:
+    {
+        rDev.DrawImage(lcl_centerWithin( aDrawRect, rBitmapSize ), rImage, nStyle);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case ImageScaleMode::ISOTROPIC:
+    {
+        const Size aPaintSize = lcl_calcPaintSize( aDrawRect, rBitmapSize );
+        rDev.DrawImage(lcl_centerWithin(aDrawRect, aPaintSize), aPaintSize, rImage, nStyle);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case ImageScaleMode::ANISOTROPIC:
+    {
+        rDev.DrawImage(
+            aDrawRect.TopLeft(),
+            aDrawRect.GetSize(),
+            rImage, nStyle );
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+        OSL_ENSURE( false, "ImageControl::ImplDraw: unhandled scale mode!" );
+        break;
+
+    }   // switch ( mnScaleMode )
+}
+
+void ImageControl::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& /*rRect*/)
+{
+    ImplDraw(rRenderContext, Point(), GetOutputSizePixel());
+
+    if (!HasFocus())
+        return;
+
+    vcl::Window* pBorderWindow = GetWindow(GetWindowType::Border);
+
+    bool bFlat = (GetBorderStyle() == WindowBorderStyle::MONO);
+    tools::Rectangle aRect(Point(0,0), pBorderWindow->GetOutputSizePixel());
+    Color oldLineCol = pBorderWindow->GetOutDev()->GetLineColor();
+    Color oldFillCol = pBorderWindow->GetOutDev()->GetFillColor();
+    pBorderWindow->GetOutDev()->SetFillColor();
+    pBorderWindow->GetOutDev()->SetLineColor(bFlat ? COL_WHITE : COL_BLACK);
+    pBorderWindow->GetOutDev()->DrawRect(aRect);
+    aRect.AdjustLeft( 1 );
+    aRect.AdjustRight( -1 );
+    aRect.AdjustTop( 1 );
+    aRect.AdjustBottom( -1 );
+    pBorderWindow->GetOutDev()->SetLineColor(bFlat ? COL_BLACK : COL_WHITE);
+    pBorderWindow->GetOutDev()->DrawRect(aRect);
+    pBorderWindow->GetOutDev()->SetLineColor(oldLineCol);
+    pBorderWindow->GetOutDev()->SetFillColor(oldFillCol);
+
+}
+
+void ImageControl::Draw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos, SystemTextColorFlags )
+{
+    const Point     aPos  = pDev->LogicToPixel( rPos );
+    const Size      aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    tools::Rectangle aRect( aPos, aSize );
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+
+    // Border
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_BORDER )
+    {
+        ImplDrawFrame( pDev, aRect );
+    }
+    pDev->IntersectClipRegion( aRect );
+    ImplDraw( *pDev, aRect.TopLeft(), aRect.GetSize() );
+
+    pDev->Pop();
+}
+
+void ImageControl::GetFocus()
+{
+    FixedImage::GetFocus();
+    GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border )->Invalidate();
+}
+
+void ImageControl::LoseFocus()
+{
+    FixedImage::GetFocus();
+    GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border )->Invalidate();
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/imivctl.hxx b/vcl/source/control/imivctl.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5a052c083e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/imivctl.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,510 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <o3tl/safeint.hxx>
+#include <vcl/virdev.hxx>
+#include <vcl/timer.hxx>
+#include <vcl/idle.hxx>
+#include <vcl/vclptr.hxx>
+#include <tools/debug.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svtaccessiblefactory.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/ivctrl.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/scrbar.hxx>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+
+#include <memory>
+#include <map>
+
+class IcnCursor_Impl;
+class SvtIconChoiceCtrl;
+class SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry;
+class IcnViewEdit_Impl;
+class IcnGridMap_Impl;
+
+
+// some defines
+
+#define PAINTFLAG_HOR_CENTERED  0x0001
+#define PAINTFLAG_VER_CENTERED  0x0002
+
+enum class IconChoiceFlags {
+    NONE                         = 0x0000,
+    AddMode                      = 0x0001,
+    SelectingRect                = 0x0002,
+    DownCtrl                     = 0x0004,
+    DownDeselect                 = 0x0008,
+    EntryListPosValid            = 0x0010,
+    ClearingSelection            = 0x0020,
+    Arranging                    = 0x0040
+};
+namespace o3tl {
+    template<> struct typed_flags<IconChoiceFlags> : is_typed_flags<IconChoiceFlags, 0x007f> {};
+}
+
+// unit = pixels
+// distances from window borders
+#define LROFFS_WINBORDER            4
+#define TBOFFS_WINBORDER            4
+// for the bounding rectangle
+#define LROFFS_BOUND                2
+#define TBOFFS_BOUND                2
+// distance icon to text
+#define HOR_DIST_BMP_STRING         3
+#define VER_DIST_BMP_STRING         3
+//  width offset of highlight rectangle for Text
+#define LROFFS_TEXT                 2
+
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_VIRT_WIDTH      200
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_VIRT_HEIGHT     200
+
+#define VIEWMODE_MASK   (WB_ICON | WB_SMALLICON | WB_DETAILS)
+
+
+enum class IcnViewFieldType
+{
+    Image,
+    Text
+};
+
+
+// Data about the focus of entries
+
+struct LocalFocus
+{
+    tools::Rectangle   aRect;
+    Color              aPenColor;
+};
+
+
+typedef sal_uLong GridId;
+
+#define GRID_NOT_FOUND  (GridId(ULONG_MAX))
+
+// Implementation-class of IconChoiceCtrl
+
+
+typedef std::map<sal_uInt16, std::unique_ptr<SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo>> SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfoMap;
+typedef std::vector<SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry*> SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec;
+
+class SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl
+{
+    friend class IcnCursor_Impl;
+    friend class IcnGridMap_Impl;
+
+    std::vector< std::unique_ptr<SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry> > maEntries;
+    VclPtr<ScrollBar>       aVerSBar;
+    VclPtr<ScrollBar>       aHorSBar;
+    VclPtr<ScrollBarBox>    aScrBarBox;
+    tools::Rectangle               aCurSelectionRect;
+    std::vector<tools::Rectangle> aSelectedRectList;
+    Idle                    aAutoArrangeIdle;
+    Idle                    aDocRectChangedIdle;
+    Idle                    aVisRectChangedIdle;
+    Idle                    aCallSelectHdlIdle;
+    Size                    aVirtOutputSize;
+    Size                    aImageSize;
+    Size                    aDefaultTextSize;
+    Size                    aOutputSize; // Pixel
+    VclPtr<SvtIconChoiceCtrl>  pView;
+    std::unique_ptr<IcnCursor_Impl> pImpCursor;
+    std::unique_ptr<IcnGridMap_Impl> pGridMap;
+    tools::Long                    nMaxVirtWidth;  // max. width aVirtOutputSize for ALIGN_TOP
+    tools::Long                    nMaxVirtHeight; // max. height aVirtOutputSize for ALIGN_LEFT
+    std::vector< SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* > maZOrderList;
+    std::unique_ptr<SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfoMap> m_pColumns;
+    WinBits                 nWinBits;
+    tools::Long                    nMaxBoundHeight;            // height of highest BoundRects
+    IconChoiceFlags         nFlags;
+    DrawTextFlags           nCurTextDrawFlags;
+    ImplSVEvent *           nUserEventAdjustScrBars;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pCurHighlightFrame;
+    bool                    bHighlightFramePressed;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pHead = nullptr;            // top left entry
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pCursor;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pHdlEntry;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pAnchor;                    // for selection
+    LocalFocus              aFocus;                             // Data for focusrect
+    ::vcl::AccessibleFactoryAccess aAccFactory;
+
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlTextMode eTextMode;
+    SelectionMode           eSelectionMode;
+    sal_Int32               nSelectionCount;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlPositionMode ePositionMode;
+    bool                    bBoundRectsDirty;
+    bool                    bUpdateMode;
+
+    void                ShowCursor( bool bShow );
+
+    void                ImpArrange( bool bKeepPredecessors );
+    void                AdjustVirtSize( const tools::Rectangle& );
+    void                ResetVirtSize();
+    void                CheckScrollBars();
+
+                        DECL_LINK( ScrollUpDownHdl, ScrollBar*, void );
+                        DECL_LINK( ScrollLeftRightHdl, ScrollBar*, void );
+                        DECL_LINK( UserEventHdl, void*, void );
+                        DECL_LINK( AutoArrangeHdl, Timer*, void );
+                        DECL_LINK( DocRectChangedHdl, Timer*, void );
+                        DECL_LINK( VisRectChangedHdl, Timer*, void );
+                        DECL_LINK( CallSelectHdlHdl, Timer*, void );
+
+    void                AdjustScrollBars();
+    void                PositionScrollBars( tools::Long nRealWidth, tools::Long nRealHeight );
+    static tools::Long         GetScrollBarPageSize( tools::Long nVisibleRange )
+                        {
+                            return ((nVisibleRange*75)/100);
+                        }
+    tools::Long                GetScrollBarLineSize() const
+                        {
+                            return nMaxBoundHeight / 2;
+                        }
+    bool                HandleScrollCommand( const CommandEvent& rCmd );
+    void                ToDocPos( Point& rPosPixel )
+                        {
+                            rPosPixel -= pView->GetMapMode().GetOrigin();
+                        }
+    void                InitScrollBarBox();
+    void                ToggleSelection( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* );
+    void                DeselectAllBut( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry const * );
+    void                Center( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry ) const;
+    void                CallSelectHandler();
+    void                SelectRect(
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry1,
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry2,
+                            bool bAdd,
+                            std::vector<tools::Rectangle>* pOtherRects
+                        );
+
+    void                SelectRange(
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry const * pStart,
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry const * pEnd,
+                            bool bAdd
+                        );
+
+    void                AddSelectedRect( const tools::Rectangle& );
+    void                AddSelectedRect(
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry1,
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry2
+                        );
+
+    void                ClearSelectedRectList();
+    tools::Rectangle           CalcMaxTextRect( const SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry ) const;
+
+    void                ClipAtVirtOutRect( tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const;
+    GridId              GetPredecessorGrid( const Point& rDocPos) const;
+
+    void                InitPredecessors();
+    void                ClearPredecessors();
+
+    bool                CheckVerScrollBar();
+    bool                CheckHorScrollBar();
+    void                CancelUserEvents();
+    void                EntrySelected(
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry,
+                            bool bSelect
+                        );
+    void                RepaintSelectedEntries();
+    void                SetListPositions();
+    void                SetDefaultTextSize();
+    bool                IsAutoArrange() const
+                        {
+                            return (ePositionMode == SvxIconChoiceCtrlPositionMode::AutoArrange);
+                        }
+    void                DocRectChanged() { aDocRectChangedIdle.Start(); }
+    void                VisRectChanged() { aVisRectChangedIdle.Start(); }
+    void                SetOrigin( const Point& );
+
+    void                ShowFocus ( tools::Rectangle const & rRect );
+    void                DrawFocusRect(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext);
+
+    bool                IsMnemonicChar( sal_Unicode cChar, sal_uLong& rPos ) const;
+
+    // Copy assignment is forbidden and not implemented.
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl (const SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl &) = delete;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl & operator= (const SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl &) = delete;
+
+public:
+
+    tools::Long                nGridDX;
+    tools::Long                nGridDY;
+    tools::Long                nHorSBarHeight;
+    tools::Long                nVerSBarWidth;
+
+                        SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl( SvtIconChoiceCtrl* pView, WinBits nWinStyle );
+                        ~SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl();
+
+    void SetSelectionMode(SelectionMode eMode)
+    {
+        eSelectionMode = eMode;
+    }
+
+    void                Clear( bool bInCtor );
+    void                SetStyle( WinBits nWinStyle );
+    WinBits             GetStyle() const { return nWinBits; }
+    void                InsertEntry( std::unique_ptr<SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry>, size_t nPos );
+    void                RemoveEntry( size_t nPos );
+    void                FontModified();
+    void                SelectAll();
+    void                SelectEntry(
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry*,
+                            bool bSelect,
+                            bool bAddToSelection = false
+                        );
+    void                Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRect);
+    bool                MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& );
+    bool                MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& );
+    bool                MouseMove( const MouseEvent&);
+    bool                RequestHelp( const HelpEvent& rHEvt );
+    void                SetCursor_Impl(
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pOldCursor,
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pNewCursor,
+                            bool bMod1,
+                            bool bShift
+                        );
+    bool                KeyInput( const KeyEvent& );
+    void                Resize();
+    void                GetFocus();
+    void                LoseFocus();
+    void                SetUpdateMode( bool bUpdate );
+    bool                GetUpdateMode() const { return bUpdateMode; }
+    void                PaintEntry(SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry*, const Point&, vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext);
+
+    void                SetEntryPos(
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry,
+                            const Point& rPos
+                        );
+
+    void                InvalidateEntry( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* );
+
+    void                SetNoSelection();
+
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* GetCurEntry() const { return pCursor; }
+    void                SetCursor( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* );
+
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* GetEntry( const Point& rDocPos, bool bHit = false );
+
+    void                MakeEntryVisible( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry, bool bBound = true );
+
+    void                Arrange(
+                            bool bKeepPredecessors,
+                            tools::Long nSetMaxVirtWidth,
+                            tools::Long nSetMaxVirtHeight
+                        );
+
+    tools::Rectangle           CalcFocusRect( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* );
+    tools::Rectangle           CalcBmpRect( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry*, const Point* pPos = nullptr );
+    tools::Rectangle           CalcTextRect(
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry*,
+                            const Point* pPos = nullptr,
+                            const OUString* pStr = nullptr
+                        );
+
+    tools::Long                CalcBoundingWidth() const;
+    tools::Long                CalcBoundingHeight() const;
+    Size                CalcBoundingSize() const;
+    void                FindBoundingRect( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry );
+    void                SetBoundingRect_Impl(
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry,
+                            const Point& rPos,
+                            const Size& rBoundingSize
+                        );
+    // recalculates all invalid BoundRects
+    void                RecalcAllBoundingRectsSmart();
+    const tools::Rectangle&    GetEntryBoundRect( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* );
+    void                InvalidateBoundingRect( tools::Rectangle& rRect )
+                        {
+                            rRect.SetRight(LONG_MAX);
+                            bBoundRectsDirty = true;
+                        }
+    static bool         IsBoundingRectValid( const tools::Rectangle& rRect ) { return ( rRect.Right() != LONG_MAX ); }
+
+    static void         PaintEmphasis(const tools::Rectangle& rRect1, bool bSelected,
+                                      vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext );
+
+    void                PaintItem(const tools::Rectangle& rRect, IcnViewFieldType eItem, SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry,
+                            sal_uInt16 nPaintFlags, vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext);
+
+    // recalculates all BoundingRects if bMustRecalcBoundingRects == true
+    void                CheckBoundingRects() { if (bBoundRectsDirty) RecalcAllBoundingRectsSmart(); }
+    void                Command( const CommandEvent& rCEvt );
+    void                ToTop( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* );
+
+    sal_Int32           GetSelectionCount() const;
+    void                SetGrid( const Size& );
+    Size                GetMinGrid() const;
+    void                Scroll( tools::Long nDeltaX, tools::Long nDeltaY );
+    const Size&         GetItemSize( IcnViewFieldType ) const;
+
+    void                HideDDIcon();
+
+    static bool         IsOver(
+                            std::vector<tools::Rectangle>* pSelectedRectList,
+                            const tools::Rectangle& rEntryBoundRect
+                        );
+
+    void                SelectRect(
+                            const tools::Rectangle&,
+                            bool bAdd,
+                            std::vector<tools::Rectangle>* pOtherRects
+                        );
+
+    void               MakeVisible(
+                            const tools::Rectangle& rDocPos,
+                            bool bInScrollBarEvent=false
+                        );
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+    void                SetEntryTextMode(
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlTextMode,
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry
+                        );
+#endif
+    size_t              GetEntryCount() const { return maEntries.size(); }
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* GetEntry( size_t nPos )
+                            {
+                                return maEntries[ nPos ].get();
+                            }
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* GetEntry( size_t nPos ) const
+                            {
+                                return maEntries[ nPos ].get();
+                            }
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* GetFirstSelectedEntry() const;
+    sal_Int32           GetEntryListPos( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry const * ) const;
+    void                InitSettings();
+    tools::Rectangle           GetOutputRect() const;
+
+    void                SetEntryPredecessor(SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry,SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pPredecessor);
+    // only delivers valid results when in AutoArrange mode!
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* FindEntryPredecessor( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry, const Point& );
+
+    void                SetPositionMode( SvxIconChoiceCtrlPositionMode );
+
+    void                SetColumn( sal_uInt16 nIndex, const SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo& );
+    const SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo* GetColumn( sal_uInt16 nIndex ) const;
+
+    void                SetEntryHighlightFrame(
+                            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry,
+                            bool bKeepHighlightFlags
+                        );
+    void                DrawHighlightFrame(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rBmpRect);
+
+    void                CallEventListeners( VclEventId nEvent, void* pData );
+
+    ::vcl::IAccessibleFactory& GetAccessibleFactory()
+    {
+        return aAccFactory.getFactory();
+    }
+};
+
+typedef std::map<sal_uInt16, SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec> IconChoiceMap;
+
+class IcnCursor_Impl
+{
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl* pView;
+    std::unique_ptr<IconChoiceMap> xColumns;
+    std::unique_ptr<IconChoiceMap> xRows;
+    tools::Long                    nCols;
+    tools::Long                    nRows;
+    short                   nDeltaWidth;
+    short                   nDeltaHeight;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pCurEntry;
+    void                    SetDeltas();
+    void                    ImplCreate();
+    void                    Create() {  if( !xColumns ) ImplCreate(); }
+
+    sal_uInt16              GetSortListPos(
+                                SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec& rList,
+                                tools::Long nValue,
+                                bool bVertical);
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* SearchCol(
+                                sal_uInt16 nCol,
+                                sal_uInt16 nTop,
+                                sal_uInt16 nBottom,
+                                bool bDown,
+                                bool bSimple
+                            );
+
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* SearchRow(
+                                sal_uInt16 nRow,
+                                sal_uInt16 nLeft,
+                                sal_uInt16 nRight,
+                                bool bRight,
+                                bool bSimple
+                            );
+
+public:
+                            explicit IcnCursor_Impl( SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl* pOwner );
+                            ~IcnCursor_Impl();
+    void                    Clear();
+
+    // for Cursortravelling etc.
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* GoLeftRight( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry*, bool bRight );
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* GoUpDown( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry*, bool bDown );
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* GoPageUpDown( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry*, bool bDown );
+};
+
+class IcnGridMap_Impl
+{
+    tools::Rectangle               _aLastOccupiedGrid;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl* _pView;
+    std::unique_ptr<bool[]> _pGridMap;
+    sal_uInt16              _nGridCols, _nGridRows;
+
+    void                Expand();
+    void                Create_Impl();
+    void                Create() { if(!_pGridMap) Create_Impl(); }
+
+    void                GetMinMapSize( sal_uInt16& rDX, sal_uInt16& rDY ) const;
+
+public:
+                        explicit IcnGridMap_Impl(SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl* pView);
+                        ~IcnGridMap_Impl();
+
+    void                Clear();
+
+    GridId              GetGrid( const Point& rDocPos );
+    GridId              GetGrid( sal_uInt16 nGridX, sal_uInt16 nGridY );
+    GridId              GetUnoccupiedGrid();
+
+    void                OccupyGrids( const SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* );
+    void                OccupyGrid( GridId nId )
+                        {
+                            DBG_ASSERT(!_pGridMap || nId<o3tl::make_unsigned(_nGridCols*_nGridRows),"OccupyGrid: Bad GridId");
+                            if(_pGridMap && nId < o3tl::make_unsigned(_nGridCols *_nGridRows) )
+                                _pGridMap[ nId ] = true;
+                        }
+
+    tools::Rectangle           GetGridRect( GridId );
+    void                GetGridCoord( GridId, sal_uInt16& rGridX, sal_uInt16& rGridY );
+    static sal_uLong    GetGridCount(
+                            const Size& rSizePixel,
+                            sal_uInt16 nGridWidth,
+                            sal_uInt16 nGridHeight
+                        );
+
+    void                OutputSizeChanged();
+};
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/imivctl1.cxx b/vcl/source/control/imivctl1.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1364dc4f44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/imivctl1.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,2927 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <tools/debug.hxx>
+#include <vcl/wall.hxx>
+#include <vcl/help.hxx>
+#include <vcl/decoview.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <tools/poly.hxx>
+#include <vcl/lineinfo.hxx>
+#include <vcl/i18nhelp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/mnemonic.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/commandevent.hxx>
+
+#include <vcl/toolkit/ivctrl.hxx>
+#include "imivctl.hxx"
+
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <memory>
+#include <vcl/idle.hxx>
+
+constexpr auto DRAWTEXT_FLAGS_ICON =
+    DrawTextFlags::Center | DrawTextFlags::Top | DrawTextFlags::EndEllipsis |
+    DrawTextFlags::Clip | DrawTextFlags::MultiLine | DrawTextFlags::WordBreak | DrawTextFlags::Mnemonic;
+
+#define DRAWTEXT_FLAGS_SMALLICON (DrawTextFlags::Left|DrawTextFlags::EndEllipsis|DrawTextFlags::Clip)
+
+#define EVENTID_SHOW_CURSOR             (reinterpret_cast<void*>(1))
+#define EVENTID_ADJUST_SCROLLBARS       (reinterpret_cast<void*>(2))
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl(
+    SvtIconChoiceCtrl* pCurView,
+    WinBits nWinStyle
+) :
+    aVerSBar( VclPtr<ScrollBar>::Create(pCurView, WB_DRAG | WB_VSCROLL) ),
+    aHorSBar( VclPtr<ScrollBar>::Create(pCurView, WB_DRAG | WB_HSCROLL) ),
+    aScrBarBox( VclPtr<ScrollBarBox>::Create(pCurView) ),
+    aAutoArrangeIdle( "svtools::SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl aAutoArrangeIdle" ),
+    aDocRectChangedIdle( "svtools::SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl aDocRectChangedIdle" ),
+    aVisRectChangedIdle( "svtools::SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl aVisRectChangedIdle" ),
+    aCallSelectHdlIdle( "svtools::SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl aCallSelectHdlIdle" ),
+    aImageSize( 32 * pCurView->GetDPIScaleFactor(), 32 * pCurView->GetDPIScaleFactor()),
+    pView(pCurView), nMaxVirtWidth(DEFAULT_MAX_VIRT_WIDTH), nMaxVirtHeight(DEFAULT_MAX_VIRT_HEIGHT),
+    nFlags(IconChoiceFlags::NONE), nUserEventAdjustScrBars(nullptr),
+    pCurHighlightFrame(nullptr), bHighlightFramePressed(false), pHead(nullptr), pCursor(nullptr),
+    pHdlEntry(nullptr),
+    pAnchor(nullptr), eTextMode(SvxIconChoiceCtrlTextMode::Short),
+    eSelectionMode(SelectionMode::Multiple), ePositionMode(SvxIconChoiceCtrlPositionMode::Free),
+    bUpdateMode(true)
+{
+    SetStyle( nWinStyle );
+    pImpCursor.reset( new IcnCursor_Impl( this ) );
+    pGridMap.reset( new IcnGridMap_Impl( this ) );
+
+    aVerSBar->SetScrollHdl( LINK( this, SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl, ScrollUpDownHdl ) );
+    aHorSBar->SetScrollHdl( LINK( this, SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl, ScrollLeftRightHdl ) );
+
+    nHorSBarHeight = aHorSBar->GetSizePixel().Height();
+    nVerSBarWidth = aVerSBar->GetSizePixel().Width();
+
+    aAutoArrangeIdle.SetPriority( TaskPriority::HIGH_IDLE );
+    aAutoArrangeIdle.SetInvokeHandler(LINK(this,SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl,AutoArrangeHdl));
+
+    aCallSelectHdlIdle.SetPriority( TaskPriority::LOWEST );
+    aCallSelectHdlIdle.SetInvokeHandler( LINK(this,SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl,CallSelectHdlHdl));
+
+    aDocRectChangedIdle.SetPriority( TaskPriority::HIGH_IDLE );
+    aDocRectChangedIdle.SetInvokeHandler(LINK(this,SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl,DocRectChangedHdl));
+
+    aVisRectChangedIdle.SetPriority( TaskPriority::HIGH_IDLE );
+    aVisRectChangedIdle.SetInvokeHandler(LINK(this,SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl,VisRectChangedHdl));
+
+    Clear( true );
+    Size gridSize(100,70);
+    if(pView->GetDPIScaleFactor() > 1)
+    {
+      gridSize.setHeight( gridSize.Height() * ( pView->GetDPIScaleFactor()) );
+    }
+    SetGrid(gridSize);
+}
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::~SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl()
+{
+    Clear(false);
+    CancelUserEvents();
+    pImpCursor.reset();
+    pGridMap.reset();
+    ClearSelectedRectList();
+    m_pColumns.reset();
+    aVerSBar.disposeAndClear();
+    aHorSBar.disposeAndClear();
+    aScrBarBox.disposeAndClear();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::Clear( bool bInCtor )
+{
+    nSelectionCount = 0;
+    pCurHighlightFrame = nullptr;
+    CancelUserEvents();
+    ShowCursor( false );
+    bBoundRectsDirty = false;
+    nMaxBoundHeight = 0;
+
+    pCursor = nullptr;
+    if( !bInCtor )
+    {
+        pImpCursor->Clear();
+        pGridMap->Clear();
+        aVirtOutputSize.setWidth( 0 );
+        aVirtOutputSize.setHeight( 0 );
+        Size aSize( pView->GetOutputSizePixel() );
+        nMaxVirtWidth = aSize.Width() - nVerSBarWidth;
+        if( nMaxVirtWidth <= 0 )
+            nMaxVirtWidth = DEFAULT_MAX_VIRT_WIDTH;
+        nMaxVirtHeight = aSize.Height() - nHorSBarHeight;
+        if( nMaxVirtHeight <= 0 )
+            nMaxVirtHeight = DEFAULT_MAX_VIRT_HEIGHT;
+        maZOrderList.clear();
+        SetOrigin( Point() );
+        if( bUpdateMode )
+            pView->Invalidate(InvalidateFlags::NoChildren);
+    }
+    AdjustScrollBars();
+    maEntries.clear();
+    DocRectChanged();
+    VisRectChanged();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetStyle( WinBits nWinStyle )
+{
+    nWinBits = nWinStyle;
+    nCurTextDrawFlags = DRAWTEXT_FLAGS_ICON;
+    if( nWinBits & (WB_SMALLICON | WB_DETAILS) )
+        nCurTextDrawFlags = DRAWTEXT_FLAGS_SMALLICON;
+    if( nWinBits & WB_NOSELECTION )
+        eSelectionMode = SelectionMode::NONE;
+    if( !(nWinStyle & (WB_ALIGN_TOP | WB_ALIGN_LEFT)))
+        nWinBits |= WB_ALIGN_LEFT;
+    if( nWinStyle & WB_DETAILS )
+    {
+        if (!m_pColumns)
+            SetColumn( 0, SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo() );
+    }
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK( SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl, ScrollUpDownHdl, ScrollBar*, pScrollBar, void )
+{
+    // arrow up: delta=-1; arrow down: delta=+1
+    Scroll( 0, pScrollBar->GetDelta() );
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK( SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl, ScrollLeftRightHdl, ScrollBar*, pScrollBar, void )
+{
+    // arrow left: delta=-1; arrow right: delta=+1
+    Scroll( pScrollBar->GetDelta(), 0 );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::FontModified()
+{
+    SetDefaultTextSize();
+    ShowCursor( false );
+    ShowCursor( true );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::InsertEntry( std::unique_ptr<SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry> pEntry1, size_t nPos)
+{
+    auto pEntry = pEntry1.get();
+
+    if ( nPos < maEntries.size() ) {
+        maEntries.insert( maEntries.begin() + nPos, std::move(pEntry1) );
+    } else {
+        maEntries.push_back( std::move(pEntry1) );
+    }
+
+    if( pHead )
+        pEntry->SetBacklink( pHead->pblink );
+
+    if( (nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::EntryListPosValid) && nPos >= maEntries.size() - 1 )
+        pEntry->nPos = maEntries.size() - 1;
+    else
+        nFlags &= ~IconChoiceFlags::EntryListPosValid;
+
+    maZOrderList.push_back( pEntry );
+    pImpCursor->Clear();
+
+    // If the UpdateMode is true, don't set all bounding rectangles to
+    // 'to be checked', but only the bounding rectangle of the new entry.
+    // Thus, don't call InvalidateBoundingRect!
+    pEntry->aRect.SetRight( LONG_MAX );
+    if( bUpdateMode )
+    {
+        FindBoundingRect( pEntry );
+        tools::Rectangle aOutputArea( GetOutputRect() );
+        pGridMap->OccupyGrids( pEntry );
+        if( !aOutputArea.Overlaps( pEntry->aRect ) )
+            return; // is invisible
+        pView->Invalidate( pEntry->aRect );
+    }
+    else
+        InvalidateBoundingRect( pEntry->aRect );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::RemoveEntry(size_t nPos)
+{
+    pImpCursor->Clear();
+    maEntries.erase(maEntries.begin() + nPos);
+    RecalcAllBoundingRectsSmart();
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetOutputRect() const
+{
+    Point aOrigin( pView->GetMapMode().GetOrigin() );
+    aOrigin *= -1;
+    return tools::Rectangle( aOrigin, aOutputSize );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetListPositions()
+{
+    if( nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::EntryListPosValid )
+        return;
+
+    size_t nCount = maEntries.size();
+    for( size_t nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+    {
+        maEntries[ nCur ]->nPos = nCur;
+    }
+    nFlags |= IconChoiceFlags::EntryListPosValid;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SelectEntry( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry, bool bSelect,
+    bool bAdd )
+{
+    if( eSelectionMode == SelectionMode::NONE )
+        return;
+
+    if( !bAdd )
+    {
+        if ( !( nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::ClearingSelection ) )
+        {
+            nFlags |= IconChoiceFlags::ClearingSelection;
+            DeselectAllBut( pEntry );
+            nFlags &= ~IconChoiceFlags::ClearingSelection;
+        }
+    }
+    if( pEntry->IsSelected() == bSelect )
+        return;
+
+    pHdlEntry = pEntry;
+    SvxIconViewFlags nEntryFlags = pEntry->GetFlags();
+    if( bSelect )
+    {
+        nEntryFlags |= SvxIconViewFlags::SELECTED;
+        pEntry->AssignFlags( nEntryFlags );
+        nSelectionCount++;
+        CallSelectHandler();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        nEntryFlags &= ~SvxIconViewFlags::SELECTED;
+        pEntry->AssignFlags( nEntryFlags );
+        nSelectionCount--;
+        CallSelectHandler();
+    }
+    EntrySelected( pEntry, bSelect );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::EntrySelected(SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry, bool bSelect)
+{
+    // When using SingleSelection, make sure that the cursor is always placed
+    // over the (only) selected entry. (But only if a cursor exists.)
+    if (bSelect && pCursor &&
+        eSelectionMode == SelectionMode::Single &&
+        pEntry != pCursor)
+    {
+        SetCursor(pEntry);
+    }
+
+    // Not when dragging though, else the loop in SelectRect doesn't work
+    // correctly!
+    if (!(nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::SelectingRect))
+        ToTop(pEntry);
+    if (bUpdateMode)
+    {
+        if (pEntry == pCursor)
+            ShowCursor(false);
+        pView->Invalidate(CalcFocusRect(pEntry));
+        if (pEntry == pCursor)
+            ShowCursor(true);
+    }
+
+    // #i101012# emit vcl event LISTBOX_SELECT only in case that the given entry is selected.
+    if (bSelect)
+    {
+        CallEventListeners(VclEventId::ListboxSelect, pEntry);
+    }
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::ResetVirtSize()
+{
+    aVirtOutputSize.setWidth( 0 );
+    aVirtOutputSize.setHeight( 0 );
+    const size_t nCount = maEntries.size();
+    for( size_t nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pCur = maEntries[ nCur ].get();
+        pCur->ClearFlags( SvxIconViewFlags::POS_MOVED );
+        if( pCur->IsPosLocked() )
+        {
+            // adapt (among others) VirtSize
+            if( !IsBoundingRectValid( pCur->aRect ) )
+                FindBoundingRect( pCur );
+            else
+                AdjustVirtSize( pCur->aRect );
+        }
+        else
+            InvalidateBoundingRect( pCur->aRect );
+    }
+
+    if( !(nWinBits & (WB_NOVSCROLL | WB_NOHSCROLL)) )
+    {
+        Size aRealOutputSize( pView->GetOutputSizePixel() );
+        if( aVirtOutputSize.Width() < aRealOutputSize.Width() ||
+            aVirtOutputSize.Height() < aRealOutputSize.Height() )
+        {
+            sal_uLong nGridCount = IcnGridMap_Impl::GetGridCount(
+                aRealOutputSize, static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nGridDX), static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nGridDY) );
+            if( nGridCount < nCount )
+            {
+                if( nWinBits & WB_ALIGN_TOP )
+                    nMaxVirtWidth = aRealOutputSize.Width() - nVerSBarWidth;
+                else // WB_ALIGN_LEFT
+                    nMaxVirtHeight = aRealOutputSize.Height() - nHorSBarHeight;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    pImpCursor->Clear();
+    pGridMap->Clear();
+    VisRectChanged();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::AdjustVirtSize( const tools::Rectangle& rRect )
+{
+    tools::Long nHeightOffs = 0;
+    tools::Long nWidthOffs = 0;
+
+    if( aVirtOutputSize.Width() < (rRect.Right()+LROFFS_WINBORDER) )
+        nWidthOffs = (rRect.Right()+LROFFS_WINBORDER) - aVirtOutputSize.Width();
+
+    if( aVirtOutputSize.Height() < (rRect.Bottom()+TBOFFS_WINBORDER) )
+        nHeightOffs = (rRect.Bottom()+TBOFFS_WINBORDER) - aVirtOutputSize.Height();
+
+    if( !(nWidthOffs || nHeightOffs) )
+        return;
+
+    Range aRange;
+    aVirtOutputSize.AdjustWidth(nWidthOffs );
+    aRange.Max() = aVirtOutputSize.Width();
+    aHorSBar->SetRange( aRange );
+
+    aVirtOutputSize.AdjustHeight(nHeightOffs );
+    aRange.Max() = aVirtOutputSize.Height();
+    aVerSBar->SetRange( aRange );
+
+    pImpCursor->Clear();
+    pGridMap->OutputSizeChanged();
+    AdjustScrollBars();
+    DocRectChanged();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::InitPredecessors()
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(!pHead,"SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::InitPredecessors() >> Already initialized");
+    size_t nCount = maEntries.size();
+    if( nCount )
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pPrev = maEntries[ 0 ].get();
+        for( size_t nCur = 1; nCur <= nCount; nCur++ )
+        {
+            pPrev->ClearFlags( SvxIconViewFlags::POS_LOCKED | SvxIconViewFlags::POS_MOVED );
+
+            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pNext;
+            if( nCur == nCount )
+                pNext = maEntries[ 0 ].get();
+            else
+                pNext = maEntries[ nCur ].get();
+            pPrev->pflink = pNext;
+            pNext->pblink = pPrev;
+            pPrev = pNext;
+        }
+        pHead = maEntries[ 0 ].get();
+    }
+    else
+        pHead = nullptr;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::ClearPredecessors()
+{
+    if( pHead )
+    {
+        size_t nCount = maEntries.size();
+        for( size_t nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+        {
+            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pCur = maEntries[ nCur ].get();
+            pCur->pflink = nullptr;
+            pCur->pblink = nullptr;
+        }
+        pHead = nullptr;
+    }
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::Arrange( bool bKeepPredecessors, tools::Long nSetMaxVirtWidth, tools::Long nSetMaxVirtHeight )
+{
+    if ( nSetMaxVirtWidth != 0 )
+        nMaxVirtWidth = nSetMaxVirtWidth;
+    else
+        nMaxVirtWidth = aOutputSize.Width();
+
+    if ( nSetMaxVirtHeight != 0 )
+        nMaxVirtHeight = nSetMaxVirtHeight;
+    else
+        nMaxVirtHeight = aOutputSize.Height();
+
+    ImpArrange( bKeepPredecessors );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::ImpArrange( bool bKeepPredecessors )
+{
+    static const Point aEmptyPoint;
+
+    bool bOldUpdate = bUpdateMode;
+    tools::Rectangle aCurOutputArea( GetOutputRect() );
+    if( (nWinBits & WB_SMART_ARRANGE) && aCurOutputArea.TopLeft() != aEmptyPoint )
+        bUpdateMode = false;
+    aAutoArrangeIdle.Stop();
+    nFlags |= IconChoiceFlags::Arranging;
+    ShowCursor( false );
+    ResetVirtSize();
+    if( !bKeepPredecessors )
+        ClearPredecessors();
+    bBoundRectsDirty = false;
+    SetOrigin( Point() );
+    VisRectChanged();
+    RecalcAllBoundingRectsSmart();
+    // TODO: the invalidation in the detail view should be more intelligent
+    //if( !(nWinBits & WB_DETAILS ))
+    pView->Invalidate( InvalidateFlags::NoChildren );
+    nFlags &= ~IconChoiceFlags::Arranging;
+    if( (nWinBits & WB_SMART_ARRANGE) && aCurOutputArea.TopLeft() != aEmptyPoint )
+    {
+        MakeVisible( aCurOutputArea );
+        SetUpdateMode( bOldUpdate );
+    }
+    ShowCursor( true );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRect)
+{
+#if defined(OV_DRAWGRID)
+    Color aOldColor (rRenderContext.GetLineColor());
+    Color aCOL_BLACK);
+    rRenderContext.SetLineColor( aColor );
+    Point aOffs(rRenderContext.GetMapMode().GetOrigin());
+    Size aXSize(GetOutputSizePixel());
+    {
+        Point aStart(LROFFS_WINBORDER, 0);
+        Point aEnd(LROFFS_WINBORDER, aXSize.Height());
+        aStart -= aOffs;
+        aEnd -= aOffs;
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(aStart, aEnd);
+    }
+    {
+        Point aStart(0, TBOFFS_WINBORDER);
+        Point aEnd(aXSize.Width(), TBOFFS_WINBORDER);
+        aStart -= aOffs;
+        aEnd -= aOffs;
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(aStart, aEnd);
+    }
+
+    for (tools::Long nDX = nGridDX; nDX <= aXSize.Width(); nDX += nGridDX)
+    {
+        Point aStart( nDX+LROFFS_WINBORDER, 0 );
+        Point aEnd( nDX+LROFFS_WINBORDER, aXSize.Height());
+        aStart -= aOffs;
+        aEnd -= aOffs;
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(aStart, aEnd);
+    }
+    for (tools::Long nDY = nGridDY; nDY <= aXSize.Height(); nDY += nGridDY)
+    {
+        Point aStart(0, nDY + TBOFFS_WINBORDER);
+        Point aEnd(aXSize.Width(), nDY + TBOFFS_WINBORDER);
+        aStart -= aOffs;
+        aEnd -= aOffs;
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(aStart, aEnd);
+    }
+    rRenderContext.SetLineColor(aOldColor);
+#endif
+
+    if (!maEntries.size())
+        return;
+    if (!pCursor)
+    {
+        // set cursor to item with focus-flag
+        bool bfound = false;
+        for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < pView->GetEntryCount() && !bfound; i++)
+        {
+            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = pView->GetEntry(i);
+            if (pEntry->IsFocused())
+            {
+                pCursor = pEntry;
+                bfound = true;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (!bfound)
+            pCursor = maEntries[ 0 ].get();
+    }
+
+    size_t nCount = maZOrderList.size();
+    if (!nCount)
+        return;
+
+    rRenderContext.Push(vcl::PushFlags::CLIPREGION);
+    rRenderContext.SetClipRegion(vcl::Region(rRect));
+
+    std::vector< SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* > aNewZOrderList;
+    std::vector< SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* > aPaintedEntries;
+
+    size_t nPos = 0;
+    while(nCount)
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = maZOrderList[nPos];
+        const tools::Rectangle& rBoundRect = GetEntryBoundRect(pEntry);
+        if (rRect.Overlaps(rBoundRect))
+        {
+            PaintEntry(pEntry, rBoundRect.TopLeft(), rRenderContext);
+            // set entries to Top if they are being repainted
+            aPaintedEntries.push_back(pEntry);
+        }
+        else
+            aNewZOrderList.push_back(pEntry);
+
+        nCount--;
+        nPos++;
+    }
+    maZOrderList = std::move( aNewZOrderList );
+    maZOrderList.insert(maZOrderList.end(), aPaintedEntries.begin(), aPaintedEntries.end());
+
+    rRenderContext.Pop();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::RepaintSelectedEntries()
+{
+    const size_t nCount = maZOrderList.size();
+    if (!nCount)
+        return;
+
+    tools::Rectangle aOutRect(GetOutputRect());
+    for (size_t nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++)
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = maZOrderList[nCur];
+        if (pEntry->GetFlags() & SvxIconViewFlags::SELECTED)
+        {
+            const tools::Rectangle& rBoundRect = GetEntryBoundRect(pEntry);
+            if (aOutRect.Overlaps(rBoundRect))
+                pView->Invalidate(rBoundRect);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::InitScrollBarBox()
+{
+    aScrBarBox->SetSizePixel( Size(nVerSBarWidth-1, nHorSBarHeight-1) );
+    Size aSize( pView->GetOutputSizePixel() );
+    aScrBarBox->SetPosPixel( Point(aSize.Width()-nVerSBarWidth+1, aSize.Height()-nHorSBarHeight+1));
+}
+
+bool SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt)
+{
+    bool bHandled = true;
+    bHighlightFramePressed = false;
+    bool bGotFocus = (!pView->HasFocus() && !(nWinBits & WB_NOPOINTERFOCUS));
+    if( !(nWinBits & WB_NOPOINTERFOCUS) )
+        pView->GrabFocus();
+
+    Point aDocPos( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() );
+    if(aDocPos.X()>=aOutputSize.Width() || aDocPos.Y()>=aOutputSize.Height())
+        return false;
+    ToDocPos( aDocPos );
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = GetEntry( aDocPos, true );
+    if( pEntry )
+        MakeEntryVisible( pEntry, false );
+
+    if( rMEvt.IsShift() && eSelectionMode != SelectionMode::Single )
+    {
+        if( pEntry )
+            SetCursor_Impl( pCursor, pEntry, rMEvt.IsMod1(), rMEvt.IsShift() );
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    if( pAnchor && (rMEvt.IsShift() || rMEvt.IsMod1())) // keyboard selection?
+    {
+        DBG_ASSERT(eSelectionMode != SelectionMode::Single,"Invalid selection mode");
+        if( rMEvt.IsMod1() )
+            nFlags |= IconChoiceFlags::AddMode;
+
+        if( rMEvt.IsShift() )
+        {
+            tools::Rectangle aRect( GetEntryBoundRect( pAnchor ));
+            if( pEntry )
+                aRect.Union( GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry ) );
+            else
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle aTempRect( aDocPos, Size(1,1));
+                aRect.Union( aTempRect );
+            }
+            aCurSelectionRect = aRect;
+            SelectRect( aRect, bool(nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::AddMode), &aSelectedRectList );
+        }
+        else if( rMEvt.IsMod1() )
+        {
+            AddSelectedRect( aCurSelectionRect );
+            pAnchor = nullptr;
+            aCurSelectionRect.SetPos( aDocPos );
+        }
+
+        if( !pEntry && !(nWinBits & WB_NODRAGSELECTION))
+            pView->StartTracking( StartTrackingFlags::ScrollRepeat );
+        return true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if( !pEntry )
+        {
+            if( eSelectionMode == SelectionMode::Multiple )
+            {
+                if( !rMEvt.IsMod1() )  // Ctrl
+                {
+                    if( !bGotFocus )
+                    {
+                        SetNoSelection();
+                        ClearSelectedRectList();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                    nFlags |= IconChoiceFlags::AddMode;
+                aCurSelectionRect.SetPos( aDocPos );
+                pView->StartTracking( StartTrackingFlags::ScrollRepeat );
+            }
+            else
+                bHandled = false;
+            return bHandled;
+        }
+    }
+    bool bSelected = pEntry->IsSelected();
+
+    if( rMEvt.GetClicks() == 2 )
+    {
+        DeselectAllBut( pEntry );
+        SelectEntry( pEntry, true, false );
+        pHdlEntry = pEntry;
+        pView->ClickIcon();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Inplace-Editing ?
+        if( rMEvt.IsMod2() )  // Alt?
+        {
+        }
+        else if( eSelectionMode == SelectionMode::Single )
+        {
+            DeselectAllBut( pEntry );
+            SetCursor( pEntry );
+        }
+        else if( eSelectionMode == SelectionMode::NONE )
+        {
+            if( rMEvt.IsLeft() && (nWinBits & WB_HIGHLIGHTFRAME) )
+            {
+                pCurHighlightFrame = nullptr; // force repaint of frame
+                bHighlightFramePressed = true;
+                SetEntryHighlightFrame( pEntry, true );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( !rMEvt.GetModifier() && rMEvt.IsLeft() )
+            {
+                if( !bSelected )
+                {
+                    DeselectAllBut( pEntry );
+                    SetCursor( pEntry );
+                    SelectEntry( pEntry, true, false );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // deselect only in the Up, if the Move happened via D&D!
+                    nFlags |= IconChoiceFlags::DownDeselect;
+                }
+            }
+            else if( rMEvt.IsMod1() )
+                nFlags |= IconChoiceFlags::DownCtrl;
+        }
+    }
+    return bHandled;
+}
+
+bool SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    bool bHandled = false;
+    if( rMEvt.IsRight() && (nFlags & (IconChoiceFlags::DownCtrl | IconChoiceFlags::DownDeselect) ))
+    {
+        nFlags &= ~IconChoiceFlags(IconChoiceFlags::DownCtrl | IconChoiceFlags::DownDeselect);
+        bHandled = true;
+    }
+
+    Point aDocPos( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() );
+    ToDocPos( aDocPos );
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pDocEntry = GetEntry( aDocPos );
+    if( pDocEntry )
+    {
+        if( nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::DownCtrl )
+        {
+            // Ctrl & MultiSelection
+            ToggleSelection( pDocEntry );
+            SetCursor( pDocEntry );
+            bHandled = true;
+        }
+        else if( nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::DownDeselect )
+        {
+            DeselectAllBut( pDocEntry );
+            SetCursor( pDocEntry );
+            SelectEntry( pDocEntry, true, false );
+            bHandled = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    nFlags &= ~IconChoiceFlags(IconChoiceFlags::DownCtrl | IconChoiceFlags::DownDeselect);
+
+    if((nWinBits & WB_HIGHLIGHTFRAME) && bHighlightFramePressed && pCurHighlightFrame)
+    {
+        bHandled = true;
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = pCurHighlightFrame;
+        pCurHighlightFrame = nullptr; // force repaint of frame
+        bHighlightFramePressed = false;
+        SetEntryHighlightFrame( pEntry, true );
+
+        pHdlEntry = pCurHighlightFrame;
+        pView->ClickIcon();
+
+        // set focus on Icon
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pOldCursor = pCursor;
+        SetCursor_Impl( pOldCursor, pHdlEntry, false, false );
+
+        pHdlEntry = nullptr;
+    }
+    return bHandled;
+}
+
+bool SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    const Point aDocPos( pView->PixelToLogic(rMEvt.GetPosPixel()) );
+
+    if( pView->IsTracking() )
+        return false;
+    else if( nWinBits & WB_HIGHLIGHTFRAME )
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = GetEntry( aDocPos, true );
+        SetEntryHighlightFrame( pEntry, false );
+    }
+    else
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetCursor_Impl( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pOldCursor,
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pNewCursor, bool bMod1, bool bShift )
+{
+    if( !pNewCursor )
+        return;
+
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pFilterEntry = nullptr;
+    bool bDeselectAll = false;
+    if( eSelectionMode != SelectionMode::Single )
+    {
+        if( !bMod1 && !bShift )
+            bDeselectAll = true;
+        else if( bShift && !bMod1 && !pAnchor )
+        {
+            bDeselectAll = true;
+            pFilterEntry = pOldCursor;
+        }
+    }
+    if( bDeselectAll )
+        DeselectAllBut( pFilterEntry );
+    ShowCursor( false );
+    MakeEntryVisible( pNewCursor );
+    SetCursor( pNewCursor );
+    if( bMod1 && !bShift )
+    {
+        if( pAnchor )
+        {
+            AddSelectedRect( pAnchor, pOldCursor );
+            pAnchor = nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+    else if( bShift )
+    {
+        if( !pAnchor )
+            pAnchor = pOldCursor;
+        if ( nWinBits & WB_ALIGN_LEFT )
+            SelectRange( pAnchor, pNewCursor, bool(nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::AddMode) );
+        else
+            SelectRect(pAnchor,pNewCursor, bool(nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::AddMode), &aSelectedRectList);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SelectEntry( pCursor, true, false );
+        aCurSelectionRect = GetEntryBoundRect( pCursor );
+        CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ListboxSelect, pCursor );
+    }
+}
+
+bool SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    bool bMod2 = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod2();
+    sal_Unicode cChar = rKEvt.GetCharCode();
+    sal_uLong nPos = sal_uLong(-1);
+    if ( bMod2 && cChar && IsMnemonicChar( cChar, nPos ) )
+    {
+        // shortcut is clicked
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pNewCursor = GetEntry( nPos );
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pOldCursor = pCursor;
+        if ( pNewCursor != pOldCursor )
+            SetCursor_Impl( pOldCursor, pNewCursor, false, false );
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    if ( bMod2 )
+        // no actions with <ALT>
+        return false;
+
+    bool bKeyUsed = true;
+    bool bMod1 = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod1();
+    bool bShift = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsShift();
+
+    if( eSelectionMode == SelectionMode::Single || eSelectionMode == SelectionMode::NONE)
+    {
+        bShift = false;
+        bMod1 = false;
+    }
+
+    if( bMod1 )
+        nFlags |= IconChoiceFlags::AddMode;
+
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pNewCursor;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pOldCursor = pCursor;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode();
+    switch( nCode )
+    {
+        case KEY_UP:
+        case KEY_PAGEUP:
+            if( pCursor )
+            {
+                MakeEntryVisible( pCursor );
+                if( nCode == KEY_UP )
+                    pNewCursor = pImpCursor->GoUpDown(pCursor,false);
+                else
+                    pNewCursor = pImpCursor->GoPageUpDown(pCursor,false);
+                SetCursor_Impl( pOldCursor, pNewCursor, bMod1, bShift );
+                if( !pNewCursor )
+                {
+                    tools::Rectangle aRect( GetEntryBoundRect( pCursor ) );
+                    if( aRect.Top())
+                    {
+                        aRect.AdjustBottom( -(aRect.Top()) );
+                        aRect.SetTop( 0 );
+                        MakeVisible( aRect );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_DOWN:
+        case KEY_PAGEDOWN:
+            if( pCursor )
+            {
+                if( nCode == KEY_DOWN )
+                    pNewCursor=pImpCursor->GoUpDown( pCursor,true );
+                else
+                    pNewCursor=pImpCursor->GoPageUpDown( pCursor,true );
+                SetCursor_Impl( pOldCursor, pNewCursor, bMod1, bShift );
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_RIGHT:
+            if( pCursor )
+            {
+                pNewCursor=pImpCursor->GoLeftRight(pCursor,true );
+                SetCursor_Impl( pOldCursor, pNewCursor, bMod1, bShift );
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_LEFT:
+            if( pCursor )
+            {
+                MakeEntryVisible( pCursor );
+                pNewCursor = pImpCursor->GoLeftRight(pCursor,false );
+                SetCursor_Impl( pOldCursor, pNewCursor, bMod1, bShift );
+                if( !pNewCursor )
+                {
+                    tools::Rectangle aRect( GetEntryBoundRect(pCursor));
+                    if( aRect.Left() )
+                    {
+                        aRect.AdjustRight( -(aRect.Left()) );
+                        aRect.SetLeft( 0 );
+                        MakeVisible( aRect );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_F2:
+            if( bMod1 || bShift )
+                bKeyUsed = false;
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_F8:
+            if( rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsShift() )
+            {
+                if( nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::AddMode )
+                    nFlags &= ~IconChoiceFlags::AddMode;
+                else
+                    nFlags |= IconChoiceFlags::AddMode;
+            }
+            else
+                bKeyUsed = false;
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_SPACE:
+            if( pCursor && eSelectionMode != SelectionMode::Single )
+            {
+                if( !bMod1 )
+                {
+                    //SelectAll( false );
+                    SetNoSelection();
+                    ClearSelectedRectList();
+
+                    // click Icon with spacebar
+                    SetEntryHighlightFrame( GetCurEntry(), true );
+                    pView->ClickIcon();
+                    pHdlEntry = pCurHighlightFrame;
+                    pCurHighlightFrame=nullptr;
+                }
+                else
+                    ToggleSelection( pCursor );
+            }
+            break;
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+        case KEY_F10:
+            if( rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsShift() )
+            {
+                if( pCursor )
+                    pView->SetEntryTextMode( SvxIconChoiceCtrlTextMode::Full, pCursor );
+            }
+            if( rKEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() )
+            {
+                if( pCursor )
+                    pView->SetEntryTextMode( SvxIconChoiceCtrlTextMode::Short, pCursor );
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+
+        case KEY_ADD:
+        case KEY_DIVIDE :
+        case KEY_A:
+            if( bMod1 && (eSelectionMode != SelectionMode::Single))
+                SelectAll();
+            else
+                bKeyUsed = false;
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_SUBTRACT:
+        case KEY_COMMA :
+            if( bMod1 )
+                SetNoSelection();
+            else
+                bKeyUsed = false;
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_RETURN:
+            if( !bMod1 )
+                bKeyUsed = false;
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_END:
+            if( pCursor )
+            {
+                pNewCursor = maEntries.back().get();
+                SetCursor_Impl( pOldCursor, pNewCursor, bMod1, bShift );
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case KEY_HOME:
+            if( pCursor )
+            {
+                pNewCursor = maEntries[ 0 ].get();
+                SetCursor_Impl( pOldCursor, pNewCursor, bMod1, bShift );
+            }
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            bKeyUsed = false;
+
+    }
+    return bKeyUsed;
+}
+
+// recalculate TopLeft of scrollbars (but not their sizes!)
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::PositionScrollBars( tools::Long nRealWidth, tools::Long nRealHeight )
+{
+    // horizontal scrollbar
+    Point aPos( 0, nRealHeight );
+    aPos.AdjustY( -nHorSBarHeight );
+
+    if( aHorSBar->GetPosPixel() != aPos )
+        aHorSBar->SetPosPixel( aPos );
+
+    // vertical scrollbar
+    aPos.setX( nRealWidth ); aPos.setY( 0 );
+    aPos.AdjustX( -nVerSBarWidth );
+    aPos.AdjustX( 1 );
+    aPos.AdjustY( -1 );
+
+    if( aVerSBar->GetPosPixel() != aPos )
+        aVerSBar->SetPosPixel( aPos );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::AdjustScrollBars()
+{
+    tools::Long nVirtHeight = aVirtOutputSize.Height();
+    tools::Long nVirtWidth = aVirtOutputSize.Width();
+
+    Size aOSize( pView->Control::GetOutputSizePixel() );
+    tools::Long nRealHeight = aOSize.Height();
+    tools::Long nRealWidth = aOSize.Width();
+
+    PositionScrollBars( nRealWidth, nRealHeight );
+
+    const MapMode& rMapMode = pView->GetMapMode();
+    Point aOrigin( rMapMode.GetOrigin() );
+
+    tools::Long nVisibleWidth;
+    if( nRealWidth > nVirtWidth )
+        nVisibleWidth = nVirtWidth + aOrigin.X();
+    else
+        nVisibleWidth = nRealWidth;
+
+    tools::Long nVisibleHeight;
+    if( nRealHeight > nVirtHeight )
+        nVisibleHeight = nVirtHeight + aOrigin.Y();
+    else
+        nVisibleHeight = nRealHeight;
+
+    bool bVerSBar = ( nWinBits & WB_VSCROLL ) != 0;
+    bool bHorSBar = ( nWinBits & WB_HSCROLL ) != 0;
+    bool bNoVerSBar = ( nWinBits & WB_NOVSCROLL ) != 0;
+    bool bNoHorSBar = ( nWinBits & WB_NOHSCROLL ) != 0;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nResult = 0;
+    if( nVirtHeight )
+    {
+        // activate vertical scrollbar?
+        if( !bNoVerSBar && (bVerSBar || ( nVirtHeight > nVisibleHeight)) )
+        {
+            nResult = 0x0001;
+            nRealWidth -= nVerSBarWidth;
+
+            if( nRealWidth > nVirtWidth )
+                nVisibleWidth = nVirtWidth + aOrigin.X();
+            else
+                nVisibleWidth = nRealWidth;
+        }
+        // activate horizontal scrollbar?
+        if( !bNoHorSBar && (bHorSBar || (nVirtWidth > nVisibleWidth)) )
+        {
+            nResult |= 0x0002;
+            nRealHeight -= nHorSBarHeight;
+
+            if( nRealHeight > nVirtHeight )
+                nVisibleHeight = nVirtHeight + aOrigin.Y();
+            else
+                nVisibleHeight = nRealHeight;
+
+            // do we need a vertical scrollbar after all?
+            if( !(nResult & 0x0001) &&  // only if not already there
+                ( !bNoVerSBar && ((nVirtHeight > nVisibleHeight) || bVerSBar)) )
+            {
+                nResult = 3; // both turned on
+                nRealWidth -= nVerSBarWidth;
+
+                if( nRealWidth > nVirtWidth )
+                    nVisibleWidth = nVirtWidth + aOrigin.X();
+                else
+                    nVisibleWidth = nRealWidth;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // size vertical scrollbar
+    tools::Long nThumb = aVerSBar->GetThumbPos();
+    Size aSize( nVerSBarWidth, nRealHeight );
+    aSize.AdjustHeight(2 );
+    if( aSize != aVerSBar->GetSizePixel() )
+        aVerSBar->SetSizePixel( aSize );
+    aVerSBar->SetVisibleSize( nVisibleHeight );
+    aVerSBar->SetPageSize( GetScrollBarPageSize( nVisibleHeight ));
+
+    if( nResult & 0x0001 )
+    {
+        aVerSBar->SetThumbPos( nThumb );
+        aVerSBar->Show();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aVerSBar->SetThumbPos( 0 );
+        aVerSBar->Hide();
+    }
+
+    // size horizontal scrollbar
+    nThumb = aHorSBar->GetThumbPos();
+    aSize.setWidth( nRealWidth );
+    aSize.setHeight( nHorSBarHeight );
+    aSize.AdjustWidth( 1 );
+    if( nResult & 0x0001 ) // vertical scrollbar?
+    {
+        aSize.AdjustWidth( 1 );
+        nRealWidth++;
+    }
+    if( aSize != aHorSBar->GetSizePixel() )
+        aHorSBar->SetSizePixel( aSize );
+    aHorSBar->SetVisibleSize( nVisibleWidth );
+    aHorSBar->SetPageSize( GetScrollBarPageSize(nVisibleWidth ));
+    if( nResult & 0x0002 )
+    {
+        aHorSBar->SetThumbPos( nThumb );
+        aHorSBar->Show();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aHorSBar->SetThumbPos( 0 );
+        aHorSBar->Hide();
+    }
+
+    aOutputSize.setWidth( nRealWidth );
+    if( nResult & 0x0002 ) // horizontal scrollbar ?
+        nRealHeight++; // because lower border is clipped
+    aOutputSize.setHeight( nRealHeight );
+
+    if( (nResult & (0x0001|0x0002)) == (0x0001|0x0002) )
+        aScrBarBox->Show();
+    else
+        aScrBarBox->Hide();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::Resize()
+{
+    InitScrollBarBox();
+    aOutputSize = pView->GetOutputSizePixel();
+    pImpCursor->Clear();
+    pGridMap->OutputSizeChanged();
+
+    const Size& rSize = pView->Control::GetOutputSizePixel();
+    PositionScrollBars( rSize.Width(), rSize.Height() );
+    // The scrollbars are shown/hidden asynchronously, so derived classes can
+    // do an Arrange during Resize, without the scrollbars suddenly turning
+    // on and off again.
+    // If an event is already underway, we don't need to send a new one, at least
+    // as long as there is only one event type.
+    if ( ! nUserEventAdjustScrBars )
+        nUserEventAdjustScrBars =
+            Application::PostUserEvent( LINK( this, SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl, UserEventHdl),
+                                        EVENTID_ADJUST_SCROLLBARS);
+
+    VisRectChanged();
+}
+
+bool SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CheckHorScrollBar()
+{
+    if( maZOrderList.empty() || !aHorSBar->IsVisible() )
+        return false;
+    const MapMode& rMapMode = pView->GetMapMode();
+    Point aOrigin( rMapMode.GetOrigin() );
+    if(!( nWinBits & WB_HSCROLL) && !aOrigin.X() )
+    {
+        tools::Long nWidth = aOutputSize.Width();
+        const size_t nCount = maZOrderList.size();
+        tools::Long nMostRight = 0;
+        for( size_t nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+        {
+            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = maZOrderList[ nCur ];
+            tools::Long nRight = GetEntryBoundRect(pEntry).Right();
+            if( nRight > nWidth )
+                return false;
+            if( nRight > nMostRight )
+                nMostRight = nRight;
+        }
+        aHorSBar->Hide();
+        aOutputSize.AdjustHeight(nHorSBarHeight );
+        aVirtOutputSize.setWidth( nMostRight );
+        aHorSBar->SetThumbPos( 0 );
+        Range aRange;
+        aRange.Max() = nMostRight - 1;
+        aHorSBar->SetRange( aRange  );
+        if( aVerSBar->IsVisible() )
+        {
+            Size aSize( aVerSBar->GetSizePixel());
+            aSize.AdjustHeight(nHorSBarHeight );
+            aVerSBar->SetSizePixel( aSize );
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CheckVerScrollBar()
+{
+    if( maZOrderList.empty() || !aVerSBar->IsVisible() )
+        return false;
+    const MapMode& rMapMode = pView->GetMapMode();
+    Point aOrigin( rMapMode.GetOrigin() );
+    if(!( nWinBits & WB_VSCROLL) && !aOrigin.Y() )
+    {
+        tools::Long nDeepest = 0;
+        tools::Long nHeight = aOutputSize.Height();
+        const size_t nCount = maZOrderList.size();
+        for( size_t nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+        {
+            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = maZOrderList[ nCur ];
+            tools::Long nBottom = GetEntryBoundRect(pEntry).Bottom();
+            if( nBottom > nHeight )
+                return false;
+            if( nBottom > nDeepest )
+                nDeepest = nBottom;
+        }
+        aVerSBar->Hide();
+        aOutputSize.AdjustWidth(nVerSBarWidth );
+        aVirtOutputSize.setHeight( nDeepest );
+        aVerSBar->SetThumbPos( 0 );
+        Range aRange;
+        aRange.Max() = nDeepest - 1;
+        aVerSBar->SetRange( aRange  );
+        if( aHorSBar->IsVisible() )
+        {
+            Size aSize( aHorSBar->GetSizePixel());
+            aSize.AdjustWidth(nVerSBarWidth );
+            aHorSBar->SetSizePixel( aSize );
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+
+// hides scrollbars if they're unnecessary
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CheckScrollBars()
+{
+    CheckVerScrollBar();
+    if( CheckHorScrollBar() )
+        CheckVerScrollBar();
+    if( aVerSBar->IsVisible() && aHorSBar->IsVisible() )
+        aScrBarBox->Show();
+    else
+        aScrBarBox->Hide();
+}
+
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetFocus()
+{
+    RepaintSelectedEntries();
+    if( pCursor )
+    {
+        pCursor->SetFlags( SvxIconViewFlags::FOCUSED );
+        ShowCursor( true );
+    }
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::LoseFocus()
+{
+    if( pCursor )
+        pCursor->ClearFlags( SvxIconViewFlags::FOCUSED );
+    ShowCursor( false );
+
+//  HideFocus ();
+//  pView->Invalidate ( aFocus.aRect );
+
+    RepaintSelectedEntries();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetUpdateMode( bool bUpdate )
+{
+    if( bUpdate != bUpdateMode )
+    {
+        bUpdateMode = bUpdate;
+        if( bUpdate )
+        {
+            AdjustScrollBars();
+            pImpCursor->Clear();
+            pGridMap->Clear();
+            pView->Invalidate(InvalidateFlags::NoChildren);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// priorities of the emphasis:  bSelected
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::PaintEmphasis(const tools::Rectangle& rTextRect, bool bSelected,
+                                           vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    Color aOldFillColor(rRenderContext.GetFillColor());
+
+    bool bSolidTextRect = false;
+
+    if (!bSelected)
+    {
+        const Color& rFillColor = rRenderContext.GetFont().GetFillColor();
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rFillColor);
+        if (rFillColor != COL_TRANSPARENT)
+            bSolidTextRect = true;
+    }
+
+    // draw text rectangle
+    if (bSolidTextRect)
+    {
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(rTextRect);
+    }
+
+    rRenderContext.SetFillColor(aOldFillColor);
+}
+
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::PaintItem(const tools::Rectangle& rRect,
+    IcnViewFieldType eItem, SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry, sal_uInt16 nPaintFlags,
+    vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext )
+{
+    if (eItem == IcnViewFieldType::Text)
+    {
+        OUString aText = SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetEntryText(pEntry);
+
+        rRenderContext.DrawText(rRect, aText, nCurTextDrawFlags);
+
+        if (pEntry->IsFocused())
+        {
+            tools::Rectangle aRect (CalcFocusRect(pEntry));
+            ShowFocus(aRect);
+            DrawFocusRect(rRenderContext);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Point aPos(rRect.TopLeft());
+        if (nPaintFlags & PAINTFLAG_HOR_CENTERED)
+            aPos.AdjustX((rRect.GetWidth() - aImageSize.Width()) / 2 );
+        if (nPaintFlags & PAINTFLAG_VER_CENTERED)
+            aPos.AdjustY((rRect.GetHeight() - aImageSize.Height()) / 2 );
+        SvtIconChoiceCtrl::DrawEntryImage(pEntry, aPos, rRenderContext);
+    }
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::PaintEntry(SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry, const Point& rPos, vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    bool bSelected = false;
+
+    if (eSelectionMode != SelectionMode::NONE)
+        bSelected = pEntry->IsSelected();
+
+    rRenderContext.Push(vcl::PushFlags::FONT | vcl::PushFlags::TEXTCOLOR);
+
+    OUString aEntryText(SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetEntryText(pEntry));
+    tools::Rectangle aTextRect(CalcTextRect(pEntry, &rPos, &aEntryText));
+    tools::Rectangle aBmpRect(CalcBmpRect(pEntry, &rPos));
+
+    bool bShowSelection = (bSelected && (eSelectionMode != SelectionMode::NONE));
+
+    bool bActiveSelection = (0 != (nWinBits & WB_NOHIDESELECTION)) || pView->HasFocus();
+
+    if (bShowSelection)
+    {
+        const StyleSettings& rSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+        vcl::Font aNewFont(rRenderContext.GetFont());
+
+        // font fill colors that are attributed "hard" need corresponding "hard"
+        // attributed highlight colors
+        if ((nWinBits & WB_NOHIDESELECTION) || pView->HasFocus())
+            aNewFont.SetFillColor(rSettings.GetHighlightColor());
+        else
+            aNewFont.SetFillColor(rSettings.GetDeactiveColor());
+
+        Color aWinCol = rSettings.GetWindowTextColor();
+        if (!bActiveSelection && rSettings.GetFaceColor().IsBright() == aWinCol.IsBright())
+            aNewFont.SetColor(rSettings.GetWindowTextColor());
+        else
+            aNewFont.SetColor(rSettings.GetHighlightTextColor());
+
+        rRenderContext.SetFont(aNewFont);
+
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rRenderContext.GetBackground().GetColor());
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(CalcFocusRect(pEntry));
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor();
+    }
+
+    bool bResetClipRegion = false;
+    if (!rRenderContext.IsClipRegion() && (aVerSBar->IsVisible() || aHorSBar->IsVisible()))
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aOutputArea(GetOutputRect());
+        if (aOutputArea.Overlaps(aTextRect) || aOutputArea.Overlaps(aBmpRect))
+        {
+            rRenderContext.SetClipRegion(vcl::Region(aOutputArea));
+            bResetClipRegion = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool bLargeIconMode = WB_ICON == ( nWinBits & VIEWMODE_MASK );
+    sal_uInt16 nBmpPaintFlags = PAINTFLAG_VER_CENTERED;
+    if (bLargeIconMode)
+        nBmpPaintFlags |= PAINTFLAG_HOR_CENTERED;
+    sal_uInt16 nTextPaintFlags = bLargeIconMode ? PAINTFLAG_HOR_CENTERED : PAINTFLAG_VER_CENTERED;
+
+    PaintEmphasis(aTextRect, bSelected, rRenderContext);
+
+    if ( bShowSelection )
+        vcl::RenderTools::DrawSelectionBackground(rRenderContext, *pView, CalcFocusRect(pEntry),
+                                                  bActiveSelection ? 1 : 2, false, true, false);
+
+
+    PaintItem(aBmpRect, IcnViewFieldType::Image, pEntry, nBmpPaintFlags, rRenderContext);
+
+    PaintItem(aTextRect, IcnViewFieldType::Text, pEntry, nTextPaintFlags, rRenderContext);
+
+    // draw highlight frame
+    if (pEntry == pCurHighlightFrame)
+        DrawHighlightFrame(rRenderContext, CalcFocusRect(pEntry));
+
+    rRenderContext.Pop();
+    if (bResetClipRegion)
+        rRenderContext.SetClipRegion();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetEntryPos( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry, const Point& rPos )
+{
+    ShowCursor( false );
+    tools::Rectangle aBoundRect( GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry ));
+    pView->Invalidate( aBoundRect );
+    ToTop( pEntry );
+    if( !IsAutoArrange() )
+    {
+        bool bAdjustVirtSize = false;
+        if( rPos != aBoundRect.TopLeft() )
+        {
+            Point aGridOffs(
+                pEntry->aGridRect.TopLeft() - pEntry->aRect.TopLeft() );
+            pImpCursor->Clear();
+            pGridMap->Clear();
+            aBoundRect.SetPos( rPos );
+            pEntry->aRect = aBoundRect;
+            pEntry->aGridRect.SetPos( rPos + aGridOffs );
+            bAdjustVirtSize = true;
+        }
+        if( bAdjustVirtSize )
+            AdjustVirtSize( pEntry->aRect );
+
+        pView->Invalidate( pEntry->aRect );
+        pGridMap->OccupyGrids( pEntry );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pPrev = FindEntryPredecessor( pEntry, rPos );
+        SetEntryPredecessor( pEntry, pPrev );
+        aAutoArrangeIdle.Start();
+    }
+    ShowCursor( true );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetNoSelection()
+{
+    // block recursive calls via SelectEntry
+    if( !(nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::ClearingSelection ))
+    {
+        nFlags |= IconChoiceFlags::ClearingSelection;
+        DeselectAllBut( nullptr );
+        nFlags &= ~IconChoiceFlags::ClearingSelection;
+    }
+}
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetEntry( const Point& rDocPos, bool bHit )
+{
+    CheckBoundingRects();
+    // search through z-order list from the end
+    size_t nCount = maZOrderList.size();
+    while( nCount )
+    {
+        nCount--;
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = maZOrderList[ nCount ];
+        if( pEntry->aRect.Contains( rDocPos ) )
+        {
+            if( bHit )
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle aRect = CalcBmpRect( pEntry );
+                aRect.AdjustTop( -3 );
+                aRect.AdjustBottom(3 );
+                aRect.AdjustLeft( -3 );
+                aRect.AdjustRight(3 );
+                if( aRect.Contains( rDocPos ) )
+                    return pEntry;
+                aRect = CalcTextRect( pEntry );
+                if( aRect.Contains( rDocPos ) )
+                    return pEntry;
+            }
+            else
+                return pEntry;
+        }
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::MakeEntryVisible( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry, bool bBound )
+{
+    if ( bBound )
+    {
+        const tools::Rectangle& rRect = GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry );
+        MakeVisible( rRect );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aRect = CalcBmpRect( pEntry );
+        aRect.Union( CalcTextRect( pEntry ) );
+        aRect.AdjustTop(TBOFFS_BOUND );
+        aRect.AdjustBottom(TBOFFS_BOUND );
+        aRect.AdjustLeft(LROFFS_BOUND );
+        aRect.AdjustRight(LROFFS_BOUND );
+        MakeVisible( aRect );
+    }
+}
+
+const tools::Rectangle& SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetEntryBoundRect( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry )
+{
+    if( !IsBoundingRectValid( pEntry->aRect ))
+        FindBoundingRect( pEntry );
+    return pEntry->aRect;
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CalcBmpRect( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry, const Point* pPos )
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aBound = GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry );
+    if( pPos )
+        aBound.SetPos( *pPos );
+    Point aPos( aBound.TopLeft() );
+
+    switch( nWinBits & VIEWMODE_MASK )
+    {
+        case WB_ICON:
+        {
+            aPos.AdjustX(( aBound.GetWidth() - aImageSize.Width() ) / 2 );
+            return tools::Rectangle( aPos, aImageSize );
+        }
+
+        case WB_SMALLICON:
+        case WB_DETAILS:
+            aPos.AdjustY(( aBound.GetHeight() - aImageSize.Height() ) / 2 );
+            //TODO: determine horizontal distance to bounding rectangle
+            return tools::Rectangle( aPos, aImageSize );
+
+        default:
+            OSL_FAIL("IconView: Viewmode not set");
+            return aBound;
+    }
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CalcTextRect( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry,
+    const Point* pEntryPos, const OUString* pStr )
+{
+    OUString aEntryText;
+    if( !pStr )
+        aEntryText = SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetEntryText( pEntry );
+    else
+        aEntryText = *pStr;
+
+    const tools::Rectangle aMaxTextRect( CalcMaxTextRect( pEntry ) );
+    tools::Rectangle aBound( GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry ) );
+    if( pEntryPos )
+        aBound.SetPos( *pEntryPos );
+
+    tools::Rectangle aTextRect = pView->GetTextRect( aMaxTextRect, aEntryText, nCurTextDrawFlags );
+
+    Size aTextSize( aTextRect.GetSize() );
+
+    Point aPos( aBound.TopLeft() );
+    tools::Long nBoundWidth = aBound.GetWidth();
+    tools::Long nBoundHeight = aBound.GetHeight();
+
+    switch( nWinBits & VIEWMODE_MASK )
+    {
+        case WB_ICON:
+            aPos.AdjustY(aImageSize.Height() );
+            aPos.AdjustY(VER_DIST_BMP_STRING );
+            aPos.AdjustX((nBoundWidth - aTextSize.Width()) / 2 );
+            break;
+
+        case WB_SMALLICON:
+        case WB_DETAILS:
+            aPos.AdjustX(aImageSize.Width() );
+            aPos.AdjustX(HOR_DIST_BMP_STRING );
+            aPos.AdjustY((nBoundHeight - aTextSize.Height()) / 2 );
+            break;
+    }
+    return tools::Rectangle( aPos, aTextSize );
+}
+
+
+tools::Long SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CalcBoundingWidth() const
+{
+    tools::Long nStringWidth = GetItemSize( IcnViewFieldType::Text ).Width();
+    tools::Long nWidth = 0;
+
+    switch( nWinBits & VIEWMODE_MASK )
+    {
+        case WB_ICON:
+            nWidth = std::max( nStringWidth, aImageSize.Width() );
+            break;
+
+        case WB_SMALLICON:
+        case WB_DETAILS:
+            nWidth = aImageSize.Width();
+            nWidth += HOR_DIST_BMP_STRING;
+            nWidth += nStringWidth;
+            break;
+    }
+    return nWidth;
+}
+
+tools::Long SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CalcBoundingHeight() const
+{
+    tools::Long nStringHeight = GetItemSize(IcnViewFieldType::Text).Height();
+    tools::Long nHeight = 0;
+
+    switch( nWinBits & VIEWMODE_MASK )
+    {
+        case WB_ICON:
+            nHeight = aImageSize.Height();
+            nHeight += VER_DIST_BMP_STRING;
+            nHeight += nStringHeight;
+            break;
+
+        case WB_SMALLICON:
+        case WB_DETAILS:
+            nHeight = std::max( aImageSize.Height(), nStringHeight );
+            break;
+    }
+    if( nHeight > nMaxBoundHeight )
+    {
+        const_cast<SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl*>(this)->nMaxBoundHeight = nHeight;
+        const_cast<SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl*>(this)->aHorSBar->SetLineSize( GetScrollBarLineSize() );
+        const_cast<SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl*>(this)->aVerSBar->SetLineSize( GetScrollBarLineSize() );
+    }
+    return nHeight;
+}
+
+Size SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CalcBoundingSize() const
+{
+    return Size( CalcBoundingWidth(), CalcBoundingHeight() );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::RecalcAllBoundingRectsSmart()
+{
+    nMaxBoundHeight = 0;
+    maZOrderList.clear();
+    size_t nCur;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry;
+    const size_t nCount = maEntries.size();
+
+    if( !IsAutoArrange() || !pHead )
+    {
+        for( nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+        {
+            pEntry = maEntries[ nCur ].get();
+            if( IsBoundingRectValid( pEntry->aRect ))
+            {
+                Size aBoundSize( pEntry->aRect.GetSize() );
+                if( aBoundSize.Height() > nMaxBoundHeight )
+                    nMaxBoundHeight = aBoundSize.Height();
+            }
+            else
+                FindBoundingRect( pEntry );
+            maZOrderList.push_back( pEntry );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        nCur = 0;
+        pEntry = pHead;
+        while( nCur != nCount )
+        {
+            DBG_ASSERT(pEntry->pflink&&pEntry->pblink,"SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::RecalcAllBoundingRect > Bad link(s)");
+            if( IsBoundingRectValid( pEntry->aRect ))
+            {
+                Size aBoundSize( pEntry->aRect.GetSize() );
+                if( aBoundSize.Height() > nMaxBoundHeight )
+                    nMaxBoundHeight = aBoundSize.Height();
+            }
+            else
+                FindBoundingRect( pEntry );
+            maZOrderList.push_back( pEntry );
+            pEntry = pEntry->pflink;
+            nCur++;
+        }
+    }
+    AdjustScrollBars();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::FindBoundingRect( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry )
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(!pEntry->IsPosLocked(),"Locked entry pos in FindBoundingRect");
+    if( pEntry->IsPosLocked() && IsBoundingRectValid( pEntry->aRect) )
+    {
+        AdjustVirtSize( pEntry->aRect );
+        return;
+    }
+    Size aSize( CalcBoundingSize() );
+    Point aPos(pGridMap->GetGridRect(pGridMap->GetUnoccupiedGrid()).TopLeft());
+    SetBoundingRect_Impl( pEntry, aPos, aSize );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetBoundingRect_Impl( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry, const Point& rPos,
+    const Size& /*rBoundingSize*/ )
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aGridRect( rPos, Size(nGridDX, nGridDY) );
+    pEntry->aGridRect = aGridRect;
+    Center( pEntry );
+    AdjustVirtSize( pEntry->aRect );
+    pGridMap->OccupyGrids( pEntry );
+}
+
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetCursor( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry )
+{
+    if( pEntry == pCursor )
+    {
+        if( pCursor && eSelectionMode == SelectionMode::Single &&
+                !pCursor->IsSelected() )
+            SelectEntry( pCursor, true );
+        return;
+    }
+    ShowCursor( false );
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pOldCursor = pCursor;
+    pCursor = pEntry;
+    if( pOldCursor )
+    {
+        pOldCursor->ClearFlags( SvxIconViewFlags::FOCUSED );
+        if( eSelectionMode == SelectionMode::Single )
+            SelectEntry( pOldCursor, false ); // deselect old cursor
+    }
+    if( pCursor )
+    {
+        ToTop( pCursor );
+        pCursor->SetFlags( SvxIconViewFlags::FOCUSED );
+        if( eSelectionMode == SelectionMode::Single )
+            SelectEntry( pCursor, true );
+        ShowCursor( true );
+    }
+}
+
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::ShowCursor( bool bShow )
+{
+    if( !pCursor || !bShow || !pView->HasFocus() )
+    {
+        pView->HideFocus();
+        return;
+    }
+    tools::Rectangle aRect ( CalcFocusRect( pCursor ) );
+    /*pView->*/ShowFocus( aRect );
+}
+
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::HideDDIcon()
+{
+    pView->PaintImmediately();
+}
+
+bool SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::HandleScrollCommand( const CommandEvent& rCmd )
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aDocRect( Point(), aVirtOutputSize );
+    tools::Rectangle aVisRect( GetOutputRect() );
+    if( aVisRect.Contains( aDocRect ))
+        return false;
+    Size aDocSize( aDocRect.GetSize() );
+    Size aVisSize( aVisRect.GetSize() );
+    bool bHor = aDocSize.Width() > aVisSize.Width();
+    bool bVer = aDocSize.Height() > aVisSize.Height();
+
+    tools::Long nScrollDX = 0, nScrollDY = 0;
+
+    switch( rCmd.GetCommand() )
+    {
+        case CommandEventId::StartAutoScroll:
+        {
+            pView->EndTracking();
+            StartAutoScrollFlags nScrollFlags = StartAutoScrollFlags::NONE;
+            if( bHor )
+                nScrollFlags |= StartAutoScrollFlags::Horz;
+            if( bVer )
+                nScrollFlags |= StartAutoScrollFlags::Vert;
+            if( nScrollFlags != StartAutoScrollFlags::NONE )
+            {
+                pView->StartAutoScroll( nScrollFlags );
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case CommandEventId::Wheel:
+        {
+            const CommandWheelData* pData = rCmd.GetWheelData();
+            if( pData && (CommandWheelMode::SCROLL == pData->GetMode()) && !pData->IsHorz() )
+            {
+                double nScrollLines = pData->GetScrollLines();
+                if( nScrollLines == COMMAND_WHEEL_PAGESCROLL )
+                {
+                    nScrollDY = GetScrollBarPageSize( aVisSize.Width() );
+                    if( pData->GetDelta() < 0 )
+                        nScrollDY *= -1;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    nScrollDY = pData->GetNotchDelta() * static_cast<tools::Long>(nScrollLines);
+                    nScrollDY *= GetScrollBarLineSize();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case CommandEventId::AutoScroll:
+        {
+            const CommandScrollData* pData = rCmd.GetAutoScrollData();
+            if( pData )
+            {
+                nScrollDX = pData->GetDeltaX() * GetScrollBarLineSize();
+                nScrollDY = pData->GetDeltaY() * GetScrollBarLineSize();
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+
+        default: break;
+    }
+
+    if( nScrollDX || nScrollDY )
+    {
+        aVisRect.AdjustTop( -nScrollDY );
+        aVisRect.AdjustBottom( -nScrollDY );
+        aVisRect.AdjustLeft( -nScrollDX );
+        aVisRect.AdjustRight( -nScrollDX );
+        MakeVisible( aVisRect );
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::Command( const CommandEvent& rCEvt )
+{
+    // scroll mouse event?
+    if( (rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::Wheel) ||
+        (rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::StartAutoScroll) ||
+        (rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::AutoScroll) )
+    {
+        if( HandleScrollCommand( rCEvt ) )
+            return;
+    }
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::ToTop( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry )
+{
+    if( maZOrderList.empty() || pEntry == maZOrderList.back())
+        return;
+
+    auto it = std::find(maZOrderList.begin(), maZOrderList.end(), pEntry);
+    if (it != maZOrderList.end())
+    {
+        maZOrderList.erase( it );
+        maZOrderList.push_back( pEntry );
+    }
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::ClipAtVirtOutRect( tools::Rectangle& rRect ) const
+{
+    if( rRect.Bottom() >= aVirtOutputSize.Height() )
+        rRect.SetBottom( aVirtOutputSize.Height() - 1 );
+    if( rRect.Right() >= aVirtOutputSize.Width() )
+        rRect.SetRight( aVirtOutputSize.Width() - 1 );
+    if( rRect.Top() < 0 )
+        rRect.SetTop( 0 );
+    if( rRect.Left() < 0 )
+        rRect.SetLeft( 0 );
+}
+
+// rRect: area of the document (in document coordinates) that we want to make
+// visible
+// bScrBar == true: rectangle was calculated because of a scrollbar event
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::MakeVisible( const tools::Rectangle& rRect, bool bScrBar )
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aVirtRect( rRect );
+    ClipAtVirtOutRect( aVirtRect );
+    Point aOrigin( pView->GetMapMode().GetOrigin() );
+    // convert to document coordinate
+    aOrigin *= -1;
+    tools::Rectangle aOutputArea( GetOutputRect() );
+    if( aOutputArea.Contains( aVirtRect ) )
+        return; // is already visible
+
+    tools::Long nDy;
+    if( aVirtRect.Top() < aOutputArea.Top() )
+    {
+        // scroll up (nDy < 0)
+        nDy = aVirtRect.Top() - aOutputArea.Top();
+    }
+    else if( aVirtRect.Bottom() > aOutputArea.Bottom() )
+    {
+        // scroll down (nDy > 0)
+        nDy = aVirtRect.Bottom() - aOutputArea.Bottom();
+    }
+    else
+        nDy = 0;
+
+    tools::Long nDx;
+    if( aVirtRect.Left() < aOutputArea.Left() )
+    {
+        // scroll to the left (nDx < 0)
+        nDx = aVirtRect.Left() - aOutputArea.Left();
+    }
+    else if( aVirtRect.Right() > aOutputArea.Right() )
+    {
+        // scroll to the right (nDx > 0)
+        nDx = aVirtRect.Right() - aOutputArea.Right();
+    }
+    else
+        nDx = 0;
+
+    aOrigin.AdjustX(nDx );
+    aOrigin.AdjustY(nDy );
+    aOutputArea.SetPos( aOrigin );
+    if( GetUpdateMode() )
+    {
+        HideDDIcon();
+        pView->PaintImmediately();
+        ShowCursor( false );
+    }
+
+    // invert origin for SV (so we can scroll/paint using document coordinates)
+    aOrigin *= -1;
+    SetOrigin( aOrigin );
+
+    bool bScrollable = pView->GetBackground().IsScrollable();
+
+    if( bScrollable && GetUpdateMode() )
+    {
+        // scroll in reverse direction!
+        pView->Control::Scroll( -nDx, -nDy, aOutputArea,
+            ScrollFlags::NoChildren | ScrollFlags::UseClipRegion | ScrollFlags::Clip );
+    }
+    else
+        pView->Invalidate(InvalidateFlags::NoChildren);
+
+    if( aHorSBar->IsVisible() || aVerSBar->IsVisible() )
+    {
+        if( !bScrBar )
+        {
+            aOrigin *= -1;
+            // correct thumbs
+            if(aHorSBar->IsVisible() && aHorSBar->GetThumbPos() != aOrigin.X())
+                aHorSBar->SetThumbPos( aOrigin.X() );
+            if(aVerSBar->IsVisible() && aVerSBar->GetThumbPos() != aOrigin.Y())
+                aVerSBar->SetThumbPos( aOrigin.Y() );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( GetUpdateMode() )
+        ShowCursor( true );
+
+    // check if we still need scrollbars
+    CheckScrollBars();
+    if( bScrollable && GetUpdateMode() )
+        pView->PaintImmediately();
+
+    // If the requested area can not be made completely visible, the
+    // Vis-Rect-Changed handler is called in any case. This case may occur e.g.
+    // if only few pixels of the lower border are invisible, but a scrollbar has
+    // a larger line size.
+    VisRectChanged();
+}
+
+sal_Int32 SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetSelectionCount() const
+{
+    if( (nWinBits & WB_HIGHLIGHTFRAME) && pCurHighlightFrame )
+        return 1;
+    return nSelectionCount;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::ToggleSelection( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry )
+{
+    bool bSel;
+    bSel = !pEntry->IsSelected();
+    SelectEntry( pEntry, bSel, true );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::DeselectAllBut( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry const * pThisEntryNot )
+{
+    ClearSelectedRectList();
+
+    // TODO: work through z-order list, if necessary!
+
+    size_t nCount = maEntries.size();
+    for( size_t nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = maEntries[ nCur ].get();
+        if( pEntry != pThisEntryNot && pEntry->IsSelected() )
+            SelectEntry( pEntry, false, true );
+    }
+    pAnchor = nullptr;
+    nFlags &= ~IconChoiceFlags::AddMode;
+}
+
+Size SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetMinGrid() const
+{
+    Size aMinSize( aImageSize );
+    aMinSize.AdjustWidth(2 * LROFFS_BOUND );
+    aMinSize.AdjustHeight(TBOFFS_BOUND );  // single offset is enough (FileDlg)
+    Size aTextSize( pView->GetTextWidth( "XXX" ), pView->GetTextHeight() );
+    if( nWinBits & WB_ICON )
+    {
+        aMinSize.AdjustHeight(VER_DIST_BMP_STRING );
+        aMinSize.AdjustHeight(aTextSize.Height() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aMinSize.AdjustWidth(HOR_DIST_BMP_STRING );
+        aMinSize.AdjustWidth(aTextSize.Width() );
+    }
+    return aMinSize;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetGrid( const Size& rSize )
+{
+    Size aSize( rSize );
+    Size aMinSize( GetMinGrid() );
+    if( aSize.Width() < aMinSize.Width() )
+        aSize.setWidth( aMinSize.Width() );
+    if( aSize.Height() < aMinSize.Height() )
+        aSize.setHeight( aMinSize.Height() );
+
+    nGridDX = aSize.Width();
+    // HACK: Detail mode is not yet fully implemented, this workaround makes it
+    // fly with a single column
+    if( nWinBits & WB_DETAILS )
+    {
+        const SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo* pCol = GetColumn( 0 );
+        if( pCol )
+            const_cast<SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo*>(pCol)->SetWidth( nGridDX );
+    }
+    nGridDY = aSize.Height();
+    SetDefaultTextSize();
+}
+
+// Calculates the maximum size that the text rectangle may use within its
+// bounding rectangle. In WB_ICON mode with SvxIconChoiceCtrlTextMode::Full, Bottom is set to
+// LONG_MAX.
+
+tools::Rectangle SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CalcMaxTextRect( const SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry ) const
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aBoundRect;
+    // avoid infinite recursion: don't calculate the bounding rectangle here
+    if( IsBoundingRectValid( pEntry->aRect ) )
+        aBoundRect = pEntry->aRect;
+    else
+        aBoundRect = pEntry->aGridRect;
+
+    tools::Rectangle aBmpRect( const_cast<SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl*>(this)->CalcBmpRect(
+        const_cast<SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry*>(pEntry) ) );
+    if( nWinBits & WB_ICON )
+    {
+        aBoundRect.SetTop( aBmpRect.Bottom() );
+        aBoundRect.AdjustTop(VER_DIST_BMP_STRING );
+        if( aBoundRect.Top() > aBoundRect.Bottom())
+            aBoundRect.SetTop( aBoundRect.Bottom() );
+        aBoundRect.AdjustLeft(LROFFS_BOUND );
+        aBoundRect.AdjustLeft( 1 );
+        aBoundRect.AdjustRight( -(LROFFS_BOUND) );
+        aBoundRect.AdjustRight( -1 );
+        if( aBoundRect.Left() > aBoundRect.Right())
+            aBoundRect.SetLeft( aBoundRect.Right() );
+        if( pEntry->GetTextMode() == SvxIconChoiceCtrlTextMode::Full )
+            aBoundRect.SetBottom( LONG_MAX );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aBoundRect.SetLeft( aBmpRect.Right() );
+        aBoundRect.AdjustLeft(HOR_DIST_BMP_STRING );
+        aBoundRect.AdjustRight( -(LROFFS_BOUND) );
+        if( aBoundRect.Left() > aBoundRect.Right() )
+            aBoundRect.SetLeft( aBoundRect.Right() );
+        tools::Long nHeight = aBoundRect.GetSize().Height();
+        nHeight = nHeight - aDefaultTextSize.Height();
+        nHeight /= 2;
+        aBoundRect.AdjustTop(nHeight );
+        aBoundRect.AdjustBottom( -nHeight );
+    }
+    return aBoundRect;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetDefaultTextSize()
+{
+    tools::Long nDY = nGridDY;
+    nDY -= aImageSize.Height();
+    nDY -= VER_DIST_BMP_STRING;
+    nDY -= 2 * TBOFFS_BOUND;
+    if (nDY <= 0)
+        nDY = 2;
+
+    tools::Long nDX = nGridDX;
+    nDX -= 2 * LROFFS_BOUND;
+    nDX -= 2;
+    if (nDX <= 0)
+        nDX = 2;
+
+    tools::Long nHeight = pView->GetTextHeight();
+    if (nDY < nHeight)
+        nDY = nHeight;
+    if(pView->GetDPIScaleFactor() > 1)
+    {
+      nDY*=2;
+    }
+    aDefaultTextSize = Size(nDX, nDY);
+}
+
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::Center( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry ) const
+{
+    pEntry->aRect = pEntry->aGridRect;
+    Size aSize( CalcBoundingSize() );
+    if( nWinBits & WB_ICON )
+    {
+        // center horizontally
+        tools::Long nBorder = pEntry->aGridRect.GetWidth() - aSize.Width();
+        pEntry->aRect.AdjustLeft(nBorder / 2 );
+        pEntry->aRect.AdjustRight( -(nBorder / 2) );
+    }
+    // center vertically
+    pEntry->aRect.SetBottom( pEntry->aRect.Top() + aSize.Height() );
+}
+
+
+// The deltas are the offsets by which the view is moved on the document.
+// left, up: offsets < 0
+// right, down: offsets > 0
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::Scroll( tools::Long nDeltaX, tools::Long nDeltaY )
+{
+    const MapMode& rMapMode = pView->GetMapMode();
+    Point aOrigin( rMapMode.GetOrigin() );
+    // convert to document coordinate
+    aOrigin *= -1;
+    aOrigin.AdjustY(nDeltaY );
+    aOrigin.AdjustX(nDeltaX );
+    tools::Rectangle aRect( aOrigin, aOutputSize );
+    MakeVisible( aRect, true/*bScrollBar*/ );
+}
+
+
+const Size& SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetItemSize( IcnViewFieldType eItem ) const
+{
+    if (eItem == IcnViewFieldType::Text)
+        return aDefaultTextSize;
+    return aImageSize; // IcnViewFieldType::Image
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CalcFocusRect( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry )
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aTextRect( CalcTextRect( pEntry ) );
+    tools::Rectangle aBoundRect( GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry ) );
+    return tools::Rectangle(
+        aBoundRect.Left(), aBoundRect.Top() - 1, aBoundRect.Right() - 1,
+        aTextRect.Bottom() + 1);
+}
+
+// the hot spot is the inner 50% of the rectangle
+static tools::Rectangle GetHotSpot( const tools::Rectangle& rRect )
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aResult( rRect );
+    aResult.Normalize();
+    Size aSize( rRect.GetSize() );
+    tools::Long nDelta = aSize.Width() / 4;
+    aResult.AdjustLeft(nDelta );
+    aResult.AdjustRight( -nDelta );
+    nDelta = aSize.Height() / 4;
+    aResult.AdjustTop(nDelta );
+    aResult.AdjustBottom( -nDelta );
+    return aResult;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SelectRect( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry1, SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry2,
+    bool bAdd, std::vector<tools::Rectangle>* pOtherRects )
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(pEntry1 && pEntry2,"SelectEntry: Invalid Entry-Ptr");
+    tools::Rectangle aRect( GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry1 ) );
+    aRect.Union( GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry2 ) );
+    SelectRect( aRect, bAdd, pOtherRects );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SelectRect( const tools::Rectangle& rRect, bool bAdd,
+    std::vector<tools::Rectangle>* pOtherRects )
+{
+    aCurSelectionRect = rRect;
+    if( maZOrderList.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    // set flag, so ToTop won't be called in Select
+    bool bAlreadySelectingRect(nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::SelectingRect);
+    nFlags |= IconChoiceFlags::SelectingRect;
+
+    CheckBoundingRects();
+    pView->PaintImmediately();
+    const size_t nCount = maZOrderList.size();
+
+    tools::Rectangle aRect( rRect );
+    aRect.Normalize();
+    bool bCalcOverlap = (bAdd && pOtherRects && !pOtherRects->empty());
+
+    bool bResetClipRegion = false;
+    if( !pView->GetOutDev()->IsClipRegion() )
+    {
+        bResetClipRegion = true;
+        pView->GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion(vcl::Region(GetOutputRect()));
+    }
+
+    for( size_t nPos = 0; nPos < nCount; nPos++ )
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = maZOrderList[ nPos ];
+
+        if( !IsBoundingRectValid( pEntry->aRect ))
+            FindBoundingRect( pEntry );
+        tools::Rectangle aBoundRect( GetHotSpot( pEntry->aRect ) );
+        bool bSelected = pEntry->IsSelected();
+
+        bool bOverlaps;
+        if( bCalcOverlap )
+            bOverlaps = IsOver( pOtherRects, aBoundRect );
+        else
+            bOverlaps = false;
+        bool bOver = aRect.Overlaps( aBoundRect );
+
+        if( bOver && !bOverlaps )
+        {
+            // is inside the new selection rectangle and outside of any old one
+            // => select
+            if( !bSelected )
+                SelectEntry( pEntry, true, true );
+        }
+        else if( !bAdd )
+        {
+            // is outside of the selection rectangle
+            // => deselect
+            if( bSelected )
+                SelectEntry( pEntry, false, true );
+        }
+        else if (bOverlaps)
+        {
+            // The entry is inside an old (=>span multiple rectangles with Ctrl)
+            // selection rectangle.
+
+            // There is still a bug here! The selection status of an entry in a
+            // previous rectangle has to be restored, if it was touched by the
+            // current selection rectangle but is not inside it any more.
+            // For simplicity's sake, let's assume that all entries in the old
+            // rectangles were correctly selected. It is wrong to just deselect
+            // the intersection.
+            // Possible solution: remember a snapshot of the selection before
+            // spanning the rectangle.
+            if( aBoundRect.Overlaps( rRect))
+            {
+                // deselect intersection between old rectangles and current rectangle
+                if( bSelected )
+                    SelectEntry( pEntry, false, true );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // select entry of an old rectangle
+                if( !bSelected )
+                    SelectEntry( pEntry, true, true );
+            }
+        }
+        else if( !bOver && bSelected )
+        {
+            // this entry is completely outside the rectangle => deselect it
+            SelectEntry( pEntry, false, true );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( !bAlreadySelectingRect )
+        nFlags &= ~IconChoiceFlags::SelectingRect;
+
+    pView->PaintImmediately();
+    if( bResetClipRegion )
+        pView->GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SelectRange(
+                        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry const * pStart,
+                        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry const * pEnd,
+                        bool bAdd )
+{
+    sal_uLong nFront = GetEntryListPos( pStart );
+    sal_uLong nBack  = GetEntryListPos( pEnd );
+    sal_uLong nFirst = std::min( nFront, nBack );
+    sal_uLong nLast  = std::max( nFront, nBack );
+    sal_uLong i;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry;
+
+    if ( ! bAdd )
+    {
+        // deselect everything before the first entry if not in
+        // adding mode
+        for ( i=0; i<nFirst; i++ )
+        {
+            pEntry = GetEntry( i );
+            if( pEntry->IsSelected() )
+                SelectEntry( pEntry, false, true );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // select everything between nFirst and nLast
+    for ( i=nFirst; i<=nLast; i++ )
+    {
+        pEntry = GetEntry( i );
+        if( ! pEntry->IsSelected() )
+            SelectEntry( pEntry, true, true );
+    }
+
+    if ( ! bAdd )
+    {
+        // deselect everything behind the last entry if not in
+        // adding mode
+        sal_uLong nEnd = GetEntryCount();
+        for ( ; i<nEnd; i++ )
+        {
+            pEntry = GetEntry( i );
+            if( pEntry->IsSelected() )
+                SelectEntry( pEntry, false, true );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::IsOver( std::vector<tools::Rectangle>* pRectList, const tools::Rectangle& rBoundRect )
+{
+    const sal_uInt16 nCount = pRectList->size();
+    for( sal_uInt16 nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle& rRect = (*pRectList)[ nCur ];
+        if( rBoundRect.Overlaps( rRect ))
+            return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::AddSelectedRect( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry1,
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry2 )
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(pEntry1 && pEntry2,"SelectEntry: Invalid Entry-Ptr");
+    tools::Rectangle aRect( GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry1 ) );
+    aRect.Union( GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry2 ) );
+    AddSelectedRect( aRect );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::AddSelectedRect( const tools::Rectangle& rRect )
+{
+    tools::Rectangle newRect = rRect;
+    newRect.Normalize();
+    aSelectedRectList.push_back( newRect );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::ClearSelectedRectList()
+{
+    aSelectedRectList.clear();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl, AutoArrangeHdl, Timer *, void)
+{
+    aAutoArrangeIdle.Stop();
+    Arrange( IsAutoArrange(), 0, 0 );
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl, VisRectChangedHdl, Timer *, void)
+{
+    aVisRectChangedIdle.Stop();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl, DocRectChangedHdl, Timer *, void)
+{
+    aDocRectChangedIdle.Stop();
+}
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetEntryTextMode( SvxIconChoiceCtrlTextMode eMode, SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry )
+{
+    if( !pEntry )
+    {
+        if( eTextMode != eMode )
+        {
+            eTextMode = eMode;
+            Arrange( true, 0, 0 );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if( pEntry->eTextMode != eMode )
+        {
+            pEntry->eTextMode = eMode;
+            InvalidateEntry( pEntry );
+            pView->Invalidate( GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry ) );
+            AdjustVirtSize( pEntry->aRect );
+        }
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+// Draw my own focusrect, because the focusrect of the outputdevice has got the inverted color
+// of the background. But what will we see, if the backgroundcolor is gray ? - We will see
+// a gray focusrect on a gray background !!!
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::ShowFocus ( tools::Rectangle const & rRect )
+{
+    Color aBkgColor(pView->GetBackground().GetColor());
+    Color aPenColor;
+    sal_uInt16 nColor = ( aBkgColor.GetRed() + aBkgColor.GetGreen() + aBkgColor.GetBlue() ) / 3;
+    if (nColor > 128)
+        aPenColor = COL_BLACK;
+    else
+        aPenColor = COL_WHITE;
+
+    aFocus.aPenColor = aPenColor;
+    aFocus.aRect = rRect;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::DrawFocusRect(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    rRenderContext.SetLineColor(aFocus.aPenColor);
+    rRenderContext.SetFillColor();
+    tools::Polygon aPolygon (aFocus.aRect);
+
+    LineInfo aLineInfo(LineStyle::Dash);
+
+    aLineInfo.SetDashLen(1);
+    aLineInfo.SetDotLen(1);
+    aLineInfo.SetDistance(1);
+    aLineInfo.SetDotCount(1);
+
+    rRenderContext.DrawPolyLine(aPolygon, aLineInfo);
+}
+
+bool SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::IsMnemonicChar( sal_Unicode cChar, sal_uLong& rPos ) const
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    const vcl::I18nHelper& rI18nHelper = Application::GetSettings().GetUILocaleI18nHelper();
+    size_t nEntryCount = GetEntryCount();
+    for ( size_t i = 0; i < nEntryCount; ++i )
+    {
+        if ( rI18nHelper.MatchMnemonic( GetEntry( i )->GetText(), cChar ) )
+        {
+            bRet = true;
+            rPos = i;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+
+IMPL_LINK(SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl, UserEventHdl, void*, nId, void )
+{
+    if( nId == EVENTID_ADJUST_SCROLLBARS )
+    {
+        nUserEventAdjustScrBars = nullptr;
+        AdjustScrollBars();
+    }
+    else if( nId == EVENTID_SHOW_CURSOR )
+    {
+        ShowCursor( true );
+    }
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CancelUserEvents()
+{
+    if( nUserEventAdjustScrBars )
+    {
+        Application::RemoveUserEvent( nUserEventAdjustScrBars );
+        nUserEventAdjustScrBars = nullptr;
+    }
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::InvalidateEntry( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry )
+{
+    if( pEntry == pCursor )
+        ShowCursor( false );
+    pView->Invalidate( pEntry->aRect );
+    Center( pEntry );
+    pView->Invalidate( pEntry->aRect );
+    if( pEntry == pCursor )
+        ShowCursor( true );
+}
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetFirstSelectedEntry() const
+{
+    if( !GetSelectionCount() )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    if( (nWinBits & WB_HIGHLIGHTFRAME) && (eSelectionMode == SelectionMode::NONE) )
+    {
+        return pCurHighlightFrame;
+    }
+
+    size_t nCount = maEntries.size();
+    if( !pHead )
+    {
+        for( size_t nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+        {
+            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = maEntries[ nCur ].get();
+            if( pEntry->IsSelected() )
+            {
+                return pEntry;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = pHead;
+        while( nCount-- )
+        {
+            if( pEntry->IsSelected() )
+            {
+                return pEntry;
+            }
+            pEntry = pEntry->pflink;
+            if( nCount && pEntry == pHead )
+            {
+                OSL_FAIL("SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetFirstSelectedEntry > infinite loop!");
+                return nullptr;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SelectAll()
+{
+    size_t nCount = maEntries.size();
+    for( size_t nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = maEntries[ nCur ].get();
+        SelectEntry( pEntry, true/*bSelect*/, true );
+    }
+    nFlags &= ~IconChoiceFlags::AddMode;
+    pAnchor = nullptr;
+}
+
+
+
+
+sal_Int32 SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetEntryListPos( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry const * pEntry ) const
+{
+    if( !(nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::EntryListPosValid ))
+        const_cast<SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl*>(this)->SetListPositions();
+    return pEntry->nPos;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::InitSettings()
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = pView->GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+    // unit (from settings) is Point
+    vcl::Font aFont( rStyleSettings.GetFieldFont() );
+    aFont.SetColor( rStyleSettings.GetWindowTextColor() );
+    pView->SetPointFont( aFont );
+    SetDefaultTextSize();
+
+    pView->SetTextColor( rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor() );
+    pView->SetTextFillColor();
+
+    pView->SetBackground( rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor());
+
+    tools::Long nScrBarSize = rStyleSettings.GetScrollBarSize();
+    if( nScrBarSize == nHorSBarHeight && nScrBarSize == nVerSBarWidth )
+        return;
+
+    nHorSBarHeight = nScrBarSize;
+    Size aSize( aHorSBar->GetSizePixel() );
+    aSize.setHeight( nScrBarSize );
+    aHorSBar->Hide();
+    aHorSBar->SetSizePixel( aSize );
+
+    nVerSBarWidth = nScrBarSize;
+    aSize = aVerSBar->GetSizePixel();
+    aSize.setWidth( nScrBarSize );
+    aVerSBar->Hide();
+    aVerSBar->SetSizePixel( aSize );
+
+    Size aOSize( pView->Control::GetOutputSizePixel() );
+    PositionScrollBars( aOSize.Width(), aOSize.Height() );
+    AdjustScrollBars();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetPositionMode( SvxIconChoiceCtrlPositionMode eMode )
+{
+    if( eMode == ePositionMode )
+        return;
+
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlPositionMode eOldMode = ePositionMode;
+    ePositionMode = eMode;
+    size_t nCount = maEntries.size();
+
+    if( eOldMode == SvxIconChoiceCtrlPositionMode::AutoArrange )
+    {
+        // when positioning moved entries "hard", there are problems with
+        // unwanted overlaps, as these entries aren't taken into account in
+        // Arrange.
+        if( maEntries.size() )
+            aAutoArrangeIdle.Start();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if( ePositionMode == SvxIconChoiceCtrlPositionMode::AutoArrange )
+    {
+        for( size_t nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+        {
+            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = maEntries[ nCur ].get();
+            if( pEntry->GetFlags() & SvxIconViewFlags(SvxIconViewFlags::POS_LOCKED | SvxIconViewFlags::POS_MOVED))
+                SetEntryPos(pEntry, GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry ).TopLeft());
+        }
+
+        if( maEntries.size() )
+            aAutoArrangeIdle.Start();
+    }
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetEntryPredecessor( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry,
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pPredecessor )
+{
+    if( !IsAutoArrange() )
+        return;
+
+    if( pEntry == pPredecessor )
+        return;
+
+    sal_uLong nPos1 = GetEntryListPos( pEntry );
+    if( !pHead )
+    {
+        if( pPredecessor )
+        {
+            sal_uLong nPos2 = GetEntryListPos( pPredecessor );
+            if( nPos1 == (nPos2 + 1) )
+                return; // is already the predecessor
+        }
+        else if( !nPos1 )
+            return;
+
+        InitPredecessors();
+    }
+
+    if( !pPredecessor && pHead == pEntry )
+        return; // is already the first one
+
+    bool bSetHead = false;
+    if( !pPredecessor )
+    {
+        bSetHead = true;
+        pPredecessor = pHead->pblink;
+    }
+    if( pEntry == pHead )
+    {
+        pHead = pHead->pflink;
+        bSetHead = false;
+    }
+    if( pEntry != pPredecessor )
+    {
+        pEntry->Unlink();
+        pEntry->SetBacklink( pPredecessor );
+    }
+    if( bSetHead )
+        pHead = pEntry;
+    aAutoArrangeIdle.Start();
+}
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::FindEntryPredecessor( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry,
+    const Point& rPosTopLeft )
+{
+    Point aPos( rPosTopLeft ); //TopLeft
+    tools::Rectangle aCenterRect( CalcBmpRect( pEntry, &aPos ));
+    Point aNewPos( aCenterRect.Center() );
+    GridId nGrid = GetPredecessorGrid( aNewPos );
+    size_t nCount = maEntries.size();
+    if( nGrid == GRID_NOT_FOUND )
+        return nullptr;
+    if( nGrid >= nCount )
+        nGrid = nCount - 1;
+    if( !pHead )
+        return maEntries[ nGrid ].get();
+
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pCur = pHead; // Grid 0
+    // TODO: go through list from the end if nGrid > nCount/2
+    for( GridId nCur = 0; nCur < nGrid; nCur++ )
+        pCur = pCur->pflink;
+
+    return pCur;
+}
+
+GridId SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetPredecessorGrid( const Point& rPos) const
+{
+    Point aPos( rPos );
+    aPos.AdjustX( -(LROFFS_WINBORDER) );
+    aPos.AdjustY( -(TBOFFS_WINBORDER) );
+    tools::Long nMaxCol = aVirtOutputSize.Width() / nGridDX;
+    if( nMaxCol )
+        nMaxCol--;
+    tools::Long nGridX = aPos.X() / nGridDX;
+    if( nGridX > nMaxCol )
+        nGridX = nMaxCol;
+    tools::Long nGridY = aPos.Y() / nGridDY;
+    tools::Long nGridsX = aOutputSize.Width() / nGridDX;
+    GridId nGrid = (nGridY * nGridsX) + nGridX;
+    tools::Long nMiddle = (nGridX * nGridDX) + (nGridDX / 2);
+    if( rPos.X() < nMiddle )
+    {
+        if( !nGrid )
+            nGrid = GRID_NOT_FOUND;
+        else
+            nGrid--;
+    }
+    return nGrid;
+}
+
+bool SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::RequestHelp( const HelpEvent& rHEvt )
+{
+    if ( !(rHEvt.GetMode() & HelpEventMode::QUICK ) )
+        return false;
+
+    Point aPos( pView->ScreenToOutputPixel(rHEvt.GetMousePosPixel() ) );
+    aPos -= pView->GetMapMode().GetOrigin();
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = GetEntry( aPos, true );
+
+    if ( !pEntry )
+        return false;
+
+    OUString sQuickHelpText = pEntry->GetQuickHelpText();
+    OUString aEntryText( SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetEntryText( pEntry ) );
+    tools::Rectangle aTextRect( CalcTextRect( pEntry, nullptr, &aEntryText ) );
+    if ( ( !aTextRect.Contains( aPos ) || aEntryText.isEmpty() ) && sQuickHelpText.isEmpty() )
+        return false;
+
+    tools::Rectangle aOptTextRect( aTextRect );
+    aOptTextRect.SetBottom( LONG_MAX );
+    DrawTextFlags nNewFlags = nCurTextDrawFlags;
+    nNewFlags &= ~DrawTextFlags( DrawTextFlags::Clip | DrawTextFlags::EndEllipsis );
+    aOptTextRect = pView->GetTextRect( aOptTextRect, aEntryText, nNewFlags );
+    if ( aOptTextRect != aTextRect || !sQuickHelpText.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        //aTextRect.Right() = aTextRect.Left() + aRealSize.Width() + 4;
+        Point aPt( aOptTextRect.TopLeft() );
+        aPt += pView->GetMapMode().GetOrigin();
+        aPt = pView->OutputToScreenPixel( aPt );
+        // subtract border of tooltip help
+        aPt.AdjustY( -1 );
+        aPt.AdjustX( -3 );
+        aOptTextRect.SetPos( aPt );
+        OUString sHelpText;
+        if ( !sQuickHelpText.isEmpty() )
+            sHelpText = sQuickHelpText;
+        else
+            sHelpText = aEntryText;
+        Help::ShowQuickHelp( static_cast<vcl::Window*>(pView), aOptTextRect, sHelpText, QuickHelpFlags::Left | QuickHelpFlags::VCenter );
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetColumn( sal_uInt16 nIndex, const SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo& rInfo)
+{
+    if (!m_pColumns)
+        m_pColumns.reset(new SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfoMap);
+
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo* pInfo = new SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo( rInfo );
+    m_pColumns->insert(std::make_pair(nIndex, std::unique_ptr<SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo>(pInfo)));
+
+    // HACK: Detail mode is not yet fully implemented, this workaround makes it
+    // fly with a single column
+    if( !nIndex && (nWinBits & WB_DETAILS) )
+        nGridDX = pInfo->GetWidth();
+
+    if( GetUpdateMode() )
+        Arrange( IsAutoArrange(), 0, 0 );
+}
+
+const SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo* SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::GetColumn( sal_uInt16 nIndex ) const
+{
+    if (!m_pColumns)
+        return nullptr;
+    auto const it = m_pColumns->find( nIndex );
+    if (it == m_pColumns->end())
+        return nullptr;
+    return it->second.get();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::DrawHighlightFrame(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rBmpRect)
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aBmpRect(rBmpRect);
+    tools::Long nBorder = 2;
+    if (aImageSize.Width() < 32)
+        nBorder = 1;
+    aBmpRect.AdjustRight(nBorder );
+    aBmpRect.AdjustLeft( -nBorder );
+    aBmpRect.AdjustBottom(nBorder );
+    aBmpRect.AdjustTop( -nBorder );
+
+    DecorationView aDecoView(&rRenderContext);
+    DrawHighlightFrameStyle nDecoFlags;
+    if (bHighlightFramePressed)
+        nDecoFlags = DrawHighlightFrameStyle::In;
+    else
+        nDecoFlags = DrawHighlightFrameStyle::Out;
+    aDecoView.DrawHighlightFrame(aBmpRect, nDecoFlags);
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetEntryHighlightFrame( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry,
+    bool bKeepHighlightFlags )
+{
+    if( pEntry == pCurHighlightFrame )
+        return;
+
+    if( !bKeepHighlightFlags )
+        bHighlightFramePressed = false;
+
+    if (pCurHighlightFrame)
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aInvalidationRect(GetEntryBoundRect(pCurHighlightFrame));
+        aInvalidationRect.expand(5);
+        pCurHighlightFrame = nullptr;
+        pView->Invalidate(aInvalidationRect);
+    }
+
+    pCurHighlightFrame = pEntry;
+    if (pEntry)
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aInvalidationRect(GetEntryBoundRect(pEntry));
+        aInvalidationRect.expand(5);
+        pView->Invalidate(aInvalidationRect);
+    }
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CallSelectHandler()
+{
+    // When single-click mode is active, the selection handler should be called
+    // synchronously, as the selection is automatically taken away once the
+    // mouse cursor doesn't touch the object any more. Else, we might run into
+    // missing calls to Select if the object is selected from a mouse movement,
+    // because when starting the timer, the mouse cursor might have already left
+    // the object.
+    // In special cases (=>SfxFileDialog!), synchronous calls can be forced via
+    // WB_NOASYNCSELECTHDL.
+    if( nWinBits & (WB_NOASYNCSELECTHDL | WB_HIGHLIGHTFRAME) )
+    {
+        pHdlEntry = nullptr;
+        pView->ClickIcon();
+        //pView->Select();
+    }
+    else
+        aCallSelectHdlIdle.Start();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl, CallSelectHdlHdl, Timer *, void)
+{
+    pHdlEntry = nullptr;
+    pView->ClickIcon();
+    //pView->Select();
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::SetOrigin( const Point& rPos )
+{
+    MapMode aMapMode( pView->GetMapMode() );
+    aMapMode.SetOrigin( rPos );
+    pView->SetMapMode( aMapMode );
+}
+
+void SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::CallEventListeners( VclEventId nEvent, void* pData )
+{
+    pView->CallImplEventListeners( nEvent, pData );
+}
+
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/imivctl2.cxx b/vcl/source/control/imivctl2.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b0d2d8adb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/imivctl2.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,715 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include "imivctl.hxx"
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+
+IcnCursor_Impl::IcnCursor_Impl( SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl* pOwner )
+{
+    pView       = pOwner;
+    pCurEntry   = nullptr;
+    nDeltaWidth = 0;
+    nDeltaHeight= 0;
+    nCols       = 0;
+    nRows       = 0;
+}
+
+IcnCursor_Impl::~IcnCursor_Impl()
+{
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 IcnCursor_Impl::GetSortListPos( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec& rList, tools::Long nValue,
+    bool bVertical )
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nCount = rList.size();
+    if( !nCount )
+        return 0;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nCurPos = 0;
+    tools::Long nPrevValue = LONG_MIN;
+    while( nCount )
+    {
+        const tools::Rectangle& rRect = pView->GetEntryBoundRect( rList[nCurPos] );
+        tools::Long nCurValue;
+        if( bVertical )
+            nCurValue = rRect.Top();
+        else
+            nCurValue = rRect.Left();
+        if( nValue >= nPrevValue && nValue <= nCurValue )
+            return nCurPos;
+        nPrevValue = nCurValue;
+        nCount--;
+        nCurPos++;
+    }
+    return rList.size();
+}
+
+void IcnCursor_Impl::ImplCreate()
+{
+    pView->CheckBoundingRects();
+    DBG_ASSERT(xColumns==nullptr&&xRows==nullptr,"ImplCreate: Not cleared");
+
+    SetDeltas();
+
+    xColumns.reset(new IconChoiceMap);
+    xRows.reset(new IconChoiceMap);
+
+    size_t nCount = pView->maEntries.size();
+    for( size_t nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = pView->maEntries[ nCur ].get();
+        // const Rectangle& rRect = pView->GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry );
+        tools::Rectangle rRect( pView->CalcBmpRect( pEntry ) );
+        short nY = static_cast<short>( ((rRect.Top()+rRect.Bottom())/2) / nDeltaHeight );
+        short nX = static_cast<short>( ((rRect.Left()+rRect.Right())/2) / nDeltaWidth );
+
+        // capture rounding errors
+        if( nY >= nRows )
+            nY = sal::static_int_cast< short >(nRows - 1);
+        if( nX >= nCols )
+            nX = sal::static_int_cast< short >(nCols - 1);
+
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec& rColEntry = (*xColumns)[nX];
+        sal_uInt16 nIns = GetSortListPos( rColEntry, rRect.Top(), true );
+        rColEntry.insert( rColEntry.begin() + nIns, pEntry );
+
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec& rRowEntry = (*xRows)[nY];
+        nIns = GetSortListPos( rRowEntry, rRect.Left(), false );
+        rRowEntry.insert( rRowEntry.begin() + nIns, pEntry );
+
+        pEntry->nX = nX;
+        pEntry->nY = nY;
+    }
+}
+
+
+void IcnCursor_Impl::Clear()
+{
+    if( xColumns )
+    {
+        xColumns.reset();
+        xRows.reset();
+        pCurEntry = nullptr;
+        nDeltaWidth = 0;
+        nDeltaHeight = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* IcnCursor_Impl::SearchCol(sal_uInt16 nCol, sal_uInt16 nTop, sal_uInt16 nBottom,
+    bool bDown, bool bSimple )
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(pCurEntry, "SearchCol: No reference entry");
+    IconChoiceMap::iterator mapIt = xColumns->find( nCol );
+    if ( mapIt == xColumns->end() )
+        return nullptr;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec const & rList = mapIt->second;
+    const sal_uInt16 nCount = rList.size();
+    if( !nCount )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    const tools::Rectangle& rRefRect = pView->GetEntryBoundRect(pCurEntry);
+
+    if( bSimple )
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec::const_iterator it = std::find( rList.begin(), rList.end(), pCurEntry );
+
+        assert(it != rList.end()); //Entry not in Col-List
+        if (it == rList.end())
+            return nullptr;
+
+        if( bDown )
+        {
+            while( ++it != rList.end() )
+            {
+                SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = *it;
+                const tools::Rectangle& rRect = pView->GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry );
+                if( rRect.Top() > rRefRect.Top() )
+                    return pEntry;
+            }
+            return nullptr;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec::const_reverse_iterator it2(it);
+            while (it2 != rList.rend())
+            {
+                SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = *it2;
+                const tools::Rectangle& rRect = pView->GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry );
+                if( rRect.Top() < rRefRect.Top() )
+                    return pEntry;
+                ++it2;
+            }
+            return nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( nTop > nBottom )
+        std::swap(nTop, nBottom);
+
+    tools::Long nMinDistance = LONG_MAX;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pResult = nullptr;
+    for( sal_uInt16 nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = rList[ nCur ];
+        if( pEntry != pCurEntry )
+        {
+            sal_uInt16 nY = pEntry->nY;
+            if( nY >= nTop && nY <= nBottom )
+            {
+                const tools::Rectangle& rRect = pView->GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry );
+                tools::Long nDistance = rRect.Top() - rRefRect.Top();
+                if( nDistance < 0 )
+                    nDistance *= -1;
+                if( nDistance && nDistance < nMinDistance )
+                {
+                    nMinDistance = nDistance;
+                    pResult = pEntry;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return pResult;
+}
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* IcnCursor_Impl::SearchRow(sal_uInt16 nRow, sal_uInt16 nLeft, sal_uInt16 nRight,
+    bool bRight, bool bSimple )
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(pCurEntry,"SearchRow: No reference entry");
+    IconChoiceMap::iterator mapIt = xRows->find( nRow );
+    if ( mapIt == xRows->end() )
+        return nullptr;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec const & rList = mapIt->second;
+    const sal_uInt16 nCount = rList.size();
+    if( !nCount )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    const tools::Rectangle& rRefRect = pView->GetEntryBoundRect(pCurEntry);
+
+    if( bSimple )
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec::const_iterator it = std::find( rList.begin(), rList.end(), pCurEntry );
+
+        assert(it != rList.end()); //Entry not in Row-List
+        if (it == rList.end())
+            return nullptr;
+
+        if( bRight )
+        {
+            while( ++it != rList.end() )
+            {
+                SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = *it;
+                const tools::Rectangle& rRect = pView->GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry );
+                if( rRect.Left() > rRefRect.Left() )
+                    return pEntry;
+            }
+            return nullptr;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntryPtrVec::const_reverse_iterator it2(it);
+            while (it2 != rList.rend())
+            {
+                SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = *it2;
+                const tools::Rectangle& rRect = pView->GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry );
+                if( rRect.Left() < rRefRect.Left() )
+                    return pEntry;
+                ++it2;
+            }
+            return nullptr;
+        }
+
+    }
+    if( nRight < nLeft )
+        std::swap(nRight, nLeft);
+
+    tools::Long nMinDistance = LONG_MAX;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pResult = nullptr;
+    for( sal_uInt16 nCur = 0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = rList[ nCur ];
+        if( pEntry != pCurEntry )
+        {
+            sal_uInt16 nX = pEntry->nX;
+            if( nX >= nLeft && nX <= nRight )
+            {
+                const tools::Rectangle& rRect = pView->GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry );
+                tools::Long nDistance = rRect.Left() - rRefRect.Left();
+                if( nDistance < 0 )
+                    nDistance *= -1;
+                if( nDistance && nDistance < nMinDistance )
+                {
+                    nMinDistance = nDistance;
+                    pResult = pEntry;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return pResult;
+}
+
+
+/*
+    Searches, starting from the passed value, the next entry to the left/to the
+    right. Example for bRight = sal_True:
+
+                  c
+                b c
+              a b c
+            S 1 1 1      ====> search direction
+              a b c
+                b c
+                  c
+
+    S : starting position
+    1 : first searched rectangle
+    a,b,c : 2nd, 3rd, 4th searched rectangle
+*/
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* IcnCursor_Impl::GoLeftRight( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pCtrlEntry, bool bRight )
+{
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pResult;
+    pCurEntry = pCtrlEntry;
+    Create();
+    sal_uInt16 nY = pCtrlEntry->nY;
+    sal_uInt16 nX = pCtrlEntry->nX;
+    DBG_ASSERT(nY< nRows,"GoLeftRight:Bad column");
+    DBG_ASSERT(nX< nCols,"GoLeftRight:Bad row");
+    // neighbor in same row?
+    if( bRight )
+        pResult = SearchRow(
+            nY, nX, sal::static_int_cast< sal_uInt16 >(nCols-1), true, true );
+    else
+        pResult = SearchRow( nY, 0, nX, false, true );
+    if( pResult )
+        return pResult;
+
+    tools::Long nCurCol = nX;
+
+    tools::Long nColOffs, nLastCol;
+    if( bRight )
+    {
+        nColOffs = 1;
+        nLastCol = nCols;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        nColOffs = -1;
+        nLastCol = -1;   // 0-1
+    }
+
+    sal_uInt16 nRowMin = nY;
+    sal_uInt16 nRowMax = nY;
+    do
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = SearchCol(static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nCurCol), nRowMin, nRowMax, true, false);
+        if( pEntry )
+            return pEntry;
+        if( nRowMin )
+            nRowMin--;
+        if( nRowMax < (nRows-1))
+            nRowMax++;
+        nCurCol += nColOffs;
+    } while( nCurCol != nLastCol );
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* IcnCursor_Impl::GoPageUpDown( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pStart, bool bDown)
+{
+    if( pView->IsAutoArrange() && !(pView->nWinBits & WB_ALIGN_TOP) )
+    {
+        const tools::Long nPos = static_cast<tools::Long>(pView->GetEntryListPos( pStart ));
+        tools::Long nEntriesInView = pView->aOutputSize.Height() / pView->nGridDY;
+        nEntriesInView *=
+            ((pView->aOutputSize.Width()+(pView->nGridDX/2)) / pView->nGridDX );
+        tools::Long nNewPos = nPos;
+        if( bDown )
+        {
+            nNewPos += nEntriesInView;
+            if( nNewPos >= static_cast<tools::Long>(pView->maEntries.size()) )
+                nNewPos = pView->maEntries.size() - 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            nNewPos -= nEntriesInView;
+            if( nNewPos < 0 )
+                nNewPos = 0;
+        }
+        if( nPos != nNewPos )
+            return pView->maEntries[ static_cast<size_t>(nNewPos) ].get();
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+    tools::Long nOpt = pView->GetEntryBoundRect( pStart ).Top();
+    if( bDown )
+    {
+        nOpt += pView->aOutputSize.Height();
+        nOpt -= pView->nGridDY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        nOpt -= pView->aOutputSize.Height();
+        nOpt += pView->nGridDY;
+    }
+    if( nOpt < 0 )
+        nOpt = 0;
+
+    tools::Long nPrevErr = LONG_MAX;
+
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pPrev = pStart;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pNext = GoUpDown( pStart, bDown );
+    while( pNext )
+    {
+        tools::Long nCur = pView->GetEntryBoundRect( pNext ).Top();
+        tools::Long nErr = nOpt - nCur;
+        if( nErr < 0 )
+            nErr *= -1;
+        if( nErr > nPrevErr )
+            return pPrev;
+        nPrevErr = nErr;
+        pPrev = pNext;
+        pNext = GoUpDown( pNext, bDown );
+    }
+    if( pPrev != pStart )
+        return pPrev;
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* IcnCursor_Impl::GoUpDown( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pCtrlEntry, bool bDown)
+{
+    if( pView->IsAutoArrange() && !(pView->nWinBits & WB_ALIGN_TOP) )
+    {
+        sal_uLong nPos = pView->GetEntryListPos( pCtrlEntry );
+        if( bDown && nPos < (pView->maEntries.size() - 1) )
+            return pView->maEntries[ nPos + 1 ].get();
+        else if( !bDown && nPos > 0 )
+            return pView->maEntries[ nPos - 1 ].get();
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pResult;
+    pCurEntry = pCtrlEntry;
+    Create();
+    sal_uInt16 nY = pCtrlEntry->nY;
+    sal_uInt16 nX = pCtrlEntry->nX;
+    DBG_ASSERT(nY<nRows,"GoUpDown:Bad column");
+    DBG_ASSERT(nX<nCols,"GoUpDown:Bad row");
+
+    // neighbor in same column?
+    if( bDown )
+        pResult = SearchCol(
+            nX, nY, sal::static_int_cast< sal_uInt16 >(nRows-1), true, true );
+    else
+        pResult = SearchCol( nX, 0, nY, false, true );
+    if( pResult )
+        return pResult;
+
+    tools::Long nCurRow = nY;
+
+    tools::Long nRowOffs, nLastRow;
+    if( bDown )
+    {
+        nRowOffs = 1;
+        nLastRow = nRows;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        nRowOffs = -1;
+        nLastRow = -1;   // 0-1
+    }
+
+    sal_uInt16 nColMin = nX;
+    sal_uInt16 nColMax = nX;
+    do
+    {
+        SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = SearchRow(static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nCurRow), nColMin, nColMax, true, false);
+        if( pEntry )
+            return pEntry;
+        if( nColMin )
+            nColMin--;
+        if( nColMax < (nCols-1))
+            nColMax++;
+        nCurRow += nRowOffs;
+    } while( nCurRow != nLastRow );
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+void IcnCursor_Impl::SetDeltas()
+{
+    const Size& rSize = pView->aVirtOutputSize;
+    nCols = rSize.Width() / pView->nGridDX;
+    if( !nCols )
+        nCols = 1;
+    nRows = rSize.Height() / pView->nGridDY;
+    if( (nRows * pView->nGridDY) < rSize.Height() )
+        nRows++;
+    if( !nRows )
+        nRows = 1;
+
+    nDeltaWidth = static_cast<short>(rSize.Width() / nCols);
+    nDeltaHeight = static_cast<short>(rSize.Height() / nRows);
+    if( !nDeltaHeight )
+    {
+        nDeltaHeight = 1;
+        SAL_INFO("vcl", "SetDeltas:Bad height");
+    }
+    if( !nDeltaWidth )
+    {
+        nDeltaWidth = 1;
+        SAL_INFO("vcl", "SetDeltas:Bad width");
+    }
+}
+
+IcnGridMap_Impl::IcnGridMap_Impl(SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl* pView)
+ : _pView(pView), _nGridCols(0), _nGridRows(0)
+{
+}
+
+IcnGridMap_Impl::~IcnGridMap_Impl()
+{
+}
+
+void IcnGridMap_Impl::Expand()
+{
+    if( !_pGridMap )
+        Create_Impl();
+    else
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nNewGridRows = _nGridRows;
+        sal_uInt16 nNewGridCols = _nGridCols;
+        if( _pView->nWinBits & WB_ALIGN_TOP )
+            nNewGridRows += 50;
+        else
+            nNewGridCols += 50;
+
+        size_t nNewCellCount = static_cast<size_t>(nNewGridRows) * nNewGridCols;
+        bool* pNewGridMap = new bool[nNewCellCount];
+        size_t nOldCellCount = static_cast<size_t>(_nGridRows) * _nGridCols;
+        memcpy(pNewGridMap, _pGridMap.get(), nOldCellCount * sizeof(bool));
+        memset(pNewGridMap + nOldCellCount, 0, (nNewCellCount-nOldCellCount) * sizeof(bool));
+        _pGridMap.reset( pNewGridMap );
+        _nGridRows = nNewGridRows;
+        _nGridCols = nNewGridCols;
+    }
+}
+
+void IcnGridMap_Impl::Create_Impl()
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(!_pGridMap,"Unnecessary call to IcnGridMap_Impl::Create_Impl()");
+    if( _pGridMap )
+        return;
+    GetMinMapSize( _nGridCols, _nGridRows );
+    if( _pView->nWinBits & WB_ALIGN_TOP )
+        _nGridRows += 50;  // avoid resize of gridmap too often
+    else
+        _nGridCols += 50;
+
+    size_t nCellCount = static_cast<size_t>(_nGridRows) * _nGridCols;
+    _pGridMap.reset( new bool[nCellCount] );
+    memset(_pGridMap.get(), 0, nCellCount * sizeof(bool));
+
+    const size_t nCount = _pView->maEntries.size();
+    for( size_t nCur=0; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+        OccupyGrids( _pView->maEntries[ nCur ].get() );
+}
+
+void IcnGridMap_Impl::GetMinMapSize( sal_uInt16& rDX, sal_uInt16& rDY ) const
+{
+    tools::Long nX, nY;
+    if( _pView->nWinBits & WB_ALIGN_TOP )
+    {
+        // The view grows in vertical direction. Its max. width is _pView->nMaxVirtWidth
+        nX = _pView->nMaxVirtWidth;
+        if( !nX )
+            nX = _pView->pView->GetOutputSizePixel().Width();
+        if( !(_pView->nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::Arranging) )
+            nX -= _pView->nVerSBarWidth;
+
+        nY = _pView->aVirtOutputSize.Height();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // The view grows in horizontal direction. Its max. height is _pView->nMaxVirtHeight
+        nY = _pView->nMaxVirtHeight;
+        if( !nY )
+            nY = _pView->pView->GetOutputSizePixel().Height();
+        if( !(_pView->nFlags & IconChoiceFlags::Arranging) )
+            nY -= _pView->nHorSBarHeight;
+        nX = _pView->aVirtOutputSize.Width();
+    }
+
+    if( !nX )
+        nX = DEFAULT_MAX_VIRT_WIDTH;
+    if( !nY )
+        nY = DEFAULT_MAX_VIRT_HEIGHT;
+
+    tools::Long nDX = nX / _pView->nGridDX;
+    tools::Long nDY = nY / _pView->nGridDY;
+
+    if( !nDX )
+        nDX++;
+    if( !nDY )
+        nDY++;
+
+    rDX = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nDX);
+    rDY = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nDY);
+}
+
+GridId IcnGridMap_Impl::GetGrid( sal_uInt16 nGridX, sal_uInt16 nGridY )
+{
+    Create();
+    if( _pView->nWinBits & WB_ALIGN_TOP )
+        return nGridX + ( static_cast<GridId>(nGridY) * _nGridCols );
+    else
+        return nGridY + ( static_cast<GridId>(nGridX) * _nGridRows );
+}
+
+GridId IcnGridMap_Impl::GetGrid( const Point& rDocPos )
+{
+    Create();
+
+    tools::Long nX = rDocPos.X();
+    tools::Long nY = rDocPos.Y();
+    nX -= LROFFS_WINBORDER;
+    nY -= TBOFFS_WINBORDER;
+    nX /= _pView->nGridDX;
+    nY /= _pView->nGridDY;
+    if( nX >= _nGridCols )
+    {
+        nX = _nGridCols - 1;
+    }
+    if( nY >= _nGridRows )
+    {
+        nY = _nGridRows - 1;
+    }
+    GridId nId = GetGrid( static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nX), static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nY) );
+    DBG_ASSERT(nId <o3tl::make_unsigned(_nGridCols*_nGridRows),"GetGrid failed");
+    return nId;
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle IcnGridMap_Impl::GetGridRect( GridId nId )
+{
+    Create();
+    sal_uInt16 nGridX, nGridY;
+    GetGridCoord( nId, nGridX, nGridY );
+    const tools::Long nLeft = nGridX * _pView->nGridDX+ LROFFS_WINBORDER;
+    const tools::Long nTop = nGridY * _pView->nGridDY + TBOFFS_WINBORDER;
+    return tools::Rectangle(
+        nLeft, nTop,
+        nLeft + _pView->nGridDX,
+        nTop + _pView->nGridDY );
+}
+
+GridId IcnGridMap_Impl::GetUnoccupiedGrid()
+{
+    Create();
+    sal_uLong nStart = 0;
+    bool bExpanded = false;
+
+    while( true )
+    {
+        const sal_uLong nCount = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(_nGridCols * _nGridRows);
+        for( sal_uLong nCur = nStart; nCur < nCount; nCur++ )
+        {
+            if( !_pGridMap[ nCur ] )
+            {
+                _pGridMap[ nCur ] = true;
+                return static_cast<GridId>(nCur);
+            }
+        }
+        DBG_ASSERT(!bExpanded,"ExpandGrid failed");
+        if( bExpanded )
+            return 0; // prevent never ending loop
+        bExpanded = true;
+        Expand();
+        nStart = nCount;
+    }
+}
+
+// An entry only means that there's a GridRect lying under its center. This
+// variant is much faster than allocating via the bounding rectangle but can
+// lead to small overlaps.
+void IcnGridMap_Impl::OccupyGrids( const SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry )
+{
+    if( !_pGridMap || !SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl::IsBoundingRectValid( pEntry->aRect ))
+        return;
+    OccupyGrid( GetGrid( pEntry->aRect.Center()) );
+}
+
+void IcnGridMap_Impl::Clear()
+{
+    if( _pGridMap )
+    {
+        _pGridMap.reset();
+        _nGridRows = 0;
+        _nGridCols = 0;
+        _aLastOccupiedGrid.SetEmpty();
+    }
+}
+
+sal_uLong IcnGridMap_Impl::GetGridCount( const Size& rSizePixel, sal_uInt16 nDX, sal_uInt16 nDY)
+{
+    tools::Long ndx = (rSizePixel.Width() - LROFFS_WINBORDER) / nDX;
+    if( ndx < 0 ) ndx *= -1;
+    tools::Long ndy = (rSizePixel.Height() - TBOFFS_WINBORDER) / nDY;
+    if( ndy < 0 ) ndy *= -1;
+    return static_cast<sal_uLong>(ndx * ndy);
+}
+
+void IcnGridMap_Impl::OutputSizeChanged()
+{
+    if( !_pGridMap )
+        return;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nCols, nRows;
+    GetMinMapSize( nCols, nRows );
+    if( _pView->nWinBits & WB_ALIGN_TOP )
+    {
+        if( nCols != _nGridCols )
+            Clear();
+        else if( nRows >= _nGridRows )
+            Expand();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if( nRows != _nGridRows )
+            Clear();
+        else if( nCols >= _nGridCols )
+            Expand();
+    }
+}
+
+// Independently of the view's alignment (TOP or LEFT), the gridmap
+// should contain the data in a continuous region, to make it possible
+// to copy the whole block if the gridmap needs to be expanded.
+void IcnGridMap_Impl::GetGridCoord( GridId nId, sal_uInt16& rGridX, sal_uInt16& rGridY )
+{
+    Create();
+    if( _pView->nWinBits & WB_ALIGN_TOP )
+    {
+        rGridX = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nId % _nGridCols);
+        rGridY = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nId / _nGridCols);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        rGridX = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nId / _nGridRows);
+        rGridY = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nId % _nGridRows);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/imp_listbox.cxx b/vcl/source/control/imp_listbox.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb4da51859
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/imp_listbox.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,3029 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <memory>
+
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/i18nhelp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/naturalsort.hxx>
+#include <vcl/vcllayout.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/lstbox.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/scrbar.hxx>
+
+#include <listbox.hxx>
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+#include <window.h>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/accessibility/AccessibleRole.hpp>
+
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/safeint.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/string_view.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <comphelper/string.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
+
+#include <limits>
+
+#define MULTILINE_ENTRY_DRAW_FLAGS ( DrawTextFlags::WordBreak | DrawTextFlags::MultiLine | DrawTextFlags::VCenter )
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+
+constexpr tools::Long gnBorder = 1;
+
+void ImplInitDropDownButton( PushButton* pButton )
+{
+    pButton->SetSymbol( SymbolType::SPIN_DOWN );
+
+    if ( pButton->IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire)
+            && ! pButton->IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::ButtonDown) )
+        pButton->SetBackground();
+}
+
+ImplEntryList::ImplEntryList( vcl::Window* pWindow )
+{
+    mpWindow = pWindow;
+    mnLastSelected = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    mnSelectionAnchor = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    mnImages = 0;
+    mbCallSelectionChangedHdl = true;
+
+    mnMRUCount = 0;
+    mnMaxMRUCount = 0;
+}
+
+ImplEntryList::~ImplEntryList()
+{
+    Clear();
+}
+
+void ImplEntryList::Clear()
+{
+    mnImages = 0;
+    maEntries.clear();
+}
+
+void ImplEntryList::dispose()
+{
+    Clear();
+    mpWindow.clear();
+}
+
+void ImplEntryList::SelectEntry( sal_Int32 nPos, bool bSelect )
+{
+    if (0 <= nPos && o3tl::make_unsigned(nPos) < maEntries.size())
+    {
+        std::vector<std::unique_ptr<ImplEntryType> >::iterator iter = maEntries.begin()+nPos;
+
+        if ( ( (*iter)->mbIsSelected != bSelect ) &&
+           ( ( (*iter)->mnFlags & ListBoxEntryFlags::DisableSelection) == ListBoxEntryFlags::NONE  ) )
+        {
+            (*iter)->mbIsSelected = bSelect;
+            if ( mbCallSelectionChangedHdl )
+                maSelectionChangedHdl.Call( nPos );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    comphelper::string::NaturalStringSorter& GetSorter()
+    {
+        static comphelper::string::NaturalStringSorter gSorter(
+                    ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext(),
+                    Application::GetSettings().GetLanguageTag().getLocale());
+        return gSorter;
+    };
+}
+
+namespace vcl
+{
+    sal_Int32 NaturalSortCompare(const OUString &rA, const OUString &rB)
+    {
+        const comphelper::string::NaturalStringSorter &rSorter = GetSorter();
+        return rSorter.compare(rA, rB);
+    }
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplEntryList::InsertEntry( sal_Int32 nPos, ImplEntryType* pNewEntry, bool bSort )
+{
+    assert(nPos >= 0);
+    assert(maEntries.size() < LISTBOX_MAX_ENTRIES);
+
+    if ( !!pNewEntry->maImage )
+        mnImages++;
+
+    sal_Int32 insPos = 0;
+    const sal_Int32 nEntriesSize = static_cast<sal_Int32>(maEntries.size());
+
+    if ( !bSort || maEntries.empty())
+    {
+        if (0 <= nPos && nPos < nEntriesSize)
+        {
+            insPos = nPos;
+            maEntries.insert( maEntries.begin() + nPos, std::unique_ptr<ImplEntryType>(pNewEntry) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            insPos = nEntriesSize;
+            maEntries.push_back(std::unique_ptr<ImplEntryType>(pNewEntry));
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const comphelper::string::NaturalStringSorter &rSorter = GetSorter();
+
+        const OUString& rStr = pNewEntry->maStr;
+
+        ImplEntryType* pTemp = GetEntry( nEntriesSize-1 );
+
+        try
+        {
+            sal_Int32 nComp = rSorter.compare(rStr, pTemp->maStr);
+
+            // fast insert for sorted data
+            if ( nComp >= 0 )
+            {
+                insPos = nEntriesSize;
+                maEntries.push_back(std::unique_ptr<ImplEntryType>(pNewEntry));
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                pTemp = GetEntry( mnMRUCount );
+
+                nComp = rSorter.compare(rStr, pTemp->maStr);
+                if ( nComp <= 0 )
+                {
+                    insPos = 0;
+                    maEntries.insert(maEntries.begin(), std::unique_ptr<ImplEntryType>(pNewEntry));
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    sal_uLong nLow = mnMRUCount;
+                    sal_uLong nHigh = maEntries.size()-1;
+                    sal_Int32 nMid;
+
+                    // binary search
+                    do
+                    {
+                        nMid = static_cast<sal_Int32>((nLow + nHigh) / 2);
+                        pTemp = GetEntry( nMid );
+
+                        nComp = rSorter.compare(rStr, pTemp->maStr);
+
+                        if ( nComp < 0 )
+                            nHigh = nMid-1;
+                        else
+                        {
+                            if ( nComp > 0 )
+                                nLow = nMid + 1;
+                            else
+                                break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    while ( nLow <= nHigh );
+
+                    if ( nComp >= 0 )
+                        nMid++;
+
+                    insPos = nMid;
+                    maEntries.insert(maEntries.begin()+nMid, std::unique_ptr<ImplEntryType>(pNewEntry));
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        catch (uno::RuntimeException& )
+        {
+            // XXX this is arguable, if the exception occurred because pNewEntry is
+            // garbage you wouldn't insert it. If the exception occurred because the
+            // Collator implementation is garbage then give the user a chance to see
+            // his stuff
+            insPos = 0;
+            maEntries.insert(maEntries.begin(), std::unique_ptr<ImplEntryType>(pNewEntry));
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    return insPos;
+}
+
+void ImplEntryList::RemoveEntry( sal_Int32 nPos )
+{
+    if (0 <= nPos && o3tl::make_unsigned(nPos) < maEntries.size())
+    {
+        std::vector<std::unique_ptr<ImplEntryType> >::iterator iter = maEntries.begin()+ nPos;
+
+        if ( !!(*iter)->maImage )
+            mnImages--;
+
+        maEntries.erase(iter);
+    }
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplEntryList::FindEntry( std::u16string_view rString, bool bSearchMRUArea ) const
+{
+    const sal_Int32 nEntries = static_cast<sal_Int32>(maEntries.size());
+    for ( sal_Int32 n = bSearchMRUArea ? 0 : GetMRUCount(); n < nEntries; n++ )
+    {
+        OUString aComp( vcl::I18nHelper::filterFormattingChars( maEntries[n]->maStr ) );
+        if ( aComp == rString )
+            return n;
+    }
+    return LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplEntryList::FindMatchingEntry( const OUString& rStr, sal_Int32 nStart, bool bLazy ) const
+{
+    sal_Int32  nPos = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    sal_Int32  nEntryCount = GetEntryCount();
+
+    const vcl::I18nHelper& rI18nHelper = mpWindow->GetSettings().GetLocaleI18nHelper();
+    for ( sal_Int32 n = nStart; n < nEntryCount; )
+    {
+        ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( n );
+        bool bMatch;
+        if ( bLazy  )
+        {
+            bMatch = rI18nHelper.MatchString( rStr, pImplEntry->maStr );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bMatch = pImplEntry->maStr.startsWith(rStr);
+        }
+        if ( bMatch )
+        {
+            nPos = n;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        n++;
+    }
+
+    return nPos;
+}
+
+tools::Long ImplEntryList::GetAddedHeight( sal_Int32 i_nEndIndex, sal_Int32 i_nBeginIndex ) const
+{
+    tools::Long nHeight = 0;
+    sal_Int32 nStart = std::min(i_nEndIndex, i_nBeginIndex);
+    sal_Int32 nStop  = std::max(i_nEndIndex, i_nBeginIndex);
+    sal_Int32 nEntryCount = GetEntryCount();
+    if( 0 <= nStop && nStop != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND && nEntryCount != 0 )
+    {
+        // sanity check
+        if( nStop > nEntryCount-1 )
+            nStop = nEntryCount-1;
+        if (nStart < 0)
+            nStart = 0;
+        else if( nStart > nEntryCount-1 )
+            nStart = nEntryCount-1;
+
+        sal_Int32 nIndex = nStart;
+        while( nIndex != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND && nIndex < nStop )
+        {
+            tools::Long nPosHeight = GetEntryPtr( nIndex )->getHeightWithMargin();
+            if (nHeight > ::std::numeric_limits<tools::Long>::max() - nPosHeight)
+            {
+                SAL_WARN( "vcl", "ImplEntryList::GetAddedHeight: truncated");
+                break;
+            }
+            nHeight += nPosHeight;
+            nIndex++;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        nHeight = 0;
+    return i_nEndIndex > i_nBeginIndex ? nHeight : -nHeight;
+}
+
+tools::Long ImplEntryList::GetEntryHeight( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( nPos );
+    return pImplEntry ? pImplEntry->getHeightWithMargin() : 0;
+}
+
+OUString ImplEntryList::GetEntryText( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    OUString aEntryText;
+    ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( nPos );
+    if ( pImplEntry )
+        aEntryText = pImplEntry->maStr;
+    return aEntryText;
+}
+
+bool ImplEntryList::HasEntryImage( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    bool bImage = false;
+    ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( nPos );
+    if ( pImplEntry )
+        bImage = !!pImplEntry->maImage;
+    return bImage;
+}
+
+Image ImplEntryList::GetEntryImage( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    Image aImage;
+    ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( nPos );
+    if ( pImplEntry )
+        aImage = pImplEntry->maImage;
+    return aImage;
+}
+
+void ImplEntryList::SetEntryData( sal_Int32 nPos, void* pNewData )
+{
+    ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( nPos );
+    if ( pImplEntry )
+        pImplEntry->mpUserData = pNewData;
+}
+
+void* ImplEntryList::GetEntryData( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( nPos );
+    return pImplEntry ? pImplEntry->mpUserData : nullptr;
+}
+
+void ImplEntryList::SetEntryFlags( sal_Int32 nPos, ListBoxEntryFlags nFlags )
+{
+    ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( nPos );
+    if ( pImplEntry )
+        pImplEntry->mnFlags = nFlags;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplEntryList::GetSelectedEntryCount() const
+{
+    sal_Int32 nSelCount = 0;
+    for ( sal_Int32 n = GetEntryCount(); n; )
+    {
+        ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( --n );
+        if ( pImplEntry->mbIsSelected )
+            nSelCount++;
+    }
+    return nSelCount;
+}
+
+OUString ImplEntryList::GetSelectedEntry( sal_Int32 nIndex ) const
+{
+    return GetEntryText( GetSelectedEntryPos( nIndex ) );
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplEntryList::GetSelectedEntryPos( sal_Int32 nIndex ) const
+{
+    sal_Int32 nSelEntryPos = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    sal_Int32 nSel = 0;
+    sal_Int32 nEntryCount = GetEntryCount();
+
+    for ( sal_Int32 n = 0; n < nEntryCount; n++ )
+    {
+        ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( n );
+        if ( pImplEntry->mbIsSelected )
+        {
+            if ( nSel == nIndex )
+            {
+                nSelEntryPos = n;
+                break;
+            }
+            nSel++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return nSelEntryPos;
+}
+
+bool ImplEntryList::IsEntryPosSelected( sal_Int32 nIndex ) const
+{
+    ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( nIndex );
+    return pImplEntry && pImplEntry->mbIsSelected;
+}
+
+bool ImplEntryList::IsEntrySelectable( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    ImplEntryType* pImplEntry = GetEntry( nPos );
+    return pImplEntry == nullptr || ((pImplEntry->mnFlags & ListBoxEntryFlags::DisableSelection) == ListBoxEntryFlags::NONE);
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplEntryList::FindFirstSelectable( sal_Int32 nPos, bool bForward /* = true */ ) const
+{
+    if( IsEntrySelectable( nPos ) )
+        return nPos;
+
+    if( bForward )
+    {
+        for( nPos = nPos + 1; nPos < GetEntryCount(); nPos++ )
+        {
+            if( IsEntrySelectable( nPos ) )
+                return nPos;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        while( nPos )
+        {
+            nPos--;
+            if( IsEntrySelectable( nPos ) )
+                return nPos;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+}
+
+ImplListBoxWindow::ImplListBoxWindow( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle ) :
+    Control( pParent, 0 ),
+    maEntryList( this ),
+    maQuickSelectionEngine( *this )
+{
+
+    mnTop               = 0;
+    mnLeft              = 0;
+    mnSelectModifier    = 0;
+    mnUserDrawEntry     = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    mbTrack             = false;
+    mbTravelSelect      = false;
+    mbTrackingSelect    = false;
+    mbSelectionChanged  = false;
+    mbMouseMoveSelect   = false;
+    mbMulti             = false;
+    mbGrabFocus         = false;
+    mbUserDrawEnabled   = false;
+    mbInUserDraw        = false;
+    mbReadOnly          = false;
+    mbHasFocusRect      = false;
+    mbRight             = ( nWinStyle & WB_RIGHT );
+    mbCenter            = ( nWinStyle & WB_CENTER );
+    mbSimpleMode        = ( nWinStyle & WB_SIMPLEMODE );
+    mbSort              = ( nWinStyle & WB_SORT );
+    mbIsDropdown        = ( nWinStyle & WB_DROPDOWN );
+    mbEdgeBlending      = false;
+
+    mnCurrentPos            = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    mnTrackingSaveSelection = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+
+    GetOutDev()->SetLineColor();
+    SetTextFillColor();
+    SetBackground( Wallpaper( GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetFieldColor() ) );
+
+    ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+    ImplCalcMetrics();
+}
+
+ImplListBoxWindow::~ImplListBoxWindow()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::dispose()
+{
+    maEntryList.dispose();
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+    ApplyControlFont(rRenderContext, rStyleSettings.GetFieldFont());
+    ApplyControlForeground(rRenderContext, rStyleSettings.GetListBoxWindowTextColor());
+
+    if (IsControlBackground())
+        rRenderContext.SetBackground(GetControlBackground());
+    else
+        rRenderContext.SetBackground(rStyleSettings.GetListBoxWindowBackgroundColor());
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::ImplCalcMetrics()
+{
+    mnMaxWidth      = 0;
+    mnMaxTxtWidth   = 0;
+    mnMaxImgWidth   = 0;
+    mnMaxImgTxtWidth= 0;
+    mnMaxImgHeight  = 0;
+
+    mnTextHeight = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(GetTextHeight());
+    mnMaxTxtHeight = mnTextHeight + gnBorder;
+    mnMaxHeight = mnMaxTxtHeight;
+
+    if ( maUserItemSize.Height() > mnMaxHeight )
+        mnMaxHeight = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(maUserItemSize.Height());
+    if ( maUserItemSize.Width() > mnMaxWidth )
+        mnMaxWidth= static_cast<sal_uInt16>(maUserItemSize.Width());
+
+    for ( sal_Int32 n = maEntryList.GetEntryCount(); n; )
+    {
+        ImplEntryType* pEntry = maEntryList.GetMutableEntryPtr( --n );
+        ImplUpdateEntryMetrics( *pEntry );
+    }
+
+    if( mnCurrentPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+    {
+        Size aSz( GetOutputSizePixel().Width(), maEntryList.GetEntryPtr( mnCurrentPos )->getHeightWithMargin() );
+        maFocusRect.SetSize( aSz );
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::Clear()
+{
+    maEntryList.Clear();
+
+    mnMaxHeight     = mnMaxTxtHeight;
+    mnMaxWidth      = 0;
+    mnMaxTxtWidth   = 0;
+    mnMaxImgTxtWidth= 0;
+    mnMaxImgWidth   = 0;
+    mnMaxImgHeight  = 0;
+    mnTop           = 0;
+    mnLeft          = 0;
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+
+    mnCurrentPos = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::SetUserItemSize( const Size& rSz )
+{
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+    maUserItemSize = rSz;
+    ImplCalcMetrics();
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+struct ImplEntryMetrics
+{
+    bool    bText;
+    bool    bImage;
+    tools::Long    nEntryWidth;
+    tools::Long    nEntryHeight;
+    tools::Long    nTextWidth;
+    tools::Long    nImgWidth;
+    tools::Long    nImgHeight;
+};
+
+}
+
+tools::Long ImplEntryType::getHeightWithMargin() const
+{
+    return mnHeight + ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mnListBoxEntryMargin;
+}
+
+SalLayoutGlyphs* ImplEntryType::GetTextGlyphs(const OutputDevice* pOutputDevice)
+{
+    if (maStrGlyphs.IsValid())
+        // Use pre-calculated result.
+        return &maStrGlyphs;
+
+    std::unique_ptr<SalLayout> pLayout = pOutputDevice->ImplLayout(
+        maStr, 0, maStr.getLength(), Point(0, 0), 0, {}, {}, SalLayoutFlags::GlyphItemsOnly);
+    if (!pLayout)
+        return nullptr;
+
+    // Remember the calculation result.
+    maStrGlyphs = pLayout->GetGlyphs();
+
+    return &maStrGlyphs;
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::ImplUpdateEntryMetrics( ImplEntryType& rEntry )
+{
+    ImplEntryMetrics aMetrics;
+    aMetrics.bText = !rEntry.maStr.isEmpty();
+    aMetrics.bImage = !!rEntry.maImage;
+    aMetrics.nEntryWidth = 0;
+    aMetrics.nEntryHeight = 0;
+    aMetrics.nTextWidth = 0;
+    aMetrics.nImgWidth = 0;
+    aMetrics.nImgHeight = 0;
+
+    if ( aMetrics.bText )
+    {
+        if( rEntry.mnFlags & ListBoxEntryFlags::MultiLine )
+        {
+            // multiline case
+            Size aCurSize( PixelToLogic( GetSizePixel() ) );
+            // set the current size to a large number
+            // GetTextRect should shrink it to the actual size
+            aCurSize.setHeight( 0x7fffff );
+            tools::Rectangle aTextRect( Point( 0, 0 ), aCurSize );
+            aTextRect = GetTextRect( aTextRect, rEntry.maStr, DrawTextFlags::WordBreak | DrawTextFlags::MultiLine );
+            aMetrics.nTextWidth = aTextRect.GetWidth();
+            if( aMetrics.nTextWidth > mnMaxTxtWidth )
+                mnMaxTxtWidth = aMetrics.nTextWidth;
+            aMetrics.nEntryWidth = mnMaxTxtWidth;
+            aMetrics.nEntryHeight = aTextRect.GetHeight() + gnBorder;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // normal single line case
+            const SalLayoutGlyphs* pGlyphs = rEntry.GetTextGlyphs(GetOutDev());
+            aMetrics.nTextWidth
+                = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(GetTextWidth(rEntry.maStr, 0, -1, nullptr, pGlyphs));
+            if( aMetrics.nTextWidth > mnMaxTxtWidth )
+                mnMaxTxtWidth = aMetrics.nTextWidth;
+            aMetrics.nEntryWidth = mnMaxTxtWidth;
+            aMetrics.nEntryHeight = mnTextHeight + gnBorder;
+        }
+    }
+    if ( aMetrics.bImage )
+    {
+        Size aImgSz = rEntry.maImage.GetSizePixel();
+        aMetrics.nImgWidth  = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(CalcZoom( aImgSz.Width() ));
+        aMetrics.nImgHeight = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(CalcZoom( aImgSz.Height() ));
+
+        if( aMetrics.nImgWidth > mnMaxImgWidth )
+            mnMaxImgWidth = aMetrics.nImgWidth;
+        if( aMetrics.nImgHeight > mnMaxImgHeight )
+            mnMaxImgHeight = aMetrics.nImgHeight;
+
+        mnMaxImgTxtWidth = std::max( mnMaxImgTxtWidth, aMetrics.nTextWidth );
+        aMetrics.nEntryHeight = std::max( aMetrics.nImgHeight, aMetrics.nEntryHeight );
+
+    }
+
+    bool bIsUserDrawEnabled = IsUserDrawEnabled();
+    if (bIsUserDrawEnabled || aMetrics.bImage)
+    {
+        aMetrics.nEntryWidth = std::max( aMetrics.nImgWidth, maUserItemSize.Width() );
+        if (!bIsUserDrawEnabled && aMetrics.bText)
+            aMetrics.nEntryWidth += aMetrics.nTextWidth + IMG_TXT_DISTANCE;
+        aMetrics.nEntryHeight = std::max( std::max( mnMaxImgHeight, maUserItemSize.Height() ) + 2,
+                                     aMetrics.nEntryHeight );
+    }
+
+    if (!aMetrics.bText && !aMetrics.bImage && !bIsUserDrawEnabled)
+    {
+        // entries which have no (aka an empty) text, and no image,
+        // and are not user-drawn, should be shown nonetheless
+        aMetrics.nEntryHeight = mnTextHeight + gnBorder;
+    }
+
+    if ( aMetrics.nEntryWidth > mnMaxWidth )
+        mnMaxWidth = aMetrics.nEntryWidth;
+    if ( aMetrics.nEntryHeight > mnMaxHeight )
+        mnMaxHeight = aMetrics.nEntryHeight;
+
+    rEntry.mnHeight = aMetrics.nEntryHeight;
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::ImplCallSelect()
+{
+    if ( !IsTravelSelect() && GetEntryList().GetMaxMRUCount() )
+    {
+        // Insert the selected entry as MRU, if not already first MRU
+        sal_Int32 nSelected = GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 );
+        sal_Int32 nMRUCount = GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+        OUString aSelected = GetEntryList().GetEntryText( nSelected );
+        sal_Int32 nFirstMatchingEntryPos = GetEntryList().FindEntry( aSelected, true );
+        if ( nFirstMatchingEntryPos || !nMRUCount )
+        {
+            bool bSelectNewEntry = false;
+            if ( nFirstMatchingEntryPos < nMRUCount )
+            {
+                RemoveEntry( nFirstMatchingEntryPos );
+                nMRUCount--;
+                if ( nFirstMatchingEntryPos == nSelected )
+                    bSelectNewEntry = true;
+            }
+            else if ( nMRUCount == GetEntryList().GetMaxMRUCount() )
+            {
+                RemoveEntry( nMRUCount - 1 );
+                nMRUCount--;
+            }
+
+            ImplClearLayoutData();
+
+            ImplEntryType* pNewEntry = new ImplEntryType( aSelected );
+            pNewEntry->mbIsSelected = bSelectNewEntry;
+            GetEntryList().InsertEntry( 0, pNewEntry, false );
+            ImplUpdateEntryMetrics( *pNewEntry );
+            GetEntryList().SetMRUCount( ++nMRUCount );
+            SetSeparatorPos( nMRUCount ? nMRUCount-1 : 0 );
+            maMRUChangedHdl.Call( nullptr );
+        }
+    }
+
+    maSelectHdl.Call( nullptr );
+    mbSelectionChanged = false;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplListBoxWindow::InsertEntry(sal_Int32 nPos, ImplEntryType* pNewEntry, bool bSort)
+{
+    assert(nPos >= 0);
+    assert(maEntryList.GetEntryCount() < LISTBOX_MAX_ENTRIES);
+
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+    sal_Int32 nNewPos = maEntryList.InsertEntry( nPos, pNewEntry, bSort );
+
+    if( GetStyle() & WB_WORDBREAK )
+        pNewEntry->mnFlags |= ListBoxEntryFlags::MultiLine;
+
+    ImplUpdateEntryMetrics( *pNewEntry );
+    return nNewPos;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplListBoxWindow::InsertEntry( sal_Int32 nPos, ImplEntryType* pNewEntry )
+{
+    return InsertEntry(nPos, pNewEntry, mbSort);
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::RemoveEntry( sal_Int32 nPos )
+{
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+    maEntryList.RemoveEntry( nPos );
+    if( mnCurrentPos >= maEntryList.GetEntryCount() )
+        mnCurrentPos = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    ImplCalcMetrics();
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::SetEntryFlags( sal_Int32 nPos, ListBoxEntryFlags nFlags )
+{
+    maEntryList.SetEntryFlags( nPos, nFlags );
+    ImplEntryType* pEntry = maEntryList.GetMutableEntryPtr( nPos );
+    if( pEntry )
+        ImplUpdateEntryMetrics( *pEntry );
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::ImplShowFocusRect()
+{
+    if ( mbHasFocusRect )
+        HideFocus();
+    ShowFocus( maFocusRect );
+    mbHasFocusRect = true;
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::ImplHideFocusRect()
+{
+    if ( mbHasFocusRect )
+    {
+        HideFocus();
+        mbHasFocusRect = false;
+    }
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplListBoxWindow::GetEntryPosForPoint( const Point& rPoint ) const
+{
+    tools::Long nY = gnBorder;
+
+    sal_Int32 nSelect = mnTop;
+    const ImplEntryType* pEntry = maEntryList.GetEntryPtr( nSelect );
+    while (pEntry)
+    {
+        tools::Long nEntryHeight = pEntry->getHeightWithMargin();
+        if (rPoint.Y() <= nEntryHeight + nY)
+            break;
+        nY += nEntryHeight;
+        pEntry = maEntryList.GetEntryPtr( ++nSelect );
+    }
+    if( pEntry == nullptr )
+        nSelect = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+
+    return nSelect;
+}
+
+bool ImplListBoxWindow::IsVisible( sal_Int32 i_nEntry ) const
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+
+    if( i_nEntry >= mnTop )
+    {
+        if( maEntryList.GetAddedHeight( i_nEntry, mnTop ) <
+            PixelToLogic( GetSizePixel() ).Height() )
+        {
+            bRet = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+tools::Long ImplListBoxWindow::GetEntryHeightWithMargin() const
+{
+    tools::Long nMargin = ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mnListBoxEntryMargin;
+    return mnMaxHeight + nMargin;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplListBoxWindow::GetLastVisibleEntry() const
+{
+    sal_Int32 nPos = mnTop;
+    tools::Long nWindowHeight = GetSizePixel().Height();
+    sal_Int32 nCount = maEntryList.GetEntryCount();
+    tools::Long nDiff;
+    for( nDiff = 0; nDiff < nWindowHeight && nPos < nCount; nDiff = maEntryList.GetAddedHeight( nPos, mnTop ) )
+        nPos++;
+
+    if( nDiff > nWindowHeight && nPos > mnTop )
+        nPos--;
+
+    if( nPos >= nCount )
+        nPos = nCount-1;
+
+    return nPos;
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    mbMouseMoveSelect = false;  // only till the first MouseButtonDown
+    maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+
+    if ( !IsReadOnly() )
+    {
+        if( rMEvt.GetClicks() == 1 )
+        {
+            sal_Int32 nSelect = GetEntryPosForPoint( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() );
+            if( nSelect != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+            {
+                if ( !mbMulti && GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryCount() )
+                    mnTrackingSaveSelection = GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 );
+                else
+                    mnTrackingSaveSelection = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+
+                mnCurrentPos = nSelect;
+                mbTrackingSelect = true;
+                bool bCurPosChange = (mnCurrentPos != nSelect);
+                (void)SelectEntries( nSelect, LET_MBDOWN, rMEvt.IsShift(), rMEvt.IsMod1() ,bCurPosChange);
+                mbTrackingSelect = false;
+                if ( mbGrabFocus )
+                    GrabFocus();
+
+                StartTracking( StartTrackingFlags::ScrollRepeat );
+            }
+        }
+        if( rMEvt.GetClicks() == 2 )
+        {
+            maDoubleClickHdl.Call( this );
+        }
+    }
+    else // if ( mbGrabFocus )
+    {
+        GrabFocus();
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if (rMEvt.IsLeaveWindow() || mbMulti || !IsMouseMoveSelect() || !maEntryList.GetEntryCount())
+        return;
+
+    tools::Rectangle aRect( Point(), GetOutputSizePixel() );
+    if( !aRect.Contains( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() ) )
+        return;
+
+    if ( IsMouseMoveSelect() )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nSelect = GetEntryPosForPoint( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() );
+        if( nSelect == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+            nSelect = maEntryList.GetEntryCount() - 1;
+        nSelect = std::min( nSelect, GetLastVisibleEntry() );
+        nSelect = std::min( nSelect, static_cast<sal_Int32>( maEntryList.GetEntryCount() - 1 ) );
+        // Select only visible Entries with MouseMove, otherwise Tracking...
+        if ( IsVisible( nSelect ) &&
+            maEntryList.IsEntrySelectable( nSelect ) &&
+            ( ( nSelect != mnCurrentPos ) || !GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryCount() || ( nSelect != GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 ) ) ) )
+        {
+            mbTrackingSelect = true;
+            if ( SelectEntries( nSelect, LET_TRACKING ) )
+            {
+                // When list box selection change by mouse move, notify
+                // VclEventId::ListboxSelect vcl event.
+                maListItemSelectHdl.Call(nullptr);
+            }
+            mbTrackingSelect = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // if the DD button was pressed and someone moved into the ListBox
+    // with the mouse button pressed...
+    if ( rMEvt.IsLeft() && !rMEvt.IsSynthetic() )
+    {
+        if ( !mbMulti && GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryCount() )
+            mnTrackingSaveSelection = GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 );
+        else
+            mnTrackingSaveSelection = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+
+        StartTracking( StartTrackingFlags::ScrollRepeat );
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::DeselectAll()
+{
+    while ( GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryCount() )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nS = GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 );
+        SelectEntry( nS, false );
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::SelectEntry( sal_Int32 nPos, bool bSelect )
+{
+    if( (maEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected( nPos ) == bSelect) || !maEntryList.IsEntrySelectable( nPos ) )
+        return;
+
+    ImplHideFocusRect();
+    if( bSelect )
+    {
+        if( !mbMulti )
+        {
+            // deselect the selected entry
+            sal_Int32 nDeselect = GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 );
+            if( nDeselect != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+            {
+                //SelectEntryPos( nDeselect, false );
+                GetEntryList().SelectEntry( nDeselect, false );
+                if (IsUpdateMode() && IsReallyVisible())
+                    Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+        maEntryList.SelectEntry( nPos, true );
+        mnCurrentPos = nPos;
+        if ( ( nPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND ) && IsUpdateMode() )
+        {
+            Invalidate();
+            if ( !IsVisible( nPos ) )
+            {
+                ImplClearLayoutData();
+                sal_Int32 nVisibleEntries = GetLastVisibleEntry()-mnTop;
+                if ( !nVisibleEntries || !IsReallyVisible() || ( nPos < GetTopEntry() ) )
+                {
+                    Resize();
+                    ShowProminentEntry( nPos );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    ShowProminentEntry( nPos );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        maEntryList.SelectEntry( nPos, false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    mbSelectionChanged = true;
+}
+
+bool ImplListBoxWindow::SelectEntries( sal_Int32 nSelect, LB_EVENT_TYPE eLET, bool bShift, bool bCtrl, bool bSelectPosChange /*=FALSE*/ )
+{
+    bool bSelectionChanged = false;
+
+    if( IsEnabled() && maEntryList.IsEntrySelectable( nSelect ) )
+    {
+        bool bFocusChanged = false;
+
+        // here (Single-ListBox) only one entry can be deselected
+        if( !mbMulti )
+        {
+            sal_Int32 nDeselect = maEntryList.GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 );
+            if( nSelect != nDeselect )
+            {
+                SelectEntry( nSelect, true );
+                maEntryList.SetLastSelected( nSelect );
+                bFocusChanged = true;
+                bSelectionChanged = true;
+            }
+        }
+        // MultiListBox without Modifier
+        else if( mbSimpleMode && !bCtrl && !bShift )
+        {
+            sal_Int32 nEntryCount = maEntryList.GetEntryCount();
+            for ( sal_Int32 nPos = 0; nPos < nEntryCount; nPos++ )
+            {
+                bool bSelect = nPos == nSelect;
+                if ( maEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected( nPos ) != bSelect )
+                {
+                    SelectEntry( nPos, bSelect );
+                    bFocusChanged = true;
+                    bSelectionChanged = true;
+                }
+            }
+            maEntryList.SetLastSelected( nSelect );
+            maEntryList.SetSelectionAnchor( nSelect );
+        }
+        // MultiListBox only with CTRL/SHIFT or not in SimpleMode
+        else if( ( !mbSimpleMode /* && !bShift */ ) || ( mbSimpleMode && ( bCtrl || bShift ) ) )
+        {
+            // Space for selection change
+            if( !bShift && ( ( eLET == LET_KEYSPACE ) || ( eLET == LET_MBDOWN ) ) )
+            {
+                bool bSelect = !maEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected( nSelect );
+                SelectEntry( nSelect, bSelect );
+                maEntryList.SetLastSelected( nSelect );
+                maEntryList.SetSelectionAnchor( nSelect );
+                if ( !maEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected( nSelect ) )
+                    maEntryList.SetSelectionAnchor( LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND );
+                bFocusChanged = true;
+                bSelectionChanged = true;
+            }
+            else if( ( ( eLET == LET_TRACKING ) && ( nSelect != mnCurrentPos ) ) ||
+                     ( bShift && ( ( eLET == LET_KEYMOVE ) || ( eLET == LET_MBDOWN ) ) ) )
+            {
+                mnCurrentPos = nSelect;
+                bFocusChanged = true;
+
+                sal_Int32 nAnchor = maEntryList.GetSelectionAnchor();
+                if( ( nAnchor == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND ) && maEntryList.GetSelectedEntryCount() )
+                {
+                    nAnchor = maEntryList.GetSelectedEntryPos( maEntryList.GetSelectedEntryCount() - 1 );
+                }
+                if( nAnchor != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                {
+                    // All entries from Anchor to nSelect have to be selected
+                    sal_Int32 nStart = std::min( nSelect, nAnchor );
+                    sal_Int32 nEnd = std::max( nSelect, nAnchor );
+                    for ( sal_Int32 n = nStart; n <= nEnd; n++ )
+                    {
+                        if ( !maEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected( n ) )
+                        {
+                            SelectEntry( n, true );
+                            bSelectionChanged = true;
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    // if appropriate some more has to be deselected...
+                    sal_Int32 nLast = maEntryList.GetLastSelected();
+                    if ( nLast != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                    {
+                        if ( ( nLast > nSelect ) && ( nLast > nAnchor ) )
+                        {
+                            for ( sal_Int32 n = nSelect+1; n <= nLast; n++ )
+                            {
+                                if ( maEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected( n ) )
+                                {
+                                    SelectEntry( n, false );
+                                    bSelectionChanged = true;
+                                }
+                            }
+                        }
+                        else if ( ( nLast < nSelect ) && ( nLast < nAnchor ) )
+                        {
+                            for ( sal_Int32 n = nLast; n < nSelect; n++ )
+                            {
+                                if ( maEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected( n ) )
+                                {
+                                    SelectEntry( n, false );
+                                    bSelectionChanged = true;
+                                }
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                    maEntryList.SetLastSelected( nSelect );
+                }
+            }
+            else if( eLET != LET_TRACKING )
+            {
+                ImplHideFocusRect();
+                Invalidate();
+                bFocusChanged = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else if( bShift )
+        {
+            bFocusChanged = true;
+        }
+
+        if( bSelectionChanged )
+            mbSelectionChanged = true;
+
+        if( bFocusChanged )
+        {
+            tools::Long nHeightDiff = maEntryList.GetAddedHeight( nSelect, mnTop );
+            maFocusRect.SetPos( Point( 0, nHeightDiff ) );
+            Size aSz( maFocusRect.GetWidth(),
+                      maEntryList.GetEntryHeight( nSelect ) );
+            maFocusRect.SetSize( aSz );
+            if( HasFocus() )
+                ImplShowFocusRect();
+            if (bSelectPosChange)
+            {
+                maFocusHdl.Call(nSelect);
+            }
+        }
+        ImplClearLayoutData();
+    }
+    return bSelectionChanged;
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::Tracking( const TrackingEvent& rTEvt )
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aRect( Point(), GetOutputSizePixel() );
+    bool bInside = aRect.Contains( rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().GetPosPixel() );
+
+    if( rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() || rTEvt.IsTrackingEnded() ) // MouseButtonUp
+    {
+        if ( bInside && !rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() )
+        {
+            mnSelectModifier = rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().GetModifier();
+            ImplCallSelect();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            maCancelHdl.Call( nullptr );
+            if ( !mbMulti )
+            {
+                mbTrackingSelect = true;
+                SelectEntry( mnTrackingSaveSelection, true );
+                mbTrackingSelect = false;
+                if ( mnTrackingSaveSelection != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                {
+                    tools::Long nHeightDiff = maEntryList.GetAddedHeight( mnCurrentPos, mnTop );
+                    maFocusRect.SetPos( Point( 0, nHeightDiff ) );
+                    Size aSz( maFocusRect.GetWidth(),
+                              maEntryList.GetEntryHeight( mnCurrentPos ) );
+                    maFocusRect.SetSize( aSz );
+                    ImplShowFocusRect();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        mbTrack = false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bool bTrackOrQuickClick = mbTrack;
+        if( !mbTrack )
+        {
+            if ( bInside )
+            {
+                mbTrack = true;
+            }
+
+            // this case only happens, if the mouse button is pressed very briefly
+            if( rTEvt.IsTrackingEnded() && mbTrack )
+            {
+                bTrackOrQuickClick = true;
+                mbTrack = false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if( bTrackOrQuickClick )
+        {
+            MouseEvent aMEvt = rTEvt.GetMouseEvent();
+            Point aPt( aMEvt.GetPosPixel() );
+            bool bShift = aMEvt.IsShift();
+            bool bCtrl  = aMEvt.IsMod1();
+
+            sal_Int32 nSelect = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+            if( aPt.Y() < 0 )
+            {
+                if ( mnCurrentPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                {
+                    nSelect = mnCurrentPos ? ( mnCurrentPos - 1 ) : 0;
+                    if( nSelect < mnTop )
+                        SetTopEntry( mnTop-1 );
+                }
+            }
+            else if( aPt.Y() > GetOutputSizePixel().Height() )
+            {
+                if ( mnCurrentPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                {
+                    nSelect = std::min(  static_cast<sal_Int32>(mnCurrentPos+1), static_cast<sal_Int32>(maEntryList.GetEntryCount()-1) );
+                    if( nSelect >= GetLastVisibleEntry() )
+                        SetTopEntry( mnTop+1 );
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                nSelect = static_cast<sal_Int32>( ( aPt.Y() + gnBorder ) / mnMaxHeight ) + mnTop;
+                nSelect = std::min( nSelect, GetLastVisibleEntry() );
+                nSelect = std::min( nSelect, static_cast<sal_Int32>( maEntryList.GetEntryCount() - 1 ) );
+            }
+
+            if ( bInside )
+            {
+                if ( ( nSelect != mnCurrentPos ) || !GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryCount() )
+                {
+                    mbTrackingSelect = true;
+                    SelectEntries(nSelect, LET_TRACKING, bShift, bCtrl);
+                    mbTrackingSelect = false;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if ( !mbMulti && GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryCount() )
+                {
+                    mbTrackingSelect = true;
+                    SelectEntry( GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 ), false );
+                    mbTrackingSelect = false;
+                }
+            }
+            mnCurrentPos = nSelect;
+            if ( mnCurrentPos == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+            {
+                ImplHideFocusRect();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                tools::Long nHeightDiff = maEntryList.GetAddedHeight( mnCurrentPos, mnTop );
+                maFocusRect.SetPos( Point( 0, nHeightDiff ) );
+                Size aSz( maFocusRect.GetWidth(), maEntryList.GetEntryHeight( mnCurrentPos ) );
+                maFocusRect.SetSize( aSz );
+                ImplShowFocusRect();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    if( !ProcessKeyInput( rKEvt ) )
+        Control::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+}
+
+bool ImplListBoxWindow::ProcessKeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    // entry to be selected
+    sal_Int32 nSelect = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    LB_EVENT_TYPE eLET = LET_KEYMOVE;
+
+    vcl::KeyCode aKeyCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode();
+
+    bool bShift = aKeyCode.IsShift();
+    bool bCtrl  = aKeyCode.IsMod1() || aKeyCode.IsMod3();
+    bool bMod2 = aKeyCode.IsMod2();
+    bool bDone = false;
+    bool bHandleKey = false;
+
+    switch( aKeyCode.GetCode() )
+    {
+        case KEY_UP:
+        {
+            if ( IsReadOnly() )
+            {
+                if ( GetTopEntry() )
+                    SetTopEntry( GetTopEntry()-1 );
+            }
+            else if ( !bMod2 )
+            {
+                if( mnCurrentPos == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                {
+                    nSelect = maEntryList.FindFirstSelectable( 0 );
+                }
+                else if ( mnCurrentPos )
+                {
+                    // search first selectable above the current position
+                    nSelect = maEntryList.FindFirstSelectable( mnCurrentPos - 1, false );
+                }
+
+                if( ( nSelect != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND ) && ( nSelect < mnTop ) )
+                    SetTopEntry( mnTop-1 );
+
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+            maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_DOWN:
+        {
+            if ( IsReadOnly() )
+            {
+                SetTopEntry( GetTopEntry()+1 );
+            }
+            else if ( !bMod2 )
+            {
+                if( mnCurrentPos == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                {
+                    nSelect = maEntryList.FindFirstSelectable( 0 );
+                }
+                else if ( (mnCurrentPos+1) < maEntryList.GetEntryCount() )
+                {
+                    // search first selectable below the current position
+                    nSelect = maEntryList.FindFirstSelectable( mnCurrentPos + 1 );
+                }
+
+                if( ( nSelect != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND ) && ( nSelect >= GetLastVisibleEntry() ) )
+                    SetTopEntry( mnTop+1 );
+
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+            maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_PAGEUP:
+        {
+            if ( IsReadOnly() )
+            {
+                sal_Int32 nCurVis = GetLastVisibleEntry() - mnTop +1;
+                SetTopEntry( ( mnTop > nCurVis ) ?
+                                (mnTop-nCurVis) : 0 );
+            }
+            else if ( !bCtrl && !bMod2 )
+            {
+                if( mnCurrentPos == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                {
+                    nSelect = maEntryList.FindFirstSelectable( 0 );
+                }
+                else if ( mnCurrentPos )
+                {
+                    if( mnCurrentPos == mnTop )
+                    {
+                        sal_Int32 nCurVis = GetLastVisibleEntry() - mnTop +1;
+                        SetTopEntry( ( mnTop > nCurVis ) ? ( mnTop-nCurVis+1 ) : 0 );
+                    }
+
+                    // find first selectable starting from mnTop looking forward
+                    nSelect = maEntryList.FindFirstSelectable( mnTop );
+                }
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+            maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_PAGEDOWN:
+        {
+            if ( IsReadOnly() )
+            {
+                SetTopEntry( GetLastVisibleEntry() );
+            }
+            else if ( !bCtrl && !bMod2 )
+            {
+                if( mnCurrentPos == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                {
+                    nSelect = maEntryList.FindFirstSelectable( 0 );
+                }
+                else if ( (mnCurrentPos+1) < maEntryList.GetEntryCount() )
+                {
+                    sal_Int32 nCount = maEntryList.GetEntryCount();
+                    sal_Int32 nCurVis = GetLastVisibleEntry() - mnTop;
+                    sal_Int32 nTmp = std::min( nCurVis, nCount );
+                    nTmp += mnTop - 1;
+                    if( mnCurrentPos == nTmp && mnCurrentPos != nCount - 1 )
+                    {
+                        tools::Long nTmp2 = std::min( static_cast<tools::Long>(nCount-nCurVis), static_cast<tools::Long>(static_cast<tools::Long>(mnTop)+static_cast<tools::Long>(nCurVis)-1) );
+                        nTmp2 = std::max( tools::Long(0) , nTmp2 );
+                        nTmp = static_cast<sal_Int32>(nTmp2+(nCurVis-1) );
+                        SetTopEntry( static_cast<sal_Int32>(nTmp2) );
+                    }
+                    // find first selectable starting from nTmp looking backwards
+                    nSelect = maEntryList.FindFirstSelectable( nTmp, false );
+                }
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+            maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_HOME:
+        {
+            if ( IsReadOnly() )
+            {
+                SetTopEntry( 0 );
+            }
+            else if ( !bCtrl && !bMod2 &&  mnCurrentPos )
+            {
+                nSelect = maEntryList.FindFirstSelectable( maEntryList.GetEntryCount() ? 0 : LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND );
+                if( mnTop != 0 )
+                    SetTopEntry( 0 );
+
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+            maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_END:
+        {
+            if ( IsReadOnly() )
+            {
+                SetTopEntry( 0xFFFF );
+            }
+            else if ( !bCtrl && !bMod2 )
+            {
+                if( mnCurrentPos == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                {
+                    nSelect = maEntryList.FindFirstSelectable( 0 );
+                }
+                else if ( (mnCurrentPos+1) < maEntryList.GetEntryCount() )
+                {
+                    sal_Int32 nCount = maEntryList.GetEntryCount();
+                    nSelect = maEntryList.FindFirstSelectable( nCount - 1, false );
+                    sal_Int32 nCurVis = GetLastVisibleEntry() - mnTop + 1;
+                    if( nCount > nCurVis )
+                        SetTopEntry( nCount - nCurVis );
+                }
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+            maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_LEFT:
+        {
+            if ( !bCtrl && !bMod2 )
+            {
+                ScrollHorz( -HORZ_SCROLL );
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+            maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_RIGHT:
+        {
+            if ( !bCtrl && !bMod2 )
+            {
+                ScrollHorz( HORZ_SCROLL );
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+            maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_RETURN:
+        {
+            if ( !bMod2 && !IsReadOnly() )
+            {
+                mnSelectModifier = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetModifier();
+                ImplCallSelect();
+                bDone = false;  // do not catch RETURN
+            }
+            maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_SPACE:
+        {
+            if ( !bMod2 && !IsReadOnly() )
+            {
+                if( mbMulti && ( !mbSimpleMode || ( mbSimpleMode && bCtrl && !bShift ) ) )
+                {
+                    nSelect = mnCurrentPos;
+                    eLET = LET_KEYSPACE;
+                }
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+            bHandleKey = true;
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_A:
+        {
+            if( bCtrl && mbMulti )
+            {
+                // paint only once
+                bool bUpdates = IsUpdateMode();
+                SetUpdateMode( false );
+
+                sal_Int32 nEntryCount = maEntryList.GetEntryCount();
+                for( sal_Int32 i = 0; i < nEntryCount; i++ )
+                    SelectEntry( i, true );
+
+                // tdf#97066 - Update selected items
+                ImplCallSelect();
+
+                // restore update mode
+                SetUpdateMode( bUpdates );
+                Invalidate();
+
+                maQuickSelectionEngine.Reset();
+
+                bDone = true;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bHandleKey = true;
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+
+        default:
+            bHandleKey = true;
+            break;
+    }
+    if (bHandleKey && !IsReadOnly())
+    {
+        bDone = maQuickSelectionEngine.HandleKeyEvent( rKEvt );
+    }
+
+    if  (   ( nSelect != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+        &&  (   ( !maEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected( nSelect ) )
+            ||  ( eLET == LET_KEYSPACE )
+            )
+        )
+    {
+        SAL_WARN_IF( maEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected( nSelect ) && !mbMulti, "vcl", "ImplListBox: Selecting same Entry" );
+        sal_Int32 nCount = maEntryList.GetEntryCount();
+        if (nSelect >= nCount)
+            nSelect = nCount ? nCount-1 : LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+        bool bCurPosChange = (mnCurrentPos != nSelect);
+        mnCurrentPos = nSelect;
+        if(SelectEntries( nSelect, eLET, bShift, bCtrl, bCurPosChange))
+        {
+            // tdf#129043 Correctly deliver events when changing values with arrow keys in combobox
+            if (mbIsDropdown && IsReallyVisible())
+                mbTravelSelect = true;
+            mnSelectModifier = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetModifier();
+            ImplCallSelect();
+            mbTravelSelect = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bDone;
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    vcl::StringEntryIdentifier lcl_getEntry( const ImplEntryList& _rList, sal_Int32 _nPos, OUString& _out_entryText )
+    {
+        OSL_PRECOND( ( _nPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND ), "lcl_getEntry: invalid position!" );
+        sal_Int32 nEntryCount( _rList.GetEntryCount() );
+        if ( _nPos >= nEntryCount )
+            _nPos = 0;
+        _out_entryText = _rList.GetEntryText( _nPos );
+
+        // vcl::StringEntryIdentifier does not allow for 0 values, but our position is 0-based
+        // => normalize
+        return reinterpret_cast< vcl::StringEntryIdentifier >( _nPos + 1 );
+    }
+
+    sal_Int32 lcl_getEntryPos( vcl::StringEntryIdentifier _entry )
+    {
+        // our pos is 0-based, but StringEntryIdentifier does not allow for a NULL
+        return static_cast< sal_Int32 >( reinterpret_cast< sal_Int64 >( _entry ) ) - 1;
+    }
+}
+
+vcl::StringEntryIdentifier ImplListBoxWindow::CurrentEntry( OUString& _out_entryText ) const
+{
+    return lcl_getEntry( GetEntryList(), ( mnCurrentPos == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND ) ? 0 : mnCurrentPos, _out_entryText );
+}
+
+vcl::StringEntryIdentifier ImplListBoxWindow::NextEntry( vcl::StringEntryIdentifier _currentEntry, OUString& _out_entryText ) const
+{
+    sal_Int32 nNextPos = lcl_getEntryPos( _currentEntry ) + 1;
+    return lcl_getEntry( GetEntryList(), nNextPos, _out_entryText );
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::SelectEntry( vcl::StringEntryIdentifier _entry )
+{
+    sal_Int32 nSelect = lcl_getEntryPos( _entry );
+    if ( maEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected( nSelect ) )
+    {
+        // ignore that. This method is a callback from the QuickSelectionEngine, which means the user attempted
+        // to select the given entry by typing its starting letters. No need to act.
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // normalize
+    OSL_ENSURE( nSelect < maEntryList.GetEntryCount(), "ImplListBoxWindow::SelectEntry: how that?" );
+    sal_Int32 nCount = maEntryList.GetEntryCount();
+    if (nSelect >= nCount)
+        nSelect = nCount ? nCount-1 : LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+
+    // make visible
+    ShowProminentEntry( nSelect );
+
+    // actually select
+    mnCurrentPos = nSelect;
+    if ( SelectEntries( nSelect, LET_KEYMOVE ) )
+    {
+        mbTravelSelect = true;
+        mnSelectModifier = 0;
+        ImplCallSelect();
+        mbTravelSelect = false;
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::ImplPaint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, sal_Int32 nPos)
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+    const ImplEntryType* pEntry = maEntryList.GetEntryPtr( nPos );
+    if (!pEntry)
+        return;
+
+    tools::Long nWidth = GetOutputSizePixel().Width();
+    tools::Long nY = maEntryList.GetAddedHeight(nPos, mnTop);
+    tools::Rectangle aRect(Point(0, nY), Size(nWidth, pEntry->getHeightWithMargin()));
+
+    bool bSelected = maEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected(nPos);
+    if (bSelected)
+    {
+        rRenderContext.SetTextColor(!IsEnabled() ? rStyleSettings.GetDisableColor() : rStyleSettings.GetListBoxWindowHighlightTextColor());
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetListBoxWindowHighlightColor());
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor();
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(aRect);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ApplySettings(rRenderContext);
+        if (!IsEnabled())
+            rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetDisableColor());
+    }
+    rRenderContext.SetTextFillColor();
+
+    if (IsUserDrawEnabled())
+    {
+        mbInUserDraw = true;
+        mnUserDrawEntry = nPos;
+        aRect.AdjustLeft( -mnLeft );
+        if (nPos < GetEntryList().GetMRUCount())
+            nPos = GetEntryList().FindEntry(GetEntryList().GetEntryText(nPos));
+        nPos = nPos - GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+
+        UserDrawEvent aUDEvt(&rRenderContext, aRect, nPos, bSelected);
+        maUserDrawHdl.Call( &aUDEvt );
+        mbInUserDraw = false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        DrawEntry(rRenderContext, nPos, true, true);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::DrawEntry(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, sal_Int32 nPos, bool bDrawImage, bool bDrawText)
+{
+    const ImplEntryType* pEntry = maEntryList.GetEntryPtr(nPos);
+    if (!pEntry)
+        return;
+
+    tools::Long nEntryHeight = pEntry->getHeightWithMargin();
+
+    // when changing this function don't forget to adjust ImplWin::DrawEntry()
+
+    if (mbInUserDraw)
+        nPos = mnUserDrawEntry; // real entry, not the matching entry from MRU
+
+    tools::Long nY = maEntryList.GetAddedHeight(nPos, mnTop);
+
+    if (bDrawImage && maEntryList.HasImages())
+    {
+        Image aImage = maEntryList.GetEntryImage(nPos);
+        if (!!aImage)
+        {
+            Size aImgSz = aImage.GetSizePixel();
+            Point aPtImg(gnBorder - mnLeft, nY + ((nEntryHeight - aImgSz.Height()) / 2));
+
+            if (!IsZoom())
+            {
+                rRenderContext.DrawImage(aPtImg, aImage);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                aImgSz.setWidth( CalcZoom(aImgSz.Width()) );
+                aImgSz.setHeight( CalcZoom(aImgSz.Height()) );
+                rRenderContext.DrawImage(aPtImg, aImgSz, aImage);
+            }
+
+            const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = Application::GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+            const sal_uInt16 nEdgeBlendingPercent(GetEdgeBlending() ? rStyleSettings.GetEdgeBlending() : 0);
+
+            if (nEdgeBlendingPercent && aImgSz.Width() && aImgSz.Height())
+            {
+                const Color& rTopLeft(rStyleSettings.GetEdgeBlendingTopLeftColor());
+                const Color& rBottomRight(rStyleSettings.GetEdgeBlendingBottomRightColor());
+                const sal_uInt8 nAlpha((nEdgeBlendingPercent * 255) / 100);
+                const BitmapEx aBlendFrame(createBlendFrame(aImgSz, nAlpha, rTopLeft, rBottomRight));
+
+                if (!aBlendFrame.IsEmpty())
+                {
+                    rRenderContext.DrawBitmapEx(aPtImg, aBlendFrame);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (bDrawText)
+    {
+        OUString aStr(maEntryList.GetEntryText(nPos));
+        if (!aStr.isEmpty())
+        {
+            tools::Long nMaxWidth = std::max(mnMaxWidth, GetOutputSizePixel().Width() - 2 * gnBorder);
+            // a multiline entry should only be as wide as the window
+            if (pEntry->mnFlags & ListBoxEntryFlags::MultiLine)
+                nMaxWidth = GetOutputSizePixel().Width() - 2 * gnBorder;
+
+            tools::Rectangle aTextRect(Point(gnBorder - mnLeft, nY),
+                                Size(nMaxWidth, nEntryHeight));
+
+            if (maEntryList.HasEntryImage(nPos) || IsUserDrawEnabled())
+            {
+                tools::Long nImageWidth = std::max(mnMaxImgWidth, maUserItemSize.Width());
+                aTextRect.AdjustLeft(nImageWidth + IMG_TXT_DISTANCE );
+            }
+
+            DrawTextFlags nDrawStyle = ImplGetTextStyle();
+            if (pEntry->mnFlags & ListBoxEntryFlags::MultiLine)
+                nDrawStyle |= MULTILINE_ENTRY_DRAW_FLAGS;
+            if (pEntry->mnFlags & ListBoxEntryFlags::DrawDisabled)
+                nDrawStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Disable;
+
+            rRenderContext.DrawText(aTextRect, aStr, nDrawStyle);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( !maSeparators.empty() && ( isSeparator(nPos) || isSeparator(nPos-1) ) )
+    {
+        Color aOldLineColor(rRenderContext.GetLineColor());
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor((GetBackground() != COL_LIGHTGRAY) ? COL_LIGHTGRAY : COL_GRAY);
+        Point aStartPos(0, nY);
+        if (isSeparator(nPos))
+            aStartPos.AdjustY(pEntry->getHeightWithMargin() - 1 );
+        Point aEndPos(aStartPos);
+        aEndPos.setX( GetOutputSizePixel().Width() );
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(aStartPos, aEndPos);
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor(aOldLineColor);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    mxLayoutData.emplace();
+    const_cast<ImplListBoxWindow*>(this)->Invalidate(tools::Rectangle(Point(0, 0), GetOutDev()->GetOutputSize()));
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::ImplDoPaint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRect)
+{
+    sal_Int32 nCount = maEntryList.GetEntryCount();
+
+    bool bShowFocusRect = mbHasFocusRect;
+    if (mbHasFocusRect)
+        ImplHideFocusRect();
+
+    tools::Long nY = 0; // + gnBorder;
+    tools::Long nHeight = GetOutputSizePixel().Height();// - mnMaxHeight + gnBorder;
+
+    for (sal_Int32 i = mnTop; i < nCount && nY < nHeight + mnMaxHeight; i++)
+    {
+        const ImplEntryType* pEntry = maEntryList.GetEntryPtr(i);
+        tools::Long nEntryHeight = pEntry->getHeightWithMargin();
+        if (nY + nEntryHeight >= rRect.Top() &&
+            nY <= rRect.Bottom() + mnMaxHeight)
+        {
+            ImplPaint(rRenderContext, i);
+        }
+        nY += nEntryHeight;
+    }
+
+    tools::Long nHeightDiff = maEntryList.GetAddedHeight(mnCurrentPos, mnTop);
+    maFocusRect.SetPos(Point(0, nHeightDiff));
+    Size aSz(maFocusRect.GetWidth(), maEntryList.GetEntryHeight(mnCurrentPos));
+    maFocusRect.SetSize(aSz);
+    if (HasFocus() && bShowFocusRect)
+        ImplShowFocusRect();
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRect)
+{
+    if (SupportsDoubleBuffering())
+    {
+        // This widget is explicitly double-buffered, so avoid partial paints.
+        tools::Rectangle aRect(Point(0, 0), GetOutputSizePixel());
+        ImplDoPaint(rRenderContext, aRect);
+    }
+    else
+        ImplDoPaint(rRenderContext, rRect);
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 ImplListBoxWindow::GetDisplayLineCount() const
+{
+    // FIXME: ListBoxEntryFlags::MultiLine
+
+    const sal_Int32 nCount = maEntryList.GetEntryCount()-mnTop;
+    tools::Long nHeight = GetOutputSizePixel().Height();// - mnMaxHeight + gnBorder;
+    sal_uInt16 nEntries = static_cast< sal_uInt16 >( ( nHeight + mnMaxHeight - 1 ) / mnMaxHeight );
+    if( nEntries > nCount )
+        nEntries = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nCount);
+
+    return nEntries;
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+
+    bool bShowFocusRect = mbHasFocusRect;
+    if ( bShowFocusRect )
+        ImplHideFocusRect();
+
+    if( mnCurrentPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+    {
+        Size aSz( GetOutputSizePixel().Width(), maEntryList.GetEntryHeight( mnCurrentPos ) );
+        maFocusRect.SetSize( aSz );
+    }
+
+    if ( bShowFocusRect )
+        ImplShowFocusRect();
+
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::GetFocus()
+{
+    sal_Int32 nPos = mnCurrentPos;
+    if ( nPos == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+        nPos = 0;
+    tools::Long nHeightDiff = maEntryList.GetAddedHeight( nPos, mnTop );
+    maFocusRect.SetPos( Point( 0, nHeightDiff ) );
+    Size aSz( maFocusRect.GetWidth(), maEntryList.GetEntryHeight( nPos ) );
+    maFocusRect.SetSize( aSz );
+    ImplShowFocusRect();
+    Control::GetFocus();
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::LoseFocus()
+{
+    ImplHideFocusRect();
+    Control::LoseFocus();
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::SetTopEntry( sal_Int32 nTop )
+{
+    if( maEntryList.GetEntryCount() == 0 )
+        return;
+
+    tools::Long nWHeight = PixelToLogic( GetSizePixel() ).Height();
+
+    sal_Int32 nLastEntry = maEntryList.GetEntryCount()-1;
+    if( nTop > nLastEntry )
+        nTop = nLastEntry;
+    const ImplEntryType* pLast = maEntryList.GetEntryPtr( nLastEntry );
+    while( nTop > 0 && maEntryList.GetAddedHeight( nLastEntry, nTop-1 ) + pLast->getHeightWithMargin() <= nWHeight )
+        nTop--;
+
+    if ( nTop == mnTop )
+        return;
+
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+    tools::Long nDiff = maEntryList.GetAddedHeight( mnTop, nTop );
+    PaintImmediately();
+    ImplHideFocusRect();
+    mnTop = nTop;
+    Scroll( 0, nDiff );
+    PaintImmediately();
+    if( HasFocus() )
+        ImplShowFocusRect();
+    maScrollHdl.Call( this );
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::ShowProminentEntry( sal_Int32 nEntryPos )
+{
+    sal_Int32 nPos = nEntryPos;
+    auto nWHeight = PixelToLogic( GetSizePixel() ).Height();
+    while( nEntryPos > 0 && maEntryList.GetAddedHeight( nPos+1, nEntryPos ) < nWHeight/2 )
+        nEntryPos--;
+
+    SetTopEntry( nEntryPos );
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::SetLeftIndent( tools::Long n )
+{
+    ScrollHorz( n - mnLeft );
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::ScrollHorz( tools::Long n )
+{
+    tools::Long nDiff = 0;
+    if ( n > 0 )
+    {
+        tools::Long nWidth = GetOutputSizePixel().Width();
+        if( ( mnMaxWidth - mnLeft + n ) > nWidth )
+            nDiff = n;
+    }
+    else if ( n < 0 )
+    {
+        if( mnLeft )
+        {
+            tools::Long nAbs = -n;
+            nDiff = - std::min( mnLeft, nAbs );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( nDiff )
+    {
+        ImplClearLayoutData();
+        mnLeft = sal::static_int_cast<sal_uInt16>(mnLeft + nDiff);
+        PaintImmediately();
+        ImplHideFocusRect();
+        Scroll( -nDiff, 0 );
+        PaintImmediately();
+        if( HasFocus() )
+            ImplShowFocusRect();
+        maScrollHdl.Call( this );
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::SetSeparatorPos( sal_Int32 n )
+{
+    maSeparators.clear();
+
+    if ( n != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+    {
+        maSeparators.insert( n );
+    }
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplListBoxWindow::GetSeparatorPos() const
+{
+    if (!maSeparators.empty())
+        return *(maSeparators.begin());
+    else
+        return LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+}
+
+bool ImplListBoxWindow::isSeparator( const sal_Int32 &n) const
+{
+    return maSeparators.find(n) != maSeparators.end();
+}
+
+Size ImplListBoxWindow::CalcSize(sal_Int32 nMaxLines) const
+{
+    // FIXME: ListBoxEntryFlags::MultiLine
+
+    Size aSz;
+    aSz.setHeight(nMaxLines * GetEntryHeightWithMargin());
+    aSz.setWidth( mnMaxWidth + 2*gnBorder );
+    return aSz;
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle ImplListBoxWindow::GetBoundingRectangle( sal_Int32 nItem ) const
+{
+    const ImplEntryType* pEntry = maEntryList.GetEntryPtr( nItem );
+    Size aSz( GetSizePixel().Width(), pEntry ? pEntry->getHeightWithMargin() : GetEntryHeightWithMargin() );
+    tools::Long nY = maEntryList.GetAddedHeight( nItem, GetTopEntry() ) + GetEntryList().GetMRUCount()*GetEntryHeightWithMargin();
+    tools::Rectangle aRect( Point( 0, nY ), aSz );
+    return aRect;
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( nType == StateChangedType::Zoom )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        ImplCalcMetrics();
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode )
+    {
+        if ( IsUpdateMode() && IsReallyVisible() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        ImplCalcMetrics();
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if( nType == StateChangedType::Enable )
+    {
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxWindow::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+          (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE)) )
+    {
+        ImplClearLayoutData();
+        ApplySettings(*GetOutDev());
+        ImplCalcMetrics();
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+DrawTextFlags ImplListBoxWindow::ImplGetTextStyle() const
+{
+    DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = DrawTextFlags::VCenter;
+
+    if (maEntryList.HasImages())
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Left;
+    else if (mbCenter)
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Center;
+    else if (mbRight)
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Right;
+    else
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Left;
+
+    return nTextStyle;
+}
+
+ImplListBox::ImplListBox( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle ) :
+    Control( pParent, nWinStyle ),
+    maLBWindow(VclPtr<ImplListBoxWindow>::Create( this, nWinStyle&(~WB_BORDER) ))
+{
+    // for native widget rendering we must be able to detect this window type
+    SetType( WindowType::LISTBOXWINDOW );
+
+    mpVScrollBar    = VclPtr<ScrollBar>::Create( this, WB_VSCROLL | WB_DRAG );
+    mpHScrollBar    = VclPtr<ScrollBar>::Create( this, WB_HSCROLL | WB_DRAG );
+    mpScrollBarBox  = VclPtr<ScrollBarBox>::Create( this );
+
+    Link<ScrollBar*,void> aLink( LINK( this, ImplListBox, ScrollBarHdl ) );
+    mpVScrollBar->SetScrollHdl( aLink );
+    mpHScrollBar->SetScrollHdl( aLink );
+
+    mbVScroll       = false;
+    mbHScroll       = false;
+    mbAutoHScroll   = ( nWinStyle & WB_AUTOHSCROLL );
+    mbEdgeBlending  = false;
+
+    maLBWindow->SetScrollHdl( LINK( this, ImplListBox, LBWindowScrolled ) );
+    maLBWindow->SetMRUChangedHdl( LINK( this, ImplListBox, MRUChanged ) );
+    maLBWindow->SetEdgeBlending(GetEdgeBlending());
+    maLBWindow->Show();
+}
+
+ImplListBox::~ImplListBox()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::dispose()
+{
+    mpHScrollBar.disposeAndClear();
+    mpVScrollBar.disposeAndClear();
+    mpScrollBarBox.disposeAndClear();
+    maLBWindow.disposeAndClear();
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::Clear()
+{
+    maLBWindow->Clear();
+    if ( GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() )
+    {
+        maLBWindow->GetEntryList().SetMRUCount( 0 );
+        maLBWindow->SetSeparatorPos( LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND );
+    }
+    mpVScrollBar->SetThumbPos( 0 );
+    mpHScrollBar->SetThumbPos( 0 );
+    CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplListBox::InsertEntry( sal_Int32 nPos, const OUString& rStr )
+{
+    ImplEntryType* pNewEntry = new ImplEntryType( rStr );
+    sal_Int32 nNewPos = maLBWindow->InsertEntry( nPos, pNewEntry );
+    CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    return nNewPos;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ImplListBox::InsertEntry( sal_Int32 nPos, const OUString& rStr, const Image& rImage )
+{
+    ImplEntryType* pNewEntry = new ImplEntryType( rStr, rImage );
+    sal_Int32 nNewPos = maLBWindow->InsertEntry( nPos, pNewEntry );
+    CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    return nNewPos;
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::RemoveEntry( sal_Int32 nPos )
+{
+    maLBWindow->RemoveEntry( nPos );
+    CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::SetEntryFlags( sal_Int32 nPos, ListBoxEntryFlags nFlags )
+{
+    maLBWindow->SetEntryFlags( nPos, nFlags );
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::SelectEntry( sal_Int32 nPos, bool bSelect )
+{
+    maLBWindow->SelectEntry( nPos, bSelect );
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::SetNoSelection()
+{
+    maLBWindow->DeselectAll();
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::GetFocus()
+{
+    if (maLBWindow)
+        maLBWindow->GrabFocus();
+    else
+        Control::GetFocus();
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+    ImplResizeControls();
+    ImplCheckScrollBars();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ImplListBox, MRUChanged, LinkParamNone*, void)
+{
+    CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ImplListBox, LBWindowScrolled, ImplListBoxWindow*, void)
+{
+    tools::Long nSet = GetTopEntry();
+    if( nSet > mpVScrollBar->GetRangeMax() )
+        mpVScrollBar->SetRangeMax( GetEntryList().GetEntryCount() );
+    mpVScrollBar->SetThumbPos( GetTopEntry() );
+
+    mpHScrollBar->SetThumbPos( GetLeftIndent() );
+
+    maScrollHdl.Call( this );
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK( ImplListBox, ScrollBarHdl, ScrollBar*, pSB, void )
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nPos = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(pSB->GetThumbPos());
+    if( pSB == mpVScrollBar )
+        SetTopEntry( nPos );
+    else if( pSB == mpHScrollBar )
+        SetLeftIndent( nPos );
+    if( GetParent() )
+        GetParent()->Invalidate( InvalidateFlags::Update );
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::ImplCheckScrollBars()
+{
+    bool bArrange = false;
+
+    Size aOutSz = GetOutputSizePixel();
+    sal_Int32 nEntries = GetEntryList().GetEntryCount();
+    sal_uInt16 nMaxVisEntries = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aOutSz.Height() / GetEntryHeightWithMargin());
+
+    // vertical ScrollBar
+    if( nEntries > nMaxVisEntries )
+    {
+        if( !mbVScroll )
+            bArrange = true;
+        mbVScroll = true;
+
+        // check of the scrolled-out region
+        if( GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryCount() == 1 &&
+            GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 ) != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+            ShowProminentEntry( GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 ) );
+        else
+            SetTopEntry( GetTopEntry() );   // MaxTop is being checked...
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if( mbVScroll )
+            bArrange = true;
+        mbVScroll = false;
+        SetTopEntry( 0 );
+    }
+
+    // horizontal ScrollBar
+    if( mbAutoHScroll )
+    {
+        tools::Long nWidth = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aOutSz.Width());
+        if ( mbVScroll )
+            nWidth -= mpVScrollBar->GetSizePixel().Width();
+
+        tools::Long nMaxWidth = GetMaxEntryWidth();
+        if( nWidth < nMaxWidth )
+        {
+            if( !mbHScroll )
+                bArrange = true;
+            mbHScroll = true;
+
+            if ( !mbVScroll )   // maybe we do need one now
+            {
+                nMaxVisEntries = static_cast<sal_uInt16>( ( aOutSz.Height() - mpHScrollBar->GetSizePixel().Height() ) / GetEntryHeightWithMargin() );
+                if( nEntries > nMaxVisEntries )
+                {
+                    bArrange = true;
+                    mbVScroll = true;
+
+                    // check of the scrolled-out region
+                    if( GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryCount() == 1 &&
+                        GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 ) != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                        ShowProminentEntry( GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 ) );
+                    else
+                        SetTopEntry( GetTopEntry() );   // MaxTop is being checked...
+                }
+            }
+
+            // check of the scrolled-out region
+            sal_uInt16 nMaxLI = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nMaxWidth - nWidth);
+            if ( nMaxLI < GetLeftIndent() )
+                SetLeftIndent( nMaxLI );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( mbHScroll )
+                bArrange = true;
+            mbHScroll = false;
+            SetLeftIndent( 0 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( bArrange )
+        ImplResizeControls();
+
+    ImplInitScrollBars();
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::ImplInitScrollBars()
+{
+    Size aOutSz = maLBWindow->GetOutputSizePixel();
+
+    if ( mbVScroll )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nEntries = GetEntryList().GetEntryCount();
+        sal_uInt16 nVisEntries = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aOutSz.Height() / GetEntryHeightWithMargin());
+        mpVScrollBar->SetRangeMax( nEntries );
+        mpVScrollBar->SetVisibleSize( nVisEntries );
+        mpVScrollBar->SetPageSize( nVisEntries - 1 );
+    }
+
+    if ( mbHScroll )
+    {
+        mpHScrollBar->SetRangeMax( GetMaxEntryWidth() + HORZ_SCROLL );
+        mpHScrollBar->SetVisibleSize( static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aOutSz.Width()) );
+        mpHScrollBar->SetLineSize( HORZ_SCROLL );
+        mpHScrollBar->SetPageSize( aOutSz.Width() - HORZ_SCROLL );
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::ImplResizeControls()
+{
+    // Here we only position the Controls; if the Scrollbars are to be
+    // visible is already determined in ImplCheckScrollBars
+
+    Size aOutSz = GetOutputSizePixel();
+    tools::Long nSBWidth = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize();
+    nSBWidth = CalcZoom( nSBWidth );
+
+    Size aInnerSz( aOutSz );
+    if ( mbVScroll )
+        aInnerSz.AdjustWidth( -nSBWidth );
+    if ( mbHScroll )
+        aInnerSz.AdjustHeight( -nSBWidth );
+
+    Point aWinPos( 0, 0 );
+    maLBWindow->SetPosSizePixel( aWinPos, aInnerSz );
+
+    // ScrollBarBox
+    if( mbVScroll && mbHScroll )
+    {
+        Point aBoxPos( aInnerSz.Width(), aInnerSz.Height() );
+        mpScrollBarBox->SetPosSizePixel( aBoxPos, Size( nSBWidth, nSBWidth ) );
+        mpScrollBarBox->Show();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mpScrollBarBox->Hide();
+    }
+
+    // vertical ScrollBar
+    if( mbVScroll )
+    {
+        // Scrollbar on left or right side?
+        Point aVPos( aOutSz.Width() - nSBWidth, 0 );
+        mpVScrollBar->SetPosSizePixel( aVPos, Size( nSBWidth, aInnerSz.Height() ) );
+        mpVScrollBar->Show();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mpVScrollBar->Hide();
+        // #107254# Don't reset top entry after resize, but check for max top entry
+        SetTopEntry( GetTopEntry() );
+    }
+
+    // horizontal ScrollBar
+    if( mbHScroll )
+    {
+        Point aHPos( 0, aOutSz.Height() - nSBWidth );
+        mpHScrollBar->SetPosSizePixel( aHPos, Size( aInnerSz.Width(), nSBWidth ) );
+        mpHScrollBar->Show();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mpHScrollBar->Hide();
+        SetLeftIndent( 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    if ( nType == StateChangedType::InitShow )
+    {
+        ImplCheckScrollBars();
+    }
+    else if ( ( nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode ) || ( nType == StateChangedType::Data ) )
+    {
+        bool bUpdate = IsUpdateMode();
+        maLBWindow->SetUpdateMode( bUpdate );
+        if ( bUpdate && IsReallyVisible() )
+            ImplCheckScrollBars();
+    }
+    else if( nType == StateChangedType::Enable )
+    {
+        mpHScrollBar->Enable( IsEnabled() );
+        mpVScrollBar->Enable( IsEnabled() );
+        mpScrollBarBox->Enable( IsEnabled() );
+        maLBWindow->Enable( IsEnabled() );
+
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Zoom )
+    {
+        maLBWindow->SetZoom( GetZoom() );
+        Resize();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont )
+    {
+        maLBWindow->SetControlFont( GetControlFont() );
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground )
+    {
+        maLBWindow->SetControlForeground( GetControlForeground() );
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        maLBWindow->SetControlBackground( GetControlBackground() );
+    }
+    else if( nType == StateChangedType::Mirroring )
+    {
+        maLBWindow->EnableRTL( IsRTLEnabled() );
+        mpHScrollBar->EnableRTL( IsRTLEnabled() );
+        mpVScrollBar->EnableRTL( IsRTLEnabled() );
+        ImplResizeControls();
+    }
+
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+}
+
+bool ImplListBox::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    bool bDone = false;
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::COMMAND )
+    {
+        const CommandEvent& rCEvt = *rNEvt.GetCommandEvent();
+        if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::Wheel )
+        {
+            const CommandWheelData* pData = rCEvt.GetWheelData();
+            if( !pData->GetModifier() && ( pData->GetMode() == CommandWheelMode::SCROLL ) )
+            {
+                bDone = HandleScrollCommand( rCEvt, mpHScrollBar, mpVScrollBar );
+            }
+        }
+        else if (rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::GesturePan)
+        {
+            bDone = HandleScrollCommand(rCEvt, mpHScrollBar, mpVScrollBar);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bDone || Window::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+const Wallpaper& ImplListBox::GetDisplayBackground() const
+{
+    return maLBWindow->GetDisplayBackground();
+}
+
+bool ImplListBox::HandleWheelAsCursorTravel(const CommandEvent& rCEvt, Control& rControl)
+{
+    bool bDone = false;
+    if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::Wheel )
+    {
+        const CommandWheelData* pData = rCEvt.GetWheelData();
+        if( !pData->GetModifier() && ( pData->GetMode() == CommandWheelMode::SCROLL ) )
+        {
+            if (!rControl.HasChildPathFocus())
+                rControl.GrabFocus();
+            sal_uInt16 nKey = ( pData->GetDelta() < 0 ) ? KEY_DOWN : KEY_UP;
+            KeyEvent aKeyEvent( 0, vcl::KeyCode( nKey ) );
+            bDone = ProcessKeyInput( aKeyEvent );
+        }
+    }
+    return bDone;
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::SetMRUEntries( std::u16string_view rEntries, sal_Unicode cSep )
+{
+    bool bChanges = GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() != 0;
+
+    // Remove old MRU entries
+    for ( sal_Int32 n = GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();n; )
+        maLBWindow->RemoveEntry( --n );
+
+    sal_Int32 nMRUCount = 0;
+    sal_Int32 nIndex = 0;
+    do
+    {
+        OUString aEntry( o3tl::getToken(rEntries, 0, cSep, nIndex ) );
+        // Accept only existing entries
+        if ( GetEntryList().FindEntry( aEntry ) != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+        {
+            ImplEntryType* pNewEntry = new ImplEntryType( aEntry );
+            maLBWindow->InsertEntry(nMRUCount++, pNewEntry, false);
+            bChanges = true;
+        }
+    }
+    while ( nIndex >= 0 );
+
+    if ( bChanges )
+    {
+        maLBWindow->GetEntryList().SetMRUCount( nMRUCount );
+        SetSeparatorPos( nMRUCount ? nMRUCount-1 : 0 );
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+OUString ImplListBox::GetMRUEntries( sal_Unicode cSep ) const
+{
+    OUStringBuffer aEntries;
+    for ( sal_Int32 n = 0; n < GetEntryList().GetMRUCount(); n++ )
+    {
+        aEntries.append(GetEntryList().GetEntryText( n ));
+        if( n < ( GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() - 1 ) )
+            aEntries.append(cSep);
+    }
+    return aEntries.makeStringAndClear();
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::SetEdgeBlending(bool bNew)
+{
+    if(mbEdgeBlending != bNew)
+    {
+        mbEdgeBlending = bNew;
+        maLBWindow->SetEdgeBlending(GetEdgeBlending());
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::SetHighlightColor(const Color& rColor)
+{
+    AllSettings aSettings(GetSettings());
+    StyleSettings aStyle(aSettings.GetStyleSettings());
+    aStyle.SetHighlightColor(rColor);
+    aSettings.SetStyleSettings(aStyle);
+    SetSettings(aSettings);
+
+    AllSettings aSettingsLB(maLBWindow->GetSettings());
+    StyleSettings aStyleLB(aSettingsLB.GetStyleSettings());
+    aStyleLB.SetListBoxWindowHighlightColor(rColor);
+    aSettingsLB.SetStyleSettings(aStyleLB);
+    maLBWindow->SetSettings(aSettingsLB);
+}
+
+void ImplListBox::SetHighlightTextColor(const Color& rColor)
+{
+    AllSettings aSettings(GetSettings());
+    StyleSettings aStyle(aSettings.GetStyleSettings());
+    aStyle.SetHighlightTextColor(rColor);
+    aSettings.SetStyleSettings(aStyle);
+    SetSettings(aSettings);
+
+    AllSettings aSettingsLB(maLBWindow->GetSettings());
+    StyleSettings aStyleLB(aSettingsLB.GetStyleSettings());
+    aStyleLB.SetListBoxWindowHighlightTextColor(rColor);
+    aSettingsLB.SetStyleSettings(aStyleLB);
+    maLBWindow->SetSettings(aSettingsLB);
+}
+
+ImplWin::ImplWin( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle ) :
+    Control ( pParent, nWinStyle )
+{
+    if ( IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire)
+            && ! IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::ButtonDown) )
+        SetBackground();
+    else
+        SetBackground( Wallpaper( GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetFieldColor() ) );
+
+    ImplGetWindowImpl()->mbUseNativeFocus = ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoFocusRects;
+
+    mbEdgeBlending = false;
+    mnItemPos = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+}
+
+void ImplWin::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& )
+{
+    if( IsEnabled() )
+    {
+        maMBDownHdl.Call(this);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplWin::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    mxLayoutData.emplace();
+    ImplWin* pThis = const_cast<ImplWin*>(this);
+    pThis->ImplDraw(*pThis->GetOutDev(), true);
+}
+
+void ImplWin::ImplDraw(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, bool bLayout)
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+    if (!bLayout)
+    {
+        bool bNativeOK = false;
+        bool bHasFocus = HasFocus();
+        bool bIsEnabled = IsEnabled();
+
+        ControlState nState = ControlState::ENABLED;
+        if (rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire)
+            && rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::HasBackgroundTexture) )
+        {
+            // Repaint the (focused) area similarly to
+            // ImplSmallBorderWindowView::DrawWindow() in
+            // vcl/source/window/brdwin.cxx
+            vcl::Window *pWin = GetParent();
+
+            ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+            bIsEnabled &= pWin->IsEnabled();
+            if ( !bIsEnabled )
+                nState &= ~ControlState::ENABLED;
+            bHasFocus |= pWin->HasFocus();
+            if ( bHasFocus )
+                nState |= ControlState::FOCUSED;
+
+            // The listbox is painted over the entire control including the
+            // border, but ImplWin does not contain the border => correction
+            // needed.
+            sal_Int32 nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom;
+            pWin->GetBorder( nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom );
+            Point aPoint( -nLeft, -nTop );
+            tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion( aPoint - GetPosPixel(), pWin->GetSizePixel() );
+
+            bool bMouseOver = pWin->IsMouseOver();
+            if (!bMouseOver)
+            {
+                vcl::Window *pChild = pWin->GetWindow( GetWindowType::FirstChild );
+                while( pChild )
+                {
+                    bMouseOver = pChild->IsMouseOver();
+                    if (bMouseOver)
+                        break;
+                    pChild = pChild->GetWindow( GetWindowType::Next );
+                }
+            }
+            if( bMouseOver )
+                nState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+
+            Color aBackgroundColor = COL_AUTO;
+            if (IsControlBackground())
+                aBackgroundColor = GetControlBackground();
+
+            // if parent has no border, then nobody has drawn the background
+            // since no border window exists. so draw it here.
+            WinBits nParentStyle = pWin->GetStyle();
+            if( ! (nParentStyle & WB_BORDER) || (nParentStyle & WB_NOBORDER) )
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle aParentRect( Point( 0, 0 ), pWin->GetSizePixel() );
+                pWin->GetOutDev()->DrawNativeControl( ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire, aParentRect,
+                                         nState, aControlValue, OUString(), aBackgroundColor);
+            }
+
+            bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire, aCtrlRegion,
+                                                         nState, aControlValue, OUString(), aBackgroundColor);
+        }
+
+        if (bIsEnabled)
+        {
+            if (bHasFocus && !ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbDDListBoxNoTextArea)
+            {
+                if ( !ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoFocusRects )
+                {
+                    rRenderContext.SetFillColor( rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor() );
+                    rRenderContext.SetTextColor( rStyleSettings.GetHighlightTextColor() );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    rRenderContext.SetLineColor();
+                    rRenderContext.SetFillColor();
+                    rRenderContext.SetTextColor( rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor() );
+                }
+                rRenderContext.DrawRect( maFocusRect );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                Color aColor;
+                if (IsControlForeground())
+                    aColor = GetControlForeground();
+                else if (ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbDDListBoxNoTextArea)
+                {
+                    if( bNativeOK && (nState & ControlState::ROLLOVER) )
+                        aColor = rStyleSettings.GetButtonRolloverTextColor();
+                    else
+                        aColor = rStyleSettings.GetButtonTextColor();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if( bNativeOK && (nState & ControlState::ROLLOVER) )
+                        aColor = rStyleSettings.GetFieldRolloverTextColor();
+                    else
+                        aColor = rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor();
+                }
+                rRenderContext.SetTextColor(aColor);
+                if (!bNativeOK)
+                    rRenderContext.Erase(maFocusRect);
+            }
+        }
+        else // Disabled
+        {
+            rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetDisableColor());
+            if (!bNativeOK)
+                rRenderContext.Erase(maFocusRect);
+        }
+    }
+
+    DrawEntry(rRenderContext, bLayout);
+}
+
+void ImplWin::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+    ApplyControlFont(rRenderContext, rStyleSettings.GetFieldFont());
+    ApplyControlForeground(rRenderContext, rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor());
+
+    if (IsControlBackground())
+        rRenderContext.SetBackground(GetControlBackground());
+    else
+        rRenderContext.SetBackground(rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor());
+}
+
+void ImplWin::Paint( vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& )
+{
+    ImplDraw(rRenderContext);
+}
+
+void ImplWin::DrawEntry(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, bool bLayout)
+{
+    tools::Long nBorder = 1;
+    Size aOutSz(GetOutputSizePixel());
+
+    bool bImage = !!maImage;
+    if (bImage && !bLayout)
+    {
+        DrawImageFlags nStyle = DrawImageFlags::NONE;
+        Size aImgSz = maImage.GetSizePixel();
+        Point aPtImg( nBorder, ( ( aOutSz.Height() - aImgSz.Height() ) / 2 ) );
+        const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = Application::GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+        // check for HC mode
+        Image *pImage = &maImage;
+
+        if ( !IsZoom() )
+        {
+            rRenderContext.DrawImage( aPtImg, *pImage, nStyle );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aImgSz.setWidth( CalcZoom( aImgSz.Width() ) );
+            aImgSz.setHeight( CalcZoom( aImgSz.Height() ) );
+            rRenderContext.DrawImage( aPtImg, aImgSz, *pImage, nStyle );
+        }
+
+        const sal_uInt16 nEdgeBlendingPercent(GetEdgeBlending() ? rStyleSettings.GetEdgeBlending() : 0);
+
+        if(nEdgeBlendingPercent)
+        {
+            const Color& rTopLeft(rStyleSettings.GetEdgeBlendingTopLeftColor());
+            const Color& rBottomRight(rStyleSettings.GetEdgeBlendingBottomRightColor());
+            const sal_uInt8 nAlpha((nEdgeBlendingPercent * 255) / 100);
+            const BitmapEx aBlendFrame(createBlendFrame(aImgSz, nAlpha, rTopLeft, rBottomRight));
+
+            if(!aBlendFrame.IsEmpty())
+            {
+                rRenderContext.DrawBitmapEx(aPtImg, aBlendFrame);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( !maString.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = DrawTextFlags::VCenter;
+
+        if ( bImage && !bLayout )
+            nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Left;
+        else if ( GetStyle() & WB_CENTER )
+            nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Center;
+        else if ( GetStyle() & WB_RIGHT )
+            nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Right;
+        else
+            nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Left;
+
+        tools::Rectangle aTextRect( Point( nBorder, 0 ), Size( aOutSz.Width()-2*nBorder, aOutSz.Height() ) );
+
+        if ( bImage )
+        {
+            aTextRect.AdjustLeft(maImage.GetSizePixel().Width() + IMG_TXT_DISTANCE );
+        }
+
+        std::vector< tools::Rectangle >* pVector = bLayout ? &mxLayoutData->m_aUnicodeBoundRects : nullptr;
+        OUString* pDisplayText = bLayout ? &mxLayoutData->m_aDisplayText : nullptr;
+        rRenderContext.DrawText( aTextRect, maString, nTextStyle, pVector, pDisplayText );
+    }
+
+    if( HasFocus() && !bLayout )
+        ShowFocus( maFocusRect );
+}
+
+void ImplWin::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+    maFocusRect.SetSize( GetOutputSizePixel() );
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void ImplWin::GetFocus()
+{
+    ShowFocus( maFocusRect );
+    if (IsNativeWidgetEnabled() &&
+        IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire))
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pWin = GetParent()->GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border );
+        if( ! pWin )
+            pWin = GetParent();
+        pWin->Invalidate();
+    }
+    else
+        Invalidate();
+    Control::GetFocus();
+}
+
+void ImplWin::LoseFocus()
+{
+    HideFocus();
+    if (IsNativeWidgetEnabled() &&
+        IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire))
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pWin = GetParent()->GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border );
+        if( ! pWin )
+            pWin = GetParent();
+        pWin->Invalidate();
+    }
+    else
+        Invalidate();
+    Control::LoseFocus();
+}
+
+void ImplWin::ShowFocus(const tools::Rectangle& rRect)
+{
+    if (IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Focus))
+    {
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+
+        vcl::Window *pWin = GetParent();
+        tools::Rectangle aParentRect(Point(0, 0), pWin->GetSizePixel());
+        pWin->GetOutDev()->DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Focus, aParentRect,
+                                ControlState::FOCUSED, aControlValue, OUString());
+    }
+    Control::ShowFocus(rRect);
+}
+
+ImplBtn::ImplBtn( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle ) :
+    PushButton(  pParent, nWinStyle )
+{
+}
+
+void ImplBtn::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& )
+{
+    if( IsEnabled() )
+        maMBDownHdl.Call(this);
+}
+
+ImplListBoxFloatingWindow::ImplListBoxFloatingWindow( vcl::Window* pParent ) :
+    FloatingWindow( pParent, WB_BORDER | WB_SYSTEMWINDOW | WB_NOSHADOW )    // no drop shadow for list boxes
+{
+    // for native widget rendering we must be able to detect this window type
+    SetType( WindowType::LISTBOXWINDOW );
+
+    mpImplLB = nullptr;
+    mnDDLineCount = 0;
+    mbAutoWidth = false;
+
+    mnPopupModeStartSaveSelection = LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+
+    vcl::Window * pBorderWindow = ImplGetBorderWindow();
+    if( pBorderWindow )
+    {
+        SetAccessibleRole(accessibility::AccessibleRole::PANEL);
+        pBorderWindow->SetAccessibleRole(accessibility::AccessibleRole::WINDOW);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SetAccessibleRole(accessibility::AccessibleRole::WINDOW);
+    }
+
+}
+
+ImplListBoxFloatingWindow::~ImplListBoxFloatingWindow()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxFloatingWindow::dispose()
+{
+    mpImplLB.clear();
+    FloatingWindow::dispose();
+}
+
+
+bool ImplListBoxFloatingWindow::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if( !GetParent()->HasChildPathFocus( true ) )
+            EndPopupMode();
+    }
+
+    return FloatingWindow::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxFloatingWindow::setPosSizePixel( tools::Long nX, tools::Long nY, tools::Long nWidth, tools::Long nHeight, PosSizeFlags nFlags )
+{
+    FloatingWindow::setPosSizePixel( nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight, nFlags );
+
+    // Fix #60890# ( MBA ): to be able to resize the Listbox even in its open state
+    // after a call to Resize(), we adjust its position if necessary
+    if ( IsReallyVisible() && ( nFlags & PosSizeFlags::Height ) )
+    {
+        Point aPos = GetParent()->GetPosPixel();
+        aPos = GetParent()->GetParent()->OutputToScreenPixel( aPos );
+
+        if ( nFlags & PosSizeFlags::X )
+            aPos.setX( nX );
+
+        if ( nFlags & PosSizeFlags::Y )
+            aPos.setY( nY );
+
+        sal_uInt16 nIndex;
+        SetPosPixel( ImplCalcPos( this, tools::Rectangle( aPos, GetParent()->GetSizePixel() ), FloatWinPopupFlags::Down, nIndex ) );
+    }
+
+//  if( !IsReallyVisible() )
+    {
+        // The ImplListBox does not get a Resize() as not visible.
+        // But the windows must get a Resize(), so that the number of
+        // visible entries is correct for PgUp/PgDown.
+        // The number also cannot be calculated by List/Combobox, as for
+        // this the presence of the vertical Scrollbar has to be known.
+        mpImplLB->SetSizePixel( GetOutputSizePixel() );
+        static_cast<vcl::Window*>(mpImplLB)->Resize();
+        static_cast<vcl::Window*>(mpImplLB->GetMainWindow())->Resize();
+    }
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxFloatingWindow::Resize()
+{
+    mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->ImplClearLayoutData();
+    FloatingWindow::Resize();
+}
+
+Size ImplListBoxFloatingWindow::CalcFloatSize() const
+{
+    Size aFloatSz( maPrefSz );
+
+    sal_Int32 nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom;
+    GetBorder( nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom );
+
+    sal_Int32 nLines = mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount();
+    if ( mnDDLineCount && ( nLines > mnDDLineCount ) )
+        nLines = mnDDLineCount;
+
+    Size aSz = mpImplLB->CalcSize( nLines );
+    tools::Long nMaxHeight = aSz.Height() + nTop + nBottom;
+
+    if ( mnDDLineCount )
+        aFloatSz.setHeight( nMaxHeight );
+
+    if( mbAutoWidth )
+    {
+        // AutoSize first only for width...
+
+        aFloatSz.setWidth( aSz.Width() + nLeft + nRight );
+        aFloatSz.AdjustWidth(nRight ); // adding some space looks better...
+
+        if ( ( aFloatSz.Height() < nMaxHeight ) || ( mnDDLineCount && ( mnDDLineCount < mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount() ) ) )
+        {
+            // then we also need the vertical Scrollbar
+            tools::Long nSBWidth = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize();
+            aFloatSz.AdjustWidth(nSBWidth );
+        }
+
+        tools::Long nDesktopWidth = GetDesktopRectPixel().getOpenWidth();
+        if (aFloatSz.Width() > nDesktopWidth)
+            // Don't exceed the desktop width.
+            aFloatSz.setWidth( nDesktopWidth );
+    }
+
+    if ( aFloatSz.Height() > nMaxHeight )
+        aFloatSz.setHeight( nMaxHeight );
+
+    // Minimal height, in case height is not set to Float height.
+    // The parent of FloatWin must be DropDown-Combo/Listbox.
+    Size aParentSz = GetParent()->GetSizePixel();
+    if( (!mnDDLineCount || !nLines) && ( aFloatSz.Height() < aParentSz.Height() ) )
+        aFloatSz.setHeight( aParentSz.Height() );
+
+    // do not get narrower than the parent...
+    if( aFloatSz.Width() < aParentSz.Width() )
+        aFloatSz.setWidth( aParentSz.Width() );
+
+    // align height to entries...
+    tools::Long nInnerHeight = aFloatSz.Height() - nTop - nBottom;
+    tools::Long nEntryHeight = mpImplLB->GetEntryHeightWithMargin();
+    if ( nInnerHeight % nEntryHeight )
+    {
+        nInnerHeight /= nEntryHeight;
+        nInnerHeight++;
+        nInnerHeight *= nEntryHeight;
+        aFloatSz.setHeight( nInnerHeight + nTop + nBottom );
+    }
+
+    if (aFloatSz.Width() < aSz.Width())
+    {
+        // The max width of list box entries exceeds the window width.
+        // Account for the scroll bar height.
+        tools::Long nSBWidth = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize();
+        aFloatSz.AdjustHeight(nSBWidth );
+    }
+
+    return aFloatSz;
+}
+
+void ImplListBoxFloatingWindow::StartFloat( bool bStartTracking )
+{
+    if( IsInPopupMode() )
+        return;
+
+    Size aFloatSz = CalcFloatSize();
+
+    SetSizePixel( aFloatSz );
+    mpImplLB->SetSizePixel( GetOutputSizePixel() );
+
+    sal_Int32 nPos = mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( 0 );
+    mnPopupModeStartSaveSelection = nPos;
+
+    Size aSz = GetParent()->GetSizePixel();
+    Point aPos = GetParent()->GetPosPixel();
+    aPos = GetParent()->GetParent()->OutputToScreenPixel( aPos );
+    // FIXME: this ugly hack is for Mac/Aqua
+    // should be replaced by a real mechanism to place the float rectangle
+    if( ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoFocusRects &&
+        GetParent()->IsNativeWidgetEnabled() )
+    {
+        const sal_Int32 nLeft = 4, nTop = 4, nRight = 4, nBottom = 4;
+        aPos.AdjustX(nLeft );
+        aPos.AdjustY(nTop );
+        aSz.AdjustWidth( -(nLeft + nRight) );
+        aSz.AdjustHeight( -(nTop + nBottom) );
+    }
+    tools::Rectangle aRect( aPos, aSz );
+
+    // check if the control's parent is un-mirrored which is the case for form controls in a mirrored UI
+    // where the document is unmirrored
+    // because StartPopupMode() expects a rectangle in mirrored coordinates we have to re-mirror
+    vcl::Window *pGrandparent = GetParent()->GetParent();
+    const OutputDevice *pGrandparentOutDev = pGrandparent->GetOutDev();
+
+    if( pGrandparent->GetOutDev()->ImplIsAntiparallel() )
+        pGrandparentOutDev->ReMirror( aRect );
+
+    // mouse-button right: close the List-Box-Float-win and don't stop the handling fdo#84795
+    StartPopupMode( aRect, LISTBOX_FLOATWINPOPUPFLAGS );
+
+    if( nPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+        mpImplLB->ShowProminentEntry( nPos );
+
+    if( bStartTracking )
+        mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->EnableMouseMoveSelect( true );
+
+    if ( mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->IsGrabFocusAllowed() )
+        mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->GrabFocus();
+
+    mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->ImplClearLayoutData();
+
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/ivctrl.cxx b/vcl/source/control/ivctrl.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2f502ff81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/ivctrl.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+
+#include <utility>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/ivctrl.hxx>
+#include "imivctl.hxx"
+#include <vcl/accessiblefactory.hxx>
+#include <vcl/bitmapex.hxx>
+#include <vcl/commandevent.hxx>
+#include <vcl/mnemonic.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/tabctrl.hxx>
+#include <vcl/vclevent.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/uiobject.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/logger.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/eventdescription.hxx>
+#include <verticaltabctrl.hxx>
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star::accessibility;
+
+namespace
+{
+void collectUIInformation( const OUString& aID, const OUString& aPos)
+{
+    EventDescription aDescription;
+    aDescription.aID = aID;
+    aDescription.aParameters = {{ "POS" ,  aPos}};
+    aDescription.aAction = "SELECT";
+    aDescription.aKeyWord = "VerticalTab";
+    UITestLogger::getInstance().logEvent(aDescription);
+}
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+|
+| class : SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry
+|
+\*****************************************************************************/
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry::SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry( OUString _aText,
+                                                Image _aImage )
+    : aImage(std::move(_aImage))
+    , aText(std::move(_aText))
+    , nPos(0)
+    , pblink(nullptr)
+    , pflink(nullptr)
+    , eTextMode(SvxIconChoiceCtrlTextMode::Short)
+    , nX(0)
+    , nY(0)
+    , nFlags(SvxIconViewFlags::NONE)
+{
+}
+
+OUString SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry::GetDisplayText() const
+{
+    return MnemonicGenerator::EraseAllMnemonicChars( aText );
+}
+
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo::SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo( const SvxIconChoiceCtrlColumnInfo& rInfo )
+{
+    nWidth = rInfo.nWidth;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+|
+| class : SvtIconChoiceCtrl
+|
+\*****************************************************************************/
+
+SvtIconChoiceCtrl::SvtIconChoiceCtrl( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle ) :
+
+     // WB_CLIPCHILDREN on, as ScrollBars lie on the window!
+    Control( pParent, nWinStyle | WB_CLIPCHILDREN ),
+
+    _pImpl           ( new SvxIconChoiceCtrl_Impl( this, nWinStyle ) )
+{
+    GetOutDev()->SetLineColor();
+    _pImpl->InitSettings();
+    _pImpl->SetPositionMode( SvxIconChoiceCtrlPositionMode::AutoArrange );
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::SetSelectionMode(SelectionMode eMode)
+{
+    _pImpl->SetSelectionMode(eMode);
+}
+
+SvtIconChoiceCtrl::~SvtIconChoiceCtrl()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::dispose()
+{
+    if (_pImpl)
+    {
+        _pImpl->CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ObjectDying, nullptr );
+        _pImpl.reset();
+    }
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* SvtIconChoiceCtrl::InsertEntry( const OUString& rText, const Image& rImage  )
+{
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = new SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry( rText, rImage);
+
+    _pImpl->InsertEntry(std::unique_ptr<SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry>(pEntry), _pImpl->GetEntryCount());
+
+    return pEntry;
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::RemoveEntry(sal_Int32 nIndex)
+{
+    _pImpl->RemoveEntry(nIndex);
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::DrawEntryImage( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry const * pEntry, const Point& rPos, OutputDevice& rDev )
+{
+    rDev.DrawImage( rPos, pEntry->GetImage() );
+}
+
+OUString SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetEntryText( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry const * pEntry )
+{
+    return pEntry->GetText();
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRect)
+{
+    _pImpl->Paint(rRenderContext, rRect);
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if( !_pImpl->MouseButtonDown( rMEvt ) )
+        Control::MouseButtonDown( rMEvt );
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if( !_pImpl->MouseButtonUp( rMEvt ) )
+        Control::MouseButtonUp( rMEvt );
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if( !_pImpl->MouseMove( rMEvt ) )
+        Control::MouseMove( rMEvt );
+}
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::ArrangeIcons()
+{
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_ALIGN_TOP )
+    {
+        Size aFullSize;
+        tools::Rectangle aEntryRect;
+
+        for ( sal_Int32 i = 0; i < GetEntryCount(); i++ )
+        {
+            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = GetEntry ( i );
+            aEntryRect = _pImpl->GetEntryBoundRect ( pEntry );
+
+            aFullSize.setWidth ( aFullSize.getWidth()+aEntryRect.GetWidth() );
+        }
+
+        _pImpl->Arrange ( false, aFullSize.getWidth(), 0 );
+    }
+    else if ( GetStyle() & WB_ALIGN_LEFT )
+    {
+        Size aFullSize;
+        tools::Rectangle aEntryRect;
+
+        for ( sal_Int32 i = 0; i < GetEntryCount(); i++ )
+        {
+            SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = GetEntry ( i );
+            aEntryRect = _pImpl->GetEntryBoundRect ( pEntry );
+
+            aFullSize.setHeight ( aFullSize.getHeight()+aEntryRect.GetHeight() );
+        }
+
+        _pImpl->Arrange ( false, 0, aFullSize.getHeight() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        _pImpl->Arrange(false, 0, 0);
+    }
+    _pImpl->Arrange( false, 0, 1000 );
+}
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::Resize()
+{
+    _pImpl->Resize();
+    Control::Resize();
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetFocus()
+{
+    _pImpl->GetFocus();
+    Control::GetFocus();
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pSelectedEntry = GetSelectedEntry();
+    if ( pSelectedEntry )
+        _pImpl->CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ListboxSelect, pSelectedEntry );
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::LoseFocus()
+{
+    if (_pImpl)
+        _pImpl->LoseFocus();
+    Control::LoseFocus();
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::SetFont(const vcl::Font& rFont)
+{
+    if (rFont != GetFont())
+    {
+        Control::SetFont(rFont);
+        _pImpl->FontModified();
+    }
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::SetPointFont(const vcl::Font& rFont)
+{
+    if (rFont != GetPointFont(*GetOutDev())) //FIXME
+    {
+        Control::SetPointFont(*GetOutDev(), rFont); //FIXME
+        _pImpl->FontModified();
+    }
+}
+
+WinBits SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetStyle() const
+{
+    return _pImpl->GetStyle();
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::Command(const CommandEvent& rCEvt)
+{
+    _pImpl->Command( rCEvt );
+    //pass at least alt press/release to parent impl
+    if (rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::ModKeyChange)
+        Control::Command(rCEvt);
+}
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::SetEntryTextMode( SvxIconChoiceCtrlTextMode eMode, SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry )
+{
+    _pImpl->SetEntryTextMode( eMode, pEntry );
+}
+#endif
+
+sal_Int32 SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetEntryCount() const
+{
+    return _pImpl ? _pImpl->GetEntryCount() : 0;
+}
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetEntry( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    return _pImpl ? _pImpl->GetEntry( nPos ) : nullptr;
+}
+
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetSelectedEntry() const
+{
+    return _pImpl ? _pImpl->GetFirstSelectedEntry() : nullptr;
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::ClickIcon()
+{
+    GetSelectedEntry();
+    _aClickIconHdl.Call( this );
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    bool bKeyUsed = DoKeyInput( rKEvt );
+    if ( !bKeyUsed )
+    {
+        Control::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+    }
+}
+bool SvtIconChoiceCtrl::DoKeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    return _pImpl->KeyInput( rKEvt );
+}
+sal_Int32 SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetEntryListPos( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry const * pEntry ) const
+{
+    return _pImpl->GetEntryListPos( pEntry );
+}
+SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetCursor( ) const
+{
+    return _pImpl->GetCurEntry( );
+}
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::SetCursor( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry )
+{
+    _pImpl->SetCursor( pEntry );
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    if ( ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ) &&
+         (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE) )
+    {
+        _pImpl->InitSettings();
+        Invalidate(InvalidateFlags::NoChildren);
+    }
+    else
+        Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::SetBackground( const Wallpaper& rPaper )
+{
+    if( rPaper == GetBackground() )
+        return;
+
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    // if it is the default (empty) wallpaper
+    if (rPaper.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        Control::SetBackground( rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Wallpaper aBackground( rPaper );
+        // HACK, as background might be transparent!
+        if( !aBackground.IsBitmap() )
+            aBackground.SetStyle( WallpaperStyle::Tile );
+
+        WallpaperStyle eStyle = aBackground.GetStyle();
+        Color aBack( aBackground.GetColor());
+        if( aBack == COL_TRANSPARENT &&
+            (!aBackground.IsBitmap() ||
+             aBackground.GetBitmap().IsAlpha() ||
+             (eStyle != WallpaperStyle::Tile && eStyle != WallpaperStyle::Scale)) )
+        {
+            aBackground.SetColor( rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor() );
+        }
+        if( aBackground.IsScrollable() )
+        {
+            tools::Rectangle aRect;
+            aRect.SetSize( Size(32765, 32765) );
+            aBackground.SetRect( aRect );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            tools::Rectangle aRect( _pImpl->GetOutputRect() );
+            aBackground.SetRect( aRect );
+        }
+        Control::SetBackground( aBackground );
+    }
+
+    // If text colors are attributed "hard," don't use automatism to select
+    // a readable text color.
+    vcl::Font aFont( GetFont() );
+    aFont.SetColor( rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor() );
+    SetFont( aFont );
+
+    Invalidate(InvalidateFlags::NoChildren);
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::RequestHelp( const HelpEvent& rHEvt )
+{
+    if ( !_pImpl->RequestHelp( rHEvt ) )
+        Control::RequestHelp( rHEvt );
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetBoundingBox( SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry ) const
+{
+    return _pImpl->GetEntryBoundRect( pEntry );
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    CreateLayoutData();
+    const_cast<SvtIconChoiceCtrl*>(this)->Invalidate();
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle SvtIconChoiceCtrl::GetEntryCharacterBounds( const sal_Int32 _nEntryPos, const sal_Int32 _nCharacterIndex ) const
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aRect;
+
+    Pair aEntryCharacterRange = GetLineStartEnd( _nEntryPos );
+    if ( aEntryCharacterRange.A() + _nCharacterIndex < aEntryCharacterRange.B() )
+    {
+        aRect = GetCharacterBounds( aEntryCharacterRange.A() + _nCharacterIndex );
+    }
+
+    return aRect;
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::SetNoSelection()
+{
+    _pImpl->SetNoSelection();
+}
+
+void SvtIconChoiceCtrl::CallImplEventListeners(VclEventId nEvent, void* pData)
+{
+    CallEventListeners(nEvent, pData);
+}
+css::uno::Reference< XAccessible > SvtIconChoiceCtrl::CreateAccessible()
+{
+    vcl::Window* pParent = GetAccessibleParentWindow();
+    DBG_ASSERT( pParent, "SvTreeListBox::CreateAccessible - accessible parent not found" );
+
+    css::uno::Reference< XAccessible > xAccessible;
+    if ( pParent )
+    {
+        css::uno::Reference< XAccessible > xAccParent = pParent->GetAccessible();
+        if ( xAccParent.is() )
+        {
+            css::uno::Reference< css::awt::XVclWindowPeer > xHoldAlive(GetComponentInterface());
+            xAccessible = _pImpl->GetAccessibleFactory().createAccessibleIconChoiceCtrl( *this, xAccParent );
+        }
+    }
+    return xAccessible;
+}
+
+struct VerticalTabPageData
+{
+    OUString sId;
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry;
+    VclPtr<vcl::Window> xPage;      ///< the TabPage itself
+};
+
+VerticalTabControl::VerticalTabControl(vcl::Window* pParent)
+    : VclHBox(pParent)
+    , m_xChooser(VclPtr<SvtIconChoiceCtrl>::Create(this, WB_3DLOOK | WB_ICON | WB_BORDER |
+                                                         WB_NOCOLUMNHEADER | WB_HIGHLIGHTFRAME |
+                                                         WB_NODRAGSELECTION | WB_TABSTOP | WB_CLIPCHILDREN |
+                                                         WB_ALIGN_LEFT | WB_NOHSCROLL))
+    , m_xBox(VclPtr<VclVBox>::Create(this))
+{
+    SetStyle(GetStyle() | WB_DIALOGCONTROL);
+    SetType(WindowType::VERTICALTABCONTROL);
+    m_xChooser->SetSelectionMode(SelectionMode::Single);
+    m_xChooser->SetClickHdl(LINK(this, VerticalTabControl, ChosePageHdl_Impl));
+    m_xChooser->set_width_request(110);
+    m_xChooser->set_height_request(400);
+    m_xChooser->SetSizePixel(Size(110, 400));
+    m_xBox->set_vexpand(true);
+    m_xBox->set_hexpand(true);
+    m_xBox->set_expand(true);
+    m_xBox->Show();
+    m_xChooser->Show();
+}
+
+VerticalTabControl::~VerticalTabControl()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void VerticalTabControl::dispose()
+{
+    m_xChooser.disposeAndClear();
+    m_xBox.disposeAndClear();
+    VclHBox::dispose();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(VerticalTabControl, ChosePageHdl_Impl, SvtIconChoiceCtrl*, void)
+{
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry *pEntry = m_xChooser->GetSelectedEntry();
+    if (!pEntry)
+        pEntry = m_xChooser->GetCursor();
+
+    VerticalTabPageData* pData = GetPageData(pEntry);
+
+    if (pData->sId != m_sCurrentPageId)
+        SetCurPageId(pData->sId);
+}
+
+void VerticalTabControl::ActivatePage()
+{
+    m_aActivateHdl.Call( this );
+}
+
+bool VerticalTabControl::DeactivatePage()
+{
+    return !m_aDeactivateHdl.IsSet() || m_aDeactivateHdl.Call(this);
+}
+
+VerticalTabPageData* VerticalTabControl::GetPageData(const SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry) const
+{
+    VerticalTabPageData* pRet = nullptr;
+    for (auto & pData : maPageList)
+    {
+        if (pData->pEntry == pEntry)
+        {
+            pRet = pData.get();
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+VerticalTabPageData* VerticalTabControl::GetPageData(std::u16string_view rId) const
+{
+    VerticalTabPageData* pRet = nullptr;
+    for (auto & pData : maPageList)
+    {
+        if (pData->sId == rId)
+        {
+            pRet = pData.get();
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+void VerticalTabControl::SetCurPageId(const OUString& rId)
+{
+    OUString sOldPageId = GetCurPageId();
+    if (sOldPageId == rId)
+        return;
+
+    VerticalTabPageData* pOldData = GetPageData(sOldPageId);
+    if (pOldData && pOldData->xPage)
+    {
+        if (!DeactivatePage())
+            return;
+        pOldData->xPage->Hide();
+    }
+
+    m_sCurrentPageId = "";
+
+    VerticalTabPageData* pNewData = GetPageData(rId);
+    if (pNewData && pNewData->xPage)
+    {
+        m_sCurrentPageId = rId;
+        m_xChooser->SetCursor(pNewData->pEntry);
+
+        ActivatePage();
+        pNewData->xPage->Show();
+    }
+    collectUIInformation(get_id(),m_sCurrentPageId);
+}
+
+const OUString & VerticalTabControl::GetPageId(sal_uInt16 nIndex) const
+{
+    return maPageList[nIndex]->sId;
+}
+
+void VerticalTabControl::InsertPage(const rtl::OUString &rIdent, const rtl::OUString& rLabel, const Image& rImage,
+                                    const rtl::OUString& rTooltip, VclPtr<vcl::Window> xPage, int nPos)
+{
+    SvxIconChoiceCtrlEntry* pEntry = m_xChooser->InsertEntry(rLabel, rImage);
+    pEntry->SetQuickHelpText(rTooltip);
+    m_xChooser->ArrangeIcons();
+    VerticalTabPageData* pNew;
+    if (nPos == -1)
+    {
+        maPageList.emplace_back(new VerticalTabPageData);
+        pNew = maPageList.back().get();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        maPageList.emplace(maPageList.begin() + nPos, new VerticalTabPageData);
+        pNew = maPageList[nPos].get();
+    }
+    pNew->sId = rIdent;
+    pNew->pEntry = pEntry;
+    pNew->xPage = xPage;
+    Size aOrigPrefSize(m_xBox->get_preferred_size());
+    Size aPagePrefSize(xPage->get_preferred_size());
+    m_xBox->set_width_request(std::max(aOrigPrefSize.Width(), aPagePrefSize.Width()));
+    m_xBox->set_height_request(std::max(aOrigPrefSize.Height(), aPagePrefSize.Height()));
+    pNew->xPage->Hide();
+}
+
+void VerticalTabControl::RemovePage(std::u16string_view rPageId)
+{
+    for (auto it = maPageList.begin(), end = maPageList.end(); it != end; ++it)
+    {
+        VerticalTabPageData* pData = it->get();
+        if (pData->sId == rPageId)
+        {
+            sal_Int32 nEntryListPos = m_xChooser->GetEntryListPos(pData->pEntry);
+            m_xChooser->RemoveEntry(nEntryListPos);
+            m_xChooser->ArrangeIcons();
+            maPageList.erase(it);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 VerticalTabControl::GetPagePos(std::u16string_view rPageId) const
+{
+    VerticalTabPageData* pData = GetPageData(rPageId);
+    if (!pData)
+        return TAB_PAGE_NOTFOUND;
+    return m_xChooser->GetEntryListPos(pData->pEntry);
+}
+
+VclPtr<vcl::Window> VerticalTabControl::GetPage(std::u16string_view rPageId) const
+{
+    VerticalTabPageData* pData = GetPageData(rPageId);
+    if (!pData)
+        return nullptr;
+    return pData->xPage;
+}
+
+OUString VerticalTabControl::GetPageText(std::u16string_view rPageId) const
+{
+    VerticalTabPageData* pData = GetPageData(rPageId);
+    if (!pData)
+        return OUString();
+    return pData->pEntry->GetText();
+}
+
+void VerticalTabControl::SetPageText(std::u16string_view rPageId, const OUString& rText)
+{
+    VerticalTabPageData* pData = GetPageData(rPageId);
+    if (!pData)
+        return;
+    pData->pEntry->SetText(rText);
+}
+
+void VerticalTabControl::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    rJsonWriter.put("id", get_id());
+    rJsonWriter.put("type", "tabcontrol");
+    rJsonWriter.put("vertical", true);
+    rJsonWriter.put("selected", GetCurPageId());
+
+    {
+        auto childrenNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("children");
+        for (int i = 0; i < GetPageCount(); i++)
+        {
+            VclPtr<vcl::Window> pChild = GetPage(GetPageId(i));
+
+            if (pChild)
+            {
+                if (!pChild->GetChildCount())
+                    continue;
+
+                auto aChildNode = rJsonWriter.startStruct();
+                pChild->DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    {
+        auto tabsNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("tabs");
+        for(int i = 0; i < GetPageCount(); i++)
+        {
+            VclPtr<vcl::Window> pChild = GetPage(GetPageId(i));
+
+            if (pChild)
+            {
+                if (!pChild->GetChildCount())
+                    continue;
+
+                auto aTabNode = rJsonWriter.startStruct();
+                auto sId = GetPageId(i);
+                rJsonWriter.put("text", GetPageText(sId));
+                rJsonWriter.put("id", sId);
+                rJsonWriter.put("name", GetPageText(sId));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+FactoryFunction VerticalTabControl::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return VerticalTabControlUIObject::create;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/listbox.cxx b/vcl/source/control/listbox.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e189c8480f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/listbox.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1457 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/builder.hxx>
+#include <vcl/commandevent.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/lstbox.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/uiobject.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+#include <listbox.hxx>
+#include <dndeventdispatcher.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/lok.hxx>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/XDropTarget.hpp>
+#include <boost/property_tree/ptree.hpp>
+#include <tools/json_writer.hxx>
+
+ListBox::ListBox(WindowType nType)
+    : Control(nType)
+    , mpImplLB(nullptr)
+{
+    ImplInitListBoxData();
+}
+
+ListBox::ListBox( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) : Control( WindowType::LISTBOX )
+{
+    ImplInitListBoxData();
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+ListBox::~ListBox()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void ListBox::dispose()
+{
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ObjectDying );
+
+    mpImplLB.disposeAndClear();
+    mpFloatWin.disposeAndClear();
+    mpImplWin.disposeAndClear();
+    mpBtn.disposeAndClear();
+
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+void ListBox::ImplInitListBoxData()
+{
+    mpFloatWin      = nullptr;
+    mpImplWin       = nullptr;
+    mpBtn           = nullptr;
+    mnDDHeight      = 0;
+    mnLineCount     = 0;
+    m_nMaxWidthChars = -1;
+    mbDDAutoSize    = true;
+}
+
+void ListBox::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    nStyle = ImplInitStyle( nStyle );
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOBORDER) && ( nStyle & WB_DROPDOWN ) )
+        nStyle |= WB_BORDER;
+
+    Control::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+
+    css::uno::Reference< css::datatransfer::dnd::XDropTargetListener> xDrop = new DNDEventDispatcher(this);
+
+    if( nStyle & WB_DROPDOWN )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom;
+        GetBorder( nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom );
+        mnDDHeight = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(GetTextHeight() + nTop + nBottom + 4);
+
+        if( IsNativeWidgetEnabled() &&
+            IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire ) )
+        {
+                ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+                tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion( Point( 0, 0 ), Size( 20, mnDDHeight ) );
+                tools::Rectangle aBoundingRgn( aCtrlRegion );
+                tools::Rectangle aContentRgn( aCtrlRegion );
+                if( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire, aCtrlRegion,
+                                            ControlState::ENABLED, aControlValue,
+                                            aBoundingRgn, aContentRgn ) )
+                {
+                    sal_Int32 nHeight = aBoundingRgn.GetHeight();
+                    if( nHeight > mnDDHeight )
+                        mnDDHeight = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nHeight);
+                }
+        }
+
+        mpFloatWin = VclPtr<ImplListBoxFloatingWindow>::Create( this );
+        if (!IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Pushbutton, ControlPart::Focus))
+            mpFloatWin->RequestDoubleBuffering(true);
+        mpFloatWin->SetAutoWidth( true );
+        mpFloatWin->SetPopupModeEndHdl( LINK( this, ListBox, ImplPopupModeEndHdl ) );
+        mpFloatWin->GetDropTarget()->addDropTargetListener(xDrop);
+
+        mpImplWin = VclPtr<ImplWin>::Create( this, (nStyle & (WB_LEFT|WB_RIGHT|WB_CENTER))|WB_NOBORDER );
+        mpImplWin->SetMBDownHdl( LINK( this, ListBox, ImplClickBtnHdl ) );
+        mpImplWin->Show();
+        mpImplWin->GetDropTarget()->addDropTargetListener(xDrop);
+        mpImplWin->SetEdgeBlending(false);
+
+        mpBtn = VclPtr<ImplBtn>::Create( this, WB_NOLIGHTBORDER | WB_RECTSTYLE );
+        ImplInitDropDownButton( mpBtn );
+        mpBtn->SetMBDownHdl( LINK( this, ListBox, ImplClickBtnHdl ) );
+        mpBtn->Show();
+        mpBtn->GetDropTarget()->addDropTargetListener(xDrop);
+    }
+
+    vcl::Window* pLBParent = this;
+    if ( mpFloatWin )
+        pLBParent = mpFloatWin;
+    mpImplLB = VclPtr<ImplListBox>::Create( pLBParent, nStyle&(~WB_BORDER) );
+    mpImplLB->SetSelectHdl( LINK( this, ListBox, ImplSelectHdl ) );
+    mpImplLB->SetScrollHdl( LINK( this, ListBox, ImplScrollHdl ) );
+    mpImplLB->SetCancelHdl( LINK( this, ListBox, ImplCancelHdl ) );
+    mpImplLB->SetDoubleClickHdl( LINK( this, ListBox, ImplDoubleClickHdl ) );
+    mpImplLB->SetFocusHdl( LINK( this, ListBox, ImplFocusHdl ) );
+    mpImplLB->SetListItemSelectHdl( LINK( this, ListBox, ImplListItemSelectHdl ) );
+    mpImplLB->SetPosPixel( Point() );
+    mpImplLB->SetEdgeBlending(false);
+    mpImplLB->Show();
+
+    mpImplLB->GetDropTarget()->addDropTargetListener(xDrop);
+
+    if ( mpFloatWin )
+    {
+        mpFloatWin->SetImplListBox( mpImplLB );
+        mpImplLB->SetSelectionChangedHdl( LINK( this, ListBox, ImplSelectionChangedHdl ) );
+    }
+    else
+        mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->AllowGrabFocus( true );
+
+    SetCompoundControl( true );
+}
+
+WinBits ListBox::ImplInitStyle( WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOTABSTOP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOGROUP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_GROUP;
+    return nStyle;
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ListBox, ImplSelectHdl, LinkParamNone*, void)
+{
+    bool bPopup = IsInDropDown();
+    if( IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        if( !mpImplLB->IsTravelSelect() )
+        {
+            mpFloatWin->EndPopupMode();
+            mpImplWin->GrabFocus();
+        }
+
+        mpImplWin->SetItemPos( GetSelectedEntryPos() );
+        mpImplWin->SetString( GetSelectedEntry() );
+        if( mpImplLB->GetEntryList().HasImages() )
+        {
+            Image aImage = mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryImage( GetSelectedEntryPos() );
+            mpImplWin->SetImage( aImage );
+        }
+        mpImplWin->Invalidate();
+    }
+
+    if ( ( !IsTravelSelect() || mpImplLB->IsSelectionChanged() ) || ( bPopup && !IsMultiSelectionEnabled() ) )
+        Select();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK( ListBox, ImplFocusHdl, sal_Int32, nPos, void )
+{
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ListboxFocus, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nPos) );
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG( ListBox, ImplListItemSelectHdl, LinkParamNone*, void )
+{
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownSelect );
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ListBox, ImplScrollHdl, ImplListBox*, void)
+{
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ListboxScrolled );
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ListBox, ImplCancelHdl, LinkParamNone*, void)
+{
+    if( IsInDropDown() )
+        mpFloatWin->EndPopupMode();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK( ListBox, ImplSelectionChangedHdl, sal_Int32, nChanged, void )
+{
+    if ( mpImplLB->IsTrackingSelect() )
+        return;
+
+    const ImplEntryList& rEntryList = mpImplLB->GetEntryList();
+    if ( rEntryList.IsEntryPosSelected( nChanged ) )
+    {
+        // FIXME? This should've been turned into an ImplPaintEntry some time ago...
+        if ( nChanged < rEntryList.GetMRUCount() )
+            nChanged = rEntryList.FindEntry( rEntryList.GetEntryText( nChanged ) );
+        mpImplWin->SetItemPos( nChanged );
+        mpImplWin->SetString( rEntryList.GetEntryText( nChanged ) );
+        if( rEntryList.HasImages() )
+        {
+            Image aImage = rEntryList.GetEntryImage( nChanged );
+            mpImplWin->SetImage( aImage );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mpImplWin->SetItemPos( LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND );
+        mpImplWin->SetString( OUString() );
+        Image aImage;
+        mpImplWin->SetImage( aImage );
+    }
+    mpImplWin->Invalidate();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ListBox, ImplDoubleClickHdl, ImplListBoxWindow*, void)
+{
+    DoubleClick();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ListBox, ImplClickBtnHdl, void*, void)
+{
+    if( mpFloatWin->IsInPopupMode() )
+        return;
+
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownPreOpen );
+    mpImplWin->GrabFocus();
+    mpBtn->SetPressed( true );
+    mpFloatWin->StartFloat( true );
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownOpen );
+
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+    if( mpImplLB )
+        mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->ImplClearLayoutData();
+    if( mpImplWin )
+        mpImplWin->ImplClearLayoutData();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ListBox, ImplPopupModeEndHdl, FloatingWindow*, void)
+{
+    if( mpFloatWin->IsPopupModeCanceled() )
+    {
+        if ( ( mpFloatWin->GetPopupModeStartSaveSelection() != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+                && !IsEntryPosSelected( mpFloatWin->GetPopupModeStartSaveSelection() ) )
+        {
+            mpImplLB->SelectEntry( mpFloatWin->GetPopupModeStartSaveSelection(), true );
+            bool bTravelSelect = mpImplLB->IsTravelSelect();
+            mpImplLB->SetTravelSelect( true );
+
+            VclPtr<vcl::Window> xWindow = this;
+            Select();
+            if ( xWindow->isDisposed() )
+                return;
+
+            mpImplLB->SetTravelSelect( bTravelSelect );
+        }
+    }
+
+    ImplClearLayoutData();
+    if( mpImplLB )
+        mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->ImplClearLayoutData();
+    if( mpImplWin )
+        mpImplWin->ImplClearLayoutData();
+
+    mpBtn->SetPressed( false );
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownClose );
+}
+
+void ListBox::ToggleDropDown()
+{
+    if( !IsDropDownBox() )
+        return;
+
+    if( mpFloatWin->IsInPopupMode() )
+        mpFloatWin->EndPopupMode();
+    else
+    {
+        CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownPreOpen );
+        mpImplWin->GrabFocus();
+        mpBtn->SetPressed( true );
+        mpFloatWin->StartFloat( true );
+        CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownOpen );
+    }
+}
+
+void ListBox::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    rRenderContext.SetBackground();
+}
+
+void ListBox::Draw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos, SystemTextColorFlags nFlags )
+{
+    mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->ApplySettings(*pDev);
+
+    Point aPos = pDev->LogicToPixel( rPos );
+    Size aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    vcl::Font aFont = mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->GetDrawPixelFont( pDev );
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+    pDev->SetFont( aFont );
+    pDev->SetTextFillColor();
+
+    // Border/Background
+    pDev->SetLineColor();
+    pDev->SetFillColor();
+    bool bBorder = (GetStyle() & WB_BORDER);
+    bool bBackground = IsControlBackground();
+    if ( bBorder || bBackground )
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aRect( aPos, aSize );
+        if ( bBorder )
+        {
+            ImplDrawFrame( pDev, aRect );
+        }
+        if ( bBackground )
+        {
+            pDev->SetFillColor( GetControlBackground() );
+            pDev->DrawRect( aRect );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Content
+    if ( nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono )
+    {
+        pDev->SetTextColor( COL_BLACK );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( !IsEnabled() )
+        {
+            const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+            pDev->SetTextColor( rStyleSettings.GetDisableColor() );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pDev->SetTextColor( GetTextColor() );
+        }
+    }
+
+    const tools::Long nOnePixel = GetDrawPixel( pDev, 1 );
+    const tools::Long nOffX = 3*nOnePixel;
+    DrawTextFlags nTextStyle = DrawTextFlags::VCenter;
+    tools::Rectangle aTextRect( aPos, aSize );
+
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_CENTER )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Center;
+    else if ( GetStyle() & WB_RIGHT )
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Right;
+    else
+        nTextStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Left;
+
+    aTextRect.AdjustLeft(nOffX );
+    aTextRect.AdjustRight( -nOffX );
+
+    if ( IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        OUString   aText = GetSelectedEntry();
+        tools::Long       nTextHeight = pDev->GetTextHeight();
+        tools::Long       nTextWidth = pDev->GetTextWidth( aText );
+        tools::Long       nOffY = (aSize.Height()-nTextHeight) / 2;
+
+        // Clipping?
+        if ( (nOffY < 0) ||
+             ((nOffY+nTextHeight) > aSize.Height()) ||
+             ((nOffX+nTextWidth) > aSize.Width()) )
+        {
+            tools::Rectangle aClip( aPos, aSize );
+            if ( nTextHeight > aSize.Height() )
+                aClip.AdjustBottom(nTextHeight-aSize.Height()+1 );  // So that HP Printers don't optimize this away
+            pDev->IntersectClipRegion( aClip );
+        }
+
+        pDev->DrawText( aTextRect, aText, nTextStyle );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tools::Long        nTextHeight = pDev->GetTextHeight();
+        sal_uInt16  nLines = ( nTextHeight > 0 ) ? static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aSize.Height() / nTextHeight) : 1;
+        tools::Rectangle   aClip( aPos, aSize );
+
+        pDev->IntersectClipRegion( aClip );
+
+        if ( !nLines )
+            nLines = 1;
+
+        for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nLines; n++ )
+        {
+            sal_Int32 nEntry = n+mpImplLB->GetTopEntry();
+            bool bSelected = mpImplLB->GetEntryList().IsEntryPosSelected( nEntry );
+            if ( bSelected )
+            {
+                pDev->SetFillColor( COL_BLACK );
+                pDev->DrawRect( tools::Rectangle(  Point( aPos.X(), aPos.Y() + n*nTextHeight ),
+                                            Point( aPos.X() + aSize.Width(), aPos.Y() + (n+1)*nTextHeight + 2*nOnePixel ) ) );
+                pDev->SetFillColor();
+                pDev->SetTextColor( COL_WHITE );
+            }
+
+            aTextRect.SetTop( aPos.Y() + n*nTextHeight );
+            aTextRect.SetBottom( aTextRect.Top() + nTextHeight );
+
+            pDev->DrawText( aTextRect, mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryText( nEntry ), nTextStyle );
+
+            if ( bSelected )
+                pDev->SetTextColor( COL_BLACK );
+        }
+    }
+
+    pDev->Pop();
+}
+
+void ListBox::GetFocus()
+{
+    if ( mpImplLB )
+    {
+        if( IsDropDownBox() )
+            mpImplWin->GrabFocus();
+        else
+            mpImplLB->GrabFocus();
+    }
+
+    Control::GetFocus();
+}
+
+void ListBox::LoseFocus()
+{
+    if( IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        if (mpImplWin)
+            mpImplWin->HideFocus();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (mpImplLB)
+            mpImplLB->HideFocus();
+    }
+
+    Control::LoseFocus();
+}
+
+void ListBox::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( !((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+          (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE))) )
+        return;
+
+    SetBackground();    // Due to a hack in Window::UpdateSettings the background must be reset
+                        // otherwise it will overpaint NWF drawn listboxes
+    Resize();
+    mpImplLB->Resize(); // Is not called by ListBox::Resize() if the ImplLB does not change
+
+    if ( mpImplWin )
+    {
+        mpImplWin->GetOutDev()->SetSettings( GetSettings() ); // If not yet set...
+        mpImplWin->ApplySettings(*mpImplWin->GetOutDev());
+
+        mpBtn->GetOutDev()->SetSettings( GetSettings() );
+        ImplInitDropDownButton( mpBtn );
+    }
+
+    if ( IsDropDownBox() )
+        Invalidate();
+}
+
+void ListBox::EnableAutoSize( bool bAuto )
+{
+    mbDDAutoSize = bAuto;
+    if ( mpFloatWin )
+    {
+        if ( bAuto && !mpFloatWin->GetDropDownLineCount() )
+        {
+            // use GetListBoxMaximumLineCount here; before, was on fixed number of five
+            AdaptDropDownLineCountToMaximum();
+        }
+        else if ( !bAuto )
+        {
+            mpFloatWin->SetDropDownLineCount( 0 );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ListBox::SetDropDownLineCount( sal_uInt16 nLines )
+{
+    mnLineCount = nLines;
+    if ( mpFloatWin )
+        mpFloatWin->SetDropDownLineCount( mnLineCount );
+}
+
+void ListBox::AdaptDropDownLineCountToMaximum()
+{
+    // Adapt to maximum allowed number.
+    // Limit for LOK as we can't render outside of the dialog canvas.
+    if (comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive())
+        SetDropDownLineCount(11);
+    else
+        SetDropDownLineCount(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetListBoxMaximumLineCount());
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 ListBox::GetDropDownLineCount() const
+{
+    if ( mpFloatWin )
+        return mpFloatWin->GetDropDownLineCount();
+    return mnLineCount;
+}
+
+void ListBox::setPosSizePixel( tools::Long nX, tools::Long nY, tools::Long nWidth, tools::Long nHeight, PosSizeFlags nFlags )
+{
+    if( IsDropDownBox() && ( nFlags & PosSizeFlags::Size ) )
+    {
+        Size aPrefSz = mpFloatWin->GetPrefSize();
+        if ( ( nFlags & PosSizeFlags::Height ) && ( nHeight >= 2*mnDDHeight ) )
+            aPrefSz.setHeight( nHeight-mnDDHeight );
+        if ( nFlags & PosSizeFlags::Width )
+            aPrefSz.setWidth( nWidth );
+        mpFloatWin->SetPrefSize( aPrefSz );
+
+        if (IsAutoSizeEnabled())
+            nHeight = mnDDHeight;
+    }
+
+    Control::setPosSizePixel( nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight, nFlags );
+}
+
+void ListBox::Resize()
+{
+    Size aOutSz = GetOutputSizePixel();
+    if( IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        // Initialize the dropdown button size with the standard scrollbar width
+        tools::Long nSBWidth = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize();
+        tools::Long nBottom = aOutSz.Height();
+
+        // Note: in case of no border, pBorder will actually be this
+        vcl::Window *pBorder = GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border );
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+        Point aPoint;
+        tools::Rectangle aContent, aBound;
+
+        // Use the full extent of the control
+        tools::Rectangle aArea( aPoint, pBorder->GetOutputSizePixel() );
+
+        if ( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::ButtonDown,
+                    aArea, ControlState::NONE, aControlValue, aBound, aContent) )
+        {
+            // Convert back from border space to local coordinates
+            aPoint = pBorder->ScreenToOutputPixel( OutputToScreenPixel( aPoint ) );
+            aContent.Move( -aPoint.X(), -aPoint.Y() );
+
+            // Use the themes drop down size for the button
+            aOutSz.setWidth( aContent.Left() );
+            mpBtn->setPosSizePixel( aContent.Left(), 0, aContent.GetWidth(), nBottom );
+
+            // Adjust the size of the edit field
+            if ( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::SubEdit,
+                        aArea, ControlState::NONE, aControlValue, aBound, aContent) )
+            {
+                // Convert back from border space to local coordinates
+                aContent.Move( -aPoint.X(), -aPoint.Y() );
+
+                // Use the themes drop down size
+                if( ! (GetStyle() & WB_BORDER) && ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoFocusRects )
+                {
+                    // No border but focus ring behavior -> we have a problem; the
+                    // native rect relies on the border to draw the focus
+                    // let's do the best we can and center vertically, so it doesn't look
+                    // completely wrong.
+                    Size aSz( GetOutputSizePixel() );
+                    tools::Long nDiff = aContent.Top() - (aSz.Height() - aContent.GetHeight())/2;
+                    aContent.AdjustTop( -nDiff );
+                    aContent.AdjustBottom( -nDiff );
+                }
+                mpImplWin->SetPosSizePixel( aContent.TopLeft(), aContent.GetSize() );
+            }
+            else
+                mpImplWin->SetSizePixel( aOutSz );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            nSBWidth = CalcZoom( nSBWidth );
+            mpImplWin->setPosSizePixel( 0, 0, aOutSz.Width() - nSBWidth, aOutSz.Height() );
+            mpBtn->setPosSizePixel( aOutSz.Width() - nSBWidth, 0, nSBWidth, aOutSz.Height() );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mpImplLB->SetSizePixel( aOutSz );
+    }
+
+    // Retain FloatingWindow size even when it's invisible, as we still process KEY_PGUP/DOWN ...
+    if ( mpFloatWin )
+        mpFloatWin->SetSizePixel( mpFloatWin->CalcFloatSize() );
+
+    Control::Resize();
+}
+
+void ListBox::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    mxLayoutData.emplace();
+    const ImplListBoxWindow* rMainWin = mpImplLB->GetMainWindow();
+    if( mpFloatWin )
+    {
+        // Dropdown mode
+        AppendLayoutData( *mpImplWin );
+        mpImplWin->SetLayoutDataParent( this );
+        if( mpFloatWin->IsReallyVisible() )
+        {
+            AppendLayoutData( *rMainWin );
+            rMainWin->SetLayoutDataParent( this );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        AppendLayoutData( *rMainWin );
+        rMainWin->SetLayoutDataParent( this );
+    }
+}
+
+tools::Long ListBox::GetIndexForPoint( const Point& rPoint, sal_Int32& rPos ) const
+{
+    if( !HasLayoutData() )
+        FillLayoutData();
+
+    // Check whether rPoint fits at all
+    tools::Long nIndex = Control::GetIndexForPoint( rPoint );
+    if( nIndex != -1 )
+    {
+        // Point must be either in main list window
+        // or in impl window (dropdown case)
+        ImplListBoxWindow* rMain = mpImplLB->GetMainWindow();
+
+        // Convert coordinates to ImplListBoxWindow pixel coordinate space
+        Point aConvPoint = LogicToPixel( rPoint );
+        AbsoluteScreenPixelPoint aConvPointAbs = OutputToAbsoluteScreenPixel( aConvPoint );
+        aConvPoint = rMain->AbsoluteScreenToOutputPixel( aConvPointAbs );
+        aConvPoint = rMain->PixelToLogic( aConvPoint );
+
+        // Try to find entry
+        sal_Int32 nEntry = rMain->GetEntryPosForPoint( aConvPoint );
+        if( nEntry == LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+        {
+            // Not found, maybe dropdown case
+            if( mpImplWin && mpImplWin->IsReallyVisible() )
+            {
+                // Convert to impl window pixel coordinates
+                aConvPoint = LogicToPixel( rPoint );
+                aConvPointAbs = OutputToAbsoluteScreenPixel( aConvPoint );
+                aConvPoint = mpImplWin->AbsoluteScreenToOutputPixel( aConvPointAbs );
+
+                // Check whether converted point is inside impl window
+                Size aImplWinSize = mpImplWin->GetOutputSizePixel();
+                if( aConvPoint.X() >= 0 && aConvPoint.Y() >= 0 && aConvPoint.X() < aImplWinSize.Width() && aConvPoint.Y() < aImplWinSize.Height() )
+                {
+                    // Inside the impl window, the position is the current item pos
+                    rPos = mpImplWin->GetItemPos();
+                }
+                else
+                    nIndex = -1;
+            }
+            else
+                nIndex = -1;
+        }
+        else
+            rPos = nEntry;
+
+        SAL_WARN_IF( nIndex == -1, "vcl", "found index for point, but relative index failed" );
+    }
+
+    // Get line relative index
+    if( nIndex != -1 )
+        nIndex = ToRelativeLineIndex( nIndex );
+
+    return nIndex;
+}
+
+void ListBox::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    if( nType == StateChangedType::ReadOnly )
+    {
+        if( mpImplWin )
+            mpImplWin->Enable( !IsReadOnly() );
+        if( mpBtn )
+            mpBtn->Enable( !IsReadOnly() );
+    }
+    else if( nType == StateChangedType::Enable )
+    {
+        mpImplLB->Enable( IsEnabled() );
+        if( mpImplWin )
+        {
+            mpImplWin->Enable( IsEnabled() );
+            if ( IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire)
+                    && ! IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::ButtonDown) )
+            {
+                GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border )->Invalidate( InvalidateFlags::NoErase );
+            }
+            else
+                mpImplWin->Invalidate();
+        }
+        if( mpBtn )
+            mpBtn->Enable( IsEnabled() );
+    }
+    else if( nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode )
+    {
+        mpImplLB->SetUpdateMode( IsUpdateMode() );
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Zoom )
+    {
+        mpImplLB->SetZoom( GetZoom() );
+        if ( mpImplWin )
+        {
+            mpImplWin->SetZoom( GetZoom() );
+            mpImplWin->SetFont( mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->GetFont() );
+            mpImplWin->Invalidate();
+        }
+        Resize();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont )
+    {
+        mpImplLB->SetControlFont( GetControlFont() );
+        if ( mpImplWin )
+        {
+            mpImplWin->SetControlFont( GetControlFont() );
+            mpImplWin->SetFont( mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->GetFont() );
+            mpImplWin->Invalidate();
+        }
+        Resize();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground )
+    {
+        mpImplLB->SetControlForeground( GetControlForeground() );
+        if ( mpImplWin )
+        {
+            mpImplWin->SetControlForeground( GetControlForeground() );
+            mpImplWin->SetTextColor( GetControlForeground() );
+            mpImplWin->SetFont( mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->GetFont() );
+            mpImplWin->Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        mpImplLB->SetControlBackground( GetControlBackground() );
+        if ( mpImplWin )
+        {
+
+            mpImplWin->SetBackground( GetControlBackground() );
+            mpImplWin->SetControlBackground( GetControlBackground() );
+            mpImplWin->SetFont( mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->GetFont() );
+            mpImplWin->Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Style )
+    {
+        SetStyle( ImplInitStyle( GetStyle() ) );
+        mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->EnableSort( ( GetStyle() & WB_SORT ) != 0 );
+        bool bSimpleMode = ( GetStyle() & WB_SIMPLEMODE ) != 0;
+        mpImplLB->SetMultiSelectionSimpleMode( bSimpleMode );
+    }
+    else if( nType == StateChangedType::Mirroring )
+    {
+        if( mpBtn )
+        {
+            mpBtn->EnableRTL( IsRTLEnabled() );
+            ImplInitDropDownButton( mpBtn );
+        }
+        mpImplLB->EnableRTL( IsRTLEnabled() );
+        if( mpImplWin )
+            mpImplWin->EnableRTL( IsRTLEnabled() );
+        Resize();
+    }
+
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+}
+
+bool ListBox::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    bool bDone = false;
+    if ( mpImplLB )
+    {
+        if( ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT ) && ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == mpImplWin ) )
+        {
+            KeyEvent aKeyEvt = *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent();
+            switch( aKeyEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode() )
+            {
+                case KEY_DOWN:
+                {
+                    if( mpFloatWin && !mpFloatWin->IsInPopupMode() &&
+                        aKeyEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+                    {
+                        CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownPreOpen );
+                        mpBtn->SetPressed( true );
+                        mpFloatWin->StartFloat( false );
+                        CallEventListeners( VclEventId::DropdownOpen );
+                        bDone = true;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        bDone = mpImplLB->ProcessKeyInput( aKeyEvt );
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+                case KEY_UP:
+                {
+                    if( mpFloatWin && mpFloatWin->IsInPopupMode() &&
+                        aKeyEvt.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+                    {
+                        mpFloatWin->EndPopupMode();
+                        bDone = true;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        bDone = mpImplLB->ProcessKeyInput( aKeyEvt );
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+                case KEY_RETURN:
+                {
+                    if( IsInDropDown() )
+                    {
+                        mpImplLB->ProcessKeyInput( aKeyEvt );
+                        bDone = true;
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+
+                default:
+                {
+                    bDone = mpImplLB->ProcessKeyInput( aKeyEvt );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+        {
+            if ( IsInDropDown() && !HasChildPathFocus( true ) )
+                mpFloatWin->EndPopupMode();
+        }
+        else if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::COMMAND) &&
+                  (rNEvt.GetCommandEvent()->GetCommand() == CommandEventId::Wheel) &&
+                  (rNEvt.GetWindow() == mpImplWin) )
+        {
+            const Point& rMousePos = rNEvt.GetCommandEvent()->GetMousePosPixel();
+            const tools::Rectangle aWinRect(mpImplWin->GetPosPixel(), mpImplWin->GetSizePixel());
+            const bool bMousePositionedOverWin = aWinRect.Contains(rMousePos);
+
+            MouseWheelBehaviour nWheelBehavior( GetSettings().GetMouseSettings().GetWheelBehavior() );
+            if (bMousePositionedOverWin
+                && ((nWheelBehavior == MouseWheelBehaviour::ALWAYS)
+                    || ((nWheelBehavior == MouseWheelBehaviour::FocusOnly) && HasChildPathFocus())))
+            {
+                bDone = mpImplLB->HandleWheelAsCursorTravel(*rNEvt.GetCommandEvent(), *this);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bDone = false;  // Don't consume this event, let the default handling take it (i.e. scroll the context)
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::MOUSEMOVE)
+    {
+        const MouseEvent* pMouseEvt = rNEvt.GetMouseEvent();
+        if (pMouseEvt && (pMouseEvt->IsEnterWindow() || pMouseEvt->IsLeaveWindow()))
+        {
+            // trigger redraw as mouse over state has changed
+            if (IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire)
+                && !IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::ButtonDown))
+            {
+                GetWindow(GetWindowType::Border)->Invalidate(InvalidateFlags::NoErase);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bDone || Control::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void ListBox::Select()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::ListboxSelect, [this] () { maSelectHdl.Call(*this); } );
+}
+
+void ListBox::DoubleClick()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::ListboxDoubleClick, {} );
+}
+
+void ListBox::Clear()
+{
+    if (!mpImplLB)
+        return;
+    mpImplLB->Clear();
+    if( IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        mpImplWin->SetItemPos( LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND );
+        mpImplWin->SetString( OUString() );
+        Image aImage;
+        mpImplWin->SetImage( aImage );
+        mpImplWin->Invalidate();
+    }
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ListboxItemRemoved, reinterpret_cast<void*>(-1) );
+}
+
+void ListBox::SetNoSelection()
+{
+    mpImplLB->SetNoSelection();
+    if( IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        mpImplWin->SetItemPos( LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND );
+        mpImplWin->SetString( OUString() );
+        Image aImage;
+        mpImplWin->SetImage( aImage );
+        mpImplWin->Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ListBox::InsertEntry( const OUString& rStr, sal_Int32 nPos )
+{
+    sal_Int32 nRealPos = mpImplLB->InsertEntry( nPos + mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount(), rStr );
+    nRealPos = sal::static_int_cast<sal_Int32>(nRealPos - mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount());
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ListboxItemAdded, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nRealPos) );
+    return nRealPos;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ListBox::InsertEntry( const OUString& rStr, const Image& rImage, sal_Int32 nPos )
+{
+    sal_Int32 nRealPos = mpImplLB->InsertEntry( nPos + mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount(), rStr, rImage );
+    nRealPos = sal::static_int_cast<sal_Int32>(nRealPos - mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount());
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ListboxItemAdded, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nRealPos) );
+    return nRealPos;
+}
+
+void ListBox::RemoveEntry( sal_Int32 nPos )
+{
+    mpImplLB->RemoveEntry( nPos + mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() );
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ListboxItemRemoved, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nPos) );
+}
+
+Image ListBox::GetEntryImage( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    if ( mpImplLB && mpImplLB->GetEntryList().HasEntryImage( nPos ) )
+        return mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryImage( nPos );
+    return Image();
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ListBox::GetEntryPos( std::u16string_view rStr ) const
+{
+    if (!mpImplLB)
+        return LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    sal_Int32 nPos = mpImplLB->GetEntryList().FindEntry( rStr );
+    if ( nPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+        nPos = nPos - mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+    return nPos;
+}
+
+OUString ListBox::GetEntry( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    if (!mpImplLB)
+        return OUString();
+    return mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryText( nPos + mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() );
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ListBox::GetEntryCount() const
+{
+    if (!mpImplLB)
+        return 0;
+    return mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount() - mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+}
+
+OUString ListBox::GetSelectedEntry(sal_Int32 nIndex) const
+{
+    return GetEntry( GetSelectedEntryPos( nIndex ) );
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ListBox::GetSelectedEntryCount() const
+{
+    if (!mpImplLB)
+        return 0;
+    return mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryCount();
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ListBox::GetSelectedEntryPos( sal_Int32 nIndex ) const
+{
+    if (!mpImplLB)
+        return LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+
+    sal_Int32 nPos = mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetSelectedEntryPos( nIndex );
+    if ( nPos != LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND )
+    {
+        if ( nPos < mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() )
+            nPos = mpImplLB->GetEntryList().FindEntry( mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryText( nPos ) );
+        nPos = nPos - mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+    }
+    return nPos;
+}
+
+bool ListBox::IsEntryPosSelected( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    return mpImplLB->GetEntryList().IsEntryPosSelected( nPos + mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() );
+}
+
+void ListBox::SelectEntry( std::u16string_view rStr, bool bSelect )
+{
+    SelectEntryPos( GetEntryPos( rStr ), bSelect );
+}
+
+void ListBox::SelectEntryPos( sal_Int32 nPos, bool bSelect )
+{
+    if (!mpImplLB)
+        return;
+
+    if ( 0 <= nPos && nPos < mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount() )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nCurrentPos = mpImplLB->GetCurrentPos();
+        mpImplLB->SelectEntry( nPos + mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount(), bSelect );
+        //Only when bSelect == true, send both Selection & Focus events
+        if (nCurrentPos != nPos && bSelect)
+        {
+            CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ListboxSelect, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nPos));
+            if (HasFocus())
+                CallEventListeners( VclEventId::ListboxFocus, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nPos));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ListBox::SelectEntriesPos( const std::vector<sal_Int32>& rPositions, bool bSelect )
+{
+    if (!mpImplLB)
+        return;
+
+    bool bCallListeners = false;
+
+    const sal_Int32 nCurrentPos = mpImplLB->GetCurrentPos();
+    const auto nEntryCount = mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount();
+    const auto nMRUCount = mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount();
+
+    for (auto nPos : rPositions)
+    {
+        if (0 <= nPos && nPos < nEntryCount)
+        {
+            mpImplLB->SelectEntry(nPos + nMRUCount, bSelect);
+            if (nCurrentPos != nPos && bSelect)
+                bCallListeners = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //Only when bSelect == true, send both Selection & Focus events
+    if (bCallListeners)
+    {
+        CallEventListeners(VclEventId::ListboxSelect);
+        if (HasFocus())
+            CallEventListeners(VclEventId::ListboxFocus);
+    }
+}
+
+void ListBox::SetEntryData( sal_Int32 nPos, void* pNewData )
+{
+    mpImplLB->SetEntryData( nPos + mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount(), pNewData );
+}
+
+void* ListBox::GetEntryData( sal_Int32 nPos ) const
+{
+    return mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryData( nPos + mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() );
+}
+
+void ListBox::SetEntryFlags( sal_Int32 nPos, ListBoxEntryFlags nFlags )
+{
+    mpImplLB->SetEntryFlags( nPos + mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount(), nFlags );
+}
+
+void ListBox::SetTopEntry( sal_Int32 nPos )
+{
+    mpImplLB->SetTopEntry( nPos + mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() );
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ListBox::GetTopEntry() const
+{
+    sal_Int32 nPos = GetEntryCount() ? mpImplLB->GetTopEntry() : LISTBOX_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
+    if ( nPos < mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetMRUCount() )
+        nPos = 0;
+    return nPos;
+}
+
+bool ListBox::IsTravelSelect() const
+{
+    return mpImplLB->IsTravelSelect();
+}
+
+bool ListBox::IsInDropDown() const
+{
+    // when the dropdown is dismissed, first mbInPopupMode is set to false, and on the next event iteration then
+    // mbPopupMode is set to false
+    return mpFloatWin && mpFloatWin->IsInPopupMode() && mpFloatWin->ImplIsInPrivatePopupMode();
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle ListBox::GetBoundingRectangle( sal_Int32 nItem ) const
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aRect = mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->GetBoundingRectangle( nItem );
+    tools::Rectangle aOffset = mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->GetWindowExtentsRelative( *static_cast<vcl::Window*>(const_cast<ListBox *>(this)) );
+    aRect.Move( aOffset.Left(), aOffset.Top() );
+    return aRect;
+}
+
+void ListBox::EnableMultiSelection( bool bMulti )
+{
+    mpImplLB->EnableMultiSelection( bMulti );
+
+    // WB_SIMPLEMODE:
+    // The MultiListBox behaves just like a normal ListBox
+    // MultiSelection is possible via corresponding additional keys
+    bool bSimpleMode = ( GetStyle() & WB_SIMPLEMODE ) != 0;
+    mpImplLB->SetMultiSelectionSimpleMode( bSimpleMode );
+
+    // In a MultiSelection, we can't see us travelling without focus
+    if ( mpFloatWin )
+        mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->AllowGrabFocus( bMulti );
+}
+
+bool ListBox::IsMultiSelectionEnabled() const
+{
+    return mpImplLB->IsMultiSelectionEnabled();
+}
+
+void ListBox::SetHighlightColor(const Color& rColor)
+{
+    AllSettings aSettings(GetSettings());
+    StyleSettings aStyle(aSettings.GetStyleSettings());
+    aStyle.SetHighlightColor(rColor);
+    aSettings.SetStyleSettings(aStyle);
+    SetSettings(aSettings);
+
+    mpImplLB->SetHighlightColor(rColor);
+}
+
+void ListBox::SetHighlightTextColor(const Color& rColor)
+{
+    AllSettings aSettings(GetSettings());
+    StyleSettings aStyle(aSettings.GetStyleSettings());
+    aStyle.SetHighlightTextColor(rColor);
+    aSettings.SetStyleSettings(aStyle);
+    SetSettings(aSettings);
+
+    mpImplLB->SetHighlightTextColor(rColor);
+}
+
+Size ListBox::CalcMinimumSize() const
+{
+    Size aSz;
+
+    if (!mpImplLB)
+        return aSz;
+
+    aSz = CalcSubEditSize();
+
+    bool bAddScrollWidth = false;
+
+    if (IsDropDownBox())
+    {
+        aSz.AdjustHeight(4 ); // add a space between entry and border
+        aSz.AdjustWidth(4 );  // add a little breathing space
+        bAddScrollWidth = true;
+    }
+    else
+        bAddScrollWidth = (GetStyle() & WB_VSCROLL) == WB_VSCROLL;
+
+    if (bAddScrollWidth)
+    {
+        // Try native borders; scrollbar size may not be a good indicator
+        // See how large the edit area inside is to estimate what is needed for the dropdown
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+        tools::Rectangle aContent, aBound;
+        Size aTestSize( 100, 20 );
+        tools::Rectangle aArea( Point(), aTestSize );
+        if( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::SubEdit, aArea, ControlState::NONE,
+                    aControlValue, aBound, aContent) )
+        {
+            // use the themes drop down size
+            aSz.AdjustWidth(aTestSize.Width() - aContent.GetWidth() );
+        }
+        else
+            aSz.AdjustWidth(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize() );
+    }
+
+    aSz = CalcWindowSize( aSz );
+
+    if (IsDropDownBox()) // Check minimum height of dropdown box
+    {
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+        tools::Rectangle aRect( Point( 0, 0 ), aSz );
+        tools::Rectangle aContent, aBound;
+        if( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Listbox, ControlPart::Entire, aRect, ControlState::NONE,
+                    aControlValue, aBound, aContent) )
+        {
+            if( aBound.GetHeight() > aSz.Height() )
+                aSz.setHeight( aBound.GetHeight() );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return aSz;
+}
+
+Size ListBox::CalcSubEditSize() const
+{
+    Size aSz;
+
+    if (!mpImplLB)
+        return aSz;
+
+    if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+        aSz = mpImplLB->CalcSize (mnLineCount ? mnLineCount : mpImplLB->GetEntryList().GetEntryCount());
+    else
+    {
+        aSz.setHeight( mpImplLB->GetEntryHeight() );
+        // Size to maximum entry width
+        aSz.setWidth( mpImplLB->GetMaxEntryWidth() );
+
+        if (m_nMaxWidthChars != -1)
+        {
+            tools::Long nMaxWidth = m_nMaxWidthChars * approximate_char_width();
+            aSz.setWidth( std::min(aSz.Width(), nMaxWidth) );
+        }
+
+        // Do not create ultrathin ListBoxes, it doesn't look good
+        if( aSz.Width() < GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize() )
+            aSz.setWidth( GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize() );
+    }
+
+    return aSz;
+}
+
+Size ListBox::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return CalcMinimumSize();
+}
+
+Size ListBox::CalcAdjustedSize( const Size& rPrefSize ) const
+{
+    Size aSz = rPrefSize;
+    sal_Int32 nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom;
+    static_cast<vcl::Window*>(const_cast<ListBox *>(this))->GetBorder( nLeft, nTop, nRight, nBottom );
+    aSz.AdjustHeight( -(nTop+nBottom) );
+    if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        tools::Long nEntryHeight = CalcBlockSize( 1, 1 ).Height();
+        tools::Long nLines = aSz.Height() / nEntryHeight;
+        if ( nLines < 1 )
+            nLines = 1;
+        aSz.setHeight( nLines * nEntryHeight );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aSz.setHeight( mnDDHeight );
+    }
+    aSz.AdjustHeight(nTop+nBottom );
+
+    aSz = CalcWindowSize( aSz );
+    return aSz;
+}
+
+Size ListBox::CalcBlockSize( sal_uInt16 nColumns, sal_uInt16 nLines ) const
+{
+    // ScrollBars are shown if needed
+    Size aMinSz = CalcMinimumSize();
+    // aMinSz = ImplCalcOutSz( aMinSz );
+
+    Size aSz;
+
+    // Height
+    if ( nLines )
+    {
+        if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+            aSz.setHeight( mpImplLB->CalcSize( nLines ).Height() );
+        else
+            aSz.setHeight( mnDDHeight );
+    }
+    else
+        aSz.setHeight( aMinSz.Height() );
+
+    // Width
+    if ( nColumns )
+        aSz.setWidth( nColumns * GetTextWidth( OUString('X') ) );
+    else
+        aSz.setWidth( aMinSz.Width() );
+
+    if ( IsDropDownBox() )
+        aSz.AdjustWidth(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize() );
+
+    if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        if ( aSz.Width() < aMinSz.Width() )
+            aSz.AdjustHeight(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize() );
+        if ( aSz.Height() < aMinSz.Height() )
+            aSz.AdjustWidth(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize() );
+    }
+
+    aSz = CalcWindowSize( aSz );
+    return aSz;
+}
+
+void ListBox::GetMaxVisColumnsAndLines( sal_uInt16& rnCols, sal_uInt16& rnLines ) const
+{
+    float nCharWidth = approximate_char_width();
+    if ( !IsDropDownBox() )
+    {
+        Size aOutSz = mpImplLB->GetMainWindow()->GetOutputSizePixel();
+        rnCols = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aOutSz.Width()/nCharWidth);
+        rnLines = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aOutSz.Height()/mpImplLB->GetEntryHeightWithMargin());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Size aOutSz = mpImplWin->GetOutputSizePixel();
+        rnCols = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(aOutSz.Width()/nCharWidth);
+        rnLines = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+void ListBox::SetReadOnly( bool bReadOnly )
+{
+    if ( mpImplLB->IsReadOnly() != bReadOnly )
+    {
+        mpImplLB->SetReadOnly( bReadOnly );
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::ReadOnly );
+    }
+}
+
+bool ListBox::IsReadOnly() const
+{
+    return mpImplLB->IsReadOnly();
+}
+
+void ListBox::SetSeparatorPos( sal_Int32 n )
+{
+    mpImplLB->SetSeparatorPos( n );
+}
+
+sal_Int32 ListBox::GetSeparatorPos() const
+{
+    return mpImplLB->GetSeparatorPos();
+}
+
+void ListBox::AddSeparator( sal_Int32 n )
+{
+    mpImplLB->AddSeparator( n );
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 ListBox::GetDisplayLineCount() const
+{
+    return mpImplLB->GetDisplayLineCount();
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle ListBox::GetDropDownPosSizePixel() const
+{
+    return mpFloatWin ? mpFloatWin->GetWindowExtentsRelative(*this) : tools::Rectangle();
+}
+
+const Wallpaper& ListBox::GetDisplayBackground() const
+{
+    // !!! Recursion does not occur because the ImplListBox is initialized by default
+    // to a non-transparent color in Window::ImplInitData
+    return mpImplLB->GetDisplayBackground();
+}
+
+void ListBox::setMaxWidthChars(sal_Int32 nWidth)
+{
+    if (nWidth != m_nMaxWidthChars)
+    {
+        m_nMaxWidthChars = nWidth;
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+}
+
+bool ListBox::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "active")
+        SelectEntryPos(rValue.toInt32());
+    else if (rKey == "max-width-chars")
+        setMaxWidthChars(rValue.toInt32());
+    else if (rKey == "can-focus")
+    {
+        // as far as I can see in Gtk, setting a ComboBox as can.focus means
+        // the focus gets stuck in it, so try here to behave like gtk does
+        // with the settings that work, i.e. can.focus of false doesn't
+        // set the hard WB_NOTABSTOP
+        WinBits nBits = GetStyle();
+        nBits &= ~(WB_TABSTOP|WB_NOTABSTOP);
+        if (toBool(rValue))
+            nBits |= WB_TABSTOP;
+        SetStyle(nBits);
+    }
+    else
+        return Control::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+FactoryFunction ListBox::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return ListBoxUIObject::create;
+}
+
+void ListBox::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    Control::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+
+    {
+        auto entriesNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("entries");
+        for (int i = 0; i < GetEntryCount(); ++i)
+        {
+            rJsonWriter.putSimpleValue(GetEntry(i));
+        }
+    }
+
+    rJsonWriter.put("selectedCount", GetSelectedEntryCount());
+
+    {
+        auto entriesNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("selectedEntries");
+        for (int i = 0; i < GetSelectedEntryCount(); ++i)
+        {
+            rJsonWriter.putSimpleValue(OUString::number(GetSelectedEntryPos(i)));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+MultiListBox::MultiListBox( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    ListBox( WindowType::MULTILISTBOX )
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+    EnableMultiSelection( true );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/longcurr.cxx b/vcl/source/control/longcurr.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d942d1e56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/longcurr.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <string_view>
+
+#include <comphelper/string.hxx>
+#include <tools/bigint.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/longcurr.hxx>
+#include <vcl/weldutils.hxx>
+
+#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx>
+
+using namespace ::comphelper;
+
+namespace
+{
+
+BigInt ImplPower10( sal_uInt16 n )
+{
+    sal_uInt16 i;
+    BigInt   nValue = 1;
+
+    for ( i=0; i < n; i++ )
+        nValue *= 10;
+
+    return nValue;
+}
+
+OUString ImplGetCurr( const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper, const BigInt &rNumber, sal_uInt16 nDigits, std::u16string_view rCurrSymbol, bool bShowThousandSep )
+{
+    SAL_WARN_IF( nDigits >= 10, "vcl", "LongCurrency may only have 9 decimal places" );
+
+    if ( rNumber.IsZero() || static_cast<tools::Long>(rNumber) )
+        return rLocaleDataWrapper.getCurr( static_cast<tools::Long>(rNumber), nDigits, rCurrSymbol, bShowThousandSep );
+
+    BigInt aTmp( ImplPower10( nDigits ) );
+    BigInt aInteger( rNumber );
+    aInteger.Abs();
+    aInteger  /= aTmp;
+    BigInt aFraction( rNumber );
+    aFraction.Abs();
+    aFraction %= aTmp;
+    if ( !aInteger.IsZero() )
+    {
+        aFraction += aTmp;
+        aTmp       = 1000000000;
+    }
+    if ( rNumber.IsNeg() )
+        aFraction *= -1;
+
+    OUStringBuffer aTemplate(rLocaleDataWrapper.getCurr( static_cast<tools::Long>(aFraction), nDigits, rCurrSymbol, bShowThousandSep ));
+    while( !aInteger.IsZero() )
+    {
+        aFraction  = aInteger;
+        aFraction %= aTmp;
+        aInteger  /= aTmp;
+        if( !aInteger.IsZero() )
+            aFraction += aTmp;
+
+        OUString aFractionStr = rLocaleDataWrapper.getNum( static_cast<tools::Long>(aFraction), 0 );
+
+        sal_Int32 nSPos = aTemplate.indexOf( '1' );
+        if (nSPos == -1)
+            break;
+        if ( aFractionStr.getLength() == 1 )
+            aTemplate[ nSPos ] = aFractionStr[0];
+        else
+        {
+            aTemplate.remove( nSPos, 1 );
+            aTemplate.insert( nSPos, aFractionStr  );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return aTemplate.makeStringAndClear();
+}
+
+bool ImplCurrencyGetValue( const OUString& rStr, BigInt& rValue,
+                                 sal_uInt16 nDecDigits, const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper )
+{
+    OUString aStr = rStr;
+    OUStringBuffer aStr1;
+    OUStringBuffer aStr2;
+    sal_Int32 nDecPos;
+    bool bNegative = false;
+
+    // On empty string
+    if ( rStr.isEmpty() )
+        return false;
+
+    // Trim leading and trailing spaces
+    aStr = string::strip(aStr, ' ');
+
+    // Find decimal sign's position
+    nDecPos = aStr.indexOf( rLocaleDataWrapper.getNumDecimalSep() );
+    if (nDecPos < 0 && !rLocaleDataWrapper.getNumDecimalSepAlt().isEmpty())
+        nDecPos = aStr.indexOf( rLocaleDataWrapper.getNumDecimalSepAlt() );
+
+    if ( nDecPos != -1 )
+    {
+        aStr1 = aStr.subView( 0, nDecPos );
+        aStr2.append(aStr.subView(nDecPos+1));
+    }
+    else
+        aStr1 = aStr;
+
+    // Negative?
+    if ( (aStr[ 0 ] == '(') && (aStr[ aStr.getLength()-1 ] == ')') )
+        bNegative = true;
+    if ( !bNegative )
+    {
+        for (sal_Int32 i=0; i < aStr.getLength(); i++ )
+        {
+            if ( (aStr[ i ] >= '0') && (aStr[ i ] <= '9') )
+                break;
+            else if ( aStr[ i ] == '-' )
+            {
+                bNegative = true;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if ( !bNegative && !aStr.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nFormat = rLocaleDataWrapper.getCurrNegativeFormat();
+        if ( (nFormat == 3) || (nFormat == 6)  ||
+             (nFormat == 7) || (nFormat == 10) )
+        {
+            for (sal_Int32 i = aStr.getLength()-1; i > 0; i++ )
+            {
+                if ( (aStr[ i ] >= '0') && (aStr[ i ] <= '9') )
+                    break;
+                else if ( aStr[ i ] == '-' )
+                {
+                    bNegative = true;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // delete unwanted characters
+    for (sal_Int32 i=0; i < aStr1.getLength(); )
+    {
+        if ( (aStr1[ i ] >= '0') && (aStr1[ i ] <= '9') )
+            i++;
+        else
+            aStr1.remove( i, 1 );
+    }
+    for (sal_Int32 i=0; i < aStr2.getLength(); )
+    {
+        if ((aStr2[i] >= '0') && (aStr2[i] <= '9'))
+            ++i;
+        else
+            aStr2.remove(i, 1);
+    }
+
+    if ( aStr1.isEmpty() && aStr2.isEmpty())
+        return false;
+
+    if ( aStr1.isEmpty() )
+        aStr1 = "0";
+    if ( bNegative )
+        aStr1.insert( 0, '-');
+
+    // Cut down decimal part and round while doing so
+    bool bRound = false;
+    if (aStr2.getLength() > nDecDigits)
+    {
+        if (aStr2[nDecDigits] >= '5')
+            bRound = true;
+        string::truncateToLength(aStr2, nDecDigits);
+    }
+    string::padToLength(aStr2, nDecDigits, '0');
+
+    aStr1.append(aStr2);
+    aStr  = aStr1.makeStringAndClear();
+
+    // check range
+    BigInt nValue( aStr );
+    if ( bRound )
+    {
+        if ( !bNegative )
+            nValue+=1;
+        else
+            nValue-=1;
+    }
+
+    rValue = nValue;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+} // namespace
+
+static bool ImplLongCurrencyGetValue( const OUString& rStr, BigInt& rValue,
+                                      sal_uInt16 nDecDigits, const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper )
+{
+    return ImplCurrencyGetValue( rStr, rValue, nDecDigits, rLocaleDataWrapper );
+}
+
+namespace weld
+{
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(LongCurrencyFormatter, FormatOutputHdl, LinkParamNone*, bool)
+    {
+        const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper = Application::GetSettings().GetLocaleDataWrapper();
+        const OUString& rCurrencySymbol = !m_aCurrencySymbol.isEmpty() ? m_aCurrencySymbol : rLocaleDataWrapper.getCurrSymbol();
+        double fValue = GetValue() * weld::SpinButton::Power10(GetDecimalDigits());
+        OUString aText = ImplGetCurr(rLocaleDataWrapper, fValue, GetDecimalDigits(), rCurrencySymbol, m_bThousandSep);
+        ImplSetTextImpl(aText, nullptr);
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK(LongCurrencyFormatter, ParseInputHdl, sal_Int64*, result, TriState)
+    {
+        const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper = Application::GetSettings().GetLocaleDataWrapper();
+
+        BigInt value;
+        bool bRet = ImplLongCurrencyGetValue(GetEntryText(), value, GetDecimalDigits(), rLocaleDataWrapper);
+
+        if (bRet)
+            *result = double(value);
+
+        return bRet ? TRISTATE_TRUE : TRISTATE_FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+bool ImplLongCurrencyReformat( const OUString& rStr, BigInt const & nMin, BigInt const & nMax,
+                               sal_uInt16 nDecDigits,
+                               const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleDataWrapper, OUString& rOutStr,
+                               LongCurrencyFormatter const & rFormatter )
+{
+    BigInt nValue;
+    if ( !ImplCurrencyGetValue( rStr, nValue, nDecDigits, rLocaleDataWrapper ) )
+        return true;
+    else
+    {
+        BigInt nTempVal = nValue;
+        if ( nTempVal > nMax )
+            nTempVal = nMax;
+        else if ( nTempVal < nMin )
+            nTempVal = nMin;
+
+        rOutStr = ImplGetCurr( rLocaleDataWrapper, nTempVal, nDecDigits, rFormatter.GetCurrencySymbol(), /*IsUseThousandSep*/true );
+        return true;
+    }
+}
+
+void LongCurrencyFormatter::ImpInit()
+{
+    mnLastValue         = 0;
+    mnMin               = 0;
+    mnMax               = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+    mnMax              *= 0x7FFFFFFF;
+    mnDecimalDigits     = 0;
+    SetDecimalDigits( 0 );
+}
+
+LongCurrencyFormatter::LongCurrencyFormatter(Edit* pEdit)
+    : FormatterBase(pEdit)
+{
+    ImpInit();
+}
+
+LongCurrencyFormatter::~LongCurrencyFormatter()
+{
+}
+
+OUString const & LongCurrencyFormatter::GetCurrencySymbol() const
+{
+    return GetLocaleDataWrapper().getCurrSymbol();
+}
+
+void LongCurrencyFormatter::SetValue(const BigInt& rNewValue)
+{
+    SetUserValue(rNewValue);
+    SetEmptyFieldValueData( false );
+}
+
+void LongCurrencyFormatter::SetUserValue( BigInt nNewValue )
+{
+    if ( nNewValue > mnMax )
+        nNewValue = mnMax;
+    else if ( nNewValue < mnMin )
+        nNewValue = mnMin;
+    mnLastValue = nNewValue;
+
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return;
+
+    OUString aStr = ImplGetCurr( GetLocaleDataWrapper(), nNewValue, GetDecimalDigits(), GetCurrencySymbol(), /*UseThousandSep*/true );
+    if ( GetField()->HasFocus() )
+    {
+        Selection aSelection = GetField()->GetSelection();
+        GetField()->SetText( aStr );
+        GetField()->SetSelection( aSelection );
+    }
+    else
+        GetField()->SetText( aStr );
+    MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+}
+
+BigInt LongCurrencyFormatter::GetValue() const
+{
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return 0;
+
+    BigInt nTempValue;
+    if ( ImplLongCurrencyGetValue( GetField()->GetText(), nTempValue, GetDecimalDigits(), GetLocaleDataWrapper() ) )
+    {
+        if ( nTempValue > mnMax )
+            nTempValue = mnMax;
+        else if ( nTempValue < mnMin )
+            nTempValue = mnMin;
+        return nTempValue;
+    }
+    else
+        return mnLastValue;
+}
+
+void LongCurrencyFormatter::Reformat()
+{
+    if ( !GetField() )
+        return;
+
+    if ( GetField()->GetText().isEmpty() && ImplGetEmptyFieldValue() )
+        return;
+
+    OUString aStr;
+    bool bOK = ImplLongCurrencyReformat( GetField()->GetText(), mnMin, mnMax,
+                                         GetDecimalDigits(), GetLocaleDataWrapper(), aStr, *this );
+    if ( !bOK )
+        return;
+
+    if ( !aStr.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        GetField()->SetText( aStr );
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+        ImplLongCurrencyGetValue( aStr, mnLastValue, GetDecimalDigits(), GetLocaleDataWrapper() );
+    }
+    else
+        SetValue( mnLastValue );
+}
+
+void LongCurrencyFormatter::ReformatAll()
+{
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+void LongCurrencyFormatter::SetDecimalDigits( sal_uInt16 nDigits )
+{
+    if ( nDigits > 9 )
+        nDigits = 9;
+
+    mnDecimalDigits = nDigits;
+    ReformatAll();
+}
+
+
+
+LongCurrencyBox::LongCurrencyBox(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+    : ComboBox(pParent, nWinStyle)
+    , LongCurrencyFormatter(this)
+{
+    Reformat();
+}
+
+bool LongCurrencyBox::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::GETFOCUS )
+    {
+        MarkToBeReformatted( false );
+    }
+    else if( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::LOSEFOCUS )
+    {
+        if ( MustBeReformatted() )
+        {
+            Reformat();
+            ComboBox::Modify();
+        }
+    }
+    return ComboBox::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void LongCurrencyBox::Modify()
+{
+    MarkToBeReformatted( true );
+    ComboBox::Modify();
+}
+
+void LongCurrencyBox::ReformatAll()
+{
+    OUString aStr;
+    SetUpdateMode( false );
+    const sal_Int32 nEntryCount = GetEntryCount();
+    for ( sal_Int32 i=0; i < nEntryCount; ++i )
+    {
+        ImplLongCurrencyReformat( GetEntry( i ), mnMin, mnMax,
+                                  GetDecimalDigits(), GetLocaleDataWrapper(),
+                                  aStr, *this );
+        RemoveEntryAt(i);
+        InsertEntry( aStr, i );
+    }
+    LongCurrencyFormatter::Reformat();
+    SetUpdateMode( true );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/managedmenubutton.cxx b/vcl/source/control/managedmenubutton.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7545dba9b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/managedmenubutton.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4; fill-column: 100 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/propertyvalue.hxx>
+
+#include <managedmenubutton.hxx>
+#include <vcl/menu.hxx>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/frame/ModuleManager.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/frame/theDesktop.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/frame/thePopupMenuControllerFactory.hpp>
+
+ManagedMenuButton::ManagedMenuButton(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle)
+    : MenuButton(pParent, nStyle)
+{
+    SetImageAlign(ImageAlign::Left);
+}
+
+ManagedMenuButton::~ManagedMenuButton()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void ManagedMenuButton::dispose()
+{
+    css::uno::Reference<css::lang::XComponent> xComponent(m_xPopupController, css::uno::UNO_QUERY);
+    if (xComponent.is())
+        xComponent->dispose();
+
+    m_xPopupMenu.clear();
+    m_xPopupController.clear();
+    MenuButton::dispose();
+}
+
+void ManagedMenuButton::PrepareExecute()
+{
+    if (!GetPopupMenu())
+        SetPopupMenu(VclPtr<PopupMenu>::Create());
+
+    MenuButton::PrepareExecute();
+
+    if (m_xPopupController.is())
+    {
+        m_xPopupController->updatePopupMenu();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (!m_xPopupMenu.is())
+        m_xPopupMenu = GetPopupMenu()->CreateMenuInterface();
+
+    // FIXME: get the frame from the parent VclBuilder.
+    css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext> xContext(comphelper::getProcessComponentContext());
+    css::uno::Reference<css::frame::XDesktop2> xDesktop(css::frame::theDesktop::get(xContext));
+    css::uno::Reference<css::frame::XFrame> xFrame(xDesktop->getActiveFrame());
+    if (!xFrame.is())
+        return;
+
+    OUString aModuleName;
+    try
+    {
+        css::uno::Reference<css::frame::XModuleManager> xModuleManager(css::frame::ModuleManager::create(xContext));
+        aModuleName = xModuleManager->identify(xFrame);
+    }
+    catch( const css::uno::Exception& )
+    {}
+
+    css::uno::Sequence<css::uno::Any> aArgs {
+        css::uno::Any(comphelper::makePropertyValue("ModuleIdentifier", aModuleName)),
+        css::uno::Any(comphelper::makePropertyValue("Frame", css::uno::Any(xFrame))),
+        css::uno::Any(comphelper::makePropertyValue("InToolbar", css::uno::Any(true)))
+    };
+
+    const OUString aCommand(GetCommand());
+    if (!aCommand.isEmpty() && GetPopupMenu()->GetItemCount() == 0)
+    {
+        css::uno::Reference<css::frame::XUIControllerFactory> xPopupMenuControllerFactory =
+            css::frame::thePopupMenuControllerFactory::get(xContext);
+
+        if (xPopupMenuControllerFactory->hasController(aCommand, aModuleName))
+            m_xPopupController.set(xPopupMenuControllerFactory->createInstanceWithArgumentsAndContext(
+                aCommand, aArgs, xContext), css::uno::UNO_QUERY);
+    }
+
+    // No registered controller found, use one the can handle arbitrary menus (e.g. defined in .ui file).
+    if (!m_xPopupController.is())
+        m_xPopupController.set(xContext->getServiceManager()->createInstanceWithArgumentsAndContext(
+            "com.sun.star.comp.framework.ResourceMenuController", aArgs, xContext), css::uno::UNO_QUERY);
+
+    if (m_xPopupController.is())
+        m_xPopupController->setPopupMenu(m_xPopupMenu);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab cinoptions=b1,g0,N-s cinkeys+=0=break: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/menubtn.cxx b/vcl/source/control/menubtn.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..186340d8e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/menubtn.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/dockwin.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/floatwin.hxx>
+#include <vcl/menu.hxx>
+#include <vcl/timer.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/menubtn.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/uiobject.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/logger.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/eventdescription.hxx>
+#include <menutogglebutton.hxx>
+#include <tools/json_writer.hxx>
+
+namespace
+{
+void collectUIInformation( const OUString& aID, const OUString& aevent , const OUString& akey , const OUString& avalue)
+{
+    EventDescription aDescription;
+    aDescription.aID = aID;
+    aDescription.aParameters = {{ akey ,  avalue}};
+    aDescription.aAction = aevent;
+    aDescription.aParent = "MainWindow";
+    aDescription.aKeyWord = "MenuButton";
+    UITestLogger::getInstance().logEvent(aDescription);
+}
+}
+
+void MenuButton::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOTABSTOP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+
+    PushButton::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+    EnableRTL( AllSettings::GetLayoutRTL() );
+}
+
+void MenuButton::ExecuteMenu()
+{
+    mbStartingMenu = true;
+
+    PrepareExecute();
+
+    if (!mpMenu && !mpFloatingWindow)
+    {
+        mbStartingMenu = false;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Size aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    SetPressed( true );
+    EndSelection();
+    if (mpMenu)
+    {
+        Point aPos(0, 1);
+        tools::Rectangle aRect(aPos, aSize );
+        mpMenu->Execute(this, aRect, PopupMenuFlags::ExecuteDown);
+
+        if (isDisposed())
+            return;
+
+        mnCurItemId = mpMenu->GetCurItemId();
+        msCurItemIdent = mpMenu->GetCurItemIdent();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Point aPos(GetParent()->OutputToScreenPixel(GetPosPixel()));
+        tools::Rectangle aRect(aPos, aSize );
+        FloatWinPopupFlags nFlags = FloatWinPopupFlags::Down | FloatWinPopupFlags::GrabFocus;
+        if (mpFloatingWindow->GetType() == WindowType::FLOATINGWINDOW)
+            static_cast<FloatingWindow*>(mpFloatingWindow.get())->StartPopupMode(aRect, nFlags);
+        else
+        {
+            mpFloatingWindow->EnableDocking();
+            vcl::Window::GetDockingManager()->StartPopupMode(mpFloatingWindow, aRect, nFlags);
+        }
+    }
+
+    Activate();
+
+    mbStartingMenu = false;
+
+    SetPressed(false);
+    OUString aID = get_id(); // tdf#136678 take a copy if we are destroyed by Select callback
+    if (mnCurItemId)
+    {
+        Select();
+        mnCurItemId = 0;
+        msCurItemIdent.clear();
+    }
+    collectUIInformation(aID,"OPENLIST","","");
+}
+
+void MenuButton::CancelMenu()
+{
+    if (!mpMenu && !mpFloatingWindow)
+        return;
+
+    if (mpMenu)
+    {
+        mpMenu->EndExecute();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (mpFloatingWindow->GetType() == WindowType::FLOATINGWINDOW)
+            static_cast<FloatingWindow*>(mpFloatingWindow.get())->EndPopupMode();
+        else
+            vcl::Window::GetDockingManager()->EndPopupMode(mpFloatingWindow);
+    }
+    collectUIInformation(get_id(),"CLOSELIST","","");
+}
+
+bool MenuButton::InPopupMode() const
+{
+    if (mbStartingMenu)
+        return true;
+
+    if (!mpMenu && !mpFloatingWindow)
+        return false;
+
+    if (mpMenu)
+       return PopupMenu::GetActivePopupMenu() == mpMenu;
+    else
+    {
+        if (mpFloatingWindow->GetType() == WindowType::FLOATINGWINDOW)
+            return static_cast<const FloatingWindow*>(mpFloatingWindow.get())->IsInPopupMode();
+        else
+            return vcl::Window::GetDockingManager()->IsInPopupMode(mpFloatingWindow);
+    }
+}
+
+MenuButton::MenuButton( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinBits )
+    : PushButton(WindowType::MENUBUTTON)
+    , mnCurItemId(0)
+    , mbDelayMenu(false)
+    , mbStartingMenu(false)
+{
+    mnDDStyle = PushButtonDropdownStyle::MenuButton;
+    ImplInit(pParent, nWinBits);
+}
+
+MenuButton::~MenuButton()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void MenuButton::dispose()
+{
+    mpMenuTimer.reset();
+    mpFloatingWindow.clear();
+    mpMenu.clear();
+    PushButton::dispose();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(MenuButton, ImplMenuTimeoutHdl, Timer *, void)
+{
+    // See if Button Tracking is still active, as it could've been cancelled earlier
+    if ( IsTracking() )
+    {
+        if ( !(GetStyle() & WB_NOPOINTERFOCUS) )
+            GrabFocus();
+        ExecuteMenu();
+    }
+}
+
+void MenuButton::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    bool bExecute = true;
+    if (mbDelayMenu)
+    {
+        // If the separated dropdown symbol is not hit, delay the popup execution
+        if( rMEvt.GetPosPixel().X() <= ImplGetSeparatorX() )
+        {
+            if ( !mpMenuTimer )
+            {
+                mpMenuTimer.reset(new Timer("MenuTimer"));
+                mpMenuTimer->SetInvokeHandler( LINK( this, MenuButton, ImplMenuTimeoutHdl ) );
+            }
+
+            mpMenuTimer->SetTimeout( MouseSettings::GetActionDelay() );
+            mpMenuTimer->Start();
+
+            PushButton::MouseButtonDown( rMEvt );
+            bExecute = false;
+        }
+    }
+    if( bExecute )
+    {
+        if ( PushButton::ImplHitTestPushButton( this, rMEvt.GetPosPixel() ) )
+        {
+            if ( !(GetStyle() & WB_NOPOINTERFOCUS) )
+                GrabFocus();
+            ExecuteMenu();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void MenuButton::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    vcl::KeyCode aKeyCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode();
+    sal_uInt16 nCode = aKeyCode.GetCode();
+    if ( (nCode == KEY_DOWN) && aKeyCode.IsMod2() )
+        ExecuteMenu();
+    else if ( !mbDelayMenu &&
+              !aKeyCode.GetModifier() &&
+              ((nCode == KEY_RETURN) || (nCode == KEY_SPACE)) )
+        ExecuteMenu();
+    else
+        PushButton::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+}
+
+void MenuButton::Activate()
+{
+    maActivateHdl.Call( this );
+}
+
+void MenuButton::Select()
+{
+    if (mnCurItemId)
+        collectUIInformation(get_id(),"OPENFROMLIST","POS",OUString::number(mnCurItemId));
+
+    maSelectHdl.Call( this );
+}
+
+void MenuButton::SetPopupMenu(PopupMenu* pNewMenu)
+{
+    if (pNewMenu == mpMenu)
+        return;
+
+    mpMenu = pNewMenu;
+}
+
+void MenuButton::SetPopover(Window* pWindow)
+{
+    if (pWindow == mpFloatingWindow)
+        return;
+
+    mpFloatingWindow = pWindow;
+}
+
+
+FactoryFunction MenuButton::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return MenuButtonUIObject::create;
+}
+
+void MenuButton::SetCurItemId(){
+    mnCurItemId = mpMenu->GetCurItemId();
+    msCurItemIdent = mpMenu->GetCurItemIdent();
+}
+
+void MenuButton::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    PushButton::DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+
+    if (mpMenu)
+    {
+        auto aMenuNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("menu");
+        for (int i = 0; i < mpMenu->GetItemCount(); i++)
+        {
+            auto aEntryNode = rJsonWriter.startStruct();
+            auto sId = mpMenu->GetItemId(i);
+            rJsonWriter.put("id", mpMenu->GetItemIdent(sId));
+            rJsonWriter.put("text", mpMenu->GetItemText(sId));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+//class MenuToggleButton ----------------------------------------------------
+
+MenuToggleButton::MenuToggleButton( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinBits )
+    : MenuButton( pParent, nWinBits )
+{
+}
+
+MenuToggleButton::~MenuToggleButton()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void MenuToggleButton::SetActive( bool bSel )
+{
+    mbIsActive = bSel;
+}
+
+bool MenuToggleButton::GetActive() const
+{
+    return mbIsActive;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/notebookbar.cxx b/vcl/source/control/notebookbar.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db336b1fe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/notebookbar.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <string_view>
+#include <utility>
+
+#include <vcl/layout.hxx>
+#include <vcl/notebookbar/notebookbar.hxx>
+#include <vcl/syswin.hxx>
+#include <vcl/taskpanelist.hxx>
+#include <vcl/NotebookbarContextControl.hxx>
+#include <cppuhelper/implbase.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
+#include <rtl/bootstrap.hxx>
+#include <osl/file.hxx>
+#include <config_folders.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/frame/XFrame.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/frame/FrameAction.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/ui/ContextChangeEventMultiplexer.hpp>
+#include <comphelper/lok.hxx>
+
+static OUString getCustomizedUIRootDir()
+{
+    OUString sShareLayer("${$BRAND_BASE_DIR/" LIBO_ETC_FOLDER "/" SAL_CONFIGFILE(
+        "bootstrap") ":UserInstallation}/user/config/soffice.cfg/");
+    rtl::Bootstrap::expandMacros(sShareLayer);
+    return sShareLayer;
+}
+
+static bool doesFileExist(std::u16string_view sUIDir, std::u16string_view sUIFile)
+{
+    OUString sUri = OUString::Concat(sUIDir) + sUIFile;
+    osl::File file(sUri);
+    return( file.open(0) == osl::FileBase::E_None );
+}
+
+/**
+ * split from the main class since it needs different ref-counting mana
+ */
+class NotebookBarContextChangeEventListener : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper<css::ui::XContextChangeEventListener, css::frame::XFrameActionListener>
+{
+    bool mbActive;
+    VclPtr<NotebookBar> mpParent;
+    css::uno::Reference<css::frame::XFrame> mxFrame;
+public:
+    NotebookBarContextChangeEventListener(NotebookBar *p, css::uno::Reference<css::frame::XFrame> xFrame) :
+        mbActive(false),
+        mpParent(p),
+        mxFrame(std::move(xFrame))
+    {}
+
+    void setupFrameListener(bool bListen);
+    void setupListener(bool bListen);
+
+    // XContextChangeEventListener
+    virtual void SAL_CALL notifyContextChangeEvent(const css::ui::ContextChangeEventObject& rEvent) override;
+
+    // XFrameActionListener
+    virtual void SAL_CALL frameAction(const css::frame::FrameActionEvent& rEvent) override;
+
+    virtual void SAL_CALL disposing(const ::css::lang::EventObject&) override;
+};
+
+NotebookBar::NotebookBar(Window* pParent, const OUString& rID, const OUString& rUIXMLDescription,
+                         const css::uno::Reference<css::frame::XFrame>& rFrame,
+                         const NotebookBarAddonsItem& aNotebookBarAddonsItem)
+    : Control(pParent)
+    , m_pEventListener(new NotebookBarContextChangeEventListener(this, rFrame))
+    , m_pViewShell(nullptr)
+    , m_bIsWelded(false)
+    , m_sUIXMLDescription(rUIXMLDescription)
+{
+    m_pEventListener->setupFrameListener(true);
+
+    SetStyle(GetStyle() | WB_DIALOGCONTROL);
+    OUString sUIDir = AllSettings::GetUIRootDir();
+    bool doesCustomizedUIExist = doesFileExist(getCustomizedUIRootDir(), rUIXMLDescription);
+    if ( doesCustomizedUIExist )
+        sUIDir = getCustomizedUIRootDir();
+
+    bool bIsWelded = comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive();
+    if (bIsWelded)
+    {
+        m_bIsWelded = true;
+        m_xVclContentArea = VclPtr<VclVBox>::Create(this);
+        m_xVclContentArea->Show();
+        // now access it using GetMainContainer and set dispose callback with SetDisposeCallback
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_pUIBuilder.reset(
+            new VclBuilder(this, sUIDir, rUIXMLDescription, rID, rFrame, true, &aNotebookBarAddonsItem));
+
+        // In the Notebookbar's .ui file must exist control handling context
+        // - implementing NotebookbarContextControl interface with id "ContextContainer"
+        // or "ContextContainerX" where X is a number >= 1
+        NotebookbarContextControl* pContextContainer = nullptr;
+        int i = 0;
+        do
+        {
+            OUString aName = "ContextContainer";
+            if (i)
+                aName += OUString::number(i);
+
+            pContextContainer = dynamic_cast<NotebookbarContextControl*>(m_pUIBuilder->get<Window>(aName));
+            if (pContextContainer)
+                m_pContextContainers.push_back(pContextContainer);
+            i++;
+        }
+        while( pContextContainer != nullptr );
+    }
+
+    UpdateBackground();
+}
+
+void NotebookBar::SetDisposeCallback(const Link<const SfxViewShell*, void> rDisposeCallback, const SfxViewShell* pViewShell)
+{
+    m_rDisposeLink = rDisposeCallback;
+    m_pViewShell = pViewShell;
+}
+
+NotebookBar::~NotebookBar()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void NotebookBar::dispose()
+{
+    m_pContextContainers.clear();
+    if (m_pSystemWindow && m_pSystemWindow->ImplIsInTaskPaneList(this))
+        m_pSystemWindow->GetTaskPaneList()->RemoveWindow(this);
+    m_pSystemWindow.clear();
+
+    if (m_rDisposeLink.IsSet())
+        m_rDisposeLink.Call(m_pViewShell);
+
+    if (m_bIsWelded)
+        m_xVclContentArea.disposeAndClear();
+    else
+        disposeBuilder();
+
+    m_pEventListener->setupFrameListener(false);
+    m_pEventListener->setupListener(false);
+    m_pEventListener.clear();
+
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+bool NotebookBar::PreNotify(NotifyEvent& rNEvt)
+{
+    // capture KeyEvents for taskpane cycling
+    if (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT)
+    {
+        if (m_pSystemWindow)
+            return m_pSystemWindow->PreNotify(rNEvt);
+    }
+    return Window::PreNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+Size NotebookBar::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    if (isLayoutEnabled(this))
+        return VclContainer::getLayoutRequisition(*GetWindow(GetWindowType::FirstChild));
+
+    return Control::GetOptimalSize();
+}
+
+void NotebookBar::setPosSizePixel(tools::Long nX, tools::Long nY, tools::Long nWidth, tools::Long nHeight, PosSizeFlags nFlags)
+{
+    bool bCanHandleSmallerWidth = false;
+    bool bCanHandleSmallerHeight = false;
+
+    bool bIsLayoutEnabled = isLayoutEnabled(this);
+    Window *pChild = GetWindow(GetWindowType::FirstChild);
+
+    if (bIsLayoutEnabled && pChild->GetType() == WindowType::SCROLLWINDOW)
+    {
+        WinBits nStyle = pChild->GetStyle();
+        if (nStyle & (WB_AUTOHSCROLL | WB_HSCROLL))
+            bCanHandleSmallerWidth = true;
+        if (nStyle & (WB_AUTOVSCROLL | WB_VSCROLL))
+            bCanHandleSmallerHeight = true;
+    }
+
+    Size aSize(GetOptimalSize());
+    if (!bCanHandleSmallerWidth)
+        nWidth = std::max(nWidth, aSize.Width());
+    if (!bCanHandleSmallerHeight)
+        nHeight = std::max(nHeight, aSize.Height());
+
+    Control::setPosSizePixel(nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight, nFlags);
+
+    if (bIsLayoutEnabled && (nFlags & PosSizeFlags::Size))
+        VclContainer::setLayoutAllocation(*pChild, Point(0, 0), Size(nWidth, nHeight));
+}
+
+void NotebookBar::Resize()
+{
+    if(m_pUIBuilder && m_pUIBuilder->get_widget_root())
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pWindow = m_pUIBuilder->get_widget_root()->GetChild(0);
+        if (pWindow)
+        {
+            Size aSize = pWindow->GetSizePixel();
+            aSize.setWidth( GetSizePixel().Width() );
+            pWindow->SetSizePixel(aSize);
+        }
+    }
+    if(m_bIsWelded)
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pChild = GetWindow(GetWindowType::FirstChild);
+        assert(pChild);
+        VclContainer::setLayoutAllocation(*pChild, Point(0, 0), GetSizePixel());
+        Control::Resize();
+    }
+    Control::Resize();
+}
+
+void NotebookBar::SetSystemWindow(SystemWindow* pSystemWindow)
+{
+    m_pSystemWindow = pSystemWindow;
+    if (!m_pSystemWindow->ImplIsInTaskPaneList(this))
+        m_pSystemWindow->GetTaskPaneList()->AddWindow(this);
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL NotebookBarContextChangeEventListener::notifyContextChangeEvent(const css::ui::ContextChangeEventObject& rEvent)
+{
+    if (mpParent)
+    {
+        for (NotebookbarContextControl* pControl : mpParent->m_pContextContainers)
+            pControl->SetContext(vcl::EnumContext::GetContextEnum(rEvent.ContextName));
+    }
+}
+
+void NotebookBarContextChangeEventListener::setupListener(bool bListen)
+{
+    if (comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive())
+        return;
+
+    auto xMultiplexer(css::ui::ContextChangeEventMultiplexer::get(::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext()));
+
+    if (bListen)
+    {
+        try
+        {
+            xMultiplexer->addContextChangeEventListener(this, mxFrame->getController());
+        }
+        catch (const css::uno::Exception&)
+        {
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        xMultiplexer->removeAllContextChangeEventListeners(this);
+
+    mbActive = bListen;
+}
+
+void NotebookBarContextChangeEventListener::setupFrameListener(bool bListen)
+{
+    if (bListen)
+        mxFrame->addFrameActionListener(this);
+    else
+        mxFrame->removeFrameActionListener(this);
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL NotebookBarContextChangeEventListener::frameAction(const css::frame::FrameActionEvent& rEvent)
+{
+    if (!mbActive)
+        return;
+
+    if (rEvent.Action == css::frame::FrameAction_COMPONENT_REATTACHED)
+    {
+        setupListener(true);
+    }
+    else if (rEvent.Action == css::frame::FrameAction_COMPONENT_DETACHING)
+    {
+        setupListener(false);
+        // We don't want to give up on listening; just wait for
+        // another controller to be attached to the frame.
+        mbActive = true;
+    }
+}
+
+void NotebookBar::SetupListener(bool bListen)
+{
+    m_pEventListener->setupListener(bListen);
+}
+
+void SAL_CALL NotebookBarContextChangeEventListener::disposing(const ::css::lang::EventObject&)
+{
+    mpParent.clear();
+}
+
+void NotebookBar::DataChanged(const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt)
+{
+    UpdateBackground();
+    Control::DataChanged(rDCEvt);
+}
+
+void NotebookBar::StateChanged(const  StateChangedType nStateChange )
+{
+    UpdateBackground();
+    Control::StateChanged(nStateChange);
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void NotebookBar::UpdateBackground()
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    const BitmapEx& aPersona = rStyleSettings.GetPersonaHeader();
+    Wallpaper aWallpaper(aPersona);
+    aWallpaper.SetStyle(WallpaperStyle::TopRight);
+    if (!aPersona.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        SetBackground(aWallpaper);
+        UpdatePersonaSettings();
+        GetOutDev()->SetSettings( PersonaSettings );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SetBackground(rStyleSettings.GetDialogColor());
+        UpdateDefaultSettings();
+        GetOutDev()->SetSettings( DefaultSettings );
+    }
+
+    Invalidate(tools::Rectangle(Point(0,0), GetSizePixel()));
+}
+
+void NotebookBar::UpdateDefaultSettings()
+{
+    AllSettings aAllSettings( GetSettings() );
+    StyleSettings aStyleSet( aAllSettings.GetStyleSettings() );
+
+    ::Color aTextColor = aStyleSet.GetFieldTextColor();
+    aStyleSet.SetDialogTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetButtonTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetRadioCheckTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetGroupTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetLabelTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetWindowTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetTabTextColor(aTextColor);
+    aStyleSet.SetToolTextColor(aTextColor);
+
+    aAllSettings.SetStyleSettings(aStyleSet);
+    DefaultSettings = aAllSettings;
+}
+
+void NotebookBar::UpdatePersonaSettings()
+{
+    AllSettings aAllSettings( GetSettings() );
+    StyleSettings aStyleSet( aAllSettings.GetStyleSettings() );
+
+    ::Color aTextColor = aStyleSet.GetPersonaMenuBarTextColor().value_or(COL_BLACK );
+    aStyleSet.SetDialogTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetButtonTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetRadioCheckTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetGroupTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetLabelTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetWindowTextColor( aTextColor );
+    aStyleSet.SetTabTextColor(aTextColor);
+    aStyleSet.SetToolTextColor(aTextColor);
+
+    aAllSettings.SetStyleSettings(aStyleSet);
+    PersonaSettings = aAllSettings;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/prgsbar.cxx b/vcl/source/control/prgsbar.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e15c7c055d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/prgsbar.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/status.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/prgsbar.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/idle.hxx>
+
+#define PROGRESSBAR_OFFSET          3
+#define PROGRESSBAR_WIN_OFFSET      2
+
+void ProgressBar::ImplInit()
+{
+    mnPrgsWidth = 0;
+    mnPrgsHeight = 0;
+    mnPercent = 0;
+    mnPercentCount = 0;
+    mbCalcNew = true;
+
+    ImplInitSettings( true, true, true );
+}
+
+static WinBits clearProgressBarBorder( vcl::Window const * pParent, WinBits nOrgStyle, ProgressBar::BarStyle eBarStyle )
+{
+    WinBits nOutStyle = nOrgStyle;
+    if( pParent && (nOrgStyle & WB_BORDER) != 0 )
+    {
+        if (pParent->IsNativeControlSupported(eBarStyle == ProgressBar::BarStyle::Progress
+                                                  ? ControlType::Progress
+                                                  : ControlType::LevelBar,
+                                              ControlPart::Entire))
+            nOutStyle &= WB_BORDER;
+    }
+    return nOutStyle;
+}
+
+Size ProgressBar::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return meBarStyle == BarStyle::Progress ? Size(150, 20) : Size(150,10);
+}
+
+ProgressBar::ProgressBar( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle, BarStyle eBarStyle ) :
+        Window( pParent, clearProgressBarBorder( pParent, nWinStyle, eBarStyle ) ),
+        meBarStyle(eBarStyle)
+{
+    SetOutputSizePixel( GetOptimalSize() );
+    ImplInit();
+}
+
+void ProgressBar::ImplInitSettings( bool bFont,
+                                    bool bForeground, bool bBackground )
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+/* FIXME: !!! We do not support text output at the moment
+    if ( bFont )
+        ApplyControlFont(*this, rStyleSettings.GetAppFont());
+*/
+
+    if ( bBackground )
+    {
+        if (!IsControlBackground()
+            && IsNativeControlSupported(meBarStyle == BarStyle::Progress ? ControlType::Progress
+                                                                         : ControlType::LevelBar,
+                                        ControlPart::Entire))
+        {
+            if( GetStyle() & WB_BORDER )
+                SetBorderStyle( WindowBorderStyle::REMOVEBORDER );
+            EnableChildTransparentMode();
+            SetPaintTransparent( true );
+            SetBackground();
+            SetParentClipMode( ParentClipMode::NoClip );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            Color aColor;
+            if ( IsControlBackground() )
+                aColor = GetControlBackground();
+            else
+                aColor = rStyleSettings.GetFaceColor();
+            SetBackground( aColor );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( !(bForeground || bFont) )
+        return;
+
+    Color aColor = rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor();
+    if ( IsControlForeground() )
+        aColor = GetControlForeground();
+    if ( aColor.IsRGBEqual( GetBackground().GetColor() ) )
+    {
+        if ( aColor.GetLuminance() > 100 )
+            aColor.DecreaseLuminance( 64 );
+        else
+            aColor.IncreaseLuminance( 64 );
+    }
+    GetOutDev()->SetLineColor();
+    GetOutDev()->SetFillColor( aColor );
+/* FIXME: !!! We do not support text output at the moment
+    SetTextColor( aColor );
+    SetTextFillColor();
+*/
+}
+
+void ProgressBar::ImplDrawProgress(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, sal_uInt16 nNewPerc)
+{
+    if (mbCalcNew)
+    {
+        mbCalcNew = false;
+
+        Size aSize(GetOutputSizePixel());
+        mnPrgsHeight = aSize.Height() - (PROGRESSBAR_WIN_OFFSET * 2);
+        mnPrgsWidth = (mnPrgsHeight * 2) / 3;
+        maPos.setY( PROGRESSBAR_WIN_OFFSET );
+        tools::Long nMaxWidth = aSize.Width() - (PROGRESSBAR_WIN_OFFSET * 2) + PROGRESSBAR_OFFSET;
+        sal_uInt16 nMaxCount = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nMaxWidth / (mnPrgsWidth+PROGRESSBAR_OFFSET));
+        if (nMaxCount <= 1)
+        {
+            nMaxCount = 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            while (((10000 / (10000 / nMaxCount)) * (mnPrgsWidth + PROGRESSBAR_OFFSET)) > nMaxWidth)
+            {
+                nMaxCount--;
+            }
+        }
+        mnPercentCount = 10000 / nMaxCount;
+        nMaxWidth = ((10000 / (10000 / nMaxCount)) * (mnPrgsWidth + PROGRESSBAR_OFFSET)) - PROGRESSBAR_OFFSET;
+        maPos.setX( (aSize.Width() - nMaxWidth) / 2 );
+    }
+
+    ::DrawProgress(
+        this, rRenderContext, maPos, PROGRESSBAR_OFFSET, mnPrgsWidth, mnPrgsHeight,
+        /*nPercent1=*/0, nNewPerc * 100, mnPercentCount, tools::Rectangle(Point(), GetSizePixel()),
+        meBarStyle == BarStyle::Progress ? ControlType::Progress : ControlType::LevelBar);
+}
+
+void ProgressBar::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& /*rRect*/)
+{
+    ImplDrawProgress(rRenderContext, mnPercent);
+}
+
+void ProgressBar::Resize()
+{
+    mbCalcNew = true;
+    if ( IsReallyVisible() )
+        Invalidate();
+}
+
+void ProgressBar::SetValue( sal_uInt16 nNewPercent )
+{
+    SAL_WARN_IF( nNewPercent > 100, "vcl", "StatusBar::SetProgressValue(): nPercent > 100" );
+
+    if ( nNewPercent < mnPercent )
+    {
+        mbCalcNew = true;
+        mnPercent = nNewPercent;
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() )
+        {
+            Invalidate();
+            PaintImmediately();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( mnPercent != nNewPercent )
+    {
+        mnPercent = nNewPercent;
+        Invalidate();
+
+        // Make sure the progressbar is actually painted even if the caller is busy with its task,
+        // so the main loop would not be invoked.
+        Idle aIdle("ProgressBar::SetValue aIdle");
+        aIdle.SetPriority(TaskPriority::POST_PAINT);
+        aIdle.Start();
+        while (aIdle.IsActive() && !Application::IsQuit())
+        {
+            Application::Yield();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ProgressBar::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+/* FIXME: !!! We do not support text output at the moment
+    if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Zoom) ||
+         (nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( true, false, false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else
+*/
+    if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( false, true, false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( false, false, true );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+
+    Window::StateChanged( nType );
+}
+
+void ProgressBar::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+         (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( true, true, true );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+
+    Window::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/quickselectionengine.cxx b/vcl/source/control/quickselectionengine.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..777e00e0bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/quickselectionengine.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/quickselectionengine.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/timer.hxx>
+#include <vcl/i18nhelp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+
+#include <optional>
+
+namespace vcl
+{
+
+    struct QuickSelectionEngine_Data
+    {
+        ISearchableStringList&              rEntryList;
+        OUString                            sCurrentSearchString;
+        ::std::optional< sal_Unicode >    aSingleSearchChar;
+        Timer                               aSearchTimeout;
+
+        explicit QuickSelectionEngine_Data( ISearchableStringList& _entryList )
+            :rEntryList( _entryList )
+            ,aSearchTimeout( "vcl::QuickSelectionEngine_Data aSearchTimeout" )
+        {
+            aSearchTimeout.SetTimeout( 2500 );
+            aSearchTimeout.SetInvokeHandler( LINK( this, QuickSelectionEngine_Data, SearchStringTimeout ) );
+        }
+
+        ~QuickSelectionEngine_Data()
+        {
+            aSearchTimeout.Stop();
+        }
+
+        DECL_LINK( SearchStringTimeout, Timer*, void );
+    };
+
+    namespace
+    {
+        void lcl_reset( QuickSelectionEngine_Data& _data )
+        {
+            _data.sCurrentSearchString.clear();
+            _data.aSingleSearchChar.reset();
+            _data.aSearchTimeout.Stop();
+        }
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG( QuickSelectionEngine_Data, SearchStringTimeout, Timer*, void )
+    {
+        lcl_reset( *this );
+    }
+
+    static StringEntryIdentifier findMatchingEntry( const OUString& _searchString, QuickSelectionEngine_Data const & _engineData )
+    {
+        const vcl::I18nHelper& rI18nHelper = Application::GetSettings().GetLocaleI18nHelper();
+        // TODO: do we really need the Window's settings here? The original code used it ...
+
+        OUString sEntryText;
+        // get the "current + 1" entry
+        StringEntryIdentifier pSearchEntry = _engineData.rEntryList.CurrentEntry( sEntryText );
+        if ( pSearchEntry )
+            pSearchEntry = _engineData.rEntryList.NextEntry( pSearchEntry, sEntryText );
+        // loop 'til we find another matching entry
+        StringEntryIdentifier pStartedWith = pSearchEntry;
+        while ( pSearchEntry )
+        {
+            if ( rI18nHelper.MatchString( _searchString, sEntryText ) )
+                break;
+
+            pSearchEntry = _engineData.rEntryList.NextEntry( pSearchEntry, sEntryText );
+            if ( pSearchEntry == pStartedWith )
+                pSearchEntry = nullptr;
+        }
+
+        return pSearchEntry;
+    }
+
+    QuickSelectionEngine::QuickSelectionEngine( ISearchableStringList& _entryList )
+        :m_pData( new QuickSelectionEngine_Data( _entryList ) )
+    {
+    }
+
+    QuickSelectionEngine::~QuickSelectionEngine()
+    {
+    }
+
+    bool QuickSelectionEngine::HandleKeyEvent( const KeyEvent& _keyEvent )
+    {
+        sal_Unicode c = _keyEvent.GetCharCode();
+
+        if ( ( c >= 32 ) && ( c != 127 ) && !_keyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
+        {
+            m_pData->sCurrentSearchString += OUStringChar(c);
+            SAL_INFO( "vcl", "QuickSelectionEngine::HandleKeyEvent: searching for " << m_pData->sCurrentSearchString );
+
+            if ( m_pData->sCurrentSearchString.getLength() == 1 )
+            {   // first character in the search -> remember
+                m_pData->aSingleSearchChar = c;
+            }
+            else if ( m_pData->sCurrentSearchString.getLength() > 1 )
+            {
+                if ( !!m_pData->aSingleSearchChar && ( *m_pData->aSingleSearchChar != c ) )
+                    // we already have a "single char", but the current one is different -> reset
+                    m_pData->aSingleSearchChar.reset();
+            }
+
+            OUString aSearchTemp( m_pData->sCurrentSearchString );
+
+            StringEntryIdentifier pMatchingEntry = findMatchingEntry( aSearchTemp, *m_pData );
+            SAL_INFO( "vcl", "QuickSelectionEngine::HandleKeyEvent: found " << pMatchingEntry );
+            if ( !pMatchingEntry && (aSearchTemp.getLength() > 1) && !!m_pData->aSingleSearchChar )
+            {
+                // if there's only one letter in the search string, use a different search mode
+                aSearchTemp = OUString(*m_pData->aSingleSearchChar);
+                pMatchingEntry = findMatchingEntry( aSearchTemp, *m_pData );
+            }
+
+            if ( pMatchingEntry )
+            {
+                m_pData->rEntryList.SelectEntry( pMatchingEntry );
+                m_pData->aSearchTimeout.Start();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                lcl_reset( *m_pData );
+            }
+
+            return true;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    void QuickSelectionEngine::Reset()
+    {
+        lcl_reset( *m_pData );
+    }
+
+} // namespace vcl
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/roadmap.cxx b/vcl/source/control/roadmap.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3d3251cea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/roadmap.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,845 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vector>
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <o3tl/safeint.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/roadmap.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/vclevent.hxx>
+#include <hyperlabel.hxx>
+#include <tools/color.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+
+constexpr tools::Long LABELBASEMAPHEIGHT = 8;
+constexpr tools::Long ROADMAP_INDENT_X = 4;
+constexpr tools::Long ROADMAP_INDENT_Y = 27;
+constexpr tools::Long ROADMAP_ITEM_DISTANCE_Y = 6;
+
+namespace vcl
+{
+
+typedef std::vector< RoadmapItem* > HL_Vector;
+
+//= ColorChanger
+
+namespace {
+
+class IDLabel :  public FixedText
+{
+public:
+    IDLabel( vcl::Window* _pParent, WinBits _nWinStyle );
+    virtual void DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt ) override;
+    virtual void ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext) override;
+};
+
+}
+
+class RoadmapItem : public RoadmapTypes
+{
+private:
+    VclPtr<IDLabel>         mpID;
+    VclPtr<HyperLabel>      mpDescription;
+    const Size              m_aItemPlayground;
+
+public:
+    RoadmapItem( ORoadmap& _rParent, const Size& _rItemPlayground );
+    ~RoadmapItem();
+
+    void                    SetID( sal_Int16 ID );
+    sal_Int16               GetID() const;
+
+    void                    SetIndex( ItemIndex Index );
+    ItemIndex               GetIndex() const;
+
+    void                    Update( ItemIndex RMIndex, const OUString& _rText );
+
+    void                    SetPosition( RoadmapItem const * OldHyperLabel );
+
+    void                    ToggleBackgroundColor( const Color& _rGBColor );
+    void                    SetInteractive( bool _bInteractive );
+
+    void                    SetClickHdl( const Link<HyperLabel*,void>& rLink );
+    void                    Enable( bool bEnable );
+    bool                    IsEnabled() const;
+    void                    GrabFocus();
+
+    bool                    Contains( const vcl::Window* _pWindow ) const;
+
+private:
+    void                    ImplUpdateIndex( const ItemIndex _nIndex );
+    void                    ImplUpdatePosSize();
+};
+
+//= RoadmapImpl
+
+class RoadmapImpl : public RoadmapTypes
+{
+protected:
+    const ORoadmap&     m_rAntiImpl;
+    Link<LinkParamNone*,void> m_aSelectHdl;
+    BitmapEx            m_aPicture;
+    HL_Vector           m_aRoadmapSteps;
+    ItemId              m_iCurItemID;
+    bool                m_bInteractive : 1;
+    bool                m_bComplete : 1;
+    Size                m_aItemSizePixel;
+public:
+    bool                m_bPaintInitialized : 1;
+
+public:
+    explicit RoadmapImpl(const ORoadmap& rAntiImpl)
+        : m_rAntiImpl(rAntiImpl)
+        , m_iCurItemID(-1)
+        , m_bInteractive(true)
+        , m_bComplete(true)
+        , m_bPaintInitialized(false)
+        , InCompleteHyperLabel(nullptr)
+    {}
+
+    RoadmapItem* InCompleteHyperLabel;
+
+    HL_Vector& getHyperLabels()
+    {
+        return m_aRoadmapSteps;
+    }
+
+    void insertHyperLabel(ItemIndex Index, RoadmapItem* _rRoadmapStep)
+    {
+        m_aRoadmapSteps.insert(m_aRoadmapSteps.begin() + Index, _rRoadmapStep);
+    }
+
+    ItemIndex getItemCount() const
+    {
+        return m_aRoadmapSteps.size();
+    }
+
+    void setCurItemID(ItemId i)
+    {
+        m_iCurItemID = i;
+    }
+    ItemId getCurItemID() const
+    {
+        return m_iCurItemID;
+    }
+
+    void setInteractive(const bool _bInteractive)
+    {
+        m_bInteractive = _bInteractive;
+    }
+    bool isInteractive() const
+    {
+        return m_bInteractive;
+    }
+
+    void setComplete(const bool _bComplete)
+    {
+        m_bComplete = _bComplete;
+    }
+    bool isComplete() const
+    {
+        return m_bComplete;
+    }
+
+    void setPicture(const BitmapEx& _rPic)
+    {
+        m_aPicture = _rPic;
+    }
+    const BitmapEx& getPicture() const
+    {
+        return m_aPicture;
+    }
+
+    void setSelectHdl(const Link<LinkParamNone*,void>& _rHdl)
+    {
+        m_aSelectHdl = _rHdl;
+    }
+    const Link<LinkParamNone*,void>& getSelectHdl() const
+    {
+        return m_aSelectHdl;
+    }
+
+    void initItemSize();
+    const Size& getItemSize() const
+    {
+        return m_aItemSizePixel;
+    }
+
+    void removeHyperLabel(ItemIndex Index)
+    {
+        if ((Index > -1) && (Index < getItemCount()))
+        {
+            delete m_aRoadmapSteps[Index];
+            m_aRoadmapSteps.erase(m_aRoadmapSteps.begin() + Index);
+        }
+    }
+};
+
+void RoadmapImpl::initItemSize()
+{
+    Size aLabelSize( m_rAntiImpl.GetOutputSizePixel() );
+    aLabelSize.setHeight( m_rAntiImpl.LogicToPixel(Size(0, LABELBASEMAPHEIGHT), MapMode(MapUnit::MapAppFont)).Height() );
+    aLabelSize.AdjustWidth( -(m_rAntiImpl.LogicToPixel(Size(2 * ROADMAP_INDENT_X, 0), MapMode(MapUnit::MapAppFont)).Width()) );
+    m_aItemSizePixel = aLabelSize;
+}
+
+//= Roadmap
+
+ORoadmap::ORoadmap(vcl::Window* _pParent, WinBits _nWinStyle)
+    : Control(_pParent, _nWinStyle)
+    , m_pImpl(new RoadmapImpl(*this))
+{
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::implInit(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    delete m_pImpl->InCompleteHyperLabel;
+    m_pImpl->InCompleteHyperLabel = nullptr;
+    m_pImpl->setCurItemID(-1);
+    m_pImpl->setComplete(true);
+    m_pImpl->m_bPaintInitialized = true;
+
+    // Roadmap control should be reachable as one unit with a Tab key
+    // the next Tab key should spring out of the control.
+    // To reach it the control itself should get focus and set it
+    // on entries. The entries themself should not be reachable with
+    // the Tab key directly. So each entry should have WB_NOTABSTOP.
+
+    // In other words the creator should create the control with the following
+    // flags:
+    // SetStyle( ( GetStyle() | WB_TABSTOP ) & ~WB_DIALOGCONTROL );
+
+// TODO: if somebody sets a new font from outside (OutputDevice::SetFont), we would have to react
+// on this with calculating a new bold font.
+// Unfortunately, the OutputDevice does not offer a notify mechanism for a changed font.
+// So settings the font from outside is simply a forbidden scenario at the moment
+    rRenderContext.EnableMapMode(false);
+}
+
+ORoadmap::~ORoadmap()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::dispose()
+{
+    HL_Vector aItemsCopy = m_pImpl->getHyperLabels();
+    m_pImpl->getHyperLabels().clear();
+    for (auto const& itemCopy : aItemsCopy)
+    {
+        delete itemCopy;
+    }
+    if ( ! m_pImpl->isComplete() )
+        delete m_pImpl->InCompleteHyperLabel;
+    m_pImpl.reset();
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+RoadmapTypes::ItemId ORoadmap::GetCurrentRoadmapItemID() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->getCurItemID();
+}
+
+RoadmapItem* ORoadmap::GetPreviousHyperLabel(ItemIndex Index)
+{
+    RoadmapItem* pOldItem = nullptr;
+    if ( Index > 0 )
+        pOldItem = m_pImpl->getHyperLabels().at( Index - 1 );
+    return pOldItem;
+}
+
+RoadmapItem* ORoadmap::InsertHyperLabel(ItemIndex Index, const OUString& _sLabel, ItemId RMID, bool _bEnabled, bool _bIncomplete)
+{
+    if (m_pImpl->getItemCount() == 0)
+        m_pImpl->initItemSize();
+
+    RoadmapItem* pItem = nullptr;
+    RoadmapItem* pOldItem = GetPreviousHyperLabel( Index );
+
+    pItem = new RoadmapItem( *this, m_pImpl->getItemSize() );
+    if ( _bIncomplete )
+    {
+        pItem->SetInteractive( false );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pItem->SetInteractive( m_pImpl->isInteractive() );
+        m_pImpl->insertHyperLabel( Index, pItem );
+    }
+    pItem->SetPosition( pOldItem );
+    pItem->Update( Index, _sLabel );
+    pItem->SetClickHdl(LINK( this, ORoadmap, ImplClickHdl ) );
+    pItem->SetID( RMID );
+    pItem->SetIndex( Index );
+    if (!_bEnabled)
+        pItem->Enable( _bEnabled );
+    return pItem;
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::SetRoadmapBitmap(const BitmapEx& _rBmp)
+{
+    m_pImpl->setPicture( _rBmp );
+    Invalidate( );
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::SetRoadmapInteractive(bool _bInteractive)
+{
+    m_pImpl->setInteractive( _bInteractive );
+
+    const HL_Vector& rItems = m_pImpl->getHyperLabels();
+    for (auto const& item : rItems)
+    {
+        item->SetInteractive( _bInteractive );
+    }
+}
+
+bool ORoadmap::IsRoadmapInteractive() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->isInteractive();
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::SetRoadmapComplete(bool _bComplete)
+{
+    bool bWasComplete = m_pImpl->isComplete();
+    m_pImpl->setComplete( _bComplete );
+    if (_bComplete)
+    {
+        if (m_pImpl->InCompleteHyperLabel != nullptr)
+        {
+            delete m_pImpl->InCompleteHyperLabel;
+            m_pImpl->InCompleteHyperLabel = nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+    else if (bWasComplete)
+        m_pImpl->InCompleteHyperLabel = InsertHyperLabel(m_pImpl->getItemCount(), "...", -1, true/*bEnabled*/, true/*bIncomplete*/ );
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::UpdatefollowingHyperLabels(ItemIndex _nIndex)
+{
+    const HL_Vector& rItems = m_pImpl->getHyperLabels();
+    if ( _nIndex < static_cast<ItemIndex>(rItems.size()) )
+    {
+        for ( HL_Vector::const_iterator i = rItems.begin() + _nIndex;
+              i != rItems.end();
+              ++i, ++_nIndex
+            )
+        {
+            RoadmapItem* pItem = *i;
+
+            pItem->SetIndex( _nIndex );
+            pItem->SetPosition( GetPreviousHyperLabel( _nIndex ) );
+        }
+
+    }
+    if ( ! m_pImpl->isComplete() )
+    {
+        RoadmapItem* pOldItem = GetPreviousHyperLabel( m_pImpl->getItemCount() );
+        m_pImpl->InCompleteHyperLabel->SetPosition( pOldItem );
+        m_pImpl->InCompleteHyperLabel->Update( m_pImpl->getItemCount(), "..." );
+    }
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::ReplaceRoadmapItem(ItemIndex Index, const OUString& roadmapItem, ItemId RMID, bool _bEnabled)
+{
+    RoadmapItem* pItem = GetByIndex( Index);
+    if ( pItem != nullptr )
+    {
+        pItem->Update( Index, roadmapItem );
+        pItem->SetID( RMID );
+        pItem->Enable( _bEnabled );
+    }
+}
+
+RoadmapTypes::ItemIndex ORoadmap::GetItemCount() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->getItemCount();
+}
+
+RoadmapTypes::ItemId ORoadmap::GetItemID(ItemIndex _nIndex) const
+{
+    const RoadmapItem* pHyperLabel = GetByIndex( _nIndex );
+    if ( pHyperLabel )
+        return pHyperLabel->GetID();
+    return -1;
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::InsertRoadmapItem(ItemIndex Index, const OUString& RoadmapItem, ItemId _nUniqueId, bool _bEnabled)
+{
+    InsertHyperLabel( Index, RoadmapItem, _nUniqueId, _bEnabled, false/*bIncomplete*/ );
+    // TODO YPos is superfluous, if items are always appended
+    UpdatefollowingHyperLabels( Index + 1 );
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::DeleteRoadmapItem(ItemIndex Index)
+{
+    if ( m_pImpl->getItemCount() > 0 && ( Index > -1)  &&  ( Index < m_pImpl->getItemCount() ) )
+    {
+        m_pImpl->removeHyperLabel( Index );
+        UpdatefollowingHyperLabels( Index );
+    }
+}
+
+bool ORoadmap::IsRoadmapComplete() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->isComplete();
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::EnableRoadmapItem( ItemId _nItemId, bool _bEnable )
+{
+    RoadmapItem* pItem = GetByID( _nItemId );
+    if ( pItem != nullptr )
+        pItem->Enable( _bEnable );
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::ChangeRoadmapItemLabel( ItemId _nID, const OUString& _sLabel )
+{
+    RoadmapItem* pItem = GetByID( _nID );
+    if ( pItem == nullptr )
+        return;
+
+    pItem->Update( pItem->GetIndex(), _sLabel );
+
+    const HL_Vector& rItems = m_pImpl->getHyperLabels();
+    size_t nPos = 0;
+    for (auto const& item : rItems)
+    {
+        item->SetPosition( GetPreviousHyperLabel(nPos) );
+        ++nPos;
+    }
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::ChangeRoadmapItemID(ItemId _nID, ItemId NewID)
+{
+    RoadmapItem* pItem = GetByID( _nID );
+    if ( pItem != nullptr )
+        pItem->SetID( NewID );
+}
+
+RoadmapItem* ORoadmap::GetByID(ItemId _nID)
+{
+    ItemId nLocID = 0;
+    const HL_Vector& rItems = m_pImpl->getHyperLabels();
+    for (auto const& item : rItems)
+    {
+        nLocID = item->GetID();
+        if ( nLocID == _nID )
+            return item;
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+const RoadmapItem* ORoadmap::GetByID(ItemId _nID) const
+{
+    return const_cast< ORoadmap* >( this )->GetByID( _nID );
+}
+
+RoadmapItem* ORoadmap::GetByIndex(ItemIndex _nItemIndex)
+{
+    const HL_Vector& rItems = m_pImpl->getHyperLabels();
+    if ( ( _nItemIndex > -1 ) && ( o3tl::make_unsigned(_nItemIndex) < rItems.size() ) )
+    {
+        return rItems.at( _nItemIndex );
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+const RoadmapItem* ORoadmap::GetByIndex(ItemIndex _nItemIndex) const
+{
+    return const_cast< ORoadmap* >( this )->GetByIndex( _nItemIndex );
+}
+
+RoadmapTypes::ItemId ORoadmap::GetNextAvailableItemId(ItemIndex _nNewIndex)
+{
+    ItemIndex searchIndex = ++_nNewIndex;
+    while ( searchIndex < m_pImpl->getItemCount() )
+    {
+        RoadmapItem* pItem = GetByIndex( searchIndex );
+        if ( pItem->IsEnabled() )
+            return pItem->GetID( );
+
+        ++searchIndex;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+RoadmapTypes::ItemId ORoadmap::GetPreviousAvailableItemId(ItemIndex _nNewIndex)
+{
+    ItemIndex searchIndex = --_nNewIndex;
+    while ( searchIndex > -1 )
+    {
+        RoadmapItem* pItem = GetByIndex( searchIndex );
+        if ( pItem->IsEnabled() )
+            return pItem->GetID( );
+
+        searchIndex--;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::DeselectOldRoadmapItems()
+{
+    const HL_Vector& rItems = m_pImpl->getHyperLabels();
+    for (auto const& item : rItems)
+    {
+        item->ToggleBackgroundColor( COL_TRANSPARENT );
+    }
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::SetItemSelectHdl(const Link<LinkParamNone*,void>& _rHdl)
+{
+    m_pImpl->setSelectHdl(_rHdl);
+}
+
+Link<LinkParamNone*,void> const & ORoadmap::GetItemSelectHdl() const
+{
+    return m_pImpl->getSelectHdl();
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::Select()
+{
+    GetItemSelectHdl().Call( nullptr );
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::RoadmapItemSelected );
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::GetFocus()
+{
+    RoadmapItem* pCurHyperLabel = GetByID( GetCurrentRoadmapItemID() );
+    if ( pCurHyperLabel != nullptr )
+        pCurHyperLabel->GrabFocus();
+}
+
+bool ORoadmap::SelectRoadmapItemByID(ItemId _nNewID, bool bGrabFocus)
+{
+    DeselectOldRoadmapItems();
+    RoadmapItem* pItem = GetByID( _nNewID );
+    if ( pItem != nullptr )
+    {
+        if ( pItem->IsEnabled() )
+        {
+            const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+            pItem->ToggleBackgroundColor( rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor() ); //HighlightColor
+
+            if (bGrabFocus)
+                pItem->GrabFocus();
+            m_pImpl->setCurItemID(_nNewID);
+
+            Select();
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& _rRect)
+{
+    if (!m_pImpl->m_bPaintInitialized)
+        implInit(rRenderContext);
+    Control::Paint(rRenderContext, _rRect);
+
+    // draw the bitmap
+    if (!m_pImpl->getPicture().IsEmpty())
+    {
+        Size aBitmapSize = m_pImpl->getPicture().GetSizePixel();
+        Size aMySize(GetOutputSizePixel());
+
+        Point aBitmapPos(aMySize.Width() - aBitmapSize.Width(),  aMySize.Height() - aBitmapSize.Height());
+
+        // draw it
+        rRenderContext.DrawBitmapEx( aBitmapPos, m_pImpl->getPicture() );
+    }
+
+    // draw the headline
+    DrawHeadline(rRenderContext);
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::DrawHeadline(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    Point aTextPos = OutputDevice::LogicToLogic(Point(ROADMAP_INDENT_X, 8), GetMapMode(), MapMode(MapUnit::MapAppFont));
+
+    Size aOutputSize(rRenderContext.GetOutputSize());
+
+    // draw it
+    rRenderContext.DrawText(tools::Rectangle(aTextPos, aOutputSize), GetText(),
+                            DrawTextFlags::Left | DrawTextFlags::Top | DrawTextFlags::MultiLine | DrawTextFlags::WordBreak);
+    rRenderContext.DrawTextLine(aTextPos, aOutputSize.Width(), STRIKEOUT_NONE, LINESTYLE_SINGLE, LINESTYLE_NONE);
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor());
+    rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor());
+}
+
+RoadmapItem* ORoadmap::GetByPointer(vcl::Window const * pWindow)
+{
+    const HL_Vector& rItems = m_pImpl->getHyperLabels();
+    for (auto const& item : rItems)
+    {
+        if ( item->Contains( pWindow ) )
+            return item;
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+bool ORoadmap::PreNotify(NotifyEvent& _rNEvt)
+{
+    // capture KeyEvents for taskpane cycling
+    if ( _rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT )
+    {
+        vcl::Window* pWindow = _rNEvt.GetWindow();
+        RoadmapItem* pItem = GetByPointer( pWindow );
+        if ( pItem != nullptr )
+        {
+            sal_Int16 nKeyCode = _rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode().GetCode();
+            switch( nKeyCode )
+            {
+                case KEY_UP:
+                    {   // Note: Performance wise this is not optimal, because we search for an ID in the labels
+                        //       and afterwards we search again for a label with the appropriate ID ->
+                        //       unnecessarily we search twice!!!
+                        ItemId nPrevItemID = GetPreviousAvailableItemId( pItem->GetIndex() );
+                        if ( nPrevItemID != -1 )
+                            return SelectRoadmapItemByID( nPrevItemID );
+                    }
+                    break;
+                case KEY_DOWN:
+                    {
+                        ItemId nNextItemID = GetNextAvailableItemId( pItem->GetIndex() );
+                        if ( nNextItemID != -1 )
+                            return SelectRoadmapItemByID( nNextItemID );
+                    }
+                    break;
+                case KEY_SPACE:
+                    return SelectRoadmapItemByID( pItem->GetID() );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return Window::PreNotify( _rNEvt );
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK(ORoadmap, ImplClickHdl, HyperLabel*, CurHyperLabel, void)
+{
+   SelectRoadmapItemByID( CurHyperLabel->GetID() );
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::DataChanged(const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt)
+{
+    if (!((( rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS )   ||
+        ( rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::DISPLAY   ))  &&
+        ( rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE        )))
+        return;
+
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    SetBackground( Wallpaper( rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor() ) );
+    Color aTextColor = rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor();
+    vcl::Font aFont = GetFont();
+    aFont.SetColor( aTextColor );
+    SetFont( aFont );
+    RoadmapTypes::ItemId curItemID = GetCurrentRoadmapItemID();
+    RoadmapItem* pLabelItem = GetByID( curItemID );
+    if (pLabelItem != nullptr)
+    {
+        pLabelItem->ToggleBackgroundColor(rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor());
+    }
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void ORoadmap::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    Color aTextColor = rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor();
+    vcl::Font aFont = rRenderContext.GetFont();
+    aFont.SetColor(aTextColor);
+    aFont.SetWeight(WEIGHT_BOLD);
+    aFont.SetUnderline(LINESTYLE_SINGLE);
+    rRenderContext.SetFont(aFont);
+    rRenderContext.SetBackground(rStyleSettings.GetFieldColor());
+}
+
+RoadmapItem::RoadmapItem(ORoadmap& _rParent, const Size& _rItemPlayground)
+    : m_aItemPlayground(_rItemPlayground)
+{
+    mpID = VclPtr<IDLabel>::Create( &_rParent, WB_WORDBREAK );
+    mpID->Show();
+    mpDescription = VclPtr<HyperLabel>::Create( &_rParent, WB_NOTABSTOP | WB_WORDBREAK );
+    mpDescription->Show();
+}
+
+RoadmapItem::~RoadmapItem()
+{
+    mpID.disposeAndClear();
+    mpDescription.disposeAndClear();
+}
+
+bool RoadmapItem::Contains(const vcl::Window* _pWindow) const
+{
+    return ( mpID == _pWindow ) || ( mpDescription == _pWindow );
+}
+
+void RoadmapItem::GrabFocus()
+{
+    if ( mpDescription )
+        mpDescription->GrabFocus();
+}
+
+void RoadmapItem::SetInteractive(bool _bInteractive)
+{
+    if ( mpDescription )
+        mpDescription->SetInteractive(_bInteractive);
+}
+
+void RoadmapItem::SetID(sal_Int16 ID)
+{
+    if ( mpDescription )
+        mpDescription->SetID(ID);
+}
+
+sal_Int16 RoadmapItem::GetID() const
+{
+    return mpDescription ? mpDescription->GetID() : sal_Int16(-1);
+}
+
+void RoadmapItem::ImplUpdateIndex(const ItemIndex _nIndex)
+{
+    mpDescription->SetIndex( _nIndex );
+
+    OUString aIDText = OUString::number( _nIndex + 1 ) + ".";
+    mpID->SetText( aIDText );
+
+    // update the geometry of both controls
+    ImplUpdatePosSize();
+}
+
+void RoadmapItem::SetIndex(ItemIndex Index)
+{
+    ImplUpdateIndex(Index);
+}
+
+RoadmapTypes::ItemIndex RoadmapItem::GetIndex() const
+{
+    return mpDescription ? mpDescription->GetIndex() : ItemIndex(-1);
+}
+
+void RoadmapItem::SetPosition(RoadmapItem const * _pOldItem)
+{
+    Point aIDPos;
+    if ( _pOldItem == nullptr )
+    {
+        aIDPos = mpID->LogicToPixel(Point(ROADMAP_INDENT_X, ROADMAP_INDENT_Y), MapMode(MapUnit::MapAppFont));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Size aOldSize = _pOldItem->mpDescription->GetSizePixel();
+
+        aIDPos = _pOldItem->mpID->GetPosPixel();
+        aIDPos.AdjustY(aOldSize.Height() );
+        aIDPos.AdjustY(mpID->GetParent()->LogicToPixel( Size( 0, ROADMAP_ITEM_DISTANCE_Y ) ).Height() );
+    }
+    mpID->SetPosPixel( aIDPos );
+
+    sal_Int32 nDescPos = aIDPos.X() + mpID->GetSizePixel().Width();
+    mpDescription->SetPosPixel( Point( nDescPos, aIDPos.Y() ) );
+}
+
+void RoadmapItem::Enable(bool _bEnable)
+{
+    mpID->Enable(_bEnable);
+    mpDescription->Enable(_bEnable);
+}
+
+bool RoadmapItem::IsEnabled() const
+{
+    return mpID->IsEnabled();
+}
+
+void RoadmapItem::ToggleBackgroundColor(const Color& _rGBColor)
+{
+    if (_rGBColor == COL_TRANSPARENT)
+        mpID->SetControlBackground();
+    else
+        mpID->SetControlBackground( mpID->GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetHighlightColor() );
+    mpDescription->ToggleBackgroundColor(_rGBColor);
+}
+
+void RoadmapItem::ImplUpdatePosSize()
+{
+    // calculate widths
+    tools::Long nIDWidth = mpID->GetTextWidth( mpID->GetText() );
+    tools::Long nMaxIDWidth = mpID->GetTextWidth( "100." );
+    nIDWidth = ::std::min( nIDWidth, nMaxIDWidth );
+
+    // check how many space the description would need
+    Size aDescriptionSize = mpDescription->CalcMinimumSize( m_aItemPlayground.Width() - nIDWidth );
+
+    // position and size both controls
+    Size aIDSize( nIDWidth, aDescriptionSize.Height() );
+    mpID->SetSizePixel( aIDSize );
+
+    Point aIDPos = mpID->GetPosPixel();
+    mpDescription->SetPosPixel( Point( aIDPos.X() + nIDWidth, aIDPos.Y() ) );
+    mpDescription->SetSizePixel( aDescriptionSize );
+}
+
+void RoadmapItem::Update(ItemIndex RMIndex, const OUString& _rText)
+{
+    // update description label
+    mpDescription->SetLabel( _rText );
+
+    // update the index in both controls, which triggers updating the geometry of both
+    ImplUpdateIndex( RMIndex );
+}
+
+void RoadmapItem::SetClickHdl(const Link<HyperLabel*,void>& rLink)
+{
+    if ( mpDescription )
+        mpDescription->SetClickHdl( rLink);
+}
+
+IDLabel::IDLabel(vcl::Window* _pParent, WinBits _nWinStyle)
+    : FixedText(_pParent, _nWinStyle)
+{
+}
+
+void IDLabel::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    FixedText::ApplySettings(rRenderContext);
+
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    if (GetControlBackground() == COL_TRANSPARENT)
+        rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetFieldTextColor());
+    else
+        rRenderContext.SetTextColor(rStyleSettings.GetHighlightTextColor());
+}
+
+void IDLabel::DataChanged(const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt)
+{
+    FixedText::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ((( rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS )   ||
+        ( rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::DISPLAY   ))  &&
+        ( rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE        ))
+    {
+        const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+        if (GetControlBackground() != COL_TRANSPARENT)
+            SetControlBackground(rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+}   // namespace vcl
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/roadmapwizard.cxx b/vcl/source/control/roadmapwizard.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1b3c9e96b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/roadmapwizard.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,837 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+
+#include <vcl/toolkit/roadmap.hxx>
+#include <tools/debug.hxx>
+#include <tools/json_writer.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+#include <strings.hrc>
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+#include <wizdlg.hxx>
+
+#include <vector>
+
+#include "wizimpldata.hxx"
+#include <uiobject-internal.hxx>
+
+namespace vcl
+{
+    sal_Int32 RoadmapWizardImpl::getStateIndexInPath( WizardTypes::WizardState _nState, const WizardPath& _rPath )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nStateIndexInPath = 0;
+        bool bFound = false;
+        for (auto const& path : _rPath)
+        {
+            if (path == _nState)
+            {
+                bFound = true;
+                break;
+            }
+            ++nStateIndexInPath;
+        }
+        if (!bFound)
+            nStateIndexInPath = -1;
+        return nStateIndexInPath;
+    }
+
+
+    sal_Int32 RoadmapWizardImpl::getStateIndexInPath( WizardTypes::WizardState _nState, PathId _nPathId )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nStateIndexInPath = -1;
+        Paths::const_iterator aPathPos = aPaths.find( _nPathId );
+        if ( aPathPos != aPaths.end( ) )
+            nStateIndexInPath = getStateIndexInPath( _nState, aPathPos->second );
+        return nStateIndexInPath;
+    }
+
+
+    sal_Int32 RoadmapWizardImpl::getFirstDifferentIndex( const WizardPath& _rLHS, const WizardPath& _rRHS )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nMinLength = ::std::min( _rLHS.size(), _rRHS.size() );
+        for ( sal_Int32 nCheck = 0; nCheck < nMinLength; ++nCheck )
+        {
+            if ( _rLHS[ nCheck ] != _rRHS[ nCheck ] )
+                return nCheck;
+        }
+        return nMinLength;
+    }
+
+    //= RoadmapWizard
+    RoadmapWizard::RoadmapWizard(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle, InitFlag eFlag)
+        : Dialog(pParent, nStyle, eFlag)
+        , maWizardLayoutIdle("vcl RoadmapWizard maWizardLayoutIdle")
+        , m_pFinish(nullptr)
+        , m_pCancel(nullptr)
+        , m_pNextPage(nullptr)
+        , m_pPrevPage(nullptr)
+        , m_pHelp(nullptr)
+        , m_xWizardImpl(new WizardMachineImplData)
+        , m_xRoadmapImpl(new RoadmapWizardImpl)
+    {
+        mpFirstPage     = nullptr;
+        mpFirstBtn      = nullptr;
+        mpCurTabPage    = nullptr;
+        mpPrevBtn       = nullptr;
+        mpNextBtn       = nullptr;
+        mpViewWindow    = nullptr;
+        mnCurLevel      = 0;
+        mbEmptyViewMargin =  false;
+        mnLeftAlignCount = 0;
+
+        maWizardLayoutIdle.SetPriority(TaskPriority::RESIZE);
+        maWizardLayoutIdle.SetInvokeHandler( LINK( this, RoadmapWizard, ImplHandleWizardLayoutTimerHdl ) );
+
+        implConstruct(WizardButtonFlags::NEXT | WizardButtonFlags::PREVIOUS | WizardButtonFlags::FINISH | WizardButtonFlags::CANCEL | WizardButtonFlags::HELP);
+
+        SetLeftAlignedButtonCount( 1 );
+        mbEmptyViewMargin = true;
+
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap.disposeAndReset( VclPtr<ORoadmap>::Create( this, WB_TABSTOP ) );
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->SetText( VclResId( STR_WIZDLG_ROADMAP_TITLE ) );
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->SetPosPixel( Point( 0, 0 ) );
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->SetItemSelectHdl( LINK( this, RoadmapWizard, OnRoadmapItemSelected ) );
+
+        Size aRoadmapSize = LogicToPixel(Size(85, 0), MapMode(MapUnit::MapAppFont));
+        aRoadmapSize.setHeight( GetSizePixel().Height() );
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->SetSizePixel( aRoadmapSize );
+
+        mpViewWindow = m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap;
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->Show();
+    }
+
+    RoadmapWizardMachine::RoadmapWizardMachine(weld::Window* pParent)
+        : WizardMachine(pParent, WizardButtonFlags::NEXT | WizardButtonFlags::PREVIOUS | WizardButtonFlags::FINISH | WizardButtonFlags::CANCEL | WizardButtonFlags::HELP)
+        , m_pImpl( new RoadmapWizardImpl )
+    {
+        m_xAssistant->connect_jump_page(LINK(this, RoadmapWizardMachine, OnRoadmapItemSelected));
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::ShowRoadmap(bool bShow)
+    {
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->Show(bShow);
+        CalcAndSetSize();
+    }
+
+    RoadmapWizard::~RoadmapWizard()
+    {
+        disposeOnce();
+    }
+
+    RoadmapWizardMachine::~RoadmapWizardMachine()
+    {
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::dispose()
+    {
+        m_xRoadmapImpl.reset();
+
+        m_pFinish.disposeAndClear();
+        m_pCancel.disposeAndClear();
+        m_pNextPage.disposeAndClear();
+        m_pPrevPage.disposeAndClear();
+        m_pHelp.disposeAndClear();
+
+        if (m_xWizardImpl)
+        {
+            for (WizardTypes::WizardState i = 0; i < m_xWizardImpl->nFirstUnknownPage; ++i)
+            {
+                TabPage *pPage = GetPage(i);
+                if (pPage)
+                    pPage->disposeOnce();
+            }
+            m_xWizardImpl.reset();
+        }
+
+        maWizardLayoutIdle.Stop();
+
+        // Remove all buttons
+        while ( mpFirstBtn )
+            RemoveButton( mpFirstBtn->mpButton );
+
+        // Remove all pages
+        while ( mpFirstPage )
+            RemovePage( mpFirstPage->mpPage );
+
+        mpCurTabPage.clear();
+        mpPrevBtn.clear();
+        mpNextBtn.clear();
+        mpViewWindow.clear();
+        Dialog::dispose();
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::SetRoadmapHelpId( const OUString& _rId )
+    {
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->SetHelpId( _rId );
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::SetRoadmapBitmap(const BitmapEx& rBmp)
+    {
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->SetRoadmapBitmap(rBmp);
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizardMachine::SetRoadmapHelpId(const OUString& rId)
+    {
+        m_xAssistant->set_page_side_help_id(rId);
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizardMachine::declarePath( PathId _nPathId, const WizardPath& _lWizardStates)
+    {
+        m_pImpl->aPaths.emplace( _nPathId, _lWizardStates );
+
+        if ( m_pImpl->aPaths.size() == 1 )
+            // the very first path -> activate it
+            activatePath( _nPathId );
+        else
+            implUpdateRoadmap( );
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizardMachine::activatePath( PathId _nPathId, bool _bDecideForIt )
+    {
+        if ( ( _nPathId == m_pImpl->nActivePath ) && ( _bDecideForIt == m_pImpl->bActivePathIsDefinite ) )
+            // nothing to do
+            return;
+
+        // does the given path exist?
+        Paths::const_iterator aNewPathPos = m_pImpl->aPaths.find( _nPathId );
+        DBG_ASSERT( aNewPathPos != m_pImpl->aPaths.end(), "RoadmapWizard::activate: there is no such path!" );
+        if ( aNewPathPos == m_pImpl->aPaths.end() )
+            return;
+
+        // determine the index of the current state in the current path
+        sal_Int32 nCurrentStatePathIndex = -1;
+        if ( m_pImpl->nActivePath != -1 )
+            nCurrentStatePathIndex = m_pImpl->getStateIndexInPath( getCurrentState(), m_pImpl->nActivePath );
+
+        DBG_ASSERT( static_cast<sal_Int32>(aNewPathPos->second.size()) > nCurrentStatePathIndex,
+            "RoadmapWizard::activate: you cannot activate a path which has less states than we've already advanced!" );
+            // If this asserts, this for instance means that we are already in state number, say, 5
+            // of our current path, and the caller tries to activate a path which has less than 5
+            // states
+        if ( static_cast<sal_Int32>(aNewPathPos->second.size()) <= nCurrentStatePathIndex )
+            return;
+
+        // assert that the current and the new path are equal, up to nCurrentStatePathIndex
+        Paths::const_iterator aActivePathPos = m_pImpl->aPaths.find( m_pImpl->nActivePath );
+        if ( aActivePathPos != m_pImpl->aPaths.end() )
+        {
+            if ( RoadmapWizardImpl::getFirstDifferentIndex( aActivePathPos->second, aNewPathPos->second ) <= nCurrentStatePathIndex )
+            {
+                OSL_FAIL( "RoadmapWizard::activate: you cannot activate a path which conflicts with the current one *before* the current state!" );
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+
+        m_pImpl->nActivePath = _nPathId;
+        m_pImpl->bActivePathIsDefinite = _bDecideForIt;
+
+        implUpdateRoadmap( );
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::implUpdateRoadmap( )
+    {
+        DBG_ASSERT( m_xRoadmapImpl->aPaths.find( m_xRoadmapImpl->nActivePath ) != m_xRoadmapImpl->aPaths.end(),
+            "RoadmapWizard::implUpdateRoadmap: there is no such path!" );
+        const WizardPath& rActivePath( m_xRoadmapImpl->aPaths[ m_xRoadmapImpl->nActivePath ] );
+
+        sal_Int32 nCurrentStatePathIndex = RoadmapWizardImpl::getStateIndexInPath( getCurrentState(), rActivePath );
+        if (nCurrentStatePathIndex < 0)
+            return;
+
+        // determine up to which index (in the new path) we have to display the items
+        RoadmapTypes::ItemIndex nUpperStepBoundary = static_cast<RoadmapTypes::ItemIndex>(rActivePath.size());
+        bool bIncompletePath = false;
+        if ( !m_xRoadmapImpl->bActivePathIsDefinite )
+        {
+            for (auto const& path : m_xRoadmapImpl->aPaths)
+            {
+                if ( path.first == m_xRoadmapImpl->nActivePath )
+                    // it's the path we are just activating -> no need to check anything
+                    continue;
+                // the index from which on both paths differ
+                sal_Int32 nDivergenceIndex = RoadmapWizardImpl::getFirstDifferentIndex( rActivePath, path.second );
+                if ( nDivergenceIndex <= nCurrentStatePathIndex )
+                    // they differ in an index which we have already left behind us
+                    // -> this is no conflict anymore
+                    continue;
+
+                // the path conflicts with our new path -> don't activate the
+                // *complete* new path, but only up to the step which is unambiguous
+                nUpperStepBoundary = nDivergenceIndex;
+                bIncompletePath = true;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // now, we have to remove all items after nCurrentStatePathIndex, and insert the items from the active
+        // path, up to (excluding) nUpperStepBoundary
+        RoadmapTypes::ItemIndex nLoopUntil = ::std::max( nUpperStepBoundary, m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->GetItemCount() );
+        for ( RoadmapTypes::ItemIndex nItemIndex = nCurrentStatePathIndex; nItemIndex < nLoopUntil; ++nItemIndex )
+        {
+            bool bExistentItem = ( nItemIndex < m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->GetItemCount() );
+            bool bNeedItem = ( nItemIndex < nUpperStepBoundary );
+
+            bool bInsertItem = false;
+            if ( bExistentItem )
+            {
+                if ( !bNeedItem )
+                {
+                    while ( nItemIndex < m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->GetItemCount() )
+                        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->DeleteRoadmapItem( nItemIndex );
+                    break;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // there is an item with this index in the roadmap - does it match what is requested by
+                    // the respective state in the active path?
+                    RoadmapTypes::ItemId nPresentItemId = m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->GetItemID( nItemIndex );
+                    WizardTypes::WizardState nRequiredState = rActivePath[ nItemIndex ];
+                    if ( nPresentItemId != nRequiredState )
+                    {
+                        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->DeleteRoadmapItem( nItemIndex );
+                        bInsertItem = true;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                DBG_ASSERT( bNeedItem, "RoadmapWizard::implUpdateRoadmap: ehm - none needed, none present - why did the loop not terminate?" );
+                bInsertItem = bNeedItem;
+            }
+
+            WizardTypes::WizardState nState( rActivePath[ nItemIndex ] );
+            if ( bInsertItem )
+            {
+                m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->InsertRoadmapItem(
+                    nItemIndex,
+                    getStateDisplayName( nState ),
+                    nState,
+                    true
+                );
+            }
+
+            const bool bEnable = m_xRoadmapImpl->aDisabledStates.find( nState ) == m_xRoadmapImpl->aDisabledStates.end();
+            m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->EnableRoadmapItem( m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->GetItemID( nItemIndex ), bEnable );
+        }
+
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->SetRoadmapComplete( !bIncompletePath );
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizardMachine::implUpdateRoadmap( )
+    {
+
+        DBG_ASSERT( m_pImpl->aPaths.find( m_pImpl->nActivePath ) != m_pImpl->aPaths.end(),
+            "RoadmapWizard::implUpdateRoadmap: there is no such path!" );
+        const WizardPath& rActivePath( m_pImpl->aPaths[ m_pImpl->nActivePath ] );
+
+        sal_Int32 nCurrentStatePathIndex = RoadmapWizardImpl::getStateIndexInPath( getCurrentState(), rActivePath );
+        if (nCurrentStatePathIndex < 0)
+            return;
+
+        // determine up to which index (in the new path) we have to display the items
+        RoadmapTypes::ItemIndex nUpperStepBoundary = static_cast<RoadmapTypes::ItemIndex>(rActivePath.size());
+        if ( !m_pImpl->bActivePathIsDefinite )
+        {
+            for (auto const& path : m_pImpl->aPaths)
+            {
+                if ( path.first == m_pImpl->nActivePath )
+                    // it's the path we are just activating -> no need to check anything
+                    continue;
+                // the index from which on both paths differ
+                sal_Int32 nDivergenceIndex = RoadmapWizardImpl::getFirstDifferentIndex( rActivePath, path.second );
+                if ( nDivergenceIndex <= nCurrentStatePathIndex )
+                    // they differ in an index which we have already left behind us
+                    // -> this is no conflict anymore
+                    continue;
+
+                // the path conflicts with our new path -> don't activate the
+                // *complete* new path, but only up to the step which is unambiguous
+                nUpperStepBoundary = nDivergenceIndex;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // can we advance from the current page?
+        bool bCurrentPageCanAdvance = true;
+        BuilderPage* pCurrentPage = GetPage( getCurrentState() );
+        if ( pCurrentPage )
+        {
+            const IWizardPageController* pController = getPageController( GetPage( getCurrentState() ) );
+            OSL_ENSURE( pController != nullptr, "RoadmapWizard::implUpdateRoadmap: no controller for the current page!" );
+            bCurrentPageCanAdvance = !pController || pController->canAdvance();
+        }
+
+        // now, we have to remove all items after nCurrentStatePathIndex, and insert the items from the active
+        // path, up to (excluding) nUpperStepBoundary
+        RoadmapTypes::ItemIndex nRoadmapItems = m_xAssistant->get_n_pages();
+        RoadmapTypes::ItemIndex nLoopUntil = ::std::max( nUpperStepBoundary, nRoadmapItems );
+        for ( RoadmapTypes::ItemIndex nItemIndex = nCurrentStatePathIndex; nItemIndex < nLoopUntil; ++nItemIndex )
+        {
+            bool bExistentItem = ( nItemIndex < nRoadmapItems );
+            bool bNeedItem = ( nItemIndex < nUpperStepBoundary );
+
+            bool bInsertItem = false;
+            if ( bExistentItem )
+            {
+                if ( !bNeedItem )
+                {
+                    int nPages = nRoadmapItems;
+                    for (int i = nPages - 1; i >= nItemIndex; --i)
+                    {
+                        m_xAssistant->set_page_title(m_xAssistant->get_page_ident(i), "");
+                        --nRoadmapItems;
+                    }
+                    break;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // there is an item with this index in the roadmap - does it match what is requested by
+                    // the respective state in the active path?
+                    RoadmapTypes::ItemId nPresentItemId = m_xAssistant->get_page_ident(nItemIndex).toInt32();
+                    WizardTypes::WizardState nRequiredState = rActivePath[ nItemIndex ];
+                    if ( nPresentItemId != nRequiredState )
+                    {
+                        m_xAssistant->set_page_title(OUString::number(nPresentItemId), "");
+                        bInsertItem = true;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                DBG_ASSERT( bNeedItem, "RoadmapWizard::implUpdateRoadmap: ehm - none needed, none present - why did the loop not terminate?" );
+                bInsertItem = bNeedItem;
+            }
+
+            WizardTypes::WizardState nState( rActivePath[ nItemIndex ] );
+
+            if ( bInsertItem )
+            {
+                GetOrCreatePage(nState);
+            }
+
+            OUString sIdent(getPageIdentForState(nState));
+            m_xAssistant->set_page_index(sIdent, nItemIndex);
+            m_xAssistant->set_page_title(sIdent, getStateDisplayName(nState));
+
+            // if the item is *after* the current state, but the current page does not
+            // allow advancing, the disable the state. This relieves derived classes
+            // from disabling all future states just because the current state does not
+            // (yet) allow advancing.
+            const bool bUnconditionedDisable = !bCurrentPageCanAdvance && ( nItemIndex > nCurrentStatePathIndex );
+            const bool bEnable = !bUnconditionedDisable && ( m_pImpl->aDisabledStates.find( nState ) == m_pImpl->aDisabledStates.end() );
+            m_xAssistant->set_page_sensitive(sIdent, bEnable);
+        }
+    }
+
+    WizardTypes::WizardState RoadmapWizard::determineNextState( WizardTypes::WizardState _nCurrentState ) const
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nCurrentStatePathIndex = -1;
+
+        Paths::const_iterator aActivePathPos = m_xRoadmapImpl->aPaths.find( m_xRoadmapImpl->nActivePath );
+        if ( aActivePathPos != m_xRoadmapImpl->aPaths.end() )
+            nCurrentStatePathIndex = RoadmapWizardImpl::getStateIndexInPath( _nCurrentState, aActivePathPos->second );
+
+        DBG_ASSERT( nCurrentStatePathIndex != -1, "RoadmapWizard::determineNextState: ehm - how can we travel if there is no (valid) active path?" );
+        if ( nCurrentStatePathIndex == -1 )
+            return WZS_INVALID_STATE;
+
+        sal_Int32 nNextStateIndex = nCurrentStatePathIndex + 1;
+
+        while   (   ( nNextStateIndex < static_cast<sal_Int32>(aActivePathPos->second.size()) )
+                &&  ( m_xRoadmapImpl->aDisabledStates.find( aActivePathPos->second[ nNextStateIndex ] ) != m_xRoadmapImpl->aDisabledStates.end() )
+                )
+        {
+            ++nNextStateIndex;
+        }
+
+        if ( nNextStateIndex >= static_cast<sal_Int32>(aActivePathPos->second.size()) )
+            // there is no next state in the current path (at least none which is enabled)
+            return WZS_INVALID_STATE;
+
+        return aActivePathPos->second[ nNextStateIndex ];
+    }
+
+    WizardTypes::WizardState RoadmapWizardMachine::determineNextState( WizardTypes::WizardState _nCurrentState ) const
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nCurrentStatePathIndex = -1;
+
+        Paths::const_iterator aActivePathPos = m_pImpl->aPaths.find( m_pImpl->nActivePath );
+        if ( aActivePathPos != m_pImpl->aPaths.end() )
+            nCurrentStatePathIndex = RoadmapWizardImpl::getStateIndexInPath( _nCurrentState, aActivePathPos->second );
+
+        DBG_ASSERT( nCurrentStatePathIndex != -1, "RoadmapWizard::determineNextState: ehm - how can we travel if there is no (valid) active path?" );
+        if ( nCurrentStatePathIndex == -1 )
+            return WZS_INVALID_STATE;
+
+        sal_Int32 nNextStateIndex = nCurrentStatePathIndex + 1;
+
+        while   (   ( nNextStateIndex < static_cast<sal_Int32>(aActivePathPos->second.size()) )
+                &&  ( m_pImpl->aDisabledStates.find( aActivePathPos->second[ nNextStateIndex ] ) != m_pImpl->aDisabledStates.end() )
+                )
+        {
+            ++nNextStateIndex;
+        }
+
+        if ( nNextStateIndex >= static_cast<sal_Int32>(aActivePathPos->second.size()) )
+            // there is no next state in the current path (at least none which is enabled)
+            return WZS_INVALID_STATE;
+
+        return aActivePathPos->second[ nNextStateIndex ];
+    }
+
+    bool RoadmapWizardMachine::canAdvance() const
+    {
+        if ( !m_pImpl->bActivePathIsDefinite )
+        {
+            // check how many paths are still allowed
+            const WizardPath& rActivePath( m_pImpl->aPaths[ m_pImpl->nActivePath ] );
+
+            // if current path has only the base item, it is not possible to proceed without activating another path
+            if(rActivePath.size()<=1)
+                return false;
+
+            sal_Int32 nCurrentStatePathIndex = RoadmapWizardImpl::getStateIndexInPath( getCurrentState(), rActivePath );
+
+            size_t nPossiblePaths(0);
+            for (auto const& path : m_pImpl->aPaths)
+            {
+                // the index from which on both paths differ
+                sal_Int32 nDivergenceIndex = RoadmapWizardImpl::getFirstDifferentIndex( rActivePath, path.second );
+
+                if ( nDivergenceIndex > nCurrentStatePathIndex )
+                    // this path is still a possible path
+                    nPossiblePaths += 1;
+            }
+
+            // if we have more than one path which is still possible, then we assume
+            // to always have a next state. Though there might be scenarios where this
+            // is not true, but this is too sophisticated (means not really needed) right now.
+            if ( nPossiblePaths > 1 )
+                return true;
+        }
+
+        const WizardPath& rPath = m_pImpl->aPaths[ m_pImpl->nActivePath ];
+        return *rPath.rbegin() != getCurrentState();
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizardMachine::updateTravelUI()
+    {
+        WizardMachine::updateTravelUI();
+
+        // disable the "Previous" button if all states in our history are disabled
+        std::vector< WizardTypes::WizardState > aHistory;
+        getStateHistory( aHistory );
+        bool bHaveEnabledState = false;
+        for (auto const& state : aHistory)
+        {
+            if ( isStateEnabled(state) )
+            {
+                bHaveEnabledState = true;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        enableButtons( WizardButtonFlags::PREVIOUS, bHaveEnabledState );
+
+        implUpdateRoadmap();
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(RoadmapWizard, OnRoadmapItemSelected, LinkParamNone*, void)
+    {
+        RoadmapTypes::ItemId nCurItemId = m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->GetCurrentRoadmapItemID();
+        if ( nCurItemId == getCurrentState() )
+            // nothing to do
+            return;
+
+        if ( isTravelingSuspended() )
+            return;
+
+        RoadmapWizardTravelSuspension aTravelGuard( *this );
+
+        sal_Int32 nCurrentIndex = m_xRoadmapImpl->getStateIndexInPath( getCurrentState(), m_xRoadmapImpl->nActivePath );
+        sal_Int32 nNewIndex     = m_xRoadmapImpl->getStateIndexInPath( nCurItemId, m_xRoadmapImpl->nActivePath );
+
+        DBG_ASSERT( ( nCurrentIndex != -1 ) && ( nNewIndex != -1 ),
+            "RoadmapWizard::OnRoadmapItemSelected: something's wrong here!" );
+        if ( ( nCurrentIndex == -1 ) || ( nNewIndex == -1 ) )
+        {
+            return;
+        }
+
+        bool bResult = true;
+        if ( nNewIndex > nCurrentIndex )
+        {
+            bResult = skipUntil( static_cast<WizardTypes::WizardState>(nCurItemId) );
+            WizardTypes::WizardState nTemp = static_cast<WizardTypes::WizardState>(nCurItemId);
+            while( nTemp )
+            {
+                if( m_xRoadmapImpl->aDisabledStates.find( --nTemp ) != m_xRoadmapImpl->aDisabledStates.end() )
+                    removePageFromHistory( nTemp );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            bResult = skipBackwardUntil( static_cast<WizardTypes::WizardState>(nCurItemId) );
+
+        if ( !bResult )
+            m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->SelectRoadmapItemByID( getCurrentState() );
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK(RoadmapWizardMachine, OnRoadmapItemSelected, const OUString&, rCurItemId, bool)
+    {
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nSelectedState = getStateFromPageIdent(rCurItemId);
+
+        if (nSelectedState == getCurrentState())
+            // nothing to do
+            return false;
+
+        if ( isTravelingSuspended() )
+            return false;
+
+        WizardTravelSuspension aTravelGuard( *this );
+
+        sal_Int32 nCurrentIndex = m_pImpl->getStateIndexInPath( getCurrentState(), m_pImpl->nActivePath );
+        sal_Int32 nNewIndex     = m_pImpl->getStateIndexInPath( nSelectedState, m_pImpl->nActivePath );
+
+        DBG_ASSERT( ( nCurrentIndex != -1 ) && ( nNewIndex != -1 ),
+            "RoadmapWizard::OnRoadmapItemSelected: something's wrong here!" );
+        if ( ( nCurrentIndex == -1 ) || ( nNewIndex == -1 ) )
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        bool bResult = true;
+        if ( nNewIndex > nCurrentIndex )
+        {
+            bResult = skipUntil(nSelectedState);
+            WizardTypes::WizardState nTemp = nSelectedState;
+            while( nTemp )
+            {
+                if( m_pImpl->aDisabledStates.find( --nTemp ) != m_pImpl->aDisabledStates.end() )
+                    removePageFromHistory( nTemp );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            bResult = skipBackwardUntil(nSelectedState);
+
+        return bResult;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::enterState(WizardTypes::WizardState /*nState*/)
+    {
+        // synchronize the roadmap
+        implUpdateRoadmap( );
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->SelectRoadmapItemByID( getCurrentState() );
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizardMachine::enterState( WizardTypes::WizardState _nState )
+    {
+        WizardMachine::enterState( _nState );
+
+        // synchronize the roadmap
+        implUpdateRoadmap();
+    }
+
+    OUString RoadmapWizard::getStateDisplayName( WizardTypes::WizardState _nState ) const
+    {
+        OUString sDisplayName;
+
+        StateDescriptions::const_iterator pos = m_xRoadmapImpl->aStateDescriptors.find( _nState );
+        OSL_ENSURE( pos != m_xRoadmapImpl->aStateDescriptors.end(),
+            "RoadmapWizard::getStateDisplayName: no default implementation available for this state!" );
+        if ( pos != m_xRoadmapImpl->aStateDescriptors.end() )
+            sDisplayName = pos->second.first;
+
+        return sDisplayName;
+    }
+
+    OUString RoadmapWizardMachine::getStateDisplayName( WizardTypes::WizardState _nState ) const
+    {
+        OUString sDisplayName;
+
+        StateDescriptions::const_iterator pos = m_pImpl->aStateDescriptors.find( _nState );
+        OSL_ENSURE( pos != m_pImpl->aStateDescriptors.end(),
+            "RoadmapWizard::getStateDisplayName: no default implementation available for this state!" );
+        if ( pos != m_pImpl->aStateDescriptors.end() )
+            sDisplayName = pos->second.first;
+
+        return sDisplayName;
+    }
+
+    VclPtr<TabPage> RoadmapWizard::createPage( WizardTypes::WizardState _nState )
+    {
+        VclPtr<TabPage> pPage;
+
+        StateDescriptions::const_iterator pos = m_xRoadmapImpl->aStateDescriptors.find( _nState );
+        OSL_ENSURE( pos != m_xRoadmapImpl->aStateDescriptors.end(),
+            "RoadmapWizard::createPage: no default implementation available for this state!" );
+        if ( pos != m_xRoadmapImpl->aStateDescriptors.end() )
+        {
+            RoadmapPageFactory pFactory = pos->second.second;
+            pPage = (*pFactory)( *this );
+        }
+
+        return pPage;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizardMachine::enableState( WizardTypes::WizardState _nState, bool _bEnable )
+    {
+        // remember this (in case the state appears in the roadmap later on)
+        if ( _bEnable )
+            m_pImpl->aDisabledStates.erase( _nState );
+        else
+        {
+            m_pImpl->aDisabledStates.insert( _nState );
+            removePageFromHistory( _nState );
+        }
+
+        // if the state is currently in the roadmap, reflect it's new status
+        m_xAssistant->set_page_sensitive(getPageIdentForState(_nState), _bEnable);
+    }
+
+    bool RoadmapWizardMachine::knowsState( WizardTypes::WizardState i_nState ) const
+    {
+        for (auto const& path : m_pImpl->aPaths)
+        {
+            for (auto const& state : path.second)
+            {
+                if ( state == i_nState )
+                    return true;
+            }
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    bool RoadmapWizardMachine::isStateEnabled( WizardTypes::WizardState _nState ) const
+    {
+        return m_pImpl->aDisabledStates.find( _nState ) == m_pImpl->aDisabledStates.end();
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::InsertRoadmapItem(int nItemIndex, const OUString& rText, int nItemId, bool bEnable)
+    {
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->InsertRoadmapItem(nItemIndex, rText, nItemId, bEnable);
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::SelectRoadmapItemByID(int nItemId, bool bGrabFocus)
+    {
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->SelectRoadmapItemByID(nItemId, bGrabFocus);
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::DeleteRoadmapItems()
+    {
+        while (m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->GetItemCount())
+            m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->DeleteRoadmapItem(0);
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::SetItemSelectHdl( const Link<LinkParamNone*,void>& _rHdl )
+    {
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->SetItemSelectHdl(_rHdl);
+    }
+
+    int RoadmapWizard::GetCurrentRoadmapItemID() const
+    {
+        return m_xRoadmapImpl->pRoadmap->GetCurrentRoadmapItemID();
+    }
+
+    FactoryFunction RoadmapWizard::GetUITestFactory() const
+    {
+        return RoadmapWizardUIObject::create;
+    }
+
+    namespace
+    {
+        bool isButton(WindowType eType)
+        {
+            return eType == WindowType::PUSHBUTTON || eType == WindowType::OKBUTTON
+                || eType == WindowType::CANCELBUTTON || eType == WindowType::HELPBUTTON;
+        }
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+    {
+        rJsonWriter.put("id", get_id());
+        rJsonWriter.put("type", "dialog");
+        rJsonWriter.put("title", GetText());
+
+        OUString sDialogId = GetHelpId();
+        sal_Int32 nStartPos = sDialogId.lastIndexOf('/');
+        nStartPos = nStartPos >= 0 ? nStartPos + 1 : 0;
+        rJsonWriter.put("dialogid", sDialogId.copy(nStartPos));
+        {
+            auto aResponses = rJsonWriter.startArray("responses");
+            for (const auto& rResponse : m_xRoadmapImpl->maResponses)
+            {
+                auto aResponse = rJsonWriter.startStruct();
+                rJsonWriter.put("id", rResponse.first->get_id());
+                rJsonWriter.put("response", rResponse.second);
+            }
+        }
+
+        vcl::Window* pFocusControl = GetFirstControlForFocus();
+        if (pFocusControl)
+            rJsonWriter.put("init_focus_id", pFocusControl->get_id());
+
+        {
+            auto childrenNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("children");
+
+            auto containerNode = rJsonWriter.startStruct();
+            rJsonWriter.put("id", "container");
+            rJsonWriter.put("type", "container");
+            rJsonWriter.put("vertical", true);
+
+            {
+                auto containerChildrenNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("children");
+
+                // tabpages
+                for (int i = 0; i < GetChildCount(); i++)
+                {
+                    vcl::Window* pChild = GetChild(i);
+
+                    if (!isButton(pChild->GetType()) && pChild != mpViewWindow)
+                    {
+                        auto childNode = rJsonWriter.startStruct();
+                        pChild->DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                // buttons
+                {
+                    auto buttonsNode = rJsonWriter.startStruct();
+                    rJsonWriter.put("id", "buttons");
+                    rJsonWriter.put("type", "buttonbox");
+                    rJsonWriter.put("layoutstyle", "end");
+                    {
+                        auto buttonsChildrenNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("children");
+                        for (int i = 0; i < GetChildCount(); i++)
+                        {
+                            vcl::Window* pChild = GetChild(i);
+
+                            if (isButton(pChild->GetType()))
+                            {
+                                auto childNode = rJsonWriter.startStruct();
+                                pChild->DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+}   // namespace vcl
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/scrbar.cxx b/vcl/source/control/scrbar.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b652360139
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/scrbar.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1473 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/decoview.hxx>
+#include <vcl/timer.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/scrbar.hxx>
+#include <vcl/vclevent.hxx>
+
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+
+/*  #i77549#
+    HACK: for scrollbars in case of thumb rect, page up and page down rect we
+    abuse the HitTestNativeScrollbar interface. All theming engines but macOS
+    are actually able to draw the thumb according to our internal representation.
+    However macOS draws a little outside. The canonical way would be to enhance the
+    HitTestNativeScrollbar passing a ScrollbarValue additionally so all necessary
+    information is available in the call.
+    .
+    However since there is only this one small exception we will deviate a little and
+    instead pass the respective rect as control region to allow for a small correction.
+
+    So all places using HitTestNativeScrollbar on ControlPart::ThumbHorz, ControlPart::ThumbVert,
+    ControlPart::TrackHorzLeft, ControlPart::TrackHorzRight, ControlPart::TrackVertUpper, ControlPart::TrackVertLower
+    do not use the control rectangle as region but the actual part rectangle, making
+    only small deviations feasible.
+*/
+
+#include "thumbpos.hxx"
+
+#define SCRBAR_DRAW_BTN1            (sal_uInt16(0x0001))
+#define SCRBAR_DRAW_BTN2            (sal_uInt16(0x0002))
+#define SCRBAR_DRAW_PAGE1           (sal_uInt16(0x0004))
+#define SCRBAR_DRAW_PAGE2           (sal_uInt16(0x0008))
+#define SCRBAR_DRAW_THUMB           (sal_uInt16(0x0010))
+#define SCRBAR_DRAW_BACKGROUND      (sal_uInt16(0x0020))
+
+#define SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DOWN      (sal_uInt16(0x0001))
+#define SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DISABLE   (sal_uInt16(0x0002))
+#define SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DOWN      (sal_uInt16(0x0004))
+#define SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DISABLE   (sal_uInt16(0x0008))
+#define SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE1_DOWN     (sal_uInt16(0x0010))
+#define SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE2_DOWN     (sal_uInt16(0x0020))
+#define SCRBAR_STATE_THUMB_DOWN     (sal_uInt16(0x0040))
+
+#define SCRBAR_VIEW_STYLE           (WB_3DLOOK | WB_HORZ | WB_VERT)
+
+struct ImplScrollBarData
+{
+    AutoTimer       maTimer { "vcl::ScrollBar mpData->maTimer" };
+    bool            mbHide;
+};
+
+void ScrollBar::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    mpData              = nullptr;
+    mnThumbPixRange     = 0;
+    mnThumbPixPos       = 0;
+    mnThumbPixSize      = 0;
+    mnMinRange          = 0;
+    mnMaxRange          = 100;
+    mnThumbPos          = 0;
+    mnVisibleSize       = 0;
+    mnLineSize          = 1;
+    mnPageSize          = 1;
+    mnDelta             = 0;
+    mnStateFlags        = 0;
+    meScrollType        = ScrollType::DontKnow;
+    mbCalcSize          = true;
+    mbFullDrag          = false;
+
+    ImplInitStyle( nStyle );
+    Control::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+
+    tools::Long nScrollSize = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize();
+    SetSizePixel( Size( nScrollSize, nScrollSize ) );
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::ImplInitStyle( WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    if ( nStyle & WB_DRAG )
+        mbFullDrag = true;
+    else
+        mbFullDrag = bool(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetDragFullOptions() & DragFullOptions::Scroll);
+}
+
+ScrollBar::ScrollBar( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    Control( WindowType::SCROLLBAR )
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+ScrollBar::~ScrollBar()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::dispose()
+{
+    mpData.reset();
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::ImplUpdateRects( bool bUpdate )
+{
+    mnStateFlags  &= ~SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DISABLE;
+    mnStateFlags  &= ~SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DISABLE;
+
+    if ( mnThumbPixRange )
+    {
+        if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+        {
+            maThumbRect.SetLeft( maTrackRect.Left()+mnThumbPixPos );
+            maThumbRect.SetRight( maThumbRect.Left()+mnThumbPixSize-1 );
+            if ( !mnThumbPixPos )
+                maPage1Rect.SetWidthEmpty();
+            else
+                maPage1Rect.SetRight( maThumbRect.Left()-1 );
+            if ( mnThumbPixPos >= (mnThumbPixRange-mnThumbPixSize) )
+                maPage2Rect.SetWidthEmpty();
+            else
+            {
+                maPage2Rect.SetLeft( maThumbRect.Right()+1 );
+                maPage2Rect.SetRight( maTrackRect.Right() );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            maThumbRect.SetTop( maTrackRect.Top()+mnThumbPixPos );
+            maThumbRect.SetBottom( maThumbRect.Top()+mnThumbPixSize-1 );
+            if ( !mnThumbPixPos )
+                maPage1Rect.SetHeightEmpty();
+            else
+                maPage1Rect.SetBottom( maThumbRect.Top()-1 );
+            if ( mnThumbPixPos >= (mnThumbPixRange-mnThumbPixSize) )
+                maPage2Rect.SetHeightEmpty();
+            else
+            {
+                maPage2Rect.SetTop( maThumbRect.Bottom()+1 );
+                maPage2Rect.SetBottom( maTrackRect.Bottom() );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+        {
+            const tools::Long nSpace = maTrackRect.Right() - maTrackRect.Left();
+            if ( nSpace > 0 )
+            {
+                maPage1Rect.SetLeft( maTrackRect.Left() );
+                maPage1Rect.SetRight( maTrackRect.Left() + (nSpace/2) );
+                maPage2Rect.SetLeft( maPage1Rect.Right() + 1 );
+                maPage2Rect.SetRight( maTrackRect.Right() );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            const tools::Long nSpace = maTrackRect.Bottom() - maTrackRect.Top();
+            if ( nSpace > 0 )
+            {
+                maPage1Rect.SetTop( maTrackRect.Top() );
+                maPage1Rect.SetBottom( maTrackRect.Top() + (nSpace/2) );
+                maPage2Rect.SetTop( maPage1Rect.Bottom() + 1 );
+                maPage2Rect.SetBottom( maTrackRect.Bottom() );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( !IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Scrollbar, ControlPart::Entire) )
+    {
+        // disable scrollbar buttons only in VCL's own 'theme'
+        // as it is uncommon on other platforms
+        if ( mnThumbPos == mnMinRange )
+            mnStateFlags |= SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DISABLE;
+        if ( mnThumbPos >= (mnMaxRange-mnVisibleSize) )
+            mnStateFlags |= SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DISABLE;
+    }
+
+    if ( bUpdate )
+    {
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+tools::Long ScrollBar::ImplCalcThumbPos( tools::Long nPixPos ) const
+{
+    // Calculate position
+    tools::Long nCalcThumbPos;
+    nCalcThumbPos = ImplMulDiv( nPixPos, mnMaxRange-mnVisibleSize-mnMinRange,
+                                mnThumbPixRange-mnThumbPixSize );
+    nCalcThumbPos += mnMinRange;
+    return nCalcThumbPos;
+}
+
+tools::Long ScrollBar::ImplCalcThumbPosPix( tools::Long nPos ) const
+{
+    tools::Long nCalcThumbPos;
+
+    // Calculate position
+    nCalcThumbPos = ImplMulDiv( nPos-mnMinRange, mnThumbPixRange-mnThumbPixSize,
+                                mnMaxRange-mnVisibleSize-mnMinRange );
+
+    // At the start and end of the ScrollBar, we try to show the display correctly
+    if ( !nCalcThumbPos && (mnThumbPos > mnMinRange) )
+        nCalcThumbPos = 1;
+    if ( nCalcThumbPos &&
+         ((nCalcThumbPos+mnThumbPixSize) >= mnThumbPixRange) &&
+         (mnThumbPos < (mnMaxRange-mnVisibleSize)) )
+        nCalcThumbPos--;
+
+    return nCalcThumbPos;
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::ImplCalc( bool bUpdate )
+{
+    const Size aSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+    const tools::Long nMinThumbSize = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetMinThumbSize();
+
+    if ( mbCalcSize )
+    {
+        Size aOldSize = getCurrentCalcSize();
+
+        const tools::Rectangle aControlRegion( Point(0,0), aSize );
+        tools::Rectangle aBtn1Region, aBtn2Region, aTrackRegion, aBoundingRegion;
+
+        // reset rectangles to empty *and* (0,0) position
+        maThumbRect = tools::Rectangle();
+        maPage1Rect = tools::Rectangle();
+        maPage2Rect = tools::Rectangle();
+
+        if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+        {
+            if ( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Scrollbar, IsRTLEnabled()? ControlPart::ButtonRight: ControlPart::ButtonLeft,
+                        aControlRegion, ControlState::NONE, ImplControlValue(), aBoundingRegion, aBtn1Region ) &&
+                 GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Scrollbar, IsRTLEnabled()? ControlPart::ButtonLeft: ControlPart::ButtonRight,
+                        aControlRegion, ControlState::NONE, ImplControlValue(), aBoundingRegion, aBtn2Region ) )
+            {
+                maBtn1Rect = aBtn1Region;
+                maBtn2Rect = aBtn2Region;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                Size aBtnSize( aSize.Height(), aSize.Height() );
+                maBtn2Rect.SetTop( maBtn1Rect.Top() );
+                maBtn2Rect.SetLeft( aSize.Width()-aSize.Height() );
+                maBtn1Rect.SetSize( aBtnSize );
+                maBtn2Rect.SetSize( aBtnSize );
+            }
+
+            if ( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Scrollbar, ControlPart::TrackHorzArea,
+                     aControlRegion, ControlState::NONE, ImplControlValue(), aBoundingRegion, aTrackRegion ) )
+                maTrackRect = aTrackRegion;
+            else
+                maTrackRect = tools::Rectangle::Normalize( maBtn1Rect.TopRight(), maBtn2Rect.BottomLeft() );
+
+            // Check if available space is big enough for thumb ( min thumb size = ScrBar width/height )
+            mnThumbPixRange = maTrackRect.Right() - maTrackRect.Left();
+            if( mnThumbPixRange > 0 )
+            {
+                maPage1Rect.SetLeft( maTrackRect.Left() );
+                maPage1Rect.SetBottom( maTrackRect.Bottom() );
+                maPage2Rect.SetBottom (maTrackRect.Bottom() );
+                maThumbRect.SetBottom( maTrackRect.Bottom() );
+            }
+            else
+                mnThumbPixRange = 0;
+        }
+        else // WB_VERT
+        {
+            if ( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Scrollbar, ControlPart::ButtonUp,
+                        aControlRegion, ControlState::NONE, ImplControlValue(), aBoundingRegion, aBtn1Region ) &&
+                 GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Scrollbar, ControlPart::ButtonDown,
+                        aControlRegion, ControlState::NONE, ImplControlValue(), aBoundingRegion, aBtn2Region ) )
+            {
+                maBtn1Rect = aBtn1Region;
+                maBtn2Rect = aBtn2Region;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                const Size aBtnSize( aSize.Width(), aSize.Width() );
+                maBtn2Rect.SetLeft( maBtn1Rect.Left() );
+                maBtn2Rect.SetTop( aSize.Height()-aSize.Width() );
+                maBtn1Rect.SetSize( aBtnSize );
+                maBtn2Rect.SetSize( aBtnSize );
+            }
+
+            if ( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Scrollbar, ControlPart::TrackVertArea,
+                     aControlRegion, ControlState::NONE, ImplControlValue(), aBoundingRegion, aTrackRegion ) )
+                maTrackRect = aTrackRegion;
+            else
+                maTrackRect = tools::Rectangle::Normalize( maBtn1Rect.BottomLeft()+Point(0,1), maBtn2Rect.TopRight() );
+
+            // Check if available space is big enough for thumb
+            mnThumbPixRange = maTrackRect.Bottom() - maTrackRect.Top();
+            if( mnThumbPixRange > 0 )
+            {
+                maPage1Rect.SetTop( maTrackRect.Top() );
+                maPage1Rect.SetRight( maTrackRect.Right() );
+                maPage2Rect.SetRight( maTrackRect.Right() );
+                maThumbRect.SetRight( maTrackRect.Right() );
+            }
+            else
+                mnThumbPixRange = 0;
+        }
+
+        mbCalcSize = false;
+
+        Size aNewSize = getCurrentCalcSize();
+        if (aOldSize != aNewSize)
+        {
+            queue_resize();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( mnThumbPixRange )
+    {
+        // Calculate values
+        if ( (mnVisibleSize >= (mnMaxRange-mnMinRange)) ||
+             ((mnMaxRange-mnMinRange) <= 0) )
+        {
+            mnThumbPos      = mnMinRange;
+            mnThumbPixPos   = 0;
+            mnThumbPixSize  = mnThumbPixRange;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( mnVisibleSize )
+                mnThumbPixSize = ImplMulDiv( mnThumbPixRange, mnVisibleSize, mnMaxRange-mnMinRange );
+            else
+            {
+                if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+                    mnThumbPixSize = maThumbRect.GetWidth();
+                else
+                    mnThumbPixSize = maThumbRect.GetHeight();
+            }
+            if ( mnThumbPixSize < nMinThumbSize )
+                mnThumbPixSize = nMinThumbSize;
+            if ( mnThumbPixSize > mnThumbPixRange )
+                mnThumbPixSize = mnThumbPixRange;
+            mnThumbPixPos = ImplCalcThumbPosPix( mnThumbPos );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // If we're ought to output again and we have been triggered
+    // a Paint event via an Action, we don't output directly,
+    // but invalidate everything
+    if ( bUpdate && HasPaintEvent() )
+    {
+        Invalidate();
+        bUpdate = false;
+    }
+    ImplUpdateRects( bUpdate );
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::Draw( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos, SystemTextColorFlags nFlags )
+{
+    Point aPos  = pDev->LogicToPixel( rPos );
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+    if ( !(nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono) )
+    {
+        // DecoView uses the FaceColor...
+        AllSettings aSettings = pDev->GetSettings();
+        StyleSettings aStyleSettings = aSettings.GetStyleSettings();
+        if ( IsControlBackground() )
+            aStyleSettings.SetFaceColor( GetControlBackground() );
+        else
+            aStyleSettings.SetFaceColor( GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetFaceColor() );
+
+        aSettings.SetStyleSettings( aStyleSettings );
+        pDev->SetSettings( aSettings );
+    }
+
+    // For printing:
+    // - calculate the size of the rects
+    // - because this is zero-based add the correct offset
+    // - print
+    // - force recalculate
+
+    if ( mbCalcSize )
+        ImplCalc( false );
+
+    maBtn1Rect+=aPos;
+    maBtn2Rect+=aPos;
+    maThumbRect+=aPos;
+    maTrackRect+=aPos;
+    maPage1Rect+=aPos;
+    maPage2Rect+=aPos;
+
+    ImplDraw(*pDev);
+    pDev->Pop();
+
+    mbCalcSize = true;
+}
+
+bool ScrollBar::ImplDrawNative(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, sal_uInt16 nSystemTextColorFlags)
+{
+    ScrollbarValue scrValue;
+
+    bool bNativeOK = rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Scrollbar, ControlPart::Entire);
+    if (!bNativeOK)
+        return false;
+
+    bool bHorz = (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ) != 0;
+
+    // Draw the entire background if the control supports it
+    if (rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Scrollbar, bHorz ? ControlPart::DrawBackgroundHorz : ControlPart::DrawBackgroundVert))
+    {
+        ControlState nState = (IsEnabled() ? ControlState::ENABLED : ControlState::NONE)
+                            | (HasFocus() ? ControlState::FOCUSED : ControlState::NONE);
+
+        scrValue.mnMin = mnMinRange;
+        scrValue.mnMax = mnMaxRange;
+        scrValue.mnCur = mnThumbPos;
+        scrValue.mnVisibleSize = mnVisibleSize;
+        scrValue.maThumbRect = maThumbRect;
+        scrValue.maButton1Rect = maBtn1Rect;
+        scrValue.maButton2Rect = maBtn2Rect;
+        scrValue.mnButton1State = ((mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DOWN) ? ControlState::PRESSED : ControlState::NONE) |
+                            ((!(mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DISABLE)) ? ControlState::ENABLED : ControlState::NONE);
+        scrValue.mnButton2State = ((mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DOWN) ? ControlState::PRESSED : ControlState::NONE) |
+                            ((!(mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DISABLE)) ? ControlState::ENABLED : ControlState::NONE);
+        scrValue.mnThumbState = nState | ((mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_THUMB_DOWN) ? ControlState::PRESSED : ControlState::NONE);
+
+        if (IsMouseOver())
+        {
+            tools::Rectangle* pRect = ImplFindPartRect(GetPointerPosPixel());
+            if (pRect)
+            {
+                if (pRect == &maThumbRect)
+                    scrValue.mnThumbState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+                else if (pRect == &maBtn1Rect)
+                    scrValue.mnButton1State |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+                else if (pRect == &maBtn2Rect)
+                    scrValue.mnButton2State |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+            }
+        }
+
+        tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion;
+        aCtrlRegion.Union(maBtn1Rect);
+        aCtrlRegion.Union(maBtn2Rect);
+        aCtrlRegion.Union(maPage1Rect);
+        aCtrlRegion.Union(maPage2Rect);
+        aCtrlRegion.Union(maThumbRect);
+
+        tools::Rectangle aRequestedRegion(Point(0,0), GetOutputSizePixel());
+        // if the actual native control region is smaller then the region that
+        // we requested the control to draw in, then draw a background rectangle
+        // to avoid drawing artifacts in the uncovered region
+        if (aCtrlRegion.GetWidth() < aRequestedRegion.GetWidth() ||
+            aCtrlRegion.GetHeight() < aRequestedRegion.GetHeight())
+        {
+            Color aFaceColor = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetFaceColor();
+            rRenderContext.SetFillColor(aFaceColor);
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor(aFaceColor);
+            rRenderContext.DrawRect(aRequestedRegion);
+        }
+
+        bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Scrollbar, (bHorz ? ControlPart::DrawBackgroundHorz : ControlPart::DrawBackgroundVert),
+                                                    aCtrlRegion, nState, scrValue, OUString());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ((nSystemTextColorFlags & SCRBAR_DRAW_PAGE1) || (nSystemTextColorFlags & SCRBAR_DRAW_PAGE2))
+        {
+            ControlPart part1 = bHorz ? ControlPart::TrackHorzLeft : ControlPart::TrackVertUpper;
+            ControlPart part2 = bHorz ? ControlPart::TrackHorzRight : ControlPart::TrackVertLower;
+            tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion1(maPage1Rect);
+            tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion2(maPage2Rect);
+            ControlState nState1 = (IsEnabled() ? ControlState::ENABLED : ControlState::NONE)
+                                 | (HasFocus() ? ControlState::FOCUSED : ControlState::NONE);
+            ControlState nState2 = nState1;
+
+            nState1 |= ((mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE1_DOWN) ? ControlState::PRESSED : ControlState::NONE);
+            nState2 |= ((mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE2_DOWN) ? ControlState::PRESSED : ControlState::NONE);
+
+            if (IsMouseOver())
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle* pRect = ImplFindPartRect(GetPointerPosPixel());
+                if (pRect)
+                {
+                    if (pRect == &maPage1Rect)
+                        nState1 |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+                    else if (pRect == &maPage2Rect)
+                        nState2 |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (nSystemTextColorFlags & SCRBAR_DRAW_PAGE1)
+                bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Scrollbar, part1, aCtrlRegion1, nState1, scrValue, OUString());
+
+            if (nSystemTextColorFlags & SCRBAR_DRAW_PAGE2)
+                bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Scrollbar, part2, aCtrlRegion2, nState2, scrValue, OUString());
+        }
+        if ((nSystemTextColorFlags & SCRBAR_DRAW_BTN1) || (nSystemTextColorFlags & SCRBAR_DRAW_BTN2))
+        {
+            ControlPart part1 = bHorz ? ControlPart::ButtonLeft : ControlPart::ButtonUp;
+            ControlPart part2 = bHorz ? ControlPart::ButtonRight : ControlPart::ButtonDown;
+            tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion1(maBtn1Rect);
+            tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion2(maBtn2Rect);
+            ControlState nState1 = HasFocus() ? ControlState::FOCUSED : ControlState::NONE;
+            ControlState nState2 = nState1;
+
+            if (!Window::IsEnabled() || !IsEnabled())
+                nState1 = (nState2 &= ~ControlState::ENABLED);
+            else
+                nState1 = (nState2 |= ControlState::ENABLED);
+
+            nState1 |= ((mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DOWN) ? ControlState::PRESSED : ControlState::NONE);
+            nState2 |= ((mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DOWN) ? ControlState::PRESSED : ControlState::NONE);
+
+            if (mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DISABLE)
+                nState1 &= ~ControlState::ENABLED;
+            if (mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DISABLE)
+                nState2 &= ~ControlState::ENABLED;
+
+            if (IsMouseOver())
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle* pRect = ImplFindPartRect(GetPointerPosPixel());
+                if (pRect)
+                {
+                    if (pRect == &maBtn1Rect)
+                        nState1 |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+                    else if (pRect == &maBtn2Rect)
+                        nState2 |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (nSystemTextColorFlags & SCRBAR_DRAW_BTN1)
+                bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Scrollbar, part1, aCtrlRegion1, nState1, scrValue, OUString());
+
+            if (nSystemTextColorFlags & SCRBAR_DRAW_BTN2)
+                bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Scrollbar, part2, aCtrlRegion2, nState2, scrValue, OUString());
+        }
+        if ((nSystemTextColorFlags & SCRBAR_DRAW_THUMB) && !maThumbRect.IsEmpty())
+        {
+            ControlState nState = IsEnabled() ? ControlState::ENABLED : ControlState::NONE;
+            tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion(maThumbRect);
+
+            if (mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_THUMB_DOWN)
+                nState |= ControlState::PRESSED;
+
+            if (HasFocus())
+                nState |= ControlState::FOCUSED;
+
+            if (IsMouseOver())
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle* pRect = ImplFindPartRect(GetPointerPosPixel());
+                if (pRect && pRect == &maThumbRect)
+                    nState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+            }
+
+            bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Scrollbar, (bHorz ? ControlPart::ThumbHorz : ControlPart::ThumbVert),
+                                                         aCtrlRegion, nState, scrValue, OUString());
+        }
+    }
+    return bNativeOK;
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::ImplDraw(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    DecorationView aDecoView(&rRenderContext);
+    tools::Rectangle aTempRect;
+    DrawButtonFlags nStyle;
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    SymbolType eSymbolType;
+    bool bEnabled = IsEnabled();
+
+    // Finish some open calculations (if any)
+    if (mbCalcSize)
+        ImplCalc(false);
+
+    //vcl::Window *pWin = NULL;
+    //if (rRenderContext.GetOutDevType() == OUTDEV_WINDOW)
+    //    pWin = static_cast<vcl::Window*>(&rRenderContext);
+
+    // Draw the entire control if the native theme engine needs it
+    if (rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Scrollbar, ControlPart::DrawBackgroundHorz))
+    {
+        ImplDrawNative(rRenderContext, SCRBAR_DRAW_BACKGROUND);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (!ImplDrawNative(rRenderContext, SCRBAR_DRAW_BTN1))
+    {
+        nStyle = DrawButtonFlags::NoLightBorder;
+        if (mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DOWN)
+            nStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        aTempRect = aDecoView.DrawButton( PixelToLogic(maBtn1Rect), nStyle );
+        ImplCalcSymbolRect( aTempRect );
+        DrawSymbolFlags nSymbolStyle = DrawSymbolFlags::NONE;
+        if ((mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DISABLE) || !bEnabled)
+            nSymbolStyle |= DrawSymbolFlags::Disable;
+        if (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ)
+            eSymbolType = SymbolType::SPIN_LEFT;
+        else
+            eSymbolType = SymbolType::SPIN_UP;
+        aDecoView.DrawSymbol(aTempRect, eSymbolType, rStyleSettings.GetButtonTextColor(), nSymbolStyle);
+    }
+
+    if (!ImplDrawNative(rRenderContext, SCRBAR_DRAW_BTN2))
+    {
+        nStyle = DrawButtonFlags::NoLightBorder;
+        if (mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DOWN)
+            nStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        aTempRect = aDecoView.DrawButton(PixelToLogic(maBtn2Rect), nStyle);
+        ImplCalcSymbolRect(aTempRect);
+        DrawSymbolFlags nSymbolStyle = DrawSymbolFlags::NONE;
+        if ((mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DISABLE) || !bEnabled)
+            nSymbolStyle |= DrawSymbolFlags::Disable;
+        if (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ)
+            eSymbolType = SymbolType::SPIN_RIGHT;
+        else
+            eSymbolType = SymbolType::SPIN_DOWN;
+        aDecoView.DrawSymbol(aTempRect, eSymbolType, rStyleSettings.GetButtonTextColor(), nSymbolStyle);
+    }
+
+    rRenderContext.SetLineColor();
+
+    if (!ImplDrawNative(rRenderContext, SCRBAR_DRAW_THUMB))
+    {
+        if (!maThumbRect.IsEmpty())
+        {
+            if (bEnabled)
+            {
+                nStyle = DrawButtonFlags::NoLightBorder;
+                aTempRect = aDecoView.DrawButton(PixelToLogic(maThumbRect), nStyle);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetCheckedColor());
+                rRenderContext.DrawRect(PixelToLogic(maThumbRect));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!ImplDrawNative(rRenderContext, SCRBAR_DRAW_PAGE1))
+    {
+        if (mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE1_DOWN)
+            rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor());
+        else
+            rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetCheckedColor());
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(PixelToLogic(maPage1Rect));
+    }
+    if (!ImplDrawNative(rRenderContext, SCRBAR_DRAW_PAGE2))
+    {
+        if (mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE2_DOWN)
+            rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor());
+        else
+            rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetCheckedColor());
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(PixelToLogic(maPage2Rect));
+    }
+}
+
+tools::Long ScrollBar::ImplScroll( tools::Long nNewPos, bool bCallEndScroll )
+{
+    tools::Long nOldPos = mnThumbPos;
+    SetThumbPos( nNewPos );
+    tools::Long nDelta = mnThumbPos-nOldPos;
+    if ( nDelta )
+    {
+        mnDelta = nDelta;
+        Scroll();
+        if ( bCallEndScroll )
+            EndScroll();
+        mnDelta = 0;
+    }
+    return nDelta;
+}
+
+tools::Long ScrollBar::ImplDoAction( bool bCallEndScroll )
+{
+    tools::Long nDelta = 0;
+
+    switch ( meScrollType )
+    {
+        case ScrollType::LineUp:
+            nDelta = ImplScroll( mnThumbPos-mnLineSize, bCallEndScroll );
+            break;
+
+        case ScrollType::LineDown:
+            nDelta = ImplScroll( mnThumbPos+mnLineSize, bCallEndScroll );
+            break;
+
+        case ScrollType::PageUp:
+            nDelta = ImplScroll( mnThumbPos-mnPageSize, bCallEndScroll );
+            break;
+
+        case ScrollType::PageDown:
+            nDelta = ImplScroll( mnThumbPos+mnPageSize, bCallEndScroll );
+            break;
+        default:
+            ;
+    }
+
+    return nDelta;
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::ImplDoMouseAction( const Point& rMousePos, bool bCallAction )
+{
+    sal_uInt16  nOldStateFlags = mnStateFlags;
+    bool    bAction = false;
+    bool        bHorizontal = ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ ) != 0;
+    bool        bIsInside = false;
+
+    Point aPoint( 0, 0 );
+    tools::Rectangle aControlRegion( aPoint, GetOutputSizePixel() );
+
+    switch ( meScrollType )
+    {
+        case ScrollType::LineUp:
+            if ( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal? (IsRTLEnabled()? ControlPart::ButtonRight: ControlPart::ButtonLeft): ControlPart::ButtonUp,
+                        aControlRegion, rMousePos, bIsInside )?
+                    bIsInside:
+                    maBtn1Rect.Contains( rMousePos ) )
+            {
+                bAction = bCallAction;
+                mnStateFlags |= SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DOWN;
+            }
+            else
+                mnStateFlags &= ~SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DOWN;
+            break;
+
+        case ScrollType::LineDown:
+            if ( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal? (IsRTLEnabled()? ControlPart::ButtonLeft: ControlPart::ButtonRight): ControlPart::ButtonDown,
+                        aControlRegion, rMousePos, bIsInside )?
+                    bIsInside:
+                    maBtn2Rect.Contains( rMousePos ) )
+            {
+                bAction = bCallAction;
+                mnStateFlags |= SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DOWN;
+            }
+            else
+                mnStateFlags &= ~SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DOWN;
+            break;
+
+        case ScrollType::PageUp:
+            // HitTestNativeScrollbar, see remark at top of file
+            if ( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal? ControlPart::TrackHorzLeft: ControlPart::TrackVertUpper,
+                                       maPage1Rect, rMousePos, bIsInside )?
+                    bIsInside:
+                    maPage1Rect.Contains( rMousePos ) )
+            {
+                bAction = bCallAction;
+                mnStateFlags |= SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE1_DOWN;
+            }
+            else
+                mnStateFlags &= ~SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE1_DOWN;
+            break;
+
+        case ScrollType::PageDown:
+            // HitTestNativeScrollbar, see remark at top of file
+            if ( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal? ControlPart::TrackHorzRight: ControlPart::TrackVertLower,
+                                       maPage2Rect, rMousePos, bIsInside )?
+                    bIsInside:
+                    maPage2Rect.Contains( rMousePos ) )
+            {
+                bAction = bCallAction;
+                mnStateFlags |= SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE2_DOWN;
+            }
+            else
+                mnStateFlags &= ~SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE2_DOWN;
+            break;
+        default:
+            ;
+    }
+
+    if ( nOldStateFlags != mnStateFlags )
+        Invalidate();
+    if ( bAction )
+        ImplDoAction( false );
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::ImplDragThumb( const Point& rMousePos )
+{
+    tools::Long nMovePix;
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+        nMovePix = rMousePos.X()-(maThumbRect.Left()+mnMouseOff);
+    else
+        nMovePix = rMousePos.Y()-(maThumbRect.Top()+mnMouseOff);
+
+    // Move thumb if necessary
+    if ( !nMovePix )
+        return;
+
+    mnThumbPixPos += nMovePix;
+    if ( mnThumbPixPos < 0 )
+        mnThumbPixPos = 0;
+    if ( mnThumbPixPos > (mnThumbPixRange-mnThumbPixSize) )
+        mnThumbPixPos = mnThumbPixRange-mnThumbPixSize;
+    tools::Long nOldPos = mnThumbPos;
+    mnThumbPos = ImplCalcThumbPos( mnThumbPixPos );
+    ImplUpdateRects();
+    if ( !(mbFullDrag && (nOldPos != mnThumbPos)) )
+        return;
+
+    // When dragging in windows the repaint request gets starved so dragging
+    // the scrollbar feels slower than it actually is. Let's force an immediate
+    // repaint of the scrollbar.
+    if (SupportsDoubleBuffering())
+    {
+        Invalidate();
+        PaintImmediately();
+    }
+    else
+        ImplDraw(*GetOutDev());
+
+    mnDelta = mnThumbPos-nOldPos;
+    Scroll();
+    mnDelta = 0;
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    bool bPrimaryWarps = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetPrimaryButtonWarpsSlider();
+    bool bWarp = bPrimaryWarps ? rMEvt.IsLeft() : rMEvt.IsMiddle();
+    bool bPrimaryWarping = bWarp && rMEvt.IsLeft();
+    bool bPage = bPrimaryWarps ? rMEvt.IsRight() : rMEvt.IsLeft();
+
+    if (!rMEvt.IsLeft() && !rMEvt.IsMiddle() && !rMEvt.IsRight())
+        return;
+
+    Point aPosPixel;
+    if (!IsMapModeEnabled() && GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() == MapUnit::MapTwip)
+    {
+        // rMEvt coordinates are in twips.
+        GetOutDev()->Push(vcl::PushFlags::MAPMODE);
+        EnableMapMode();
+        MapMode aMapMode = GetMapMode();
+        aMapMode.SetOrigin(Point(0, 0));
+        SetMapMode(aMapMode);
+        aPosPixel = LogicToPixel(rMEvt.GetPosPixel());
+        GetOutDev()->Pop();
+    }
+    const Point&        rMousePos = (GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() != MapUnit::MapTwip ? rMEvt.GetPosPixel() : aPosPixel);
+    StartTrackingFlags  nTrackFlags = StartTrackingFlags::NONE;
+    bool                bHorizontal = ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ ) != 0;
+    bool                bIsInside = false;
+    bool                bDragToMouse = false;
+
+    Point aPoint( 0, 0 );
+    tools::Rectangle aControlRegion( aPoint, GetOutputSizePixel() );
+
+    if ( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal? (IsRTLEnabled()? ControlPart::ButtonRight: ControlPart::ButtonLeft): ControlPart::ButtonUp,
+                aControlRegion, rMousePos, bIsInside )?
+            bIsInside:
+            maBtn1Rect.Contains( rMousePos ) )
+    {
+        if (rMEvt.IsLeft() && !(mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DISABLE) )
+        {
+            nTrackFlags     = StartTrackingFlags::ButtonRepeat;
+            meScrollType    = ScrollType::LineUp;
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal? (IsRTLEnabled()? ControlPart::ButtonLeft: ControlPart::ButtonRight): ControlPart::ButtonDown,
+                aControlRegion, rMousePos, bIsInside )?
+            bIsInside:
+            maBtn2Rect.Contains( rMousePos ) )
+    {
+        if (rMEvt.IsLeft() && !(mnStateFlags & SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DISABLE) )
+        {
+            nTrackFlags     = StartTrackingFlags::ButtonRepeat;
+            meScrollType    = ScrollType::LineDown;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bool bThumbHit = GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal? ControlPart::ThumbHorz : ControlPart::ThumbVert,
+                                               maThumbRect, rMousePos, bIsInside )
+                         ? bIsInside : maThumbRect.Contains( rMousePos );
+
+        bool bThumbAction = bWarp || bPage;
+
+        bool bDragHandling = bWarp || (bThumbHit && bThumbAction);
+        if( bDragHandling )
+        {
+            if( mpData )
+            {
+                mpData->mbHide = true; // disable focus blinking
+                if (HasFocus())
+                {
+                    mnStateFlags |= SCRBAR_DRAW_THUMB; // paint without focus
+                    Invalidate();
+                }
+            }
+
+            if ( mnVisibleSize < mnMaxRange-mnMinRange )
+            {
+                nTrackFlags     = StartTrackingFlags::NONE;
+                meScrollType    = ScrollType::Drag;
+
+                // calculate mouse offset
+                if (bWarp && (!bThumbHit || !bPrimaryWarping))
+                {
+                    bDragToMouse = true;
+                    if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+                        mnMouseOff = maThumbRect.GetWidth()/2;
+                    else
+                        mnMouseOff = maThumbRect.GetHeight()/2;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+                        mnMouseOff = rMousePos.X()-maThumbRect.Left();
+                    else
+                        mnMouseOff = rMousePos.Y()-maThumbRect.Top();
+                }
+
+                mnStateFlags |= SCRBAR_STATE_THUMB_DOWN;
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+        else if(bPage && (!GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal? ControlPart::TrackHorzArea : ControlPart::TrackVertArea,
+                                       aControlRegion, rMousePos, bIsInside ) ||
+            bIsInside) )
+        {
+            nTrackFlags = StartTrackingFlags::ButtonRepeat;
+
+            // HitTestNativeScrollbar, see remark at top of file
+            if ( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal? ControlPart::TrackHorzLeft : ControlPart::TrackVertUpper,
+                                       maPage1Rect, rMousePos, bIsInside )?
+                bIsInside:
+                maPage1Rect.Contains( rMousePos ) )
+            {
+                meScrollType    = ScrollType::PageUp;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                meScrollType    = ScrollType::PageDown;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Should we start Tracking?
+    if ( meScrollType == ScrollType::DontKnow )
+        return;
+
+    // store original position for cancel and EndScroll delta
+    mnStartPos = mnThumbPos;
+    // #92906# Call StartTracking() before ImplDoMouseAction(), otherwise
+    // MouseButtonUp() / EndTracking() may be called if somebody is spending
+    // a lot of time in the scroll handler
+    StartTracking( nTrackFlags );
+    ImplDoMouseAction( rMousePos );
+
+    if( bDragToMouse )
+        ImplDragThumb( rMousePos );
+
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::Tracking( const TrackingEvent& rTEvt )
+{
+    if ( rTEvt.IsTrackingEnded() )
+    {
+        // Restore Button and PageRect status
+        sal_uInt16 nOldStateFlags = mnStateFlags;
+        mnStateFlags &= ~(SCRBAR_STATE_BTN1_DOWN | SCRBAR_STATE_BTN2_DOWN |
+                          SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE1_DOWN | SCRBAR_STATE_PAGE2_DOWN |
+                          SCRBAR_STATE_THUMB_DOWN);
+        if ( nOldStateFlags != mnStateFlags )
+            Invalidate();
+
+        // Restore the old ThumbPosition when canceled
+        if ( rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() )
+        {
+            tools::Long nOldPos = mnThumbPos;
+            SetThumbPos( mnStartPos );
+            mnDelta = mnThumbPos-nOldPos;
+            Scroll();
+        }
+
+        if ( meScrollType == ScrollType::Drag )
+        {
+            // On a SCROLLDRAG we recalculate the Thumb, so that it's back to a
+            // rounded ThumbPosition
+            ImplCalc();
+
+            if ( !mbFullDrag && (mnStartPos != mnThumbPos) )
+            {
+                mnDelta = mnThumbPos-mnStartPos;
+                Scroll();
+                mnDelta = 0;
+            }
+        }
+
+        mnDelta = mnThumbPos-mnStartPos;
+        EndScroll();
+        mnDelta = 0;
+        meScrollType = ScrollType::DontKnow;
+
+        if( mpData )
+            mpData->mbHide = false; // re-enable focus blinking
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Point aPosPixel;
+        if (!IsMapModeEnabled() && GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() == MapUnit::MapTwip)
+        {
+            // rTEvt coordinates are in twips.
+            GetOutDev()->Push(vcl::PushFlags::MAPMODE);
+            EnableMapMode();
+            MapMode aMapMode = GetMapMode();
+            aMapMode.SetOrigin(Point(0, 0));
+            SetMapMode(aMapMode);
+            aPosPixel = LogicToPixel(rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().GetPosPixel());
+            GetOutDev()->Pop();
+        }
+        const Point rMousePos = (GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() != MapUnit::MapTwip ? rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().GetPosPixel() : aPosPixel);
+
+        // Dragging is treated in a special way
+        if ( meScrollType == ScrollType::Drag )
+            ImplDragThumb( rMousePos );
+        else
+            ImplDoMouseAction( rMousePos, rTEvt.IsTrackingRepeat() );
+
+        // If ScrollBar values are translated in a way that there's
+        // nothing left to track, we cancel here
+        if ( !IsVisible() || (mnVisibleSize >= (mnMaxRange-mnMinRange)) )
+            EndTracking();
+    }
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    if ( !rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetModifier() )
+    {
+        switch ( rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode() )
+        {
+            case KEY_HOME:
+                DoScroll( 0 );
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_END:
+                DoScroll( GetRangeMax() );
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_LEFT:
+            case KEY_UP:
+                DoScrollAction( ScrollType::LineUp );
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_RIGHT:
+            case KEY_DOWN:
+                DoScrollAction( ScrollType::LineDown );
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_PAGEUP:
+                DoScrollAction( ScrollType::PageUp );
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_PAGEDOWN:
+                DoScrollAction( ScrollType::PageDown );
+                break;
+
+            default:
+                Control::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        Control::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    rRenderContext.SetBackground();
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle&)
+{
+    ImplDraw(rRenderContext);
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::Move()
+{
+    Control::Move();
+    mbCalcSize = true;
+    if (IsReallyVisible())
+        ImplCalc(false);
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+    mbCalcSize = true;
+    if ( IsReallyVisible() )
+        ImplCalc( false );
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(ScrollBar, ImplAutoTimerHdl, Timer *, void)
+{
+    if( mpData && mpData->mbHide )
+        return;
+    ImplInvert();
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::ImplInvert()
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aRect( maThumbRect );
+    if( aRect.GetWidth() > 5 )
+    {
+        aRect.AdjustLeft(2 );
+        aRect.AdjustRight( -2 );
+    }
+    if( aRect.GetHeight() > 5 )
+    {
+        aRect.AdjustTop(2 );
+        aRect.AdjustBottom( -2 );
+    }
+
+    GetOutDev()->Invert( aRect );
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::GetFocus()
+{
+    if( !mpData )
+    {
+        mpData.reset(new ImplScrollBarData);
+        mpData->maTimer.SetInvokeHandler( LINK( this, ScrollBar, ImplAutoTimerHdl ) );
+        mpData->mbHide = false;
+    }
+    ImplInvert(); // react immediately
+    mpData->maTimer.SetTimeout( GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetCursorBlinkTime() );
+    if (mpData->maTimer.GetTimeout() != STYLE_CURSOR_NOBLINKTIME)
+        mpData->maTimer.Start();
+    Control::GetFocus();
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::LoseFocus()
+{
+    if( mpData )
+        mpData->maTimer.Stop();
+    Invalidate();
+
+    Control::LoseFocus();
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( nType == StateChangedType::InitShow )
+        ImplCalc( false );
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Data )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+            ImplCalc();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+        {
+            ImplCalc( false );
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Enable )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Style )
+    {
+        ImplInitStyle( GetStyle() );
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+        {
+            if ( (GetPrevStyle() & SCRBAR_VIEW_STYLE) !=
+                 (GetStyle() & SCRBAR_VIEW_STYLE) )
+            {
+                mbCalcSize = true;
+                ImplCalc( false );
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+         (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE) )
+    {
+        mbCalcSize = true;
+        ImplCalc( false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle* ScrollBar::ImplFindPartRect( const Point& rPt )
+{
+    bool    bHorizontal = ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ ) != 0;
+    bool    bIsInside = false;
+
+    Point aPoint( 0, 0 );
+    tools::Rectangle aControlRegion( aPoint, GetOutputSizePixel() );
+
+    if( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal? (IsRTLEnabled()? ControlPart::ButtonRight: ControlPart::ButtonLeft): ControlPart::ButtonUp,
+                aControlRegion, rPt, bIsInside )?
+            bIsInside:
+            maBtn1Rect.Contains( rPt ) )
+        return &maBtn1Rect;
+    else if( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal? (IsRTLEnabled()? ControlPart::ButtonLeft: ControlPart::ButtonRight): ControlPart::ButtonDown,
+                aControlRegion, rPt, bIsInside )?
+            bIsInside:
+            maBtn2Rect.Contains( rPt ) )
+        return &maBtn2Rect;
+    // HitTestNativeScrollbar, see remark at top of file
+    else if( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal ? ControlPart::TrackHorzLeft : ControlPart::TrackVertUpper,
+                maPage1Rect, rPt, bIsInside)?
+            bIsInside:
+            maPage1Rect.Contains( rPt ) )
+        return &maPage1Rect;
+    // HitTestNativeScrollbar, see remark at top of file
+    else if( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal ? ControlPart::TrackHorzRight : ControlPart::TrackVertLower,
+                maPage2Rect, rPt, bIsInside)?
+            bIsInside:
+            maPage2Rect.Contains( rPt ) )
+        return &maPage2Rect;
+    // HitTestNativeScrollbar, see remark at top of file
+    else if( GetOutDev()->HitTestNativeScrollbar( bHorizontal ? ControlPart::ThumbHorz : ControlPart::ThumbVert,
+                maThumbRect, rPt, bIsInside)?
+             bIsInside:
+             maThumbRect.Contains( rPt ) )
+        return &maThumbRect;
+    else
+        return nullptr;
+}
+
+bool ScrollBar::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::MOUSEMOVE )
+    {
+        const MouseEvent* pMouseEvt = rNEvt.GetMouseEvent();
+        if( pMouseEvt && !pMouseEvt->GetButtons() && !pMouseEvt->IsSynthetic() && !pMouseEvt->IsModifierChanged() )
+        {
+            // Trigger a redraw if mouse over state has changed
+            if( IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Scrollbar, ControlPart::Entire) )
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle* pRect = ImplFindPartRect( GetPointerPosPixel() );
+                tools::Rectangle* pLastRect = ImplFindPartRect( GetLastPointerPosPixel() );
+                if( pRect != pLastRect || pMouseEvt->IsLeaveWindow() || pMouseEvt->IsEnterWindow() )
+                {
+                    vcl::Region aRgn( GetOutDev()->GetActiveClipRegion() );
+                    vcl::Region aClipRegion;
+
+                    if ( pRect )
+                        aClipRegion.Union( *pRect );
+                    if ( pLastRect )
+                        aClipRegion.Union( *pLastRect );
+
+                    // Support for 3-button scroll bars
+                    bool bHas3Buttons = IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::Scrollbar, ControlPart::HasThreeButtons );
+                    if ( bHas3Buttons && ( pRect == &maBtn1Rect || pLastRect == &maBtn1Rect ) )
+                    {
+                        aClipRegion.Union( maBtn2Rect );
+                    }
+
+                    GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion( aClipRegion );
+                    Invalidate(aClipRegion.GetBoundRect());
+
+                    GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion( aRgn );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Control::PreNotify(rNEvt);
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::Scroll()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::ScrollbarScroll, [this] () { maScrollHdl.Call(this); } );
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::EndScroll()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::ScrollbarEndScroll, [this] () { maEndScrollHdl.Call(this); } );
+}
+
+tools::Long ScrollBar::DoScroll( tools::Long nNewPos )
+{
+    if ( meScrollType != ScrollType::DontKnow )
+        return 0;
+
+    SAL_INFO("vcl.scrollbar", "DoScroll(" << nNewPos << ")");
+    meScrollType = ScrollType::Drag;
+    tools::Long nDelta = ImplScroll( nNewPos, true );
+    meScrollType = ScrollType::DontKnow;
+    return nDelta;
+}
+
+tools::Long ScrollBar::DoScrollAction( ScrollType eScrollType )
+{
+    if ( (meScrollType != ScrollType::DontKnow) ||
+         (eScrollType == ScrollType::DontKnow) ||
+         (eScrollType == ScrollType::Drag) )
+        return 0;
+
+    meScrollType = eScrollType;
+    tools::Long nDelta = ImplDoAction( true );
+    meScrollType = ScrollType::DontKnow;
+    return nDelta;
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::SetRangeMin( tools::Long nNewRange )
+{
+    SetRange( Range( nNewRange, GetRangeMax() ) );
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::SetRangeMax( tools::Long nNewRange )
+{
+    SetRange( Range( GetRangeMin(), nNewRange ) );
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::SetRange( const Range& rRange )
+{
+    // Adapt Range
+    Range aRange = rRange;
+    aRange.Normalize();
+    tools::Long nNewMinRange = aRange.Min();
+    tools::Long nNewMaxRange = aRange.Max();
+
+    // If Range differs, set a new one
+    if ( (mnMinRange == nNewMinRange) && (mnMaxRange == nNewMaxRange))
+        return;
+
+    mnMinRange = nNewMinRange;
+    mnMaxRange = nNewMaxRange;
+
+    // Adapt Thumb
+    if ( mnThumbPos > mnMaxRange-mnVisibleSize )
+        mnThumbPos = mnMaxRange-mnVisibleSize;
+    if ( mnThumbPos < mnMinRange )
+        mnThumbPos = mnMinRange;
+
+    CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::SetThumbPos( tools::Long nNewThumbPos )
+{
+    if ( nNewThumbPos > mnMaxRange-mnVisibleSize )
+        nNewThumbPos = mnMaxRange-mnVisibleSize;
+    if ( nNewThumbPos < mnMinRange )
+        nNewThumbPos = mnMinRange;
+
+    if ( mnThumbPos != nNewThumbPos )
+    {
+        mnThumbPos = nNewThumbPos;
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::SetVisibleSize( tools::Long nNewSize )
+{
+    if ( mnVisibleSize != nNewSize )
+    {
+        mnVisibleSize = nNewSize;
+
+        // Adapt Thumb
+        if ( mnThumbPos > mnMaxRange-mnVisibleSize )
+            mnThumbPos = mnMaxRange-mnVisibleSize;
+        if ( mnThumbPos < mnMinRange )
+            mnThumbPos = mnMinRange;
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+Size ScrollBar::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    if (mbCalcSize)
+        const_cast<ScrollBar*>(this)->ImplCalc(false);
+
+    Size aRet = getCurrentCalcSize();
+
+    const tools::Long nMinThumbSize = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetMinThumbSize();
+
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ)
+    {
+        aRet.setWidth( maBtn1Rect.GetWidth() + nMinThumbSize + maBtn2Rect.GetWidth() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aRet.setHeight( maBtn1Rect.GetHeight() + nMinThumbSize + maBtn2Rect.GetHeight() );
+    }
+
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+Size ScrollBar::getCurrentCalcSize() const
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion;
+    aCtrlRegion.Union(maBtn1Rect);
+    aCtrlRegion.Union(maBtn2Rect);
+    aCtrlRegion.Union(maPage1Rect);
+    aCtrlRegion.Union(maPage2Rect);
+    aCtrlRegion.Union(maThumbRect);
+    return aCtrlRegion.GetSize();
+}
+
+bool ScrollBar::Inactive() const
+{
+    return !IsEnabled() || !IsInputEnabled() || IsInModalMode();
+}
+
+void ScrollBarBox::ImplInit(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle)
+{
+    Window::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    tools::Long nScrollSize = rStyleSettings.GetScrollBarSize();
+    SetSizePixel(Size(nScrollSize, nScrollSize));
+}
+
+ScrollBarBox::ScrollBarBox( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    Window( WindowType::SCROLLBARBOX )
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+void ScrollBarBox::ApplySettings(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    if (rRenderContext.IsBackground())
+    {
+        Color aColor = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetFaceColor();
+        ApplyControlBackground(rRenderContext, aColor);
+    }
+}
+
+void ScrollBarBox::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Window::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if (nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground)
+    {
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void ScrollBarBox::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Window::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+        (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE))
+    {
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/slider.cxx b/vcl/source/control/slider.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a119ea4f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/slider.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,906 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/decoview.hxx>
+#include <slider.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+
+#include "thumbpos.hxx"
+
+#define SLIDER_STATE_CHANNEL1_DOWN  (sal_uInt16(0x0001))
+#define SLIDER_STATE_CHANNEL2_DOWN  (sal_uInt16(0x0002))
+#define SLIDER_STATE_THUMB_DOWN     (sal_uInt16(0x0004))
+
+#define SLIDER_THUMB_SIZE           9
+#define SLIDER_CHANNEL_SIZE         4
+#define SLIDER_CHANNEL_HALFSIZE     2
+
+#define SLIDER_HEIGHT               16
+
+#define SLIDER_VIEW_STYLE           (WB_3DLOOK | WB_HORZ | WB_VERT)
+
+void Slider::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    mnThumbPixOffset    = 0;
+    mnThumbPixRange     = 0;
+    mnThumbPixPos       = 0;    // between mnThumbPixOffset and mnThumbPixOffset+mnThumbPixRange
+    mnThumbSize         = SLIDER_THUMB_SIZE;
+    mnChannelPixRange   = 0;
+    mnChannelPixTop     = 0;
+    mnChannelPixBottom  = 0;
+
+    mnMinRange          = 0;
+    mnMaxRange          = 100;
+    mnThumbPos          = 0;
+    mnLineSize          = 1;
+    mnPageSize          = 1;
+    mnStateFlags        = 0;
+    meScrollType        = ScrollType::DontKnow;
+    mbCalcSize          = true;
+
+    Control::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+
+    ImplInitSettings();
+    SetSizePixel( CalcWindowSizePixel() );
+}
+
+Slider::Slider( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    Control(WindowType::SLIDER)
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+}
+
+Slider::~Slider()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void Slider::ImplInitSettings()
+{
+    vcl::Window* pParent = GetParent();
+    if ( pParent->IsChildTransparentModeEnabled() && !IsControlBackground() )
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode();
+        SetParentClipMode( ParentClipMode::NoClip );
+        SetPaintTransparent( true );
+        SetBackground();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode( false );
+        SetParentClipMode();
+        SetPaintTransparent( false );
+
+        if ( IsControlBackground() )
+            SetBackground( GetControlBackground() );
+        else
+            SetBackground( pParent->GetBackground() );
+    }
+}
+
+void Slider::ImplUpdateRects( bool bUpdate )
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aOldThumbRect = maThumbRect;
+    bool bInvalidateAll = false;
+
+    if ( mnThumbPixRange )
+    {
+        if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+        {
+            maThumbRect.SetLeft(mnThumbPixPos - (mnThumbSize / 2));
+            maThumbRect.SetRight(maThumbRect.Left() + mnThumbSize - 1);
+            if ( 0 < maThumbRect.Left() )
+            {
+                maChannel1Rect.SetLeft( 0 );
+                maChannel1Rect.SetRight( maThumbRect.Left()-1 );
+                maChannel1Rect.SetTop( mnChannelPixTop );
+                maChannel1Rect.SetBottom( mnChannelPixBottom );
+            }
+            else
+                maChannel1Rect.SetEmpty();
+            if ( mnChannelPixRange-1 > maThumbRect.Right() )
+            {
+                maChannel2Rect.SetLeft( maThumbRect.Right()+1 );
+                maChannel2Rect.SetRight( mnChannelPixRange-1 );
+                maChannel2Rect.SetTop( mnChannelPixTop );
+                maChannel2Rect.SetBottom( mnChannelPixBottom );
+            }
+            else
+                maChannel2Rect.SetEmpty();
+
+            const tools::Rectangle aControlRegion(tools::Rectangle(Point(), Size(mnThumbSize, 10)));
+            tools::Rectangle aThumbBounds, aThumbContent;
+            if ( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Slider, ControlPart::ThumbHorz,
+                                         aControlRegion, ControlState::NONE, ImplControlValue(),
+                                         aThumbBounds, aThumbContent ) )
+            {
+                maThumbRect.SetLeft( mnThumbPixPos - aThumbBounds.GetWidth()/2 );
+                maThumbRect.SetRight( maThumbRect.Left() + aThumbBounds.GetWidth() - 1 );
+                bInvalidateAll = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            maThumbRect.SetTop( mnThumbPixPos - (mnThumbSize / 2));
+            maThumbRect.SetBottom( maThumbRect.Top() + mnThumbSize - 1);
+            if ( 0 < maThumbRect.Top() )
+            {
+                maChannel1Rect.SetTop( 0 );
+                maChannel1Rect.SetBottom( maThumbRect.Top()-1 );
+                maChannel1Rect.SetLeft( mnChannelPixTop );
+                maChannel1Rect.SetRight( mnChannelPixBottom );
+            }
+            else
+                maChannel1Rect.SetEmpty();
+            if ( mnChannelPixRange-1 > maThumbRect.Bottom() )
+            {
+                maChannel2Rect.SetTop( maThumbRect.Bottom()+1 );
+                maChannel2Rect.SetBottom( mnChannelPixRange-1 );
+                maChannel2Rect.SetLeft( mnChannelPixTop );
+                maChannel2Rect.SetRight( mnChannelPixBottom );
+            }
+            else
+                maChannel2Rect.SetEmpty();
+
+            const tools::Rectangle aControlRegion(tools::Rectangle(Point(), Size(10, mnThumbSize)));
+            tools::Rectangle aThumbBounds, aThumbContent;
+            if ( GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Slider, ControlPart::ThumbVert,
+                                         aControlRegion, ControlState::NONE, ImplControlValue(),
+                                         aThumbBounds, aThumbContent ) )
+            {
+                maThumbRect.SetTop( mnThumbPixPos - aThumbBounds.GetHeight()/2 );
+                maThumbRect.SetBottom( maThumbRect.Top() + aThumbBounds.GetHeight() - 1 );
+                bInvalidateAll = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        maChannel1Rect.SetEmpty();
+        maChannel2Rect.SetEmpty();
+        maThumbRect.SetEmpty();
+    }
+
+    if ( !bUpdate )
+        return;
+
+    if ( aOldThumbRect == maThumbRect )
+        return;
+
+    if( bInvalidateAll )
+        Invalidate(InvalidateFlags::NoChildren | InvalidateFlags::NoErase);
+    else
+    {
+        vcl::Region aInvalidRegion( aOldThumbRect );
+        aInvalidRegion.Union( maThumbRect );
+
+        if( !IsBackground() && GetParent() )
+        {
+            const Point aPos( GetPosPixel() );
+            aInvalidRegion.Move( aPos.X(), aPos.Y() );
+            GetParent()->Invalidate( aInvalidRegion, InvalidateFlags::Transparent | InvalidateFlags::Update );
+        }
+        else
+            Invalidate( aInvalidRegion );
+    }
+}
+
+tools::Long Slider::ImplCalcThumbPos( tools::Long nPixPos ) const
+{
+    // calculate position
+    tools::Long nCalcThumbPos;
+    nCalcThumbPos = ImplMulDiv( nPixPos-mnThumbPixOffset, mnMaxRange-mnMinRange, mnThumbPixRange-1 );
+    nCalcThumbPos += mnMinRange;
+    return nCalcThumbPos;
+}
+
+tools::Long Slider::ImplCalcThumbPosPix( tools::Long nPos ) const
+{
+    // calculate position
+    tools::Long nCalcThumbPos;
+    nCalcThumbPos = ImplMulDiv( nPos-mnMinRange, mnThumbPixRange-1, mnMaxRange-mnMinRange );
+    // at the beginning and end we try to display Slider correctly
+    if ( !nCalcThumbPos && (mnThumbPos > mnMinRange) )
+        nCalcThumbPos = 1;
+    if ( nCalcThumbPos &&
+         (nCalcThumbPos == mnThumbPixRange-1) &&
+         (mnThumbPos < mnMaxRange) )
+        nCalcThumbPos--;
+    return nCalcThumbPos+mnThumbPixOffset;
+}
+
+void Slider::ImplCalc( bool bUpdate )
+{
+    bool bInvalidateAll = false;
+
+    if (mbCalcSize)
+    {
+        if (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ)
+        {
+            const tools::Rectangle aControlRegion(tools::Rectangle(Point(), Size(SLIDER_THUMB_SIZE, 10)));
+            tools::Rectangle aThumbBounds, aThumbContent;
+            if (GetNativeControlRegion(ControlType::Slider, ControlPart::ThumbHorz,
+                                       aControlRegion, ControlState::NONE, ImplControlValue(),
+                                       aThumbBounds, aThumbContent))
+            {
+                mnThumbSize = aThumbBounds.GetWidth();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mnThumbSize = SLIDER_THUMB_SIZE;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            const tools::Rectangle aControlRegion(tools::Rectangle(Point(), Size(10, SLIDER_THUMB_SIZE)));
+            tools::Rectangle aThumbBounds, aThumbContent;
+            if (GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::Slider, ControlPart::ThumbVert,
+                                         aControlRegion, ControlState::NONE, ImplControlValue(),
+                                         aThumbBounds, aThumbContent))
+            {
+                mnThumbSize = aThumbBounds.GetHeight();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mnThumbSize = SLIDER_THUMB_SIZE;
+            }
+        }
+
+        tools::Long nOldChannelPixRange    = mnChannelPixRange;
+        tools::Long nOldChannelPixTop      = mnChannelPixTop;
+        tools::Long nOldChannelPixBottom   = mnChannelPixBottom;
+        tools::Long nCalcWidth;
+        tools::Long nCalcHeight;
+
+        maChannel1Rect.SetEmpty();
+        maChannel2Rect.SetEmpty();
+        maThumbRect.SetEmpty();
+
+        Size aSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+        if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+        {
+            nCalcWidth          = aSize.Width();
+            nCalcHeight         = aSize.Height();
+            maThumbRect.SetTop( 0 );
+            maThumbRect.SetBottom( aSize.Height()-1 );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            nCalcWidth          = aSize.Height();
+            nCalcHeight         = aSize.Width();
+            maThumbRect.SetLeft( 0 );
+            maThumbRect.SetRight( aSize.Width()-1 );
+        }
+
+        if (nCalcWidth >= mnThumbSize)
+        {
+            mnThumbPixOffset    = mnThumbSize / 2;
+            mnThumbPixRange     = nCalcWidth - mnThumbSize;
+            mnThumbPixPos       = 0;
+            mnChannelPixRange   = nCalcWidth;
+            mnChannelPixTop     = (nCalcHeight/2)-SLIDER_CHANNEL_HALFSIZE;
+            mnChannelPixBottom  = mnChannelPixTop+SLIDER_CHANNEL_SIZE-1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mnThumbPixRange = 0;
+            mnChannelPixRange = 0;
+        }
+
+        if ( (nOldChannelPixRange != mnChannelPixRange) ||
+             (nOldChannelPixTop != mnChannelPixTop) ||
+             (nOldChannelPixBottom != mnChannelPixBottom) )
+            bInvalidateAll = true;
+
+        mbCalcSize = false;
+    }
+
+    if ( mnThumbPixRange )
+        mnThumbPixPos = ImplCalcThumbPosPix( mnThumbPos );
+
+    if ( bUpdate && bInvalidateAll )
+    {
+        Invalidate();
+        bUpdate = false;
+    }
+    ImplUpdateRects( bUpdate );
+}
+
+void Slider::ImplDraw(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext)
+{
+    // do missing calculations
+    if (mbCalcSize)
+        ImplCalc(false);
+
+    ControlPart nPart = (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ) ? ControlPart::TrackHorzArea : ControlPart::TrackVertArea;
+
+    if (rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Slider, nPart))
+    {
+        ControlState nState = (IsEnabled() ? ControlState::ENABLED : ControlState::NONE);
+        nState |= (HasFocus() ? ControlState::FOCUSED : ControlState::NONE);
+
+        SliderValue aSliderValue;
+        aSliderValue.mnMin = mnMinRange;
+        aSliderValue.mnMax = mnMaxRange;
+        aSliderValue.mnCur = mnThumbPos;
+        aSliderValue.maThumbRect = maThumbRect;
+
+        if (IsMouseOver())
+        {
+            if (maThumbRect.Contains(GetPointerPosPixel()))
+                aSliderValue.mnThumbState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+        }
+
+        const tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion(Point(0,0), GetOutputSizePixel());
+
+        if (rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Slider, nPart, aCtrlRegion, nState, aSliderValue, OUString()))
+            return;
+    }
+
+    DecorationView aDecoView(&rRenderContext);
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    bool bEnabled = IsEnabled();
+
+    if (!maChannel1Rect.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        tools::Long        nRectSize;
+        tools::Rectangle   aRect = maChannel1Rect;
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor());
+        if (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ)
+        {
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopLeft(), Point(aRect.Left(), aRect.Bottom() - 1));
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopLeft(), aRect.TopRight());
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopLeft(), Point(aRect.Right() - 1, aRect.Top()));
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopLeft(), aRect.BottomLeft());
+        }
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetLightColor());
+        if (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ)
+        {
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.BottomLeft(), aRect.BottomRight());
+            nRectSize = aRect.GetWidth();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopRight(), aRect.BottomRight());
+            nRectSize = aRect.GetHeight();
+        }
+
+        if (nRectSize > 1)
+        {
+            aRect.AdjustLeft( 1 );
+            aRect.AdjustTop( 1 );
+            if (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ)
+                aRect.AdjustBottom( -1 );
+            else
+                aRect.AdjustRight( -1 );
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor();
+            if (mnStateFlags & SLIDER_STATE_CHANNEL1_DOWN)
+                rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor());
+            else
+                rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetCheckedColor());
+            rRenderContext.DrawRect(aRect);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!maChannel2Rect.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        tools::Long nRectSize;
+        tools::Rectangle aRect = maChannel2Rect;
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetLightColor());
+        if (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ)
+        {
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopRight(), aRect.BottomRight());
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.BottomLeft(), aRect.BottomRight());
+            nRectSize = aRect.GetWidth();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.BottomLeft(), aRect.BottomRight());
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopRight(), aRect.BottomRight());
+            nRectSize = aRect.GetHeight();
+        }
+
+        if (nRectSize > 1)
+        {
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor());
+            if (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ)
+                rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopLeft(), Point(aRect.Right() - 1, aRect.Top()));
+            else
+                rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopLeft(), Point(aRect.Left(), aRect.Bottom() - 1));
+
+            aRect.AdjustRight( -1 );
+            aRect.AdjustBottom( -1 );
+            if (GetStyle() & WB_HORZ)
+                aRect.AdjustTop( 1 );
+            else
+                aRect.AdjustLeft( 1 );
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor();
+            if (mnStateFlags & SLIDER_STATE_CHANNEL2_DOWN)
+                rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor());
+            else
+                rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetCheckedColor());
+            rRenderContext.DrawRect(aRect);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (maThumbRect.IsEmpty())
+        return;
+
+    if (bEnabled)
+    {
+        DrawButtonFlags nStyle = DrawButtonFlags::NONE;
+        if (mnStateFlags & SLIDER_STATE_THUMB_DOWN)
+            nStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        aDecoView.DrawButton(maThumbRect, nStyle);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor());
+        rRenderContext.SetFillColor(rStyleSettings.GetCheckedColor());
+        rRenderContext.DrawRect(maThumbRect);
+    }
+}
+
+bool Slider::ImplIsPageUp( const Point& rPos ) const
+{
+    Size aSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+    tools::Rectangle aRect = maChannel1Rect;
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+    {
+        aRect.SetTop( 0 );
+        aRect.SetBottom( aSize.Height()-1 );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aRect.SetLeft( 0 );
+        aRect.SetRight( aSize.Width()-1 );
+    }
+    return aRect.Contains( rPos );
+}
+
+bool Slider::ImplIsPageDown( const Point& rPos ) const
+{
+    Size aSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+    tools::Rectangle aRect = maChannel2Rect;
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+    {
+        aRect.SetTop( 0 );
+        aRect.SetBottom( aSize.Height()-1 );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aRect.SetLeft( 0 );
+        aRect.SetRight( aSize.Width()-1 );
+    }
+    return aRect.Contains( rPos );
+}
+
+tools::Long Slider::ImplSlide( tools::Long nNewPos )
+{
+    tools::Long nOldPos = mnThumbPos;
+    SetThumbPos( nNewPos );
+    tools::Long nDelta = mnThumbPos-nOldPos;
+    if ( nDelta )
+    {
+        Slide();
+    }
+    return nDelta;
+}
+
+tools::Long Slider::ImplDoAction()
+{
+    tools::Long nDelta = 0;
+
+    switch ( meScrollType )
+    {
+        case ScrollType::LineUp:
+            nDelta = ImplSlide( mnThumbPos-mnLineSize );
+            break;
+
+        case ScrollType::LineDown:
+            nDelta = ImplSlide( mnThumbPos+mnLineSize );
+            break;
+
+        case ScrollType::PageUp:
+            nDelta = ImplSlide( mnThumbPos-mnPageSize );
+            break;
+
+        case ScrollType::PageDown:
+            nDelta = ImplSlide( mnThumbPos+mnPageSize );
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+
+    return nDelta;
+}
+
+void Slider::ImplDoMouseAction( const Point& rMousePos, bool bCallAction )
+{
+    sal_uInt16  nOldStateFlags = mnStateFlags;
+    bool    bAction = false;
+
+    switch ( meScrollType )
+    {
+        case ScrollType::PageUp:
+            if ( ImplIsPageUp( rMousePos ) )
+            {
+                bAction = bCallAction;
+                mnStateFlags |= SLIDER_STATE_CHANNEL1_DOWN;
+            }
+            else
+                mnStateFlags &= ~SLIDER_STATE_CHANNEL1_DOWN;
+            break;
+
+        case ScrollType::PageDown:
+            if ( ImplIsPageDown( rMousePos ) )
+            {
+                bAction = bCallAction;
+                mnStateFlags |= SLIDER_STATE_CHANNEL2_DOWN;
+            }
+            else
+                mnStateFlags &= ~SLIDER_STATE_CHANNEL2_DOWN;
+            break;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if ( bAction )
+    {
+        if ( ImplDoAction() )
+        {
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( nOldStateFlags != mnStateFlags )
+    {
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void Slider::ImplDoSlide( tools::Long nNewPos )
+{
+    if ( meScrollType != ScrollType::DontKnow )
+        return;
+
+    meScrollType = ScrollType::Drag;
+    ImplSlide( nNewPos );
+    meScrollType = ScrollType::DontKnow;
+}
+
+void Slider::ImplDoSlideAction( ScrollType eScrollType )
+{
+    if ( (meScrollType != ScrollType::DontKnow) ||
+         (eScrollType == ScrollType::DontKnow) ||
+         (eScrollType == ScrollType::Drag) )
+        return;
+
+    meScrollType = eScrollType;
+    ImplDoAction();
+    meScrollType = ScrollType::DontKnow;
+}
+
+void Slider::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if ( !rMEvt.IsLeft() )
+        return;
+
+    const Point&       rMousePos = rMEvt.GetPosPixel();
+    StartTrackingFlags nTrackFlags = StartTrackingFlags::NONE;
+
+    if ( maThumbRect.Contains( rMousePos ) )
+    {
+        meScrollType    = ScrollType::Drag;
+
+        // calculate additional values
+        Point aCenterPos = maThumbRect.Center();
+        if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+            mnMouseOff = rMousePos.X()-aCenterPos.X();
+        else
+            mnMouseOff = rMousePos.Y()-aCenterPos.Y();
+    }
+    else if ( ImplIsPageUp( rMousePos ) )
+    {
+        nTrackFlags = StartTrackingFlags::ButtonRepeat;
+        meScrollType = ScrollType::PageUp;
+    }
+    else if ( ImplIsPageDown( rMousePos ) )
+    {
+        nTrackFlags = StartTrackingFlags::ButtonRepeat;
+        meScrollType = ScrollType::PageDown;
+    }
+
+    // Shall we start Tracking?
+    if( meScrollType != ScrollType::DontKnow )
+    {
+        // store Start position for cancel and EndScroll delta
+        mnStartPos = mnThumbPos;
+        ImplDoMouseAction( rMousePos, /*bCallAction*/true );
+        PaintImmediately();
+
+        StartTracking( nTrackFlags );
+    }
+}
+
+void Slider::MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& )
+{
+}
+
+void Slider::Tracking( const TrackingEvent& rTEvt )
+{
+    if ( rTEvt.IsTrackingEnded() )
+    {
+        // reset Button and PageRect state
+        sal_uInt16 nOldStateFlags = mnStateFlags;
+        mnStateFlags &= ~(SLIDER_STATE_CHANNEL1_DOWN | SLIDER_STATE_CHANNEL2_DOWN |
+                          SLIDER_STATE_THUMB_DOWN);
+        if ( nOldStateFlags != mnStateFlags )
+        {
+            Invalidate(InvalidateFlags::NoChildren | InvalidateFlags::NoErase);
+        }
+
+        // on cancel, reset the previous Thumb position
+        if ( rTEvt.IsTrackingCanceled() )
+        {
+            SetThumbPos( mnStartPos );
+            Slide();
+        }
+
+        if ( meScrollType == ScrollType::Drag )
+        {
+            // after dragging, recalculate to a rounded Thumb position
+            ImplCalc();
+            PaintImmediately();
+        }
+
+        meScrollType = ScrollType::DontKnow;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const Point rMousePos = rTEvt.GetMouseEvent().GetPosPixel();
+
+        // special handling for dragging
+        if ( meScrollType == ScrollType::Drag )
+        {
+            tools::Long nMovePix;
+            Point aCenterPos = maThumbRect.Center();
+            if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+                nMovePix = rMousePos.X()-(aCenterPos.X()+mnMouseOff);
+            else
+                nMovePix = rMousePos.Y()-(aCenterPos.Y()+mnMouseOff);
+            // only if the mouse moves in Scroll direction we have to act
+            if ( nMovePix )
+            {
+                mnThumbPixPos += nMovePix;
+                if ( mnThumbPixPos < mnThumbPixOffset )
+                    mnThumbPixPos = mnThumbPixOffset;
+                if ( mnThumbPixPos > (mnThumbPixOffset+mnThumbPixRange-1) )
+                    mnThumbPixPos = mnThumbPixOffset+mnThumbPixRange-1;
+                tools::Long nOldPos = mnThumbPos;
+                mnThumbPos = ImplCalcThumbPos( mnThumbPixPos );
+                if ( nOldPos != mnThumbPos )
+                {
+                    ImplUpdateRects();
+                    PaintImmediately();
+                    if ( nOldPos != mnThumbPos )
+                    {
+                        Slide();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            ImplDoMouseAction( rMousePos, rTEvt.IsTrackingRepeat() );
+
+        // end tracking if ScrollBar values indicate we are done
+        if ( !IsVisible() )
+            EndTracking();
+    }
+}
+
+void Slider::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    if ( !rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetModifier() )
+    {
+        switch ( rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode() )
+        {
+            case KEY_HOME:
+                ImplDoSlide( GetRangeMin() );
+                break;
+            case KEY_END:
+                ImplDoSlide( GetRangeMax() );
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_LEFT:
+            case KEY_UP:
+                ImplDoSlideAction( ScrollType::LineUp );
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_RIGHT:
+            case KEY_DOWN:
+                ImplDoSlideAction( ScrollType::LineDown );
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_PAGEUP:
+                ImplDoSlideAction( ScrollType::PageUp );
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_PAGEDOWN:
+                ImplDoSlideAction( ScrollType::PageDown );
+                break;
+
+            default:
+                Control::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        Control::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+}
+
+void Slider::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& /*rRect*/)
+{
+    ImplDraw(rRenderContext);
+}
+
+void Slider::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+    mbCalcSize = true;
+    if ( IsReallyVisible() )
+        ImplCalc( false );
+    Invalidate(InvalidateFlags::NoChildren | InvalidateFlags::NoErase);
+}
+
+void Slider::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( nType == StateChangedType::InitShow )
+        ImplCalc( false );
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Data )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+            ImplCalc();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+        {
+            ImplCalc( false );
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Enable ||
+              nType == StateChangedType::ControlFocus )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+        {
+            Invalidate();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::Style )
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+        {
+            if ( (GetPrevStyle() & SLIDER_VIEW_STYLE) !=
+                 (GetStyle() & SLIDER_VIEW_STYLE) )
+            {
+                mbCalcSize = true;
+                ImplCalc( false );
+                Invalidate();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings();
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void Slider::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+         (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings();
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void Slider::Slide()
+{
+    maSlideHdl.Call( this );
+}
+
+void Slider::SetRangeMin(tools::Long nNewRange)
+{
+    SetRange(Range(nNewRange, GetRangeMax()));
+}
+
+void Slider::SetRangeMax(tools::Long nNewRange)
+{
+    SetRange(Range(GetRangeMin(), nNewRange));
+}
+
+void Slider::SetRange( const Range& rRange )
+{
+    // adjust Range
+    Range aRange = rRange;
+    aRange.Normalize();
+    tools::Long nNewMinRange = aRange.Min();
+    tools::Long nNewMaxRange = aRange.Max();
+
+    // reset Range if different
+    if ( (mnMinRange != nNewMinRange) ||
+         (mnMaxRange != nNewMaxRange) )
+    {
+        mnMinRange = nNewMinRange;
+        mnMaxRange = nNewMaxRange;
+
+        // adjust Thumb
+        if ( mnThumbPos > mnMaxRange )
+            mnThumbPos = mnMaxRange;
+        if ( mnThumbPos < mnMinRange )
+            mnThumbPos = mnMinRange;
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+void Slider::SetThumbPos( tools::Long nNewThumbPos )
+{
+    if ( nNewThumbPos < mnMinRange )
+        nNewThumbPos = mnMinRange;
+    if ( nNewThumbPos > mnMaxRange )
+        nNewThumbPos = mnMaxRange;
+
+    if ( mnThumbPos != nNewThumbPos )
+    {
+        mnThumbPos = nNewThumbPos;
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+Size Slider::CalcWindowSizePixel() const
+{
+    tools::Long nWidth = mnMaxRange - mnMinRange + mnThumbSize + 1;
+    tools::Long nHeight = SLIDER_HEIGHT;
+    Size aSize;
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_HORZ )
+    {
+        aSize.setWidth( nWidth );
+        aSize.setHeight( nHeight );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aSize.setHeight( nWidth );
+        aSize.setWidth( nHeight );
+    }
+    return aSize;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/spinbtn.cxx b/vcl/source/control/spinbtn.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d56138c6cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/spinbtn.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/spin.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/vclevent.hxx>
+
+#include <spin.hxx>
+
+void SpinButton::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    mbUpperIn     = false;
+    mbLowerIn     = false;
+    mbInitialUp   = false;
+    mbInitialDown = false;
+
+    mnMinRange  = 0;
+    mnMaxRange  = 100;
+    mnValue     = 0;
+    mnValueStep = 1;
+
+    maRepeatTimer.SetTimeout(MouseSettings::GetButtonStartRepeat());
+    maRepeatTimer.SetInvokeHandler(LINK(this, SpinButton, ImplTimeout));
+
+    mbRepeat = 0 != (nStyle & WB_REPEAT);
+
+    if (nStyle & WB_HSCROLL)
+        mbHorz = true;
+    else
+        mbHorz = false;
+
+    Control::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+}
+
+SpinButton::SpinButton( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+    : Control(WindowType::SPINBUTTON)
+    , maRepeatTimer("SpinButton maRepeatTimer")
+    , mbUpperIsFocused(false)
+{
+    ImplInit(pParent, nStyle);
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK(SpinButton, ImplTimeout, Timer*, pTimer, void)
+{
+    if (pTimer->GetTimeout() == static_cast<sal_uInt64>(MouseSettings::GetButtonStartRepeat()))
+    {
+        pTimer->SetTimeout( GetSettings().GetMouseSettings().GetButtonRepeat() );
+        pTimer->Start();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (mbInitialUp)
+            Up();
+        else
+            Down();
+    }
+}
+
+void SpinButton::Up()
+{
+    if (ImplIsUpperEnabled())
+    {
+        mnValue += mnValueStep;
+        CompatStateChanged(StateChangedType::Data);
+
+        ImplMoveFocus(true);
+    }
+
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler(VclEventId::SpinbuttonUp, nullptr );
+}
+
+void SpinButton::Down()
+{
+    if (ImplIsLowerEnabled())
+    {
+        mnValue -= mnValueStep;
+        CompatStateChanged(StateChangedType::Data);
+
+        ImplMoveFocus(false);
+    }
+
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler(VclEventId::SpinbuttonDown, nullptr );
+}
+
+void SpinButton::Resize()
+{
+    Control::Resize();
+
+    Size aSize(GetOutputSizePixel());
+    tools::Rectangle aRect(Point(), aSize);
+    if (mbHorz)
+    {
+        maLowerRect = tools::Rectangle(0, 0, aSize.Width() / 2, aSize.Height() - 1);
+        maUpperRect = tools::Rectangle(maLowerRect.TopRight(), aRect.BottomRight());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        maUpperRect = tools::Rectangle(0, 0, aSize.Width() - 1, aSize.Height() / 2);
+        maLowerRect = tools::Rectangle(maUpperRect.BottomLeft(), aRect.BottomRight());
+    }
+
+    ImplCalcFocusRect(ImplIsUpperEnabled() || !ImplIsLowerEnabled());
+
+    Invalidate();
+}
+
+void SpinButton::Draw(OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos, SystemTextColorFlags nFlags)
+{
+    Point aPos  = pDev->LogicToPixel(rPos);
+    Size aSize = GetSizePixel();
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+    if ( !(nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono) )
+    {
+        // DecoView uses the FaceColor...
+        AllSettings aSettings = pDev->GetSettings();
+        StyleSettings aStyleSettings = aSettings.GetStyleSettings();
+        if ( IsControlBackground() )
+            aStyleSettings.SetFaceColor( GetControlBackground() );
+        else
+            aStyleSettings.SetFaceColor( GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetFaceColor() );
+
+        aSettings.SetStyleSettings( aStyleSettings );
+        pDev->SetSettings( aSettings );
+    }
+
+    tools::Rectangle   aRect( Point( 0, 0 ), aSize );
+    tools::Rectangle aLowerRect, aUpperRect;
+    if ( mbHorz )
+    {
+        aLowerRect = tools::Rectangle( 0, 0, aSize.Width()/2, aSize.Height()-1 );
+        aUpperRect = tools::Rectangle( aLowerRect.TopRight(), aRect.BottomRight() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aUpperRect = tools::Rectangle( 0, 0, aSize.Width()-1, aSize.Height()/2 );
+        aLowerRect = tools::Rectangle( aUpperRect.BottomLeft(), aRect.BottomRight() );
+    }
+
+    aUpperRect += aPos;
+    aLowerRect += aPos;
+
+    ImplDrawSpinButton(*pDev, this, aUpperRect, aLowerRect, false, false,
+                       IsEnabled() && ImplIsUpperEnabled(),
+                       IsEnabled() && ImplIsLowerEnabled(), mbHorz, true);
+    pDev->Pop();
+}
+
+void SpinButton::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& /*rRect*/)
+{
+    HideFocus();
+
+    bool bEnable = IsEnabled();
+    ImplDrawSpinButton(rRenderContext, this, maUpperRect, maLowerRect, mbUpperIn, mbLowerIn,
+                       bEnable && ImplIsUpperEnabled(),
+                       bEnable && ImplIsLowerEnabled(), mbHorz, true);
+
+    if (HasFocus())
+        ShowFocus(maFocusRect);
+}
+
+void SpinButton::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if ( maUpperRect.Contains( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() ) && ( ImplIsUpperEnabled() ) )
+    {
+        mbUpperIn   = true;
+        mbInitialUp = true;
+        Invalidate( maUpperRect );
+    }
+    else if ( maLowerRect.Contains( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() ) && ( ImplIsLowerEnabled() ) )
+    {
+        mbLowerIn     = true;
+        mbInitialDown = true;
+        Invalidate( maLowerRect );
+    }
+
+    if ( mbUpperIn || mbLowerIn )
+    {
+        CaptureMouse();
+        if ( mbRepeat )
+            maRepeatTimer.Start();
+    }
+}
+
+void SpinButton::MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& )
+{
+    ReleaseMouse();
+    if ( mbRepeat )
+    {
+        maRepeatTimer.Stop();
+        maRepeatTimer.SetTimeout(MouseSettings::GetButtonStartRepeat() );
+    }
+
+    if ( mbUpperIn )
+    {
+        mbUpperIn   = false;
+        Invalidate( maUpperRect );
+        Up();
+    }
+    else if ( mbLowerIn )
+    {
+        mbLowerIn = false;
+        Invalidate( maLowerRect );
+        Down();
+    }
+
+    mbInitialUp = mbInitialDown = false;
+}
+
+void SpinButton::MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if ( !rMEvt.IsLeft() || (!mbInitialUp && !mbInitialDown) )
+        return;
+
+    if ( !maUpperRect.Contains( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() ) &&
+         mbUpperIn && mbInitialUp )
+    {
+        mbUpperIn = false;
+        maRepeatTimer.Stop();
+        Invalidate( maUpperRect );
+    }
+    else if ( !maLowerRect.Contains( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() ) &&
+              mbLowerIn && mbInitialDown )
+    {
+        mbLowerIn = false;
+        maRepeatTimer.Stop();
+        Invalidate( maLowerRect );
+    }
+    else if ( maUpperRect.Contains( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() ) &&
+              !mbUpperIn && mbInitialUp )
+    {
+        mbUpperIn = true;
+        if ( mbRepeat )
+            maRepeatTimer.Start();
+        Invalidate( maUpperRect );
+    }
+    else if ( maLowerRect.Contains( rMEvt.GetPosPixel() ) &&
+              !mbLowerIn && mbInitialDown )
+    {
+        mbLowerIn = true;
+        if ( mbRepeat )
+            maRepeatTimer.Start();
+        Invalidate( maLowerRect );
+    }
+}
+
+void SpinButton::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    if ( !rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetModifier() )
+    {
+        switch ( rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode() )
+        {
+        case KEY_LEFT:
+        case KEY_RIGHT:
+        {
+            bool bUp = KEY_RIGHT == rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode();
+            if ( mbHorz && !ImplMoveFocus( bUp ) )
+                bUp ? Up() : Down();
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_UP:
+        case KEY_DOWN:
+        {
+            bool bUp = KEY_UP == rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode();
+            if ( !mbHorz && !ImplMoveFocus( KEY_UP == rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode() ) )
+                bUp ? Up() : Down();
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case KEY_SPACE:
+            mbUpperIsFocused ? Up() : Down();
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            Control::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        Control::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+}
+
+void SpinButton::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    switch ( nType )
+    {
+    case StateChangedType::Data:
+    case StateChangedType::Enable:
+        Invalidate();
+        break;
+
+    case StateChangedType::Style:
+    {
+        bool bNewRepeat = 0 != ( GetStyle() & WB_REPEAT );
+        if ( bNewRepeat != mbRepeat )
+        {
+            if ( maRepeatTimer.IsActive() )
+            {
+                maRepeatTimer.Stop();
+                maRepeatTimer.SetTimeout( MouseSettings::GetButtonStartRepeat() );
+            }
+            mbRepeat = bNewRepeat;
+        }
+
+        bool bNewHorz = 0 != ( GetStyle() & WB_HSCROLL );
+        if ( bNewHorz != mbHorz )
+        {
+            mbHorz = bNewHorz;
+            Resize();
+        }
+    }
+    break;
+    default:;
+    }
+
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+}
+
+void SpinButton::SetRangeMin( tools::Long nNewRange )
+{
+    SetRange( Range( nNewRange, GetRangeMax() ) );
+}
+
+void SpinButton::SetRangeMax( tools::Long nNewRange )
+{
+    SetRange( Range( GetRangeMin(), nNewRange ) );
+}
+
+void SpinButton::SetRange( const Range& rRange )
+{
+    // adjust rage
+    Range aRange = rRange;
+    aRange.Normalize();
+    tools::Long nNewMinRange = aRange.Min();
+    tools::Long nNewMaxRange = aRange.Max();
+
+    // do something only if old and new range differ
+    if ( (mnMinRange == nNewMinRange) && (mnMaxRange == nNewMaxRange))
+        return;
+
+    mnMinRange = nNewMinRange;
+    mnMaxRange = nNewMaxRange;
+
+    // adjust value to new range, if necessary
+    if ( mnValue > mnMaxRange )
+        mnValue = mnMaxRange;
+    if ( mnValue < mnMinRange )
+        mnValue = mnMinRange;
+
+    CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+}
+
+void SpinButton::SetValue( tools::Long nValue )
+{
+    // adjust, if necessary
+    if ( nValue > mnMaxRange )
+        nValue = mnMaxRange;
+    if ( nValue < mnMinRange )
+        nValue = mnMinRange;
+
+    if ( mnValue != nValue )
+    {
+        mnValue = nValue;
+        CompatStateChanged( StateChangedType::Data );
+    }
+}
+
+void SpinButton::GetFocus()
+{
+    ShowFocus( maFocusRect );
+    Control::GetFocus();
+}
+
+void SpinButton::LoseFocus()
+{
+    HideFocus();
+    Control::LoseFocus();
+}
+
+bool SpinButton::ImplMoveFocus( bool _bUpper )
+{
+    if ( _bUpper == mbUpperIsFocused )
+        return false;
+
+    HideFocus();
+    ImplCalcFocusRect( _bUpper );
+    if ( HasFocus() )
+        ShowFocus( maFocusRect );
+    return true;
+}
+
+void SpinButton::ImplCalcFocusRect( bool _bUpper )
+{
+    maFocusRect = _bUpper ? maUpperRect : maLowerRect;
+    // inflate by some pixels
+    maFocusRect.AdjustLeft(2 );
+    maFocusRect.AdjustTop(2 );
+    maFocusRect.AdjustRight( -2 );
+    maFocusRect.AdjustBottom( -2 );
+    mbUpperIsFocused = _bUpper;
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle* SpinButton::ImplFindPartRect( const Point& rPt )
+{
+    if( maUpperRect.Contains( rPt ) )
+        return &maUpperRect;
+    else if( maLowerRect.Contains( rPt ) )
+        return &maLowerRect;
+    else
+        return nullptr;
+}
+
+bool SpinButton::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::MOUSEMOVE)
+    {
+        const MouseEvent* pMouseEvt = rNEvt.GetMouseEvent();
+        if (pMouseEvt && !pMouseEvt->GetButtons() && !pMouseEvt->IsSynthetic() && !pMouseEvt->IsModifierChanged())
+        {
+            // trigger redraw if mouse over state has changed
+            if (IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::Entire) ||
+                IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::AllButtons) )
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle* pRect = ImplFindPartRect( GetPointerPosPixel() );
+                tools::Rectangle* pLastRect = ImplFindPartRect( GetLastPointerPosPixel() );
+                if (pRect != pLastRect || (pMouseEvt->IsLeaveWindow() || pMouseEvt->IsEnterWindow()))
+                {
+                    vcl::Region aRgn(GetOutDev()->GetActiveClipRegion());
+                    if (pLastRect)
+                    {
+                        GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion(vcl::Region(*pLastRect));
+                        Invalidate(*pLastRect);
+                        GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion( aRgn );
+                    }
+                    if (pRect)
+                    {
+                        GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion(vcl::Region(*pRect));
+                        Invalidate(*pRect);
+                        GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion(aRgn);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Control::PreNotify(rNEvt);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/spinfld.cxx b/vcl/source/control/spinfld.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..973825a3a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/spinfld.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1028 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/commandevent.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/decoview.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/spinfld.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/uiobject.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+
+#include <spin.hxx>
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+
+namespace {
+
+void ImplGetSpinbuttonValue(vcl::Window* pWin,
+                            const tools::Rectangle& rUpperRect, const tools::Rectangle& rLowerRect,
+                            bool bUpperIn, bool bLowerIn, bool bUpperEnabled, bool bLowerEnabled,
+                            bool bHorz, SpinbuttonValue& rValue )
+{
+    // convert spinbutton data to a SpinbuttonValue structure for native painting
+
+    rValue.maUpperRect = rUpperRect;
+    rValue.maLowerRect = rLowerRect;
+
+    Point aPointerPos = pWin->GetPointerPosPixel();
+
+    ControlState nState = ControlState::ENABLED;
+    if (bUpperIn)
+        nState |= ControlState::PRESSED;
+    if (!pWin->IsEnabled() || !bUpperEnabled)
+        nState &= ~ControlState::ENABLED;
+    if (pWin->HasFocus())
+        nState |= ControlState::FOCUSED;
+    if (pWin->IsMouseOver() && rUpperRect.Contains(aPointerPos))
+        nState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+    rValue.mnUpperState = nState;
+
+    nState = ControlState::ENABLED;
+    if (bLowerIn)
+        nState |= ControlState::PRESSED;
+    if (!pWin->IsEnabled() || !bLowerEnabled)
+        nState &= ~ControlState::ENABLED;
+    if (pWin->HasFocus())
+        nState |= ControlState::FOCUSED;
+    // for overlapping spins: highlight only one
+    if (pWin->IsMouseOver() && rLowerRect.Contains(aPointerPos) && !rUpperRect.Contains(aPointerPos))
+        nState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+    rValue.mnLowerState = nState;
+
+    rValue.mnUpperPart = bHorz ? ControlPart::ButtonLeft : ControlPart::ButtonUp;
+    rValue.mnLowerPart = bHorz ? ControlPart::ButtonRight : ControlPart::ButtonDown;
+}
+
+bool ImplDrawNativeSpinfield(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, vcl::Window const * pWin, const SpinbuttonValue& rSpinbuttonValue)
+{
+    bool bNativeOK = false;
+
+    if (rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::Entire) &&
+        // there is just no useful native support for spinfields with dropdown
+        !(pWin->GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN))
+    {
+        if (rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Spinbox, rSpinbuttonValue.mnUpperPart) &&
+            rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Spinbox, rSpinbuttonValue.mnLowerPart))
+        {
+            // only paint the embedded spin buttons, all buttons are painted at once
+            tools::Rectangle aUpperAndLowerButtons( rSpinbuttonValue.maUpperRect.GetUnion( rSpinbuttonValue.maLowerRect ) );
+            bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::AllButtons, aUpperAndLowerButtons,
+                                                         ControlState::ENABLED, rSpinbuttonValue, OUString());
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // paint the spinbox as a whole, use borderwindow to have proper clipping
+            vcl::Window* pBorder = pWin->GetWindow(GetWindowType::Border);
+
+            // to not overwrite everything, set the button region as clipregion to the border window
+            tools::Rectangle aClipRect(rSpinbuttonValue.maLowerRect);
+            aClipRect.Union(rSpinbuttonValue.maUpperRect);
+
+            vcl::RenderContext* pContext = &rRenderContext;
+            vcl::Region oldRgn;
+            Point aPt;
+            Size aSize(pBorder->GetOutputSizePixel());    // the size of the border window, i.e., the whole control
+            tools::Rectangle aNatRgn(aPt, aSize);
+
+            if (!pWin->SupportsDoubleBuffering())
+            {
+                // convert from screen space to borderwin space
+                aClipRect.SetPos(pBorder->ScreenToOutputPixel(pWin->OutputToScreenPixel(aClipRect.TopLeft())));
+
+                oldRgn = pBorder->GetOutDev()->GetClipRegion();
+                pBorder->GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion(vcl::Region(aClipRect));
+
+                pContext = pBorder->GetOutDev();
+            }
+
+            tools::Rectangle aBound, aContent;
+            if (!ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbCanDrawWidgetAnySize &&
+                pContext->GetNativeControlRegion(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::Entire,
+                                                aNatRgn, ControlState::NONE, rSpinbuttonValue,
+                                                aBound, aContent))
+            {
+                aSize = aContent.GetSize();
+            }
+
+            tools::Rectangle aRgn(aPt, aSize);
+            if (pWin->SupportsDoubleBuffering())
+            {
+                // convert from borderwin space, to the pWin's space
+                aRgn.SetPos(pWin->ScreenToOutputPixel(pBorder->OutputToScreenPixel(aRgn.TopLeft())));
+            }
+
+            bNativeOK = pContext->DrawNativeControl(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::Entire, aRgn,
+                                                   ControlState::ENABLED, rSpinbuttonValue, OUString());
+
+            if (!pWin->SupportsDoubleBuffering())
+                pBorder->GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion(oldRgn);
+        }
+    }
+    return bNativeOK;
+}
+
+bool ImplDrawNativeSpinbuttons(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const SpinbuttonValue& rSpinbuttonValue)
+{
+    bool bNativeOK = false;
+
+    if (rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::SpinButtons, ControlPart::Entire))
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aArea = rSpinbuttonValue.maUpperRect.GetUnion(rSpinbuttonValue.maLowerRect);
+        // only paint the standalone spin buttons, all buttons are painted at once
+        bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::SpinButtons, ControlPart::AllButtons, aArea,
+                                                     ControlState::ENABLED, rSpinbuttonValue, OUString());
+    }
+    return bNativeOK;
+}
+
+}
+
+void ImplDrawSpinButton(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, vcl::Window* pWindow,
+                        const tools::Rectangle& rUpperRect, const tools::Rectangle& rLowerRect,
+                        bool bUpperIn, bool bLowerIn, bool bUpperEnabled, bool bLowerEnabled,
+                        bool bHorz, bool bMirrorHorz)
+{
+    bool bNativeOK = false;
+
+    if (pWindow)
+    {
+        // are we drawing standalone spin buttons or members of a spinfield ?
+        ControlType aControl = ControlType::SpinButtons;
+        switch (pWindow->GetType())
+        {
+            case WindowType::EDIT:
+            case WindowType::MULTILINEEDIT:
+            case WindowType::PATTERNFIELD:
+            case WindowType::METRICFIELD:
+            case WindowType::CURRENCYFIELD:
+            case WindowType::DATEFIELD:
+            case WindowType::TIMEFIELD:
+            case WindowType::SPINFIELD:
+            case WindowType::FORMATTEDFIELD:
+                aControl = ControlType::Spinbox;
+                break;
+            default:
+                aControl = ControlType::SpinButtons;
+                break;
+        }
+
+        SpinbuttonValue aValue;
+        ImplGetSpinbuttonValue(pWindow, rUpperRect, rLowerRect,
+                               bUpperIn, bLowerIn, bUpperEnabled, bLowerEnabled,
+                               bHorz, aValue);
+
+        if( aControl == ControlType::Spinbox )
+            bNativeOK = ImplDrawNativeSpinfield(rRenderContext, pWindow, aValue);
+        else if( aControl == ControlType::SpinButtons )
+            bNativeOK = ImplDrawNativeSpinbuttons(rRenderContext, aValue);
+    }
+
+    if (bNativeOK)
+        return;
+
+    ImplDrawUpDownButtons(rRenderContext,
+                          rUpperRect, rLowerRect,
+                          bUpperIn, bLowerIn, bUpperEnabled, bLowerEnabled,
+                          bHorz, bMirrorHorz);
+}
+
+void ImplDrawUpDownButtons(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext,
+                           const tools::Rectangle& rUpperRect, const tools::Rectangle& rLowerRect,
+                           bool bUpperIn, bool bLowerIn, bool bUpperEnabled, bool bLowerEnabled,
+                           bool bHorz, bool bMirrorHorz)
+{
+    DecorationView aDecoView(&rRenderContext);
+
+    SymbolType eType1, eType2;
+
+    if ( bHorz )
+    {
+        eType1 = bMirrorHorz ? SymbolType::SPIN_RIGHT : SymbolType::SPIN_LEFT;
+        eType2 = bMirrorHorz ? SymbolType::SPIN_LEFT : SymbolType::SPIN_RIGHT;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        eType1 = SymbolType::SPIN_UP;
+        eType2 = SymbolType::SPIN_DOWN;
+    }
+
+    DrawButtonFlags nStyle = DrawButtonFlags::NoLeftLightBorder;
+    // draw upper/left Button
+    if (bUpperIn)
+        nStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+
+    tools::Rectangle aUpRect = aDecoView.DrawButton(rUpperRect, nStyle);
+
+    nStyle = DrawButtonFlags::NoLeftLightBorder;
+    // draw lower/right Button
+    if (bLowerIn)
+        nStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+
+    tools::Rectangle aLowRect = aDecoView.DrawButton(rLowerRect, nStyle);
+
+     // make use of additional default edge
+    aUpRect.AdjustLeft( -1 );
+    aUpRect.AdjustTop( -1 );
+    aUpRect.AdjustRight( 1 );
+    aUpRect.AdjustBottom( 1 );
+    aLowRect.AdjustLeft( -1 );
+    aLowRect.AdjustTop( -1 );
+    aLowRect.AdjustRight( 1 );
+    aLowRect.AdjustBottom( 1 );
+
+    // draw into the edge, so that something is visible if the rectangle is too small
+    if (aUpRect.GetHeight() < 4)
+    {
+        aUpRect.AdjustRight( 1 );
+        aUpRect.AdjustBottom( 1 );
+        aLowRect.AdjustRight( 1 );
+        aLowRect.AdjustBottom( 1 );
+    }
+
+    // calculate Symbol size
+    tools::Long nTempSize1 = aUpRect.GetWidth();
+    tools::Long nTempSize2 = aLowRect.GetWidth();
+    if (std::abs( nTempSize1-nTempSize2 ) == 1)
+    {
+        if (nTempSize1 > nTempSize2)
+            aUpRect.AdjustLeft( 1 );
+        else
+            aLowRect.AdjustLeft( 1 );
+    }
+    nTempSize1 = aUpRect.GetHeight();
+    nTempSize2 = aLowRect.GetHeight();
+    if (std::abs(nTempSize1 - nTempSize2) == 1)
+    {
+        if (nTempSize1 > nTempSize2)
+            aUpRect.AdjustTop( 1 );
+        else
+            aLowRect.AdjustTop( 1 );
+    }
+
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+    DrawSymbolFlags nSymStyle = DrawSymbolFlags::NONE;
+    if (!bUpperEnabled)
+        nSymStyle |= DrawSymbolFlags::Disable;
+    aDecoView.DrawSymbol(aUpRect, eType1, rStyleSettings.GetButtonTextColor(), nSymStyle);
+
+    nSymStyle = DrawSymbolFlags::NONE;
+    if (!bLowerEnabled)
+        nSymStyle |= DrawSymbolFlags::Disable;
+    aDecoView.DrawSymbol(aLowRect, eType2, rStyleSettings.GetButtonTextColor(), nSymStyle);
+}
+
+void SpinField::ImplInitSpinFieldData()
+{
+    mpEdit.disposeAndClear();
+    mbSpin          = false;
+    mbRepeat        = false;
+    mbUpperIn       = false;
+    mbLowerIn       = false;
+    mbInitialUp     = false;
+    mbInitialDown   = false;
+    mbInDropDown    = false;
+    mbUpperEnabled  = true;
+    mbLowerEnabled  = true;
+}
+
+void SpinField::ImplInit(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle)
+{
+    Edit::ImplInit( pParent, nWinStyle );
+
+    if (!(nWinStyle & (WB_SPIN | WB_DROPDOWN)))
+        return;
+
+    mbSpin = true;
+
+    // Some themes want external spin buttons, therefore the main
+    // spinfield should not overdraw the border between its encapsulated
+    // edit field and the spin buttons
+    if ((nWinStyle & WB_SPIN) && ImplUseNativeBorder(*GetOutDev(), nWinStyle))
+    {
+        SetBackground();
+        mpEdit.set(VclPtr<Edit>::Create(this, WB_NOBORDER));
+        mpEdit->SetBackground();
+    }
+    else
+        mpEdit.set(VclPtr<Edit>::Create(this, WB_NOBORDER));
+
+    mpEdit->EnableRTL(false);
+    mpEdit->SetPosPixel(Point());
+    mpEdit->Show();
+
+    SetSubEdit(mpEdit);
+
+    maRepeatTimer.SetInvokeHandler(LINK( this, SpinField, ImplTimeout));
+    maRepeatTimer.SetTimeout(MouseSettings::GetButtonStartRepeat());
+    if (nWinStyle & WB_REPEAT)
+        mbRepeat = true;
+
+    SetCompoundControl(true);
+}
+
+SpinField::SpinField(vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nWinStyle, WindowType nType) :
+    Edit(nType), maRepeatTimer("SpinField maRepeatTimer")
+{
+    ImplInitSpinFieldData();
+    ImplInit(pParent, nWinStyle);
+}
+
+SpinField::~SpinField()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void SpinField::dispose()
+{
+    mpEdit.disposeAndClear();
+
+    Edit::dispose();
+}
+
+void SpinField::Up()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::SpinfieldUp, [this] () { maUpHdlLink.Call(*this); } );
+}
+
+void SpinField::Down()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler( VclEventId::SpinfieldDown, [this] () { maDownHdlLink.Call(*this); } );
+}
+
+void SpinField::First()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler(VclEventId::SpinfieldFirst, nullptr);
+}
+
+void SpinField::Last()
+{
+    ImplCallEventListenersAndHandler(VclEventId::SpinfieldLast, nullptr);
+}
+
+void SpinField::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if (!HasFocus() && (!mpEdit || !mpEdit->HasFocus()))
+    {
+        GrabFocus();
+    }
+
+    if (!IsReadOnly())
+    {
+        if (maUpperRect.Contains(rMEvt.GetPosPixel()))
+        {
+            mbUpperIn   = true;
+            mbInitialUp = true;
+            Invalidate(maUpperRect);
+        }
+        else if (maLowerRect.Contains(rMEvt.GetPosPixel()))
+        {
+            mbLowerIn    = true;
+            mbInitialDown = true;
+            Invalidate(maLowerRect);
+        }
+        else if (maDropDownRect.Contains(rMEvt.GetPosPixel()))
+        {
+            // put DropDownButton to the right
+            mbInDropDown = ShowDropDown( !mbInDropDown );
+            Invalidate(tools::Rectangle(Point(), GetOutputSizePixel()));
+        }
+
+        if (mbUpperIn || mbLowerIn)
+        {
+            CaptureMouse();
+            if (mbRepeat)
+                maRepeatTimer.Start();
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
+    Edit::MouseButtonDown(rMEvt);
+}
+
+void SpinField::MouseButtonUp(const MouseEvent& rMEvt)
+{
+    ReleaseMouse();
+    mbInitialUp = mbInitialDown = false;
+    maRepeatTimer.Stop();
+    maRepeatTimer.SetTimeout(MouseSettings::GetButtonStartRepeat());
+
+    if (mbUpperIn)
+    {
+        mbUpperIn = false;
+        Invalidate(maUpperRect);
+        Up();
+    }
+    else if (mbLowerIn)
+    {
+        mbLowerIn = false;
+        Invalidate(maLowerRect);
+        Down();
+    }
+
+    Edit::MouseButtonUp(rMEvt);
+}
+
+void SpinField::MouseMove(const MouseEvent& rMEvt)
+{
+    if (rMEvt.IsLeft())
+    {
+        if (mbInitialUp)
+        {
+            bool bNewUpperIn = maUpperRect.Contains(rMEvt.GetPosPixel());
+            if (bNewUpperIn != mbUpperIn)
+            {
+                if (bNewUpperIn)
+                {
+                    if (mbRepeat)
+                        maRepeatTimer.Start();
+                }
+                else
+                    maRepeatTimer.Stop();
+
+                mbUpperIn = bNewUpperIn;
+                Invalidate(maUpperRect);
+            }
+        }
+        else if (mbInitialDown)
+        {
+            bool bNewLowerIn = maLowerRect.Contains(rMEvt.GetPosPixel());
+            if (bNewLowerIn != mbLowerIn)
+            {
+                if (bNewLowerIn)
+                {
+                    if (mbRepeat)
+                        maRepeatTimer.Start();
+                }
+                else
+                    maRepeatTimer.Stop();
+
+                mbLowerIn = bNewLowerIn;
+                Invalidate(maLowerRect);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    Edit::MouseMove(rMEvt);
+}
+
+bool SpinField::EventNotify(NotifyEvent& rNEvt)
+{
+    bool bDone = false;
+    if (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT)
+    {
+        const KeyEvent& rKEvt = *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent();
+        if (!IsReadOnly())
+        {
+            sal_uInt16 nMod = rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetModifier();
+            switch (rKEvt.GetKeyCode().GetCode())
+            {
+                case KEY_UP:
+                {
+                    if (!nMod)
+                    {
+                        Up();
+                        bDone = true;
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+                case KEY_DOWN:
+                {
+                    if (!nMod)
+                    {
+                        Down();
+                        bDone = true;
+                    }
+                    else if ((nMod == KEY_MOD2) && !mbInDropDown && (GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN))
+                    {
+                        mbInDropDown = ShowDropDown(true);
+                        Invalidate(tools::Rectangle(Point(), GetOutputSizePixel()));
+                        bDone = true;
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+                case KEY_PAGEUP:
+                {
+                    if (!nMod)
+                    {
+                        Last();
+                        bDone = true;
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+                case KEY_PAGEDOWN:
+                {
+                    if (!nMod)
+                    {
+                        First();
+                        bDone = true;
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::COMMAND)
+    {
+        if ((rNEvt.GetCommandEvent()->GetCommand() == CommandEventId::Wheel) && !IsReadOnly())
+        {
+            MouseWheelBehaviour nWheelBehavior(GetSettings().GetMouseSettings().GetWheelBehavior());
+            if (nWheelBehavior == MouseWheelBehaviour::ALWAYS
+               || (nWheelBehavior == MouseWheelBehaviour::FocusOnly && HasChildPathFocus()))
+            {
+                const CommandWheelData* pData = rNEvt.GetCommandEvent()->GetWheelData();
+                if (pData->GetMode() == CommandWheelMode::SCROLL)
+                {
+                    if (pData->GetDelta() < 0)
+                        Down();
+                    else
+                        Up();
+                    bDone = true;
+
+                    if (!HasChildPathFocus())
+                        GrabFocus();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+                bDone = false;  // don't eat this event, let the default handling happen (i.e. scroll the context)
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bDone || Edit::EventNotify(rNEvt);
+}
+
+void SpinField::FillLayoutData() const
+{
+    if (mbSpin)
+    {
+        mxLayoutData.emplace();
+        AppendLayoutData(*GetSubEdit());
+        GetSubEdit()->SetLayoutDataParent(this);
+    }
+    else
+        Edit::FillLayoutData();
+}
+
+void SpinField::SetUpperEnabled(bool bEnabled)
+{
+    if (mbUpperEnabled == bEnabled)
+        return;
+
+    mbUpperEnabled = bEnabled;
+
+    if (mbSpin)
+        Invalidate(maUpperRect);
+}
+
+void SpinField::SetLowerEnabled(bool bEnabled)
+{
+    if (mbLowerEnabled == bEnabled)
+        return;
+
+    mbLowerEnabled = bEnabled;
+
+    if (mbSpin)
+        Invalidate(maLowerRect);
+}
+
+void SpinField::Paint(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRect)
+{
+    if (mbSpin)
+    {
+        bool bEnabled = IsEnabled();
+        bool bUpperEnabled = bEnabled && IsUpperEnabled();
+        bool bLowerEnabled = bEnabled && IsLowerEnabled();
+        ImplDrawSpinButton(rRenderContext, this, maUpperRect, maLowerRect,
+                           mbUpperIn && bUpperEnabled, mbLowerIn && bLowerEnabled,
+                           bUpperEnabled, bLowerEnabled);
+    }
+
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN)
+    {
+        DecorationView aView(&rRenderContext);
+
+        DrawButtonFlags nStyle = DrawButtonFlags::NoLightBorder;
+        if (mbInDropDown)
+            nStyle |= DrawButtonFlags::Pressed;
+        tools::Rectangle aInnerRect = aView.DrawButton(maDropDownRect, nStyle);
+
+        DrawSymbolFlags nSymbolStyle = IsEnabled() ? DrawSymbolFlags::NONE : DrawSymbolFlags::Disable;
+        aView.DrawSymbol(aInnerRect, SymbolType::SPIN_DOWN, rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetButtonTextColor(), nSymbolStyle);
+    }
+
+    Edit::Paint(rRenderContext, rRect);
+}
+
+void SpinField::ImplCalcButtonAreas(const OutputDevice* pDev, const Size& rOutSz, tools::Rectangle& rDDArea,
+                                    tools::Rectangle& rSpinUpArea, tools::Rectangle& rSpinDownArea)
+{
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = pDev->GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+
+    Size aSize = rOutSz;
+    Size aDropDownSize;
+
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN)
+    {
+        tools::Long nW = rStyleSettings.GetScrollBarSize();
+        nW = GetDrawPixel( pDev, nW );
+        aDropDownSize = Size( CalcZoom( nW ), aSize.Height() );
+        aSize.AdjustWidth( -(aDropDownSize.Width()) );
+        rDDArea = tools::Rectangle( Point( aSize.Width(), 0 ), aDropDownSize );
+        rDDArea.AdjustTop( -1 );
+    }
+    else
+        rDDArea.SetEmpty();
+
+    // calculate sizes according to the height
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_SPIN)
+    {
+        tools::Long nBottom1 = aSize.Height()/2;
+        tools::Long nBottom2 = aSize.Height()-1;
+        tools::Long nTop2 = nBottom1;
+        if ( !(aSize.Height() & 0x01) )
+            nBottom1--;
+
+        bool bNativeRegionOK = false;
+        tools::Rectangle aContentUp, aContentDown;
+
+        if ((pDev->GetOutDevType() == OUTDEV_WINDOW) &&
+            // there is just no useful native support for spinfields with dropdown
+            ! (GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN) &&
+            IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::Entire))
+        {
+            vcl::Window *pWin = pDev->GetOwnerWindow();
+            vcl::Window *pBorder = pWin->GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border );
+
+            // get the system's spin button size
+            ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+            tools::Rectangle aBound;
+            Point aPoint;
+
+            // use the full extent of the control
+            tools::Rectangle aArea( aPoint, pBorder->GetOutputSizePixel() );
+
+            bNativeRegionOK =
+                pWin->GetNativeControlRegion(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::ButtonUp,
+                    aArea, ControlState::NONE, aControlValue, aBound, aContentUp) &&
+                pWin->GetNativeControlRegion(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::ButtonDown,
+                    aArea, ControlState::NONE, aControlValue, aBound, aContentDown);
+
+            if (bNativeRegionOK)
+            {
+                // convert back from border space to local coordinates
+                aPoint = pBorder->ScreenToOutputPixel( pWin->OutputToScreenPixel( aPoint ) );
+                aContentUp.Move(-aPoint.X(), -aPoint.Y());
+                aContentDown.Move(-aPoint.X(), -aPoint.Y());
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (bNativeRegionOK)
+        {
+            rSpinUpArea = aContentUp;
+            rSpinDownArea = aContentDown;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aSize.AdjustWidth( -(CalcZoom( GetDrawPixel( pDev, rStyleSettings.GetSpinSize() ) )) );
+
+            rSpinUpArea = tools::Rectangle( aSize.Width(), 0, rOutSz.Width()-aDropDownSize.Width()-1, nBottom1 );
+            rSpinDownArea = tools::Rectangle( rSpinUpArea.Left(), nTop2, rSpinUpArea.Right(), nBottom2 );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        rSpinUpArea.SetEmpty();
+        rSpinDownArea.SetEmpty();
+    }
+}
+
+void SpinField::Resize()
+{
+    if (!mbSpin)
+        return;
+
+    Control::Resize();
+    Size aSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+    bool bSubEditPositioned = false;
+
+    if (GetStyle() & (WB_SPIN | WB_DROPDOWN))
+    {
+        ImplCalcButtonAreas( GetOutDev(), aSize, maDropDownRect, maUpperRect, maLowerRect );
+
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+        Point aPoint;
+        tools::Rectangle aContent, aBound;
+
+        // use the full extent of the control
+        vcl::Window *pBorder = GetWindow( GetWindowType::Border );
+        tools::Rectangle aArea( aPoint, pBorder->GetOutputSizePixel() );
+
+        // adjust position and size of the edit field
+        if (GetNativeControlRegion(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::SubEdit, aArea, ControlState::NONE,
+                                   aControlValue, aBound, aContent) &&
+            // there is just no useful native support for spinfields with dropdown
+            !(GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN))
+        {
+            // convert back from border space to local coordinates
+            aPoint = pBorder->ScreenToOutputPixel(OutputToScreenPixel(aPoint));
+            aContent.Move(-aPoint.X(), -aPoint.Y());
+
+            // use the themes drop down size
+            mpEdit->SetPosPixel( aContent.TopLeft() );
+            bSubEditPositioned = true;
+            aSize = aContent.GetSize();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (maUpperRect.IsEmpty())
+            {
+                SAL_WARN_IF( maDropDownRect.IsEmpty(), "vcl", "SpinField::Resize: SPIN && DROPDOWN, but all empty rects?" );
+                aSize.setWidth( maDropDownRect.Left() );
+            }
+            else
+                aSize.setWidth( maUpperRect.Left() );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!bSubEditPositioned)
+    {
+        // this moves our sub edit if RTL gets switched
+        mpEdit->SetPosPixel(Point());
+    }
+    mpEdit->SetSizePixel(aSize);
+
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_SPIN)
+        Invalidate(tools::Rectangle(maUpperRect.TopLeft(), maLowerRect.BottomRight()));
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN)
+        Invalidate(maDropDownRect);
+}
+
+void SpinField::StateChanged(StateChangedType nType)
+{
+    Edit::StateChanged(nType);
+
+    if (nType == StateChangedType::Enable)
+    {
+        if (mbSpin || (GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN))
+        {
+            mpEdit->Enable(IsEnabled());
+
+            if (mbSpin)
+            {
+                Invalidate(maLowerRect);
+                Invalidate(maUpperRect);
+            }
+            if (GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN)
+                Invalidate(maDropDownRect);
+        }
+    }
+    else if (nType == StateChangedType::Style)
+    {
+        if (GetStyle() & WB_REPEAT)
+            mbRepeat = true;
+        else
+            mbRepeat = false;
+    }
+    else if (nType == StateChangedType::Zoom)
+    {
+        Resize();
+        if (mpEdit)
+            mpEdit->SetZoom(GetZoom());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if (nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont)
+    {
+        if (mpEdit)
+            mpEdit->SetControlFont(GetControlFont());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if (nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground)
+    {
+        if (mpEdit)
+            mpEdit->SetControlForeground(GetControlForeground());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if (nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground)
+    {
+        if (mpEdit)
+            mpEdit->SetControlBackground(GetControlBackground());
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if( nType == StateChangedType::Mirroring )
+    {
+        if (mpEdit)
+            mpEdit->CompatStateChanged(StateChangedType::Mirroring);
+        Resize();
+    }
+}
+
+void SpinField::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Edit::DataChanged(rDCEvt);
+
+    if ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+        (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE))
+    {
+        Resize();
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle* SpinField::ImplFindPartRect(const Point& rPt)
+{
+    if (maUpperRect.Contains(rPt))
+        return &maUpperRect;
+    else if (maLowerRect.Contains(rPt))
+        return &maLowerRect;
+    else
+        return nullptr;
+}
+
+bool SpinField::PreNotify(NotifyEvent& rNEvt)
+{
+    if (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::MOUSEMOVE)
+    {
+        const MouseEvent* pMouseEvt = rNEvt.GetMouseEvent();
+        if (pMouseEvt && !pMouseEvt->GetButtons() && !pMouseEvt->IsSynthetic() && !pMouseEvt->IsModifierChanged())
+        {
+            // trigger redraw if mouse over state has changed
+            if( IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::Entire) ||
+                IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::AllButtons) )
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle* pRect = ImplFindPartRect( GetPointerPosPixel() );
+                tools::Rectangle* pLastRect = ImplFindPartRect( GetLastPointerPosPixel() );
+                if( pRect != pLastRect || (pMouseEvt->IsLeaveWindow() || pMouseEvt->IsEnterWindow()) )
+                {
+                    if (!IsNativeWidgetEnabled() ||
+                        !IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::Editbox, ControlPart::Entire))
+                    {
+                        // paint directly
+                        vcl::Region aRgn( GetOutDev()->GetActiveClipRegion() );
+                        if (pLastRect)
+                        {
+                            GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion(vcl::Region(*pLastRect));
+                            Invalidate(*pLastRect);
+                            GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion( aRgn );
+                        }
+                        if (pRect)
+                        {
+                            GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion(vcl::Region(*pRect));
+                            Invalidate(*pRect);
+                            GetOutDev()->SetClipRegion( aRgn );
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Edit::PreNotify(rNEvt);
+}
+
+void SpinField::EndDropDown()
+{
+    mbInDropDown = false;
+    Invalidate(tools::Rectangle(Point(), GetOutputSizePixel()));
+}
+
+bool SpinField::ShowDropDown( bool )
+{
+    return false;
+}
+
+Size SpinField::CalcMinimumSizeForText(const OUString &rString) const
+{
+    Size aSz = Edit::CalcMinimumSizeForText(rString);
+
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN )
+        aSz.AdjustWidth(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize() );
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_SPIN )
+    {
+        ImplControlValue aControlValue;
+        tools::Rectangle aArea( Point(), Size(100, aSz.Height()));
+        tools::Rectangle aEntireBound, aEntireContent, aEditBound, aEditContent;
+        if (
+               GetNativeControlRegion(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::Entire,
+                   aArea, ControlState::NONE, aControlValue, aEntireBound, aEntireContent) &&
+               GetNativeControlRegion(ControlType::Spinbox, ControlPart::SubEdit,
+                   aArea, ControlState::NONE, aControlValue, aEditBound, aEditContent)
+           )
+        {
+            aSz.AdjustWidth(aEntireContent.GetWidth() - aEditContent.GetWidth());
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aSz.AdjustWidth(maUpperRect.GetWidth() );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return aSz;
+}
+
+Size SpinField::CalcMinimumSize() const
+{
+    return CalcMinimumSizeForText(GetText());
+}
+
+Size SpinField::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return CalcMinimumSize();
+}
+
+Size SpinField::CalcSize(sal_Int32 nChars) const
+{
+    Size aSz = Edit::CalcSize( nChars );
+
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN )
+        aSz.AdjustWidth(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetScrollBarSize() );
+    if ( GetStyle() & WB_SPIN )
+        aSz.AdjustWidth(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetSpinSize() );
+
+    return aSz;
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK( SpinField, ImplTimeout, Timer*, pTimer, void )
+{
+    if ( pTimer->GetTimeout() == static_cast<sal_uInt64>(MouseSettings::GetButtonStartRepeat()) )
+    {
+        pTimer->SetTimeout( GetSettings().GetMouseSettings().GetButtonRepeat() );
+        pTimer->Start();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( mbInitialUp )
+            Up();
+        else
+            Down();
+    }
+}
+
+void SpinField::Draw(OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos, SystemTextColorFlags nFlags)
+{
+    Edit::Draw(pDev, rPos, nFlags);
+
+    WinBits nFieldStyle = GetStyle();
+    if ( (nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::NoControls ) || !( nFieldStyle & (WB_SPIN|WB_DROPDOWN) ) )
+        return;
+
+    Point aPos = pDev->LogicToPixel( rPos );
+    Size aSize = GetSizePixel();
+    AllSettings aOldSettings = pDev->GetSettings();
+
+    pDev->Push();
+    pDev->SetMapMode();
+
+    tools::Rectangle aDD, aUp, aDown;
+    ImplCalcButtonAreas(pDev, aSize, aDD, aUp, aDown);
+    aDD.Move(aPos.X(), aPos.Y());
+    aUp.Move(aPos.X(), aPos.Y());
+    aUp.AdjustTop( 1 );
+    aDown.Move(aPos.X(), aPos.Y());
+
+    Color aButtonTextColor;
+    if (nFlags & SystemTextColorFlags::Mono)
+        aButtonTextColor = COL_BLACK;
+    else
+        aButtonTextColor = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetButtonTextColor();
+
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_DROPDOWN)
+    {
+        DecorationView aView( pDev );
+        tools::Rectangle aInnerRect = aView.DrawButton( aDD, DrawButtonFlags::NoLightBorder );
+        DrawSymbolFlags nSymbolStyle = IsEnabled() ? DrawSymbolFlags::NONE : DrawSymbolFlags::Disable;
+        aView.DrawSymbol(aInnerRect, SymbolType::SPIN_DOWN, aButtonTextColor, nSymbolStyle);
+    }
+
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_SPIN)
+    {
+        ImplDrawSpinButton(*pDev, this, aUp, aDown, false, false);
+    }
+
+    pDev->Pop();
+    pDev->SetSettings(aOldSettings);
+
+}
+
+FactoryFunction SpinField::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return SpinFieldUIObject::create;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/tabctrl.cxx b/vcl/source/control/tabctrl.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cafbae9862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/tabctrl.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,2402 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+
+#include <vcl/notebookbar/notebookbar.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+#include <vcl/help.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <vcl/menu.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/button.hxx>
+#include <vcl/tabpage.hxx>
+#include <vcl/tabctrl.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolbox.hxx>
+#include <vcl/layout.hxx>
+#include <vcl/mnemonic.hxx>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/lstbox.hxx>
+#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
+#include <vcl/uitest/uiobject.hxx>
+#include <bitmaps.hlst>
+#include <tools/json_writer.hxx>
+
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+#include <window.h>
+
+#include <deque>
+#include <unordered_map>
+#include <vector>
+
+#define TAB_OFFSET          3
+/// Space to the left and right of the tabitem
+#define TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_X     10
+/// Space to the top and bottom of the tabitem
+#define TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_Y     3
+#define TAB_EXTRASPACE_X    6
+#define TAB_BORDER_LEFT     1
+#define TAB_BORDER_TOP      1
+#define TAB_BORDER_RIGHT    2
+#define TAB_BORDER_BOTTOM   2
+
+class ImplTabItem final
+{
+    sal_uInt16 m_nId;
+
+public:
+    VclPtr<TabPage>     mpTabPage;
+    OUString            maText;
+    OUString            maFormatText;
+    OUString            maHelpText;
+    OUString            maAccessibleName;
+    OUString            maAccessibleDescription;
+    OUString             maTabName;
+    tools::Rectangle    maRect;
+    sal_uInt16          mnLine;
+    bool                mbFullVisible;
+    bool                m_bEnabled; ///< the tab / page is selectable
+    bool                m_bVisible; ///< the tab / page can be visible
+    Image               maTabImage;
+
+    ImplTabItem(sal_uInt16 nId);
+
+    sal_uInt16 id() const { return m_nId; }
+};
+
+ImplTabItem::ImplTabItem(sal_uInt16 nId)
+    : m_nId(nId)
+    , mnLine(0)
+    , mbFullVisible(false)
+    , m_bEnabled(true)
+    , m_bVisible(true)
+{
+}
+
+struct ImplTabCtrlData
+{
+    std::vector< ImplTabItem >      maItemList;
+    VclPtr<ListBox>                 mpListBox;
+};
+
+// for the Tab positions
+#define TAB_PAGERECT        0xFFFF
+
+void TabControl::ImplInit( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle )
+{
+    mbLayoutDirty = true;
+
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOTABSTOP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_TABSTOP;
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NOGROUP) )
+        nStyle |= WB_GROUP;
+    if ( !(nStyle & WB_NODIALOGCONTROL) )
+        nStyle |= WB_DIALOGCONTROL;
+
+    Control::ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, nullptr );
+
+    mnLastWidth                 = 0;
+    mnLastHeight                = 0;
+    mnActPageId                 = 0;
+    mnCurPageId                 = 0;
+    mbFormat                    = true;
+    mbShowTabs                  = true;
+    mbRestoreHelpId             = false;
+    mbSmallInvalidate           = false;
+    mpTabCtrlData.reset(new ImplTabCtrlData);
+    mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox    = nullptr;
+
+    ImplInitSettings( true );
+
+    if( nStyle & WB_DROPDOWN )
+    {
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox = VclPtr<ListBox>::Create( this, WB_DROPDOWN );
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->SetPosSizePixel( Point( 0, 0 ), Size( 200, 20 ) );
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->SetSelectHdl( LINK( this, TabControl, ImplListBoxSelectHdl ) );
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->Show();
+    }
+
+    // if the tabcontrol is drawn (ie filled) by a native widget, make sure all controls will have transparent background
+    // otherwise they will paint with a wrong background
+    if( IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::TabPane, ControlPart::Entire) )
+        EnableChildTransparentMode();
+
+    if (pParent && pParent->IsDialog())
+        pParent->AddChildEventListener( LINK( this, TabControl, ImplWindowEventListener ) );
+}
+
+const vcl::Font& TabControl::GetCanonicalFont( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetTabFont();
+}
+
+const Color& TabControl::GetCanonicalTextColor( const StyleSettings& _rStyle ) const
+{
+    return _rStyle.GetTabTextColor();
+}
+
+void TabControl::ImplInitSettings( bool bBackground )
+{
+    Control::ImplInitSettings();
+
+    if ( !bBackground )
+        return;
+
+    vcl::Window* pParent = GetParent();
+    if ( !IsControlBackground() &&
+        (pParent->IsChildTransparentModeEnabled()
+        || IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::TabPane, ControlPart::Entire)
+        || IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::TabItem, ControlPart::Entire) ) )
+
+    {
+        // set transparent mode for NWF tabcontrols to have
+        // the background always cleared properly
+        EnableChildTransparentMode();
+        SetParentClipMode( ParentClipMode::NoClip );
+        SetPaintTransparent( true );
+        SetBackground();
+        ImplGetWindowImpl()->mbUseNativeFocus = ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoFocusRects;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        EnableChildTransparentMode( false );
+        SetParentClipMode();
+        SetPaintTransparent( false );
+
+        if ( IsControlBackground() )
+            SetBackground( GetControlBackground() );
+        else
+            SetBackground( pParent->GetBackground() );
+    }
+}
+
+TabControl::TabControl( vcl::Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
+    Control( WindowType::TABCONTROL )
+{
+    ImplInit( pParent, nStyle );
+    SAL_INFO( "vcl", "*** TABCONTROL no notabs? " << (( GetStyle() & WB_NOBORDER ) ? "true" : "false") );
+}
+
+TabControl::~TabControl()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void TabControl::dispose()
+{
+    Window *pParent = GetParent();
+    if (pParent && pParent->IsDialog())
+        GetParent()->RemoveChildEventListener( LINK( this, TabControl, ImplWindowEventListener ) );
+
+    // delete TabCtrl data
+    if (mpTabCtrlData)
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox.disposeAndClear();
+    mpTabCtrlData.reset();
+    Control::dispose();
+}
+
+ImplTabItem* TabControl::ImplGetItem( sal_uInt16 nId ) const
+{
+    for (auto & item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        if (item.id() == nId)
+            return &item;
+    }
+
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+Size TabControl::ImplGetItemSize( ImplTabItem* pItem, tools::Long nMaxWidth )
+{
+    pItem->maFormatText = pItem->maText;
+    Size aSize( GetOutDev()->GetCtrlTextWidth( pItem->maFormatText ), GetTextHeight() );
+    Size aImageSize( 0, 0 );
+    if( !!pItem->maTabImage )
+    {
+        aImageSize = pItem->maTabImage.GetSizePixel();
+        if( !pItem->maFormatText.isEmpty() )
+            aImageSize.AdjustWidth(GetTextHeight()/4 );
+    }
+    aSize.AdjustWidth(aImageSize.Width() );
+    if( aImageSize.Height() > aSize.Height() )
+        aSize.setHeight( aImageSize.Height() );
+
+    aSize.AdjustWidth(TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_X*2 );
+    aSize.AdjustHeight(TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_Y*2 );
+
+    tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion( Point( 0, 0 ), aSize );
+    tools::Rectangle aBoundingRgn, aContentRgn;
+    const TabitemValue aControlValue(tools::Rectangle(TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_X, TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_Y,
+                                               aSize.Width() - TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_X * 2,
+                                               aSize.Height() - TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_Y * 2));
+    if(GetNativeControlRegion( ControlType::TabItem, ControlPart::Entire, aCtrlRegion,
+                                           ControlState::ENABLED, aControlValue,
+                                           aBoundingRgn, aContentRgn ) )
+    {
+        return aContentRgn.GetSize();
+    }
+
+    // For languages with short names (e.g. Chinese), because the space is
+    // normally only one pixel per char
+    if ( pItem->maFormatText.getLength() < TAB_EXTRASPACE_X )
+        aSize.AdjustWidth(TAB_EXTRASPACE_X-pItem->maFormatText.getLength() );
+
+    // shorten Text if needed
+    if ( aSize.Width()+4 >= nMaxWidth )
+    {
+        OUString aAppendStr("...");
+        pItem->maFormatText += aAppendStr;
+        do
+        {
+            if (pItem->maFormatText.getLength() > aAppendStr.getLength())
+                pItem->maFormatText = pItem->maFormatText.replaceAt( pItem->maFormatText.getLength()-aAppendStr.getLength()-1, 1, u"" );
+            aSize.setWidth( GetOutDev()->GetCtrlTextWidth( pItem->maFormatText ) );
+            aSize.AdjustWidth(aImageSize.Width() );
+            aSize.AdjustWidth(TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_X*2 );
+        }
+        while ( (aSize.Width()+4 >= nMaxWidth) && (pItem->maFormatText.getLength() > aAppendStr.getLength()) );
+        if ( aSize.Width()+4 >= nMaxWidth )
+        {
+            pItem->maFormatText = ".";
+            aSize.setWidth( 1 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( pItem->maFormatText.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        if( aSize.Height() < aImageSize.Height()+4 ) //leave space for focus rect
+            aSize.setHeight( aImageSize.Height()+4 );
+    }
+
+    return aSize;
+}
+
+// Feel free to move this to some more general place for reuse
+// http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Word_wrap#Minimum_raggedness
+// Mostly based on Alexey Frunze's nifty example at
+// http://stackoverflow.com/questions/9071205/balanced-word-wrap-minimum-raggedness-in-php
+namespace MinimumRaggednessWrap
+{
+    static std::deque<size_t> GetEndOfLineIndexes(const std::vector<sal_Int32>& rWidthsOf, sal_Int32 nLineWidth)
+    {
+        ++nLineWidth;
+
+        size_t nWidthsCount = rWidthsOf.size();
+        std::vector<sal_Int32> aCosts(nWidthsCount * nWidthsCount);
+
+        // cost function c(i, j) that computes the cost of a line consisting of
+        // the words Word[i] to Word[j]
+        for (size_t i = 0; i < nWidthsCount; ++i)
+        {
+            for (size_t j = 0; j < nWidthsCount; ++j)
+            {
+                if (j >= i)
+                {
+                    sal_Int32 c = nLineWidth - (j - i);
+                    for (size_t k = i; k <= j; ++k)
+                        c -= rWidthsOf[k];
+                    c = (c >= 0) ? c * c : SAL_MAX_INT32;
+                    aCosts[j * nWidthsCount + i] = c;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    aCosts[j * nWidthsCount + i] = SAL_MAX_INT32;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        std::vector<sal_Int32> aFunction(nWidthsCount);
+        std::vector<sal_Int32> aWrapPoints(nWidthsCount);
+
+        // f(j) in aFunction[], collect wrap points in aWrapPoints[]
+        for (size_t j = 0; j < nWidthsCount; ++j)
+        {
+            aFunction[j] = aCosts[j * nWidthsCount];
+            if (aFunction[j] == SAL_MAX_INT32)
+            {
+                for (size_t k = 0; k < j; ++k)
+                {
+                    sal_Int32 s;
+                    if (aFunction[k] == SAL_MAX_INT32 || aCosts[j * nWidthsCount + k + 1] == SAL_MAX_INT32)
+                        s = SAL_MAX_INT32;
+                    else
+                        s = aFunction[k] + aCosts[j * nWidthsCount + k + 1];
+                    if (aFunction[j] > s)
+                    {
+                        aFunction[j] = s;
+                        aWrapPoints[j] = k + 1;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        std::deque<size_t> aSolution;
+
+        // no solution
+        if (aFunction[nWidthsCount - 1] == SAL_MAX_INT32)
+            return aSolution;
+
+        // optimal solution
+        size_t j = nWidthsCount - 1;
+        while (true)
+        {
+            aSolution.push_front(j);
+            if (!aWrapPoints[j])
+                break;
+            j = aWrapPoints[j] - 1;
+        }
+
+        return aSolution;
+    }
+};
+
+static void lcl_AdjustSingleLineTabs(tools::Long nMaxWidth, ImplTabCtrlData *pTabCtrlData)
+{
+    if (!ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbCenteredTabs)
+        return;
+
+    int nRightSpace = nMaxWidth; // space left on the right by the tabs
+    for (auto const& item : pTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        if (!item.m_bVisible)
+            continue;
+        nRightSpace -= item.maRect.GetWidth();
+    }
+    nRightSpace /= 2;
+
+    for (auto& item : pTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        if (!item.m_bVisible)
+            continue;
+        item.maRect.AdjustLeft(nRightSpace);
+        item.maRect.AdjustRight(nRightSpace);
+    }
+}
+
+bool TabControl::ImplPlaceTabs( tools::Long nWidth )
+{
+    if ( nWidth <= 0 )
+        return false;
+    if ( mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.empty() )
+        return false;
+
+    tools::Long nMaxWidth = nWidth;
+
+    const tools::Long nOffsetX = 2;
+    const tools::Long nOffsetY = 2;
+
+    //fdo#66435 throw Knuth/Tex minimum raggedness algorithm at the problem
+    //of ugly bare tabs on lines of their own
+
+    //collect widths
+    std::vector<sal_Int32> aWidths;
+    for (auto & item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        if (!item.m_bVisible)
+            continue;
+        aWidths.push_back(ImplGetItemSize(&item, nMaxWidth).Width());
+    }
+
+    //aBreakIndexes will contain the indexes of the last tab on each row
+    std::deque<size_t> aBreakIndexes(MinimumRaggednessWrap::GetEndOfLineIndexes(aWidths, nMaxWidth - nOffsetX - 2));
+
+    tools::Long nX = nOffsetX;
+    tools::Long nY = nOffsetY;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nLines = 0;
+    sal_uInt16 nCurLine = 0;
+
+    tools::Long nLineWidthAry[100];
+    sal_uInt16 nLinePosAry[101];
+    nLineWidthAry[0] = 0;
+    nLinePosAry[0] = 0;
+
+    size_t nIndex = 0;
+
+    for (auto & item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        if (!item.m_bVisible)
+            continue;
+
+        Size aSize = ImplGetItemSize( &item, nMaxWidth );
+
+        bool bNewLine = false;
+        if (!aBreakIndexes.empty() && nIndex > aBreakIndexes.front())
+        {
+            aBreakIndexes.pop_front();
+            bNewLine = true;
+        }
+
+        if ( bNewLine && (nWidth > 2+nOffsetX) )
+        {
+            if ( nLines == 99 )
+                break;
+
+            nX = nOffsetX;
+            nY += aSize.Height();
+            nLines++;
+            nLineWidthAry[nLines] = 0;
+            nLinePosAry[nLines] = nIndex;
+        }
+
+        tools::Rectangle aNewRect( Point( nX, nY ), aSize );
+        if ( mbSmallInvalidate && (item.maRect != aNewRect) )
+            mbSmallInvalidate = false;
+        item.maRect = aNewRect;
+        item.mnLine = nLines;
+        item.mbFullVisible = true;
+
+        nLineWidthAry[nLines] += aSize.Width();
+        nX += aSize.Width();
+
+        if (item.id() == mnCurPageId)
+            nCurLine = nLines;
+
+        ++nIndex;
+    }
+
+    if (nLines) // two or more lines
+    {
+        tools::Long nLineHeightAry[100];
+        tools::Long nIH = 0;
+        for (const auto& item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+        {
+            if (!item.m_bVisible)
+                continue;
+            nIH = item.maRect.Bottom() - 1;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nLines+1; i++ )
+        {
+            if ( i <= nCurLine )
+                nLineHeightAry[i] = nIH*(nLines-(nCurLine-i));
+            else
+                nLineHeightAry[i] = nIH*(i-nCurLine-1);
+        }
+
+        nLinePosAry[nLines+1] = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size());
+
+        tools::Long nDX = 0;
+        tools::Long nModDX = 0;
+        tools::Long nIDX = 0;
+
+        sal_uInt16 i = 0;
+        sal_uInt16 n = 0;
+
+        for (auto & item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+        {
+            if (!item.m_bVisible)
+                continue;
+
+            if ( i == nLinePosAry[n] )
+            {
+                if ( n == nLines+1 )
+                    break;
+
+                nIDX = 0;
+                if( nLinePosAry[n+1]-i > 0 )
+                {
+                    nDX = ( nWidth - nOffsetX - nLineWidthAry[n] ) / ( nLinePosAry[n+1] - i );
+                    nModDX = ( nWidth - nOffsetX - nLineWidthAry[n] ) % ( nLinePosAry[n+1] - i );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // FIXME: this is a case of tabctrl way too small
+                    nDX = 0;
+                    nModDX = 0;
+                }
+                n++;
+            }
+
+            item.maRect.AdjustLeft(nIDX );
+            item.maRect.AdjustRight(nIDX + nDX );
+            item.maRect.SetTop( nLineHeightAry[n-1] );
+            item.maRect.SetBottom(nLineHeightAry[n-1] + nIH - 1);
+            nIDX += nDX;
+
+            if ( nModDX )
+            {
+                nIDX++;
+                item.maRect.AdjustRight( 1 );
+                nModDX--;
+            }
+
+            i++;
+        }
+    }
+    else // only one line
+        lcl_AdjustSingleLineTabs(nMaxWidth, mpTabCtrlData.get());
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle TabControl::ImplGetTabRect( sal_uInt16 nItemPos, tools::Long nWidth, tools::Long nHeight )
+{
+    Size aWinSize = Control::GetOutputSizePixel();
+    if ( nWidth < 0 )
+        nWidth = aWinSize.Width();
+    if ( nHeight < 0 )
+        nHeight = aWinSize.Height();
+
+    if ( mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.empty() )
+    {
+        tools::Long nW = nWidth-TAB_OFFSET*2;
+        tools::Long nH = nHeight-TAB_OFFSET*2;
+        return (nW > 0 && nH > 0)
+            ? tools::Rectangle(Point(TAB_OFFSET, TAB_OFFSET), Size(nW, nH))
+            : tools::Rectangle();
+    }
+
+    if ( nItemPos == TAB_PAGERECT )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nLastPos;
+        if ( mnCurPageId )
+            nLastPos = GetPagePos( mnCurPageId );
+        else
+            nLastPos = 0;
+
+        tools::Rectangle aRect = ImplGetTabRect( nLastPos, nWidth, nHeight );
+        if (aRect.IsEmpty())
+            return aRect;
+
+        // with show-tabs of true (the usual) the page rect is from under the
+        // visible tab to the bottom of the TabControl, otherwise it extends
+        // from the top of the TabControl
+        tools::Long nTabBottom = mbShowTabs ? aRect.Bottom() : 0;
+
+        tools::Long nW = nWidth-TAB_OFFSET*2;
+        tools::Long nH = nHeight - nTabBottom - TAB_OFFSET*2;
+        return (nW > 0 && nH > 0)
+            ? tools::Rectangle( Point( TAB_OFFSET, nTabBottom + TAB_OFFSET ), Size( nW, nH ) )
+            : tools::Rectangle();
+    }
+
+    ImplTabItem* const pItem = (nItemPos < mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size())
+                               ? &mpTabCtrlData->maItemList[nItemPos] : nullptr;
+    return ImplGetTabRect(pItem, nWidth, nHeight);
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle TabControl::ImplGetTabRect(const ImplTabItem* pItem, tools::Long nWidth, tools::Long nHeight)
+{
+    if ((nWidth <= 1) || (nHeight <= 0) || !pItem || !pItem->m_bVisible)
+        return tools::Rectangle();
+
+    nWidth -= 1;
+
+    if ( mbFormat || (mnLastWidth != nWidth) || (mnLastHeight != nHeight) )
+    {
+        vcl::Font aFont( GetFont() );
+        aFont.SetTransparent( true );
+        SetFont( aFont );
+
+        bool bRet = ImplPlaceTabs( nWidth );
+        if ( !bRet )
+            return tools::Rectangle();
+
+        mnLastWidth     = nWidth;
+        mnLastHeight    = nHeight;
+        mbFormat        = false;
+    }
+
+    return pItem->maRect;
+}
+
+void TabControl::ImplChangeTabPage( sal_uInt16 nId, sal_uInt16 nOldId )
+{
+    ImplTabItem*    pOldItem = ImplGetItem( nOldId );
+    ImplTabItem*    pItem = ImplGetItem( nId );
+    TabPage*        pOldPage = pOldItem ? pOldItem->mpTabPage.get() : nullptr;
+    TabPage*        pPage = pItem ? pItem->mpTabPage.get() : nullptr;
+    vcl::Window*    pCtrlParent = GetParent();
+
+    if ( IsReallyVisible() && IsUpdateMode() )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nPos = GetPagePos( nId );
+        tools::Rectangle aRect = ImplGetTabRect( nPos );
+
+        if ( !pOldItem || !pItem || (pOldItem->mnLine != pItem->mnLine) )
+        {
+            aRect.SetLeft( 0 );
+            aRect.SetTop( 0 );
+            aRect.SetRight( Control::GetOutputSizePixel().Width() );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aRect.AdjustLeft( -3 );
+            aRect.AdjustTop( -2 );
+            aRect.AdjustRight(3 );
+            Invalidate( aRect );
+            nPos = GetPagePos( nOldId );
+            aRect = ImplGetTabRect( nPos );
+            aRect.AdjustLeft( -3 );
+            aRect.AdjustTop( -2 );
+            aRect.AdjustRight(3 );
+        }
+        Invalidate( aRect );
+    }
+
+    if ( pOldPage == pPage )
+        return;
+
+    tools::Rectangle aRect = ImplGetTabRect( TAB_PAGERECT );
+
+    if ( pOldPage )
+    {
+        if ( mbRestoreHelpId )
+            pCtrlParent->SetHelpId({});
+    }
+
+    if ( pPage )
+    {
+        if ( GetStyle() & WB_NOBORDER )
+        {
+            tools::Rectangle aRectNoTab(Point(0, 0), GetSizePixel());
+            pPage->SetPosSizePixel( aRectNoTab.TopLeft(), aRectNoTab.GetSize() );
+        }
+        else
+            pPage->SetPosSizePixel( aRect.TopLeft(), aRect.GetSize() );
+
+        // activate page here so the controls can be switched
+        // also set the help id of the parent window to that of the tab page
+        if ( GetHelpId().isEmpty() )
+        {
+            mbRestoreHelpId = true;
+            pCtrlParent->SetHelpId( pPage->GetHelpId() );
+        }
+
+        pPage->Show();
+
+        if ( pOldPage && pOldPage->HasChildPathFocus() )
+        {
+            vcl::Window* pFirstChild = pPage->ImplGetDlgWindow( 0, GetDlgWindowType::First );
+            if ( pFirstChild )
+                pFirstChild->ImplControlFocus( GetFocusFlags::Init );
+            else
+                GrabFocus();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( pOldPage )
+        pOldPage->Hide();
+
+    // Invalidate the same region that will be send to NWF
+    // to always allow for bitmap caching
+    // see Window::DrawNativeControl()
+    if( IsNativeControlSupported( ControlType::TabPane, ControlPart::Entire ) )
+    {
+        aRect.AdjustLeft( -(TAB_OFFSET) );
+        aRect.AdjustTop( -(TAB_OFFSET) );
+        aRect.AdjustRight(TAB_OFFSET );
+        aRect.AdjustBottom(TAB_OFFSET );
+    }
+
+    Invalidate( aRect );
+}
+
+bool TabControl::ImplPosCurTabPage()
+{
+    // resize/position current TabPage
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( GetCurPageId() );
+    if ( pItem && pItem->mpTabPage )
+    {
+        if (  GetStyle() & WB_NOBORDER )
+        {
+            tools::Rectangle aRectNoTab(Point(0, 0), GetSizePixel());
+            pItem->mpTabPage->SetPosSizePixel( aRectNoTab.TopLeft(), aRectNoTab.GetSize() );
+            return true;
+        }
+        tools::Rectangle aRect = ImplGetTabRect( TAB_PAGERECT );
+        pItem->mpTabPage->SetPosSizePixel( aRect.TopLeft(), aRect.GetSize() );
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+void TabControl::ImplActivateTabPage( bool bNext )
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nCurPos = GetPagePos( GetCurPageId() );
+
+    if ( bNext )
+        nCurPos = (nCurPos + 1) % GetPageCount();
+    else
+    {
+        if ( !nCurPos )
+            nCurPos = GetPageCount()-1;
+        else
+            nCurPos--;
+    }
+
+    SelectTabPage( GetPageId( nCurPos ) );
+}
+
+void TabControl::ImplShowFocus()
+{
+    if ( !GetPageCount() || mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+        return;
+
+    sal_uInt16                   nCurPos     = GetPagePos( mnCurPageId );
+    tools::Rectangle                aRect       = ImplGetTabRect( nCurPos );
+    const ImplTabItem&       rItem       = mpTabCtrlData->maItemList[ nCurPos ];
+    Size                     aTabSize    = aRect.GetSize();
+    Size aImageSize( 0, 0 );
+    tools::Long                     nTextHeight = GetTextHeight();
+    tools::Long                     nTextWidth  = GetOutDev()->GetCtrlTextWidth( rItem.maFormatText );
+    sal_uInt16                   nOff;
+
+    if ( !(GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetOptions() & StyleSettingsOptions::Mono) )
+        nOff = 1;
+    else
+        nOff = 0;
+
+    if( !! rItem.maTabImage )
+    {
+        aImageSize = rItem.maTabImage.GetSizePixel();
+        if( !rItem.maFormatText.isEmpty() )
+            aImageSize.AdjustWidth(GetTextHeight()/4 );
+    }
+
+    if( !rItem.maFormatText.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        // show focus around text
+        aRect.SetLeft( aRect.Left()+aImageSize.Width()+((aTabSize.Width()-nTextWidth-aImageSize.Width())/2)-nOff-1-1 );
+        aRect.SetTop( aRect.Top()+((aTabSize.Height()-nTextHeight)/2)-1-1 );
+        aRect.SetRight( aRect.Left()+nTextWidth+2 );
+        aRect.SetBottom( aRect.Top()+nTextHeight+2 );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // show focus around image
+        tools::Long nXPos = aRect.Left()+((aTabSize.Width()-nTextWidth-aImageSize.Width())/2)-nOff-1;
+        tools::Long nYPos = aRect.Top();
+        if( aImageSize.Height() < aRect.GetHeight() )
+            nYPos += (aRect.GetHeight() - aImageSize.Height())/2;
+
+        aRect.SetLeft( nXPos - 2 );
+        aRect.SetTop( nYPos - 2 );
+        aRect.SetRight( aRect.Left() + aImageSize.Width() + 4 );
+        aRect.SetBottom( aRect.Top() + aImageSize.Height() + 4 );
+    }
+    ShowFocus( aRect );
+}
+
+void TabControl::ImplDrawItem(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, ImplTabItem const * pItem, const tools::Rectangle& rCurRect,
+                              bool bFirstInGroup, bool bLastInGroup )
+{
+    if (!pItem->m_bVisible || pItem->maRect.IsEmpty())
+        return;
+
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    tools::Rectangle aRect = pItem->maRect;
+    tools::Long nLeftBottom = aRect.Bottom();
+    tools::Long nRightBottom = aRect.Bottom();
+    bool bLeftBorder = true;
+    bool bRightBorder = true;
+    sal_uInt16 nOff;
+    bool bNativeOK = false;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nOff2 = 0;
+    sal_uInt16 nOff3 = 0;
+
+    if (!(rStyleSettings.GetOptions() & StyleSettingsOptions::Mono))
+        nOff = 1;
+    else
+        nOff = 0;
+
+    // if this is the active Page, we have to draw a little more
+    if (pItem->id() == mnCurPageId)
+    {
+        nOff2 = 2;
+        if (!ImplGetSVData()->maNWFData.mbNoActiveTabTextRaise)
+            nOff3 = 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Point aLeftTestPos = aRect.BottomLeft();
+        Point aRightTestPos = aRect.BottomRight();
+        if (aLeftTestPos.Y() == rCurRect.Bottom())
+        {
+            aLeftTestPos.AdjustX( -2 );
+            if (rCurRect.Contains(aLeftTestPos))
+                bLeftBorder = false;
+            aRightTestPos.AdjustX(2 );
+            if (rCurRect.Contains(aRightTestPos))
+                bRightBorder = false;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (rCurRect.Contains(aLeftTestPos))
+                nLeftBottom -= 2;
+            if (rCurRect.Contains(aRightTestPos))
+                nRightBottom -= 2;
+        }
+    }
+
+    ControlState nState = ControlState::NONE;
+
+    if (pItem->id() == mnCurPageId)
+    {
+        nState |= ControlState::SELECTED;
+        // only the selected item can be focused
+        if (HasFocus())
+            nState |= ControlState::FOCUSED;
+    }
+    if (IsEnabled())
+        nState |= ControlState::ENABLED;
+    if (IsMouseOver() && pItem->maRect.Contains(GetPointerPosPixel()))
+    {
+        nState |= ControlState::ROLLOVER;
+        for (auto const& item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+            if ((&item != pItem) && item.m_bVisible && item.maRect.Contains(GetPointerPosPixel()))
+            {
+                nState &= ~ControlState::ROLLOVER; // avoid multiple highlighted tabs
+                break;
+            }
+        assert(nState & ControlState::ROLLOVER);
+    }
+
+    bNativeOK = rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::TabItem, ControlPart::Entire);
+    if ( bNativeOK )
+    {
+        TabitemValue tiValue(tools::Rectangle(pItem->maRect.Left() + TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_X,
+                                       pItem->maRect.Top() + TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_Y,
+                                       pItem->maRect.Right() - TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_X,
+                                       pItem->maRect.Bottom() - TAB_ITEM_OFFSET_Y));
+        if (pItem->maRect.Left() < 5)
+            tiValue.mnAlignment |= TabitemFlags::LeftAligned;
+        if (pItem->maRect.Right() > mnLastWidth - 5)
+            tiValue.mnAlignment |= TabitemFlags::RightAligned;
+        if (bFirstInGroup)
+            tiValue.mnAlignment |= TabitemFlags::FirstInGroup;
+        if (bLastInGroup)
+            tiValue.mnAlignment |= TabitemFlags::LastInGroup;
+
+        tools::Rectangle aCtrlRegion( pItem->maRect );
+        aCtrlRegion.AdjustBottom(TabPaneValue::m_nOverlap);
+        bNativeOK = rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::TabItem, ControlPart::Entire,
+                                                     aCtrlRegion, nState, tiValue, OUString() );
+    }
+
+    if (!bNativeOK)
+    {
+        if (!(rStyleSettings.GetOptions() & StyleSettingsOptions::Mono))
+        {
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetLightColor());
+            rRenderContext.DrawPixel(Point(aRect.Left() + 1 - nOff2, aRect.Top() + 1 - nOff2)); // diagonally indented top-left pixel
+            if (bLeftBorder)
+            {
+                rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aRect.Left() - nOff2, aRect.Top() + 2 - nOff2),
+                                        Point(aRect.Left() - nOff2, nLeftBottom - 1));
+            }
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aRect.Left() + 2 - nOff2, aRect.Top() - nOff2),   // top line starting 2px from left border
+                                    Point(aRect.Right() + nOff2 - 3, aRect.Top() - nOff2)); // ending 3px from right border
+
+            if (bRightBorder)
+            {
+                rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor());
+                rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aRect.Right() + nOff2 - 2, aRect.Top() + 1 - nOff2),
+                                        Point(aRect.Right() + nOff2 - 2, nRightBottom - 1));
+
+                rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetDarkShadowColor());
+                rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aRect.Right() + nOff2 - 1, aRect.Top() + 3 - nOff2),
+                                        Point(aRect.Right() + nOff2 - 1, nRightBottom - 1));
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor(COL_BLACK);
+            rRenderContext.DrawPixel(Point(aRect.Left() + 1 - nOff2, aRect.Top() + 1 - nOff2));
+            rRenderContext.DrawPixel(Point(aRect.Right() + nOff2 - 2, aRect.Top() + 1 - nOff2));
+            if (bLeftBorder)
+            {
+                rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aRect.Left() - nOff2, aRect.Top() + 2 - nOff2),
+                                        Point(aRect.Left() - nOff2, nLeftBottom - 1));
+            }
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aRect.Left() + 2 - nOff2, aRect.Top() - nOff2),
+                                    Point(aRect.Right() - 3, aRect.Top() - nOff2));
+            if (bRightBorder)
+            {
+                rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aRect.Right() + nOff2 - 1, aRect.Top() + 2 - nOff2),
+                                        Point(aRect.Right() + nOff2 - 1, nRightBottom - 1));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // set font accordingly, current item is painted bold
+    // we set the font attributes always before drawing to be re-entrant (DrawNativeControl may trigger additional paints)
+    vcl::Font aFont(rRenderContext.GetFont());
+    aFont.SetTransparent(true);
+    rRenderContext.SetFont(aFont);
+
+    Size aTabSize = aRect.GetSize();
+    Size aImageSize(0, 0);
+    tools::Long nTextHeight = rRenderContext.GetTextHeight();
+    tools::Long nTextWidth = rRenderContext.GetCtrlTextWidth(pItem->maFormatText);
+    if (!!pItem->maTabImage)
+    {
+        aImageSize = pItem->maTabImage.GetSizePixel();
+        if (!pItem->maFormatText.isEmpty())
+            aImageSize.AdjustWidth(GetTextHeight() / 4 );
+    }
+    tools::Long nXPos = aRect.Left() + ((aTabSize.Width() - nTextWidth - aImageSize.Width()) / 2) - nOff - nOff3;
+    tools::Long nYPos = aRect.Top() + ((aTabSize.Height() - nTextHeight) / 2) - nOff3;
+    if (!pItem->maFormatText.isEmpty())
+    {
+        DrawTextFlags nStyle = DrawTextFlags::Mnemonic;
+        if (!pItem->m_bEnabled)
+            nStyle |= DrawTextFlags::Disable;
+
+        Color aColor(rStyleSettings.GetTabTextColor());
+        if (nState & ControlState::SELECTED)
+            aColor = rStyleSettings.GetTabHighlightTextColor();
+        else if (nState & ControlState::ROLLOVER)
+            aColor = rStyleSettings.GetTabRolloverTextColor();
+
+        Color aOldColor(rRenderContext.GetTextColor());
+        rRenderContext.SetTextColor(aColor);
+
+        const tools::Rectangle aOutRect(nXPos + aImageSize.Width(), nYPos,
+                                 nXPos + aImageSize.Width() + nTextWidth, nYPos + nTextHeight);
+        DrawControlText(rRenderContext, aOutRect, pItem->maFormatText, nStyle,
+                        nullptr, nullptr);
+
+        rRenderContext.SetTextColor(aOldColor);
+    }
+
+    if (!!pItem->maTabImage)
+    {
+        Point aImgTL( nXPos, aRect.Top() );
+        if (aImageSize.Height() < aRect.GetHeight())
+            aImgTL.AdjustY((aRect.GetHeight() - aImageSize.Height()) / 2 );
+        rRenderContext.DrawImage(aImgTL, pItem->maTabImage, pItem->m_bEnabled ? DrawImageFlags::NONE : DrawImageFlags::Disable );
+    }
+}
+
+bool TabControl::ImplHandleKeyEvent( const KeyEvent& rKeyEvent )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+
+    if ( GetPageCount() > 1 )
+    {
+        vcl::KeyCode aKeyCode = rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode();
+        sal_uInt16 nKeyCode = aKeyCode.GetCode();
+
+        if ( aKeyCode.IsMod1() )
+        {
+            if ( aKeyCode.IsShift() || (nKeyCode == KEY_PAGEUP) )
+            {
+                if ( (nKeyCode == KEY_TAB) || (nKeyCode == KEY_PAGEUP) )
+                {
+                    ImplActivateTabPage( false );
+                    bRet = true;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if ( (nKeyCode == KEY_TAB) || (nKeyCode == KEY_PAGEDOWN) )
+                {
+                    ImplActivateTabPage( true );
+                    bRet = true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(TabControl, ImplListBoxSelectHdl, ListBox&, void)
+{
+    SelectTabPage( GetPageId( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->GetSelectedEntryPos() ) );
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK( TabControl, ImplWindowEventListener, VclWindowEvent&, rEvent, void )
+{
+    if ( rEvent.GetId() == VclEventId::WindowKeyInput )
+    {
+        // Do not handle events from TabControl or its children, which is done in Notify(), where the events can be consumed.
+        if ( !IsWindowOrChild( rEvent.GetWindow() ) )
+        {
+            KeyEvent* pKeyEvent = static_cast< KeyEvent* >(rEvent.GetData());
+            ImplHandleKeyEvent( *pKeyEvent );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void TabControl::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
+{
+    if (mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox || !rMEvt.IsLeft())
+        return;
+
+    ImplTabItem *pItem = ImplGetItem(rMEvt.GetPosPixel());
+    if (pItem && pItem->m_bEnabled)
+        SelectTabPage(pItem->id());
+}
+
+void TabControl::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
+{
+    if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->KeyInput( rKEvt );
+    else if ( GetPageCount() > 1 )
+    {
+        vcl::KeyCode aKeyCode = rKEvt.GetKeyCode();
+        sal_uInt16  nKeyCode = aKeyCode.GetCode();
+
+        if ( (nKeyCode == KEY_LEFT) || (nKeyCode == KEY_RIGHT) )
+        {
+            bool bNext = (nKeyCode == KEY_RIGHT);
+            ImplActivateTabPage( bNext );
+        }
+    }
+
+    Control::KeyInput( rKEvt );
+}
+
+static bool lcl_canPaint(const vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rDrawRect,
+                         const tools::Rectangle& rItemRect)
+{
+    vcl::Region aClipRgn(rRenderContext.GetActiveClipRegion());
+    aClipRgn.Intersect(rItemRect);
+    if (!rDrawRect.IsEmpty())
+        aClipRgn.Intersect(rDrawRect);
+    return !aClipRgn.IsEmpty();
+}
+
+void TabControl::Paint( vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, const tools::Rectangle& rRect)
+{
+    if (GetStyle() & WB_NOBORDER)
+        return;
+
+    Control::Paint(rRenderContext, rRect);
+
+    HideFocus();
+
+    // reformat if needed
+    tools::Rectangle aRect = ImplGetTabRect(TAB_PAGERECT);
+
+    // find current item
+    ImplTabItem* pCurItem = nullptr;
+    for (auto & item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        if (item.id() == mnCurPageId)
+        {
+            pCurItem = &item;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Draw the TabPage border
+    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = rRenderContext.GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
+    tools::Rectangle aCurRect;
+    aRect.AdjustLeft( -(TAB_OFFSET) );
+    aRect.AdjustTop( -(TAB_OFFSET) );
+    aRect.AdjustRight(TAB_OFFSET );
+    aRect.AdjustBottom(TAB_OFFSET );
+
+    // if we have an invisible tabpage or no tabpage at all the tabpage rect should be
+    // increased to avoid round corners that might be drawn by a theme
+    // in this case we're only interested in the top border of the tabpage because the tabitems are used
+    // standalone (eg impress)
+    bool bNoTabPage = false;
+    TabPage* pCurPage = pCurItem ? pCurItem->mpTabPage.get() : nullptr;
+    if (!pCurPage || !pCurPage->IsVisible())
+    {
+        bNoTabPage = true;
+        aRect.AdjustLeft( -10 );
+        aRect.AdjustRight(10 );
+    }
+
+    if (rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::TabPane, ControlPart::Entire))
+    {
+        const bool bPaneWithHeader = mbShowTabs && rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::TabPane, ControlPart::TabPaneWithHeader);
+        tools::Rectangle aHeaderRect(aRect.Left(), 0, aRect.Right(), aRect.Top());
+
+        if (mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size())
+        {
+            tools::Long nLeft = LONG_MAX;
+            tools::Long nRight = 0;
+            for (const auto &item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+            {
+                if (!item.m_bVisible)
+                    continue;
+                nRight = std::max(nRight, item.maRect.Right());
+                nLeft = std::min(nLeft, item.maRect.Left());
+            }
+            aHeaderRect.SetLeft(nLeft);
+            aHeaderRect.SetRight(nRight);
+        }
+
+        if (bPaneWithHeader)
+            aRect.SetTop(0);
+
+        const TabPaneValue aTabPaneValue(aHeaderRect, pCurItem ? pCurItem->maRect : tools::Rectangle());
+
+        ControlState nState = ControlState::ENABLED;
+        if (!IsEnabled())
+            nState &= ~ControlState::ENABLED;
+        if (HasFocus())
+            nState |= ControlState::FOCUSED;
+
+        if (lcl_canPaint(rRenderContext, rRect, aRect))
+            rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::TabPane, ControlPart::Entire,
+                                             aRect, nState, aTabPaneValue, OUString());
+
+        if (!bPaneWithHeader && rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::TabHeader, ControlPart::Entire)
+                && lcl_canPaint(rRenderContext, rRect, aHeaderRect))
+            rRenderContext.DrawNativeControl(ControlType::TabHeader, ControlPart::Entire,
+                                             aHeaderRect, nState, aTabPaneValue, OUString());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tools::Long nTopOff = 1;
+        if (!(rStyleSettings.GetOptions() & StyleSettingsOptions::Mono))
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetLightColor());
+        else
+            rRenderContext.SetLineColor(COL_BLACK);
+        if (mbShowTabs && pCurItem && !pCurItem->maRect.IsEmpty())
+        {
+            aCurRect = pCurItem->maRect;
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopLeft(), Point(aCurRect.Left() - 2, aRect.Top()));
+            if (aCurRect.Right() + 1 < aRect.Right())
+            {
+                rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aCurRect.Right(), aRect.Top()), aRect.TopRight());
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                nTopOff = 0;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopLeft(), aRect.TopRight());
+
+        rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopLeft(), aRect.BottomLeft());
+
+        if (!(rStyleSettings.GetOptions() & StyleSettingsOptions::Mono))
+        {
+            // if we have not tab page the bottom line of the tab page
+            // directly touches the tab items, so choose a color that fits seamlessly
+            if (bNoTabPage)
+                rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetDialogColor());
+            else
+                rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetShadowColor());
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(1, aRect.Bottom() - 1), Point(aRect.Right() - 1, aRect.Bottom() - 1));
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aRect.Right() - 1, aRect.Top() + nTopOff), Point(aRect.Right() - 1, aRect.Bottom() - 1));
+            if (bNoTabPage)
+                rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetDialogColor());
+            else
+                rRenderContext.SetLineColor(rStyleSettings.GetDarkShadowColor());
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(0, aRect.Bottom()), Point(aRect.Right(), aRect.Bottom()));
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(Point(aRect.Right(), aRect.Top() + nTopOff), Point(aRect.Right(), aRect.Bottom()));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopRight(), aRect.BottomRight());
+            rRenderContext.DrawLine(aRect.BottomLeft(), aRect.BottomRight());
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (mbShowTabs && !mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.empty() && mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox == nullptr)
+    {
+        // Some native toolkits (GTK+) draw tabs right-to-left, with an
+        // overlap between adjacent tabs
+        bool bDrawTabsRTL = rRenderContext.IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::TabItem, ControlPart::TabsDrawRtl);
+        ImplTabItem* pFirstTab = nullptr;
+        ImplTabItem* pLastTab = nullptr;
+        size_t idx;
+
+        // Even though there is a tab overlap with GTK+, the first tab is not
+        // overlapped on the left side. Other toolkits ignore this option.
+        if (bDrawTabsRTL)
+        {
+            pFirstTab = mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.data();
+            pLastTab = pFirstTab + mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size() - 1;
+            idx = mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size() - 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pLastTab = mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.data();
+            pFirstTab = pLastTab + mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size() - 1;
+            idx = 0;
+        }
+
+        while (idx < mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size())
+        {
+            ImplTabItem* pItem = &mpTabCtrlData->maItemList[idx];
+
+            if (pItem != pCurItem && pItem->m_bVisible && lcl_canPaint(rRenderContext, rRect, pItem->maRect))
+                ImplDrawItem(rRenderContext, pItem, aCurRect, pItem == pFirstTab, pItem == pLastTab);
+
+            if (bDrawTabsRTL)
+                idx--;
+            else
+                idx++;
+        }
+
+        if (pCurItem && lcl_canPaint(rRenderContext, rRect, pCurItem->maRect))
+            ImplDrawItem(rRenderContext, pCurItem, aCurRect, pCurItem == pFirstTab, pCurItem == pLastTab);
+    }
+
+    if (HasFocus())
+        ImplShowFocus();
+
+    mbSmallInvalidate = true;
+}
+
+void TabControl::setAllocation(const Size &rAllocation)
+{
+    if ( !IsReallyShown() )
+        return;
+
+    if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+    {
+        // get the listbox' preferred size
+        Size aTabCtrlSize( GetSizePixel() );
+        tools::Long nPrefWidth = mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->get_preferred_size().Width();
+        if( nPrefWidth > aTabCtrlSize.Width() )
+            nPrefWidth = aTabCtrlSize.Width();
+        Size aNewSize( nPrefWidth, LogicToPixel( Size( 12, 12 ), MapMode( MapUnit::MapAppFont ) ).Height() );
+        Point aNewPos( (aTabCtrlSize.Width() - nPrefWidth) / 2, 0 );
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->SetPosSizePixel( aNewPos, aNewSize );
+    }
+
+    mbFormat = true;
+
+    // resize/position active TabPage
+    bool bTabPage = ImplPosCurTabPage();
+
+    // check what needs to be invalidated
+    Size aNewSize = rAllocation;
+    tools::Long nNewWidth = aNewSize.Width();
+    for (auto const& item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        if (!item.m_bVisible)
+            continue;
+        if (!item.mbFullVisible || (item.maRect.Right()-2 >= nNewWidth))
+        {
+            mbSmallInvalidate = false;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( mbSmallInvalidate )
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aRect = ImplGetTabRect( TAB_PAGERECT );
+        aRect.AdjustLeft( -(TAB_OFFSET+TAB_BORDER_LEFT) );
+        aRect.AdjustTop( -(TAB_OFFSET+TAB_BORDER_TOP) );
+        aRect.AdjustRight(TAB_OFFSET+TAB_BORDER_RIGHT );
+        aRect.AdjustBottom(TAB_OFFSET+TAB_BORDER_BOTTOM );
+        if ( bTabPage )
+            Invalidate( aRect, InvalidateFlags::NoChildren );
+        else
+            Invalidate( aRect );
+
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ( bTabPage )
+            Invalidate( InvalidateFlags::NoChildren );
+        else
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+
+    mbLayoutDirty = false;
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetPosSizePixel(const Point& rNewPos, const Size& rNewSize)
+{
+    Window::SetPosSizePixel(rNewPos, rNewSize);
+    //if size changed, TabControl::Resize got called already
+    if (mbLayoutDirty)
+        setAllocation(rNewSize);
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetSizePixel(const Size& rNewSize)
+{
+    Window::SetSizePixel(rNewSize);
+    //if size changed, TabControl::Resize got called already
+    if (mbLayoutDirty)
+        setAllocation(rNewSize);
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetPosPixel(const Point& rPos)
+{
+    Window::SetPosPixel(rPos);
+    if (mbLayoutDirty)
+        setAllocation(GetOutputSizePixel());
+}
+
+void TabControl::Resize()
+{
+    setAllocation(Control::GetOutputSizePixel());
+}
+
+void TabControl::GetFocus()
+{
+    if( ! mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+    {
+        if (mbShowTabs)
+        {
+            ImplShowFocus();
+            SetInputContext( InputContext( GetFont() ) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // no tabs, focus first thing in current page
+            ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem(GetCurPageId());
+            if (pItem && pItem->mpTabPage)
+            {
+                vcl::Window* pFirstChild = pItem->mpTabPage->ImplGetDlgWindow(0, GetDlgWindowType::First);
+                if ( pFirstChild )
+                    pFirstChild->ImplControlFocus(GetFocusFlags::Init);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->IsReallyVisible() )
+            mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->GrabFocus();
+    }
+
+    Control::GetFocus();
+}
+
+void TabControl::LoseFocus()
+{
+    if( mpTabCtrlData && ! mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+        HideFocus();
+    Control::LoseFocus();
+}
+
+void TabControl::RequestHelp( const HelpEvent& rHEvt )
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nItemId = rHEvt.KeyboardActivated() ? mnCurPageId : GetPageId( ScreenToOutputPixel( rHEvt.GetMousePosPixel() ) );
+
+    if ( nItemId )
+    {
+        if ( rHEvt.GetMode() & HelpEventMode::BALLOON )
+        {
+            OUString aStr = GetHelpText( nItemId );
+            if ( !aStr.isEmpty() )
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle aItemRect = ImplGetTabRect( GetPagePos( nItemId ) );
+                Point aPt = OutputToScreenPixel( aItemRect.TopLeft() );
+                aItemRect.SetLeft( aPt.X() );
+                aItemRect.SetTop( aPt.Y() );
+                aPt = OutputToScreenPixel( aItemRect.BottomRight() );
+                aItemRect.SetRight( aPt.X() );
+                aItemRect.SetBottom( aPt.Y() );
+                Help::ShowBalloon( this, aItemRect.Center(), aItemRect, aStr );
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // for Quick or Ballon Help, we show the text, if it is cut
+        if ( rHEvt.GetMode() & (HelpEventMode::QUICK | HelpEventMode::BALLOON) )
+        {
+            ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nItemId );
+            const OUString& rStr = pItem->maText;
+            if ( rStr != pItem->maFormatText )
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle aItemRect = ImplGetTabRect( GetPagePos( nItemId ) );
+                Point aPt = OutputToScreenPixel( aItemRect.TopLeft() );
+                aItemRect.SetLeft( aPt.X() );
+                aItemRect.SetTop( aPt.Y() );
+                aPt = OutputToScreenPixel( aItemRect.BottomRight() );
+                aItemRect.SetRight( aPt.X() );
+                aItemRect.SetBottom( aPt.Y() );
+                if ( !rStr.isEmpty() )
+                {
+                    if ( rHEvt.GetMode() & HelpEventMode::BALLOON )
+                        Help::ShowBalloon( this, aItemRect.Center(), aItemRect, rStr );
+                    else
+                        Help::ShowQuickHelp( this, aItemRect, rStr );
+                    return;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( rHEvt.GetMode() & HelpEventMode::QUICK )
+        {
+            ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nItemId );
+            const OUString& rHelpText = pItem->maHelpText;
+            if (!rHelpText.isEmpty())
+            {
+                tools::Rectangle aItemRect = ImplGetTabRect( GetPagePos( nItemId ) );
+                Point aPt = OutputToScreenPixel( aItemRect.TopLeft() );
+                aItemRect.SetLeft( aPt.X() );
+                aItemRect.SetTop( aPt.Y() );
+                aPt = OutputToScreenPixel( aItemRect.BottomRight() );
+                aItemRect.SetRight( aPt.X() );
+                aItemRect.SetBottom( aPt.Y() );
+                Help::ShowQuickHelp( this, aItemRect, rHelpText );
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    Control::RequestHelp( rHEvt );
+}
+
+void TabControl::Command( const CommandEvent& rCEvt )
+{
+    if( (mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox == nullptr) && (rCEvt.GetCommand() == CommandEventId::ContextMenu) && (GetPageCount() > 1) )
+    {
+        Point   aMenuPos;
+        bool    bMenu;
+        if ( rCEvt.IsMouseEvent() )
+        {
+            aMenuPos = rCEvt.GetMousePosPixel();
+            bMenu = GetPageId( aMenuPos ) != 0;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aMenuPos = ImplGetTabRect( GetPagePos( mnCurPageId ) ).Center();
+            bMenu = true;
+        }
+
+        if ( bMenu )
+        {
+            ScopedVclPtrInstance<PopupMenu> aMenu;
+            for (auto const& item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+            {
+                aMenu->InsertItem(item.id(), item.maText, MenuItemBits::CHECKABLE | MenuItemBits::RADIOCHECK);
+                if (item.id() == mnCurPageId)
+                    aMenu->CheckItem(item.id());
+                aMenu->SetHelpId(item.id(), {});
+            }
+
+            sal_uInt16 nId = aMenu->Execute( this, aMenuPos );
+            if ( nId && (nId != mnCurPageId) )
+                SelectTabPage( nId );
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
+    Control::Command( rCEvt );
+}
+
+void TabControl::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+{
+    Control::StateChanged( nType );
+
+    if ( nType == StateChangedType::InitShow )
+    {
+        ImplPosCurTabPage();
+        if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+            Resize();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::UpdateMode )
+    {
+        if ( IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( (nType == StateChangedType::Zoom)  ||
+              (nType == StateChangedType::ControlFont) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlForeground )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( false );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+    else if ( nType == StateChangedType::ControlBackground )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( true );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+void TabControl::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
+{
+    Control::DataChanged( rDCEvt );
+
+    if ( (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTS) ||
+         (rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::FONTSUBSTITUTION) ||
+         ((rDCEvt.GetType() == DataChangedEventType::SETTINGS) &&
+          (rDCEvt.GetFlags() & AllSettingsFlags::STYLE)) )
+    {
+        ImplInitSettings( true );
+        Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+ImplTabItem* TabControl::ImplGetItem(const Point& rPt) const
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pFoundItem = nullptr;
+    int nFound = 0;
+    for (auto & item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        if (item.m_bVisible && item.maRect.Contains(rPt))
+        {
+            nFound++;
+            pFoundItem = &item;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // assure that only one tab is highlighted at a time
+    assert(nFound <= 1);
+    return nFound == 1 ? pFoundItem : nullptr;
+}
+
+bool TabControl::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    if( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::MOUSEMOVE )
+    {
+        const MouseEvent* pMouseEvt = rNEvt.GetMouseEvent();
+        if( pMouseEvt && !pMouseEvt->GetButtons() && !pMouseEvt->IsSynthetic() && !pMouseEvt->IsModifierChanged() )
+        {
+            // trigger redraw if mouse over state has changed
+            if( IsNativeControlSupported(ControlType::TabItem, ControlPart::Entire) )
+            {
+                ImplTabItem *pItem = ImplGetItem(GetPointerPosPixel());
+                ImplTabItem *pLastItem = ImplGetItem(GetLastPointerPosPixel());
+                if ((pItem != pLastItem) || pMouseEvt->IsLeaveWindow() || pMouseEvt->IsEnterWindow())
+                {
+                    vcl::Region aClipRgn;
+                    if (pLastItem)
+                    {
+                        // allow for slightly bigger tabitems
+                        // as used by gtk
+                        // TODO: query for the correct sizes
+                        tools::Rectangle aRect(pLastItem->maRect);
+                        aRect.AdjustLeft( -2 );
+                        aRect.AdjustRight(2 );
+                        aRect.AdjustTop( -3 );
+                        aClipRgn.Union( aRect );
+                    }
+
+                    if (pItem)
+                    {
+                        // allow for slightly bigger tabitems
+                        // as used by gtk
+                        // TODO: query for the correct sizes
+                        tools::Rectangle aRect(pItem->maRect);
+                        aRect.AdjustLeft( -2 );
+                        aRect.AdjustRight(2 );
+                        aRect.AdjustTop( -3 );
+                        aClipRgn.Union( aRect );
+                    }
+
+                    if( !aClipRgn.IsEmpty() )
+                        Invalidate( aClipRgn );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Control::PreNotify(rNEvt);
+}
+
+bool TabControl::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+
+    if ( rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT )
+        bRet = ImplHandleKeyEvent( *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent() );
+
+    return bRet || Control::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+}
+
+void TabControl::ActivatePage()
+{
+    maActivateHdl.Call( this );
+}
+
+bool TabControl::DeactivatePage()
+{
+    return !maDeactivateHdl.IsSet() || maDeactivateHdl.Call( this );
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetTabPageSizePixel( const Size& rSize )
+{
+    Size aNewSize( rSize );
+    aNewSize.AdjustWidth(TAB_OFFSET*2 );
+    tools::Rectangle aRect = ImplGetTabRect( TAB_PAGERECT,
+                                      aNewSize.Width(), aNewSize.Height() );
+    aNewSize.AdjustHeight(aRect.Top()+TAB_OFFSET );
+    Window::SetOutputSizePixel( aNewSize );
+}
+
+void TabControl::InsertPage( sal_uInt16 nPageId, const OUString& rText,
+                             sal_uInt16 nPos )
+{
+    SAL_WARN_IF( !nPageId, "vcl", "TabControl::InsertPage(): PageId == 0" );
+    SAL_WARN_IF( GetPagePos( nPageId ) != TAB_PAGE_NOTFOUND, "vcl",
+                "TabControl::InsertPage(): PageId already exists" );
+
+    // insert new page item
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = nullptr;
+    if( nPos == TAB_APPEND || size_t(nPos) >= mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size() )
+    {
+        mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.emplace_back(nPageId);
+        pItem = &mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.back();
+        if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+            mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->InsertEntry( rText );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        std::vector< ImplTabItem >::iterator new_it =
+            mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.emplace(mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.begin() + nPos, nPageId);
+        pItem = &(*new_it);
+        if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+            mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->InsertEntry( rText, nPos);
+    }
+    if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+    {
+        if( ! mnCurPageId )
+            mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->SelectEntryPos( 0 );
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->SetDropDownLineCount( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->GetEntryCount() );
+    }
+
+    // set current page id
+    if ( !mnCurPageId )
+        mnCurPageId = nPageId;
+
+    // init new page item
+    pItem->maText           = rText;
+    pItem->mbFullVisible    = false;
+
+    mbFormat = true;
+    if ( IsUpdateMode() )
+        Invalidate();
+
+    if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox ) // reposition/resize listbox
+        Resize();
+
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::TabpageInserted, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nPageId) );
+}
+
+void TabControl::RemovePage( sal_uInt16 nPageId )
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nPos = GetPagePos( nPageId );
+
+    // does the item exist ?
+    if ( nPos == TAB_PAGE_NOTFOUND )
+        return;
+
+    //remove page item
+    std::vector< ImplTabItem >::iterator it = mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.begin() + nPos;
+    bool bIsCurrentPage = (it->id() == mnCurPageId);
+    mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.erase( it );
+    if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+    {
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->RemoveEntry( nPos );
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->SetDropDownLineCount( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->GetEntryCount() );
+    }
+
+    // If current page is removed, then first page gets the current page
+    if ( bIsCurrentPage  )
+    {
+        mnCurPageId = 0;
+
+        if( ! mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.empty() )
+        {
+            // don't do this by simply setting mnCurPageId to pFirstItem->id()
+            // this leaves a lot of stuff (such trivia as _showing_ the new current page) undone
+            // instead, call SetCurPageId
+            // without this, the next (outside) call to SetCurPageId with the id of the first page
+            // will result in doing nothing (as we assume that nothing changed, then), and the page
+            // will never be shown.
+            // 86875 - 05/11/2001 - frank.schoenheit@germany.sun.com
+
+            SetCurPageId(mpTabCtrlData->maItemList[0].id());
+        }
+    }
+
+    mbFormat = true;
+    if ( IsUpdateMode() )
+        Invalidate();
+
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::TabpageRemoved, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nPageId) );
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetPageEnabled( sal_uInt16 i_nPageId, bool i_bEnable )
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( i_nPageId );
+
+    if (!pItem || pItem->m_bEnabled == i_bEnable)
+        return;
+
+    pItem->m_bEnabled = i_bEnable;
+    if (!pItem->m_bVisible)
+        return;
+
+    mbFormat = true;
+    if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->SetEntryFlags( GetPagePos( i_nPageId ),
+                                                 i_bEnable ? ListBoxEntryFlags::NONE : (ListBoxEntryFlags::DisableSelection | ListBoxEntryFlags::DrawDisabled) );
+
+    // SetCurPageId will change to a valid page
+    if (pItem->id() == mnCurPageId)
+        SetCurPageId( mnCurPageId );
+    else if ( IsUpdateMode() )
+        Invalidate();
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetPageVisible( sal_uInt16 nPageId, bool bVisible )
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+    if (!pItem || pItem->m_bVisible == bVisible)
+        return;
+
+    pItem->m_bVisible = bVisible;
+    if (!bVisible)
+    {
+        if (pItem->mbFullVisible)
+            mbSmallInvalidate = false;
+        pItem->mbFullVisible = false;
+        pItem->maRect.SetEmpty();
+    }
+    mbFormat = true;
+
+    // SetCurPageId will change to a valid page
+    if (pItem->id() == mnCurPageId)
+        SetCurPageId(mnCurPageId);
+    else if (IsUpdateMode())
+        Invalidate();
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 TabControl::GetPageCount() const
+{
+    return static_cast<sal_uInt16>(mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size());
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 TabControl::GetPageId( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const
+{
+    if( size_t(nPos) < mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size() )
+        return mpTabCtrlData->maItemList[nPos].id();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 TabControl::GetPagePos( sal_uInt16 nPageId ) const
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nPos = 0;
+    for (auto const& item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        if (item.id() == nPageId)
+            return nPos;
+        ++nPos;
+    }
+
+    return TAB_PAGE_NOTFOUND;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 TabControl::GetPageId( const Point& rPos ) const
+{
+    Size winSize = Control::GetOutputSizePixel();
+    const auto &rList = mpTabCtrlData->maItemList;
+    const auto it = std::find_if(rList.begin(), rList.end(), [&rPos, &winSize, this](const auto &item) {
+        return const_cast<TabControl*>(this)->ImplGetTabRect(&item, winSize.Width(), winSize.Height()).Contains(rPos); });
+    return (it != rList.end()) ? it->id() : 0;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 TabControl::GetPageId( const OUString& rName ) const
+{
+    const auto &rList = mpTabCtrlData->maItemList;
+    const auto it = std::find_if(rList.begin(), rList.end(), [&rName](const auto &item) {
+        return item.maTabName == rName; });
+    return (it != rList.end()) ? it->id() : 0;
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetCurPageId( sal_uInt16 nPageId )
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nPos = GetPagePos( nPageId );
+    while (nPos != TAB_PAGE_NOTFOUND && !mpTabCtrlData->maItemList[nPos].m_bEnabled)
+    {
+        nPos++;
+        if( size_t(nPos) >= mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size() )
+            nPos = 0;
+        if (mpTabCtrlData->maItemList[nPos].id() == nPageId)
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if( nPos == TAB_PAGE_NOTFOUND )
+        return;
+
+    nPageId = mpTabCtrlData->maItemList[nPos].id();
+    if ( nPageId == mnCurPageId )
+    {
+        if ( mnActPageId )
+            mnActPageId = nPageId;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( mnActPageId )
+        mnActPageId = nPageId;
+    else
+    {
+        mbFormat = true;
+        sal_uInt16 nOldId = mnCurPageId;
+        mnCurPageId = nPageId;
+        ImplChangeTabPage( nPageId, nOldId );
+    }
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 TabControl::GetCurPageId() const
+{
+    if ( mnActPageId )
+        return mnActPageId;
+    else
+        return mnCurPageId;
+}
+
+void TabControl::SelectTabPage( sal_uInt16 nPageId )
+{
+    if ( !nPageId || (nPageId == mnCurPageId) )
+        return;
+
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::TabpageDeactivate, reinterpret_cast<void*>(mnCurPageId) );
+    if ( DeactivatePage() )
+    {
+        mnActPageId = nPageId;
+        ActivatePage();
+        // Page could have been switched by the Activate handler
+        nPageId = mnActPageId;
+        mnActPageId = 0;
+        SetCurPageId( nPageId );
+        if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+            mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->SelectEntryPos( GetPagePos( nPageId ) );
+        CallEventListeners( VclEventId::TabpageActivate, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nPageId) );
+    }
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetTabPage( sal_uInt16 nPageId, TabPage* pTabPage )
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+
+    if ( !pItem || (pItem->mpTabPage.get() == pTabPage) )
+        return;
+
+    if ( pTabPage )
+    {
+        if ( IsDefaultSize() )
+            SetTabPageSizePixel( pTabPage->GetSizePixel() );
+
+        // only set here, so that Resize does not reposition TabPage
+        pItem->mpTabPage = pTabPage;
+        queue_resize();
+
+        if (pItem->id() == mnCurPageId)
+            ImplChangeTabPage(pItem->id(), 0);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pItem->mpTabPage = nullptr;
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+}
+
+TabPage* TabControl::GetTabPage( sal_uInt16 nPageId ) const
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+
+    if ( pItem )
+        return pItem->mpTabPage;
+    else
+        return nullptr;
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetPageText( sal_uInt16 nPageId, const OUString& rText )
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+
+    if ( !pItem || pItem->maText == rText )
+        return;
+
+    pItem->maText = rText;
+    mbFormat = true;
+    if( mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nPos = GetPagePos( nPageId );
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->RemoveEntry( nPos );
+        mpTabCtrlData->mpListBox->InsertEntry( rText, nPos );
+    }
+    if ( IsUpdateMode() )
+        Invalidate();
+    CallEventListeners( VclEventId::TabpagePageTextChanged, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nPageId) );
+}
+
+OUString const & TabControl::GetPageText( sal_uInt16 nPageId ) const
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+
+    assert( pItem );
+
+    return pItem->maText;
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetHelpText( sal_uInt16 nPageId, const OUString& rText )
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+
+    assert( pItem );
+
+    pItem->maHelpText = rText;
+}
+
+const OUString& TabControl::GetHelpText( sal_uInt16 nPageId ) const
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+    assert( pItem );
+    return pItem->maHelpText;
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetAccessibleName(sal_uInt16 nPageId, const OUString& rName)
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+    assert( pItem );
+    pItem->maAccessibleName = rName;
+}
+
+OUString TabControl::GetAccessibleName( sal_uInt16 nPageId ) const
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+    assert( pItem );
+    if (!pItem->maAccessibleName.isEmpty())
+        return pItem->maAccessibleName;
+    return removeMnemonicFromString(pItem->maText);
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetAccessibleDescription(sal_uInt16 nPageId, const OUString& rDesc)
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+    assert( pItem );
+    pItem->maAccessibleDescription = rDesc;
+}
+
+OUString TabControl::GetAccessibleDescription( sal_uInt16 nPageId ) const
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+    assert( pItem );
+    if (!pItem->maAccessibleDescription.isEmpty())
+        return pItem->maAccessibleDescription;
+    return pItem->maHelpText;
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetPageName( sal_uInt16 nPageId, const OUString& rName ) const
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+
+    if ( pItem )
+        pItem->maTabName = rName;
+}
+
+OUString TabControl::GetPageName( sal_uInt16 nPageId ) const
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+
+    if (pItem)
+        return pItem->maTabName;
+
+    return {};
+}
+
+void TabControl::SetPageImage( sal_uInt16 i_nPageId, const Image& i_rImage )
+{
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( i_nPageId );
+
+    if ( pItem )
+    {
+        pItem->maTabImage = i_rImage;
+        mbFormat = true;
+        if ( IsUpdateMode() )
+            Invalidate();
+    }
+}
+
+tools::Rectangle TabControl::GetTabBounds( sal_uInt16 nPageId ) const
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aRet;
+
+    ImplTabItem* pItem = ImplGetItem( nPageId );
+    if (pItem && pItem->m_bVisible)
+        aRet = pItem->maRect;
+
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+Size TabControl::ImplCalculateRequisition(sal_uInt16& nHeaderHeight) const
+{
+    Size aOptimalPageSize(0, 0);
+
+    sal_uInt16 nOrigPageId = GetCurPageId();
+    for (auto const& item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        const TabPage *pPage = item.mpTabPage;
+        //it's a real nuisance if the page is not inserted yet :-(
+        //We need to force all tabs to exist to get overall optimal size for dialog
+        if (!pPage)
+        {
+            TabControl *pThis = const_cast<TabControl*>(this);
+            pThis->SetCurPageId(item.id());
+            pThis->ActivatePage();
+            pPage = item.mpTabPage;
+        }
+
+        if (!pPage)
+            continue;
+
+        Size aPageSize(VclContainer::getLayoutRequisition(*pPage));
+
+        if (aPageSize.Width() > aOptimalPageSize.Width())
+            aOptimalPageSize.setWidth( aPageSize.Width() );
+        if (aPageSize.Height() > aOptimalPageSize.Height())
+            aOptimalPageSize.setHeight( aPageSize.Height() );
+    }
+
+    //fdo#61940 If we were forced to activate pages in order to on-demand
+    //create them to get their optimal size, then switch back to the original
+    //page and re-activate it
+    if (nOrigPageId != GetCurPageId())
+    {
+        TabControl *pThis = const_cast<TabControl*>(this);
+        pThis->SetCurPageId(nOrigPageId);
+        pThis->ActivatePage();
+    }
+
+    tools::Long nTabLabelsBottom = 0, nTabLabelsRight = 0;
+    if (mbShowTabs)
+    {
+        for (sal_uInt16 nPos(0), sizeList(static_cast <sal_uInt16> (mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.size()));
+                nPos < sizeList; ++nPos)
+        {
+            TabControl* pThis = const_cast<TabControl*>(this);
+
+            tools::Rectangle aTabRect = pThis->ImplGetTabRect(nPos, aOptimalPageSize.Width(), LONG_MAX);
+            if (aTabRect.Bottom() > nTabLabelsBottom)
+            {
+                nTabLabelsBottom = aTabRect.Bottom();
+                nHeaderHeight = nTabLabelsBottom;
+            }
+            if (!aTabRect.IsEmpty() && aTabRect.Right() > nTabLabelsRight)
+                nTabLabelsRight = aTabRect.Right();
+        }
+    }
+
+    Size aOptimalSize(aOptimalPageSize);
+    aOptimalSize.AdjustHeight(nTabLabelsBottom );
+    aOptimalSize.setWidth( std::max(nTabLabelsRight, aOptimalSize.Width()) );
+
+    aOptimalSize.AdjustWidth(TAB_OFFSET * 2 );
+    aOptimalSize.AdjustHeight(TAB_OFFSET * 2 );
+
+    return aOptimalSize;
+}
+
+Size TabControl::calculateRequisition() const
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nHeaderHeight;
+    return ImplCalculateRequisition(nHeaderHeight);
+}
+
+Size TabControl::GetOptimalSize() const
+{
+    return calculateRequisition();
+}
+
+void TabControl::queue_resize(StateChangedType eReason)
+{
+    mbLayoutDirty = true;
+    Window::queue_resize(eReason);
+}
+
+std::vector<sal_uInt16> TabControl::GetPageIDs() const
+{
+    std::vector<sal_uInt16> aIDs;
+    for (auto const& item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        aIDs.push_back(item.id());
+    }
+
+    return aIDs;
+}
+
+bool TabControl::set_property(const OUString &rKey, const OUString &rValue)
+{
+    if (rKey == "show-tabs")
+    {
+        mbShowTabs = toBool(rValue);
+        queue_resize();
+    }
+    else
+        return Control::set_property(rKey, rValue);
+    return true;
+}
+
+FactoryFunction TabControl::GetUITestFactory() const
+{
+    return TabControlUIObject::create;
+}
+
+void TabControl::DumpAsPropertyTree(tools::JsonWriter& rJsonWriter)
+{
+    rJsonWriter.put("id", get_id());
+    rJsonWriter.put("type", "tabcontrol");
+    rJsonWriter.put("selected", GetCurPageId());
+
+    {
+        auto childrenNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("children");
+        for (auto id : GetPageIDs())
+        {
+            TabPage* pChild = GetTabPage(id);
+
+            if (pChild)
+            {
+                auto childNode = rJsonWriter.startStruct();
+                pChild->DumpAsPropertyTree(rJsonWriter);
+
+                if (!pChild->IsVisible())
+                    rJsonWriter.put("hidden", true);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    {
+        auto tabsNode = rJsonWriter.startArray("tabs");
+        for(auto id : GetPageIDs())
+        {
+            auto tabNode = rJsonWriter.startStruct();
+            rJsonWriter.put("text", GetPageText(id));
+            rJsonWriter.put("id", id);
+            rJsonWriter.put("name", GetPageName(id));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 NotebookbarTabControlBase::m_nHeaderHeight = 0;
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(NotebookbarTabControlBase, OpenMenu, Button*, void)
+{
+    m_aIconClickHdl.Call(static_cast<NotebookBar*>(GetParent()->GetParent()));
+}
+
+NotebookbarTabControlBase::NotebookbarTabControlBase(vcl::Window* pParent)
+    : TabControl(pParent, WB_STDTABCONTROL)
+    , bLastContextWasSupported(true)
+    , eLastContext(vcl::EnumContext::Context::Any)
+{
+    m_pOpenMenu = VclPtr<PushButton>::Create( this , WB_CENTER | WB_VCENTER );
+    m_pOpenMenu->SetClickHdl(LINK(this, NotebookbarTabControlBase, OpenMenu));
+    m_pOpenMenu->SetModeImage(Image(StockImage::Yes, SV_RESID_BITMAP_NOTEBOOKBAR));
+    m_pOpenMenu->SetSizePixel(m_pOpenMenu->GetOptimalSize());
+    m_pOpenMenu->Show();
+}
+
+NotebookbarTabControlBase::~NotebookbarTabControlBase()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void NotebookbarTabControlBase::SetContext( vcl::EnumContext::Context eContext )
+{
+    if (eLastContext == eContext)
+        return;
+
+    bool bHandled = false;
+
+    TabPage* pPage = GetTabPage(mnCurPageId);
+    // Try to stay on the current tab (unless the new context has a special tab)
+    if (pPage && eLastContext != vcl::EnumContext::Context::Any
+        && pPage->HasContext(vcl::EnumContext::Context::Any) && pPage->IsEnabled())
+    {
+        bHandled = true;
+    }
+
+    for (int nChild = 0; nChild < GetPageCount(); ++nChild)
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nPageId = TabControl::GetPageId(nChild);
+        pPage = GetTabPage(nPageId);
+
+        if (!pPage)
+            continue;
+
+        SetPageVisible(nPageId, pPage->HasContext(eContext) || pPage->HasContext(vcl::EnumContext::Context::Any));
+
+        if (eContext != vcl::EnumContext::Context::Any
+            && (!bHandled || !pPage->HasContext(vcl::EnumContext::Context::Any))
+            && pPage->HasContext(eContext))
+        {
+            SetCurPageId(nPageId);
+            bHandled = true;
+            bLastContextWasSupported = true;
+        }
+
+        if (!bHandled && bLastContextWasSupported
+            && pPage->HasContext(vcl::EnumContext::Context::Default))
+        {
+            SetCurPageId(nPageId);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!bHandled)
+        bLastContextWasSupported = false;
+    eLastContext = eContext;
+
+    // tdf#152908 Tabbed compact toolbar does not repaint itself when tabs getting removed
+    // For unknown reason this is needed by the tabbed compact toolbar for other than gtk
+    // vcl backends.
+    Resize();
+}
+
+void NotebookbarTabControlBase::dispose()
+{
+    m_pShortcuts.disposeAndClear();
+    m_pOpenMenu.disposeAndClear();
+    TabControl::dispose();
+}
+
+void NotebookbarTabControlBase::SetToolBox( ToolBox* pToolBox )
+{
+    m_pShortcuts.set( pToolBox );
+}
+
+void NotebookbarTabControlBase::SetIconClickHdl( Link<NotebookBar*, void> aHdl )
+{
+    m_aIconClickHdl = aHdl;
+}
+
+static bool lcl_isValidPage(const ImplTabItem& rItem, bool& bFound)
+{
+    if (rItem.m_bVisible && rItem.m_bEnabled)
+        bFound = true;
+    return bFound;
+}
+
+void NotebookbarTabControlBase::ImplActivateTabPage( bool bNext )
+{
+    const sal_uInt16 nOldPos = GetPagePos(GetCurPageId());
+    bool bFound = false;
+    sal_Int32 nCurPos = nOldPos;
+
+    if (bNext)
+    {
+        for (nCurPos++; nCurPos < GetPageCount(); nCurPos++)
+            if (lcl_isValidPage(mpTabCtrlData->maItemList[nCurPos], bFound))
+                break;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for (nCurPos--; nCurPos >= 0; nCurPos--)
+            if (lcl_isValidPage(mpTabCtrlData->maItemList[nCurPos], bFound))
+                break;
+    }
+
+    if (!bFound)
+        nCurPos = nOldPos;
+    SelectTabPage( TabControl::GetPageId( nCurPos ) );
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 NotebookbarTabControlBase::GetHeaderHeight()
+{
+    return m_nHeaderHeight;
+}
+
+bool NotebookbarTabControlBase::ImplPlaceTabs( tools::Long nWidth )
+{
+    if ( nWidth <= 0 )
+        return false;
+    if ( mpTabCtrlData->maItemList.empty() )
+        return false;
+    if (!m_pOpenMenu || m_pOpenMenu->isDisposed())
+        return false;
+
+    const tools::Long nHamburgerWidth = m_pOpenMenu->GetSizePixel().Width();
+    tools::Long nMaxWidth = nWidth - nHamburgerWidth;
+    tools::Long nShortcutsWidth = m_pShortcuts != nullptr ? m_pShortcuts->GetSizePixel().getWidth() + 1 : 0;
+    tools::Long nFullWidth = nShortcutsWidth;
+
+    const tools::Long nOffsetX = 2 + nShortcutsWidth;
+    const tools::Long nOffsetY = 2;
+
+    //fdo#66435 throw Knuth/Tex minimum raggedness algorithm at the problem
+    //of ugly bare tabs on lines of their own
+
+    for (auto & item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        tools::Long nTabWidth = 0;
+        if (item.m_bVisible)
+        {
+            nTabWidth = ImplGetItemSize(&item, nMaxWidth).getWidth();
+            if (!item.maText.isEmpty() && nTabWidth < 100)
+                nTabWidth = 100;
+        }
+        nFullWidth += nTabWidth;
+    }
+
+    tools::Long nX = nOffsetX;
+    tools::Long nY = nOffsetY;
+
+    tools::Long nLineWidthAry[100];
+    nLineWidthAry[0] = 0;
+
+    for (auto & item : mpTabCtrlData->maItemList)
+    {
+        if (!item.m_bVisible)
+            continue;
+
+        Size aSize = ImplGetItemSize( &item, nMaxWidth );
+
+        // set minimum tab size
+        if( nFullWidth < nMaxWidth && !item.maText.isEmpty() && aSize.getWidth() < 100)
+            aSize.setWidth( 100 );
+
+        if( !item.maText.isEmpty() && aSize.getHeight() < 28 )
+            aSize.setHeight( 28 );
+
+        tools::Rectangle aNewRect( Point( nX, nY ), aSize );
+        if ( mbSmallInvalidate && (item.maRect != aNewRect) )
+            mbSmallInvalidate = false;
+
+        item.maRect = aNewRect;
+        item.mnLine = 0;
+        item.mbFullVisible = true;
+
+        nLineWidthAry[0] += aSize.Width();
+        nX += aSize.Width();
+    }
+
+    // we always have only one line of tabs
+    lcl_AdjustSingleLineTabs(nMaxWidth, mpTabCtrlData.get());
+
+    // position the shortcutbox
+    if (m_pShortcuts)
+    {
+        tools::Long nPosY = (m_nHeaderHeight - m_pShortcuts->GetSizePixel().getHeight()) / 2;
+        m_pShortcuts->SetPosPixel(Point(0, nPosY));
+    }
+
+    tools::Long nPosY = (m_nHeaderHeight - m_pOpenMenu->GetSizePixel().getHeight()) / 2;
+    // position the menu
+    m_pOpenMenu->SetPosPixel(Point(nWidth - nHamburgerWidth, nPosY));
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+Size NotebookbarTabControlBase::calculateRequisition() const
+{
+    return TabControl::ImplCalculateRequisition(m_nHeaderHeight);
+}
+
+Control* NotebookbarTabControlBase::GetOpenMenu()
+{
+    return m_pOpenMenu;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/throbber.cxx b/vcl/source/control/throbber.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..075e40d2de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/throbber.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <vcl/toolkit/throbber.hxx>
+#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/XComponentContext.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/graphic/GraphicProvider.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/graphic/XGraphicProvider.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/awt/ImageScaleMode.hpp>
+
+#include <comphelper/namedvaluecollection.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustrbuf.hxx>
+#include <sal/log.hxx>
+#include <tools/urlobj.hxx>
+
+#include <limits>
+
+using ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference;
+using ::com::sun::star::graphic::XGraphic;
+using ::com::sun::star::graphic::XGraphicProvider;
+using ::com::sun::star::uno::Exception;
+namespace ImageScaleMode = ::com::sun::star::awt::ImageScaleMode;
+
+Throbber::Throbber( vcl::Window* i_parentWindow, WinBits i_style )
+    :ImageControl( i_parentWindow, i_style )
+    ,mbRepeat( true )
+    ,mnStepTime( 100 )
+    ,mnCurStep( 0 )
+    ,maWaitTimer("Throbber maWaitTimer")
+{
+    maWaitTimer.SetTimeout( mnStepTime );
+    maWaitTimer.SetInvokeHandler( LINK( this, Throbber, TimeOutHdl ) );
+
+    SetScaleMode( ImageScaleMode::NONE );
+    initImages();
+}
+
+Throbber::~Throbber()
+{
+    disposeOnce();
+}
+
+void Throbber::dispose()
+{
+    maWaitTimer.Stop();
+    ImageControl::dispose();
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    ::std::vector< Image > lcl_loadImageSet( const Throbber::ImageSet i_imageSet )
+    {
+        ::std::vector< Image > aImages;
+
+        const Reference< css::uno::XComponentContext > aContext( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() );
+        const Reference< XGraphicProvider > xGraphicProvider( css::graphic::GraphicProvider::create(aContext) );
+
+        ::std::vector< OUString > aImageURLs( Throbber::getDefaultImageURLs( i_imageSet ) );
+        aImages.reserve( aImageURLs.size() );
+
+        ::comphelper::NamedValueCollection aMediaProperties;
+        for ( const auto& rImageURL : aImageURLs )
+        {
+            Reference< XGraphic > xGraphic;
+            aMediaProperties.put( "URL", rImageURL );
+            xGraphic = xGraphicProvider->queryGraphic( aMediaProperties.getPropertyValues() );
+            aImages.emplace_back( xGraphic );
+        }
+
+        return aImages;
+    }
+}
+
+void Throbber::Resize()
+{
+    ImageControl::Resize();
+    initImages();
+}
+
+void Throbber::initImages()
+{
+    try
+    {
+        ::std::vector< ::std::vector< Image > > aImageSets
+        {
+            lcl_loadImageSet( ImageSet::N16px ),
+            lcl_loadImageSet( ImageSet::N32px ),
+            lcl_loadImageSet( ImageSet::N64px )
+        };
+
+        // find the best matching image set (size-wise)
+        const ::Size aWindowSizePixel = GetSizePixel();
+        size_t nPreferredSet = 0;
+        if ( aImageSets.size() > 1 )
+        {
+            tools::Long nMinimalDistance = ::std::numeric_limits< tools::Long >::max();
+            for (   ::std::vector< ::std::vector< Image > >::const_iterator check = aImageSets.begin();
+                    check != aImageSets.end();
+                    ++check
+                )
+            {
+                if ( check->empty() )
+                {
+                    SAL_WARN( "vcl.control", "Throbber::initImages: illegal image!" );
+                    continue;
+                }
+
+                const Size aImageSize = (*check)[0].GetSizePixel();
+
+                if  (   ( aImageSize.Width() > aWindowSizePixel.Width() )
+                    ||  ( aImageSize.Height() > aWindowSizePixel.Height() )
+                    )
+                    // do not use an image set which doesn't fit into the window
+                    continue;
+
+                const sal_Int64 distance =
+                        ( aWindowSizePixel.Width() - aImageSize.Width() ) * ( aWindowSizePixel.Width() - aImageSize.Width() )
+                    +   ( aWindowSizePixel.Height() - aImageSize.Height() ) * ( aWindowSizePixel.Height() - aImageSize.Height() );
+                if ( distance < nMinimalDistance )
+                {
+                    nMinimalDistance = distance;
+                    nPreferredSet = check - aImageSets.begin();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( nPreferredSet < aImageSets.size() )
+            setImageList( std::vector(aImageSets[nPreferredSet]) );
+    }
+    catch( const Exception& )
+    {
+    }
+}
+
+void Throbber::start()
+{
+    maWaitTimer.SetTimeout(mnStepTime);
+    maWaitTimer.Start();
+}
+
+void Throbber::stop()
+{
+    maWaitTimer.Stop();
+}
+
+bool Throbber::isRunning() const
+{
+    return maWaitTimer.IsActive();
+}
+
+void Throbber::setImageList( ::std::vector< Image > && i_images )
+{
+    SAL_WARN_IF( i_images.size()>=SAL_MAX_INT32, "vcl.control", "Throbber::setImageList: too many images!" );
+
+    maImageList = std::move(i_images);
+
+    const Image aInitialImage( !maImageList.empty() ? maImageList[ 0 ] : Image() );
+    SetImage( aInitialImage );
+}
+
+::std::vector< OUString > Throbber::getDefaultImageURLs( const ImageSet i_imageSet )
+{
+    ::std::vector< OUString > aImageURLs;
+
+    sal_Unicode const* const pResolutions[] = { u"16", u"32", u"64" };
+    size_t const nImageCounts[] = { 6, 12, 12 };
+
+    size_t index = 0;
+    switch ( i_imageSet )
+    {
+    case ImageSet::N16px:  index = 0;  break;
+    case ImageSet::N32px:  index = 1;  break;
+    case ImageSet::N64px:  index = 2;  break;
+    }
+
+    aImageURLs.reserve( nImageCounts[index] );
+    for ( size_t i=0; i<nImageCounts[index]; ++i )
+    {
+        OUStringBuffer aURL( OUString::Concat("private:graphicrepository/vcl/res/spinner-")
+            + pResolutions[index]
+            + "-" );
+        if ( i < 9 )
+            aURL.append( "0" );
+        aURL.append( OUString::number( sal_Int32( i + 1 ) ) + ".png" );
+
+        aImageURLs.push_back( aURL.makeStringAndClear() );
+    }
+
+    return aImageURLs;
+}
+
+IMPL_LINK_NOARG(Throbber, TimeOutHdl, Timer *, void)
+{
+    SolarMutexGuard aGuard;
+    if ( maImageList.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    if ( mnCurStep < static_cast<sal_Int32>(maImageList.size()-1) )
+        ++mnCurStep;
+    else
+    {
+        if ( mbRepeat )
+        {
+            // start over
+            mnCurStep = 0;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            stop();
+        }
+    }
+
+    SetImage( maImageList[ mnCurStep ] );
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/thumbpos.hxx b/vcl/source/control/thumbpos.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33d3d55f31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/thumbpos.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+inline tools::Long ImplMulDiv(tools::Long nNumber, tools::Long nNumerator, tools::Long nDenominator)
+{
+    if (!nDenominator)
+        return 0;
+    double n = (static_cast<double>(nNumber) * static_cast<double>(nNumerator))
+               / static_cast<double>(nDenominator);
+    return static_cast<tools::Long>(n);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/wizardmachine.cxx b/vcl/source/control/wizardmachine.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..68dd66004a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/wizardmachine.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1436 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <comphelper/lok.hxx>
+#include <officecfg/Office/Common.hxx>
+#include <vcl/event.hxx>
+#include <tools/debug.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/diagnose_ex.hxx>
+#include <strings.hrc>
+#include <svdata.hxx>
+#include <wizdlg.hxx>
+#include <stack>
+#include "wizimpldata.hxx"
+
+constexpr OUString HID_WIZARD_NEXT = u"SVT_HID_WIZARD_NEXT"_ustr;
+constexpr OUString HID_WIZARD_PREVIOUS = u"SVT_HID_WIZARD_PREVIOUS"_ustr;
+
+#define WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_OFFSET_Y        6
+#define WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_DLGOFFSET_X     6
+#define WIZARDDIALOG_VIEW_DLGOFFSET_X       6
+#define WIZARDDIALOG_VIEW_DLGOFFSET_Y       6
+
+namespace vcl
+{
+    //= WizardPageImplData
+    OWizardPage::OWizardPage(weld::Container* pPage, weld::DialogController* pController, const OUString& rUIXMLDescription, const OUString& rID)
+        : BuilderPage(pPage, pController, rUIXMLDescription, rID)
+    {
+    }
+
+    OWizardPage::~OWizardPage()
+    {
+    }
+
+    void OWizardPage::initializePage()
+    {
+    }
+
+    void OWizardPage::Activate()
+    {
+        BuilderPage::Activate();
+        updateDialogTravelUI();
+    }
+
+    void OWizardPage::updateDialogTravelUI()
+    {
+        auto pWizardMachine = dynamic_cast<RoadmapWizardMachine*>(m_pDialogController);
+        if (pWizardMachine)
+            pWizardMachine->updateTravelUI();
+    }
+
+    bool OWizardPage::canAdvance() const
+    {
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    bool OWizardPage::commitPage( WizardTypes::CommitPageReason )
+    {
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::SetLeftAlignedButtonCount( sal_Int16 _nCount )
+    {
+        mnLeftAlignCount = _nCount;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::ImplCalcSize( Size& rSize )
+    {
+        // calculate ButtonBar height and width
+        tools::Long                nMaxHeight = 0;
+        tools::Long                nBarWidth = WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_DLGOFFSET_X * 2 + LogicalCoordinateToPixel(6);
+        ImplWizButtonData*  pBtnData = mpFirstBtn;
+        while (pBtnData)
+        {
+            auto nBtnHeight = pBtnData->mpButton->GetSizePixel().Height();
+            auto nBtnWidth = pBtnData->mpButton->GetSizePixel().Width();
+            if (pBtnData->mpButton->IsVisible())
+            {
+                nBarWidth += nBtnWidth;
+                nBarWidth += pBtnData->mnOffset;
+            }
+            if ( nBtnHeight > nMaxHeight )
+                nMaxHeight = nBtnHeight;
+            pBtnData = pBtnData->mpNext;
+        }
+        if ( nMaxHeight )
+            nMaxHeight += WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_OFFSET_Y*2;
+        rSize.AdjustHeight(nMaxHeight);
+
+        // add in the view window size
+        if ( mpViewWindow && mpViewWindow->IsVisible() )
+        {
+            Size aViewSize = mpViewWindow->GetSizePixel();
+            // align left
+            rSize.AdjustWidth(aViewSize.Width() );
+        }
+
+        if (nBarWidth > rSize.Width())
+            rSize.setWidth(nBarWidth);
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::queue_resize(StateChangedType /*eReason*/)
+    {
+        if (maWizardLayoutIdle.IsActive())
+            return;
+        if (IsInClose())
+            return;
+        maWizardLayoutIdle.Start();
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(RoadmapWizard, ImplHandleWizardLayoutTimerHdl, Timer*, void)
+    {
+        ImplPosCtrls();
+        ImplPosTabPage();
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::ImplPosCtrls()
+    {
+        Size    aDlgSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+        tools::Long    nBtnWidth = 0;
+        tools::Long    nMaxHeight = 0;
+        tools::Long    nOffY = aDlgSize.Height();
+
+        ImplWizButtonData* pBtnData = mpFirstBtn;
+        int j = 0;
+        while ( pBtnData )
+        {
+            if (j >= mnLeftAlignCount)
+            {
+                Size aBtnSize = pBtnData->mpButton->GetSizePixel();
+                tools::Long nBtnHeight = aBtnSize.Height();
+                if ( nBtnHeight > nMaxHeight )
+                    nMaxHeight = nBtnHeight;
+                nBtnWidth += aBtnSize.Width();
+                nBtnWidth += pBtnData->mnOffset;
+            }
+            pBtnData = pBtnData->mpNext;
+            j++;
+        }
+
+        if ( nMaxHeight )
+        {
+            tools::Long nOffX = aDlgSize.Width()-nBtnWidth-WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_DLGOFFSET_X;
+            tools::Long nOffLeftAlignX = LogicalCoordinateToPixel(6);
+            nOffY -= WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_OFFSET_Y+nMaxHeight;
+
+            pBtnData = mpFirstBtn;
+            int i = 0;
+            while ( pBtnData )
+            {
+                Size aBtnSize = pBtnData->mpButton->GetSizePixel();
+                if (i >= mnLeftAlignCount)
+                {
+                    Point aPos( nOffX, nOffY+((nMaxHeight-aBtnSize.Height())/2) );
+                    pBtnData->mpButton->SetPosPixel( aPos );
+                    nOffX += aBtnSize.Width();
+                    nOffX += pBtnData->mnOffset;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    Point aPos( nOffLeftAlignX, nOffY+((nMaxHeight-aBtnSize.Height())/2) );
+                    pBtnData->mpButton->SetPosPixel( aPos );
+                    nOffLeftAlignX += aBtnSize.Width();
+                    nOffLeftAlignX += pBtnData->mnOffset;
+                }
+
+                pBtnData = pBtnData->mpNext;
+                i++;
+            }
+
+            nOffY -= WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_OFFSET_Y;
+        }
+
+        if ( !(mpViewWindow && mpViewWindow->IsVisible()) )
+            return;
+
+        tools::Long    nViewOffX = 0;
+        tools::Long    nViewOffY = 0;
+        tools::Long    nViewWidth = 0;
+        tools::Long    nViewHeight = 0;
+        tools::Long    nDlgHeight = nOffY;
+        PosSizeFlags nViewPosFlags = PosSizeFlags::Pos;
+        // align left
+        {
+            if ( mbEmptyViewMargin )
+            {
+                nViewOffX       = 0;
+                nViewOffY       = 0;
+                nViewHeight     = nDlgHeight;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                nViewOffX       = WIZARDDIALOG_VIEW_DLGOFFSET_X;
+                nViewOffY       = WIZARDDIALOG_VIEW_DLGOFFSET_Y;
+                nViewHeight     = nDlgHeight-(WIZARDDIALOG_VIEW_DLGOFFSET_Y*2);
+            }
+            nViewPosFlags  |= PosSizeFlags::Height;
+        }
+        mpViewWindow->setPosSizePixel( nViewOffX, nViewOffY,
+                                       nViewWidth, nViewHeight,
+                                       nViewPosFlags );
+    }
+
+    tools::Long RoadmapWizard::LogicalCoordinateToPixel(int iCoordinate) const
+    {
+        Size aLocSize = LogicToPixel(Size(iCoordinate, 0), MapMode(MapUnit::MapAppFont));
+        int iPixelCoordinate =  aLocSize.Width();
+        return iPixelCoordinate;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::ImplPosTabPage()
+    {
+        if ( !mpCurTabPage )
+            return;
+
+        if ( !IsInInitShow() )
+        {
+            // #100199# - On Unix initial size is equal to screen size, on Windows
+            // it's 0,0. One cannot calculate the size unless dialog is visible.
+            if ( !IsReallyVisible() )
+                return;
+        }
+
+        // calculate height of ButtonBar
+        tools::Long                nMaxHeight = 0;
+        ImplWizButtonData*  pBtnData = mpFirstBtn;
+        while ( pBtnData )
+        {
+            tools::Long nBtnHeight = pBtnData->mpButton->GetSizePixel().Height();
+            if ( nBtnHeight > nMaxHeight )
+                nMaxHeight = nBtnHeight;
+            pBtnData = pBtnData->mpNext;
+        }
+        if ( nMaxHeight )
+            nMaxHeight += WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_OFFSET_Y*2;
+
+        // position TabPage
+        Size aDlgSize = GetOutputSizePixel();
+        aDlgSize.AdjustHeight( -nMaxHeight );
+        tools::Long nOffX = 0;
+        tools::Long nOffY = 0;
+        if ( mpViewWindow && mpViewWindow->IsVisible() )
+        {
+            Size aViewSize = mpViewWindow->GetSizePixel();
+            // align left
+            tools::Long nViewOffset = mbEmptyViewMargin ? 0 : WIZARDDIALOG_VIEW_DLGOFFSET_X;
+            nOffX += aViewSize.Width() + nViewOffset;
+            aDlgSize.AdjustWidth( -nOffX );
+        }
+        Point aPos( nOffX, nOffY );
+        mpCurTabPage->SetPosSizePixel( aPos, aDlgSize );
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::ImplShowTabPage( TabPage* pTabPage )
+    {
+        if ( mpCurTabPage == pTabPage )
+            return;
+
+        TabPage* pOldTabPage = mpCurTabPage;
+
+        mpCurTabPage = pTabPage;
+        if ( pTabPage )
+        {
+            ImplPosTabPage();
+            pTabPage->Show();
+        }
+
+        if ( pOldTabPage )
+            pOldTabPage->Hide();
+    }
+
+    TabPage* RoadmapWizard::ImplGetPage( sal_uInt16 nLevel ) const
+    {
+        sal_uInt16              nTempLevel = 0;
+        ImplWizPageData*    pPageData = mpFirstPage;
+        while ( pPageData )
+        {
+            if ( (nTempLevel == nLevel) || !pPageData->mpNext )
+                break;
+
+            nTempLevel++;
+            pPageData = pPageData->mpNext;
+        }
+
+        if ( pPageData )
+            return pPageData->mpPage;
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::AddButtonResponse( Button* pButton, int response)
+    {
+        m_xRoadmapImpl->maResponses[pButton] = response;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::implConstruct( const WizardButtonFlags _nButtonFlags )
+    {
+        m_xWizardImpl->sTitleBase = GetText();
+
+        // create the buttons according to the wizard button flags
+        // the help button
+        if (_nButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::HELP)
+        {
+            m_pHelp= VclPtr<HelpButton>::Create(this, WB_TABSTOP);
+            m_pHelp->SetSizePixel(LogicToPixel(Size(50, 14), MapMode(MapUnit::MapAppFont)));
+            m_pHelp->Show();
+            m_pHelp->set_id("help");
+            AddButtonResponse(m_pHelp, RET_HELP);
+            AddButton( m_pHelp, WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_STDOFFSET_X);
+        }
+
+        // the previous button
+        if (_nButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::PREVIOUS)
+        {
+            m_pPrevPage = VclPtr<PushButton>::Create(this, WB_TABSTOP);
+            m_pPrevPage->SetHelpId( HID_WIZARD_PREVIOUS );
+            m_pPrevPage->SetSizePixel(LogicToPixel(Size(50, 14), MapMode(MapUnit::MapAppFont)));
+            m_pPrevPage->SetText(VclResId(STR_WIZDLG_PREVIOUS));
+            m_pPrevPage->Show();
+            m_pPrevPage->set_id("previous");
+
+            if (_nButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::NEXT)
+                AddButton( m_pPrevPage, ( WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_SMALLSTDOFFSET_X) );      // half x-offset to the next button
+            else
+                AddButton( m_pPrevPage, WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_STDOFFSET_X );
+            mpPrevBtn = m_pPrevPage;
+            m_pPrevPage->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, RoadmapWizard, OnPrevPage ) );
+        }
+
+        // the next button
+        if (_nButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::NEXT)
+        {
+            m_pNextPage = VclPtr<PushButton>::Create(this, WB_TABSTOP);
+            m_pNextPage->SetHelpId( HID_WIZARD_NEXT );
+            m_pNextPage->SetSizePixel(LogicToPixel(Size(50, 14), MapMode(MapUnit::MapAppFont)));
+            m_pNextPage->SetText(VclResId(STR_WIZDLG_NEXT));
+            m_pNextPage->Show();
+            m_pNextPage->set_id("next");
+
+            AddButton( m_pNextPage, WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_STDOFFSET_X );
+            mpNextBtn = m_pNextPage;
+            m_pNextPage->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, RoadmapWizard, OnNextPage ) );
+        }
+
+        // the finish button
+        if (_nButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::FINISH)
+        {
+            m_pFinish = VclPtr<OKButton>::Create(this, WB_TABSTOP);
+            m_pFinish->SetSizePixel(LogicToPixel(Size(50, 14), MapMode(MapUnit::MapAppFont)));
+            m_pFinish->SetText(VclResId(STR_WIZDLG_FINISH));
+            m_pFinish->Show();
+            m_pFinish->set_id("finish");
+
+            AddButton( m_pFinish, WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_STDOFFSET_X );
+            m_pFinish->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, RoadmapWizard, OnFinish ) );
+        }
+
+        // the cancel button
+        if (_nButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::CANCEL)
+        {
+            m_pCancel = VclPtr<CancelButton>::Create(this, WB_TABSTOP);
+            m_pCancel->SetSizePixel(LogicToPixel(Size(50, 14), MapMode(MapUnit::MapAppFont)));
+            m_pCancel->Show();
+
+            AddButton( m_pCancel, WIZARDDIALOG_BUTTON_STDOFFSET_X );
+        }
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::Resize()
+    {
+        if ( IsReallyShown() && !IsInInitShow() )
+        {
+            ImplPosCtrls();
+            ImplPosTabPage();
+        }
+
+        Dialog::Resize();
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::CalcAndSetSize()
+    {
+        Size aDlgSize = GetPageSizePixel();
+        if ( !aDlgSize.Width() || !aDlgSize.Height() )
+        {
+            ImplWizPageData*  pPageData = mpFirstPage;
+            while ( pPageData )
+            {
+                if ( pPageData->mpPage )
+                {
+                    Size aPageSize = pPageData->mpPage->GetSizePixel();
+                    if ( aPageSize.Width() > aDlgSize.Width() )
+                        aDlgSize.setWidth( aPageSize.Width() );
+                    if ( aPageSize.Height() > aDlgSize.Height() )
+                        aDlgSize.setHeight( aPageSize.Height() );
+                }
+
+                pPageData = pPageData->mpNext;
+            }
+        }
+        ImplCalcSize( aDlgSize );
+        SetMinOutputSizePixel( aDlgSize );
+        SetOutputSizePixel( aDlgSize );
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
+    {
+        if ( nType == StateChangedType::InitShow )
+        {
+            if ( IsDefaultSize() )
+            {
+                CalcAndSetSize();
+            }
+
+            ImplPosCtrls();
+            ImplPosTabPage();
+            ImplShowTabPage( ImplGetPage( mnCurLevel ) );
+        }
+
+        Dialog::StateChanged( nType );
+    }
+
+    bool RoadmapWizard::EventNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
+    {
+        if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == NotifyEventType::KEYINPUT) && mpPrevBtn && mpNextBtn )
+        {
+            const KeyEvent* pKEvt = rNEvt.GetKeyEvent();
+            vcl::KeyCode aKeyCode = pKEvt->GetKeyCode();
+            sal_uInt16 nKeyCode = aKeyCode.GetCode();
+
+            if ( aKeyCode.IsMod1() )
+            {
+                if ( aKeyCode.IsShift() || (nKeyCode == KEY_PAGEUP) )
+                {
+                    if ( (nKeyCode == KEY_TAB) || (nKeyCode == KEY_PAGEUP) )
+                    {
+                        if ( mpPrevBtn->IsVisible() &&
+                             mpPrevBtn->IsEnabled() && mpPrevBtn->IsInputEnabled() )
+                        {
+                            mpPrevBtn->SetPressed( true );
+                            mpPrevBtn->SetPressed( false );
+                            mpPrevBtn->Click();
+                        }
+                        return true;
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if ( (nKeyCode == KEY_TAB) || (nKeyCode == KEY_PAGEDOWN) )
+                    {
+                        if ( mpNextBtn->IsVisible() &&
+                             mpNextBtn->IsEnabled() && mpNextBtn->IsInputEnabled() )
+                        {
+                            mpNextBtn->SetPressed( true );
+                            mpNextBtn->SetPressed( false );
+                            mpNextBtn->Click();
+                        }
+                        return true;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        return Dialog::EventNotify( rNEvt );
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::GetOrCreatePage( const WizardTypes::WizardState i_nState )
+    {
+        if ( nullptr != GetPage( i_nState ) )
+            return;
+
+        VclPtr<TabPage> pNewPage = createPage( i_nState );
+        DBG_ASSERT( pNewPage, "RoadmapWizard::GetOrCreatePage: invalid new page (NULL)!" );
+
+        // fill up the page sequence of our base class (with dummies)
+        while ( m_xWizardImpl->nFirstUnknownPage < i_nState )
+        {
+            AddPage( nullptr );
+            ++m_xWizardImpl->nFirstUnknownPage;
+        }
+
+        if ( m_xWizardImpl->nFirstUnknownPage == i_nState )
+        {
+            // encountered this page number the first time
+            AddPage( pNewPage );
+            ++m_xWizardImpl->nFirstUnknownPage;
+        }
+        else
+            // already had this page - just change it
+            SetPage( i_nState, pNewPage );
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::ActivatePage()
+    {
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nCurrentLevel = GetCurLevel();
+        GetOrCreatePage( nCurrentLevel );
+
+        enterState( nCurrentLevel );
+    }
+
+    bool RoadmapWizard::ShowPage( sal_uInt16 nLevel )
+    {
+        mnCurLevel = nLevel;
+        ActivatePage();
+        ImplShowTabPage( ImplGetPage( mnCurLevel ) );
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::Finish( tools::Long nResult )
+    {
+        if ( IsInExecute() )
+            EndDialog( nResult );
+        else if ( GetStyle() & WB_CLOSEABLE )
+            Close();
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::AddPage( TabPage* pPage )
+    {
+        ImplWizPageData* pNewPageData = new ImplWizPageData;
+        pNewPageData->mpNext    = nullptr;
+        pNewPageData->mpPage    = pPage;
+
+        if ( !mpFirstPage )
+            mpFirstPage = pNewPageData;
+        else
+        {
+            pPage->Hide();
+            ImplWizPageData* pPageData = mpFirstPage;
+            while ( pPageData->mpNext )
+                pPageData = pPageData->mpNext;
+            pPageData->mpNext = pNewPageData;
+        }
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::RemovePage( TabPage* pPage )
+    {
+        ImplWizPageData*  pPrevPageData = nullptr;
+        ImplWizPageData*  pPageData = mpFirstPage;
+        while ( pPageData )
+        {
+            if ( pPageData->mpPage == pPage )
+            {
+                if ( pPrevPageData )
+                    pPrevPageData->mpNext = pPageData->mpNext;
+                else
+                    mpFirstPage = pPageData->mpNext;
+                if ( pPage == mpCurTabPage )
+                    mpCurTabPage = nullptr;
+                delete pPageData;
+                return;
+            }
+
+            pPrevPageData = pPageData;
+            pPageData = pPageData->mpNext;
+        }
+
+        OSL_FAIL( "RoadmapWizard::RemovePage() - Page not in list" );
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::SetPage( sal_uInt16 nLevel, TabPage* pPage )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16              nTempLevel = 0;
+        ImplWizPageData*    pPageData = mpFirstPage;
+        while ( pPageData )
+        {
+            if ( (nTempLevel == nLevel) || !pPageData->mpNext )
+                break;
+
+            nTempLevel++;
+            pPageData = pPageData->mpNext;
+        }
+
+        if ( pPageData )
+        {
+            if ( pPageData->mpPage == mpCurTabPage )
+                mpCurTabPage = nullptr;
+            pPageData->mpPage = pPage;
+        }
+    }
+
+    TabPage* RoadmapWizard::GetPage( sal_uInt16 nLevel ) const
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nTempLevel = 0;
+
+        for (ImplWizPageData* pPageData = mpFirstPage; pPageData;
+             pPageData = pPageData->mpNext)
+        {
+            if ( nTempLevel == nLevel )
+                return pPageData->mpPage;
+            nTempLevel++;
+        }
+
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::AddButton( Button* pButton, tools::Long nOffset )
+    {
+        ImplWizButtonData* pNewBtnData = new ImplWizButtonData;
+        pNewBtnData->mpNext     = nullptr;
+        pNewBtnData->mpButton   = pButton;
+        pNewBtnData->mnOffset   = nOffset;
+
+        if ( !mpFirstBtn )
+            mpFirstBtn = pNewBtnData;
+        else
+        {
+            ImplWizButtonData* pBtnData = mpFirstBtn;
+            while ( pBtnData->mpNext )
+                pBtnData = pBtnData->mpNext;
+            pBtnData->mpNext = pNewBtnData;
+        }
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::RemoveButton( Button* pButton )
+    {
+        ImplWizButtonData*  pPrevBtnData = nullptr;
+        ImplWizButtonData*  pBtnData = mpFirstBtn;
+        while ( pBtnData )
+        {
+            if ( pBtnData->mpButton == pButton )
+            {
+                if ( pPrevBtnData )
+                    pPrevBtnData->mpNext = pBtnData->mpNext;
+                else
+                    mpFirstBtn = pBtnData->mpNext;
+                delete pBtnData;
+                return;
+            }
+
+            pPrevBtnData = pBtnData;
+            pBtnData = pBtnData->mpNext;
+        }
+
+        OSL_FAIL( "RoadmapWizard::RemoveButton() - Button not in list" );
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(RoadmapWizard, OnFinish, Button*, void)
+    {
+        if ( isTravelingSuspended() )
+            return;
+        RoadmapWizardTravelSuspension aTravelGuard( *this );
+        Finish( RET_OK );
+    }
+
+    bool RoadmapWizard::skipBackwardUntil( WizardTypes::WizardState _nTargetState )
+    {
+        // don't travel directly on m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory, in case something goes wrong
+        std::stack< WizardTypes::WizardState > aTravelVirtually = m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory;
+        std::stack< WizardTypes::WizardState > aOldStateHistory = m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory;
+
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nCurrentRollbackState = getCurrentState();
+        while ( nCurrentRollbackState != _nTargetState )
+        {
+            DBG_ASSERT( !aTravelVirtually.empty(), "RoadmapWizard::skipBackwardUntil: this target state does not exist in the history!" );
+            nCurrentRollbackState = aTravelVirtually.top();
+            aTravelVirtually.pop();
+        }
+        m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory = aTravelVirtually;
+        if ( !ShowPage( _nTargetState ) )
+        {
+            m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory = aOldStateHistory;
+            return false;
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    bool RoadmapWizard::skipUntil( WizardTypes::WizardState _nTargetState )
+    {
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nCurrentState = getCurrentState();
+
+        // don't travel directly on m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory, in case something goes wrong
+        std::stack< WizardTypes::WizardState > aTravelVirtually = m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory;
+        std::stack< WizardTypes::WizardState > aOldStateHistory = m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory;
+        while ( nCurrentState != _nTargetState )
+        {
+            WizardTypes::WizardState nNextState = determineNextState( nCurrentState );
+            if ( WZS_INVALID_STATE == nNextState )
+            {
+                OSL_FAIL( "RoadmapWizard::skipUntil: the given target state does not exist!" );
+                return false;
+            }
+
+            // remember the skipped state in the history
+            aTravelVirtually.push( nCurrentState );
+
+            // get the next state
+            nCurrentState = nNextState;
+        }
+        m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory = aTravelVirtually;
+        // show the target page
+        if ( !ShowPage( nCurrentState ) )
+        {
+            // argh! prepareLeaveCurrentPage succeeded, determineNextState succeeded,
+            // but ShowPage doesn't? Somebody behaves very strange here...
+            OSL_FAIL( "RoadmapWizard::skipUntil: very unpolite..." );
+            m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory = aOldStateHistory;
+            return false;
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::travelNext()
+    {
+        // determine the next state to travel to
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nCurrentState = getCurrentState();
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nNextState = determineNextState(nCurrentState);
+        if (WZS_INVALID_STATE == nNextState)
+            return;
+
+        // the state history is used by the enterState method
+        // all fine
+        m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory.push(nCurrentState);
+        if (!ShowPage(nNextState))
+        {
+            m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory.pop();
+        }
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::travelPrevious()
+    {
+        DBG_ASSERT(!m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory.empty(), "RoadmapWizard::travelPrevious: have no previous page!");
+
+        // the next state to switch to
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nPreviousState = m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory.top();
+
+        // the state history is used by the enterState method
+        m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory.pop();
+        // show this page
+        if (!ShowPage(nPreviousState))
+        {
+            m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory.push(nPreviousState);
+        }
+
+        // all fine
+    }
+
+    void  RoadmapWizard::removePageFromHistory( WizardTypes::WizardState nToRemove )
+    {
+
+        std::stack< WizardTypes::WizardState > aTemp;
+        while(!m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory.empty())
+        {
+            WizardTypes::WizardState nPreviousState = m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory.top();
+            m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory.pop();
+            if(nPreviousState != nToRemove)
+                aTemp.push( nPreviousState );
+            else
+                break;
+        }
+        while(!aTemp.empty())
+        {
+            m_xWizardImpl->aStateHistory.push( aTemp.top() );
+            aTemp.pop();
+        }
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(RoadmapWizard, OnPrevPage, Button*, void)
+    {
+        if ( isTravelingSuspended() )
+            return;
+        RoadmapWizardTravelSuspension aTravelGuard( *this );
+        travelPrevious();
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(RoadmapWizard, OnNextPage, Button*, void)
+    {
+        if ( isTravelingSuspended() )
+            return;
+        RoadmapWizardTravelSuspension aTravelGuard( *this );
+        travelNext();
+    }
+
+    bool RoadmapWizard::isTravelingSuspended() const
+    {
+        return m_xWizardImpl->m_bTravelingSuspended;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::suspendTraveling( AccessGuard )
+    {
+        DBG_ASSERT( !m_xWizardImpl->m_bTravelingSuspended, "RoadmapWizard::suspendTraveling: already suspended!" );
+        m_xWizardImpl->m_bTravelingSuspended = true;
+    }
+
+    void RoadmapWizard::resumeTraveling( AccessGuard )
+    {
+        DBG_ASSERT( m_xWizardImpl->m_bTravelingSuspended, "RoadmapWizard::resumeTraveling: nothing to resume!" );
+        m_xWizardImpl->m_bTravelingSuspended = false;
+    }
+
+    WizardMachine::WizardMachine(weld::Window* pParent, WizardButtonFlags nButtonFlags)
+        : AssistantController(pParent, "vcl/ui/wizard.ui", "Wizard")
+        , m_pCurTabPage(nullptr)
+        , m_nCurState(0)
+        , m_pFirstPage(nullptr)
+        , m_xFinish(m_xAssistant->weld_widget_for_response(RET_OK))
+        , m_xCancel(m_xAssistant->weld_widget_for_response(RET_CANCEL))
+        , m_xNextPage(m_xAssistant->weld_widget_for_response(RET_YES))
+        , m_xPrevPage(m_xAssistant->weld_widget_for_response(RET_NO))
+        , m_xHelp(m_xAssistant->weld_widget_for_response(RET_HELP))
+        , m_pImpl(new WizardMachineImplData)
+    {
+        implConstruct(nButtonFlags);
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::implConstruct(const WizardButtonFlags nButtonFlags)
+    {
+        m_pImpl->sTitleBase = m_xAssistant->get_title();
+
+        const bool bHideHelp = comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive() &&
+            officecfg::Office::Common::Help::HelpRootURL::get().isEmpty();
+        // create the buttons according to the wizard button flags
+        // the help button
+        if (nButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::HELP && !bHideHelp)
+            m_xHelp->show();
+        else
+            m_xHelp->hide();
+
+        // the previous button
+        if (nButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::PREVIOUS)
+        {
+            m_xPrevPage->set_help_id( HID_WIZARD_PREVIOUS );
+            m_xPrevPage->show();
+
+            m_xPrevPage->connect_clicked( LINK( this, WizardMachine, OnPrevPage ) );
+        }
+        else
+            m_xPrevPage->hide();
+
+        // the next button
+        if (nButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::NEXT)
+        {
+            m_xNextPage->set_help_id( HID_WIZARD_NEXT );
+            m_xNextPage->show();
+
+            m_xNextPage->connect_clicked( LINK( this, WizardMachine, OnNextPage ) );
+        }
+        else
+            m_xNextPage->hide();
+
+        // the finish button
+        if (nButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::FINISH)
+        {
+            m_xFinish->show();
+
+            m_xFinish->connect_clicked( LINK( this, WizardMachine, OnFinish ) );
+        }
+        else
+            m_xFinish->hide();
+
+        // the cancel button
+        if (nButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::CANCEL)
+        {
+            m_xCancel->show();
+            m_xCancel->connect_clicked( LINK( this, WizardMachine, OnCancel ) );
+        }
+        else
+            m_xCancel->hide();
+    }
+
+    WizardMachine::~WizardMachine()
+    {
+        if (m_pImpl)
+        {
+            while (m_pFirstPage)
+                RemovePage(m_pFirstPage->mxPage.get());
+            m_pImpl.reset();
+        }
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::implUpdateTitle()
+    {
+        OUString sCompleteTitle(m_pImpl->sTitleBase);
+
+        // append the page title
+        BuilderPage* pCurrentPage = GetPage(getCurrentState());
+        if ( pCurrentPage && !pCurrentPage->GetPageTitle().isEmpty() )
+        {
+            sCompleteTitle += " - " + pCurrentPage->GetPageTitle();
+        }
+
+        m_xAssistant->set_title(sCompleteTitle);
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::setTitleBase(const OUString& _rTitleBase)
+    {
+        m_pImpl->sTitleBase = _rTitleBase;
+        implUpdateTitle();
+    }
+
+    OUString WizardMachine::getPageIdentForState(WizardTypes::WizardState nState) const
+    {
+        return OUString::number(nState);
+    }
+
+    WizardTypes::WizardState WizardMachine::getStateFromPageIdent(const OUString& rIdent) const
+    {
+        return rIdent.toInt32();
+    }
+
+    BuilderPage* WizardMachine::GetOrCreatePage( const WizardTypes::WizardState i_nState )
+    {
+        if ( nullptr == GetPage( i_nState ) )
+        {
+            std::unique_ptr<BuilderPage> xNewPage = createPage( i_nState );
+            DBG_ASSERT( xNewPage, "WizardMachine::GetOrCreatePage: invalid new page (NULL)!" );
+
+            // fill up the page sequence of our base class (with dummies)
+            while ( m_pImpl->nFirstUnknownPage < i_nState )
+            {
+                AddPage( nullptr );
+                ++m_pImpl->nFirstUnknownPage;
+            }
+
+            if ( m_pImpl->nFirstUnknownPage == i_nState )
+            {
+                // encountered this page number the first time
+                AddPage(std::move(xNewPage));
+                ++m_pImpl->nFirstUnknownPage;
+            }
+            else
+                // already had this page - just change it
+                SetPage(i_nState, std::move(xNewPage));
+        }
+        return GetPage( i_nState );
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::ActivatePage()
+    {
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nCurrentLevel = m_nCurState;
+        GetOrCreatePage( nCurrentLevel );
+
+        enterState( nCurrentLevel );
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::DeactivatePage()
+    {
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nCurrentState = getCurrentState();
+        return leaveState(nCurrentState);
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::defaultButton(WizardButtonFlags _nWizardButtonFlags)
+    {
+        // the new default button
+        weld::Button* pNewDefButton = nullptr;
+        if (_nWizardButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::FINISH)
+            pNewDefButton = m_xFinish.get();
+        if (_nWizardButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::NEXT)
+            pNewDefButton = m_xNextPage.get();
+        if (_nWizardButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::PREVIOUS)
+            pNewDefButton = m_xPrevPage.get();
+        if (_nWizardButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::HELP)
+            pNewDefButton = m_xHelp.get();
+        if (_nWizardButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::CANCEL)
+            pNewDefButton = m_xCancel.get();
+
+        defaultButton(pNewDefButton);
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::defaultButton(weld::Button* _pNewDefButton)
+    {
+        // loop through all (direct and indirect) descendants which participate in our tabbing order, and
+        // reset the WB_DEFBUTTON for every window which is a button and set _pNewDefButton as the new
+        // WB_DEFBUTTON
+        m_xAssistant->change_default_widget(nullptr, _pNewDefButton);
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::enableButtons(WizardButtonFlags _nWizardButtonFlags, bool _bEnable)
+    {
+        if (_nWizardButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::FINISH)
+            m_xFinish->set_sensitive(_bEnable);
+        if (_nWizardButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::NEXT)
+            m_xNextPage->set_sensitive(_bEnable);
+        if (_nWizardButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::PREVIOUS)
+            m_xPrevPage->set_sensitive(_bEnable);
+        if (_nWizardButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::HELP)
+            m_xHelp->set_sensitive(_bEnable);
+        if (_nWizardButtonFlags & WizardButtonFlags::CANCEL)
+            m_xCancel->set_sensitive(_bEnable);
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::enterState(WizardTypes::WizardState _nState)
+    {
+        // tell the page
+        IWizardPageController* pController = getPageController( GetPage( _nState ) );
+        OSL_ENSURE( pController, "WizardMachine::enterState: no controller for the given page!" );
+        if ( pController )
+            pController->initializePage();
+
+        if ( isAutomaticNextButtonStateEnabled() )
+            enableButtons( WizardButtonFlags::NEXT, canAdvance() );
+
+        enableButtons( WizardButtonFlags::PREVIOUS, !m_pImpl->aStateHistory.empty() );
+
+        // set the new title - it depends on the current page (i.e. state)
+        implUpdateTitle();
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::leaveState(WizardTypes::WizardState)
+    {
+        // no need to ask the page here.
+        // If we reach this point, we already gave the current page the chance to commit it's data,
+        // and it was allowed to commit it's data
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::onFinish()
+    {
+        return Finish(RET_OK);
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(WizardMachine, OnFinish, weld::Button&, void)
+    {
+        if ( isTravelingSuspended() )
+            return;
+
+        // prevent WizardTravelSuspension from using this instance
+        // after will be destructed due to onFinish and async response call
+        {
+            WizardTravelSuspension aTravelGuard( *this );
+            if (!prepareLeaveCurrentState(WizardTypes::eFinish))
+            {
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+
+        onFinish();
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(WizardMachine, OnCancel, weld::Button&, void)
+    {
+        m_xAssistant->response(RET_CANCEL);
+    }
+
+    WizardTypes::WizardState WizardMachine::determineNextState(WizardTypes::WizardState _nCurrentState ) const
+    {
+        return _nCurrentState + 1;
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::prepareLeaveCurrentState( WizardTypes::CommitPageReason _eReason )
+    {
+        IWizardPageController* pController = getPageController( GetPage( getCurrentState() ) );
+        ENSURE_OR_RETURN( pController != nullptr, "WizardMachine::prepareLeaveCurrentState: no controller for the current page!", true );
+        return pController->commitPage( _eReason );
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::skipBackwardUntil(WizardTypes::WizardState _nTargetState)
+    {
+        // allowed to leave the current page?
+        if ( !prepareLeaveCurrentState( WizardTypes::eTravelBackward ) )
+            return false;
+
+        // don't travel directly on m_pImpl->aStateHistory, in case something goes wrong
+        std::stack< WizardTypes::WizardState > aTravelVirtually = m_pImpl->aStateHistory;
+        std::stack< WizardTypes::WizardState > aOldStateHistory = m_pImpl->aStateHistory;
+
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nCurrentRollbackState = getCurrentState();
+        while ( nCurrentRollbackState != _nTargetState )
+        {
+            DBG_ASSERT( !aTravelVirtually.empty(), "WizardMachine::skipBackwardUntil: this target state does not exist in the history!" );
+            nCurrentRollbackState = aTravelVirtually.top();
+            aTravelVirtually.pop();
+        }
+        m_pImpl->aStateHistory = aTravelVirtually;
+        if ( !ShowPage( _nTargetState ) )
+        {
+            m_pImpl->aStateHistory = aOldStateHistory;
+            return false;
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::skipUntil( WizardTypes::WizardState _nTargetState )
+    {
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nCurrentState = getCurrentState();
+
+        // allowed to leave the current page?
+        if ( !prepareLeaveCurrentState( nCurrentState < _nTargetState ? WizardTypes::eTravelForward : WizardTypes::eTravelBackward ) )
+            return false;
+
+        // don't travel directly on m_pImpl->aStateHistory, in case something goes wrong
+        std::stack< WizardTypes::WizardState > aTravelVirtually = m_pImpl->aStateHistory;
+        std::stack< WizardTypes::WizardState > aOldStateHistory = m_pImpl->aStateHistory;
+        while ( nCurrentState != _nTargetState )
+        {
+            WizardTypes::WizardState nNextState = determineNextState( nCurrentState );
+            if ( WZS_INVALID_STATE == nNextState )
+            {
+                OSL_FAIL( "WizardMachine::skipUntil: the given target state does not exist!" );
+                return false;
+            }
+
+            // remember the skipped state in the history
+            aTravelVirtually.push( nCurrentState );
+
+            // get the next state
+            nCurrentState = nNextState;
+        }
+        m_pImpl->aStateHistory = aTravelVirtually;
+        // show the target page
+        if ( !ShowPage( nCurrentState ) )
+        {
+            // argh! prepareLeaveCurrentPage succeeded, determineNextState succeeded,
+            // but ShowPage doesn't? Somebody behaves very strange here...
+            OSL_FAIL( "WizardMachine::skipUntil: very unpolite..." );
+            m_pImpl->aStateHistory = aOldStateHistory;
+            return false;
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::skip()
+    {
+        // allowed to leave the current page?
+        if ( !prepareLeaveCurrentState( WizardTypes::eTravelForward ) )
+            return;
+
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nCurrentState = getCurrentState();
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nNextState = determineNextState(nCurrentState);
+
+        if (WZS_INVALID_STATE == nNextState)
+            return;
+
+        // remember the skipped state in the history
+        m_pImpl->aStateHistory.push(nCurrentState);
+
+        // get the next state
+        nCurrentState = nNextState;
+
+        // show the (n+1)th page
+        if (!ShowPage(nCurrentState))
+        {
+            // TODO: this leaves us in a state where we have no current page and an inconsistent state history.
+            // Perhaps we should rollback the skipping here...
+            OSL_FAIL("RoadmapWizard::skip: very unpolite...");
+                // if somebody does a skip and then does not allow to leave...
+                // (can't be a commit error, as we've already committed the current page. So if ShowPage fails here,
+                // somebody behaves really strange ...)
+            return;
+        }
+
+        // all fine
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::travelNext()
+    {
+        // allowed to leave the current page?
+        if ( !prepareLeaveCurrentState( WizardTypes::eTravelForward ) )
+            return false;
+
+        // determine the next state to travel to
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nCurrentState = getCurrentState();
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nNextState = determineNextState(nCurrentState);
+        if (WZS_INVALID_STATE == nNextState)
+            return false;
+
+        // the state history is used by the enterState method
+        // all fine
+        m_pImpl->aStateHistory.push(nCurrentState);
+        if (!ShowPage(nNextState))
+        {
+            m_pImpl->aStateHistory.pop();
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::ShowPage(WizardTypes::WizardState nState)
+    {
+        if (DeactivatePage())
+        {
+            BuilderPage* pOldTabPage = m_pCurTabPage;
+
+            m_nCurState = nState;
+            ActivatePage();
+
+            if (pOldTabPage)
+                pOldTabPage->Deactivate();
+
+            m_xAssistant->set_current_page(getPageIdentForState(nState));
+
+            m_pCurTabPage = GetPage(m_nCurState);
+            m_pCurTabPage->Activate();
+
+            return true;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::ShowNextPage()
+    {
+        return ShowPage(m_nCurState + 1);
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::ShowPrevPage()
+    {
+        if (!m_nCurState)
+            return false;
+        return ShowPage(m_nCurState - 1);
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::travelPrevious()
+    {
+        DBG_ASSERT(!m_pImpl->aStateHistory.empty(), "WizardMachine::travelPrevious: have no previous page!");
+
+        // allowed to leave the current page?
+        if ( !prepareLeaveCurrentState( WizardTypes::eTravelBackward ) )
+            return false;
+
+        // the next state to switch to
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nPreviousState = m_pImpl->aStateHistory.top();
+
+        // the state history is used by the enterState method
+        m_pImpl->aStateHistory.pop();
+        // show this page
+        if (!ShowPage(nPreviousState))
+        {
+            m_pImpl->aStateHistory.push(nPreviousState);
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        // all fine
+        return true;
+    }
+
+
+    void  WizardMachine::removePageFromHistory( WizardTypes::WizardState nToRemove )
+    {
+
+        std::stack< WizardTypes::WizardState > aTemp;
+        while(!m_pImpl->aStateHistory.empty())
+        {
+            WizardTypes::WizardState nPreviousState = m_pImpl->aStateHistory.top();
+            m_pImpl->aStateHistory.pop();
+            if(nPreviousState != nToRemove)
+                aTemp.push( nPreviousState );
+            else
+                break;
+        }
+        while(!aTemp.empty())
+        {
+            m_pImpl->aStateHistory.push( aTemp.top() );
+            aTemp.pop();
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    void WizardMachine::enableAutomaticNextButtonState()
+    {
+        m_pImpl->m_bAutoNextButtonState = true;
+    }
+
+
+    bool WizardMachine::isAutomaticNextButtonStateEnabled() const
+    {
+        return m_pImpl->m_bAutoNextButtonState;
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(WizardMachine, OnPrevPage, weld::Button&, void)
+    {
+        if ( isTravelingSuspended() )
+            return;
+        WizardTravelSuspension aTravelGuard( *this );
+        travelPrevious();
+    }
+
+    IMPL_LINK_NOARG(WizardMachine, OnNextPage, weld::Button&, void)
+    {
+        if ( isTravelingSuspended() )
+            return;
+        WizardTravelSuspension aTravelGuard( *this );
+        travelNext();
+    }
+
+    IWizardPageController* WizardMachine::getPageController(BuilderPage* pCurrentPage) const
+    {
+        IWizardPageController* pController = dynamic_cast<IWizardPageController*>(pCurrentPage);
+        return pController;
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::getStateHistory( std::vector< WizardTypes::WizardState >& _out_rHistory )
+    {
+        std::stack< WizardTypes::WizardState > aHistoryCopy( m_pImpl->aStateHistory );
+        while ( !aHistoryCopy.empty() )
+        {
+            _out_rHistory.push_back( aHistoryCopy.top() );
+            aHistoryCopy.pop();
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::canAdvance() const
+    {
+        return WZS_INVALID_STATE != determineNextState( getCurrentState() );
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::updateTravelUI()
+    {
+        const IWizardPageController* pController = getPageController( GetPage( getCurrentState() ) );
+        OSL_ENSURE( pController != nullptr, "RoadmapWizard::updateTravelUI: no controller for the current page!" );
+
+        bool bCanAdvance =
+                ( !pController || pController->canAdvance() )   // the current page allows to advance
+            &&  canAdvance();                                   // the dialog as a whole allows to advance
+        enableButtons( WizardButtonFlags::NEXT, bCanAdvance );
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::isTravelingSuspended() const
+    {
+        return m_pImpl->m_bTravelingSuspended;
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::suspendTraveling( AccessGuard )
+    {
+        DBG_ASSERT( !m_pImpl->m_bTravelingSuspended, "WizardMachine::suspendTraveling: already suspended!" );
+        m_pImpl->m_bTravelingSuspended = true;
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::resumeTraveling( AccessGuard )
+    {
+        if (!m_pImpl)
+            return;
+
+        DBG_ASSERT( m_pImpl->m_bTravelingSuspended, "WizardMachine::resumeTraveling: nothing to resume!" );
+        m_pImpl->m_bTravelingSuspended = false;
+    }
+
+    bool WizardMachine::Finish(short nResult)
+    {
+        if ( DeactivatePage() )
+        {
+            if (m_pCurTabPage)
+                m_pCurTabPage->Deactivate();
+
+            m_xAssistant->response(nResult);
+            return true;
+        }
+        else
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::AddPage(std::unique_ptr<BuilderPage> xPage)
+    {
+        WizPageData* pNewPageData = new WizPageData;
+        pNewPageData->mpNext = nullptr;
+        pNewPageData->mxPage = std::move(xPage);
+
+        if ( !m_pFirstPage )
+            m_pFirstPage = pNewPageData;
+        else
+        {
+            WizPageData* pPageData = m_pFirstPage;
+            while ( pPageData->mpNext )
+                pPageData = pPageData->mpNext;
+            pPageData->mpNext = pNewPageData;
+        }
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::RemovePage(const BuilderPage* pPage)
+    {
+        WizPageData* pPrevPageData = nullptr;
+        WizPageData* pPageData = m_pFirstPage;
+        while ( pPageData )
+        {
+            if (pPageData->mxPage.get() == pPage)
+            {
+                if (pPrevPageData)
+                    pPrevPageData->mpNext = pPageData->mpNext;
+                else
+                    m_pFirstPage = pPageData->mpNext;
+                if (pPage == m_pCurTabPage)
+                    m_pCurTabPage = nullptr;
+                delete pPageData;
+                return;
+            }
+
+            pPrevPageData = pPageData;
+            pPageData = pPageData->mpNext;
+        }
+
+        OSL_FAIL( "WizardMachine::RemovePage() - Page not in list" );
+    }
+
+    void WizardMachine::SetPage(WizardTypes::WizardState nLevel, std::unique_ptr<BuilderPage> xPage)
+    {
+        sal_uInt16              nTempLevel = 0;
+        WizPageData*    pPageData = m_pFirstPage;
+        while ( pPageData )
+        {
+            if ( (nTempLevel == nLevel) || !pPageData->mpNext )
+                break;
+
+            nTempLevel++;
+            pPageData = pPageData->mpNext;
+        }
+
+        if ( pPageData )
+        {
+            if (pPageData->mxPage.get() == m_pCurTabPage)
+                m_pCurTabPage = nullptr;
+            pPageData->mxPage = std::move(xPage);
+        }
+    }
+
+    BuilderPage* WizardMachine::GetPage(WizardTypes::WizardState nLevel) const
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nTempLevel = 0;
+
+        for (WizPageData* pPageData = m_pFirstPage; pPageData;
+             pPageData = pPageData->mpNext)
+        {
+            if ( nTempLevel == nLevel )
+                return pPageData->mxPage.get();
+            nTempLevel++;
+        }
+
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+}   // namespace svt
+
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/wizimpldata.hxx b/vcl/source/control/wizimpldata.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9502e8ba4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vcl/source/control/wizimpldata.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <stack>
+#include <map>
+#include <set>
+#include <vcl/toolkit/roadmap.hxx>
+
+struct WizPageData
+{
+    WizPageData*    mpNext;
+    std::unique_ptr<BuilderPage> mxPage;
+};
+
+struct ImplWizButtonData
+{
+    ImplWizButtonData*  mpNext;
+    VclPtr<Button>      mpButton;
+    tools::Long                mnOffset;
+};
+
+namespace vcl
+{
+    struct WizardMachineImplData
+    {
+        OUString                        sTitleBase;         // the base for the title
+        std::stack<WizardTypes::WizardState> aStateHistory;      // the history of all states (used for implementing "Back")
+
+        WizardTypes::WizardState nFirstUnknownPage;
+            // the WizardDialog does not allow non-linear transitions (e.g. it's
+            // not possible to add pages in a non-linear order), so we need some own maintenance data
+
+        bool                            m_bAutoNextButtonState;
+
+        bool                            m_bTravelingSuspended;
+
+        WizardMachineImplData()
+            :nFirstUnknownPage( 0 )
+            ,m_bAutoNextButtonState( false )
+            ,m_bTravelingSuspended( false )
+        {
+        }
+    };
+
+    using namespace RoadmapWizardTypes;
+    namespace
+    {
+        typedef ::std::set< WizardTypes::WizardState > StateSet;
+
+        typedef ::std::map<
+                    PathId,
+                    WizardPath
+                > Paths;
+
+        typedef ::std::map<
+                    WizardTypes::WizardState,
+                    ::std::pair<
+                        OUString,
+                        RoadmapPageFactory
+                    >
+                > StateDescriptions;
+    }
+
+    struct RoadmapWizardImpl
+    {
+        ScopedVclPtr<ORoadmap> pRoadmap;
+        std::map<VclPtr<vcl::Window>, short> maResponses;
+        Paths               aPaths;
+        PathId              nActivePath;
+        StateDescriptions   aStateDescriptors;
+        StateSet            aDisabledStates;
+        bool                bActivePathIsDefinite;
+
+        RoadmapWizardImpl()
+            :pRoadmap( nullptr )
+            ,nActivePath( -1 )
+            ,bActivePathIsDefinite( false )
+        {
+        }
+
+        /// returns the index of the current state in given path, or -1
+        static sal_Int32 getStateIndexInPath( WizardTypes::WizardState _nState, const WizardPath& _rPath );
+        /// returns the index of the current state in the path with the given id, or -1
+        sal_Int32 getStateIndexInPath( WizardTypes::WizardState _nState, PathId _nPathId );
+        /// returns the index of the first state in which the two given paths differ
+        static sal_Int32 getFirstDifferentIndex( const WizardPath& _rLHS, const WizardPath& _rRHS );
+    };
+}   // namespace svt
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */